Skip to main content

Full text of "Investigation of concentration of economic power; monograph no. 1[-43]"

See other formats


^^3d  Sessfon^^l        SENATE  COMMITTEE  PRINT 


INVESTIGATION  OF  CONCENTRATION 
OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 


TEMPOEAKY  NATIONAL  ECONOMIC 
COMMITTEE 

A  STUDY  MADE  UNDER  THE  AUSPICES  OF  THE  DE- 
PARTMENT OF  AGRICULTURE  FOR  THE  TEMPORARY 
NATIONAL  ECONOMIC  COMMITTEE,  SEVENTY- SIXTH 
CONGRESS,  THIRD  SESSION,  PURSUANT  TO  PUBLIC 
RESOLUTION  NO.  113  (SEVENTY -FIFTH  CONGRESS), 
AUTHORIZING  AND  DIRECTING  A  SELECT  COMMITTEE 
TO  MAKE  A  FULL  AND  COMPLETE  STUDY  AND  INVES- 
TIGATION WITH  RESPECT  TO  THE  CONCENTRATION  OF 
ECONOMIC  POWER  IN,  AND  FINANCIAL  CONTROL  OVER, 
PRODUCTION  AND  DISTRIBUTION  OF 
GOODS  AND  SERVICES 


MONOGRAPH  No.  24 
CONSUMER  STANDARDS 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the 
Temporary  National  Economic  Committee 


UNITED   STATES 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

WASHINGTON  :   1941 


TEMPORARY  NATIONAL  ECONOMIC  COMMITTEE 

(Created  pursuant  to  Public  Res.  113,  75th  Cong.) 

JOSEPH  C.  O'MAHONEY,  Senator  from  Wyoming,  Chairman 

HATTON  W.  SUMNERS,  Representative  from  Texas,  Vice  Chairman 

WILLIAM  H.  KING,  Senator  from  Utah 

WALLACE 'H.  WHITE,  Jr.,  Senator  from  Maine 

CLYDE  WILLIAMS.  Representative  from  Missouri 

B.  CARROLL  REECE,  Representative  from  Tennessee 

THURMAN  W.  ARNOLD,  Assistant  Attorney  General 

♦WENDELL  BERGE,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Attorney  General 

R&Tpresenting  the  Department  of  Justice 

JEROME  N.  FRANK,  Chairman 

♦SUMNER  T.  PIKE,  Commissioner 

Representing  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission 

GARLAND  S.  FERGUSON,  Commissioner 

♦EWIN  L.  DAVIS,  Chairman 

Representing  the  Federal  Trade  Commission 

ISADOR  LUBIN,  Commissioner  of  Labor  Statistics 

♦A.  FORD  HINRICHS,  Chief  Economist,  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics 

Representing  the  Department  of  Labor 

JOSEPH  J.  O'CONNELL,  Je.,  Special  Assistant  to  the  General  Counsel 

CHARLES  L.  KADES,  Special  Assistant  to  the  General  Counsel 

Representing  the  Department  of  the  Treasury 


Representing  the  Department  of  Commerce 

*     •     * 

LEON  HENDERSON,  Economic  Coordinator 
DEWEY  ANDERSON,  Executive  Secretary 
♦Alternates 


MoNOGR.\PH  No.  24 
CONSUMER  STANDARDS 
SAMUEL  P.  KAIDANOVSKY 

AND 

ALICE  L.  EDWARDS 


ACKNOWLEDGMENT 

This  monograph  was  written  by 

SAMUEL  P.  KAIDANOVSKY 

Technical  Director,  Conswmer  Standards  Project, 

Consumers''  Counsel  Division, 

Department  of  Agriculture 

assisted  by 

ALICE  L.  EDWARDS 

Consumers''  Counsel  Division,  Department  of  Agricultu/re 
under  the  general  supervision  of 

DONALD  E.  MONTGOMERY 

Director,  Consumers'  Counsel  Division,  Depwrtment  of  Agticidture 

The  Temporary  National  Economic  Committee  is  greatly  indebted 
to  these  authors  for  this  contribution  to  the  literature  of  the  subject 
under  review. 

The  status  of  the  materials  in  this  volume  is  precisely  the  sairie  as 
that  of  other  carefully  prepared  testimony  when  given  hy  individual 
witnesses;  it  is  information  submitted  for  Committee  deliberation. 
No  matter  what  the  official  capax>ity  of  the  xoitness  or  authoi'  may  he, 
the  publication  of  his  testimony,  report,  or  monograph  by  the  Gom- 
mittee  in  no  way  signifies  nor  implies  assent  to,  or  appro  vol  of,  any  of 
the  facts,  opinions,  or  recommendations,  nor  acceptance  thereof  in 
whole  or  in  part  by  the  members  of  the  Temporary  National  EconomAc 
Committee,  individually  or  collectively.  Sole  and  undivided  respon- 
sibility for  every  statement  in  such  testimony,  reports,  or  monographs 
rests  entirely  upon  the  respective  authors. 

(Signed)     Joseph  C.  O'Mahoney, 
Chairman^  Temporary  National  Economic  Committee. 


TABLE   OF  CONTENTS 


Page 

Letter  of  transmittal ix 

Introduction Xi 

CHAPTER  I 

Definition  of  basic  terms 1 

CHAPTER  II 

Standardization,  inspection,  and  labeling  activities  of  the  Federal  agencies.  5 

United  States  Department  of  Agriculture: 

Agricultural  Adj ustment  Administration 7 

Consumers'  Counsel  Division : 7 

Consumer  Standards  Project 11 

Agricultural  Marketing  Service 12 

Bureau  of  Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Engineering 25 

Bureau  of  Agricultural  Economics 32 

Bureau  of  Animal  Industry 33 

Bureau  of  Dairy  Industry 35 

Bureau  of  Entomology  and  Plant  Quarantine 38 

Bureau  of  Home  Economics 39 

Bureau  of  Plant  Industry 43 

Commodity  Exchange  Administration. . 44 

Extension  Service 44 

Farm  Security  Administration 45 

Federal  Crop  Insurance  Corporation 48 

Forest  Service 49 

Forest  Products  Laboratory,  Madison,  Wis 51 

Office  of  Experiment  Stations 63 

Rural  Electrification  Administration -..  65 

Soil  Conservation  Service 70 

Surplus  Marketing  Administration 70 

Technical  Advisory  Board 71 

Central  Housing  Committee 73 

United  States  Department  of  Commerce: 

National  Bureau  of  Standards 77 

Federal  Alcohol  Administration 94 

Federal  Loan  Agency: 

Federal  Housing  Administration 97 

Home  Owners'  Loan  Corporation: 

Appraisal  and  Reconditioning  Division 101 

Federal  Security  Agency: 

Food  and  Drug  Administration 103 

Home  Economics  Education  Service  of  the  United  States  Office 

of  Education 110 

United  States  Public  Health  Service 111 

Federal  Trade  Commission 116 

Federal  Works  Agency: 

United  States  Housing  Authority 128 

United  States  Government  Printing  OflRce: 

Division  of  Tests  and  Technical  Control 132 

United  States  Department  of  the  Interior: 

Bituminous  Coal  Division,  and  the  Comsumers'  Counsel  Division, 

Office  of  the  Solicitor 139 

Bureau  of  Mines 145 

Fish  and  Wildlife  Service 150 

Geological  Survey 156 

Indian  Arts  and  Crafts  Board 158 

Office  of  Indian  Affairs  (Indian  Service) 160 

United  States  Department  of  Labor: 
Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics: 

Retail  Price  Division 162 

Wholesale  Price  Division 164 

Children's  Bureau 165 

V 


VI  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Standardization,  inspection,  and  labeling  activities — Continued.  Pag« 

United  States  Navy  Department 167 

United  States  Tariff  Commission 173 

United  States  Treasury  Department: 

Procurement  Division 176 

Veterans'  Administration 181 

United  States  War  Department 183 

CHAPTER  III 

Standardization  and  labeling  activities  of  private  agencies 189 

Standardization  activities  of  individual  companies 190 

Standardization  activities  of  trade  associations 196 

Standardization  activities  of  technical  and  professional  societies 210 

Certification   of  products   by   trade  associations   and   technical  and 

professional  societies 225 

CHAPTER  IV 

Standardization    and    smiplification    of    products    as    affected    by    State 

legislation 235 

Standardization  and  simplification  of  fertilizers 237 

Sanitation  and  labeling  requirements  for  new  bedding  and  upholstery. .  243 

CHAPTER  V 

Methods  and  procedures  in  government  purchasing 255 

Procurement  methods  and  procedures  of  the  Procurement  Division, 

United  States  Treasury  Department . 257 

Procurement  methods  and  procedures  of   the    United    States    Navy 

Department , 266 

Procurement   methods   and   procedures  of  the   United   States   War 

Department 271 

State  purchasing  methods  and  procedures 274 

County  purchasing  methods  and  procedures . 283 

Municipal  purchasing  methods  and  procedures 289 

CHAPTER   VI 

Independent  purchasing  agencies  and  testing  laboratories,  commodity  test- 
ing and  rating  agencies 301 

Independent  purchasing  agencies 302 

Testing  laboratories 306 

Commodity  testing  and  rating  agencies 312 

CHAPTER  VII 

Consumer  buying  and  the  extent  and  character  of  commodity  information 
available 315 

CHAPTER  VIII 

Value  of  standards,  grades,  and  informative  labels  to  consumers  and  their 

effect  on  merchandising 335 

CHAPTER  IX 

Recommendations  and  policies  of  various  organizations  relating  to  con- 
sumer standards,  grading,  and  labeling 355 

CHAPTER  X 

Conclusion 363 

APPENDIX 

Nomenclature  of  standards 366 

Grade  terminology  of  food  products _ _       375 

Index 377 


SCHEDULE  OF  TABLES  AND  CHARTS 

TABLES 

Page 

1 .  Coal  classification — Bituminous  Coal  Division 143 

2.  Extent  of  centralized  purchasing  in  States 274 

3.  Status  of  State  purchasing  agencies 275 

4.  Departments  of  which  State  purchasing  agencies  are  a  part 275 

5.  Bureaus,  departments,  commissions,  and  institutions  for  which  pur- 

chases are  made  by  the  State  purchasing  agency 276 

6.  Extent  to  which  States  use  written  specifications . 276 

7.  How  specifications  are  formulated  by  State  purchasing  agencies 277 

8.  Extent  to  wliich  States  use  specifications  of  the  Federal  Government 

and  of  national  trade  or  technical  associations 277 

9.  Use  of  tests  to  determine  compliance  with  specifications  by  State  pur- 

chasing agencies 280 

10.  Testing  laboratories  of  State  purchasing  agencies 280 

11.  Types  of  tests  made  and  commodities  tested  in  the  laboratories  of  13 

States  where  purchasing  agencies  maintain  testing  laboratories 281 

12.  Types  of  testing  laboratories  used  by  the  States 281 

13.  Growth  of  centralized  purchasing  in  118  cities  of  over  30,000  popula- 

tion.-        289 

14.  Extent    of    centralized    purchasing    in    cities    over    30,000     as    of 

December  1,  1939 - - 290 

15.  Coverage  and  returns  of  questionnaire  relating  to  use  of  standards  by 

municipalities . 291 

16.  Extent  to  which  municipalities  use  written  specifications  in  purchasing 

supplies  and  equipment 292 

17.  How  specifications  are  formulated  by  municipalities 293 

18.  Extent  to  which  municipalities  use  specifications  of  Federal  Govern- 

ment and  of  national  trade  or  technical  associations 294 

19.  Use  of  tests  by  municipalities  to  determine  compliance  with  specifica- 

tions  - 295 

20.  Ownership  of  testing  laboratories  used  by  municipalities... 296 

21.  Distribution   of   families   and   single   individuals   by   income   levels, 

1935-36 336 

22.  Average  expenditures  for  main  categories  of  consumption  for  the  year 

1935-36 '. ---       336 

23.  Contract  deliveries  of  meats  graded  by  Federal  graders 344 

24.  Dairy  products  graded  by  Federal  and  Federal-State  graders 345 

CHARTS 

I.  The  Federal  Government  and  standardization facing      6 

II.  Steps  in  setting  up  quality  standards  for  farm  products — Agri- 
cultural Marketing  Service facing    14 

III.  Organization  of  the  Research  and  Testing  Group — National  Bureau 

of  Standards facing    78 

IV.  Organization  of  the  Commercial  Standardization  Group — National 

Bureau  of  Standards facing    86 

V.  Typical  development  of  a  Simplified  Practice  Recommendation — 

National  Bureau  of  Standards ' facing    88 

VI.  Typical     development     of     a    Commercial    Standard — National 

Bureau'of  Standards facing    90 

VII.  Building    construction     standards    activities — Federal    Housing 

Administration . facing    98 

VIII.  Procedure  for  developing  identity  standards  for  food  under  the  Food, 

Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act — Food  and  Drug  Administration facing  106 

IX.. Procedure  for  establishing  standards  in  connection  with  low-rent 

housing  under  the  United  States  Housing  Authority  program,  facing  128 

vn 


VIII  SCHEDULE  OF  TABLES  AND  CHARTS 

Page 
X.  Development  of  a  Navy  Department  Specification  originating  in 

the  Bureau  of  Ships — Navy  Department facing  170 

XI.  Procedure  chart  of  the  preparation  of  Federal  Specifications — ■ 

Procurement  Division,  Treasury  Department •.  facing  180 

XII.  Steps  in  development  and  standardization — War  Department.,  facing  184 

XIII.  Standardization  procedure — American  Gas  Association facing  204 

XIV.  Organization  Chart,  American  Standards  Association facing  212 

XV.  How   American  Standards  are    developed,  American    Standards 

Association facing  2 12 

XVI.  Outline  of  standardization  procedure  of  the  American  Society  for 

Testing  Materials facing  214 

XVII.  Procedure  chart  for  the  adoption  of  a  method  of  analysis  by  the 

Association  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists facing  216 

XVIII.  Summary    of    State    fertilizer    control     laws,    regulations,    and 

rulings facing  238 

XIX.  Sanitation  and  labeling  requirements  for  new  bedding  and  uphol- 
stery      244 

XX.  The  development  of  centralized  purchasing  in  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment  facing  256 

APPENDIX    CHARTS 

Grade   designations   as   promulgated  by  Federal   agencies — Food   Prod- 
ucts  - - facing  376 


LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL 


Hon.  Joseph  C.  O'Mahoney, 

Chairman,  Temporary  National  Economic  Committee, 
United  States  Senate,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Dear  Senator  O'Mahoney  :  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  herewith  a 
report  on  consumer  standards  which  brings  together  for  the  first  time 
the  facts  concerning  Federal  activities  in  the  fields  of  standardization, 
inspection,  testing,  and  research  which  refer  to,  or  provide  a  basis  for, 
consumer  standards.  To  this  are  added  chapters  on  similar  activities 
by  private  agencies  and  on  procurement  methods  and  procedures  of 
both  Government  and  private  agencies.  It  is  an  analytical  inventory 
of  our  present  resources  for  the  development  and  utilization  of  con- 
sumer standards,  supplemented  by  a  discussion  of  how  these  resources 
have  been  utilized  and  by  the  statements  and  opinions  of  professional, 
trade,  and  consumer  groups  on  that  subject. 

The  monograph  is  the  work  of  Samuel  P.  Kaidanovsky,  a  member 
of  our  staff  and  Technical  Director  of  the  Consumer  Standards  Project 
sponsored  by  this  Division.  It  is  based  upon  original  research  carried 
out  under  his  direction.  Miss  Alice  L.  Edwards,  also  of  our  staff  and 
formerly  executive  secretary  of  the  American  Home  Economics  Associ- 
ation, assisted  in  the  preparation  of  the  report  and  is  the  author  of  the 
chapters  on  consumer  buying  and  on  value  of  standards  to  consumers. 

Respectfully  submitted. 

D.  E.  Montgomery, 

Consy/mera'  Counsel, 
Department  of  Agriculture. 

October  23,  1940. 


o 


INTRODUCTION 

Interest  in  consumer  standards  both  on  the  part  of  the  Government 
and  of  consumers  is  of  long  standing.  Perhaps  the  first  effective  dem- 
onstration of  this  interest  on  a  large  scale  was  the  passage  of  the  Fed- 
eral Food  and  Drugs  Act  of  1906,  followed  by  similar  State  laws  in  the 
ensuing  years.  Numerous  other  Federal  and  State  laws  since,  and  a 
few  before,  have  dealt  directly  or  indirectly  with  standards  for  con- 
sumer goods  and  many  State  and  Federal  Government  departments 
have  exercised  functions  related  to  standardization. 

In  June  1933,  the  office  of  Consumers'  Counsel  was  created  within 
the  Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration  as  an  integral  part  of 
this  Administration.  The  activities  of  the  Consumers'  Counsel  con- 
sisted mainly  of  examination  of  marketing  agreements  and  codes,  re- 
search in  connection  with  consumer  problems  arising  under  the 
Agricultural  Adjustment  Act,  and  inve.stigation  and  publicity  with 
respect  to  food  and  cotton  textile  prices  to  consumers.  In  analyzing 
proposed  marketing  agreements  and  codes,  several  principles  were 
used  by  the  Consumers'  Counsel  as  a  guide.  Among  them  were  in- 
cluded effective  provisions  for  grading  and  standardizing  products 
to  insure  honesty  of  labeling. 

However,  Governmental  agencies  dealing  specifically  with  the  gen- 
eral problem  of  consumer  standards  did  not  emerge  until  the  establish- 
ment of  the  Consumers'  Advisory  Board  of  the  National  Recovery 
Administration.  This  Board  maintained  a  continuous  interest  in  con- 
sumer standards  throughout  its  existence.  The  very  first  policy  state- 
ments of  this  Board  related  to  the  subject  of  consumer  standards,  and 
Board  committees  early  concerned  themselves  with  the  quality,  grad- 
ing, and  labeling  requirements  of  N.  R.  A.  codes. 

As  a  result,  approximately  245  of  the  556  approved  N.  R.  A.  codes 
and  some  200  supplements  contained  provisions  for,  or  at  least  refer- 
ences to,  the  establishment  of  standards,  grades,  and  labels.  The  draft- 
ing, application,  and  enforcement  of  consumer  standards  were  brought 
into  discussion  before  the  N.  R.  A.  code  hearings  where  manufacturers, 
distributors,  and  consumers  were  given  an  opportunity  to  freely  ex- 
press their  opinions  on  the  subject  of  consumer  standards.  Under 
this  procedure  the  necessity  for  consumer  standards  was  dramatized 
more  than  at  any  other  time. 

A  Standards  Unit  was  first  established  by  the  Consumers'  Advisory 
Board  in  January  1934.  In  October  1934  by  administrative  orders  the 
standards  work  handled  by  several  advisory  groups  was  centralized 
in  the  Research  and  Planning  Division  of  the  N.  R.  A.  Effective 
cooperation  was  achieved  between  the  Standards  Unit  of  the  Consum- 
ers' Advisory  Board  and  the  Research  and  Planning  Division  of  the 
N.  R.  A. 

On  July  30, 1935,  by  Presidential  Executive  order,  a  new  Consumers' 
Division  was  established  in  the  National  Recovery  Administration. 


XII  INTRODUCTION 

In  it  were  consolidated  the  activities  of  three  previously  existing 
agencies :  The  Consumers'  Advisory  Board,  the  Consumers'  Division  of 
the  National  Emergency  Council,  and  the  Cabinet  Committee  on 
Price  Policy. 

With  the  termination  of  the  National  Recovery  Administration  on 
December  21,  1935,  the  Consumers'  Division  was  transferred  to  the 
Department  of  Labor,  and  later  designated  as  the  Consumers'  Project. 

A  Standards  Section,  established  in  the  Consumers'  Project,  con- 
tinued some  of  the  research  work  on  consumer  standards  and  related 
problems,  previously  carried  on  by  the  Consumers'  Advisory  Board. 
The  Consumers'  Project  came  to  an  end  on  June  30,  1938.  On  July  1 
there  was  created  the  Consumer  Standards  Project,  a  Federal  WPA 
Project,  which  continued  and  enlarged  the  research  done  by  the  Con- 
sumers' Project  in  the  field  of  standards  for  consumer  goods. 

With  the  exception  of  the  last  agency  mentioned,  which  still  func- 
tions under  the  sponsorship  of  the  Consimiers'  Counsel  Division, 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  the  consumer  agencies 
previously  referred  to  are  not  treated  in  this  monograph,  which  con- 
siders only  existing  agencies.  However,  they  have  been  specifically 
discussed  at  this  point  because  their  activities  contributed  substantially 
to  the  work  being  done  by  existing  agencies. 

This  monograph  deals  with  standardization,  inspection,  and  testing 
activities  of  the  Federal  Government  and  with  the  research  work  being 
conducted  by  various  Federal  agencies  which  refer  to,  or  provide  a 
basis  for,  consumer  standards.  The  standards  work  of  some  of  the 
most  active  private  companies,  technical  and  professional  societies, 
and  trade  associations  are  discussed. 

Standardization  and  simplification  of  products  is  also  affected  by 
State  legislation ;  the  range  of  State  laws  is  given  by  two  examples,  one 
illustrating  a  field  where  ahnost  complete  uniformity  has  been  effected, 
and  the  other  where  heterogeneity  of  requirements  exist.  These 
examples  are  fertilizer  and  new  bedding  and  upholstery. 

Procurement  methods  and  procedures  of  the  Federal  agencies, 
States,  counties,  and  municipalities  are  discussed,  and  results  of  sur- 
veys made  on  this  subject,  some  especially  conducted  for  the  purpose 
of  this  monograph,  are  extensively  considered. 

Standardization  procedure,  dennitions,  and  terminology  used  by 
different  agencies  are  discussed.  The  procedures  in  setting  up  stand- 
ards employed  by  various  governmental  and  nongovernmental 
agencies  are  illustrated  by  charts.  Further,  the  activities  of  some  in- 
dependent purchasing  agencies,  commercial  tes(,yig  laboratories,  and 
commodity  testing  and  rating  agencies  are  described.  "- 

The  extent  and  character  of  commodity  information  available  to 
consumers,  and  the  value  of  standards,  grades,  and  informative  labels 
to  consumers  and  their  effect  on  merchandising  are  also  covered. 

Finally,  a  few  recommendations  and  policies  made  by  various 
groups,  such  as  consumers,  retailers,  trade  associations,  and  profes- 
sional societies,  relating  to  consumer  standards,  grades,  and  labels,  are 
also  presented  to  indicate  the  viewpoint  of  various  nongovernmental 
groups  on  the  subject  of  consumer  standards. 


CHAPTER  I 
DEFINITION  OF  BASIC  TERMS 

The  basic  concept  underlying  the  use  of  term  "standard"  is  quite 
definitely  established.  The  definition  of  a  standard  as  given  in  Funk 
and  Wagnalls  "New  Standard  Dictionary"'  is:  (1)  "Any  measure  of 
extent,  quality,  or  value  established  by  law  or  by  general  usage  and 
consent;  a  weight,  vessel,  instrument,  or  device  sanctioned  or  used  as 
a  definite  unit,  as  of  value,  dimension,  time,  or  quality,  by  reference 
to  which  other  measuring-instruments  may  be  constructed  and  tested 
or  regulated.  (2)  Hence,  any  type,  model,  example,  or  authority  with 
which  comparison  may  be  made;  any  fact,  thing,  or  circumstance 
forming  a  basis  for  adjustment  and  regulation;  a  criterion  of  excel- 
lence ;  test ;  as  a  standard  of  portion  by  weight  of  fine  metal  and  alloy 
established  by  authority." 

Dr.  Lyman  J.  Briggs,  Director  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards, 
points  out  the  analogy  of  the  intentional  standardization  as  practiced 
by  man  (conscious  deliberate  selection)  and  standardization  as  a 
survival  process  (natural  selection). 

We  need  only  glance  at  the  rich  background  of  standards  in  nature  to  gain 
perspective  and  obtain  a  better  appreciation  of  present  trends  in  standardization 
and  their  significance.  In  the  same  species  of  plants,  fishes,  birds,  or  animals, 
individuals  resemble  each  other  in  the  minutest  detail  of  structure  and  function. 
So  thorough  has  nature  been  that  each  species  may  be  recognized  by  the  stand- 
ardized organs,  functions,  cliaracteristics,  or  habits  peculiar  to  each.  At  the 
same  time,  individuals  exhibit  definite  distinguishing  characteristics  and  develop 
in  diverse  directions  to  stimulate  the  natural  processes  of  selection,  survival, 
and  evolution. 

The  more  the  mysteries  of  nature  are  dispelled  by  knowledge,  the  more  is 
standardization  revealed,  as  in  the  geometrical  arrangement  of  crystal  formation, 
predicted  discoveries  of  new  chemicfil  elements,  or  the  coming  of  a  comet.  We 
depend  upon  the  meticulous  regularity  of  the  sun's  appearance,  the  recurring 
phases  of  the  moon,  and  the  perfectly  timed  rotation  of  the  planets.  We  accept 
as  indisputable  facts  the  definitely  established  boiling  and  freezing  points,  the 
peculiar  behavior  of  certain  materials  and  the  changeless  normal  properties  of 
elasticity,  strength,  hardness,  ductility,  viscosity,  refractivity,  electric  conduc- 
tivity, permeability,  and  other  properties  of  the  elemental  things  of  nature  which 
man  is  cohstantly  appropriating  for  his  use. 

The  variations  of  color  available  to  the  painter  are  composed  of  parts  of  a 
narrow  band  of  spectral  wave  lengths  and  all  of  the  artistry  in  music  is  conveyed 
through  another  small  group  of  frequencies.  And  yet  we  hear  no  complaints  that 
nature  has  carried  standardization  to  extremes,  that  life  is  dull,  drab,  or  dreary 
as  a  result  of  standardized  chemical  elements,  standardized  crystalline  growth, 
or  wave  lengths,  as  in  sound,  radio,  light,  and  X-rays. 

In  every  direction  we  find  standardization,  whether  we  look  to  the  orbits  of  the 
electrons  about  the  atom,  the  constellations  of  the  stars,  the  microcosm  or  the 
macrocosm,  industry  or  sport,  commerce  or  the  arts. 

The  architect  may  be  limited  to  one  size  of  common  brick  but  he  has  a  choice 
of  color,  texture,  and  arrangement  suflBcient  to  produce  an  unlimited  variety  of 
structures  and  effect.s,  while  the  accomplished  limitation  of  dimensions  gives  hira 
a  basis  upon  which  to  start  and  relieves  his  mind  altogether  of  the  problem  of 
the  size  of  brick  to  be  employed.^ 

»  "Commercial  Standards  and  Their  Value  to  Biralness."  p.  Ill,  CSO-40,  U.  S.  Oovemment 
Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  1940. 


2  OONCENTRATIO^  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Webster's  New  International  Dictionary  defines  a  "Specification" 
as  "A  written  statement  containing  a  minute  description  or  enumera- 
tion of  particulars.  A  written  or  printed  description  of  work  to  be 
done,  forming  part  of  the  contract  and  describing  qualities  of  mate.- 
rial  and  mode  of  construction,  and  also  giving  dimension  and  other 
information  not  shown  in  the  drawings."  A  specification  is  a  short- 
hand vehicle  to  converse  quickly  and  accurately  about  materials  and 
products. 

Many  standardizing  organizations,  such  as  the  American  Standards 
Association,  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  and  others, 
have  gone  into  the  matter  of  standardizing  specifications,  and,  hence, 
there  are  now  a  large  number  of  standard  specifications. 

Some  of  the  specifications  are  becoming  so  definite  as  to  be  univer- 
sally accepted.  For  example,  cement  is  almost  always  bought  under 
the  standard  specifications  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials. 

Specifications  are  sometimes  standardized  by  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment for  use  in  its  purchases.  Federal  Specifications,  set  up  by  the 
Procurement  Division  of  the  United  States  Treasury  Department,  are 
standard  specifications.  Specifications  of  the  Society  of  Automotive 
Engineers,  chiefly  used  by  the  automotive  industry,  may  also  be  con- 
sidered standard  specification?. 

The  follow^ing  definitions  of  standardization,  simplification,  grades 
and  grading,  and  standards  for  consumer  goods  have  been  selected  as 
representative  definitions  of  basic  terms  in  the  field  of  standards. 

Mr.  Norman  F.  Harriman  defines  standardization  and  simplifica- 
tion as  follows: 

"Standardization"  may  be  defined  as  the  unification  of  the  methods,  practices, 
and  technique  involved  in  the  manufacture,  construction,  and  use  of  materials, 
machines,  and  products,  and  in  all  lines  of  endeavor  which  present  the  necessity 
for  performing  repetition  work.  From  the  viewpoint  of  the  buyer  and  vendor, 
it  is  the  establishment  of  a  criterion  for  the  dimensions,  quality,  or  performance 
of  those  materials,  machines,  and  products.  In  its  former  aspects,  it  tends  to 
assist  scientific  and  engineering  development  and  to  prevent  waste  in  manufac- 
turing. In  its  latter  aspect  its  purpose  is  principally  to  assist  in  promoting  a 
common  understanding  between  producer  and  user. 

Standardization  primarily  means  the  setting  up  of  standards  by  which  extent, 
quantity,  quality,  value,  performance,  or  service,  may  be  judged  or  determined. 
It  is  the  crystallization  of  the  best  thought  and  practice  of  industry,  business, 
or  art  into  definite  forms  for  general  usage.^ 

Standardization  is  generally  applied  to  some  individual  article  or  some  par- 
ticular process,  while  simplification  is  commonly  considered  in  connection  with 
lines  of  products  or  methods  of  business  procedure.  "Simplification,"  or  the 
elimination  of  excess  types,  grades,  sizes,  finishes,  etc.,  of  products,  or  superfluous 
or  unnecessary  methods,  certainly  results  in  standard  products  or  practices.  In 
other  words,  simplification  is  standardization  by  elimination  rather  than  by  selec- 
tion.   In  either  case,  the  result  is  the  establishment  of  a  standard. 

The  term  "simplification,"  frequently  is  more  appealing  than  standardization 
of  variety,  as  it  sounds  less  formal.* 

Dr.  Jessie  V.  Coles  thus  defines  grades  and  grading : . 

Grading  is  the  comparison  of  goods  with  standards  and  the  resulting  sepa- 
ration into  groups  possessing  uniform  qualities.  The  group  is  called  the 
"grades,"  and  the  process  of  comparing  with  the  standard  and  dividing  is 
called  "grading."  The  term  "standardized  grades"  is  used  to  designate  grades 
which  are  exact  and  which   are  based   on   commonly   known   and   recognized 


2  "Standards  and   Standardization,"   by  Norman  F.   Harriman,  McGraw-IIill  Book  Co., 
Inc..  New  York  City,  p.  78,  1928. 
'  Ibid.,  p.  117. 


OONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  3 

standards.  Although  the  use  of  some  kind  of  standard  is  necessary  to  divide 
goods  into  grades,  those  grades  which  are  not  based  on  recognized  standards 
are  not  usually  termed  "standardized  grades."  Sometimes  a  maximum  stand- 
ard is  established  with  which  goods  are  compared  and  rated.  Strictly  speak- 
ing, the  resulting  groups  should  be  called  ratings  although  they  are  usually 
designated  as  grades. 

Standards  set  up  for  the  purpose  of  grading  and  rating  goods  may  be  based 
upon  a  single  quality  or  upon  several  qualities.  They  may.  also  be  based  on 
performances  of  goods.  Combinations  of  qualities  and  performances,  as  those 
for  size  and  durability,  are  also  possible.* 

At  the  hearings  on  the  Boren  bill,  H.  R.  6652,  before  the  House 
Committee  on  Interstate  and  Foreign  Commerce,  January  22,  1940, 
Mrs.  Harriet  R.  Howe  presented  on  behalf  of  the  American  Home 
Economics  Association  the  following  statement  relating  to  standards 
for  consumer  goods : 

By  "standards  for  consumer  goods"  we  mean  a  description  of  those  of  its 
qualities  and  characteristics  important  in  consumer  use,  stated  in  terms  of 
quantitative  measurements,  and  understood  alike  by  producers,  distributors,  and 
ultimate  consumers.  Consumers  believe  such  standards  are  necessary  because 
intelligent  buying  depends  upon  the  ability  to  identify  the  relation  between 
price  and  value  of  goods  and  services  so  that  the  individual  is  able  to  select 
those  best  adapted  to  his  needs  at  a  price  he  can  afford  to  pay. 

Weights  and  measures  are  examples  of  existing  standards  that  have  the 
same  meaning  for  both  sellers  and  buyers  and  that  have  long  been  accepted 
as  a  practical  necessity  in  commerce.  Everyone  recognizes  that  price  has  no 
meaning  without  knowledge  of  how  much  is  offered  at  a  given  price.  Con- 
sumers believe  that  price  is  equally  meaningless  without  knowledge  of  what 
is  being  offered  at  a  given  price.  Buyers  are  helpless  in  trying  to  compare 
the  real  value  to  them  of  two  pairs  of  silk  hosiery,  two  suits  of  clothes,  or 
two  mechanical  refrigerators  at  different  prices  when  there  is  no  way  for 
them  to  make  accurate  comparisons  between  their  quality  and  performance 
in  use. 

A  more  detailed  study  of  the  nomenclature  used  in  the  field  of 
standards  appears  in  the  appendix. 


*  "The  Consumer-Buyer  and  the  Market,'"  by  Jessie  V.  Coles,  p.  447,  John  Wiley  &  Sons. 
New  York  City,  1938. 


Chart  I. —  The  Federal  Government  and  Siandardiz 


Agency 

rh^ctL^yti'SJS^t.forhfrs^^ 

I£s3e?'^"^^°^'""' 

loans,  Insuring  private  loans. 
provom'Si'ts"^  """"'' 
3 

'i^s^HsSl 

Agencies  whose  duties  are   to 

AEencies  using  standards  estab- 
lished  by  other  agencies  In 
carrying  out  their  activities 

^rsjs^^?i?l!S5 

Agencies  mspceting  or  testing 
supplies  or  equipment  to  as- 
sure the  r  conformity  to  ap- 
plicable   standards   ised    £ 
purchases,  oans,  insurance,  or 

8 

Agencies  developing  or  estab- 
lishing  test   methods    which 
may  be  used  by  others 

Agencies  furthering  the  use  of 
standards  estabUshed  by  them 

10 

*^SiSHAdjSment  Administration 



Sinistration.    ' 

■■ 

Consumers'  Counsel  Division. 
SS=af£=;el!„^g'iS=^-ce. 

M.iS=°i:S?fnfse^X'.:;::::;;::;: 

Boiciii  of  Agricullural  Chemistry  and  En- 

"A^TcuUurVrMwkeViigS'erViM;; 

■i-grieuTtuVVlMarkVtingSer"vlee-.: 

^gm^cering.^  ^        ^. 

-ApiedVuraYM^kVliigServlee-.; 

'  AgrTculturafMarket  Service". ".  ^ ! ! 

Agircultii^TMMketingSerVice'' 

"fiJKi^IiJsiKi" 

■XBiniallndis-trs 

BuSu  of  Entomology  and"  Plant 'Qiiafsn-' 

En^imiiiiy-andPianrQuafai-.- 

Entomoiogyand  PianrQuaron- 

Entomology  and  PimrQuaran" 

Entomology  ami  Pianrciuaran-" 

EntomoioS''and  Ptot  Quwan-' 

Entorao°og'?MdPi;n'tQusrin'.' 

fesSfT-:::;;::::::; 

HoSe  Economics. 

Mt^^VehX^^/dminisStion--::;: 

Plant  Industry 

Extension  Service 

■''^s',„r"''"'"'°"°™""^"-" 

-  — 

— 

"RirirElcclVificiVionAdminrs-" 

i§|ils-A^mhi^- 

Forest  Service- 

Ru^rElViff^YlinAdminis:- 

iSSS5™    Admlnis- 

:...,,     ...ouAdm^.:- 

-H^^i^ct^„™,„„-...mln^V 

S  Electfiacallon  Admlnistra-iibn.";:;:::: 
Soil  Conserration  Servioc....... 

CentralHousingCommlttee'-.";; 

?etrSf'AS7ZS?I?&- 
Federal   Housing    Administra- 
Home  Owners'  Loan  Corpora- 
Food  and  Drug  Administration. 

-,.r,.lu,.u„L,nMgAdmm,stra- 



"Cent«rHo-,ising-Oommiti^;::: 
National  Bureau  of  Standards... 

Central  Housing  Committee. 
National  Bureau  of  Standards. 

3S!Ssa°tffi^ 

S;r^iS"Sl!rtS-:: 



National  Bureau  Of  Standards- 

National  Bureau  of  Standards-- 

National  Bureau  of  Standards- 

Federal   Housing   Administra- 
Home'  Owners'  Loan  Corpora- 

Federal    Housing   Administra- 
Home' Owners'  Loan  Corpora- 
Food  and  Drug  Administration- 

Food  and  Drug  Administration. 

Federal    Housing    Admlnistro- 
Home' Owners'  Loan  Corpora- 
Food  and  Drug  Admlnlstration- 

Federal   Housing   Administra- 
Home  Owners'  Loan  Corpora- 

Food  and  Drug  Administration. 
Public  Health  Service 

F^eral     Housing    Admlnistm 

Food  and  Drug  Administration. 
Offleo  of  Education,  Home  Eoo- 

Sofer?=l^in"t'i^f&«=. 

''^Fir/'S^TSinistration.... 

Food  and  Drug  Administration- 

Food  and  Drug  Administration - 
Public  Health  Service 

Home  Economics  Education  Service 

Public  Health  Service 

Public  Health  Service 

Federal  Trade  Commission 

Government  Printing  Office 

U.  S.  Housing  Authority 

Public  Health  Service 

aovBmment'println°g"om"eeV.".'.; 

Fedirai  Trade  CommisVion';;::: 

Ho^rSSir^^SSEne^;::- 

ijureau  of  Mines - 

Federsl  Trade  Commissior.-;;;: 

'TS^^SoHty 

aivM?SlriStto°e'offlVe.V.:: 

U.  S.  Housing  Authority... 

"QoVeViiVntPriiitagOfflVe-".-.:; 

Bituminous  Coal  Division  and  Consumers' 

?=l\?liSser;ii^::::::::::::::::::. 

GeoloEM  Survey.                 



Bureau  of  Mines 

^'crSsPcouSs'SiJisSi'' 

Office  Indian  ASa^': 

GeolOEical  Survey 

■oSeeindiinASaifs--:::::::;::: 

OcoiogiVaTsuVvey-!.';;-'."-'-'.'.'-'--" 
NavyDepartment-l-'.-IIi;" 

Fish  and  WUdiife  Service. 

----- -.  - 

Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics: 

Eetail  and  Wholesale  Price  Divisions 

Retail    and    Wholesale    Price 
Divisions. 

Children's  Bureau 

Navy  Department; .v:::. :/:::. 

Veterans'  Admluistratlon.".;.".',';;"'.".'."."/.".'."."."  . 

Veterans' A'dmini'stration.';;"" 
War  Department 

SgSiSi-.:;:::;:::::;: 

Proeui^mentDlvM^^^^^     

Procurement  Division 

"       "' 



War  Department 

War  Department 

e  30,  mo,  under  tbe  t 


r  Reorganization  Plan  No.  ni.    Its  lunetiooa  v 


1  Tax  Unit  of  tbe  Bureau  of  Internal  Revenue,  U.  S.  Treasury  Department,  Washington,  D.  C, 


272496—41      (Face  p.  6) 


CHAPTER  II 

STANDARDIZATION,  INSPECTION,  AND  LABELING 
ACTIVITIES  OF  THE  FEDERAL  AGENCIES 

The  Federal  Government,  the  largest  single  purchaser  in  the  coun- 
try, deals  with  standards  and  specifications  for  materials  and  equip- 
ment  in  performing  its  activities.  The  research  and  service  bureaus 
of  the  Government  also  are  interested  in  many  problems  of  stand- 
ardization. The  work  of  46  Federal  agencies  concerned  with  stand- 
ards, specifications,  tests,  and  basic  research  leading  to  or  aflfecting 
standards  was  studied  for  the  purpose  of  this  monograph.  A  detailed 
description  of  the  standardization,  inspection,  and  labeling  activities 
of  the  Federal  agencies  presented  in  this  study  is  supplemented  by 
charts  indicating  the  procedure  used  in  establishing  standards. 

In  analyzing  the  results  of  the  study,  the  activities  of  the  Federal 
Government  in  the  field  of  standardization  were  subdivided  into  the 
following  10  groups: 

1.  Agencies  estaolishing  standards  which  may  be  used  by  others. 

2.  Agencies  establishing  standards  for  their  own  use  in  carrying 
out  their  activities. 

3.  Agencies  establishing  standards  for  their  own  specific  use  in 
approving  loans,  insuring  private  loans,  or  advancing  money  for 
improvements. 

4.  Agencies  whose  research  or  operations  aid  or  provide  a  basis 
for  establishment  of  standards. 

5.  Agencies  whose  duties  are  to  assure  that  commodities  sold  or 
shipped  in  interstate  commerce  meet  certain  established  standards. 

6.  Agencies  using  standards  established  by  other  agencies  in  car- 
rying out  their  activities. 

7.  Agencies  maintaining  a  grading  or  inspection  service  in  per- 
forming their  activities. 

8.  Agencies  inspecting  or  testing  supplies  or  equipment  to  assure 
their  conformity  to  applicable  standards  used  in  purchases,  loans, 
insurance,  or  other  activities. 

9.  Agencies  developing  or  establishing  test  methods  which  may 
be  used  by  others. 

10.  Agencies  furthering  the  use  of  standards  established  by  them 
or  by  other  agencies. 

The  activities  of  many  of  the  Federal  agencies  analyzed  fall  into 
several  different'  groups.  In  order  to  illustrate  graphically  the  dis- 
tribution of  these  activities  in  the  field  of  standardization  chart  I 
was  prepared. 

5 


272496— 41— No.  24- 


UNITED  STATES  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE 

AGRICULTURAL  ADJUSTMENT  ADMINISTRATION 

The  Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration,  United  States  De- 
partment of  Agriculture,  does  not  formulate  or  promulgate  stand- 
ards. However,  it  does  specifically  use  many  of  the  standards 
which  have  been  promulgated  by  other  bureaus  in  the  Department  and 
in  many  instances  uses  modifications  of  these' standards.  Parity  pay- 
ments to  producers  of  cotton,  wheat,  corn,  rice,  and  tobacco  are  made 
on  the  basis  of  an  equivalent  value  according  to  adopted  and 
established  grades. 

consumers'  counsel  division 

The  office  of  Consumers'  Counsel  was  set  up  by  the  Secretary  of 
Agriculture  as  a  division  of  the  Agricultural  Adjustment  Adminis- 
tration in  June  1933.  Although  the  functions  of  Consumers'  Counsel 
at  the  beginning  were  described  in  general  terms,  its  activities  soon 
crystallized  in  operation  along  the  lines  of  (1)  analyzing  the  probable 
effect  on  consumers  of  proposed  and  operating  farm  programs,  and 
presenting  its  recommendations  with  respect  thereto  to  the  planning 
and  action  divisions  of  the  Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration 
and  (2)  disseminating  information  to  consumers  on  the  operation  of 
the  farm  program,  and  on  ways  of  increasing  purchasing  power 
through  informed  and  economical  buying. 

Early  in  the  evolution  of  Consumers'  Counsel  administration  the 
importance  of  the  value  of  grading  and  standardizing  to  consumers 
and  producers  was  recognized.  Among  the  principles  developed  for 
the  examination  of,  and  reports  on,  codes  and  agreements  was  the 
statement^- 

That  they  should  include  effective  provisions  for  grading  and  standardizing  prod- 
ucts to  insure  the  honesty  of  weights  and  measures  and  of  the  product  itself.* 

Necessity  promoted  this  evolution,  and  its  relationship  to  standards. 
This  is  illustrated  by  the  early  history  of  Consumers'  Counsel.  When 
the  processing  taxes  were  imposed  upon  wheat  and  cotton,  among  other 
agricultural  items,  during  the  early  period  of  the  Agricultural  Ad- 
justment Administration,  wholesale  and  retail  price  rises  ensued,  with 
some  distributors  advertising  that  the  increases  were  the  result  of  the 
tax.  In  many  instances  it  was  found  that  the  retail  price  rise  was 
considerably  more  than  the  amount  of  the  tax,  while  the  buying  public 
was  led  to  believe  that  the  tax  was  the  entire  cause.  Recognizing  the 
need  for  disseminating  correct  information,  the  Consumers'  Counsel 
Division  was  set  up  to  accomplish  the  task.  Studies  were  made  show- 
ing the  effect  of  the  per-bushel  tax  on  wheat  on  the  finished  loaf  of 
bread,  and  the  effect  of  the  per-pound  tax  on  cotton  on  certain  finished 

1  "Agricultural  Adjustment :  A  Report  of  Administration  of  the  Agricultural  Adjustment 
Act,  May  1933  to  February  1934,"  p.  209,  Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration,  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture.  1934. 


g  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  PO^VITR 

cotton  goods.  This  information  was  disseminated  to  the  public  and 
distributors  were  called  into  conference  and  presented  with  it.  The 
sudden  price  rises  of  these  taxed  commodities  were  halted  more  or  less 
effectively  and  tended  to  remain  at  general  levels  near  those  immedi- 
ately succeeding  the  adjustment  to  the  taxes  imposed. 

However,  Consumers'  Counsel  investigations  and  complaints  from 
buyers  indicated  that,  although  price  levels  for  given  commodities 
remained  stable,  the  composition  and  quality  of  the  finished  items 
often  varied.  For  instance,  the  weight  of  the  loaf  could  be,  and  some- 
times was.  reduced,  or  the  amount  of  flour  was  decreased  while  mois- 
ture was  increased;  2  or  the  weight  of  cotton  shirts  or  overalls,  or 
other  textiles,  was  reduced  for  the  same  price  line  items. 

In  the  spring  of  1940  the  manufacturers  of  ribbons  for  hat  bands 
reduced  the  width  of  the  band  while  maintaining  the  price.  Also, 
stocking  manufacturers,  in  the  face  of  threatened  rises  in  silk  prices, 
increased  the  amount  of  rayon  used,  sometimes  in  the  top  and  at 
others  in  the  body  of  the  stocking.  Many  similar  examples  could 
be  furnished  from  the  1939-40  experience. 

The  need  for  more  uniform  and  continuing  standards  was  pointed 
to  as  an  assurance  that  consumers  in  their  daily  purchases  might  have 
a  proper  basis  for  arriving  at  accurate  value  judgments.^ 

Recognizing  the  importance  not. only  of  price  variation  but  also 
quality  variation,  the  Consumers'  Counsel  Division  emphasized  in 
its  policies  and  its  publications  the  need  for  extension  of  standards 
to  promote  more  wise  and  economical  buying.  This  policy  has  become 
an  important  phase  of  the  Division's  work. 

The  activities  of  Consumers'  Counsel  Division  in  the  planning, 
formulation,  and  administration  of  farm  programs  has  involved 
consideration  and  use  of  various  grades  and  standards,  particularly 
in  marketing  agreements.  While  the  basic  crop  programs  may  have 
attempted  supply  control,  this  was  approached  quantitavely,  in  that 
certain  acreage  reductions  were  made,  thus  reducing  the  supply  by 
cutting  off  a  segment  of  the  producing  facilities.  It  did  not  involve 
any  deviation  from  grade  or  standardization  other  than  that  following 
the  normal  processes,  although  there  may  have  been  some  slight  ten- 
dency for  the  quality  grown  on  better  acreage  to  be  higher. 

In  the  marketing  agreement  programs  for  milk,  fruit„  vegetable 
and  nut  products,  in  addition  to  the  quantitative  control,  qualitative 
control  has  been  employed.  Control  has  been  effected  by  limiting  or 
prohibiting  shipments  of  certain  grades  or  sizes  during  all  or  part  of 
the  marketing  season.  In  practice  this  meant,  for  example,  that  only 
milk  which  measured  up  to  the  specified  standard,  established  in  a 
local  milk  ordinance,  could  be  marketed.  In  the  case  of  fruits,  vege- 
tables, nuts,  and  other  general  crops,  the  shipment  of  certain  grades 
such  as  "culls,"  or  low-value  grades,  had  been  limited,  or  conversely 
only  the  grades  which  historically  returned  a  price  differential  above 
a  certain  estimated  minimum  were  allowed  to  be  shipped.  In  most 
instances  these  grades  or  standards  had  been  tested  by  industry 
practice  and  market  acceptance  and  then  were  approved  and  promul- 
gated by  an  authorized  bureau  of  the  Department,  or  by  the  States 
in  which  the  program  operated.     Sometimes,  but  not  often,  modifi- 

*  "Bread  Facts  For  Consumers,"  Consumers'  Guide,  vol.  IV  (3),  p.  11,  April  5,  1937. 
»  "Checking  Your  Wcigiits  and  Measures,"  Consumers'  Guide,  vol.  Ill   (21),  pp.  3-6,  8, 
November  16,  1936. 


OON'OE'xXTR'ATION  OF  ECONOMIC   POWER  Q 

nations  of  the  proiiiulgated  grades  and  standards  were  provided  in 
the  terms  of  the  regulation. 

The  importance  of  proper  grading  and  standardizing  to  insure 
better  understanding  of  vahies  in  the  market  phice  has  been  em- 
phasized by  the  Division  personnel  in  their  cooperation  with  other 
divisions  of  the  Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration,  and  with 
other  bureaus,  in  considering  the  applications  and  effect  of  programs. 
This  has  been  accomplished  through  informal  conference,  memoranda, 
and  formal  hearings.  As  grades  and  standards  for  food  products 
need  to  be  revised  from  time  to  time  to  meet  improvements  in  pro- 
duction, shifts  in  consumer  preference,  and  changes  in  the  art  or 
science  of  grading  and  standardization.  Consumers'  Counsel  Division 
personnel  have  assisted  in  presenting  the  consumers'  viewpoint  on 
important  factors  to  be  considered  in  such  revisions  for  the  following 
commodities :  Eggs,  beef,  butter,  lard,  poultry,  cheese,  and  citrus 
fruits.  Here,  as  in  marketing  agreements  and  other  programs  in- 
volving standards,  it  is  the  function  of  Consumers'  Counsel  Division 
economists  and  marketing  specialists  to  focus  attention  on  the  con- 
sumer aspects  of  pending  issues  and  to  argue  the  consumer  point  of 
view  with  respect  to  them.  Producers  and  distributors  are  always 
represented  during  the  program.  Consumers  usually  are  not  organ- 
ized and  consequently  are  not  in  position  to  present  their  case 
adequately. 

Presentation  of  facts  and  substantial  evidence  to  governmental  agen- 
cies promulgating  a)id  developing  standards  is  a  direct  responsibility 
of  consumers  if  the  standards  are  to  be  comprehensive  and  adequate. 
However,  the  task  confronting  the  average  group  of  consumers  of 
acquainting  themselves  with  all  the  technicalities  and  detail  involved 
in  each  standard  is  formidable  and  difficult  to  obtain,  unless  they  have 
a  clearing  house  of  information  to  assist  them.  To  help  fulfill  this 
function  Consumers'  Counsel  has  conferred  with  consumer  groups 
acquainting  them  with  the  need  for  specific  standards  and  with 
pertinent  facts  and  information.  Consumers'  Counsel  has  appeared 
to  present  the  consumers'  case  in  the  considerations  leading  to  the  ice 
cream  and  ice  cream  freezer  regulations  for  the  District  of  Columbia. 
At  hearings  on  standards  for  butter  the  personnel  of  the  Division 
worked  with  consumer  groups  to  assist  them  in  the  presentation  of 
pertinent  and  substantial  evidence  relating  to  the  desires  of  consumers 
and  the  effects  of  proposed  standards  on  consumers.  Much  time  and 
attention  has  been  devoted  to  assisting  consumers  in  presenting  their 
cases  before  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  at  hearings  on  food  stand- 
ards, pursuant  to  the  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act.  This  involves 
acquainting  consumers  with  current  practices,  and  in  some  cases  mal- 
practices, and  with  the  technicalities  of  composition,  quality,  manu- 
facturing techniques,  and  distribution,  so  that  they  may'  be  able 
better  to  arrive  at  judgments  as  to  what  is  in  their  best  interests  in 
the  establishing  of  standards.  It  also  means  that  the  personnel  of  the 
Division  must  acquaint  themselves  with  the  economic  and  social  effects 
of  present  and  proposed  practice  and  present  evidence  thereon  for 
consideration  in  the  standardizing  process. 

The  same  applies  to  standards  procedure  under  the  Agricultural 
Marketing  Service,  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  the  Federal  Trade 
Commission,  and  others. 


10 


OONCDENTRATION  OF  EICONOMIC  POWETl 


In  addition,  Consumers'  Counsel  Division  also  disseminates  infor- 
mation through  the  media  *  at  its  disposal.  The  Consumers'  Guide, 
in  addition  to  descriptive  and  explanatory  articles  on  the  farni  pro- 
gram, presents  pertinent  information  to  purchasers  as  to  the  value  of 
grades  and  standards  and  how  they  may  be  used  advantageously.  The 
basic  data  upon  which  such  Consumers'  Guide  articles  are  developed 
are  obtained  from  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  and 
other  governmental  and  private  sources.  The  objective  is  to  present 
in  nontechnical,  laymanls  language  infomiation  which  can  be  used  by 
the  average  purchaser.  These  articles  appear  in  the  Consumers'  Guide 
from  time  to  time.^  The  Consumers'  Guide  is  distributed  free  to 
approximately  140,000  subscribers  (May  1940) ,  throughout  each  of  the 
48  States,  the  District  of  Columbia,  Canada,  and  other  countries. 

Consumers'  Guide  mailing  list 
(Total  State  count  on  all  keys  used  in  mailing  Consumers'  Guide) 


State: 

Alabama 923 

Arizona 399 

Arkansas 679 

California 11,822 

Colorado 1,607 

Connecticut 2,304 

Delaware 285 

District  of  Columbia 2,996 

Florida 1,087 

Georgia 978 

Idaho 448 

Illinois 10,647 

Indiana 3,  603 

Iowa 2,927 

Kansas 3,064 

Kentucky 913 

Louisiana 778 

Maine 750 


State — Continued. 

Maryland 1,825 

Massachusetts 4,830 

Michigan 5,766 

Minnesota 3,  656 

Mississippi 599 

Missouri 3,199 

Montana. 1,025 

Nebraska 2,291 

Nevada, 126 

New  Hampshire 520 

New  Jersey ---  5,033 

New  Mexico 314 

New  York 20,365 

North  Carolina 1,331 

North  Dakota 1.591 

Ohio 9,031 

Oklahoma 1,129 

Oregon 1,516 


*  "Consumers'  Guide,"  a  publication  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Wash- 
ington. D.  C,  issued  monthly  from  June  through  September ;  semimonthly  from  October 
through  May.  Prepared  by  the  Consumers'  Counsel  Division,  Agricultural  Adjustment 
Administration. 

The  Consumers'  Guide  is  printed  with  the  approval  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget  as 
required  by  rule  42  of  the  Joint  Committee  on  Printing.  Official  free  distribution, 
150,000  copies  per  issue.  Additional  copies  may  be  obtained  from  the  Suporintendent 
of  Documents,  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  5  cents  a  copy,  or  by 
subscription  50  cents  a  year,  domestic ;  80  cents  a  year,  foreign.  Postage  stamps  will 
not  be  accepted  in  payment. 
"Cooperative  Boolcshelf,"  13  pp..  Publication  No.  3,  Consumers'  Counsel  Division,  U.  S. 
Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  May  1937.     5  cents. 

"Consumers'  Bookshelf,"  100  pp..  Publication  No.  4,  Consumers'  Counsel  Division,  U.  S. 
Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  December  1937.     15  cents. 

"Consumers  Look  at  Eggs,"  13  pp.,  Consuiner  Studv  Outlines  No.  1,  Consumers'  Counsel 
Division,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.  May  1937.  10  cents. 

"Materials  for  Consumer  Education,  A  Selected  Bibliography,''  CS-61  (revised).  Con- 
sumers' Counsel  Division,  Agricultural  Adjustment  .Administration,  U.  S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C,  September  193!),  mimeographed.  Address :  Consumers' 
Counsel  Division,  Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration  U.  S.  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture, Washington,  D.  C. 

^  "Are  Price  Tags  Enough,"  by  Donald  E.  Montgomery,  Consumers'  Counsel  of  the  .Agri- 
cultural Adjustment  Administration,  Consumers'  Guide,  vol.  Ill  (22),  pp.  3-6,  21-23, 
November  30,  1930.  "Buving  Meat  by  Orade,"  Consumers'  Guide,  vol.  VI  (17),  p.  3,  June 
1940.  "Public  Enemy  No.  1  in  the  Kitchen,"  Consumers'  Guide,  vol.  Ill  (H),  pp.  6-9, 
June  15,  1930.  "What  Kind  of  Safeguards,"  Consumers'  Guide,  vol.  IV  (4),  pp.  13-17, 
April  19,  1937,  vol.  IV  (5),  pp.  9-11,  May  3,  1937. 


OONOE'NTRIATION  OP  BCONOMIC  POWER  H 

Consumers'  Guide  mailing  list — Continued 

State— Continued.  State— Continued. 

Pennsylvania 7,871            Colombia 1 

Rhode  Island 347            Cuba 10 

South  Carolina 808            Ecuador 1 

South  Dakota 1,044           Guatemala 1 

Tennessee 1,197            Haiti 2 

Texas 2,787            Hawaii 222 

Utah 1,024            Mexico 9 

Vermont 646            Newfoundland 1 

Virginia 1,708            Nova  Scotia 1 

Washington 3,895            Panama 1 

West  Virginia 744            Peru 4 

Wisconsin 4,839            Philippine  Islands 33 

Wyoming 409            Puerto  Rico 59 

Alaska 96            Virgin  Islands 3 

American  Samoa 1            Argentina 1 

Canada 274  

Canal  Zone- 24               Total 138,421 

Chile 1 

This  count  does  not  include  foreign  countries  which  require  postage; 
there  are  67  such  names  in  foreign  countries.  Also,  the  count  does 
include  requests  received  from  the  public  only  through  May  4,  1940, 
although  the  count  was  taken  at  the  United  States  Government 
Printing  Office,  May  29,  1940. 

The  1939  distribution  shows  an  interesting  cross  section  of  its  interest 
to  national  occupation  groups. 

Percentage  distribution  of  Consumers'  Guide  suisa-iiers  in  1939,  hy  occupations 

Percent 

Housewives 22 

White-collar    workers 18 

Teachers 16 

Students , 7 

Professional  workers 7 

Industrial    workers 4 

Extension   workers 3 

Welfare,  club,  and  Government  workers -      2 

Occupation   unknown 21 

Total . 100 

CONSUMER  STANDARDS  PROJECT 

The  Consumer  Standards  Project  is  a  Federal  W.  P.  A.  project, 
sponsored  by  the  Consumers'  Counsel  Division  of  the  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture,  engaged  in  research  on  consumer  problems. 
It  carries  on  the  work  of  the  Consumers'  Project  of  the  United  States 
Department  of  Labor  which  came  to  an  end  June  30,  1938,  together 
with  certain  pertinent  phases  of  research  that  had  been  initiated  in 
the  Consumers'  Counsel  Division. 

At  present  the  project  is  chiefly  concerned  with  problems  of  stand- 
ardization of  consumer  goods.  This  work  is  divided  into  four  major 
activities : 

(1)  The  project  collects  and  analyzes  Federal,'  State,^  and  local 

•  "Chart  Analysis  of  Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act,"  by  Consumer  Standards 
Project,  Consumers'  Counsel  Divisi6n,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  and  Work  Proj- 
ects Administration.  Washington,  D.  C,  1040. 

"Analysis  of  United  States  and  State  Standards  for  Fresh  Fruits  and  Vegetables,"  U.  S. 
Government  Printing  Office,  Washineton,  D.  C.  1937.  25  cents. 

'  "Survey  of  State  Laws  and  Judicial  Decisions  on  Bedding  and  Upholstery,"  by  S.  Mermin 
and  J.  M.  Maver.  S.  P.  Kaidanovsky,  Technical  Director,  Consumer  Standards  Project, 
vii+160  pp.  Consumers'.  Counsel  Division,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  and  Work 
Projects  Administration,  Washington,  D.  C. 


12  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

laws  and  regulations  regarding  quality  and  performance  standards  of 
consumer  goods,  and  standards  for  container  sizes,  grades,  and  labels. 

(2)  It  summarizes  specifications  and  test  methods  used  by  Govern- 
ment and  private  agencies  in  establishment  of  standards  for  a  number 
of  selected  consumer  commodities.  This  work  includes  a  comparative 
tabulation  of  quality  grade  terms  used  by  Government  agencies  and 
private  technical  groups.® 

(3)  The  project  is  engaged  in  a  survey  of  consumer  standards  in 
foreign  countries. 

(4)  The  project  is  doing  routine  work  necessary  for  preparing 
results  of  surveys  conducted  by  the  Consumers'  Counsel  Division.  For 
example,  the  detailed  work  of  a  survey  of  the  inspection  and  control 
of  weights  and  measures  conducted  in  cooperation  with  the  National 
Conference  on  Weights  and  Measures;  and  a  survey  of  courses  in 
consumer  education  made  in  cooperation  with  the  United  St^es  Office 
of  Education,  was  done  at  the  project. 

The  project  also  takes  an  active  part  in  the  work  of  several  com- 
mittees concerned  with  consumer  goods,  such  as  the  Advisory  Com- 
mittee on  Ultimate  Consumer  Goods  of  the  American  Standards 
Association,  sectional  committees  of  the  association,  and  committees 
of  the  National  Consumer-Retailer  Council.^ 

The  Consumer  Standards  Project  is  custodian  of  the  records  of  the 
Consumers'  Project  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Labor,  the 
Consumers'  Advisory  Board  of  the  National  Recovery  Administration, 
and  the  Consumers'  Division  of  the  National  Emergency  Council. 

AGRICULTURAL  MARKETING  SERVICE 

The  Agricultural  Marketing  Service  is  a  "service  and  regulatory 
agency,  concerned  with  various  phases  of  marketing  farm  prod- 
ucts."/° 

This  Service  was  contemplated  in  the  Departmental  reorganization 
program  of  October  6,  1938,  and  was  formally  established  July  1, 
1939,  following  the  passage  of  the  Agricultural  Appropriation  Act 
for  1940.  In  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service  were  placed:  (1) 
From  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Economics — certain  marketing  re- 
search, service  and  regulatory  work  in  connection  with  cotton;  dairy 
and  poultry  products;  fruits  and  vegetables;  grain  and  seed;  live- 
stock, meats,  and  wool;  hay  and  feed;  tobacco;  and  warehousing; 
market  news  service ;  and  all  of  the  work  on  crop  and  livestock  esti- 
mates; (2)  from  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry-^— administration  of 
the  Packers  and  Stockyards  Act;  (3)  from  the  Bureau  of  Plant  In- 
dustry— administration  of  the  Federal  Seed  Act;  and  (4)  from  the 
Bureau  of  Dairy  Industry — administration  of  the  Dairy  Exports 
Act. 

For  administrative  purposes,  the  Service  comprises  the  following 
Divisions:  Agricultural    Statistics;    Cotton   Marketing;    Dairy    and 

«  "Summaries  and  Tabulations  of  Specifications  and  Test  Methods  for  Selected  Consumer 
Commodities,"  Consumer  Standards  Project.  Consumers'  Counsel  Division,  U.  S.  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C.     In  preparation. 

"  "A  Study  of  Informative  Labeling,"  by  S.  P.  Kaidanovsky  and  G.  W.  Hervey  ;  170  pp., 
Consumer  Standards  Project,  Consumers'  Counsel  Division,  IT.  S.  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture and  Work  Projects  Administration.  Washincton,  D.  C.  193Q,  mimeographed. 

""Agricultural  Marketing  Service,  Organization  and  Functions,"  97  pp.,  Agricultural 
Marketing  Service,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C,  March  1940,  mimeo- 
graphed. 


OONOBNTRIATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  13 

Poultry  Products;  Fruits  and  Vegetables;  Grain  and  Seed;  Live- 
stock, Meats,  and  Wool;  Packers  and  Stockyards;  Tobacco;  Ware- 
housing; Marketing  Information;  and  Business  Administration. 
Much  of  the  work  of  the  Service  is  done  in  cooperation  with  State 
departments  of  agriculture,  State  agricultural  colleges,  experiment 
stations  and  extension  services,  and  with  other  agencies;  about  280 
cooperative  agreements  are  in  effect. 

Five  Brodd  Fxm<;tion8. 

The  activities  of  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service  may  be  clas- 
sified in  five  broad  fields:  "(1)  The  collection  and  dissemination  of 
crop  and  livestock  production  statistics;  (2)  the  gathering  and  re- 
porting of  current  market  information  from  terminal  markets,  ship- 
ping points,  and  producing  sections;  (3)  standardization  and  inspec- 
tion to  provide  a  common  language  in  merchandising  and  a  uniform 
yardstick  for  measuring  gradations  in  quality  of  farm  and  food 
products;  (4)  research  and  demonstration  in  standardization,  grad- 
ing, preparation  for  market,  handling,  and  other  related  phases  of 
marketing;  and  (5)  the  administration  of  'rules  of  fair  play'  in  the 
merchandising  of  farm  commodities."  ^^ 

Three  of  these  functions  are  of  particular  interest  in  connection 
with  consumer  standards.  They  are  the  standardization,  grading 
and  inspection  services,  the  associated  programs  of  research  and  dem- 
onstration, and  the  regulatory  activities. 

Research. 

The  research  conducted  by  the  Service  forms  the  basis  of  its  activ- 
ities. Grade  standardization  research  is  of  primary  importance.  It 
centers  about  the  development  of  standards  for  each  farm  commodity 
and  the  inspection  methods  by  which  the  standards  are  applied.  The 
standardization  research  involves  the  determination  of  all  factors 
and  attributes  inherent  in  a  product  which  may  in  any  way  affect 
its  value  and  desirability.  After  these  factors  have  been  ascertained 
and  isolated  they  are  appraised  individually  and  in  relation  to  each 
other  so  as  to  arrive  at  their  relative  importance  in  determining  the 
quality  of  the  product.  It  is  then  necessary  to  adopt  correct  methods 
of  grade  identification  by  clearly  outlined  specifications  expressed  in 
simple  terminology. 

Because  of  long-time  changes  that  take  place  in  the  production 
and  use  of  a  commodity,  continued  research  is  necessary  in  order  to 
provide  sound  and  practical  bases  for  meeting  the  demands  for  stand- 
ards that  are  made  by  the  many  interested  parties.  Such  research 
also  shows  whether  changes  requested  would  be  of  only  temporary 
value  and  whether  they  would  benefit  only  a  few  persons.  Continued 
research  likewise  is  necessary  for  the  purpose  of  developing  and 
improving  mechanical  devices  for  measuring  factors  of  quality.  A 
great  deal  has  already  been  done  in  this  connection,  but  the  interpre- 
tation of  United  States  Standards  is  still  based  largely  upon  observa- 
tion and  judgment.  This  is  true,  for  example,  in  the  measurement 
of  such  quality  factors  as  flavor  and  odor. 

Many  basic  laboratory  research  projects  are  being  conducted  by 
the  Service.     These  projects  include  cotton-fiber  and  spinning-fiber 

"  "Agricultural  Marketing  Service,  Organization  and  Functions,"  97  pp..  Agricultural 
Marketing  Service,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C,  March  1940. 
mimeographed. 


14  C'ONCIENTRiATIOlS'  OF  EIOONOMIC  POWER 

tests,  milling  and  baking  tests  with  wheat  and  other  grains,  wool 
shrinkage  studies,  and  slaughter  tests  of  different  grades  and  weights 
of  livestock.  Experiments  also  include  projects  designed  to  perfect 
inspection  equipment  and  techniques,  market-reporting  surveys, 
marketing  studies  in  specific  producing  areas,  and  related  projects  on 
such  phases  as  packing,  packaging,  and  handling  farm  commodities. 
A  number  of  research  projects  are  conducted  in  cooperation  with 
other  bureaus,  and  with  State  agricultural  colleges.  Studies  of 
qualities  of  meats,  for  example,  are  made  in  cooperation  with  the 
Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  the  Bureau  of  Home  Economics,  the 
Virginia  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  and  the  Virginia  Divi- 
sion of  Markets,  Cotton-fiber  research  is  conducted  cooperatively 
with  the  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  Clemson  Agricultural  College, 
and  the  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College  of  Texas.  Cotton- 
ginning  studies  are  carried  on  jointly  with  the  Bureau  of  Agricul- 
tural Chemistry  and  Engineering.^^ 

Standardization  and  Inspection. 

The  authority  for  the  standardization,  grading,  and  inspection 
activities  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  as  now 
conducted  by  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service,  is  provided  by  a 
number  of  Federal  statutes,  and  by  the  authority  carried  aimually 
in  the  Agricultural  Appropriation  Act  to  formulate  standards  for 
farm  products  and  to  inspect  and  certify  their  quality  and  condition. 
The  statutes  are  the  Cotton  Futures  Act  of  1914  (re-enacted  in  1916), 
the  Grain  Standards  Act  of  1916,  the  United  States  Warehouse  Act 
of  1916,  the  Cotton  Standards  Act  of  1923,  the  Tobacco  Stocks  and 
Standards  Act  of  1929,  and  the  Tobacco  Inspection  Act  of  1935. 
(Early  impetus  to  fann  products  standardization  work  was  given 
by  the  Food  Products  Inspection  Act  of  1917,  an  emergency  war 
measure  for  conserving  food  supplies.) 

A  United  States  Standard  is  one  formally  approved  by  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture  and  is  official.  It  may  be  manda- 
tory or  permissive.  When  the  use  of  a  standard  is  made  mandatory 
by  law,  the  standard  is  always  promulgated  by  the  Secretary  of 
Agriculture  and  no  other  standards  may  be  used  lawfully  if  the 
product  is  sold  by  grade  and  shipped  in  interstate  and  foreign  com- 
merce. For  example,  this  is  true  for  grain  and  for  cotton.  A  per- 
missive or  optional  United  States  Standard,  on  the  other  hand,  may 
or  may  not  be  promulgated  by  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture. 

A  United  States  Tentative  Standard  is  one  prepared  by  the  ITnited 
States  Department  of  Agriculture  for  use  under  commercial  condi- 
tions in  order  to  test  its  practicability,  or  simply  as  a  basis  for  discus- 
sion. It  is  subject  to  further  investigation  before  being  recom- 
mended as  an  official  standard. 

United  States  Standards  of  quality  have  been  developed  for  nearly 
all  the  important  agricultural  commodities  produced  in  this  country. 
The  procedure  for  the  development  of  standards  is  shown  in  Chart  II. 
These  standards  cover  grains,  cotton,  tobacco,  57  of  the  fruits  and 
vegetables,  peanuts,  honey,  livestock,  meats,  wool,  and  a  number  of 

"  "Report  of  the  Chief  of  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service — 1939,"  pp.  21-27,  U.  S 
Govornment  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  lO.IQ,  10  cents. 


CON'CIENTRiATIOiN  OF  EICOXOMIC  POWER  15 

other  products."  For  some  of  the  commodities  the  standards  are 
mandatory,  but  for  others  they  are  permissive  and  are  used  voluntarily 
as  quality  guides  in  buying  and  selling.^* 

In  formulating  United  States  Standards  the  various  factors  that 
determine  quality  gradations  are  placed  into  definite  groups  called 
grades.  The  specifications  or  descriptions  of  these  separate  grades 
are  carefully  Avorked  out,  with  the  assistance  of  commodity  specialists 
of  other  bureaus.  The  advice  of  farmers,  dealers,  packers,  and  other 
interested  persons  and  agencies  also  is  sought.  In  recent  years  much 
consideration  has  been  given,  at  least  for  the  perishable  and  canned 
product^,  to  the  prejudices  and  preferences  of  consumers.  The  specifi- 
cations for  these  grades  are  then  subjected  to  extensive  tests  and  study 
to  determine  their  practicability  when  used  under  actual  commercial 
conditions. 

In  some  cases  the  immediate  demand  for  grades  has  been  such 
that  the  Department  has  issued  descriptions  of  grades  in  tentative 
form.  These  tentative  grades  are  given  actual  use  in  commercial 
practice,  and  their  shortcomings  noted  and  corrected,  before  they  are 
adopted  or  promulgated  as  official. 

Certain  broad  principles  are  recognized  as  fundamental  in  the 
establishment  of  standards  for  farm  products.  When  establishing 
a  standard,  significant  gradations  in  quality  of  the  entire  supply  of 
the  commodity  •  must  be  recognized.  In  this  respect,  the  quality 
standards  as  developed  by  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service,  differ 
from  the  standards  of  minimum  quality  and  identity  fixed  under  the 
Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act,  Standards  of  quality  for 
farm  products  must  apply  to  all  segments  of  the  supply  in  order  to 
afford  a  basis  for  trade  in  all  qualities  of  the  products.  The  grades 
must  be  defined  in  such  a  way  as  to  recognize  commercial  differences. 
The  limits  for  a  practical  grade  must  be  broad  enough  to  avoid  unneces- 
sary technicalities  and  must  conform,  to  some  extent,  to  trade 
acceptance. 

Standards  for  farm  products  are  descriptive  standards.  Unlike 
standards  of  weights  and  measures,  which  are  definite  in  their  terms, 
descriptive  standards  require  interpretation  and  exercise  of  judgment. 
At  the  same  time,  however,  the  standards  for  farm  products  must  be 
uniform,  within  reasonable  limits,  throughout  the  country.  They  can- 
not vary  from  region  to  region,  nor  from  market  to  market,  and  they 
cannot  be  changed  from  season  to  season  to  conform  to  the  quality  of 
a  particular  season's  crop.  To  be  uniform  the  standards  must  be 
interpreted  accurately  and  applied  consistently.  The  inspection  and 
grading  work,  therefore,  calls  for  competent  inspectors  to  apply  the 
specifications,  an^  for  centralized  training  and  supervision  of  these 
inspectors.  A  carefully  supervised  system  of  inspection  is  maintained 
by  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service. 

"  Prior  to  July  1939  a  number  of  the  activities  now  in  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service 
were  a  part  of  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Economies.  Standards  formerly  set  up  by  the 
Bureau  of  Agricultural  Economics,  and  its  predecessor,  the  Bureau  of  Markets,  are  now. 
administered  by  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service. 

"  Certain  Federal  statutes  make  permissive  standards  mandatory  in  some  instances. 
Under  the  United  States  Warehouse  Act,  United  States  grades  must  be  used  if  warehouse 
receipt  designates  the  grade.  Under  the  Commodity  Exchange  Act,  United  States  Standards 
for  cotton,  grain,  butter,  potatoes,  and  wool  top  are  mandatory  in  futures  trading.  The 
Export  Apple  and  Pear  Act  requires  inspection  of  these  commodities  before  shipment  to 
foreign  markets.  The  Tobacco  Inspection  Act  provides  for  mandatory  inspection  at  desijj- 
nated  auction  markets. 


IQ  CONOENTRATION  OF  EOONOMIC  POWEK 

Conswner  Standch^ds. 

Most  standards  for  farm  products  have  been  worked  out  from  the 
producer's  side  of  the  marketing  process.  This  has  been  only  natural. 
Producers  and  dealers  long  ago  learned  that  it  was  impossible  to  buy 
and  sell  intelligently  without  quality  measurements.  The  use  of 
grades  by  producers  and  dealers  dates  back  a  century  and  more  for 
some  commodities.  Numerous  sets  of  standards  for  grading  grain, 
cotton,  and  other  products  were  in  use  throughout  the  nineteenth 
century  by  trade  organizations,  chambers  of  commerce,  boards  of 
trade,  and  other  groups.  Later,  grading  and  inspection  were  under- 
taken by  several  State  governments.  The  fact  that  each  market  had 
its  own  grades  and  methods  of  interpreting  grades  led  to  endless  con- 
fusion and  to  numerous  abuses  such  as  short  weighing  and  under- 
grading,  and  thereby  imposed  merchandising  hazards  of  all  sorts 
upon  the  various  groups  concerned  with  the  marketing  and  distribu- 
tion processes. 

That  is  how  Federal  standards  and  grades  were  first  introduced. 
In  the  past  25  years  Federal  standardization  and  inspection,  "func- 
tions that  root  deeply  into  the  need  of  American  agriculture,"  have 
become  generally  recognized  as  "fundamental  to  efficient  marketing 
and  distribution."  " 

Producers  and  dealers  have  found  that  the  standards  provide  a 
common  language  for  trading  and  a  basis  for  market  quotations; 
eliminate  the  necessity  of  personal  inspection  before  purchase;  pro- 
vide a  basis  for  price  adjustment;  afford  a  quality  basis  for  payment; 
afford  a  check  on  the  quality  of  production  ;  promote  a  fair  and  honest 
basis  for  competition  on  contract  bids ;  and  provide  a  basis  for  loans 
on  products  in  storage,  and  for  regulating  or  controlling  shipments 
under  marketing  agreements. 

With  this  brief  history  of  the  development  and  use  of  standards 
for  farm  products,  it  is  evident  why  most  of  the  official  grades  have 
been  established  chiefly  for  use  in  wholesale  channels  of  trade.  Con- 
sumers, of  course,  have  been  kept  in  mind  in  the  formulation 
processes;  the  resulting  standards  have  been  important  to  consumers 
because  they  have  made  marketing  more  efficient  and  thus  reduced 
costs  and  prices.  Only  in  very  recent  years,  however,  has  it  seemed 
practicable  to  bring  the  standardization  work  to  ultimate  consumers 
in  more  tangible  and  concrete  form.  Marked  interest  in  grades  has 
been  shown  the  past  few  years  by  retail  and  consumer  organizations. 
Though  the  commodity  standards  for  which  grades  may  be  carried 
through  to  consumers  are  few,  the  increased  stress  l)eing  placed  on 
this  phase  of  standardization  is  indeed  promising.  The  emphasis 
being  placed  on  standardization  of  consumer  commodities  is  in  line 
with  the  present  attitude  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, that  in  any  farm  program  if  it  is  to  be  complete,  consumer 
interests  must  be  considered. 

For  meats,  poultry,  butter,  eggs,  and  canned  fruits  and  vegetables, 
methods  have  been  developed  for  carrying  the  grade  designation  to 
the  consumer.  The  grade  designation  is  marked  on  the  product  or 
its  package  in  such  a  way  that  the  grade  designation  is  carried 
throuffh  the  channels  of  trade  to  the  ultimate  consumer. 


^s  "Agricultural  MarkotinR  Service,  Organization  and  Functions.'"  !>7  pp.,  Agricultural 
Marketing  Service,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Wasliington,  D.  C,  March  1940, 
mimeographed. 


OOKCENTRiATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  17 

Meats. — United  States  Standards  have  been  developed  for  beef,  veal, 
lamb,  pork,  and  prepared  meats.  They  were  developed  largely  in 
response  to  the  needs  and  demands  of  distributors  for  some  practical 
means  of  describing  quality  as  a  substitute  for  examination.  The 
early  terms,  however,  were  too  general  for  wide  use  and,  furthermore, 
the  slaughtering  industry  was  inclined  to  change  grade  designations 
according  to  the  season  and  the  predominant  quality  of  the  meat 
available.  Efforts  to  define  and  interpret  the  numerous  grade  terms 
began  shortly  after  the  turn  of  the  present  century  when  the  Agri- 
cultural Experiment  Station  at  the  University  of  Illinois  started  its 
studies  on  beef,  the  meat  showing  the  greatest  variations  in  quality. 

The  results  of  these  studies  were  used  in  setting  up  tentative 
standards,  prepared  by  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture 
about  1916,  for  classes  and  grades  of  beef.  Numerous  revisions  were 
made  before  the  "Official  United  States  Standards  for  Grades  of  Car- 
cass Beef"  were  set  up  in  1926.  These  standards  were  first  used  in 
commercial  practice  in  1927,  at  the  insistence  of  the  Better  Beef 
Association,  in  the  main  a  producers'  and  feeders'  organization.  The 
objective  was  to  have  the  grade  name  stamped  on  the  carcass  beef 
in  order  that  the  quality  might  be  readily  identified  by  consumers. 
It  was  logically  contended  that  this  assurance  of  quality  would 
broaden  the  demand  for  the  better  grades,  then  in  abundant  supply 
and  selling  at  relatively  low  prices,  and  that  improved  prices  would 
be  reflected  in  the  local  livestock  markets.  Experimental  grading 
and  stamping  were  conducted  in  a  limited  way  for  a  year  before 
extending  and  placing  it  on  a  fee  basis  in  June  1928. 

The  beef  stamping  procedure  then  was  essentially  the  same  as  it 
is  today  for  all  meats ;  it  involves  the  use  of  a  roller  stamp,  applied 
by  a  Government  grader.  The  stamp  is  rolled  down  the  length  of 
the  carcass  in  such  a  way  that  the  grade  name  appears  on  all  principal 
retail  cuts.  The  stamping  fluid  is  harmless  and  usually  disappears  as 
the  meat  is  cooked. 

The  system  of  grading,  however,  is-  different  today.  The  change, 
toward  simplification,  was  made  in  1939  for  the  purpose  of  making 
it  easier  for  the  ultimate  consumer  to  buy  beef  on  the  basis  of  quality. 
Under  the  previous  system,  grades  were  established  by  classes :  steers, 
heifers,  cows,  bulls,  and  stags.  A  U.  S.  Choice  or  U.  S.  Good  cut  of 
beef  might  have  been  U.  S.  Choice  or  U.  S.  Good  steer,  or  U.  S. 
Choice  or  U.  S.  Good  heifer,  or  U.  S.  Choice  or  U.  S.  Good  cow,  the 
latter  being  of  a  decidedly  poorer  quality  than  the  other  two.  Under 
the  present  "single  standard"  system,  the  gi^ade  name  also  includes 
the  class  in  indicating  quality.  Now  all  consumers  need  to  do  is 
familiarize  themselves  with  one  series  of  grade  names, — U.  S.  Prime, 
U.  S.  Choice,  U.  S.  Good,  U.  S.  Commercial,  and  U.  S.  Utility,  and 
their  relative  positions  in  the  scale  of  grades.  For  wholesale  trans- 
actions, U.  S.  Cutter  and  U.  S.  Canner  gi-ades  also  are  used  and 
provision  is  made  for  breaking  down  the  U.  S.  Choice,  U.  S.  Good, 
and  U.  S.  Commercial  grades  into  half-grade  designations. 

The  beef  grades  were  revised  only  after  months  of  consultation. 
Department  specialists  worked  with  a  committee  of  the  industry  in 
making  the  revisions.  The  proposed  standards  were  then  sent  to 
hundreds  of  interested  persons  for  comments  and  suggestions.  Pro- 
ducers, distributors,  retailers,  and  consumers  participated,  individ- 
ually and  through  their  organizations,  in  the  revision  of  these  grades. 


18  C'ONOENTRiATION  OF  EIOONOMIC   POWER 

Changes  were  suggested  and  made.  The  revised  grades  were  put 
into  use  officially  in  July  1939. 

Meat  graders  are  now  located  at  all  principal  packing  centers  in 
all  parts  of  the  country.  Consequently,  graded  and  stamped  beei 
may  be  readily  obtained  by  dealers  in  any  city  or  town  in  the  United 
States.  Beef  of  all  grades,  however,  is  not  available  throughout  the 
year  in  all  regions.  The  highest  grade  regularly  available  in  the  Mid- 
dle West  and  East,  for  example,  is  U.  S.  Choice  (less  than  1  percent 
of  all  carcass  beef  produced  is  eligible  for  the  U.  S.  Prime  grade, 
which  is  in  demand  by  exclusive  hotels,  restaurants,  and  clubs) .  U.  S. 
Good  is  the  highest  grade  of  beef  regularly  available  from  coast  to 
coast. 

A  similar  grading  and  stamping  service  is  provided  for  lamb 
and  veal.  Five  grades  of  lamb  are  stamped:  U.  S.  Prime,  U.  S. 
Choice,  U.  S.  Good,  U.  S.  Medium,  and  U.  S.  Common.  The  same 
grades  are  used  for  stamping  veal  and  calf  carcasses. 

Poultry  and  eggs. — An  increasing  interest  is  being  shown  on  the 
part  of  consumers,  and  consequently  by  dealers  and  the  Department, 
in  grading  programs  for  poultry  and  eggs.  Especially  marked  has 
been  the  increase  in  turkeys  graded  for  the  holiday  season  markets. 
This  work  was  started  about  10  years  ago,  and,  in  tlie  fiscal  year 
ending  June  30,  1939,  was  carried  on  at  shipping  points  in  16  States. 
Most  turkeys  are  packed  in  boxes  and  each  box  is  stamped  with  the 
grade,  but  more  and  more  turkeys  are  being  marked  individually 
with  a  grade  tag. 

Other  classes  of  poultry  are  graded  at  a  number  of  poultry-packing 
plants  in  the  Middle  West.  The  grade  of  the  poultry  is  stamped 
on  the  container.  If  individual  birds  are  marked,  they  must  conform 
to  U.  S.  Prime  or  U.  S.  Choice  grades.  An  effort  is  being  made  to 
find  a  satisfactory  method  of  marking  individual  birds. 

The  United  States  grades  for  eggs  are  made  known  to  the  con- 
sumer by  means  of  certificates  of  quality,  and  seals  which  are  used 
on  1-dozen  cartons  in  which  the  eggs  are  packed.  Some  75  firms 
throughout  the  country  are  authorized  to  use  the  certificates  of  qual- 
ity and  the  seals.  The  grading  work  is  constantly  supervised.  The 
certificate  and  seal  give  the  grade,  date  of  grading,  and  the  size  of 
eggs  in  the  carton.  Efforts  are  being  made  to  promote  the  Federal- 
State  egg  grading  progi^ams  now  carried  on  at  various  points  in 
12  States.' 

Butter.— On  November  3,  1938,  the  United  States  Standards  of 
quality  for  creamery  butter  were  promulgated  by  the  Secretary  of 
Agriculture  to  become  effective  on  April  1,  1939.  The  new  standards 
provide  a  more  exact  and  simplified  system  for  determining  the  score 
of  butter  than  the  superseded  United  States  Tentative  Standards 
which  had  been  in  use  for  approximately  20  yeai-s.  The  range  of 
score  was  narrowed  from  the  previous  basis  of  75  to  95  points  to 
the  percent  basis  of  85  to  93  points.  The  present  grades  identify  and 
evaluate  some  30  flavors,  each  of  which  is  distinguishable  in  the 
grading  process. 

The  grading  and  labeling  service  for  butter  is  somewhat  similar  to 
that  for  eggs.  Cartons  of  certain  distributors  of  high-quality  butter 
are  provided  with  certificates  of  quality  showing  the  grade  of  the 
butter  as  determined  by  an  authorized  representative  of  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture.     The  work  of  the  graders  for 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  19 

the  142  firms  authorized  to  use  tlie  quality  certificates  is  checked 
throughout  the  year  by  butter  grading  supervisors.  The  certificates 
are  used  only  on  butter  rating  93  score  or  92  score. 

Questions  are  sometimes  raised  as  to  the  value  of  this  service 
to  the  consumer,  because  of  the  probability  that  the  grade  will  be 
lowered  substantially  before  the  butter  is  purchased  by  the  house- 
wife. This  does  happen.  A  recent  study  of  the  quality  of  butter 
offered  in  retail  stores  in  New  York  City  and  Chicago,  however, 
sliowed  that  consumers  who  wish  to  obtain  92  score  or  93  score 
butter  will  find  it  more  often  if  they  buy  butter  packaged  with  cer- 
tificates of  quality  rather  than  if  they  buy  on  the  basis  of  advertise- 
ments printed  on  the  packages.^'' 

Fruits  and  vegetables. — Simple  grade  terminology  appears  in  the 
grades  for  canned  fruits  and  vegetables. 

Three  grades — A,  B,  and  C — have  been  developed  for  each  of  26  canned  fruits 
and  vegetables.  Though  this  work  was  started  only  about  8  years  ago,  the 
use  of  the  official  grade  designations  on  individual  labels  is  making  rapid 
strides.  At  the  same  time  that  some  canuers  and  distributors  are  resisting 
the  acceptance  of  this  system  of  indicating  quality  on  consumer  merchandise, 
it  is  apparent  that  more  and  more  consumers  are  refusing  to  pay  a  first-grade 
price  for  a  third-grade  product — as  is  often  the  case  when  the  grade  informa- 
tion  is   not   available   to   them." 

In  general,  grade  A  represents  th.e  finest  and  most  succulent  fruits 
and  vegetables;  grade  B — the  general  utility  product  not  so  tender 
and  succulent  perhaps,  but  prepared  from  the  above  average  fruits 
and  vegetables  and  satisfactory  for  use  in  the  average  household; 
grade  C  fruits  and  vegetables  may  lack  eye  appeal  but  they  furnish 
wholesome  and  nutritious  food,  and  serve  a  definite  use  in  the 
average  household. 

The  virtue  of  these  grades  is  not  only  that  they  can  serve  both  dealers 
and  consumers,  but  also  that;  they  are  so  simple  that  the  use  of  them  by 
consumers  requires  no  technical  knowledge  at  all." 

A  total  of  82  standards  has  been  developed  for  57  different  fresh 
fruits  and  vegetables.  Two  or  more  standards  ore  necessary  for 
some  products  because  of  differences  in  types  and  uses.  These  grades 
and  their  designations  are  not  generally  carried  through  to  the 
retail  markets.  Tlie  problem  here,  as  with  many  of  the  perishables, 
is  that  a  package  of  fruits  and  vegetables  that  would  be  of  grade 
U.  S.  No.  1  in  the  morning  might  be  of  a  lower  grade  within  a  very 
short  time  because  of  decay  or  some  kind  of  deterioration  that 
developed  after  packing. 

The  grades  of  fresh  fruits  and  vegetables,  however,  are  used 
extensively  in  wholesale  channels.  An  increasing  quantity  of  graded 
products,  such  as  potatoes,  is  becoming  more  readily  available  in 
retail  centers.  The  use  of  grades  facilitates  wholesale  transactions 
and  aids  in  improving  the  quality  of  products  shipped  to  the 
markets;  thus,  the  consumer  is  benefited  materially,  even  though 
indirectly. 

"  "A  Surve.v  of  Quality  of  Selected  Brands  of  Butter  Sold  in  One-Pound  Cartons  at 
Retail  in  New  York  and  Chicago,"  by  Gordon  W.  Sprague,  Gertrude  G.  Foelich,  and 
Edward  Small,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C,  February  1939, 
D\imAt>graphed. 

"  "Report  of  the  Chief  of  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service — 1039,"  p.  15,  U.  S.  Gov- 
ernment Printing  Office,  Washington.  D.  C,  1939.  10  cents. 

"  "Simple  as  A  B  C — How  Quality  Grading  of  Canned  Fruits  and  Vegetables  Grew  as 
a  Government  Service  and  What  Yardsticks  It  Provides  for  Consumers."  Consumers' 
Guide,  vol.  VI  (11).  pp.  10-13,  Consumers'  Counsel  Division,  Agricultural  Adjustment 
Administration,  Washington,  D.  C,  March  1,  1940. 


20  CONOENTRiATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

In  recent  months  tentative  grade  standards  have  been  developed 
for  frozen  peas  and  frozen  lima  beans  and  the  work  is  being  ex- 
tended to  other  frozen  foods.  Growers  of  fruits  and  vegetables 
and  leading  processing  firms  have  stressed  the  need  for  quality 
standards  for  the  raw  product  and  the  processed  product,  to  serve 
as  a  basis  for  transactions  and  the  improvement  of  quality. 

Containei's. 

Outlawing  of  short  measure  containers  and  the  elimination  of 
numerous  odd  sizes  and  shapes  of  containers  for  fruits  and  vege- 
tables was  made  possible  by  the  Standard  Container  Acts  of  1916 
and  1928,  both  of  which  are  administered  by  the  Agricultural  Mar- 
keting Service.  These  acts  have  led  to  the  reduction  of  the  number 
of  odd  sizes  and  shapes  of  climax  baskets  and  containers  for  small 
fruits  and  vegetables,  and  for  hampers,  round  stave,  and  splint  bas- 
kets. Enforcement  of  these  acts  has  resulted  in  reducing  the  number 
of  containers  of  these  types  from  166  to  36.  No  longer,  for  example, 
need  housekeepers  complain  of  false  bottoms  in  berry  boxes. 

Numerous  quantities  of  fruits  and  vegetables  are  packecl  in  crates, 
cartons,  drums,  sacks,  and  paper  containers  for  which  United  States 
standards  are  not  in  force.  "These  containers  are  used  in  such  a  wide 
variety  of  deceptive  sizes  and  shapes  that  they  impose  an  unnecessary 
burden  on  the  distributing  trade — and  hence  on  the  consumers  and 
growers."  ^^  A  bill  (H.  R.  5530,  T6th  Cong.)  containing  new  require- 
ments for  the  standardization  of  other  packages  commonly  used  is  now 
pending.  Proponents  of  additional  legislation  point  out  that  if  regu- 
lation is  helpful  for  part  of  the  industry  it  ought  to  be  beneficial  for 
all.  More  than  280  crates,  boxes,  and  cartons  are  now  recognized 
in  freight  tariffs.  It  is  difficult  to  believe  that  such  a  number  of  con- 
tainers is  needed  for  economical  and  efficient  marketing  of  fruits  and 
vegetables. 
General  Use  of  Standards. 

The  best  test  of  the  practicability  of  standards  is  the  use  being  made 
of  them.  The  United  States  Standards  have  not  been  as  yet  completely 
established  in  all  branches  of  farm  products  marketing,  but  their  use 
is  rapidly  being  extended.  When  it  is  realized  that  the  standardiza- 
tion program  of  the  Department  has  been  in  progress  for  only  about 
25  years,  and  that  most  of  the  standards  are  of  permissive  character 
and  their  use  wholly  voluntary,  the  increasingly  wide  acceptance  of 
the  standardization  program  must  be  regarded  as  a  real  achievement. 

The  quantities  graded  each  year  represent  a  very  small  proportion 
of  the  total  volume  of  some  agricultural  commodities ;  for  others,  how- 
ever, a  significant  proportion  is  handled  by  grade.  It  is  estimated 
that  around  80  percent  of  the  commercial  potato  crop,  for  example, 
is  sold  by  grade. 

During  the  year  ending  June  30, 1939,  more  than  670.000,000  pounds 
of  meats  were  graded,  most  of  which  were  beef;  321,000,000  pounds  of 
butter  wore  officially  graded,  90,000,000  pounds  of  which  were  sold 
in  consumer  packages  carrying  the  certificate  of  quality;  approxi- 
mately 30.000,000  pounds  of  dressed  poultry  (includin^r  18,000,000 
pounds  of  turkeys)  were  graded.     More  than  a  half  million  carloads 

^  'Coutainers  for  Fruits  and  Vegetables."  p  2,  Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  1821,  U.  S.  Gov- 
ernment Printing  Office,  Waslilngton,  D.  C.  April  1 '•;,»,  10  rcnU. 


OONCiENTRiATION  OF  EIC'0^-OMIC  POWER  21 

of  fruits  and  vegetables  were  inspected  for  grade  at  shipping  points 
and  at  receiving  markets. 

Federal  and  State  agencies  and  institutions  are  increasing  the  use 
of  the  United  States  Standards  in  purchasing  supplies.  Prorations 
of  shipments,  restrictions  as  to  grade  and  size,  and  surplus  commodity 
purchases  have  been  based,  for  the  most  part,  on  the  official  standards. 

Education  and  Demonstration. 

Through  educational  and  demonstrational  programs  the  general  pub- 
lic is  becoming  more  familiar  with  the  standardization  programs,  with 
the  commodity  grades,  and  with  the  position  of  the  grades  in  the  scale 
of  grades.  Thousands  of  persons  annually  attend  demonstrations  held 
by  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service,  usually  in  cooperation  with 
State  extension  services  and  other  State  and  county  agencies.  Most 
of  this  work,  however,  is  intended  for  producers  and  retailers,  though 
increasing  attention  is  now  being  given  to  educational  work  among 
consumer  groups.  Specialists  located  in  the  field  and  in  Washington 
are  being  encouraged  to  promote  and  to  accept  opportunities  to  speak 
before  meetings  of  consumer  organizations. 

Specifications,  or  descriptions  of  the  grades,  of  any  product  for 
which  United  States  Standards  have  been  established  are  available  to 
consumers  upon  request,  and  a  number  of  such  requests  are  received 
daily.  Numerous  requests  also  are  received  for  special  articles  on 
commodity  grades.  These  requests  come  from  widely  divergent 
sources.  With  the  aid  of  commodity  specialists,  these  requests  are 
handled  by  the  Marketing  Information  Division  of  tlie  Service.  A 
small  staff  is  maintained  ''to  give  timely,  adequate,  and  effective  dis- 
semination to  material  that  originates  within  the  Service,  and  to  dis- 
tribute the  information  through  the  media  best  adapted  for  reaching 
groups  that  have  different  requirements."  -° 

Additional  information  is  provided  through  tlie  press  and  radio, 
and  by  the  use  of  posters  and  exhibits.  Assistance  is  given  by  tlie 
Consumers'  Counsel  Division  of  the  Agricultural  Adjustment  Admin- 
istration, particularly  through  the  "Consumers'  Guide."  Informa- 
tion on  grades  is  also  disseminated  in  some  of  the  radio  and  ])ress 
materials  prepared  and  issued  by  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Home 
Economics. 

Prohlcms  Involved. 

By  reason  of  their  very  nahire.  United  States  Standards  for  farm 
products  cannot  be  expected  to  meet  all  requirements  of  producers, 
distributors,  and  consumers.  In  some  cases  the  lack  of  precise  spec- 
ification, or  terminology,  arises  out  of  difficulties  inherent  in  the 
product  itself,  or  in  the  limitations  of  present  knowledge  in  meas- 
uring quality  variations. 

A  big  problem  in  the  general  adoption  of  permissive  standards  has 
been  the  slowness  of  dealers  and  the  trades  generally  to  accept  them, 
A  part  of  the  opposition  is  dur  to  fear  that  consumer  standards  would 
supersede  well-established  and  ex]iensively-advertised  brand  names. 
Resistance  also  comes  from  manufacturers  and  others  who  desire  to 
mar.ket  their  products  under  brand  names  or  other  descriptions  that 

'-» "Asi-iciiltnral  Marketing  Service  Organization  and  Functions."  p.  85.  Agricultural 
Marketing  Seivlce,  V.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C,  March  1940, 
mimeographed. 

272496— 41— No.  24 3 


22  OONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

do  not  convey  specific  quality  information.  This  type  of  resistance 
is  being  overcome  in  part  by  consumer  insistence  for  grade  terms 
which  are  understandable  and  carry  the  assurance  that  the  pur- 
chaser receives  the  quality  for  which  he  pays. 

Lack  of  uniformity  in  standards  and  grades  established  and  re- 
quired by  State  laws  is  an  important  problem,  since  when  State 
grade  definitions  differ  from  those  of  other  States,  confusion  arises. 
Iowa  and  New  Mexico  are  the  only  States  that  have  not  enacted  one 
or  more  laws  pertaining  to  the  standardization  of  fruits  and  vege- 
tables. This  is  encouraging,  at  least  insofar  as  an  increasing  number 
of  States  are  adopting  Ignited  States  Standards.  Many  of  the  State 
laws  and  regulations  conflict  not  only  with  the  United  States  Stand- 
ards but  also  with  standards  established  by  adjoining  States.  Non- 
uniformity  also  presents  a  serious  problem  in  the  ease  of  State  laws 
relating  to  sizes  and  other  classifications. 

Another  problem  involves  the  need  for  uniform  and  simple  grade 
designations.  Among  the  long  list  of  grade  names  which  now  con- 
fuse the  consumer  are  Choice,  Extra,  93  score,  A,  AA,  No.  1,  and  so 
forth.  Resistance  and  active  opposition  on  the  part  of  trade  groups 
must  be  contended  with  before  changes  are  made.  Cooperation  with 
trade  interests  is  essential.  Progress  in  this  direction  was  made  re- 
cently in  the  simplification  of  the  beef  grade  terminology.  Simpli- 
fication, however,  is  best  exemplified  in  the  A,  B,  C  grades  for  canned 
and  other  processed  fruits  and  vegetables,  which  are  receiving  in- 
creasingly wide  consumer  acceptance. 

A  difficult  problem  is  faced  in  developing  a  consumer  standard- 
ization program  for  some  of  the  perishable  commodities,  such  as 
fresh  fruits  and  vegetables.  The  most  economical  practice  is  to 
grade  and  pack  these  products  at  producing  or  shipping  points, 
often  far  removed  from  consuming  markets.  Even  under  the  best 
of  handling,  some  deterioration  occurs  in  transit.  Thus  if  practi- 
cable and  acceptable  consumer  grades  were  formulated  for  some  of 
these  highly  perishable  products,  regradip^:  and  repacking  may  have 
to  be  done  in  the  wholesale  markets  or  in  the  retail  stores. 

Each  of  these  problems  is  being  studied  currently  by  the  Agri- 
cultural Marketing  Service  and  consumers'  needs  are  being  consid' 
ered ;  and  the  Service  will  continue  to  work  toward  the  improvement 
of  grades  and  the  extension  of  their  use. 

Other  Activities  of  the  Service. 

The  standardization  and  other  service  work  of  the  Agricultural 
Marketing  Service  involves  the  administration  of  a  number  of  spe- 
cific regulatory  and  service  statutes:  Cotton  Standards  Act,  Cotton 
Futures  Act,  Grain  Standards  Act,  Packers  and  Stockyards  Act, 
Perishable  Agricultural  Commodities  Act,  Standard  Container  Acts, 
Produce  Agency  Act,  Export  Apple  and  Pear  Act,  Dairy  Exports 
Act,  the  Warehouse  Act,  the  Tobacco  Inspection  Act,  the  Federal 
Seed  Act,  the  Cotton  Grade  and  Staple  Statistics  Act,  Tobacco 
Stocks  and  Standards  Act,  the  Peanut  Statistics  Act,  the  Wool 
Standards  Act,  the  Insecticide  Act,-^  and  the  Naval  Stores  Act.-^ 

-=  Under  the  Reoijjanization  Plan  No  IV  and  by  .loint  rrsolntion  of  Congress  approved 
June  4,  Ifiin,  the  Food  and  Drus  Administration  was  transforrod  to  the  Federal  Security 
Ajrency,  and  functions  of  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  with  respect  to  the  laws  enforced 
by  the  Administration,  except  the  Insecticide  and  Naval  Stores  Acts,  were  transferred 
to  the  Administrator  of  the  Federal  Security  Agency.  The  personnel  and  activities  au- 
thorized under  the  In.secticide  and  Naval  Stores  Acts  were  retained  in  the  Department 
of  Agriculture  and   transferred  to  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service. 


OONCIENTRiATION  OF  EICONOMIC  POWER  23 

INSECTICIDE    ACT 

Establishnient  of  Standards. 

Definite  standards  are  set  up  by  the  Insecticide  Act  for  paris  green 
and  lead  arsenate  (paste).     Sections  6  and  7  read,  in  part,  as  follows : 

Sec.  6  *  *  *  The  term  "paris  green"  as  used  in  this  Act  shall  include 
the  product  sold  in  commerce  as  paris  green  and  chemically  known  as  the 
aceto-arsenite  of  copper.  The  term  "lead  arsenate"  as  used  in  this  Act  shall 
include  the  product  or  products  sold  in  commerce  as  lead  arsenate  and  con- 
sisting.chemically  of  products  derived  from  arsenic  acid  (H3ASO4)  by  replacing 
one  or  more  hydrogen  atoms  by  lead.     *     ♦     * 

Sec.  7.  That  for  the  purpose  of  this  Act  an  article  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
adulterated — 

In  the  case  of  paris  green :  First,  if  it  does  no.t  contain  at  least  fifty  per 
centum  of  arsenious  oxide ;  second,  if  it  contains  arsenic  in  water-soluble  forms 
equivalent  to  more  than  three  and  one-half  per  centum  of  arsenious  oxide; 
third,  if  any  substance  has  been  mixed  and  packed  with  it  so  as  to  reduce  or 
lower  or  injuriously  affect  its  quality  or  strength. 

In  the  case  of  lead  arsenate :  First,  if  it  contains  more  than  fifty  per  centum 
of  water ;  .second,  if  it  contains  total  arsenic  equivalent  to  less  than  twelve 
and  one-half  per  centum  of  arsenic  oxide  (A&O5)  ;  third,  if  it  contains  arsenic 
in  water-soluble  forms  equivalent  to  more  than  seventy-five  one-hundredths 
per  centum  of  arsenic  oxide  (AsiiOs)  ;  fourth,  if  any  substances  have  been 
mixed  and  packed  with  it  so  as  to  reduce,  lower,  or  injuriously  affect  its 
quality  or  strength :  Provided,  however.  That  extra  water  may  be  added  to 
lead  arsenate  (as  described  in  this  paragraph)  if  the  resulting  mixture  is 
labeled  lead  arsenate  and  water,  the  percentage  of  extra  water  being  plainly 
and  correctly  stated  on  the  label. 

Labeli?ig  Requiremen ts. 

If  an  insecticute  or  fungicide  contains  an  inert  substance,  or  sub- 
stances, section  8  of  the  act  requires  that  the  manufacturer  disclose 
this  fact  by  placing  on  the  label  of  each  container  a  statement  of 
inert  ingredients  in  the  manner  provided  by  the  third  paragraph  of 
section  8,  which  reads,  in  part,  as  follows : 

•  *  •  if  it  consists  partially  or  completely  of  an  inert  substance  or  sub- 
stances which  do  not  prevent,  destroy,  repel,  or  mitigate  insects  or  fungi  and 
does  not  have  the  names  and  ijercentage  amounts  of  each  and  every  one  of 
such  inert  ingredients  plainly  and  correctly  stated  on  the  label :  Provided, 
however.  That  in  lieu  of  naming  and  stating  the  percentage  amount  of  each 
and  every  inerr  ingredient  the  producer  may  at  his  discretion  state  plainly 
upon  the  label  the  correct  names  and  percentage  amounts  of  each  and  every 
ingredient  of  the  insecticide  or  fungicide  having  insecticidal  or  fungicidal 
properties,  and  make  no  mention  of  the  inert  ingredients,  except  insofar  as  to 
state  tlie  total  percentage  of  inert  ingredients  present. 

This,  in  effect,  causes  the  manufacturer  to  set  up  his  own  standard 
of  composition  which  shall  be  specified  on  the  label.  Any  false  or 
misleading  statement  on  the  label  constitutes  misbranding,  or  adul- 
teration if  the  strength  or  purity  of  the  product  is  below  the  declared 
standard  or  quality  under  which  it  is  sold. 

NAVAL  STORES  ACT 

The  Naval  Stores  Act  provides  for  standards  for  the  two  principal 
commercial  agricultural  products  coming  under  the  classification  of 
naval  stores,  namely,  turpentine  and  rosin. 

Standards  for  Turpentine. 

In  the  case  of  turpentine  the  standards  are  of  kind  or  identity. 
The  Naval  Stores  Act  recognized  three  distinct  kinds  of  turpentine, 


24  OONCENTRiATION  01    EOONOMIC  POWEH 

and  a  fourth  was  later  covered  by  a  standard  promulgated  by  the 
Secretary  of  Agiiculture,  under  authority  granted  by  the  act. 

The  four  standard  designations  and  a  brief  statement  describing 
the  kinds  of  turpentine  follow: 

Gum  spirits  of  turpentine :  The  kind  of  spirits  of  turpentine 
that  is  obtained  by  distillation  of  the  oleo-resin  or  gum  from 
living  trees   (pines). 

Steam  distilled  wood  turpentine :  The  kind  of  turpentine  that  is 
obtained  by  steam  distillation  of  resinous  wood,  such  -as  old 
stumps. 

Destructively  distilled  wood  turpentine :  The  kind  of  turpentine 
that  is  made  by  destructive  distillation  (carbonization)  of 
resinous  wood. 

Sulphate  wood  turpentine:  The  kind  of  turpentine  that  is  re- 
covered in  the  "sulphate"  process  of  converting  wood  into 
paper  pulp. 

The  above  standard  designations  are  for  use  in  selling  and  ship- 
ping any  turpentine  in  interstate  commerce.  Since  no  standard  is 
provided  for  any  mixture  of  two  or  more  kinds  of  turpentine,  or  of 
turpentine  with  any  foreign  substance,  such  mixtures  cannot  be  sold 
as  turpentine  of  any  kind  whatsoever,  nor  may  the  word  "turpentine" 
be  used  to  describe  such  mixture  in  selling  or  shipping.  The  use  of 
the  standards  implies  that  the  article  described  thereby  is  of  a  quality 
consistent  with  that  recognized  by  the  naval  stores  trade  as  satisfac- 
tory  for  the  purposes  for  which   turpentine   is  customarily  used. 

Standardis  for  Rosin. 

The  standards  for  rosin  are  standards  of  grade  or  color.  Fourteen 
color  grades  are  used  for  evaluating  rosin,  and  13  standards  are  in 
use  for  comparison  and  grading.  These  standards  are  made  of  com- 
binations of  specially  selected  colored  glass,  chosen  for  light- fastness, 
permanence  of  transparency,  and  suitable  color  transmission  quali- 
ties. The  individual  glasses,  including  a  colorless  glass  of  varying 
thickness,  depending  on  the  thickness  of  the  colored  components,  are 
cemented  together.  The  combination  is  then  securely  cemented  in  a 
sleeve  of  nickel-silver,  cut  exactly  7/g-inch  long,  from  %-inch  square 
stock,  thereby  giving  a  standard  in  the  form  of  a  %-inch  cube.  This 
size  is  the  standard  size  or  thickness  of  the  sample  of  rosin  through 
which  it  is  viewed.  The  several  standards,  and  the  grades  they  des- 
ignate, are  specified  by  letters,  as  follows:  X,  WW,  WG,  N,  M,  K,  I, 
H,  G,  F,  E,  D,  and  FF.  Rosin  which  is  of  a  darker  color  than  the 
standards  for  D  and  FF  is  graded  B.  No  standard  is  needed  for 
this  grade.  The  FF  is  a  special  grade  for  wood  rosin  only,  the  color 
of  which  is  a  different  and  darker  red  tiian  is  found  in  normal  gum 
rosin. 

A  standard  of  condition  or  quality  has  been  promulgated  for  rosin 
which  has  developed  an  opaque  condition,  preventing  its  accurate 
evaluation  in  comparison  with  the  regular  color  standards.  This 
condition  may  be  due  either  to  crystallization  of  the  rosin,  or  to  oc- 
clusion of  water.  Whenever  such  rosin  is  to  be  graded,  and  the 
inspector  cannot  determine  what  the  grade  should  be  on  the  usual 
color  scale,  it  is  designated  "Opaque,"  and  the  grade-mark  OP  is 
placed  on  the  package.     Both  gum  and  wood  rosin  are  subject  to 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  25 

"Opaqueing.^'  Such  rosin  is  usually  sold  on  sample,  as  there  is  no 
market  quotation  for  same. 

In  grading,  the  rosin  must  also  be  marked  to  show  the  kind;  that 
is,  the  designation  "gum  rosin"  or  "wood  rosin,"  as  the  case  may  be, 
must  be  shown  on  tlie  package  and  also  on  the  selling  and  shipping 
documents,  together  with  the  grade  designation.  Thus  the  words, 
"gum  rosin"  and  "wood  rosin,"  become  standards  of  identity  which 
must  accurately  describe  the  article,  together  with  the  grade-mark, 
which  must  describe  its  color  or  grade.  "Gum  rosin"  is  rosin  made 
from  the  gum  or  oleo-rosin  from  living  trees,  remaining  after  the 
gum  spirits  of  turpentine  has  been  distilled,  while  "wood  rosin"  is 
rosin  that  is  recovered  from  resinous  wood,  by  extraction  processes, 
after  the  steam  distilled  wood  turpentine  has  been  recovered. 

The  benefits  accruing  to  consumers  through  the  acts  administered 
by  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service  are  indirect  in  most  cases;  as 
they  tend  to  eliminate  merchandising  losses  to  producers  and  reduce 
the  hazards  and  risks  in  trade  channels,  they  reduce  costs  and  prices 
to  consumers  and  assure  a  larger  supply  of  high-quality  products  in 
consuming  markets. 

BUREAU  OF  AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY  AND  ENGINEERING 

The  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Engineering,  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture,  was  formed  by  the  consolidation  in 
the  fiscal  year  1939  of  a  part  of  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry  and  Soils 
and  a  part  of  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Engineering.  It  is  a 
research  organization  engaged  in  investigations  and  experiments  in 
the  fields  of  chemistry,  physics,  engineering,  and  other  sciences  with 
the  objective  of  improving  agriculture  and  developing  new  and  wider 
uses  for  agricultural  products. 

Under  the  broad  subject  of  the  application  of  the  science  of  chemistry  to  the 
improvement  of  agriculture,  the  Bureau  is  engaged  in  investigations  concerning 
the  technology,  manufacture,  utilization,  and  preservation,  including  freezing, 
of  agricultural  products  and  byproducts ;  in  the  biological,  chemical,  physical, 
miscroscopical,  and  technological  investigation  of  foods,  feeds,  drugs,  and  sub- 
stances used  in  the  manufacture  thereof,  including  studies  of  their  physiological 
effects  on  the  human  organism;  experiments  on  the  utilization  of  agricultural 
and  other  raw  materials  for  industrial  purposes ;  and  development  of  improved 
processes  in  the  production  of  rosin  and  turpentine.  The  four  regional  research 
laboratories,  buildings  for  which  are  now  under  construction,  will  soon  begin 
investigations  to  develop  new  and  wider  uses  for  agricultural  commodities. 

The  Bureau  conducts  investigations  of  farm  machinery,  farm  buildings,  rural 
electrification,  and  other  engineering  phases  of  agriculture.  The  investigations 
include  land-clearing  methods ;  planning  farm  operations,  equipment,  and  lay-out 
for  more  efl5cient  production  ;  mechanical  equipment  for  producing  and  processing 
farm  products,  including  seedbed  preparation,  planting,  cultivating  and  harvest- 
ing, fertilizer  placement,  hay  drying,  cotton  ginning,  fiber  flax  processing  ma- 
chinery, and  control  of  insect  pests ;  development  of  means  to  prevenr,  dust 
explosions  and  agricultural  fires;  and  the  planning  and  construction  of  farm 
buildings,  including  heating,  lighting,  insulation,  sanitation,  and  water  supply 
for  farmhouses,  crop  storages,  and  animal  shelters,  and  facilities  for  the  trans- 
portation and  storage  of  perishable  fruits  and  vegetables.  Service  is  rendered 
other  bureaus  of  the  Department  in  the  design  and  construction  of  structures 
outside  the  District  of  Columbia  and  the  purchase  of  engineering  equipment.** 

The  work  of  the  Bureau  follows  the  general  plan  of  organization 
which,  in  addition  to  the  offices  of  Chief,  Associate  Chief.  Assistant 

1  ,^?r.",P'''^*^'^°'"-^  ^^  Orisanization  and  Field  Activities  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture, 
1939.  p.  16,  MiseeUaneous  Publication  No.  376,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.  1940,  25  cents. 


26  CONOENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Chief  in  Charge  of  Agricultural  Engineering,  Assistant  Chief  in 
Charge  of  Regional  Research  Laboratories,  Adviser  in  Chemical  Re- 
search, Business  Administration,  Information,  and  Editorial  Service, 
and  Library,  has  the  f ollovring  research  divisions : 

Carbohydrate  Research 

Food  Research 

Industrial  Farm  Products  Research 

Protein  and  Nutrition  Research 

Naval  Stores  Research 

Chemical  Investigations  of  Allergens  in  Agricultural  Products 

Chemical  Engineering  Research 

Farm  Mechanical  Equipment  Research 

Farm  Structures  Research 

Farm  Operating  Efficiency  Investigations 

Rural  Electrification  Research 

Mechanical  Processing  of  Farm  Products 

Engineering  Plan  and  Ser^dce 

and  the  regional  research  laboratories : 

Northern  Regional  Research  Laboratory  (Peoria,  111.) 
Southern  Regional  Research  Laboratory  (Nevr  Orleans,  La.) 
Eastern  Regional  Research  Laboratory  (Wyndmoor,  Pa.) 
Western  Regional  Research  Laboratory  (Albany,  Calif.) 

Standardization  is  not  a  function  of  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural 
Chemistry  and  Engineering,  but  the  knowledge  gained  in  connection 
with  its  research  work  contributes  toward  a  more  exact  understanding 
of  how  to  define  or  specify  the  composition  and  properties  of  agricul- 
tural materials  and  their  derived  products ;  how  to  improve  analytical, 
testing,  and  research  devices  and  procedures;  how  to  improve  tech- 
nological methods  and  equipment  for  processing  agricultural  mate- 
rials ;  how  to  improve  certain  products ;  and  how  to  improve  structures, 
mechanical  equipment,  and  engineering  operations  needed  in  farming. 
That  sucli  knowledge  is  usoful  in  connection  with  standardization  is 
recognized  by  other  agencies  which  call  upon  this  Bureau  to  collaborate 
in  the  development  of  specifications  and  standards.  Any  standards 
developed  independently  are  only  incidental  to  the  research  work  of 
the  Bureau  and  primarily  for  the  promotion  of  such  work.  Their 
adoption  by  outside  agencies  would  be  entirely  voluntary.  The  various 
research  divisions  and  the  regional  research  laboratories  are  presented 
with  many  problems  which  either  are  indirectly  related  to  the  process 
of  formulating  standards  or  eventually  lead  to  factors  which  may  be 
used  as  basis  for  standards.  The  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Chemistry 
and  Engineering  cooperates  not  only  with  the  other  bureaus  in  the 
Department  of  Agriculture  and  other  governmental  agencies  in  de- 
veloping and  promoting  standardization  but  also  cooperates  exten- 
sively with  various  trade  and  scientific  organizations  in  the  same  field. 
The  Bureau  has  cooperated  with  the  Federal  Specifications  Executive 
Committee,  the  National  Bureau  of  Standai-ds,  and  otlier  governmental 
agencies,  also  with  the  Association  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists, 
the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  the  International  Society 
of  Leather  Trades'  Chemists,  the  American  Leather  Chemists'  Asso- 
ciation, and  the  American  Standards  Association.  Frequently  the 
Bureau's  assistance  is  requested  by  and  given  to  various  trade  associa- 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  27 

tions  in  connection  with  problems  concerning  products  originating  in 
agriculture. 

The  Bureau,  in  addition  to  occasional  direct  work  on  standardizing 
various  products,  also  supplies  important  technical  information  and 
develops  test  methods  by  which  standards  may  be  determined. 

Carhohydrate  Research. 

Members  of  the  Bureau  and  the  Food  and  Drug  Administration 
developed  the  Brice-Keane  method  and  device  for  grading  sugar  and 
starch  by  means  of  the  photoelectric  reflectometer.-^*  This  is  a  rela- 
tively simplified  process  by  which  the  whiteness  of  a  sugar  or  starch 
sample  is  determined.  This  method  is  now  a  standardized  procedure 
used  by  a  number  of  sugar  and  starch  companies  in  testing  the  quality 
of  sugar  and  starch.^* 

The  Carbohydrate  Research  Division  also  did  research  work  upon 
and  compiled  data  on  maple  sirup  on  which  grading  standards  were 
supplied  to  the  States  that  used  them  in  connection  with  the  prepara- 
tion of  larger  quantities  for  State  distribution.  New  turbidity  grading 
standards  were  also  supplied.  The  use  of  permanent  glass  standards 
was  further  investigated.^'^ 

Food  Research. 

The  Food  Research  Division  of  the  Bureau  has  been  engaged  for 
many  years  in  finding  the  best  methods  for  handling  and  processing 
vegetables  and  fruits.  This  work  was  performed  in  the  branch 
laboratories  and  in  Washington,  D.  C,  in  cooperation  with  the  agri- 
cultural experiment  stations  and  other  State  agencies  and  with  growers 
and  packers. 

Recent  investigations  have  been  directed  to  the  best  methods  for 
freezing  fruits  and  vegetables.  These  investigations  related  not  only 
to  the  varieties  which  are  best  suited  to  freezing  but  also  to  the  devel- 
(jpment  of  the  best  procedures  to  follow  in  carrying  through  the 
freezing  process.  Better  methods  of  blanching  the  products  have 
been  developed  by  the  Bureau,  which  are  now  accepted  as  prac- 
tically standard  procedure,  recognizing  that  further  impi-ovements 
may  be  made. 

The  Seattle  Frozen  Pack  Laboratory  and  the  Los  Angeles  Fruit 
and  Vegetable  Products  Laboratory  collaborated  with  the  Northwest 
Frozen  Food  Association  and  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Agri- 
cultural Economics  in  preparing  tentative  standards  for  grades  of 
frozen  peas.  The  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Engineer- 
ing contributed  to  the  technical  work  whicli  provided  the  basis  for 
the  standards  on  freezing  and  quality  of  the  finished  products.  These 
standards  became  effective  on  May  25,  1939.  Steps  are  now  be- 
ing taken  toward  the  working  out  of  grades  for  other  frozen 
products  such  as  asparagus,  through  further  cooperation  with  the 
interested  parties. 

The  Food  Research  Division  also  developed  deaerators  of  an  im- 
proved type  which  remove  the  oxygen  in  orange  juice  and  allow 
the  production  of  canned  juice  of  better  and  longer  keeping  quality. 

23  "Photoelectric  Grading  of  White  Sugars  and  Their  Solutions  by  Reflectance  and  Trans- 
mittancy  Measurements,"  by  J.  C.  Keane  and  B.  A.  Brice,  Industrial  and  Engineering 
Chemistry,  Analytical  Edition,  vol.  9,  pp.  258-263,  June  15,  1937. 

»*  Ibid.,  pp.  258-263. 

='  "Report  of  the  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Engineering,  1939,'' 
p.  20,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  1939,  10  cents. 


28  CONOENTRATION  OF  EIOONOMIC  POWEH 

This  device  is  now  widely  used  in  the  procedure  of  packing  orange 
and  other  juices.  The  Bureau  also  developed  a  method  for  accu- 
rately estimating  the  peel-oil  content  of  citrus  juices  which  has  been 
adopted  by  canners  and  juice  graders.-^ 

In  following  through  baking  investigations  the  Bureau  has  found 
that  tiie  best  temperature  for  long-time  storage  of  compressed  yeast 
is  30°  F.  It  also  found  from  the  studies  on  the  staling  of  bakery 
products  that  staling  of  bread  is  directly  correlated  with  the  exchange 
of  moisture  between  crumb  and  crust. 

In  addition,  the  Food  Research  Division  has  been  working  on 
a  method  for  checking  the  accuracy  of  the  usual  eg^r  grading  process 
by  measuring  the  surface  of  broken-out  egg  white  with  special 
apparatus;  as  a  result  of  extensive  use  it  has  found  a  correlation 
between  the  surface  area  of  the  broken-out  egg  white  and  its  fresh- 
ness. This  provides  a  scientific  standard  for  checking  the  accuracy 
of  the  present  methods  of  commercial  egg  graders  on  a  simple  basis 
and  allows  for  revamping  of  methods  and  basic  grade  factors.  In 
commercial  practice  the  candling  of  eggs  can  be  adjusted  accordingly 
to  give  more  accurate  results.'^ 

The  Bureau  also  has  conducted  investigations  relating  to  the 
methods  for  better  maintaining  eggs  in  a  fresh  state  while  in  storage 
through  the  use  of  a  carbon  dioxide  oiling  process.  By  removing 
the  air  from  the  egg  shell  by  means  of  a  vacuum  and  then  applying 
an  oil  saturated  with  carbon  dioxide,  the  freshness  of  the  egg  will 
be  maintained  for  a  longer  period  of  time.  This  is  used 
commercially.^^ 

Industrial  Fami  Prodvcts  Research. 

The  Industrial  Farm  Products  Research  Division  continued  its 
investigation  into  the  physiological  processes  whereby  certain  bac- 
teria can  live  and  proliferate  in  saturated  solutions  of  salt,  looking 
toward  a  better  understanding  of  the  damage  which  may  occur 
during  curing  processes  employing  salt.  Such  processes  are  used  not 
only  in  curing  hides  and  skins,  but  also  in  the  preservation  of  vege- 
tables, meats,  and  fish  for  food  purposes. 

For  many  years  the  Bureau  has  cooperated  with  other  govern- 
mental departments  such  as  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  the 
War  Department,  the  Post  Office  Department,  Government  Printing 
Office,  and  others  in  developing  leather  ■  specifications  for  various 
purposes. 

A  representative  of  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Chemistry  and 
Engineering  is  a  member  of  the  Leather  Products  Technical  Com- 
mittee of  the  Federal  Specifications  Executive  Committee;  and  on 
the  Subcommittee  on  Shoes  of  the  Advisory  Committee  on  Ultimate 
Consumer  Goods,  American  Standards  Association.  Within  the  past 
year  the  Bureau  has  cooperated  with  the  Government  Printing  Office 
m  developing  special  commercially  tanned  leathers  for  binding  pur- 
poses. Methods  have  been  developed  by  the  Bureau  for  testing  and 
research  work  on  the  accelerated  aging  of  leathers.     This  allows  the 

»>  "By-Products  from  Citrus  Fruits,"  by  E.  M.  Chace,  15  pp.,  Circular  232.  V.  S.  De- 
partment of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C,  revised,  February  1925.      (Out  of  print.) 

"  "Report  of  the  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Engineering,  1939," 
p.  11,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  OfRce,  Washington,  D.  C,  1939,  10  cent.s. 

28  "A  Summary  of  Studies  on  the  Oiling  of  Eggs,"  by  T.  M.  Swenson,  27  pp.,  Circular  68, 
Bureau  of  Chemistry  and  Soils,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C,  1939, 
mimeographed. 


OONGENTRATIOX  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  29 

Bureau  to  determine  by  relatively  rapid  processes  what  the  eflfect  of 
different  curing  and  tanning  processes  may  be,  insofar  as  the  service- 
ability and  life  of  various  leathers  are  concerned.  The  Bureau  also 
has  developed  methods  for  determining  the  resistance  of  leathers  to 
water  penetration;  to  molding;  and  to  deterioration  from  acid  rot; 
folding  endurance;  wear  resistance;  and  other  qualities,  each  valuable 
to  the  consumer  of  the  products.^ 

In  collaboration  with  the  Association  of  Paint,  Varnish,  and 
Lacquer  Manufacturers;  National  Bureau  of  Standards;  and  the 
Federal  Specifications  Executive  Committee,  investigations  as  to  the 
durability  of  coatings  containing  soybean  oil  were  conducted  indicat- 
ing that  soybean  oils  may  be  used  suitably  in  many  kinds  of  paint. 
This  may  result  in  the  changing  of  existing  standards,  such  as  Federal 
Specifications,  applying  to  the  composition  of  certain  paints  for 
specified  purposes  and  allowing  the  substitution  of  soybean  oil  of 
specified  grades  and  qualities  for  other  oils  previously  required. 

The  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Engineering  has  worked 
with  the  Commission  on  the  Standardization  of  Biological  Stains, 
an  independent  organization,  in  developing  standard  stains  for 
histological  work  on  vegetable  and  animal  tissues,  and  also  has  con- 
tributed to  improvements  on  the  methods  for  testing  and  analysis 
of  stains.  Some  of  the  improved  methods  developed  by  the  Bureau 
have  been  adopted  as  standard  procedure  for  analysis  of  these  dyes. 
The  analysis  of  the  dyes  usually  involves  chemical  and  spectrophoto- 
metric  examinations.  The  Bureau  has  contributed  to  the  revision 
of  dye  descriptions  to  be  used  in  the  dye  monographs  for  the 
forthcoming  edition  of  the  National  Formulary. 

Protein  and  Nutrition  Research. 

In  addition  to  investigations  relating  to  the  usability  and  keeping 
quality  of  various  proteins  under  different  conditions,  the  Protein 
and  Nutrition  Research  Division  has  investigated  the  composition 
and  qualities  of  various  types  of  mixed  feeds.  The  underlying  prin- 
ciples for  advantageous  mixing  of  feeds  have  been  investigated  and 
the  results  made  available  through,  publications  of  the  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture. 

The  Naval  Stores  Research  Division. 

The  Naval  Stores  Research  Division  has  conducted  extensive  inves- 
tigations relating  to  the  chemical  and  physical  properties  of  naval 
stores  (turpentine  and  rosin).  A  considerable  portion  of  its  work 
related  to  the  improvement  of  production  methods  both  directly  and 
also  as  it  is  related  to  farm  and  forestry  practice.  It  has  contributed 
directly  to  the  development  of  more  standardized  practices  of  stilling 
rosin  and  gum  so  as  to  obtain  better  qualities  of  turpentine  and  rosin 
which  in  ti^rn  are  sold  on  standards. 

The  standards  for  turpentine  refer  both  to  the  method  of  pro- 
duction and  to  the  color.  As  stated  on  page  24,  turpentine  is  clas- 
sified as  gum  turpentine  or  wood  turpentine,  with  further  subdivi- 
sions for  wood  turpentine  into  steam  distilled,  destructively  distilled, 
and  sulfate  process.  According  to  the  Naval  Stores  Act,  enforced  by 
the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service,  turpentine  and  rosin  must  be 

^  "Report  of  the  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  AericuUural  Chemistry  and  Engineering.  1939." 
pp.  31-35.  U.  S    Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  1939.  10  cents. 


30  OONCEXTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

labeled  with  the  classification  of  the  product  according  to  the  type  of 
process  by  which  it  was  produced,  that  is,  turpentine  must  be  labeled 
'•gum  spirits  of  turpentine,"  '"steam  distilled  wood  turpentine,"  "de- 
structively distilled  wood  turpentine,"  or  "sulphate  wood  turpentine," 
and  rosin  must  be  labeled  "gum  rosin"  or  "wood  rosin."  Commer- 
cial wood  rosin  is  produced  only  by  extracting  chips  which  have 
been  subjected  to  the  steam-distillation  process.  This  classification 
has  a  foundation  in  fact  arising  from  the  difference  in  the  methods 
of  production. 

Although  used  more  or  less  interchangeably  for  such  purposes  as 
paint  thinners  and  solvents,  these  turpentines  differ  from  gum  spirits 
and  from  one  another  in  composition  to  a  greater  or  lesser  extent 
depending  on  the  process  of  production. 

In  addition  to  the  classifications  cited  above  the  Naval  Stores  Act 
allows  color  standards  applicable  to  rosin.  They  were  developed 
by  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry  and  modified  by  the  Food  and  Drug 
Administration.  The  color  standards  for  rosin  are  the  result  of  re- 
search relating  to  the  various  classifications  desired  by  the  trade. 
The  existing  variable  grading  types  were  studied  by  the  Bureau  of 
Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Engineering  and  master  color  standards 
were  established  with  permanent  glass  types  available  for  the  use 
of  graders. 

The  Naval  Stores  Act  does  not  require  color  standards  for  tur- 
pentine. However,  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Chemistry  and  En- 
gineering contemplates  the  development  of  color  standards  for  the 
various  classes  of  turpentine  in  cooperation  with  the  American  So- 
ciety for  Testing  Materials.  These  standards  would  have  no  official 
authority  under  the  Naval  Stores  Act  until  accepted  by  the  Secre- 
tary of  Agriculture  after  public  hearings,  but  their  use  would  be 
sufficiently  widespread  to  be  of  major  marketing  importance  in  the 
sale  of  turpentine. 

Standard  specifications  for  various  kinds  of  turpentine  have  been 
developed  by  the  Bureau  in  cooperation  with  the  American  Society 
for  Testing  Materials  and  have  been  accepted  as  official  specifications 
by  this  society  and  the  Federal  Specifications  Executive  Committee. 
The  factors  considered  by  the  Bureau  and  the  American  Society  for 
Testing  Materials  include  appearance,  color,  odor,  specific  gravity, 
refractive  index  at  20°  C,  and  distillation  range. 

Several  committees  have  been  organized  by  the  American  Society 
for  Testing  Materials  to  determine  (1)  the  softening  ponit  of  rosin, 
(2)  the  acid  number  of  rosin,  and  (3)  the  saponification  number  of 
rosin.  The  naval  stores  research  technicians  work  closely  with  these 
committees  and  assume  a  leading  part  in  their  work. 

In  addition  to  its  contribution  toward  the  standards  for  turpentine 
and  rosin,  the  Naval  Stores  Kesearch  Division  has  conducted  investi- 
gations relating  to  the  ({uality  of  crude  oleoresin  gum,  the  raw  prod- 
uct from  which  turpentine  and  rosin  are  made.  I)ue  to  an  increasing 
trend  in  the  sale  of  crude  gum  by  farmers  the  need  for  crude  gum 
standards  has  been  recognized  and  this  is  being  given  attention.  The 
Bureau  of  Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Erigineering  has  developed  a 
laboratory  test  for  determining  the  output  of  turpentine  and  the 
quality  of  rosin  which  will  result  when  a  small  sample  of  crude  gum 
is  tested.  These  laboratory  investigations  have  been,  checked  with 
commercial  practice  and  a  high  degree  of  correlation  has  been  found. 
The  laboratory  test  therefore  has  been  adopted  commercially  and  is 


CONCtENTilATION  OF  EIOQNOMIC  POWER  31 

used  by  the  industry  in  determining  the  grade  of  crude  gum.  Tlie 
Bureau  is  attempting  to  establish  standards  for  crude  gum  on  the 
basis  of  color  as  related  to  certain  established  colors  painted  on 
wooden  strips  available  to  graders.  However,  the  results  have  not 
yet  been  proven  practical  and  it  may  be  necessary  to  attempt  different 
methods.  The  laboratory  test  or  pilot  test  apparently  is  the  most 
accurate  standard  test  for  crude  ginn  grades  available  for  the  present. 
However,  it  requires  apparatus  and  technique  which  may  not  be 
readily  available  to  the  commercial  grader.  The  grading  of  crude 
gum  involves  both  a  quantitative  and  a  qualitative  deterniination. 
The  standard  for  crude  gimi  is  determined  according  to  the  labora- 
tory method,  not  only  by  the  quantity  of  turpentine  which  will  be 
produced  from  it  but  also  by  the  quality  of  the  rosin  resulting. 

Farm  Structures  and  Storage  Research. 

The  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Engineering  does  con- 
siderable work  in  determining  the  proper  types  of  farm  structures 
to  be  used  for  various  purposes. 

The  Bureau  has  done  considerable  investigation  on  the  effects  of 
storage  of  different  products  such  as  corn,  wheat,  and  potatoes  under 
various  conditions  and  has  found  that  the  box  storage  of  potatoes 
resulted  in  less  shrinkage  and  in  a  higher  grade  of  potatoes  than  bulk 
storage,  but  the  cost  of  boxes  tended  to  offset  the  advantages.  The 
common  practice  of  grading  potatoes  at  the  time  they  are  put  into 
storage  is  found  less  desirable  than  storing  the  potatoes  without  grad- 
ing them. 

The  Bureau  has  collaborated  with  the  National  Fire  Prevention 
Association  in  developing  safe  practice  codes  for  the  construction  and 
maintenance  of  buildings  used  for  such  purposes  as  storage  and 
processing  of  agricultural  products. 

Rural  Electrification  Research. 

A  research  project  was  prepared  including  the  following  objectives: 

(1)  Survey   and  collate  information  on  rural  electrification  research  in   State 

agricultural  experiment  stations ; 

(2)  make  case  studies  of  farms  in  various  parts  of  the  country,  and  by  careful 

engineering  analysis  discover  how  the  use  of  electrical  equipment  may  be 
fitted  economically  into  the  farm  program ; 

(3)  discover  new  uses,  design  new  equipment,  or  redesign  existing  equipment 

to   meet   the   needs   of   farm   operations   requiring   both   stationary    and 
trac^tive  powers     *     *     *  ^^ 

The  survey  dealt  primarily  with  the  application  of  electricity  in 
the  dairy  and  poultry  industries.  Of  the  studies  made,  most  were 
concerned  with  energy  requirements,  immediate  costs,  and  immediate 
results,  and  but  few  with  the  basic  principles  involved. 

Mechanical  Processing  of  Fai^m  Products. 

Investigations  have  been  conducted  by  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural 
Chemistry  and  Engineering  relating  to  the  ginning  operations  and 
their  effect  upon  cotton.  Their  principal  objectives  were  to  determine 
the  effects  of  different  methods  of  conditioning,  cleaning,  extracting, 
and  ginning,  and  their  relationship  and  correlation  with  the  elements 
of  quality  of  lint  and  ginned  cottonseed.  A  survey  of  the  mechanical 
equipment  in  ginning  establishments  has  revealed  that  a  considerable 
saving  of  power  can  be  made  by  modernizing  present  gins.     The 

™  "Rpport  of  the  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Chemistrv  and  Engineering,  1939," 
p.  88.  IJ.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C  1939.  10  cents. 


32  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWEH 

primary  problem  is  to  maintain  original  qualities  by  proper  process- 
ing which  will  meet  standards  required  by  textile  processors. 

Regional  Research  Laboratories. 

The  regional  research  laboratories,  when  ready  for  operation,  will 
work  on  particular  investigations  coordinated  through  the  Wash- 
ington headquarters.  Their  status  may  be  considered  as  an  extended 
arm  of  the  Bureau's  Washington  operations  which  perform  specified 
investigations  usually  adapted  particularly  to  the  region  in  which 
they  are  located. 

BUREAU  OF  AGRICULTURAL  ECONOMICS 

The  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Economics,  United  States  Department 
of  Agriculture,  was  reorganized  in  the  fiscal  year  1939  with  the  re- 
sultant transfer  of  all  regulatory  duties  to  the  Agricultural  Market- 
ing Service  and  the  retention  only  of  agricultural  planning  for  the 
Nation,  and  economic  research.  As  it  is  now  organized,  all  the  work 
of  the  Bureau  is  under  the  Chief,  who  is  responsible  to  the  Secretary 
of  Agriculture  for  the  performance  of  the  duties  outlined.  To 
further  the  performance  of  these  duties,  six  major  groups  of  activi- 
ties have  been  designated:  (1)  General  planning;  (2)  rural  welfare; 
(3)  conservation  and  land  use  adjustment;  (4)  market  planning; 
(5)  the  agricultural  outlook;  and  (6)  program  relations. 

The  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Economics  does  not  now  promulgate 
standards,  but  it  does  make  studies  of  the  economic  bases  of  grades 
and  standards,  and  it  analyzes  the  effect  of  particular  standards  in 
the  marketing  process.  For  instance,  in  cotton  prices,  information 
collected  during  seasons  1928-32  showed  conclusively  that  prices  to 
growers  in  many  local  cotton  markets  reflected  only  a  small  portion 
of  central  market  premiums  and  discounts  for  grade  and  staple 
length.  Apparently  one  of  the  reasons  was  the  lack  of  adequate  in- 
formation on  the  classification  of  cotton  at  the  time  it  was  sold. 
Classification  services  have  been  made  available  to  growers  in. a  few 
markets,  and  information  has  been  collected  to  ascertain  the  influence 
of  these  services  on  the  prices  to  growers  and  on  the  quality  of 
cotton  produced.  Studies  indicate  that  grade  and  staple  premiums 
and  discounts  to  growers  varied  directly  with  the  reliability  and 
general  acceptability  of  the  classification  on  the  basis  of  which  the 
cotton  was  sold.  Aside  from  premiums  and  discounts  on  un  individ- 
ual-bale basis,  farmers  who  sold  in  local  markets  where  the  average 
quality  was  relatively  high  usually  received  correspondingly  higher 
prices  than  those  wlio  sold  in  local  markets  where  the  average  quality 
was  relatively  low;  but  the  average  level  of  prices  was  little,  if  any, 
higher  in  markets  with  a  public  classification  service  than  in  those 
without  such  a  service. 

These  findings  suggest  that,  unless  the  public  classification  service 
is  associated  with  material  changes  in  marketing  meth(>ds  and  prac- 
tices other  than  varying  prices  on  the  basis  of  quality,  the  possi- 
bilities of  raising  the  price  level  in  specific  local  markets  by  means 
of  such  a  classification  service  are  limited  chiefly  to  the  influence  of 
improvements  in  quality  brought  about  by  the  classification  service. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  E,O0N0MIC  POWER  33 

Studies  a^e  being  made  of  economic  possibilities  of  new  markets 
for  agricultural  products.  At  present  this  work  is  limited  to  new 
markets  for  cotton.  Three  studies  completed  on  the  utilization  of 
cotton  and  competing  materials  dealt  with  the  use  of  cotton  for  ferti- 
lizer bags,  cordage  and  twine,  and  hosiery. 

Technical  research  of  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Economics  deals 
with  the  developing  of  new  products.  During  the  fiscal  year  1938 
the  Post  Office  Department  agreed  to  make  trials  of  cotton  twine 
in  tying  bundles  of  letters.  In  the  past,  jute  twine  has  been  used 
almost  exclusively  for  this  purpose.  The  Bureau  cooperated  with 
the  Navy  Department  in  the  development  of  parachute  cords  of  cot- 
ton in  place  of  the  silk  cords  now  used.  This  potential  use  of  cotton 
is  not  large,  but  it  is  obviously  important  for  defense  purposes. 
Cooperation  was  maintained  with  a  number  of  other  agencies  in  the 
development  of  specifications  for  fabrics,  including  specifications 
used  by  the  Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration  in  its  cotton- 
diversion  program;  by  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service  for  cer- 
tain coverings  for  cotton  bales;  and  by  the  Bureau  of  Public  Roads 
for  soil-fixation  in  cuts  and  fills. 

BUREAU  OF  ANIMAL  INDUSTRY 

The  work  of  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  United  States  De- 
partment of  Agriculture,  covers  a  wide  field  of  research  in  animal 
husbandry  and  diseases  of  animals,  the  control  and  eradication  of 
Bang's  disease,  eradication  of  cattle  ticks,  control  of  hog-cholera, 
inspection  and  quarantine,  inspection  of  meat,  virus-serum-toxin 
regulations  and  a  marketing  agreement  with  respect  to  hog-cholera 
virus  and  serum.  The  consumer  is  particularlj^  interested  in  the 
scientific  research  providing  for  better  quality  of  meat  and  poultry 
products  and  inspection  services  that  safeguard  the  wholesomeness 
of  meat,  milk,  and  related  food  supplies. 

In  the  field  of  research  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry  has  dealt 
primarily  with  animal  diseases  and  parasites,  improvement  of  quality 
of  meats  through  breeding  and  feeding,  and  the  nutritive  value 
of  various  meats,  fats,  and  oils.  Several  other  bureaus  have  coop- 
erated in  the  investigations  outlined.  In  studies  of  the  quality 
of  beef  as  affected  by  feeding,  many  data  have  been  obtained.  For 
instance,'  the  fat  of  grass- fed  steers  has  been  found  to  be  slightly 
yellower  and  to  contain  much  more  carotene,  the  chief  source  of 
vitamin  A/than  the  fat  of  grain-fed  cattle.  There  were  no  material 
differences  in  the  percentages  of  edible  meat  in  the  two  groups  of 
cattle. 

Research  has  been  conducted  pertaining  to  Karakul  sheep,  with 
special  reference  to  the  quality  of  fur  of  the  iambs.  Results  indicate 
that  desirable  fur  qualities  in  Karakul  are  based  largely  on  complex 
genetic  factors.  Characteristics  of  mohair,  the  long  lustrous  coat 
of  the  Angora  goat,  have  been  studied  by  the  Bureau.  This  work 
includes  technical  observations  on  mohair  fibers  involving  compari- 
sons with  other  fibers.  Such  studies  have  a  bearing  on  suitability 
of  the  fibers  for  various  industrial  uses. 

At  the  present  time  the  Bureau  is  developing  a  small-type  turkey, 
in  response  to  market  demands  for  turkeys  f^uitable  for  small  families 
and  small  ovens.     Besides  being  several  pounds  lighter  than  ordi- 


34  CONOENTRiATION  OF  ElOONOMIC   POWER 

nary  turkeys,  young  toms  weighing,  dressed  and  undrawn,  11  to 
1514  pounds  and  young  liens  61/2  to  9  pounds,  the  new  small-type 
bird  has  a  compact  bocTy  with  short  legs,  long  keel  bone,  and  abun- 
dance of  meat.  Other  characteristics  are  early  maturity,  high  hatch- 
ability,  and  high  viability. 

The  National  Poultry  Improvement  Plan  is  supervised  by  the 
Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,"  for  the  purpose  of  assisting  the  poultry 
industry  in  placing  itself  on  a  more  sound  and  efficient  basis.  The 
consuming  public  should  benefit  indirectly  from  this  plan  through 
superior  quality  of  eggs  and  poultry  meat  produced.  One  of  the 
purposes  of  the  National  Poultry  Improvement  Plan  is  to  identify 
authoritatively  poultry  breeding  stock,  hatching  eggs,  and  chicks 
with  respect  to  quality  by  expressing  them  in  terms  uniformly  ac- 
cepted in  all  parts  of  the  country.  Cooperation  of  agencies,  within 
the  States,  and  their  acceptance  of  standards  set  up  in  the  plan  are 
purely  voluntary. 

The  health  of  consumers  is  protected  in  large  measure  by  the  Govern- 
ment inspection  of  meat,  and  meat  establishments,  which  is  a  function 
of  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  under  the  Federal  Meat  Inspection 
Act.  It  is  estimated  that  Federal  inspection  covers  about  two-thirds 
of  all  food  animals  slaughtered  in  the  United  States.  Establishments 
that  distribute  meat  and  meat  food  products  in  interstate  or  foreign 
commerce  must  have  them  inspected  by  the  Federal  Government, 
Meet  that  is  condemned  because  of  disease,  spoilage,  or  failure  to  meet 
sanitary  requirements  is  never  allowed  to  be  put  on  the  market  but 
is  converted  into  fertilizer,  grease,  or  other  inedible  products.  Ani- 
mals are  inspected  both  before  and  at  the  time  of  slaughter.  If  the 
animal  is  visibly  diseased  or  abnormal  it  is  tagged  with  a  metal  label 
fastened  to  the  ear.  Depending  on  the  condition  of  the  animal,  the 
tag  may  be  either  "U.  S.  Condemned"  or  "U.  S.  Suspect."  In  the  case 
of  suspects,  final  decision  is  withheld  until  the  animal  is  slaughtered 
and  a  postmortem  examination  is  made. 

In  establishments  inspected  by  the  Federal  Government,  all  car- 
casses and  internal  organs  receive  a  searching  examination  for  possible 
presence  of  diseases,  parasites,  injuries,  or  other  abnormal  conditions. 
The  men  making  inspections  are  divided  into  two  groups.  One  group 
is  composed  of  veterinarians,  the  other  of  trained  lay  inspectors.  The 
veterinarians  make  the  important  decisions ;  the  lay  inspectors  perform 
various  duties  under  the  supervision  of  veterinarians.  If  a  carcass 
is  deemed  wholesome  by  the  inspectors,  the  principal  wholesale  cuts 
are  stamped  "U.  S.  Insp'd  and  P's'd."  General  compliance  with  the 
provisions  of  the  Federal  Meat  Inspection  Act  is  evident  from  the 
relatively  few  violations  reported  by  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry 
from  month  to  month.  Prosecutions  for  violations  of  the  Act  seldom 
exceed  four  or  five  a  month.  In  September  1939,  for  instance,  no 
prosecutions  were  reported;  in  October  there  were  eight,  and  in 
November,  two.^^ 

'1  (It  was  put  into  oporation  July  1.  1935.)  Under  authority  of  an  .nppropriatlon  by 
Cons^ress,  Public.  No.  62,  74th  Cong.,  H.  R.  6718,  for  the  Huroau  of  Animal  Industry  to  be 
user!  in  cooperation  with  tlie  State  authorities  in  the  administration  of  regulations  for 
the  improvement  of  poultry,  poultry  products,  and  hatcheries. 

"  "Service  and  Regulatory  Announcements,"  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  OflSce.  Washington,  D.  C,  September, 
October,  November  1939,  5  cents  each. 


C'ONCIE'NTRATION  OF  EICONOMIC  POWER  35 

Another  protective  measure  rendered  by  the  Bureau  of  Animal 
Industry  is  the  administration  of  the  Virus- Serum-Toxin  Law,  by 
authority  of  which  the  Bureau  supervises  the  production  of  viruses, 
serums,  toxins,  vaccines,  and  analogous  products,  sold  in  interstate 
or  foreign  commerce,  for  use  in  the  treatment  of  domestic  animals.^^ 
If  such  biological  products  fail  to  meet  acceptable  standards  of  purity 
and  potency,  The  Secretary  of  Agriculture  may  prevent  sale  of  such 
products,  may  revoke  licenses,  or  may  seize  the  products  on  the  market. 
The  administration  of  this  law  by  the  Bureau  provides  a  protection 
to  the  livestock  industry  and  indirectly  benefits  the  general  public, 
both  through  the  more  economical  production  of  livestock  products 
and  through  the  control  of  animal  diseases,  some  of  which  are 
transmissible  to  human  beings. 

Although  its  functions  are  chiefly  in  the  fields  of  research  and  inspec- 
tion work,  the  Bureau  has  issued  a  number  of  publications  dealing, 
in  popular  form,  with  foods  and  other  animal  products  in  which  con- 
sumers are  interested.  One  of  these  is  Miscellaneous  Circular  63,  "The 
Inspection  Stamp  as  a  Guide  to  Wholesome  Meat."  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture,  May  1926;  another  is  Miscellaneous  Pub- 
lication 317,  '"Improving  Poultry  Through  the  National  Poultry 
Improvement  Plan,"  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture, 
July  1938. 

BUREAU  OF  DAIRY  INDUSTRY 

The  Bureau  of  Dairy  Industry,  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture,  conducts  research  in  the  breeding,  feeding,  and  manage- 
ment of  dairy  cattle  to  promote  efficiency  in  the  production  of  milk 
and  to  improve  its  nutritive  and  sanitary  quality.  This  Bureau  also 
conducts  scientific  studies  of  handling  milk  on  the  farm,  in  transit, 
and  at  dairy  plants;  studies  the  promotion  of  efficiency  in  dairy  plant 
equipment,  arrangement,  and  operation;  studies  the  bacteriology  and 
chemistry  of  milk  and  its  products,  and  the  problems  and  manufac- 
ture of  dairy  products  and  byproducts;  assists  in  establishing  new 
products  and  methods  in  dairy  plants;  and  inspects  renovated-butter 
factories. 

Wliile  the  Bureau  of  Dairy  Industry  is  a  research  agency  pri- 
marily concerned  with  the  activities  enumerated  above,  its  research 
involves  some  problems  of  interest  to  the  consumer  and  to  those 
developing  marketing  standards. 

The  Division  of  Dairy  Research  L  ah  oratories. 

Bacteria  are  important  in  the  manufacture  of  nearly  all  dairy 
products.  Therefore,  research  leading  to  an  increase  in  the  avail- 
able information  relating  to  the  conditions  controlling  the  growth  and 
activity  of  bacteria  and  especially  the  effect  they  have  on  each  other 
when  growing  in  mixed  cultures  has  been  promoted  by  the  Division 
of  Dairy  Research  Laboratories.  This  basic  information  has  been 
related  to  various  dairy  products  and  the  quality  resulting  from 
differences  in  bacteria  cultures.^*  An  incidental  result  of  this  work 
was  the  development  of  a   simple  and  comparatively   inexpensive 

»  37  Stat.,  832,  March  4,  1913. 

»♦  "Report  of  the  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Dairy  Industry,  1939,"  p.  31.  U.  S.  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  1939,  10  cents. 


35  CONCENTRATION  OF  EXTONOMIC  POWER 

medium  for  growing  the  eye-forming  cultures  used  in  Swiss  cheese 
making. 

Research  relating  to  the  various  fat,  moisture  and  acid  contents 
of  various  cheeses  have  led  to  the  accumulation  of  basic  knowledge 
pointing  to  the  results  which  may  be  expected  according  to  various 
relationships  of  such  constituents  in  finished  cheese.  The  results 
of  this  experimental  work  have  been  correlated  with,  and  frequently 
have  altered,  commerical  practice  so  as  to  obtain  better  quality  and 
more  standard  results.^^ 

A  method  was  developed  by  which  the  milk  solids  in  fat  in  an 
ice-cream  mix  may  be  increased  without  danger  of  the  objectionable 
sandy  texture  in  ice  cream,  which  is  caused  by  the  crystallization  of 
lactose.^  In  this  method,  sucrose  is  added  to  skim  milk  in  the 
proper  proportion,  and  the  mixture  is  concentrated  under  a  vacuum 
to  a  point  at  which  crystallization  of  lactose  takes  place  on  cooling. 
Since  the  sucrose  prevents  excessive  thickening,  the  lactose  crystals 
may  be  removed  by  centrifuging  in  the  usual  way  to  make  a  self- 
preserving  skim-milk  product  that  is  low  in  lactose.  Since  this 
product  permits  the  manufacture  of  an  ice  cream  with  better  texture 
and  higher  nutritive  value,  and  at  the  same  time  provides  an  outlet 
for  a  large  quantity  of  surplus  milk  constituents,  its  general  adop- 
tion is  desirable. 

Research  has  led  to  the  development  of  a  casein  fiber  having  many 
of  the  characteristics  of  wool."  Casein  fiber  is  not  as  strong  as  wool, 
but  it  has  the  same  resiliency  and  takes  the  same  dyes.  However, 
it  is  not  likely  that  it  will,  in  the  near  future  at  least,  become  a  com- 
petitor of  wool;  rather  it  should  be  looked  upon  as  a  means  of  ex- 
tending the  use  of  fabrics  containing  wool.  By  mixing  a  casein  fiber 
with  wool  it  is  possible  to  make  fabrics  having  the  desirable  proper- 
ties of  wool  but  at  a  lower  price.^® 

As  mentioned,  casein  fiber  dcos  not  have  all  of  the  character- 
istics of  wool,  particularly  with  regard  to  strength,  but  as  a  result 
of  research  conducted  by  the  Bureau  of  Dairy  Industry,  casein  fiber 
has  been  developed  to  a  point  where  it  may  be  an  important  compan- 
ion product  for  wool,  or,  in  other  words,  it  approaches  the  present 
standards  for  wool. 

In  1928  the  Division  of  Dairy  Research  Laboratories  published 
the  results  of  the  first  of  a  series  of  investigations  showing  that  the 
lactose  of  whey  could  be  converted  into  lactic  acid  in  a  short  time.^^ 
On  the  basis  of  this  information  the  commercial  manufacture  of 
lactic  acid  and  whey  was  successfully  established.  A  considerable 
quantity  of  lactic  acid  is  now  used  in  making  plastics,  but  since  little 
acid  of  sufficient  purity  for  this  purpose  is  made  in  this  country  most 
of  it  is  imported.  In  attempting  to  extend  the  outlet  for  lactic  acid 
the  need  for  a  better  method  of  purifying  the  crude  acid  produced 

M  Ibid.,  pp.  3.J-36.  "The  Relation  of  the  Quality  of  Milk  to  the  Grade  of  Swigs  Cheese." 
by  L.  A.  Ropers,  R.  E.  Hardell,  and  F.  Fentz,  Journal  Dairy  Science,  vol.  22,  pp.  43—48, 
January  19.S9. 

3«  "Report  of  the  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Dairy  Industry,  1939,"  p.  32,  U.  S.  Government 
Printing  Office.  Washington,  D.  C.  1939,  10  cents. 

"  "Report  of  the  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Dairy  Industry,  1989,"  pp.  32-33.  U.  S.  Govern- 
ment Printin?  Offlco.  Washington.  D.  C,  1939,  10  cents. 

»  "Casein  Fiber,"  by  E.  O.  Whittier  and  S.  P.  Gould,  Industrial  and  Engineering  Chem- 
istry, New  Edition,  vol.  17,  pp  348-349,  July  1939, 

»  "Report  of  the  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Dairy  Indostxy,  1939,"  p.  33,  U.  S.  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  ig.'JO,  10  cents. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  37 

in  this  country  under  commercial  conditions  was  recognized.  Such 
a  method  was  developed  and  tested  bj  the  Division  of  Dairy  Re- 
search Laboratories  on  a  pilot  plant  scale  in  a  commercial  plant  with 
such  success  that  the  plant  is  now  taking  steps  to  put  this  method 
into  operation. 

A  method  was  developed  for  producing  lactose  with  one  crystalliza- 
tion sufficiently  pure  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  pharmaceutical 
grade.  Investigations  were  also  conducted  to  show  that  whey  solids 
may  be  used  in  confectionery,  soups,  and  bakery  goods.  The  use 
of  these  dairy  byproducts  in  foods  does  not  necessarily  limit  it  to 
their  substitution  for  ingredients  of  established  foods.  There  is  also 
the  possibility  of  combining  milk  or  some  combinations  of  its  con- 
stituents with  other  products  to  make  new  forms  of  foods,  confections, 
or  beverages.  A  start  in  this  direction  was  made  by  combmin*^  skim 
milk  with  potatoes  to  make  a  new  product  having  some  of  the  char- 
acteristics of  potato  chips  and  the  added  advantage  that,  since  it 
contains  no  fat,  it  has  excellent  keeping  qualities.  It  can  be  made 
in  regions,  remote  from  markets,  where  sMm  milk  and  cull  potatoes 
are  cheap.*° 

It  isi  rather  generally  conceded  that  the  grade  of  the  great  bulk 
of  Cheddar  cheese  made  in  this  country,  even  in  the  older  cheese 
'.ections,  is  usually  low.  Investigations  by  the  Division  of  Dairy 
Research  Laboratories  indicate  that  three  factors  are  of  major  im- 
portance in  establishing  the  texture  and  flavor  of  the  ripened  cheese. 
The  first  factor  is  the  bacteriological  condition  of  the  milk  from  which 
the  cheese  is  made ;  second,  is  the  control  of  the  manufacturing  proc- 
ess with  particular  reference  to  the  acidity  developed  in  each  step; 
the  third  is  the  adaptation  of  the  curing  room  temperature  to  the 
particular  characteristics  of  the  cheese  to  be  ripened.  Regarding 
the  first  factor,  the  Division  of  Dairy  Research  Laboratories  found 
that  pasteurization  is  a  partial  remedy  and  is  of  value  in  helping  to 
produce  a  uniform  product;  but  even  when  the  milk  is  pasteurized, 
it  is  necessary  to  eliminate  the  bacteriologically  poor  milk.  Tests  are 
now  available  Vv'hich  indicate  tlie  bacteriological  condition  of  the 
milk  with  reasonable  accuracy  so  simple  that  any  cheese  maker  can 
use  them.  Regarding  the  second  factor,  the  experimental  results  in 
this  Division,  whicli  are  fully  corroborated  by  field  observations, 
show  that  the  acidity  limits  essential  to  a  good  flavor  are  very  narrow 
and  do  not  agree  )\ith  those  commonly  adopted  in  the  factories. 
Investigations  relating  to  the  third  factor  indicate  that  the  present 
practice  of  storing  cheese  at  34°  F.  is  sound  when  applied  to  the 
-high  acid,  high  moisture  cheese  now  generally  made,  but  data  devel- 
oped by  the  Division  show  tliat  the  cheese  made  from  good  milk  with 
proper  control  of  the  acid  development  should  be  cured  at  a  much 
higher  temperature  to  develop  the  characteristic  flavor  of  Cheddar 
cheese."-  The  results  of  these  investigations  are  being  made  avail- 
able not  only  in  published  form  but  also  by  demonstration  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  University  of  Wisconsin  tlirough  which  one  field  man 
using  the  trailer  laboratory  is  making  them  known  directly  to  those 
interested. 

Prrnf^^^'nffl"^  *w  SJ'/^^"'  ^^^  ^^''%1iiS^  R^^^^  Industry,  1939, "  pp.  34-38,  U.  S.  Government 
iTinting  Offlcp,  Washington,  D.  C.  19S9,  10  cents. 
"  Ibid.,  p.  3». 

272496 — 41— No.  24 4 


38  CONCENTRATION'  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

An  investigation  of  the  relation  of  the  fat  and  moisture  content 
of  Swiss  cheese  to  the  quality  of  the  cheese  has  been  completed.  The 
laboratory  results  obtained  under  experimental  conditions  were  con- 
firmed by  data  collected  by  field  men  working  in  the  commercial 
factories  in  Wisconsin  and  Ohio.  These  data  show  that  there  are 
definite  limits  for  both  water  and  fat  beyond  which  the  cheese  maker 
cannot  go  without  injuring  the  quality  of  the  cheese.^- 

Investigations  were  conducted  to  indicate  and  demonstrate  the  prac- 
ticability of  packing  sliced  Swiss  cheese  in  cans  for  distribution  to 
lunchrooms  and  restaurants."*^  Selected  cheese  is  cut  into  blocks, 
wrapped  in  cellophane,  and  packed  in  cans.  If  the  cheese  is  of  a 
good  quality  and  the  storage  temperature  is  not  too  high,  this  package 
may  be  held  indefinitely.  The  lunch  counter  proprietor  buying  cheese 
in  this  form  has  less  waste,  the  cheese  is  ready  to  serve,  and  he  knows 
exactly  how  many  sandwiches  may  be  made  from  each  package.  Simi- 
lar investigations  and  demonstrations  have  been  carried  on  for  Ched- 
dar cheese  with  the  same  potentialities. 

Division  of  Market  Milk  Investigations. 

Experiments  have  been  started  to  compare  five  different  tests  used 
in  determining  the  quality  of  milk  and  to  evaluate  the  tests  in  terms 
of  the  keeping  quality  of  milk.  Tests  were  made  under  various  time- 
storage  conditions.  The  tests  are  still  in  process  and  not  yet  conclusive. 
The  experiments  will  be  continued  until  a  statistically  significant 
number  of  samples  covering  a  wide  range  of  quality  has  been  studied. 

Investigations  were  conducted  relating  to  the  curd  tension  of  milk. 
Curd  tension  of  milk  is  important  particularly  in  pediatric  work.  The 
Hill  method,  developed  some  years  ago,  has  been  the  most  generally 
accepted  method  for  determining  milk  as  hard  curd  or  soft  curd. 
The  Division  of  Market  Milk  Investigations  perfected  a  method  for 
determining  curd  tension  using  hydrochloric  acid  and  pepsin  as  *a 
coagulant.**  The  recent  method  developed  by  the  Bureau  of  the 
Dairy  Industry  apparently  simulates  human  digestive  conditions 
much  more  closely  than  does  the  Hill  method. 

Under  the  Hill  method  33  grams  is  considered  the  proper  dividing 
line  between  hard  curd  and  soft  curd  milk.  Under  the  newer  method 
approximately  21  grams  appears  to  be  a  reasonable  dividing  line,  but 
more  data  on  the  relation  between  curd  tension  and  digestion  are 
necessary,  before  a  definite  standard  can  be  set,  although  this  work 
should  provide  the  basis  for  setting  such  a  standard.  This  becomes 
important  particularly  with  the  increase  in  the  homogenization  of 
milk  and  its  increased  sale  of  soft  curd  milk.  When  the  results  of 
these  experiments  are  available  in  satisfactory  form,  it  should  then 
be  possible  for  interested  parties  to  establish  a  dividing  line  between 
hard  curd  and  soft  curd  milk  so  that  proper  labeling  may  follow, 

BUREAU  OF  ENTOMOLOGY  AND  PLANT  QUARANTINE 

The  Bureau  of  Entomology  and  Plant  Quarantine,  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture,  isnot  responsible  for  administering  any 
of  the  various  acts  dealing  with  standards.     Its  basic  research  work, 

«  "Report  of  the  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Dairy  Industry,  1939,"  p.  36,  U.  S.  Government 
Printing  Office.  Washington,  D.  C,  1939,  10  cents. 
«  Ibid.,  p.  37. 
*«  ThM      n    40 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  39 

however,  on  insect  control  and  honey  production  is  largely,  or  in  part, 
the  scientific  foundation  for  many  standards  for  food  products,  tex- 
tiles, leather,  fibers,  and  forest  products. 

The  results  of  the  Bureau's  work  on  termite  control  to  prevent 
buildings  from  becoming  infested  with  termites  have  been  incorpo- 
rated in  specifications  of  many  municipal  building  codes. 

The  research  work  on  mothproofing  materials  has  led  to  standard 
mothproofing  procedure. 

The  Bureau's  investigations  on  the  control  of  granary  and  mill 
insects  has  done  much  to  decrease  the  loss  resulting  from  the  reduction 
of  wheat  to  low  grade,  or  pecky,  caused  by  these  insects. 

There  are  specific  requirements  as  to  insect  injury  in  grading  apples 
and  peaches.  The  Bureau's  investigations  make  possible  the  pro- 
ducing of  fruit  that  will  meet  Grade  A  standards. 

Grade  A  potatoes  have  definite  specifications  as  to  the  amount  of 
insect  damage  to  the  tubers  that  will  be  tolarated.  The  Bureau's 
work  on  the  control  of  insects  makes  possible  the  production  of  Grade 
A  potatoes. 

The  research  work  of  the  Bureau  of  Entomology  and  Plant  Quaran- 
tine has  resulted  in  the  establishment  of  specifications  by  the  Bureau 
that  are  used  in  grading  honey. 

Control  of  bot  flies  in  cattle  prevents  grading  down  of  hides  as 
grubby. 

Lumber  is  graded  down  if  borer  holes  appear  in  the  clear  lumber. 
The  forest  insect  investigations  of  the  Bureau  have  led  to  standard 
procedures  in  lumbering  and  lumber  handling  processes  to  reduce  this 
injury  to  a  minimum. 

The  insecticide  investigations  of  the  Bureau  provide  the  ground- 
work for  standards  for  insecticides. 

BUREAU  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS 

The  Bureau  of  Home  Economics  of  the  United  States  Department 
of  Agriculture  devotes  its  entire  resources  to  improving  the  levels  of 
living  of  the  Nation's  families.  Much  of  its  w^ork,  therefore,  is  in 
the  field  of  consumer  problems. 

Pursuant  to  the  authority  contained  in  the  Agricultural  Appro- 
priation Act,  the  Bureau  has  been  conducting  investigations  for  a 
number  of  years  on  "the  relative  utility  and  economy  of  agricultural 
products  for  food,  clothing,  and  other  uses  in  the  home,  with  special 
suggestions  and  plans  and  methods  for  the  more  effective  utilization 
of  such  products  for  these  purposes."  Some  of  this  research  is  carried 
on  independently ;  some  in  cooperation  with  other  agencies  within  the 
Department. 

Steps  in  the  Developtnent  of  Consumer  Standards. 

In  developing  standards  for  consumer  goods  and  securing  wide- 
spread acceptance  of  such  standards  by  household  buyers  and  by  busi- 
ness groups,  four  steps  must  be  taken :"  {a)  Determination  of  the  prod- 
ucts for  which  standards  are  practicable  and  important;  (6)  research 
to  provide  a  basis  for  standards;  {c)  formulation  of  standards  that 
will  be  helpful  to  consumers  and  feasible  from  the  standpoint  of 
producers  and  distributors;  {d)  promotion  of  the  use  by  business 
agencies  of  established  standards  on  labels,  in  advertising,  and  through 
other  merchandising  practices  and  devices ;  education  of  consumers  in 


40  CONOENTRiATION  OF  EiCONOMIC  POWETl 

the  use  of  standards.    In  all  four  of  these  steps  the  work  of  the  Bureau 
of  Home  Economics  is  of  fundamental  importance. 

Determination  of  Products  for  Which  Stmidards  Will  Be  Developed. 

Consumers  need  standards  for  some  goods  far  more  than  for  others. 
In  deciding  where  to  begin  a  program  of  establishment  of  standards, 
an  agency  or  group  of  agencies  would  consider  the  consumption  pat- 
terns of  the  Nation's  families,  scientific  and  technological  develop- 
ments that  might  facilitate  progress,  as  well  as  work  already  com- 
pleted or  in  progress. 

The  Bureau's  research  on  the  consumption  of  American  families 
at  different  income  levels  provides  information  as  to  the  relative 
importance  of  various  goods  in  the  family  budget,  i.  e.,  their  share 
of  total  family  expenditures  for  living.  Its  research  of  human 
needs  tells  which  products  are  important  from  the  standpoint  of 
family  well-being.  A  standard  might  be  much  needed  for  a  food 
product  because  of  its  close  relation  to  health,  even  though  expendi- 
tures for  such  food  take  a  relatively  small  part  of  total  family  out- 
lays. Use  by  a  large  proportion  of  families  also  is  a  criterion  for 
deciding  whether  a  product  shall  be  included  in  the  program.  The 
Bureau's  studies  provide  information  on  the  proportion  of  families 
at  different  income  levels  using  specific  goods  and  services.  Fur- 
thermore, because  of  close  contacts  with  families  and  their  problems, 
the  Bureau's  staff  members  are  constantly  aware  of  consumers'  prob- 
lems and  interests. 

Research  Providing  a  Basis  for  Stcmdards;  the  Form/idation  of 
Standards. 

Much  of  the  Bureau's  research  on  utility  and  economy  of  agri- 
cultural products  may  be  of  direct  use  in  the  formulation  of  stand- 
ards; some  already  have  been  so  used.  The  Bureau  is  represented 
on  the  Advisory  Committee  on  Ultimate  Consumer  Goods  of  the 
American  Standards  Association.  Members  of  the  Bureau's  staff 
have  served  on  several  of  the  technical  testing  committees  of  the 
American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  and  have  taken  an  active 
part  in  the  work  of  the  National  Consumer-Retailer  Council  which 
is  working  to  promote  informative  labeling  of  household   goods. 

In  the  field  of  textiles  and  clothing,  consumer  specifications  for 
fabrics  are  based  on  information  obtained  by  the  Bureau  from  a 
detailed  study  of  the  chemical  and  physical  properties  of  various 
clothing  and  household  textile  materials,  supplemented  by  service- 
ability tests  whenever  possible.  The  Bureau  is  studying  the  fabrics 
on  the  market  and  is  suggesting  minimum  specifications  for  various 
classes  of  textiles  and  for  various  grades  within  each  class.  To  date, 
such  minimum  consumer  specifications  have  been  proposed  by  the 
Bureau  for  broadcloth,  toweling,  sheeting,  upholstery  fabrics,  and 
blankets.' 

These  specifications  for  broadcloth,  toweling,  and  sheeting  have 
been  used  by  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  in  the 
preparation  of  its  recommended  tentative  specifications  for  these 
fabrics.  The  Bureau  has  taken  the  lead  in  the  work  of  this  society 
in  the  development  of  standard  specifications  for  household  and 
garment  fabrics. 

In  cooperation  with  the  Farm  Security  Administration,  the  Bu- 
reau 1.5  dcvelopla^  sp'^cifications  for  the  textiles  and  clothing  sold 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  41 

by  the  cooperative  associations  of  clients  of  the  Administration. 
These  specifications  are  being  prepared  on  the  basis  of  tests  con- 
ducted by  the  Bureau, 

With  the  increasing  use  of  mixtures  of  rayon  with  silk,  cotton,  and 
wool  in  the  manufacture  of  fabrics  for  garments  and  household 
textiles,  it  has  become  more  important  tlian  ever  to  provide  the  buyer 
with  labels  describing  these  mixtures.  As  a  basis  for  a  program  of 
informative  labeling,  the  Bureau  has  studied  the  effect  of  substi- 
tuting reworked  wool  and  rayon  for  new  wool  in  suitings.  Fabrics 
have  been  specially  woven  from  wool  produced  on  experimental 
animals  at  the  Agricultural  Research  Center  and  from  spun  rayon. 
The  experimental  suitings  have  been  made  into  boys'  knickers  and 
placed  in  service  in  a  local  institution.  Samples  are  withdrawn 
periodically  for  testing  in  order  to  determine  the  changes  produced 
by  wear. 

The  determination  of  sizes  of  children's  garments  and  patterns 
according  to  age,  the  procedure  now  generally  followed,  has  been 
a  source  of  difficulty  to  the  buyer.  There  has  been  great  variation 
in  actual  size  of  garments  sold  for  children  of  a  given  age,  as,  for 
example,  for  6-year-olds.  In  order  to  provide  a  basis  for  develop- 
ment of  a  new  standard  system  of  body  measurements,  the  Bureau 
sponsored  and  directed  a  Nation-wide  cooperative  project,  subsidized 
by  the  Work  Projects  Administration,  in  which  children  4  to  17 
years  of  age  were  measured.  Nineteen  universities  and  other  edu- 
cational institutions  participated  in  this  work. 

The  study  necessitated  36  measurements  on  each  of  147,000  chil- 
dren in  15  States  and  the  District  of  Columbia.  The  results  have 
been  incorporated  in  a  suggested  standard  syst.em  of  sizes.  This 
system  has  been  described  in  a  publication  of  the  Bureau  and  has 
been  presented  to  representatives  of  national  organizations  of  manu- 
facturers and  distributors  of  children's  wear,  under  the  sponsorship 
of  the  American  Standards  Association.  The  adoption  of  these 
standards  will  do  much  to  improve  the  fit  of  children's  ready-made 
clothing  and  the  sizes  of  patterns  for  children's  garments. 

In  order  to  provide  the  facts  upon  which  better  determination  of 
sizes  of  women's  clothing  may  be  based,  the  Bureau  has  initiated 
and  is  sponsoring  a  similar  cooperative  study  of  the  body  measure- 
ments of  women.  For  this  purpose  58  measurements  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  clothing  are  being  taken  on  each  individual. 

In  the  field  of  food,  the  Bureau  of  Home  Economics  has  coopei- 
ated  with  various  agencies  in  the  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture  in  research  designed  to  provide  information  concerning 
qualities  of  food  products,  as  a  basis  for  the  commodity  grades  pro- 
mulgated by  the  Department.  An  example  of  such  research  is  the 
extensive,  long-time  study  of  factors  that  affect  the  palatability  of 
meat,  conducted  in  cooperation  with  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry, 
the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service,  and  a  number  of  State  agri- 
cultural experiment  stations.  In  addition  to  measuring  quality  and 
studying  palatability  factors  in  a  large  number  of  cuts  of  meat  repre- 
senting different  methods  of  production  and  processing,  the  relation- 
ship between  shrinkage  and  methods,  time,  and  temperature  of 
cooking  has  been  studied.  A  report  of  the  effect  of  grade,  style  of 
cutting,  and  method  of  roasting,  oh  shrinkage  and  cooking  time  of 
rib  roasts  of  beef  has  been  published. 


42  CONCIENTRATIO'N  OF  EOONQMIC  POWER 

The  Agricultural  Marketing  Service  consults  with  the  Bureau  of 
Home  Economics  when  working  upon  ^ades  for  products  pur- 
chased for  family  consumption.  From  its  research,  the  Bureau 
provides  data  concerning  qualities  of  the  foods,  and  consumer  buying 
habits  and  preferences. 

The  Bureau,  with  the  Consumers'  Counsel  Division  of  the  Agri- 
cultural Adjustment  Administration,  has  represented  consumers  in 
the  consideration  of  standards  of  identity  by  the  Food  and  Drug 
Administration.  In  the  gi-ading  of  milk,  it  has  cooperated  with 
the  United  States  Public  Health  Service.  It  has  supplied  informa- 
tion on  consumer  goods  for  use  by  the  Federal  Trade  Commissior. 
in  enforcement  of  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  Act. 

Research  on  housing  of  farm  families  has  provided  a  great  deal 
of  information  as  to  tlie  dwellings  now  in  use.  The  Farm  Housing 
Survey  (a  Civil  Works  Administration  project)  conducted  in  1934 
provides  information  on  the  current  situation  as  to  size,  materials 
used  in  construction  such  as  wood  and  brick,  facilities  and  state  of 
repair  of  farm  dwellings,  based  on  facts  collected  from  more  than  a 
half  million  houses  in  308  counties  in  46  States.  The  Consumer 
Purchases  Study  (a  Work  Projects  Administration  project)  fur- 
nishes facts  about  the  housing  of  farm  families  at  different  income 
levels,  including  average  number  of  rooms  and  number  of  persons 
per  room;  the  prevalence  of  such  facilities  as  running  water,  hot 
and  cold  water  in  kitchen  and  bath,  indoor  flush  toilet,  central  heat, 
and  electric  lights;  and  the  yearly  expenditures  of  families  for 
keeping  their  houses  in  repair.  These  data  are  basic  for  formula- 
tion of  housing  standards.  They  disclose  types  of  materials  that 
may  be  purchased  for  modernizing  and  for  building  new  farm  homes 
and  therefore  indicate  probable  consumer  needs  for  standards,  as 
buying  guides. 

Another  important  study  of  housing  made  by  this  Bureau  sum- 
marizes what  farm  families  say  they  want  and  need  in  house  de- 
sign to  make  their  homes  comfortable  and  convenient  for  different 
climatic  conditions;  it  also  includes  their  suggestions  for  adapting 
the  houses  to  the  requirements  of  different  types  of  farming.  Lack 
of  such  information  has  been  one  reason  for  the  failure  of  architects 
and  builders  to  plan  dwellings  suited  to  farm  life,  to  the  needs  of 
both  the  family  and  the  farm  business. 

Refrigeration  is  important  in  the  preservation  of  the  farm  food 
supply  for  family  use.  The  extension  of  electric  power  lines,  pro- 
moted by  the  Rural  Electrification  Administration,  and  the  growing 
use  of  gas  in  rural  areas  have  made  refrigeration  available  to  more 
rural  homemakers  than  ever  before  and  thus  have  increased  the  de- 
mand for  help  in  choosing  the  types  best  suited  to  family  needs. 
The  Bureau  has  studied  the  types  of  refrigeration  available  and  is 
preparing  a  bulletin  to  guide  the  farm  housewife  in  selection  and 
use  of  such  equipment.  A  representative  of  the  Bureau  has  served 
on  the  committee  on  household  refrigerators  of  the  American  Stand- 
ards Association. 

The  Bureau  has  cooperated  with  the  State  experiment  stations  in 
the  study  of  those  items  of  household  equipment  most  needed  in  farm 
homes  in  different  sections  of  the  country.  The  findings  will  be  used 
in  the  preparation  of  standards  and  buying  guides. 


CONOENTRATION  OF  EKTONOMIC  POWEiR  43 

The  Bureau  has  cooperated  with  the  Rural  Electrification  Admin- 
istration, the  Extension  Service,  and  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural 
Chemistry  and  Engineering  in  the  preparation  of  a  bulletin  on  light- 
ing the  farmstead.  In  this  publication  the  farm  homemaker  is 
advised  as  to  the  location  of  outlets  and  lights,  and  the  points  to  be 
considered  in  choice  of  fixtures. 

Promoting  the  Use  of  Consumer  Standards. 

Through  its  work  with  the  National  Consumer-Retailer  Council,  the 
Bureau,  together  with  other  organizations  interested  in  consumer 
education,  has  worked  toward  an  intelligent  and  sympathetic  under- 
standing of  the  problems  of  business  by  consumers  and,  conversely, 
the  problems  of  consumers  \>y  business.  The  program  of  this  council 
includes  work  on  the  development  of  definitions  for  products,  stand- 
ards for  consumer  goods ;  suggestions  for  labels  for  some  of  the  more 
common  widely  used  consumer  commodities;  promotion  of  other 
means  of  providing  sound  factual  material  to  consumer-buyers. 

The  Bureau  has  prepared  a  series  of  buying  guides  to  assist  pur- 
chasers in  judging  the  qualities  of  household  textiles  and  of  clothing. 
These  guides  suggest  important  points  to  be  considered  when  pur- 
chasing and  include  publications  on  ready-made  dresses,  women's 
cloth  coats,  children's  clothing,  women's  hosiery,  men's  and  boys' 
sliirts,  sheets,  blankets,  and  bath  towels.  Whenever  possible  these 
buying  guides  give  specifications  for  the  fabrics  used  in  the  finished 
article. 

The  Bureau  also  cooperates  with  the  Extension  Service  in  formu- 
lating study  programs  for  rural  groups  interested  in  consumer  buy- 
ing. It  provides  material  for  the  Consumers'  Guide,  published  by 
the  Consumers'  Counsel  Division,  Agricultural  Adjustment  Admin- 
istration. It  conducts  its  educational  program  through  radio  broad- 
casts, bulletins,  press  releases,  and  other  means  of  communication. 

The  homemaker  requires  a  type  of  buying  information  different 
from  that  required  by  business  and  Government  agencies.  Consum- 
ers need  simple  labels  and  nontechnical  statements  as  to  qualities  and 
performance.  If  standards  for  consumer  goods  are  to  be  of  maxi- 
mum value  to  homemakers,  they  must  be  used  in  connection  with  a 
program  of  consumer  education,  such  as  that  carried  on  by  this 
Bureau,  the  Extension  Service,  and  other  educational  agencies. 

BUREAU  OF  PLANT  INDUSTRY 

The  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  United  States  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, has  published  descriptions  of  principal  varieties  of  various 
fruits  and  vegetables.  Because  of  a  lack  of  a  generally  accepted, 
authentic,  and  adequate  description  of  even  the  most  important  of 
vegetable  varieties,  there  has  been  great  disagreement  and  some  con- 
fusion as  to  exactly  what  characteristics  a  certain  variety  should 
possess.  Members  of  the  seed  trade  who  deal  in  vegetable  seeds,  as 
well  as  farmers,  canning-factory  operators,  and  most  gardeners  who 
buy  vegetable  seeds,  have  long  desired  and  urgently  requested  that 
the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  undertake  exhaustive 
studies  and  issue  adequate  descriptions  of  the  most  widely  used  vari- 
eties of  vegetable  seeds.  This  development  of  varietal  descriptions 
relates  only  indirectly  to  standardization,  for  it  is  almost  entirely  in 
the  field  of  horticultural  development  and  investigation.     However, 


44  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

when  varietal  descriptions  and  designations  have  been  specifically 
established,  it  is  then  possible  to  establish  grades  and  standards  of 
quality  within  each  varietal  group. 

The  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry  has  cooperated  in  providing  basic 
information  of  horticultural  nature  to  other  bureaus  of  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture,  directly  interested  in  the  promul- 
gation of  standards. 

COMMODITY  EXCHANGE  ADMINISTRATION 

The  Commodity  Exchange  Administration,  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  does  not  establish  standards  of  quality.  It  is 
only  concerned  with  grades  in  connection  with  its  supervision  of  com- 
modity markets.  Under  section  5a  (6)  of  the  Commodity  Exchange 
Act,  the  use  of  official  United  States  grades  in  futures  trading  for 
commodities  under  the  supervision  of  the  Commodity  Exchange  Ad- 
ministration is  mandatory  when  such  grades  have  been  promulgated. 
If  no  United  States  grades  have  been  promulgated,  then  trading  is 
regulated  under  the  various  grades  adopted  by  the  commodity  ex- 
changes, provided  their  inspection  systems  have  been  approved  by 
the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  under  the  provisions  of  section  5  (a) 
of  the  act. 

While  the  Administration  does  not  establish  standards  of  quality, 
it  has  cooperated  with  other  bureaus  in  the  Department  in  the  formu- 
lation of  grade  1  for  futures. 

EXTENSION  SERVICE 

The  Extension  Service  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agri- 
culture conducts  an  educational  program  for  farmers,  concerning 
grades  and  standards  for  fruits  and  vegetables,  dairy  products,  poul- 
try products,  livestock,  grain,  tobacco,  cotton,  and  other  farm  prod- 
ucts. This  work  is  closely  related  to  the  general  educational  program 
dealing  with  improvement  of  quality  and  the  cultural  practices  which 
result  in  the  production  of  the  varieties,  grades,  and  kinds  of  prod- 
ucts that  best  satisfy  consumer  demand.  Demonstrations  are  given 
by  county  agents  and  extension  specialists  on  the  proper  methods 
of  grading  various  products  to  meet  United  States  or  State  standards. 
In  addition,  approved  methods  of  harvesting,  packaging,  and  loading 
are  taught  to  farmers  and  farm  groups.  The  majority  of  this  work 
is  conducted  in  the  field  or  at  shipping  points,  and  frequently  cooper- 
ative demonstrations  are  arranged  at  which  representatives  of  the 
State  and  Federal  departments  of  agriculture,  whose  work  deals  with 
grading  and  standardization,  participate. 

Considerable  attention  has  been  given  in  recent  years  to  the  devel- 
opment of  grades  and  the  use  of  marks  or  brands  which  can  identify 
these  grades  to  consumers.  Extension  Service  representatives  have 
assisted  farmers  in  developing  so-called  quality-improvement  pro- 
grams. The  objective  of  these  programs  is  to  develop  a  product  of 
uniform  quality  and  to  identify  it  with  a  trade-mark  or  insignia 
which  can  thereby  assure  consumers  of  the  designated  quality  of 
produce.  Work  of  this  nature  has  been  done  for  various  fresh  fruits 
and  vegetables,  certain  canned  products,  dressed  poultry,  dairy  prod- 
ucts, and  other  commodities. 


OON-dENTRiATION  OF  EO3N0MIC  POWER  45 

In  addition  to  the  educational  program  for  farmers  on  grades 
and  standards,  the  Extension  Service,  through  home  demonstration 
work,  conducts  a  program  on  consumer  education  for  rural  women. 
The  consumer  goods  covered  include  food,  clothing,  furniture,  house 
furnishings,  electrical  and  other  household  equipment,  and  cosmetics. 
Homemakers  learn,  through  their  home  demonstration  work,  to  buy 
through  examination  of  product,  reading  of  labels,  and  questioning 
of  retailers.     Consumers  are  encouraged  to  ask  for  quality  labels. 

Each  State  has  an  extension  specialist  in  some  of  the  fields  in 
home  economics.  These  specialists  develop  materials  for  the  use 
of  home  demonstration  agents  in  the  counties.  Information  for 
these  materials  on  consumer  education  is  taken  from  various  sources, 
including  the  Bui-eau  of  Home  Economics,  American  Home  Eco- 
nomics Association,  American  Standards  Association,  and  State  ex- 
periment stations,  and  from  such  publications  as  "Consumers'  Guide" 
of  the  Consumers'  Counsel  Division,  Agricultural  Adjustment 
Administration. 

The  home  demonstration  agents  also  educate  farm  women  in  the 
use  of  marketing  standards  for  some  of  the  products  which  they 
sell.  These  standards  are  used  in  the  markets  which  farm  women 
have  established,  particularly  in  the  Southern  States.  ISIost  of  the 
educational  work  performed  by  the  Extension  Service  in  the  use 
of  marketing  standards  is  conducted  by  county  agents  and  State 
extension  specialists.  Demonstration  meetings  to  show  farmers  how 
to  grade  their  produce  are  arranged  by  the  county  agents  who  either 
speak  themselves  or  bring  in  field  members  of  the  Agricultural 
Marketing  Service,  and  specialists  from  the  agricultural  colleges. 

Information  is  given  not  only  on  the  grading  itself  but  also  on 
Avays  to  improve  quality  so  that  higher  grades  may  be  met.  These 
demonstrations  may  range  from  choice  of  seed,  through  the  various 
cultural  operations,  to  harvesting  and  packing.  In  some  cases  county 
agents  demonstrate  methods  of  harvesting,  grading,  and  packing  in 
the  fields;  and  in  others  demonstrations  are  arranged  at  packing 
sheds,  shipping  points,  and  farmers'  wholesale  markets. 

FARM  SECURITY  ADMINISTRATION 

Standards  for  Commodities  Used  in  Farm  Production. 

The  Farm  Security  Administration,  United  States  Department 
of  Agriculture,  has  recommended  certain  quality  standards  for  the 
use  of  its  clients  in  making  purchases  with  proceeds  of  loans  received 
through  the  Administration.  These  standards,  Avliich  are  more  in  the 
nature  of  buying  guides,  apply  only  to  goods  used  in  farm  produc- 
tion :  Seed,  fertilizer,  equipment,  and  livestock.  These  standards 
have  been  prepared  with  the  cooperation  of  other  bureaus  of  the 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture. 

The  seed  standards  set  up  minimum  requirements  for  seeds  used 
in  farm  production  and  for  vegetable  seeds  used  in  home  gardens. 
The  factors  considered  in  these  standards  are  germination,  seed 
purity,  disease  resistance,  proportion  of  weed  seeds  permitted  in  a 
mixture,  weight  per  bushel,  and  the  need  for  purchasing  untreated 
or  treated  seed.  In  each  case  the  minimum  requirement  is  specified. 
The  reports  outlining  the  standards  also  include  a  discussion  of  the 
variety  of  seeds  which  may  be  purchased  and  the  proper  method 


4()  CONOENTRATION  OF  EIOONOMIC  POWEH 

to  be  used  in  the  planting  of  seed.  The  work  on  seed  standards 
which  is  being  done  by  the  Farm  Security  Administration  supple- 
ments that  regularly  being  done  by  the  United  States  Department 
of  Agriculture  on  seed  labelinsr.  The  Farm  Security  Administration 
found  that  descriptive  labels  which  are  attached  on  seed  sacks  are  not 
being  made  available  to  consumers  who  purchase  in  small  quantities. 
The  Administration  also  found  that  there  was  no  protection  to  con- 
sumers who  buy  seed  produced  locally.  Because  of  the  large  waste 
of  money  resulting  from  the  improper  purchase  of  seed  by  its  clients, 
the  Farm  Security  Administration  set  up  its  own  minimum  stand- 
ards for  seeds  and  suggested  that  its  clients  purchase  them 
cooperatively. 

The  suggested  minimum  standards  for  fertilizer  likewise  are  buy- 
ing guides.  It  is  recommended  that  fertilizer  mixtures  should  con- 
tain not  less  than  20  percent  plant  food.  It  is  also  suggested  that 
farmers  purchase  grades  recommended  by  the  State  experiment  sta- 
tions or  the  extension  service,  and  use  high  analysis  fertilizers.  Re- 
gional directors  are  authorized  to  prepare  a  list  of  a  limited  number 
of  acceptable  grades  of  fertilizers  for  farmers. 

The  specifications  for  machinery  and  equipment  are  also  mainly 
buying  guides  which  include  factors  important  in  the  purchase  of 
farm  machinery.  They  contain  descriptions  of  the  proper  types  of 
equipment  to  be  purchased  for  certain  uses,  and  information  on  the 
care  and  repair  of  farm  machinery.  These  specifications  indicate 
first  that,  in  purchasing  equipment,  farmers  should  ascertain  that 
(1)  the  equipment  is  of  a  current  model  regularly  furnished  to  the 
trade,  (2)  the  design  is  in  accordance  with  good  practice  and  the 
workmanship  and  quality  is  satisfactory,  (3)  the  machinery  is  new 
and  unused  unless  otherwise  specified,  (4)  a  satisfactory  guaranty 
is  given  by  the  seller  that  any  defects  due  to  poor  workmanship 
developing  within  3  months  of  ithe  date  of  purchase  will  be  adjusted, 
(5)  service  and  parts  are  readily  available,  (6)  purchase  is  subject  to 
suitable  instruction  and  demonstration,  and  (7)  machines  are  to  be 
set  up  if  they  are  shipped  in  knocked-down  form.  The  specifications 
then  classify  the  various  types  of  agricultural  implements  and  ma- 
chinery on  the  basis  of  the  purpose  for  which  they  are  to  be  used, 
namely:  (1)  Seed  bed  preparation,  (2)  plantina:,  (3)  cultivat- 
ing, (4)  spraying  and  dusting,  (5)  harvesting,  and  (6)  processing. 
Thev  describe  the  various  types  of  implements  available  for  each 
of  these  purposes  and  indicate  the  major  factors  that  should  be  con- 
sidered in  the  purchase  of  each  type  of  equipment.  Thus,  in  the 
case  of  planting  equipment,  it  is  recommended  that  the  machines 
selected  should  be  ones  that  can  be  used  on  diversified  crops,  should 
be  equipped  with  an  ample  assortment  of  seed  plates  for  various 
sizes  of  seeds,  and  that  the  range  in  the  rate  of  seeding  should  cover 
future  as  well  as  existing  farm  needs. 

Specifications  and  recommendations  for  livestock  have  been  pre- 
pared which  indicate  the  factors  that  farmers  should  consider  in 
making  proper  selection  of  certain  types  of  livestock,  and  how  ani- 
mals should  be  cared  for  after  purchase.  These  specifications  are 
more  detailed  in  the  case  of  horses,  mules,  and  dairy  stock,  than  they 
are  in  the  case  of  sheep,  swine,  and  poultry.  They  are,  in  effect, 
buying  guides  although  they  are  called  standards  by  the  Farm  Se- 


CONOENTRATION  OP  EIC'ONOMIC  POWE'R  47 

curity  Administration.  The  two  principal  factors  that  farmers  are 
advised  to  consider  in  buying  dairy  stock  are  (1)  freedom  from 
disease  (tuberculosis,  bangs,  mastitis,  sound  in  udder),  and  (2)  pro- 
duction. A  schedule  of  prices  is  included  which  indicates  the  differ- 
entials that  should  be  paid  for  dairy  stock  of  different  ages  and  with 
different  butterfat  production  records. 

Standards  for  Commodiiies  for  Farm  C onsuinption. 

The  Bureau  of  Home  Economics  of  the  United  States  Department 
of  Agriculture  has  been  cooperating  with  the  Farm  Security  Ad- 
ministration in  providing  information  relating  to  selection  of  con- 
sumer commodities.  The  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry  and  the 
Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration  of  the  United  States  De- 
partment of  Agriculture,  and  the  Vocational  Education  Division  of 
the  Office  of  Education,  United  States  Department  of  the  Interior, 
have  also  cooperated  with  the  Farm  Security  Admmistration  in 
supplying  information  for  guidance  in  consumer  buying. 

Account  books,  required  by  the  Farm  Security  Administration, 
include  a  list  of  commodities  bought  by  farm  families  each  month. 
From  these  account  books  a  list  of  commodities  to  be  tested  in  order 
to  determine  their  quality  and  performance  has  been  compiled.  The 
Bureau  of  Home  Economics  is  conducting  tests  of  many  of  these 
commodities,  including  boys'  trousers,  overalls,  socks,  foods,  and 
cooking  devices.  As  a  result  of  these  tests,  specifications  may  be 
formulated  to  meet  the  particular  needs  of  the  clients  of  the  Farm 
Security  Administration,  with  major  emphasis  on  performance. 

Efforts  are  also  being  made  to  correlate  commodity  standards 
with  nutritive  values.  Adequat-e  minimum  needs  provided  by  a 
liberal  supply  of  vegetables,  milk,  eggs,  poultry,  and  meats,  are  in- 
cluded in  these  "'dietetic  standards." 

The  number  of  consumers  contacted  by  the  Farm  Security  Ad- 
ministration is  necessarily  small  since  the  Administration  helps 
only  those  families  who  cannot  be  served  through  any  other  channels. 
The  educational  program  is  developed  by  field  workers  and  through 
cooperative  endeavors.  It  is  hoped  that  emphasis  on  home  and  family 
needs  and  costs,  together  with  the  detailed  keeping  of  records  by 
each  family,  will  encourage  buying  of  over-the-counter  goods  on  the 
basis  of  quality  and  performance.  The  educational  program  ifor  the 
development  of  buying  on  this  basis  will  be  more  easily  conducted  in 
the  rehabilitation  projects  of  the  Farm  Security  Administraticm 
where  community  cooperation  is  being  created,  than  in  cases  where 
the  Administration  is  merely  assisting  individuals.  In  the  latter 
case,  however,  an  attempt  will  be  made  to  educate  these  individuals 
regarding  quality  purchasing, 

/Standards  for  Loao-Cost  Housing. 

While  the  Farm  Security  Administration  is  not  primarily  a  hous- 
ing agency  it  has  constructed  low-cost  homes  for  the  fami  families 
on,  or  near,  relief  which  it  has  helped  to  become  self-supporting. 

The  houses  constructed  under  this  program  were  designed  to  meet 
a  wide  variety  of  climatic  conditions,  living  habits,  and  economic 
needs.  Some  of  the  first  houses  were  suburban,  such  as  Greenbelt 
communities,  rather  than  rural:     Today,  however,  the  Farm  Security 


48  CONCENTRATION  OP  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Administration  is  building  throiigh  private  contract  only  low-cost 
farm  houses. 

Construction  has  been  based  on  a  few  simple  principles,  intended 
to  produce  adequate,  attractive,  but  modest  homes  at  the  lowest 
possible  cost: 

Design. — Cubic  footage  of  the  house  was  held  to  the  minimum 
necessary  for  health  and  comfort.  Rooms  were  arranged  for  both 
compactness  and  convenience.  Every  unnecessary  gable,  beam,  and 
purely  decorative  feature  was  eliminated. 

Materials. — First  grade  materials  were  used  throughout,  so  that 
maintenance  and  repair  costs  would  be  as  low  as  possible.  Standard 
materials,  in  standard  sizes,  usually  proved  most  economical.  The 
use  of  local  products  often  resulted  in  considerable  savings,  through 
lower  transportation  costs. 

C onstriiction. — Precutting  and  prefabrication  were  highly  devel- 
oped. A  small  portable  sawmill,  for  example,  often  was  set  up  on 
the  project,  to  cut  lumber  to  exact  specifications  for  a  large  number 
of  houses.  Complicated  parts,  such  as  window  and  door  frames, 
and  sometimes  the  entire  frame  of  the  house,  were  prefabricated  at 
the  mill,  so  they  could  be  installed  with  a  minimum  of  labor. 

FEDERAL  CROP  INSURANCE  CORPORATION 

The  Federal  Crop  Insurance  Corporation,  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  utilizes  the  facilities  of  th-.*  Agricultural  Market- 
ing Service  in  the  administration  of  the  Grain  Standards  Act  in  con- 
nection with  the  establishment  of  standards  of  quality.  These  stand- 
ards of  quality  are  specified  in  the  Official  Grain  Standards  of  the 
United  States. 

In  accordance  with  these  standards,  premiums  are  computed  in  the 
class  of  wheat  specified  by  the  insured  in  his  application,  but  the  basic 
grade  for  computing  premiums  and  indemnities  with  respect  to  each 
class  is  determined  by  the  Federal  Crop  Insurance  Corporation  before 
applications  for  insurance  are  solicited.  The  Corporation  has  speci- 
fied No.  1  as  the  grade  for  Northern  Spring  Wheat,  and  No.  2  as  the 
grade  for  all  of  the  other  classes  of  wheat  to  be  used  as  the  basis 
for  collecting  premiums  and  paying  indemnities. 

Premiums  may  be  paid  in  wheat,  by  cash,  or  by  means  of  an  advance 
from  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  against  conservation  and  parity 
payments  accruing  to  growers  under  the  program  administered  by  the 
Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration. 

Indemnities  are  paid  either  in  wheat,  in  cash  by  immediate  settle- 
ment, or  in  cash  by  deferred  settlement  up  to  90  days  after  approval 
by  the  Corporation  of  the  insured's  claim  for  indemnity.  The  insured 
may  indicate  the  method  by  which  he  desires  an  indemnity  to  be  paid, 
but  the  Corporation  reserves  the  right  to  make  payment  in  form  other 
than  that  indicated  by  the  insured. 

Only  an  extremely  small  portion  of  the  premiums  have  been  paid  in 
wheat.  The  cash  received  by  the  Corporation  is  used  by  the  Corporia- 
tion  to  promptly  purchase  wheat  to  hold  in  an  insurance  reserve  to 
cover  future  indemnities.  When  indemnities  are  paid  in  cash,  wheat 
is  sold  from  this  reserve  to  provide  the  necessary  funds. 

The  classes  and  grades  of  wheat  used  in  ail  of  these  transactions  are 


CJON'OENTRATION  OF  EI(X)NOMIC  POWER  49 

determined  in  accordance  with  the  Official  Grain  Standards  of  the 
United  States. 

FOREST  SERVICE 

Congress  has  designated  the  Forest  Service,  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  as  the  agency  of  the  Federal  Government  specifi- 
cally responsible  for  protecting,  developing,  and  administering  certain 
public  lands  and  their  living  resources.  The  Forest  Service  is  also 
authorized  to  help  States  and  farm,  industrial,  and  other  owners  to 
protect  and  develop  such  of  their  lands  as  are  more  valuable  in  forest 
growth  than  as  plow  land. 

Broadly,  responsibilities  of  the  Forest  Service  are :  ( 1 )  To  initiate 
and  apply,  locally  and  nationally,  action  programs  looking  to  the 
best  use  of  forest  lands  in  the  interest  of  public  welfare  and  help  with 
action  programs  initiated  by  county,  State,  and  Federal  agencies; 

(2)  to  protect,  develop,  and  administer  in  the  public  interest  the 
national  forest  system  and  its  resources,  products,  values,  and  services; 

(3)  to  conduct  research  in  problems  involving  protection,  develop- 
ment, management,  renewal,  and  continuous  use  of  all  resources, 
products,  values,  and  services  of  forest  lands;  (4)  to  make  research 
and  administrative  findings  and  results  available  to  individuals,  indus- 
tries, and  public  and  private  agencies  generally. 

In  research,  in  national  forest  administration,  and  in  initiating  and 
applying  action  programs  the  Forest  Service  works  in  close  coopera- 
tion with  other  branches  and  bureaus  of  the  United  States  Department 
of  Agriculture;  and  is  guided  by  the  Department's  basic  purpose  of 
establishing  and  maintaining  such  sound  land  and  resource  manage- 
ment and  use  as  will  help  build  and  maintain  communities  and  local 
and  national  social  and  economic  structures. 

The  Forest  Service  conducts  certain  research  and  investigationa 
of  interest  to  the  consumer.  Although  it  does  not  officially  promul- 
gate standards,  it  does  a  large  amount  of  research  worL  to  determine 
the  proper  factors,  with  their  evaluations,  which  become  the  bases 
for  either  official  standards  or  standards  adopted  by  semipublic 
organizations  and  extensively  used  in  commercial  practice. 

Within  the  scope  of  marketing  standards  the  research  work  of  the 
Forest  Service  tends  to  fall  into  two  general  categories :  ( 1 )  Forestry 
practice  and  the  first  marketing  of  raw  forestry  products,  and  (2) 
investigations  as  to  the  inherent  identity  and  quality  and  most  suit- 
able uses  for  forestry  products  which  have  been  at  least  initially 
processed,  that  is,  lumber,  in  the  conventional  sense. 

In  administering  public  lands  which  have  growing  timber,  it  fre- 
quently is  necessary  and  prudent  to  dispose,  either  to  Government  or 
private  outlets,  of  that  portion  which  is  ready  for  cutting.  "Wliile 
these  sales  are  made  in  accordance  with  usual  Government  require- 
ments applicable  to  the  disposition  of  govermnentally  owned  prop- 
erty, peculiarities  unique  to  forestry  are  followed.  Sales  usually  are 
made  upon  the  basis  of  price  per  thousand  board  feet,  log  scale.  This 
involves  a  process  of  estimating  the  probable  output  at  the  time  the 
sale  is  advertised,  and  when  the  bids  are  offered  the  logs  are  scaled 
as  the  basis  for  monetary  settlement.  Many  rules  for  measuring  logs 
in  board  feet  developed  or  were  adopted  in  different  parts  of  the 
country  in  the  effort  to  obtain  a  rule  which  would  give  the  am.ount 


50  CONCENTRATION  OF  HCONOMIC  POWEH 

of  lumber  that  could  be  sawed  from  a  log  of  a  given  size  under  local 
marketing  and  sawing  customs.  Some  of  these  rules,  among  others, 
are  known  as  the  Scribner  rule,  the  Doyle  rule,  the  Maine  rule,  the 
Spaukhiig  rule,  and  the  International  rule.  To  establish  a  uniform 
or  standard  basis  upon  which  to  proceed  in  the  sale  of  national 
forest  timber,  a  regulation  of  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  relating 
thereto  was  first  issued  in  1905.  Its  present  form,  regulation  S-16, 
was  published  in  the  "Federal  Register,"  August  15,  1936,  page  1094, 
and  stated  that  "The  cubic  volume  rules  and  the  Scribner  Decimal  C 
log  rule,  both  as  used  by  the  Forest  Service,  are  the  official  rules  for 
scaling  national  forest  timber."  Improvement  of  milling  machinery 
aiid  changing  customs  in  parts  of  the  country  made  it  desirable  to 
have  the  option  of  using  the  International  log  rule  under  some  circum- 
stances, and  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  modified  Regulation  S-16  ** 
in  1938  to  give  this  option,  which  as  yet  has  not  been  widely  exercised 
except  in  the  Northeast. 

The  uniform  use  of  the  Scribner  Decimal  C  rule,  under  a  standard 
set  of  instructions  *"  for  deductions  for  defect  and  for  its  application 
in  other  ways  has  had  an  intensive  and  extensive  influence  on  the 
practice  of  private  owners  near  the  national  forests.  Company  after 
company  joined  voluntarily  in  the  use  of  the  standard  so  established. 
Logging  contractors  demanded  "Government  scale"  for  the  logs  they 
delivered.  The  Office  of  Indian  Affairs  of  the  United  States  De- 
partment of  the  Interior  later  adopted  the  same  rule  and  issued 
similar  instructions  for  its  use.  The  influence  of  this  standard  has 
been  f^r  reaching. 

The  Forest  Service  also  has  attempted  to  promote  more  extended 
use  of  the  standard  cord  measure.  The  conventional  cord  is  8  feet 
long  by  4  feet  wide  and  4  feet  high,  or  a  cubic  content  measure  of 
]1.'8  cubic  feet.  In  the  sale  of  firewood  and  pulpwood,  the  common 
practice  in  many  localities  is  to  cut  it  at  particular  lengths,  some- 
times for  fireplace  width  and  other  longer  widths  such  as  52  inches 
for  pulpwood  purposes.  Where  the  wood  is  cut  at  lengthy  other 
than  48  inches,  it  is  necessary  to  make  adjustments  either  in  the  height 
of  the  pile  or  the  length  to  compensate  for  the  variation  in  width. 
It  has  been  stated  that  it  is  somewhat  of  a  current  practice  in  the 
pulpwood  area  of  the  South  to  sell  on  what  is  known  as  a  "long 
cord"  b^sis.  The  cubic  foot  content  of  this  so-called  long  cord  fre- 
quently is  considerably  in  excess  of  the  128  cubic-foot  content  for  the 
conventional  cord.  Similar  practices  prevail  in  some  other  areas.  To 
protect  the  farmer  and  timber  owner  from  unfair  advantage  because 
of  such  practices,  the  Forest  Service  has  attempted  to  make  known 
thix)ughout  all  forestry  areas  what  the  standard  cord  measurement 
is,  and  how  to  measure  for  a  standard  cord,  and  has  attempted  to 
have  this  measurement  adopted  in  commercial  practice.  This  is 
mainly  an  educational  program. 

The  Forest  Service  leads  in  the  development  of  specifications  for 
nursery  stock  for  application  in  grading  or  culling  gmall  trees  grown 

«  "Modification  of  Regulation  S-16."  Federal  Register,  p.  3137,  U.  S.  Government  Print- 
ing Offico.  Washington,  D.  C,  December  23,  1938,   10  cents. 

*•  "Instructions  for  the  Scaling  and  Measurement  of  National  Forest  Timber,"  103  pp., 
U.   S.  Forest  Service,  Washington,  D.  C,  1928. 


OONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  51 

in  the  nursery  of  the  planting  agency  or  in  a  cooperating  nursery, 
or  purchased  from  commercial  nurserymen/^ 

Cooperating  with  the  Soil  Conservation  Service,  the  Forest  Service 
developed  standards  and  specifications,  by  species,  for  nursery  ^tock, 
which  may  be  u^ed  in  buying  stock  from  commercial  nurserymen. 
The  standards  and  specifications,  based  on  data  and  experience  avail- 
able to  the  Forest  Service  and  the  Soil  Conservation  Service  refer 
to  size  of  stock,  size  of  root,  size  of  stem,  and  freedom  from  disease. 
Grades  1,  2,  and  3  were  establi.shed.  Experience  has  indicated  to 
tlie  Forest  Service  and  the  Soil  Conservation  Service  that  certain 
types  of  nursery  stock  prodticed  best  re-^ults  imder  given  climatic 
and  land  conditions  while  other  types  of  stock  developed  best  under 
other  conditions/^  The  specifications  so  developed  were  used  not 
only  in  purchases  of  commercial  nursery  stock,  but  also  by  Govern- 
ment bureatts  in  the  interchange  of  stock  between  Government 
mn-series.     So  far,  the  standards  have  dealt  chiefly  with  conifers. 

The  Forest  Service  also  developed  a  departmental  forest  seed 
policy  approved  by  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  on  June  21,  1939. 

This  ha3  resulted  in  a  standard  procedure  for  obtaining  seed  so 
us  to  give  best  results  in  the  area  awaiting  planting.  In  substance, 
it  states  that  the  policy  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agri- 
culture shall  be  (1)  to  use  only  tree  seed  of  known  locality  or  origin 
for  nursery  stock  grown  from  such  seed;  (2)  to  require  adequate 
evidence  verifying  the  place  near  the  origin  of  all  lots  of  tree  seed 
for  nursery  stock;  (3)  to  require  an  accurate  record  of  the  origin  of 
all  lots  of  tree  seed  and  nursery  stock  used  in  Department  activities, 
and  (4)  to  use  local  seed  from  natural  stands  whenever  available. 

FOREST   PRODUCTS   LABORATORY.    MADISON,   WIS. 

The  Forest  Products  Laboratory  is  a  unit  of  the  research  organi- 
zation of  the  Forest  Service,  United  States  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture. It  is  the  only  institution  in  the  United  States  concerned  wholly 
with  the  investigation  of  wood  and  Avood  products  and  their  adapta- 
tion to  diversified  fields  of  u,se.  In  the  course  of  its  work  on  the 
more  efficient  and  diversified  utilization  of  forest  materials  the  Labo- 
ratory is  daily  consulted  by  consumers,  fabricators,  producers,  and  by 
varit)us  Governmental  agencies  in  regard  to  uniform  test  methods 
and  standards  for  forest  products  and  allied  materials.  So  great  is 
the  magnitude  of  the  Laboratory's  work  bearing  upon  standardiza- 
tion that  no  attempt  can  here  be  made  even  to  catalog  such  activities. 
The  following,  however,  may  serve  as  illustrations  of  the  general  types 
of  the  Laboratory's  activities  related  to  forest  products  standard- 
ization. 

Methods  of  Test. 

Strength  properties  of  clear  wood. — One  of  the  most  important 
problems  of  forest  products  standardization  relates  to  methods  of 
testing  the  strength  of  clear  wood;  When  the  Forest  Products  Labo- 
ratory was  contemplating  an  extensive  research  program  to  determine 

"  ''Artificial  Reforestation    in  the  Southern   Pine  Resrion,'^   113   pp..   Technical   Bulletin 
492,  V.   S.  Government  Printing  Office,   Washington,  D.  C,  November   1035,  13  cents. 
"  Ibid.,  p.  82. 


52  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

the  mechanical  properties  of  various  species  of  woods  native  to  the 
United  States  it  realized  the  necessity  for  adopting  a  uniform  proce- 
dure so  that  comparable  results  would  be  obtained.  Standard  meth- 
ods of  testing  small,  clear  pieces  of  wood  were  therefore  dev'eloped 
to  cover  tests  in  bending  (beams),  compression  parallel  to  the  grain 
(columns),  compression  perpendicular  to  the  grain  (rail  on  tie), 
toughness,  stiffness,  hardness,  and  the  like,  as  well  as  the  selection 
of  the  te3t  material,  cutting  the  logs  into  specimens,  rate  of  loading, 
and  similar  factors.  The  methods  *^  have  already  been  employed  at 
the  Laboratory  in  more  than  a  half  million  tests  made  in  determining 
some  of  the  important  properties  of  over  164  native  species  of  wood. 
They  have  been  adopted  as  standards  by  the  American  Society 
for  Testing  Materials,  American  Standards  Association,  and  other 
authoritative  bodies.  The  methods  are  now  used  not  only  in  the 
United  States  but  in  many  foreign  countries.  Their  wide  adoption 
enables  the  results  of  tests  made  in  widely  scattered  laboratories 
to  be  compared. 

Methods  for  condiActing  static  tests  of  timbers  in  structural  sizes. — 
Methods  of  testing  timbers  in  structural  sizes  have  been  developed  at 
the  Laboratory  and  adopted  as  standard  ^°  by  the  American  Society 
for  Testing  Materials,  American  Standards  Association,  and  other 
authoritative  bodies.  The  methods  cover  selection  of  materials,  bend- 
ing, compression  perpendicular  to  grain,  and  compression  parallel  to 
grain  tests  of  large-sized  members.  In  addition,  methods  of  testing 
minor  specimens,  cut  from  the  larger  specimens  after  test,  are  included. 
Previous  lack  of  uniformity  of  testing  procedure  prevented  direct  com- 
parison of  data  from  different  sources.  The  general  adherence  to 
these  methods  of  tests  enable  direct  comparison  of  the  results  of  various 
laboratories. 

Toughness  test. — In  the  selection  of  lumber  for  exacting  purposes, 
as,  for  example,  airplane  parts,  assurance  must  be  had  that  no  pieces 
low  in  strength  are  admitted.  Experience  showed  that  visual  inspec- 
tion or  specific  gravity  determinations  were  not  sufficient,  and  that 
some  mechanical  test  was  desirable.  Such  a  test  must  be  rapid  and 
one  which  will  reject  those  pieces  which  are  unsuitable.  To  meet  this 
need  the  Laboratory  developed  a  toughness  machine  and  set  up  mini- 
num  acceptance  requirements  ^^  for  those  woods  most  commonly  used 
in  airplane  construction.  The  toughness  machine  has  also  been  found 
useful  by  manufacturers  in  the  selection  of  wood,  such  as  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  handles,  where  toughness  is  an  essential  property. 

Hexagonal  drum  box  -testing  machine. — Actual  shippnig  container 
work  at  the  Laboratory  began  with  the  invention  of  the  box  testing 
drum.  This  machine  combines  in  a  single  test  practically  all  the 
stresses  and  distortions  that  containers  encounter  in  service.  Upon 
the  six  internal  faces  of  the  drum  are  hazards  and  guides  arranged  in 
such  a  manner  that,  as  the  drum  revolves,  the  loaded  box  or  crate  slides 
and  falls,  striking  on  its  ends,  sides,  top,  bottom,  and  edges  so  as  to 
simulate  the  rough  handling  of  actual  transportation.     The  first  drum 

*^  "Strpnsrth  and  Related  Properties  of  Woods  (Jrown  m  the  United  States,"  p.  78, 
Technical  Bulletin  479,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  September 
1935.  2.")  cents. 

"'*  Idem. 

"  "Manual  for  the  Inspection  of  Aircraft  Wood  and  Glue  for  the  U.  S.  Navy,"  U.  S. 
Navy  Department,  Washington.  D.  C.  Revised  Edition,  1940.      (In  press.) 


CON'CIENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  53 

built  was  7  feet  in  inside  diameter.     Later  a  14- foot  drum  was  built. 
This  test  has  been  adopted  as  standard  ^-  throughout  the  world. 

Machining  properties. — Machining  properties  refer  to  the  common 
woodworking  operations,  such  as  planing,  turning,  shaping,  and  sand- 
ing. Different  woods  vary  in  these  respects  just  as  they  do  in  other 
properties,  and  the  machining  properties  of  any  given  wood  affect  its 
utility  for  better  or  for  worse.  Workable  methods  of  measuring  and 
comparing  machining  properties  have  been  developed,  the  work  to  date 
having  been  confined  largely  to  southern  hardwoods.  These  methods 
would  lend  themselves  to  use  by  other  organizations  so  that  comparable 
results  could  be  obtained  elsewhere  with  other  woods.  The  actual 
work  was  done  by  the  Forest  Products  Laboratory  although  in  some 
parts  close  cooperation  was  maintained  with  th*  American  Society  of 
Mechanical  Engineers.^^ 

Small  saiomUls. — With  the  depletion  of  the  larger  bodies  of  virgin 
timber  there  has  been  a  marked  increase  in  displacement  of  large 
mills  by  small  mills.  The  latter  mills  are  notoriously  inefficient. 
Equipment  operating  methods  vary  widely.  There  have  been  no 
organized  efforts  to  improve  manufacturing  practices,  and  as  a 
result  the  small  mill  is  little  different  from  what  it  was  a  generation 
ago. 

The  Laboratory  has  been  making  an  intensive  study  of  the  small 
mill,  its  equipment,  and  its  operating  and  accounting  methods  all 
the  way  through  from  the  standing  tree  to  lumber  in  the  pile  with 
the  objective  of  setting  up  standard  operating  methods  diat  will 
result  in  more  economical  use  of  timber  and  at  the  same  time  will  add 
stability  to  what  is  now  a  fly-by-night  industry.  A  series  of  mono- 
graphs ^*  has  been  prepared  and  sent  out  to  agencies  that  are  in 
position  to  encourage  the  adoption  of  standard  practices. 

The  Laboratory's  work  on  this  project  is  a  continuing  one,  and  in 
view  of  the  thousands  of  mill  units  involved  should  eventually  bring 
marked  improvement  in  the  handling  of  forest  lands  and  in  the 
general  satisfaction  resulting  from  the  use  of  forest  products. 

Logging  and.  milling  studies. — Logging  and  milling  studies  con- 
ducted at  the  Forest  JProducts  Laboratory,  and  designed  to  supply 
information  on  costs  of  lumber  production  from  trees  and  logs  of 
different  sizes  were  not  directed  toward  standardization  of  t<i'ee 
cutting  sizes  definitely,  but  toward  the  standardization  of  methods  ^* 
by  which  profitable  tree  cutting  sizes  could  be  determined.  Sufficient 
studies  have  been  made  so  that  the  procedure  has  come  to  be  recog- 
nized as  sound.  It  has  gone  far  in  promoting  the  acceptance  of  the 
principle  of  selective  logging  as  a  standard  piactice  which  should 
be  followed  in  putting  forest  lands  on  a  sustained  yield  basis. 

Wood  identification. — Methods  for  identifying  wood  as  to  species, 
groups  of  species,  or  genera  primarily  by  means  of  its  cellular  struc- 
ture ^s  seen  with  or  without  a  microscope  have  been  developed  for 
practically  all  native  species  of  trees  and  several  hundred  commer- 


^2  "Anreriean  Societv  for  Testing  Materials,  Proceedings,  Part  2.  Teelinical  Papers." 
pp.  320-342,   American   Society  for  Testing  Materials,   Pliiladelphia,   Pa.,   1916. 

^  "Further  Experiments  in  the  Planing  of  Hardwood,"  American  Society  of  MechanicaJ 
Engineers  Transactions,  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers,  New  York  City, 
February  1939. 

^  "Small  Saw.mill  Improvement,"  U.  S.  Forest  Products  Laboratory,  Madison,  Wis., 
not  dated. 

»  "Selective  Logging  in  the  Northern  Hardwoods  of  the  Lake  States,"  47  pp.  Technical 
Bulletin  164,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  January  1930,  5  cents. 

272496 — 41 — No. 


54  C'ONaENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

cially  important  foreign  species.  Several  keys  for  identification  of 
the  more  important  native  species  have  been  pubhshed.°^ 

Methods^'  have  been  developed  and  incorporated  in  purchasing 
specifications  for  recognizing  compression  wood,  which  is  an  ab- 
nonnal  type  of  wood  with  undesirable  properties  formed  on  the  lower 
side  of  leaning  coniferous  trees. 

Standard  means  ^^  have  been  worked  out  for  detecting  brash  wood 
of  numerous  species,  that  is,  wood  which  is  brittle  and  particularly 
low  in  shock-resisting  ability  and  therefore  undesirable  for  many 
uses. 

A  uniform  method  for  detecting  and  comparing  tool  marks  and 
other  i^-regularities  in  the  surface  of  wood  not  due  to  inherent  struc- 
ture of  the  wood  itself  has  been  worked  out  and  applied  in  crime 
detection  and  historical  research.  The  method  consists  primarily 
in  use  of  oblique  lighting  in  a  darkened  room  for  direct  observation 
of  taking  photographs. 

Seasoning  of  icood. — The  Laboratory  pioneered  in  methods  of  kiln 
drying  wood  which  have  been  followed  both  in  the  United  States  and 
abroad.  The  object  was  to  provide  a  rapid  means  of  drying  lumber 
so  that  it  would  be  suitable  for  a  wide  variety  of  purposes.  Drying 
is  effective  in  minimizing  such  defects  as  stain,  decay,  checking, 
shrinkage,  and  warping.  As  a  result  of  this  work  improved  types 
of  dry  kilns  were  develoj^ed  and  standard  kiln  schedules  ^^  were 
formulated  for  lumber  for  general  use  and  special  schedules  tor 
aircraft  lumber.^°  The  latter  are  incorporated  in  the  United  States 
Army  and  the  United  States  Navy  Specifications. 

In  order  to  determine  the  degree  of  dryness  of  wood  it  was  for 
many  years  necessary  to  cut  •  a  small  piece  from  the  end  of  the 
board  and  to  weigh  it  both  before  and  after  oven  drying  at  212°  F. 
Because  of  the  time  and  material  required  in  this  procedure,  the 
Laboratory  designed  and  made  an  electrical-resistance  type  of  mois- 
ture meter  for  the  rapid  determination  of  moisture  content  of  wood.^^ 
This  instrument  is  widely  used  in  industry  to  determine  whether 
lumber  meets  moisture-content  specifications. 

Reducing  nnoisture  accumulation  in  walls  and  attics. — 'In  modern 
dwelling  construction  a  number  of  factors  have  resulted  in  an  in- 
creased tendency  for  moisture  to  condense  in  walls  and  attics.  Prin- 
cipal among  these  factors  are  tighter  construction,  heat-insulating 
materials,  and  artificial  humidification  during  the  heating  season. 
Such  condensation  of  moisture  is  particularly  objectionable  in  frame 
dwellings  because  it  may  set  up  a  decay  hazard  and  may  cause 
exterior  paint  failure  or  discoloration.  Experimental  work  at  the 
Laboratory  revealed  that  certain  types  of  building  papers  commonly 
leferred  to  as  vapor  barriers  are  very  effective  in  reducmg  the  passage 

56  "Tbe  Identification  of  Furniture  Woods,"  Miscellantous  Circular  66,  U.  S.  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  November  1926,  25  cents. 

s'  "Structure,  Occurrence,  and  Troperties  of  Compression  Wood,"  32  pn..  Technical 
Bulletin  546,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington.  D.  C,  January  11)37,  10  cents. 

^  "Causes  of  Brashness  in  Wood,"  Technical  Bulletin  342,  U.  S.  Department  of 
Agriculture.  Washington.  D.  C.  January  1933.     (Out  of  print.) 

^»  "Kiln  Drying  Handbook,"  p.  43,  Bulletin  1136,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington.  D.  C.  May  1929.  30  rents. 

"""Manual  for  the  Inspection  of  Aircraft  Wood  and  Glue  for  the  United  States  Navy," 
U.  S.  Navy  Department,  Washington,  D.  ('.,  Revised  Edition,  1940.     (In  press.) 

•1  "Determination  of  the  Moisture  Content  of  Wood  by  Electrical  Means,"  General 
Electric  Review,  pp.  706-713,  December  1931. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  55 

of  vapor  from  the  interior  into  and  through  a  wall  or  ceiling  Such 
vapor  barriers  ^-  are  now  being  widely  used  in  the  building  industry. 

Fire  resistance  of  wood. — The  Laboratory  has  participated  in  com- 
mittee work  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  through 
which  certain  standards  for  testing  the  fire  resistance  of  wood  have 
been  evolved.  The  Laboratory  developed  the  firetube  test  ^^  which 
is  in  use  by  many  research  workers,  in  this  and  foreign  countries, 
for  comparing  the  fire  resistance  of  different  treatments  and  coat- 
ings on  Moods  but  this  test  method  has  not  yet  been  adopted  in  the 
United  States  as  an  official  standard  of  any  organization. 

Wood  pyeservafivefi. — The  Forest  Products  Laboratory  developed 
the  details  of  the  agar  method  ^*  of  studying  the  toxicities  of  wood 
preservatives  against  wood-destroying  and  wood-staining  fungi. 
Tliis  method  has  been  informally  adopted  in  this  country  and  is 
sometimes  referred  to  as  the  American  method,  as  opposed  to  wood 
block  methods  Avhich  are  favored  in  Europe. 

Paint. — The  Laboratory  has  developed  a  classification  and  grading 
system  '^^  for  house  paint  which  it  is  believed  will  be  very  helpful  in 
the  selection  of  paints  for  different  uses  and  in  educating  the  users 
in  how  to  obtain  best  results  from  various  paints.  The  system  has 
not  yet  been  adopted  as  standard  by  any  organization. 

Glue. — The  Forest  Products  Laboratoiv  developed  the  plywood 
shear  test  '^'^  which  has  been  used  for  many  years  in  comparing  the 
strength  and  water  resistance  of  glue  joints  in  plywood  and  which 
is  used  in  U.  S.  Army  Specifications,  LT.  S.  Navy  Specifications,  Fed- 
eral Specifications,  and  other  specifications  covering  tlie  properties  of 
casein  glue.  The  laboratory  also  developed  the  block  shear  test" 
which  is  used  for  comparing  the  strength  of  glues  or  the  quality  of 
gluing  in  joints  made  with  lumber.  This  test  is  included  in  U.  S. 
Army  Specifications  and  U.  S.  Na-s'y  Specifications  for  casein  glue 
and  is  widely  used  as  a  research  method  of  studying  the  technique 
of  gluing. 

Paper. — Many  methods  of  testing  papers  for  their  physical  prop- 
erties) have  been  developed  at  the  Forest  Products  Laboratory 
(F.  P.  L.).  A  manual  of  standard  test  methods  has  been  compiled 
over  a  period  of  years  and  methods  are  designated  by  F.  P.  L. 
numbers.  In  many  instances  these  methods  have  been  taken  over  by 
the  Technical  Association  of  the  Pulp  and  Paper  Industry 
(T.  A.  P.  P.  I.)  and  given  their  designation  number,  as  indicated  in 
parentheses  following  the  F.  P.  L.  designation.  Some  of  these  meth- 
ods are:  Tearing  Resistance  of  Paper,  F.  P.  L.  No.  129  (TAPPI 
No.  T414m-40)  ;  Fiber  Composition  of  Paper  (F.  P.  L.  No.  3)  ; 
Apparent  Densitv  of  Paper  (F.  P.  L.  No.  123);  Color  of  Paper 
[F.  P.  L.  No.  137) ;  Pore  Volume  of  Paper  (F.  P.  L.  No.  131) ;  Speck 
Count  in  Paper  (F.  P.  L.  No.  102)  ;  Void  Volume  of  Paper  (F.  P.  L. 

^  "Condensation  Problems  in  Modern  Buildings,"  Conference  on  Air  Conditioning, 
University  of  Ii^nois,  Drbana,  III.,  March  1939. 

**  "The  Firep  •  oflng  of  Wood,"  procedure  of  the  National  Fire  Protection  Association, 
May  1931. 

^  "A  Suggested  Toximetric  Method  for  Wood  Preservatives,"  Industrial  and  Engineering 
Chemistry,  Analytical  Edition,  Vol.  2,  p.  361,  1930. 

•5  "A  Proposed  System  of  Classification  for  House  Paints,"  Industrial  and  Engineering 
Chemistry,  September  1937. 

««"The  Gluing  of  Wood."  p.  69,  Bulletin  1500,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.  C,  1929,  25  cents. 

•nbid..  p.  71. 


56  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Nos.  90  and  91) ;  and  Volumetric  Composition  of  Paper  (F,  P.  L. 
No.  163). 

Pulp. — A  large  number  of  methods  -for  the  evaluation  of  the  chemi- 
cal properties  of  pulps  have  been  developed  at  the  Forest  Products 
Laboratory  and  has  been  adopted  by  the  Technical  Association  of 
the  Pulp  and  Paper  Industry.  Some  of  these  are:  Isolation  of 
Cellulose,  F.  P.  L.  No.  33  (TAPPI  No.  T201m-37)  ;  Chlorine  Con- 
sumption of  Pulp,  F.  P.  L.  No.  35  (TAPPI  No.  T202m-40) ;  Alpha 
Cellulose  in  Pulp,  F.  P.  L.  Nos.  37  and  38  (TAPPI  No.  T203m^0)  ; 
Forming  and  Testing  of  Pulp  Sheets,  F.  P.  L.  No.  95  (TAPPI  No. 
T205m-10) ;  Water  Solubility  of  Pulp,  F.  P.  L.  No.  17  (TAPPI 
No.  207m) ;  Moisture  in  Pulp  by  Toluene  Method,  F.  P.  L.  No.  13 
(TAPPI  No.  T208m)  ;  Methoxyl  Groups  in  Pulp,  F.  P.  L.  No.  43 
(TAPPI  No.  T209m)  ;  One  Percent  Alkali  Solubility  of  Pulp, 
F.  P.  L.  No.  19  (TAPPI  No.  T212m-40)  ;  and  Quantitative  Deter- 
mination of  Lignin,  F.  P.  L.  No.  31. 

Methods  for  the  physical  evaluation  of  pulps  developed  at  the 
Laboratory  consist  of  the  following :  Pebble  Mill  Method  for  Strength 
Determination  of  Pulps,  F.  P.  L.  Nos.  98  and  101;  Consistence  of 
Pulp,  F.  P.  L.  No.  103;  and  Density  of  Fiber  Substance,  F.  P.  L. 
No.  100. 

Pulfwood. — ^A  method  for  the  physical  evaluation  of  pulpwood 
was  developed  in  1928  and  subsequently  adopted  and  revised  by  the 
Technical  Association  of  the  Pulp  and  Paper  Industry  as  their 
method  T7p-36  in  1936. 

Other  Forest  Products  Laboratory  test  methods  associated  with 
the  above  for  chemical  evaluation  of  pulpwood  are:  Water  Solubility 
of  Wood,  F.  P.  L.  Nos.  15  and  17  (TAPPI  No.  Tim)  ;  Methoxvl 
Groups  in  Wood,  F.  P.  L.  No.  43  (TAPPI  No.  T2m)  ;  Moisture  in 
Wood  Chips  and  Sawdust  bv  Toluene  Method,  F.  P.  L.  No.  13 
(TAPPI  No.  T3m)  ;  One  Percent  Caustic  Soda  Solubility  of  AVood, 
F.  P.  L.  No.  19  (TAPPI  No.  T4m-40)  :  Other  Solubility  of  Wood, 
F.  P.  L.  No.  25  (TAPPI  No.  T5m-10)  ;'  Alcohol-Benzene  Solubility 
of  Wood,  F.  P.  L.  No.  27  (TAPPI  No.  T6m-40) ;  Quantitative  De- 
termination and  Lignin,  F.  P.  L.  No.  31. 

Score  tester. — A  score  tester  ^*  that  applies  a  combined  tension,  tear- 
ing, and  bending  test  was  developed  at  the  Laboratory  for  studying 
the  strength  of  the  scored  edges  of  fiber  boxes.  The  scored  edges  of 
a  fiber  box  are  the  weakest  part  of  the  container  in  resisting  rough 
handling,  and  the  machine  has  been  used  by  fiber  box  manufacturers 
to  determine  the  most  efficient'design  of  scores  or  creases  to  use. 
There  has  also  been  some  interest  recently  in  using  this  machine  for 
determining  the  relative  strength  of  different  methods  used  in  join- 
ing the  ends  of  the  body  piece  of  boxes. 

Tensile  test  for  paperhoard  and  paper. — A  standard  technique"® 
has  been  developed  for  determining  the  stress-strain  relationship 
under  tension  of  paper  and  paperboard  used  in  making  solid  fiber 
and  corrugated  fiberboards.  The  method  makes  use  of  an  optical 
strain  gage  to  measure  stretch  (strain)  and  the  test  is  conducted 
under  carefully  controlled  humidity  conditions.  With  the  results 
obtained  it  is  possible  to  apply  engineering  principles  in  correlating 

«»  Paper  Trade  Journal,  pp.  59-60,  January  1928. 

«*  "A  Study  of  Corrugated  Piberboard  and  Its  Component  Parts  as  Engineering  Mate- 
rials," by  T.  A.  Carlson,  Fiber  Containers,  p.  22,  July  1939. 


OONOBNTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  57 

the  strength-  of  the  paper  and  paperboard   with   the  strength   of 
built-up  corrugated  board. 

Static  bending  test  for  corrugoMd  and  solid  fiberhoard. — A  bend- 
ing test  technique  "°  has  been  developed  for  determining  the  strength 
and  stiffness  of  corrugated  and  solid  fiberboard.  Interest  in  this  test 
is  growing.  It  is  being  used  by  several  laboratories  and  box  manu- 
facturers and  will  probably  be  adopted  as  a  standard  method  of  test- 
ing by  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials 

Standards. 

Softwood  yard  lumher. — Softwood  yard  lumber,  which  comprises 
about  two-thirds  of  the  yearly  cut,  was  produced  by  several  widely 
separated  groups  of  lumbermen  under  specifications  that  differed 
considerably  with  regard  to  grades,  sizes,  and  nomenclature.  The 
Forest  Products  Laboratory  in  cooperation  with  these  groups  and 
other  governmental  agencies  succeeded  in  bringing  about  a  consider- 
able degree  of  simplification  and  uniformity  under  provisions  now 
embodied  in  American  Lumber  Standards  for  Softwood  Lumber." 
Yard  lumber  specifications  are  now  almost  wholly  in  accord  with 
these  standards  which  have  been  accepted  by  the  Government  and  bv 
dealers  and  purchasers  in  general. 

Softwood  factory  lumber. — Specifications  for  softwood  factory 
lumber  varied  to  a  degree  that  caused  frequent  misunderstanding  and 
confusion.  Following  a  series  of  conferences,  at  which  the  lumber 
trade,  the  Forest  Products  Laboratory,  and  other  governmental 
agencies  were  represented,  agreement  was  reached  on  provisions  that 
brought  about  much  more  uniform  specifications.  These  provisions 
are  now  part  of  American  Lumber  Standards  for  Softwood  Lumber 
and  current  specifications  are  in  accord  with  these  standards. 

Standard  hardwood  Iwmber  grades. — In  cooperation  with  various 
lumber  producing  and  consuming  organizations  the  Laboratory 
worked  on  standards  ^^  for  quality  classification  of  hardwood  lum- 
ber that  resulted  in  the  adoption  by  the  trade  of  one  set  of  specifi- 
cations that  over  a  period  of  12  years  has  effected  not  only  more 
harmonious  relations  between  buyers  and  sellers  than  existed  pre- 
viously but  also  more  economical  use  of  material. 

Design  stresses  for  structural  timber. — In  addition  to  limiting 
defects  in  timber  to  give  assurance  that  a  definite  proportion  of  the 
strength  of  clear  material  remains,  it  is  also  necessary  to  know  what 
working  stresses  may  be  assigned.  The  Forest  Products  Labora- 
tory has  derived  safe  working  stresses  for  the  different  species  of 
native  woods.  The  safe  working  stresses  are  based  on  the  proper- 
ties of  the  wood  in  relation  to  the  variability,  duration  of  stress, 
the  condition  of  service,  and  grade  of  material.  Working  stresses  ^^ 
have  been  assigned  for  extreme  fiber  in  bending,  compression  per- 
pendicular to  grain,  compression  parallel  to  grain,  horizontal  shear, 
and  modulus  of  elasticity. 

™  "Bending  Tests  of  Corrugated  Boards  and  Their  Significance,"  by  T.  A.  Carlson,  Fibre 
Containers,  March  1940  ;  Paper  Trade  Journal,  p.  123,  February  1940. 

■^  "Lumber  :  Simplified  Practice  Recommendation  R16-39,"  National  Bureau  of  Stand- 
ards, U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  1940,  20  cents. 

■^2  "Rules  for  the  Measurement  and  Inspection  of  Hardwood  Lumber,"  National  Hardwood 
Lumber  Association,  Chicago,  111. 

■^3  "Wood  Handbook,"  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  September 
1935,  35  cents. 


5g  OONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Grading  of  stntctural  timbers. — To  permit  the  more  efficient  use 
of  timber  and  also  to  enable  the  designing  of  timber  structures  with 
assurance  of  safety,  structural  grading  rules  in  which  defects  are 
limited  in  accordance  with  their  effect  on  strength  were  developed 
at  the  Laboratory.  These  have  formed  the  basis  for  the  grading 
rules  of  structural  timber  of  various  lumber  associations  and  other 
organizations  to  which  definite  working  stresses  could  be  assigned.'^*  ■ 

A  similar  method  of  grading  has  recently  been  developed  for  low- 
grade  dimension  stock  which  is  largely  used  in  house  construction. 
These  rules  will  permit  the  establishment  of  rules  for  low-grade  stock 
so  that  definite  working  stresses  can  be  assigned. 

Speci-fications  and  stresses  for  wood  poles. — The  Laboratory  is 
represented  on  and  has  worked  with  an  American  Standards  Asso- 
ciation sectional  committee  concerned  with  specifications  and  stresses 
for  wood  poles.  Northern  white  cedar,  western  red  cedar,  American 
chestnut,  Douglas-fir  (creosoted)  have  been  considered.  The  stand- 
ards ^^  have  been  widely  accepted  by  pole  producers  and  users  and 
by  regulatory  bodies. 

Strength  values  of  various  woods  for  use  in  airplane  design. — As 
a  basis  for  the  design  of  wooden  aircraft"  parts  and  members,  a  table 
of  strength  values  of  the  different  aircraft  woods  was  prepared  by 
the  Laboratory,  The  special  airplane  design  values  take  into  account 
the  quality  of  the  material  and  its  variation,  provide  a  minimum  density 
requirement,  and  include  a  consideration  of  the  special  effect  of  dura- 
tion of  stress.  The  design  of  data  serve  as  standard  '^^  for  the  design 
of  wooden  aircraft  members  and  parts  in  the  United  States. 

Army  and  Navy  Specifi-cations  for  aircraft  woods. — Specifications 
for  various  woods  and  plywood  used  in  airplane  construction  have 
been  issued  by  the  different  airplane  divisions  of  the  Army  and  Navy. 
Because  of  the  critical  requirements  for  woods  used  in  airplane 
construction,  the  Laboratory  has  taken  a  major  part  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  these  specifications  for  aircraft  woods. 

Aircraft  airwortMness. — The  Civil  Aeronautics  Authority  has 
recently  prepared  regulations  pertaining  to  the  selection  of  airplane 
woods  and  manufacture  of  the  finished  wood  parts.  These  regulations " ' 
are  based  largely  on  information  obtained  from  the  Laboratory. 

Navy  tjinnual  for  inspection  of  aircraft  wood  and  glue. — To  aid 
the  United  States  Navy  Department  in  the  proper  selection,  use,  and 
standardization  ^^  of  aircraft  wood  and  glue  the  Laboratory  in  1928 
prepared  a  rather  complete  manual  for  use  by  inspectors  of  naval 
aircraft  and  naval  material,  assembly  and  repair  officers  of  operating 
and  maintenance  organizations,  and  for  instructional  purposes.  Tlie 
Laboratory  has  recently  completed  revision  of  this  manual  to  include 
all  the  latest  information. 

Building  codes. — A  large  proportion  of  the  lumber  manufactured 
is  used  in  the  building  industry.     The  satisfactory  and  economical 

''*  "Guide  to  the  Grading  of  Structural  Timbers  and  the  Determination  of  Working 
Stresses,"  27  pp.,  Miscellaneous  Publication  185,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.  C.  February  1934,  5  cents. 

■"i  "American  Standards  for  Ultimate  Fiber  Stresses  of  Wood  Poles,"  A.  S.  A.  05a-1933, 
American  Standards  Association,  New  York  City.  1933. 

■"•  "Wood  in  Aircraft  Construction,"  Aircraft  Design  Data  Note  12,  Bureau  of  Construc- 
tion and  Uepair,  U.  S.  Navy  Department,  Washington,  D.  C. 

''T  "Aircraft  Airworthiness,"  Report  No.  15,  Civil  Aeronautics  Authority,  Washington, 
D.  C,  January  1940. 

'»  "Manual  for  the  Inspection  of  Aircraft  Wood  and  Glue  for  the  U.  S.  Navy,"  U.  S. 
Navy  Department,  Washington,  D.  C,  Revised  Edition,  1940.      (In  press.) 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  59 

use  of  this  lumber  is  dependent  largely  upon  reasonable  and  adequate 
building  codes  and  regulations.  The  United  States  Department  of 
Com.merce  issued  some  years  ago  recommended  minimum  require- 
ments for  small  dwelling  construction  which  have  been  widely  used 
in  preparing  or  revising  building  codes/^  The  Laboratory  had  the 
major  part  in  the  preparation  of  the  section  of  the  publication  per- 
taining to  wood.  The  Laboratory  is  represented  on  the  Building 
Code  Correlating  Committee  of  the  American  Standards  Association 
which  is  now  actively  engaged  in  preparing  a  new  code.  The  Labo- 
ratory and  the  National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association  have 
accepted  joint  sponsorship  of  the  Sectional  Committee  on  Building 
Code  Requirements  for  Wood  of  the  American  Standards  Associa- 
tion. A  preliminary  draft  for  these  requirements  for  submission  to 
the  sectional  committee  is  now  being  prepared  by  the  Laboratoiy. 

The  Laboratory  has  participated  also  in  the  development  of  the 
specifications  covering  methocls  of  applying  preservatives  prepared 
by  the  American  Wood  Preservers'  Association,  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment, the  National  Door  Manufacturers'  Association,  and  others. 

Naval  stores. — As  the  result  of  extensive  tests,  approximately 
1/4-inch  chipping  has  been  set  up  by  the  Laboratory  as  the  standard  ^'^ 
height  per  week  to  chip  trees  in  naval  stores  operations.  Increased 
yields  and  profits  per  tree,  combined  with  better  health  and  growth 
of  the  trees  turpentined  result  from  the  use  of  the  14-ii^ch  chipping. 
Low  chipping  is  now  applied  to  both  Government  and  privately 
owned  timber. 

Moisture  content  of  wood. — In  order  that  wood  may  give  satis- 
faction in  use,  it  is  essential  that  attention  be  given  to  the  factor 
of  moisture  content.  As  a  result  of  work  done  by  the  Laboratory, 
the  Southern  Pine  Association  ^^  and  the  West  Coast  Lumbermen's 
Association  ®^  have  included  moisture-content  limitations  in  gi^ading 
rules  for  southern  pine  and  Douglas-fir,  respectively. 

Longitudinal  shrinkage. — Longitudinal  shrinkage  from  the  green 
to  the  oven-dry  condition  of  0.3  of  1  percent  has  been  set  up  as  the 
upper  limit  for  normal  wood  and  any  shrinkage  above  that  is  con- 
sidered as  being  due  to  some  abnoiinality  of  the  wood.  This  limit  is 
based  on  a  large  number  of  measurements  of  wood  of  normal  and 
abnormal  structure. 

A  minimum  of  not  fewer  than  four  annual  rings  of  growth  per 
inch  of  radius  has  been  set  up  for  the  southern  pines  if  excessive 
crooking  due  to  uneven  longitudinal  shrinkage  is  to  be  avoided  in 
otherwise  normal  wood.  This  was  based  on  the  results  of  numerous 
tests  on  the  longitudinal  shrinkage  of  southern  pine  wood  of  different 
rates  of  growth. 

Hardwood  log  grades. — In  spite  of  the  long  need  for  accurate 
and  uniform  methods  of  grading  hardwood  logs  the  log  trade  has 
made  little  progress  in  the  development  of  standard  procedure.  Dur- 
ing the  past  year  the  Laboratory  has  taken  the  initiative  and  has 

"  "Recommended  Minimum  Requirements  for  Small  Dwelling  Construction,"  Buildiug 
and  Housing  Publication  No.  18,  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  U.  S.  Government  Printing 
Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  1932,  10  cents. 

**  "More  Turpentine,  Less  Scar,  Better  Pine,"  4  pp..  Leaflet  83,  U.  S.  Government  Print- 
ing Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  5  cents. 

^  "Standard  Specifications  for  Southern  Pine  Lumber  Conforming  to  American  Lumber 
Standards,"  Southern  Pine  Association,  New  Orleans,  La.,  July  1939. 

^^  "Standard  Grading  and  Dressing  Rules  for  Douglas-fir,  Sitka  Spruce,  West  Coast 
Hemlock,  Western  Red  Cedar;  American  Lumber  Standards  Sizes  and  Grades,"  West  Coast 
Lumbermen's  Association,  Seattle,  Wash.,  July  1934. 


gQ  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

gone  forward  with  basic  studies  in  support  of  a  new  approach  to 
quality  classification  of  logs.  When  the  log-buying  program  of  the 
Northeastern  Timber  Salvage  Administration  was  initiated  in  the 
fall  of  1938  the  Laboratory  submitted  its  tentative  draft  of  log  grades, 
and  with  modifications  it  was  adopted  as  the  basis  for  log' purchases. 
Two  other  log-buying  agencies  have  adopted  the  principle  suggested 
by  the  Laborato^^y.  The  results  of  studies  to  date  give  promise  of  a 
set  of  log  grades  that  will  be  an  acceptable  standard  for  hardwood 
logs  regardless  of  species  or  source. 

Ladder  code. — The  Forest  Products  Laboratory,  through  its  rep- 
resentation on  the  American  Standards  Association  Sectional  Com- 
mittee on  Ladders,  took  an  active  part  in  the  preparation  of  a  safety 
code  for  the  construction,  care,  and  use  of  ladders.  This  code  governs 
safe  practice  for  ladders,  and  has  been  adopted  as  standard  ^^  by  the 
American  Standards  Association. 

Terms  for  describing  wood. — In  discussing  the  properties  and 
characteristics  of  different  species  of  wood  it  is  often  desirable  to 
describe  them  broadly  by  means  of  descriptive  terms,  rather  than 
by  quoting  precise  numerical  values.  There  has  been  a  long-felt 
need  for  precise  terms  to  describe  the  various  physical  and  mechani- 
cal properties  of  wood  and  to  meet  this  need  the  Laboratory  has 
developed  a  series  of  standard  terms  ^*  for  describing  wood.  Ten 
terms  have  been  set  up  for  each  property,  thus  giving  a  relatively 
wide  range  of  expression.  The  general  use  of  standard  terms  will 
result  in  more  precise  evaluation  of  the  various  important  physical 
properties  of  wood  as  well  as  eliminate  the  confusion  resulting  from 
the  use  of  indiscriminate  or  uncorrelated  terms. 

Tool  handles. — The  Laboratory  has  from  time  to  time  prepared 
mate  'al  for  use  in  the  formulation  of  specifications  ^^  for  ax  handles, 
pike  |joles,  peavy  handles,  and  so  forth,  of  such  species  as  ash  and 
hickory.  This  material  has  been  used  by  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards  in  the  preparation  of  Simplified  Practice  Kecommenda- 
tions,  by  the  Federal  Government  for  purchase  specifications,  and  by 
various  manufacturers. 

Federal  Speciiications  for  boxes. — The  Laboratory  has  taken  an 
active  part  in  the  preparation  of  Federal  Specifications  for  seven 
types  of  wood  and  fiber  boxes:  Nailed  and  Lock-Corner 
(NN-B-621a);  Wire-bound  (NN-B-631a)  ;  Cleated-Plvwood  Con- 
struction (NN-B-601)  ;  Cleated-Fiberboard  (NN-B-591) ;  Fiber, 
Solid_(LLI^B-636a);  Fiber,  Corrugated  (LLL-B-631a). 

Nailing  schediile. — One  of  the  developments  resulting  from  the 
study  of  wooden  boxes  and  crates  is  a  nailing  schedule  ^^  which  gives 
the  sizes  and  sfpacings  of  nails  to  use  with  different  thicknesses  of 
lumber.  The  schedule  involves  a  classific;-cion  of  container  woods 
into  four  groups  according  to  nail-holding  ability  and  other  prop- 
erties. All  of  the  species  within  each  group  can  be  used  interchange- 
ably as  far  as  the  thickness  of  lumber  and  the  size  and  spacing  of 
nails  are  concerned.     The  sizes  and  spacings  Cx  nails  recommended 

« ''Safety  Code  for  the  Construction.  Oire,  and  Use  of  Ladders."  A14-19.^o,  American 
Stnndards  Association.  New  York  Citv.  19S5. 

'^  "Standard  Terms  for  Descrihing  Wood."  Journal  of  Forestry.  No   1.  .TanuarT  10.^8. 

»■•  'Ash  TTandlos  :  Simplified  Practice  Recommend.ntion  R70-40,"  "niclvory  Handles  : 
Simnlifled  Practice  Recommendation  R77-27"  National  Bureau  of  Standards,' TT.  S.  Gov- 
ernment Printing  Office,  Washinjrton.  D.  C,  1940.  1928.     5  cents  each. 

8«  "Principles  of  Box  and  Crate  Construction,"  pp.  71,  107.  Technical  Bulletin  171,  U.  S. 
Government  Printing  OflBce,  Washington,  D.  C,  1930,  55  cents. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  61 

for  each  group  are  based  on  the  thickness  of  the  lumber  and  the 
relation  between  thickness  of  the  piece  through  which  the  nail  passes 
and  ".he  thickness  of  the  piece  holding  the  point  of  the  nail.  The 
classification  of  species  was  first  made  in  191S,  and  this  classification 
together  with  the  nailing  recommendations  have  been  widely  accepted 
by  practically  all  organizations  interested  in  wooden  containers. 

Plywood. — The  increasing  and  wider  use  of  plywood  for  construc- 
tion purposes  prompted  the  formulation  of  a  Commercial  Standard 
for  Douglas-fir  plywood.  The  Laboratory  assisted  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  this  Commercial  Standard  ^^  which  covers  moisture-resistance 
requirements,  sizes,  tolerances,  inspection,  manufacturing  details, 
limitation  of  defects,  and  so  forth. 

Glue. — The  Forest  Products  Laboratory  participated  in  developing 
a  Federal  Specification  ^  for  animal  glue. 

Wood  'preservatives. — The  Laboratory  has  actively  participated  in 
the  formulation  of  the  standard  ^^  specifications  of  the  American 
Wood  Preservers'  Association  for  wood  preservatives,  particularly 
zinc  chloride  and  various  creosote  oils  and  in  the  preservative  specifi- 
cations of  the  National  Door  Manufacturers'  Association.  It  has  also 
assisted  in  tlie  development  of  Federal  Specifications  covering  these 
preservatives  and  several  proprietary  preservatives. 

Softwood  log  grades. — Quality  classification  of  logs  has  been  an 
important  feature  in  all  the  Laboratory's  logging  and  milling  studies. 
An  attempt  has  been  made  to  grade  logs  under  standard  procedure, 
but  no  intensive  studies  of  softwood  log  grades  have  been  made  com- 
parable to  the  effort  being  devoted  to  hardwood  grades.  However, 
the  entire  softwood  log-buying  program  of  the  Northeastern  Timber 
Salvage  Administration  has  been  on  the  basis  of  grades  set  up  as 
standard  for  purchases  of  hurricane-thrown  timber.  These  grades 
were  built  up  around  grades  that  had  previously  been  developed  by 
the  Laboratory  for  use  in  logging  and  milling  studies  of  New  Eng- 
land white  pine.  In  use  they  have  proved  satisfactory  in  New  Eng- 
land, and  it  is  probable  that  with  further  development  they  will  be 
made  applicable  to  white  pine  throughout  its  region  of  growth. 

Paper  and  pulp. — No  specific  paper  and  pulp  standards  have  been 
promulgated  by  the  Forest  Products  Laboratory,  but  indirectly 
technical  data  and  recommendations  obtained  at  the  Laboratory  have 
greatly  influenced  the  purchase  and  use  of  the  various  pulpwoods 
to  yield  satisfactory  and  required  pulps  for  various  papers. 

Pulpwood  measuring  standards.— The  pulpwood  industry  in  the 
South  follows  no  standard  method  of  measuring  pine  pulpwood, 
most  of  which  is  delivered  in  a  green  condition  with  the  bark  on 
shortly  after  felling.  Pulpwood  bolts  vary  from  48  to  66  inches  in 
length,  and  the  unit  of  overall  measurement  varies  from  128  to  160 
cubic  feet.  The  Forest  Products  Laboratory,  sensing  the  merit  of 
using  weight  as  a  measure  for  green  pulpwood,  is  engaged  in  an  in- 
tensive study  of  the  relation  of  weight  to  overall  space  occupied, 
and  to.  solid  volume  of  wood.  Tlie  objective  of  the  study  is  to  obtain 
facts  which  it  is  hoped  will  reveal  the  practicability  of  weighing, 

^  "Douglas-flr  Plywood  :  Commercial  Standard  CS45-36,"  National  Bureau  of  Standards, 
U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce,  Washington,  D.  C,  1939. 

«s  "Federal  Specification  CG — 451,"  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C, 
May  1931.  5  cents. 

*  "Manual  of  the  American  Wood  Preservers'  Association,"  American  Wood  Preservers' 
Association,  Washington,  D.  C,  not  dated. 


g2  CONCIENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

and  will  make  possible  one  standard  of  measurement,  a  standard  not 
based  on  scaling  judgment  but  upon  weighing  scales  which  are  me- 
chanical in  operation.  A  standard  of  this  type  has  particular  merit 
in  that  the  cost  of  producing  pulpwood  varies  with  weight  rather 
than  with  space  occupied. 

House  coverage. — The  Laboratory  prepared  for  the  Federal  Hous- 
ing Administration  a  description  of  the  minimum  quality  board 
suitable  for  coverage  (subfloors  and  sheathing)  in  house  construe^ 
tion.  The  Federal  Housing  Administration  plans  to  use  the  de- 
scription as  a  basis  for  judging  the  suitability  of  lumber  associations^ 
grades  as  described  in  standard  grading  rules.  The  method  used  in 
part  as  specifying  acceptable  quality  by  grade  name  or  number  has 
proved  unsatisfactory  because  of  the  determination  of  comparable 
grades  being  highly  controversial  and  grades  of  the  same  name  or 
number  differing  widely  in  quality. 

Cooperage. — Specifications  for  staves  and  heading  are  drawn  and 
administered  by  the  Associated  Cooperage  Industries  of  America. 
The  Laboratory  acts  as  consultant  for  the  industry  furnishing  in- 
formation on  the  effect  of  kiln  drying,  defects,  size,  and  number  of 
staves  on  the  strength  and  serviceability. 

Springhoards. — The  only  specifications  for  springboards  are  those 
contained  in  the  National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association's  "Swim- 
ming Guide."  Those  specifications  were  drawn  for  one-piece  boards 
although  the  rules  proper  do  not  prohibit  the  use  of  laminated  boards. 
Considerable  trouble  has  developed  in  obtaining  one-piece  boards  of 
satisfactory  quality  because  of  size  and  exacting  requirements  of  use. 
The  Laboratory  as  a  result  of  experiments  with  laminated  boards 
has  furnished  manufacturers  with  specifications  for  the  construction, 
protection,  and  mounting  of  laminated  boards.  These  specifications 
are  used  by  the  industry  in  the  construction  of  boards,  but  liave  not 
been  adopted  as  standard.  There  are  no  recognized  standard  speci- 
fications for  either  one-piece  or  laminated  boards. 

Some  organizations  promulgating  standards  with  M^hich  the  Forest 
Products  Laboratory  cooperates : 

American  Paper  and  Pulp  Association. 
American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers. 
American  Society  for  Testing  Materials. 
American  Standards  Association. 
American  Wood  Preservers'  Association. 
Associated  Cooperage  Industries  of  America. 
National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association. 
National  Door  Manufacturers  Association. 
National  Fire  Protection  Association. 
National  Hardwood  Lumber  Association. 
National  Lumber  Manufacturers'  Association. 
Northeastern  Timber  Salvage  Administration. 
Southern  Pine  Association. 

Technical  Association  of  the  Pulp  and  Paper  Industry. 
West  Coast  Lumbermen's  Association. 

United  States  Department  of  the  Treasury  (Procurement  Divi- 
sion). 
United  States  War  Department. 


CON'CIENTRATIOiN  OF  EIC'ONOMIC  POWER  63 

United  States  Department  of  Justice  (Federal  Bureau  of 
Investigation). 

United  States  Navy  Department  (Bureau  of  Aeronautics). 

United  States  Department  of  Commerce  (National  Bureau  of 
Standards). 

United  States  Department  of  Labor  (Bureau  of  Labor  Standards). 

Civil  Aeronautics  Authority  (ilow  under  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce). 

Tennessee  Valley  Authority. 

Federal  Housing  Administration. 

Some  Government  organizations  using  standards  for  forest  prod- 
ucts developed  with  the  Laboratory's  assistance : 

Bureau  of  Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Engineering. 

Bureau  of  Engraving  and  Printing. 

National  Bureau  of  Standards. 

Civil  Aeronautics  Authority. 

Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation. 

Federal  Housing  Administration. 

Forest  Service. 

Government  Printing  Office. 

National  Advisory  Committee  for  Aeronautics. 

United  States  Navy  Department. 

Tennessee  Valley  Authority. 

United  States  War  Department. 

OFFICE  OF  EXPERIMENT  STATIONS 

The  Office  of  Experiment  Stations,  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture,  administers  Federal  funds  provided  by  the  Hatch,  Adams, 
Purnell,  and  supplementary  acts,  and  title  I  of  the  Bankhead-Jones 
Act  of  1935  for  the  support  of  research  in  agriculture  and  home  eco- 
nomics by  experiment  stations  in  the  several  States  and  Alaska,  Hawaii, 
and  Puerto  Rico:  it  also  has  immediate  supervision  of  the  expei-i- 
ment  station  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  in 
Puerto  Rico.  This  Office  examines  in  detail  the  work  and  expenditures 
of  the  State  experiment  stations  to  ascertain  whether  the  Federal  funds 
for  their  support  are  used  and  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  the 
Federal  acts  and  rulings,  and  reports  annually  to  Congress  on  the 
work  and  expenditures  of  the  experiment  stations,  as  required  by  law. 

The  Office  of  Experiment  Stations  aids  in  coordinating  the  research 
of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  and  in  coordinating 
the  research  of  the  Department  with  that  of  the  State,  Alaskan, 
Hawaiian,  and  Puerto  Rican  agricultural  colleges  and  experiment 
stations.  The  Office  collects  and  disseminates  information  and  gives 
such  advice  and  assistance  as  will  best  promote  the  efficiency  of  the  ex- 
periment stations  and  the  effective  coordination  of  their  work  wdth  that 
of  the  Department,  including  the  issuance  of  the  Experiment  Station 
Record  which  gives  a  current  review  of  progress  and  results  of  scien- 
tific research  conducted  by  experiment  stations  and  other  agencies 
for  the  improvement  of  agriculture  and  rural  life. 

To  administer  properly  the  functions  and  responsibilities  which 
devolve  upon  it,  the  Office  of  Experiment  Stations  maintains  a  record 
of  the  projects  selected  and  developed  by  the  agricultural  experiment 


g4  OONdENTRATION  OF  EICONOMIC  POWEH 

stations  in  accordance  with  the  appropriation  acts  supporting  the  re- 
spective projects.  It  also  maintains  records  of  all  experiments  being 
conducted  at  the  experiment  stations.  There  are  slightly  more  than 
3,000  Federal  grant  projects  in  process  at  the  agricultural  experi- 
ment stations  and,  including  the  Federal  grant  projects,  approximately 
8,500  projects,  of  which  the  Office  has  a  record,  as  in  process.  The 
projects  in  process  at  the  experiment  stations  other  than  the  Federal 
grant  projects  are  supported  from  other  than  Federal  funds.  How- 
ever, the  Office  maintains  a  summary  record  concerning  them. 

Research  at  the  agricultural  experiment  stations  covers  a  wide 
field  of  investigation.  For  current  administrative  purposes  the  Office 
has  divided  the  work  under  17  general  categories  which  may  be  used 
to  indicate  the  general  scope  and  field  of  their  investigations  and 
the  research  relating  to  standards  and  their  development.  These  gen- 
eral categories  are  as  follows : 

Subject  classification  for  Adams,  Purnell,  and  Bankhead-Jones 
projects : 

Agrotechny,  agricultural  engineering,  agricultural  economics, 
animal  production,  dairying,  entomology,  and  zoology,  field 
crops,  forestry,  genetics,  home  economics,  horticulture,  pastures 
and  ranges,  plant  pathology,  plant  physiology,  rural  sociology, 
soils  and  fertilizers,  veterinary. 

An  important  part  of  the  research  being  conducted  by  the  experi- 
ment stations  refers  to  or  provides  a  basis  for  standards.  Some 
samples  of  this  research  are  shown,  to  indicate  their  contribution  to 
standards  and  standards  development. 

A  study  on  performance  during  wear  of  women's  and  children's 
silk,  rayon,  and  cotton  wearing  apparel  fabrics.  A  coopera- 
tive study  participated  in  by  States  in  the  northeast  region. 

Selection,  care,  and  wearing  qualities  of  women's  hosiery.  Mon- 
tana Agricultural  Ex^  eriment  Station. 

Effect  of  sunlight  on  the  strength  and  color  of  cotton  fabrics. 
Texas  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

A  study  of  values  sought  and  practices  followed  by  consumers 
in  the  purchase  of  "silk"  street  dresses  and  silk  yard  goods. 
Minnesota  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Some  body  measurements  of  Texas  school  children.  Texas 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Standardization  of  home-canned  tomatoes  and  tomato  juice. 
Florida  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Degree  of  fatness  and  tenderness  and  flavor  in  lamb.  Texas 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

A  study  of  the  factors  affecting  grades,  standards,  and  quality 
of  mint  oil  and  their  relation  to  price  of  mint  oil.  Indiana 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Grading,  standardizing,  and  marketing  Indiana  peonies. 
Indiana  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

The  efficient  pouring  utensil.  Rhode  Island  Agricultural 
Experiment  Station. 

The  accuracy  of  pressure  gages  used  on  household  steam  pres- 
sure cookers.     Nebraska  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Performance  analysis  of  selected  types  of  kerosene  stoves. 
Maine  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 


OON'CE'NTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  65 

RURAL   ELECTRIFICATION  ADMINISTRATION 

The  Rural  Electrification  Administration,  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  in  performing  the  functions  authorized  by 
Congress  in  the  making  of  self -liquidating  loans  to  finance  the  con- 
struction of  rural  electric  distribution  systems,  the  construction 
of  electric  generating  plants,  the  installation  of  wiring  and  plumbing, 
and  the  acquisition  of  electric  appliances,  has  been  concerned  with 
the  development  of  physical  standards  as  a  basis  for  providing  eco- 
nomical and  dependable  service  for  a  sufficient  period  to  assure  the 
self-liquidation  of  loans. 

There  has  been  a  general  recognition  of  the  need  for  standards 
covering  all  physical  facilities  financed  with  funds  loaned  by  the 
Rural  Electrification  Administration.  The  need  for  specific  stand- 
ards was  recognized  when  procedures  were  established  for  financing 
the  following  facilities  for  generation,  distribution,  or  utilization 
of  electricity : 

1.  Rural  electric  distribution  systems,  poles,  and  electric  meters. 

2.  Electric  generating  plants. 

3.  Wiring  installations. 

4.  Plumbing  installations. 

5.  Electric  brooders. 

6.  Electric  irrigation  pumping  equipment. 

7.  Electric  feed  grinders. 

8.  Portable  electric  lamps. 

9.  Electric  cold  storage  and  processing  plants. 

In  the  initial  stages  of  the  development  of  procedures  for  financing 
these  facilities  it  was  decided  to  undertake  the  development  of 
standards  for  these  facilities. 

Procedure  in  Formulating  Standards. 

To  secure  data  for  use  in  the  formulation  of  these  standards  and 
for  background  information,  specialists  trained  and  experienced  in 
the  requirements  for  each  of  the  facilities  have  studied  all  pertinent 
available  literature,  standards,  data,  and  research  papers. 

Agreements  upon  the  scope  of  standards  are  determined  by  confer- 
ences with  technical  specialists,  legal  counsel,  and  administrative 
directors.  The  scope  is  largely  determined  by  restrictions  in 
Congressional  authorizations. 

The  development  of  standards  is  usually  performed  by  specialists 
directly  concerned  with  each  set  of  facilities.  If  further  research 
is  necessary  to  secure  additional  data  essential  to  the  formulation  of 
any  standard,  arrangements  are  made  for  such  research  with  coop- 
erating manufacturers  or  research  agencies.  In  preparing  the  stand- 
ard a  number  of  drafts  may  be  required  to  be  submitted  for  criticism, 
discussion,  and  revision ;  individuals  and  organizations  concerned  with 
the  standard  are  i.,  Ited  to  participate.  The  adoption  of  the  standard 
is  determined  by  the  specialists  and  administrative  director  on  the 
basis  of  acceptability  to  these  individuals  and  organizations.  Formal 
approval  of  any  standard  is  given  by  the  administrative  director  whose 
functions  and  responsibilities  are  most  closely  related  to  the 
application  of  the  standard. 

The  respective  standards  are  usually  included  in  documents  such 
as  contract  forms  and  instructions  for  procedure  in  carrying  through 


QQ  CONnEN'TRu\TION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

a    project,    in    wxiicli    the    standards    are    essential    in    furnishing, 
constructing,  or  installing  facilities. 

The  use  of  standards  is  promoted  by  the  requirement  that  the 
advance  of  funds  under  loan  contracts  is  conditional  upon  compliance 
with  such  standards. 

Inspection  and  Testing  Procedure. 

Inspection  and  testing  to  determine  compliance  with  the  standards 
is  performed  in  various  ways.  In  the  usual  procedure,  compliance 
with  basic  design  and  performance  standards  is  checked  by  staff  spe- 
cialists who  determine  that  certain  designated  units  comply  with 
the  standards.  Inspection  of  separate  items  of  equipment  is  made 
by  engineer  inspectors  of  the  Rural  Electrification  Administration 
to  determine  compliance  with  standards  of  quality.  Compliance 
with  construction  and  installation  standards  of  completed  facilities 
is  determined  by  field  engineers  of  the  Administration.  Inspection 
of  wiring  installations  is  made  by  qualified  inspectors  acceptable  to 
the  Administration.  Inspection  of  plumbing  installations  is  made  by 
State  or  county  health  authorities  or  by  other  inspectors  acceptable  to 
the  Administration. 

Rural  Electric  Distribution  /Systems,  Poles,  cmid  Electric  Meters. 

Early  in  the  work  of  the  Rural  Electrification  Administration  it 
was  found  that  rural  electrification  in  the  United  States  was  being 
impeded  by  the  high  cost  of  line  construction  and  by  high  rates.  In 
the  case  of  rural  lines  existing  in  1935,  these  two  obstacles  went  to- 
gether, since  most  of  those  lines  belonged  to  private  utilities  which 
served  urban  and  rural  areas  together  and  whicli  used  the  same  heavy 
construction  in  the  open  country  that  they  used  in  thickly  settled 
communities. 

By  utilizing  the  new  high-strength  conductors  to  increase  span 
length,  by  eliminating  the  cross-arm  on  two-wire  lines  and  other- 
wise simplifying  construction,  and  by  standardizing  equipment,  the 
Rural  Electrification  Administration  has  greatly  reduced  the  cost 
of  building  rural  lines.'''*  By  adapting  the  principle  of  mass  pro- 
duction in  the  building  of  rural  electric  lines,  the  Administration 
has  aided  in  the  reduction  of  costs,  so  that  the  average  cost  of 
"REA-financed"  lines  is  now  below  $825  per  mile  including  overhead 
expenses  of  the  project,  contrasted  with  the  $1,200  to  $2,000  gen- 
erally prevailing  prior  to  1935.  Inasmuch  as  interest  and  amorti- 
zation payments  form  principal  factors  in  deciding  the  rates  that 
will  enable  an  REA-financed  power  system  to  exist,  the  developments 
just  outlined  immediately  increased  the  area  into  which  self-liqui- 
dating electric  power  lines  could  be  run.  Adoption  of  the  principle 
of  "areal  coverage,"  that  is,  designing  and  building  a  rural  electric 
system  as  a  unit  so  that  it  will  reach  as  many  as  possible  of  the 
farms  in  a  given  area  instead  of  stringing  lines  haphazardly  along 
the  main  roads,  has  also  increased  the  number  of  farm  families  that 
can  be  served  economically. 

The  dominant  type  of  borrower  from  the  Rural  Electrification 
Administration  is  the  farmer's  cooperative. 

»•  "Construction  Contract  for  Rural  Electrification  Distribution  Project,"'  ENG-B-1R3, 
U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  September  1939,  |l. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWEIR  67 

The  adoption  of  self -reading  of  meters  by  many  cooperatives  often 
cuts  the  cost  of  meter-reading  from  25  cents  per  meter  to  3  cents. 
On  systems  using  the  new  cyclometer  type  meter,  members  are  pre- 
paring their  own  electric  bills  to  an  increasing  extent. 

All  distribution  and  transmission  lines  financed  by  the  Admin- 
istration must  comply  with  the  National  Electrical  Safety  Code. 

Electric  Generating  Plants. 

In  those  instances  where  studies  showed  that  a  generating  plant 
would  form  the  most  economical  solution  of  the  power  problem, 
the  Rural  Electrification  Administration  has  lent  money  for  con- 
struction of  such  plants.  The  result  has  been  a  reduction  in  the 
cost  of  wholesale  power  to  borrowers,  outside  the  Tennessee  Valley 
Authority  area,  to  a  Nation-wide  average  of  1.2  cents  per  kilowatt- 
hour.  Rates  below  1  cent  have  been  obtained  in  many  parts  of  the 
country. 

'Wiring  Installations. 

The  Rural  Electrification  Administration  has  established  standards 
for  rural  wiring.  All  wiring  on  properties  to  be  served  from  an 
EEA-financed  line  must  be  installed  in  accordance  with  the  National 
Electrical  Code  of  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters  and 
any  state  or  local  laws  in  effect  at  the  time  of  installation.  The 
specifications  of  the  Rural  Electrification  Administration  cover  every 
detail  of  wiring,  whether  in  houses,  barns,  or  other  buildings.  They 
include  standards  of  identity  for  wiring  materials.  Diagrams  indi- 
cate how  all  installations  and  meter  socket  connections  should  be 
placed.*^ 

When  it  enters  into  a  "loan  contract  with  a  borrower,  the  Admin- 
istration stipulates  that  no  consumer  may  be  connected  to  an  REA- 
financed  line  until  a  qualified  inspector,  independent  of  the  bor- 
rower and  approved  by  the  Administration,  has  inspected  the  wiring 
and  certified  that  it  complies  with  the  National  Electrical  Code  and 
with  any  existing  State  or  local  laws  or  regulations. 

Plumbing  Installations. 

The  Rural  Electrification  Administration  has  established  stand- 
ards for  plumbing  installations.  These  standards  are  compulsory 
only  insofar  as  they  affect  equipment  to  be  financed  through  a  loan 
frorn  the  Administration.  They  provide  criteria,  however,  which 
aid  the  consumer  in  deciding  whether  the  equipment  that  he  con- 
siders buying  is  likely  to  give  satisfactory  and  economical  service. 

Plumbing  materials,  for  which  specifications  have  been  prepared, 
include  water  pumping  and  storage  equipment ;  water  supply  faucets ; 
and  plumbing  fixtures  including  water  closets,  lavatories,  baths,  sinks, 
and  laundry  tubs.  The  minimum  requirements  for  motor  and  pump 
capacity  in  gallons  per  hour,  and  maximum  water  lifting  feet  and 
miniinum  horsepower  capacity  of  electric  motors  are  given.  Speci- 
fications were  also  prepared  for  electrical  water  heating  and  storage 
equipment,  water  service  suction  piping,  water  service  pressure  pip- 
ing, water  distribution  piping,  surface  drains,  house  drainage  and 
vent  piping,  yard  sewer  pipmg,  septic  tanks,  seepage  drains,  and 
standard  piping  materials  including  copper,  clay,  iron,  and  brass. 

»i  "Standard-R.E.A.  Specifications  for  Wiring."  12  pp.,  REA-UT-8R4,  Rural  Electri- 
fication Administration,  Washihgton,  D.  C,  April  21,  1939,  mimeographed. 


gg  CONaENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWEH 

Specifications  were  also  set  up  for  plumbing  installations  of  each  of 
these  materials.  For  plumbing,  as  well  as  for  wiring,  a  bidding 
procedure  is  used  whereby  dealers  or  manufacturers  are  permitted  to 
bid  on  specifications;  before  bidding  each  manufacturer  has  to  give 
evidence  that  his  product  meets  these  specifications.^- 

Electric  Brooders. 

Electric  brooder  standards  ®^  established  by  the  Kural  Electrifica- 
tion Administration  include:  (1)  Capacity  rating,  (2)  wattage,  (3) 
materials,  and  (4)  performance.  These  standards  enable  the  buyer 
to  select  satisfactory  brooders  that  will  be  inexpensive  to  operate. 
The  capacity  rating  indicates  the  number  of  chicks  that  can  be  raised 
to  the  end  of  the  brooding  season  without  crowding,  rather  than  the 
number  of  day-old-chicks  that  can  be  accommodated.  Wattage  suffi- 
cient to  keep  the  chicks  under  the  hover  warm  under  all  climatic 
conditions  is  specified.  Durability  of  materials  and  efficiency  of 
insulation  are  also  specified.  Data  on  performance,  economy,  and 
reliability  of  operation  are  included  in  these  standards.  Besides 
establishing  standards  to  guide  buyers  in  selecting  electric  brood- 
ers suitable  to  their  needs,  the  Administration  has  prepared  detailed 
plans  and  specifications  by  which  farmers  can  build  satisfactory 
electric  brooders  in  home  workshops. 
Electric  Irrigation  Pumpvng  Equipment. 

Specifications  have  been  prepared  for  deep  well  turbine  pumps  and 
electrical  equipment  and  wiring  incidental  to  the  operation  of  such 
pumps.^*  The  specifications  include  both  structural  and  performance 
requirements.  The  structural  specifications  cover  materials,  engi- 
neering design,  construction,  and  workmanship  used  in  connection 
with  pumps,  motors,  and  controls.  The  wiring  of  these  pumping 
plants  is  subject  to  standard?  similar  to  thosp  set  forth  in  the  wiring 
specifications. 

Performance  specifications  are  based  on  an  evaluation  of  over-all 
plant  efficiency  (wire-to- water).  Customarily  the  only  guaranty  a 
buyer  is  given  is  that  the  pump  delivers  a  discharge  pipe  full  of 
water.  The  power  required  to  deliver  this  pipe  full  of  water  is  sel- 
dom ^ven  consideration.  These  specifications  stress  economy  of 
pumpmg  water. 

Feed  Grinders. 

Structural  and  performance  standards  for  electric  feed  grinders  *' 
eligible  for  financing  by  the  Rural  Electrification  Administration 
were  established.    Their  establishment  was  made  necessary  because 

«  "Plumbing :  Contract  Forms  and  Specifications,"  36  pp.,  REA-Ut-9R,  Raral  Electrifi- 
cation Administration,  Washington,  D.  C,  July  1939.  mimeographed. 

•o  "A  Campaign  Plan  for  More  Electric  Brooders  in  Your  Own  Community  :  Appendix  I. 
Specifications  Approved  by  the  Rural  Electrification  Administration  of  United  States  of 
America  for  Hover  Type  Electric  Poultry  Brooders,"  pp.  2(V-29,  Rural  Electrification 
Administration.  Washington,  D.  C,  not  dated,  mimeographed. 

»*  "Pumping  Irrigation  Water  with  Electric  Power.  A  Manual  of  Instructions,  Forms, 
and  Specifications  Pertaining  to  Financing,  Purchase,  and  Installation  of  Electrically 
Operated  Irrigation  Pumping  Equipment,"  Form  UT-77,  Rural  Electrification  Administra- 
tion, U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C.,  April  1940,  mimeographed. 

•»  "A  Coordinated  Program  to  Develop  the  IJse  of  Electric  Feed  Grinders  on  Electrified 
Farms  :  Appendix  'A,'  Specifications  Adopted  by  the  Rural  Electrification  Administration 
of  United  States  of  America  for  Feed  Grinder  Equipment  and  Installation  Prerequisite 
to  R.  E.  A.  Financing,"  9  pp.,  sec.  I,  Rural  Electrification  Administration,  Washington, 
D.  C.  December  15,  1939,  mimeographed. 

"Manufacturers'  Offers  for  Demonstration  Hammer  Mills  (January  1940)  :  Specifications, 
Feed  Grinders,"  9  pp..  Rural  Electrification  Administration,  Washington,  D.  C,  January 
1940,  mimeographed. 


OONOENTEATIOIS'  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  69 

most  feed  grinders  suitable  for  electrical  operation  are  made  by- 
small  concerns.  No  adequate  standards  had  been  set  up  by  the 
industry  itself.  The  structural  specifications  cover  materials,  en- 
gineering design,  construction,  and  workmanship.  Specifications  for 
metals,  gray  iron  castings,  high-t€st  gray  iron  castings,  malleable 
iron  castings,  black  and  zinc-coated  iron  and  steel,  and  cable  and 
conduit  fittings  conform  to  Federal  Specifications  insofar  as  these 
are  applicable.^  Performance  specifications,  set  up  as  a  result  of 
widely  varying  performance  claims,  call  for  ratings  of  capacity 
and  power  consumption  based  on  specified  grains  of  specified  moisture 
content  ground  to  a  specified  fineness.  These  specifications  benefit 
the  farmer  and  guide  the  industry  in  producing  units  that  meet 
the  farmer's  needs;  they  also  guide  the  farmer  in  selecting  an  electric 
feed  grinder  designed  to  meet  his  special  requirements.  They  pro- 
vide a  desirable  load  for  the  electric  power  system. 

The  Rural  Electrification  Administration  is  encouraging  farmers 
served  by  E,EA -financed  electric  lines  to  pool  their  orders  for  electric 
feed  grinders,  as  well  as  electric  brooders  and  electric  irrigation 
pumping  equipment,  in  order  to  obtain  the  discounts  customarily 
allowed  in  quantity  purchases. 

Portable  Electric  Lamps. 

A  special  program  was  devised  by  the  Rural  Electrification  Ad- 
ministration for  providing  farmei-s  with  lamps  built  in  accordance 
with  the  Illuminating  Engineering  Society  (I.  E.  S.)  specifications. 
The  manufacturers  agreed  to  sell  two  I.  E.  S.  lamps,  one  table  model 
and  one  floor  model,  through  regular  distribution  channels  at  a 
special  price  considerably  lower  than  that  which  the  farmer  would 
have  to  pay  for  the  same  items  if  he  bought  them  separately.  These 
lamps  have  been  approved  for  financing  by  the  Rural  Electrification 
Administration. 

Electric  Cold  Storage  and  Processing  Plants. 

Specifications  have  been  prepared  for  refrigerated  food  storage  and 
processing  plants.®^  These  specifications  include  requirements  for 
(1)  design,  (2)  construction,  and  (3)  operation  supervision.  The 
specifications  for  design  cover  all  materials  and  equipment  which  will 
be  included  in  the  completed  plant.  The  specifications  for  construc- 
tion deal  with  such  items  as  time  and  manner  of  construction,  super- 
vision and  inspection,  and  defective  workmanship  and  materials. 
The  specifications  for  operation  supervision  cover  selection,  training, 
and  compensation  of  operator,  and  supervision  of  operations. 

Educational  Program. 

The  Rural  Electrification  Administration  has  issued  numerous 
pamphlets  and  folders  encouraging  productive  use  of  electricity  on 
the  farm  and  in  the  farm  home.  It  has  a  small  staff  of  specialists 
in  farm  and  farm  home  application  of  electricity  who  conduct  dem- 
onstrations and  advise  consumers  in  areas  in  which  R.  E.  A.  borrow- 
ers operate  electric  power  systems.  Members  of  its  staff  have  col- 
laborated with  the  Office  of  Education,  Federal  Security  Agency, 

*»"Feaeral  Specifications  QQ-M-151a,  QQ-I-656,  QQ-I-666,  QQ-I-696,  W-F-406," 
U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  5  cents  each. 

•^"Refrigerated  Food  Storage  and  Processing  Plant,"  pp.  6-19,  Boral  Electrification 
Administration,  Washington,  D.  C,  not  dated,  mimeographea. 

272496— 41~No. 


70  OONOENTRATION  OF  EX^ONOMIC  POWER 

in  providing  the  content  of  a  booklet  on  home-made  electrical  equip- 
ment now  being  prepared  for  use  by  vocational  agriculture  teachers.®' 
Because  of  the  preponderance  of  cooperatives  among  R.  E.  A.  bor- 
rowers, tlie  Federal  rural  electrification  program  is  large  a  coop- 
erative, and  hence  a  consumers'  program.  The  activities  of  the  Rural 
Electrification  Administration  are  motivated  by  a  feeling  that  in 
order  to  be  of  the  greatest  benefit  to  the  farmer,  electricity  must  be 
able  to  pay  its  way  on  the  farm.  Hence  R.  E.  A.  is  laying  increas- 
ing emphasis  on  helping  farmers  to  obtain  suitable  equipment  at 
reasonable  prices  and  on  teaching  them  to  use  that  equipment  most 
effectively. 

SOIL  CONSERVATION  SERVICE 

The  Soil  Conservation  Service,  United  States  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, uses  trucks  and  other  heavy  equipment  in  the  operation  of 
its  projects.  The  Service  found  that  the  applicable  specifications 
used  by  other  governmental  agencies  were  too  general.  Consequently, 
special  specifications  were  prepared  by  its  engineering  staflf.  These 
s)jecifications  must  be  approved  by  the  Technical  Advisory  Board  of 
the  Department,  In  cases  where  the  Technical  Advisory  Board  has 
already  established  specifications  for  these  types  of  equipment  these 
specifications  are  used  by  the  Soil  Conservation  Service, 

SURPLUS  MARKETING  ADMINISTRATION 

The  Fruit  and  Vegetable  Division  of  the  Surplus  Marketing 
Administration,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  uses  ex- 
tensively marketing  grades  and  standards  which  have  been  promul- 
gated by  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service,  or  by  the  States  where 
no  United  States  Standards  apply  or  where  modifications  of  the 
United  States  Standards  in  line  with  the  State  standards  is  deemed 
desirable. 

Many  of  the  programsi  under  marketing  agreements  and  orders 
provide  for  regulating  shipments  of  specified  agricultural  commodi- 
ties on  the  basis  of  grade  and/or  size. 

Marketing  agreements  which  use  grade  or  size  standards  are — 

Walnuts. 

Watermelons. 

Colorado  peas,  lettuce,  and  cauliflower. 

Utah  onions. 

Oregon  fresh  prunes. 

Florida  citrus  fruits. 

California  Bartlett  pears,  plums,  and  Elberta  peaches. 

Mississippi  tomatoes. 

Beurre-Hardy  pears. 

Tokay  grapes. 

Colorado  peaches. 

Fall  and  winter  pears. 

Colorado  onions. 

Utah  peaches. 

"»  "Building  Electrical   E<iuipment  for  the  b'arm,"  Vocational  Division,  Office  of  Educa- 
tion, Federal  becurity  Agency,  Washington,  D.  C.     (In  press.) 


oon'Cie:ntration  of  eiconomic  power  71 

Under  th»  legislative  authority  of  the  Agricultural  Marketing 
Agreement  Act  of  1937,  marketing  agreements  and  orders  issued  by 
the  Secretary  of  Agi"iculture  may  provide  for  limiting  grade  or  size 
which  in  operation  may  mean  the  prohibition  of  shipment  of  certain 
grades  or  sizes  of  the  commodity. 

Many  of  the  marketing  agreement  programs  applicable  to  fruits 
and  vegetables  regulate  the  quality  of  the  product  marketed,  through 
a  grade  and  size  limitation.  At  times  this  regulation  hasi  assumed 
the  form  of  a  modification  of  the  permissive  grade  and  size  stand- 
ards promulgated  by  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service. 

The  Fruit  and  Vegetable  Division  works  closely  with  the  Federal 
Surplus  Commodities  Corporation  in  its  surplus  purchase  and  di- 
version programs  which  usually  make  use  of  grade-  and  size  stand- 
ards. In  the  absence  of  established  standards,  specifications  may  be 
developed  by  both  the  Division  and  the  Corporation  in  carrying 
out  surplus  removal  programs. 

The  Federal  Surplus  Commodities  Corporation,  a  part  of  the 
Surplus  Marketing  Administration,  establishes  and  uses  standards 
of  quality  in  connection  with  its  purchasing  operations.  The  Cor- 
poration, in  general,  prefei-s  the  use  of  grades  already  promulgated 
when  these  are  available.  But  when  unfavorable  weather  such  as  a 
freeze  damages  a  crop,  and  the  Corporation  is  requested  to  make 
purchases  fi^om  a  salvage  standpoint,  sometimes  it  is  necessary  to 
establish  a  slight  variation  of  the  grades  available.  This  is  the  only 
condition  under  which  the  Corporation  may  be  said  to  establish  a 
standard  of  quality. 

In  general,  the  Corporation  uses  four  different  types  of  standards 
of  quality,  namely: 

(1)  United  States  grades  promulgated  by  the  Agricultural  Mar- 

keting Service  or  official  State  grades ; 

(2)  Industry  or  exchange  grades; 

(3)  Commercial  Standards  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Stand- 

ards (particularly  on  cloth  items) ; 

(4)  Special  adaptations  of  the  United  States  grades  to  meet 

unusual  circumstances. 

The  Corporation  prefers  the  use  of  grades  established  by  the  Fed- 
eral Government  in  making  purchases.  However,  if  it  finds  that  no 
such  grades  are  available,  or  that  the  use  of  these  grades  makes  it 
difficult  to  complete  the  purchase  program,  it  may  use  industry  or 
exchange  grades. 

TECHNICAL  ADVISORY  BOARD 

The  Technical  Advisory  Board,  United  States  Department  of  Ag- 
riculture, performs  a  two-fold  function  in  connection  with  standards : 
(1)  It  approves  all  specifications  for  equipment  involving  engineer- 
ing principles  which  are  sst  up  by  various  bureaus  in  the  Department, 
and  (2)  it  establishes  its  own  specifications  for  the  purchase  of  equip- 
ment when  the  number  of  purchases  of  such  equipment  by  the  De- 
partment is  large  enough  to  necessitate  Department  specifications. 

The  establishment  of  the  Technical  Advisory  Board  was  author- 
ized on  June  8,  1938,  by  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture.  The  Board 
consists  of  a  chairman,  three  members  and  technical  assistants.     It 


72  concentratio:n'  of  economic  power 

is  a  unit  in  the  Office  of  Plant  and  Operations  in  the  Office  of  the 
Secretary.  Its  functions  are  as  follows:  (1)  It  approves  all  technical 
engineering  requirements  in  specifications  employed  by  the  Depart- 
ment in  the  procurement  of  articles,  materials,  supplies  and  equip- 
ment; (2)  It  decides  all  engineering  questions  of  controversial  or 
other  character  which  may  develop  in  connection  with  awards  of 
contracts  based  on  such  specifications;  (3)  it  supplements  existing 
Federal  Specifications  by  developing  Department  of  Agriculture 
standard  specifications  to  be  used  throughout  the  Department  for 
the  purchase  of  articles,  materials,  supplies,  and  equipment  which 
involve  the  application  of  engineering  principles;  ''4)  it  establishes 
uniform  standards  and  criteria  in  connection  with  aerial  photog- 
raphy, such  as  scales,  reflying,  and  other  pertinent  material;  (5)  it 
has  certain  other  miscellaneous  duties  in  connection  with  the  opera- 
tion, maintenance,  and  repair  of  equipment,  such  as  studies  on  plans 
for  available  future  needs  for  equipment. 

The  standards  activities  of  the  Technical  Advisory  Board  are  lim- 
ited by  the  Secretary  to  "articles,  materials,  supplies  and  equipment 
which  involve  the  application  of  engineering  principles."  This 
means  the  Board  may  establish  specifications  on  items,  such  as  farm- 
ing equipment,  motor  vehicles,  and  laboratory  equipment.  The  Board 
has  established  its  own  specifications  only  for  items  which  are  pur- 
chased quite  frequently.  In  all  other  cases,  however,  it  has  required 
that  the  specifications  used  must  be  approved  by  the  Technical  Ad-, 
visory  Board  before  a  purchase  can  be  made.  Thus,  the  Technical. 
Advisory  Board  establishes  specifications  for  all  equipment  involv- 
ing engineering  principles  used  by  the  Department. 

From  time  to  time  the  Board  has  assisted  other  departments  in  the 
reparation  of  technical  specifications.  However,  there  is  no  inter- 
epartmental  exchange  of  specifications  at  the  present  time.  This  is 
partly  due  to  the  fact  that  other  departments  do  not  have  boards, 
such  as  the  Technical  Advisory  Board,  for  the  establishment  of 
standards  in  connection  with  the  purchase  of  heavy  equipment. 


I 


CENTRAL  HOUSING  COMMITTEE 

Organization. 

The  Central  Housing  Committee  had  its  origin  in  the  recognition, 
by  staff  members  of  agencies  concerned  with  housing,  construction, 
and  finance,  of  the  need  for  some  coordinating  agency  to  prevent 
duplication  of  effort,  to  make  available  for  use  a  large  amount  of 
accumulated  data,  and  to  establish  closer  working  contacts  between 
technical  men  engaged  in  similar  lines  of  activities. 

The  need  for  such  an  organization  was  emphasized  in  the  1934 
report  of  the  National  Resources  Board.  This  resulted  in  action, 
and  recommendations  were  made  by  housing  agencies  and  other 
interested  organizations  for  a  committee  on  coordination  of  housing 
activities.  Appointment  by  the  President  of  the  Central  Housing 
Committee  in  1935  followed.  This  Committee  is  an  informal  body 
concerned  with  exchange  of  ideas  and  with  research  in  the  field  of 
housing.  It  is  composed  of  executives  of  various  Federal  agencies 
dealing  with  housing,  construction,  and  finance.  Their  technical 
assistants  function  through  subcommittees  and  auxiliary  groups  of 
specialized  interests,  thus  permitting  exchange  of  experience  and 
pertinent  data  and  making  available  results  of  joint  studies  or 
compilations. 

The  following  Federal  agencies  are  represented  on  the  Central 
Housing  Committee: 

United  States  Department  of  Commerce. 

Farm  Credit  Administration. 

Farm  Security  Administration. 

Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  Board. 

Federal  Housing  Administration. 

Office  of  Government  Reports. 

Public  Building  Administration. 

The  RFC  Mortgage  Co. 

United  States  Housing  Authority. 

The  following  list  of  committees  of  the  Central  Housing  Com- 
mittee and  their  subcommittees  will  give  an  idea  of  the  scope  and 
range  of  interests : 

Committees  Subcommittees 

Ways  and  Means 

Appraisal  and  Mortgage  Analysis 

Research,  Design,  and  Construction Fire  Resistance,  Landscape  (Grounds), 

Heating  and  Ventilating,  Plumbing 
Code,  Planning  and  Design  (Unit 
Building),  Structure. 

Economics  and  Statistics Bibliography,  Construction  Costs,  Finan- 
cial Surveys,  Utilization  of  Census 
Data,  Continuing  Series,  Special  Sur- 
veys. 

Land  Use  and  Site  Planning Planning  Standards,  Rehabilitation. 

Law  and  Legislation Legal  Digest,  Land  Title  Registration, 

Mechanics'  Lien,  Tax  Collection,  Mort- 
gage Foreclosure. 

Operation  and  Management Accounting,  Maintenance  and  Operation. 

Public    Relations Exhibitions,    Publications,    Definitions, 

Discussions. 

73 


74  CONOENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

These  committees  and  subcommittees  have  certain  basic  programs 
within  the  limits  of  which  they  are  free  to  initiate  discussions  and 
make  recommendations.  In  general,  there  is  very  little  evidence  of 
objections  in  expressions  by  agency  representatives  and  many  recom- 
mendations of  considerable  importance  have  been  presented  to  and 
approved  by  the  Central  Housing  Committee.  Specifically,  data 
have  been  shared,  duplication  of  effort  avoided,  and  joint  or  separate 
undertakings  arranged  where  additional  information  is  needed  to 
deal  with  specific  problems. 

The  Central  Housing  Committee  and  its  subcommittees  are  served 
by  assistants  contributed  by  the  member  agencies  to  meet  needs  as 
they  develop.  Publications  include  the  Housing  Index-Digest,  the 
Housing  Legal  Digest,  and  Technical  Bulletins,  the  latter  being  of 
limited,  confidential  circulation. 

Standardization  Activities. 

The  Central  Housing  Committee  is  contributing  much  toward  in- 
creased standardization  in  the  housing  construction  of  the  Federal 
Government,  and  its  efforts  have  been  directed  toward  reduction  iu 
cost  of  such  housing.  This  standardization  work  includes  many 
phases  such  as  structural  practices,  plumbing,  heating,  and  venti- 
lating, test  methods,  fire-resistance  classification  of  building  types 
and  constructions,  terminology,  building  maintenance,  and  specifica- 
tion. Wliile  such  standardization  activities  are  intended  primarily 
for  use  in  Government  housing  programs,  the  public  also  benefite 
thereby:  first,  through  the  provision  of  adequate  housing  at  lower 
cost  to  the  Government  and  consequenetly  to  the  occupant  and  tax- 
payer; and  second,  through  the  availability  to  private  industry  of 
the  standardized  methods  and  practices  thus  developed.  The  various 
phases  of  these  standardization  activities  are  discussed  briefly  below. 

Structural  practices. — A  description  of  the  structural  practices  of 
Federal  agencies  concerned  with  housing  has  been  compiled  for  con- 
venient comparison  as  a  step  in  exploring  possibilities  of  greater 
uniformity.  This  was  reviewed  by  the  National  Bureau  of  Stand- 
ards, United  States  Department  of  Commerce,  and  the  Forest  Prod- 
ucts Laboratory,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  and 
returned  to  the  Central  Housing  Committee  with  the  comment  that 
recommendations  for  greater  uniformity  could  not  be  given  until  a 
study  had  been  made  of  the  problems  peculiar  to  individual  agencies 
which  may  have  necessitated,  to  some  extent,  present  dissimilar  prac- 
tices. When  it  is  possible  to  complete  these  studies  it  is  hoped  that 
they  will  result  in  greater  uniformity  in  structural  practices  of  the 
Federal  Government. 

Experience  of  many  Federal  agencies  has  also  been  utilized  by 
the  Central  Housing  Committee  in  the  preparation  of  a  check  list, 
covering  all  stages  of  building  construction.  This  check  list,  in- 
tended chiefly  for  use  of  those  charged  with  inspection  of  Govern- 
ment building  projects,  is  nearing  completion  and  will  aid  in  the 
prevention  of  costly  mistakes  in  building  construction. 

Plumbing. — In  order  to  facilitate  further  Government  housing 
undertakings,  a  subcommittee  was  charged  with  development  of  a 
Plumbing  Manual.  Three  recommended  plumbing  codes  were  used 
as  a  basis  for  discussion.  The  Manual,  now  available,  is  primarily 
intended  for  the  use  of  Federal  Government  agencies. 


CTONCENTEATIOIN  OF  ECONOMIC  POWEIR  75 

Fire-resistance  classifications. — In  1938  Federal  housing  agencies 
requested  the  cooperation  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  and 
a  newly  organized  subcommittee  of  the  Central  Housing  Committee 
in  the  development  of  reasonable  requirements  as  to  fire  resistance 
of  buildings  and  constructions.  The  classification  and  definition  of 
building  types  and  constructions  from  the  standpoint  of  fire  resist- 
ance and  the  making  of  surveys  of  combustible  contents  related  to 
representative  building  occupancies  was  undertaken.  Surveys  of 
school  buildings,  office  buildings,  dwellings,  and  apartments  have  been 
completed,  and  surveys  of  warehouses  and  other  commercial  build- 
ings are  in  progress.  Summaries  of  the  surveys  of  schools  and  offices 
are  available  upon  request  to  the  Central  Housing  Committee. 

Compilation  of  fire-resistance  ratings  of  building  constructions, 
based  on  results  of  fire  tests,  acceptance  tests,  or  recent  research,  has 
also  been  started. 

Heati/ng  amd  ventilating. — ^A  heating  and  ventilating  committee, 
recently  organized,  composed  of  representatives  of  Federal  agencies 
dealing  with  problems  in  this  field,  is  concerned  chiefly  with  the 
development  of  performance  standards,  including  correlation  of 
existing  data  and  the  relation  between  thermal  environment  and 
health,  and  methods  of  testing  and  rating  of  equipment  to  determine 
conformity  with  these  performance  standards.  This  work  was  un- 
dertaken recently  in  cooperation  with  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards. 

Test  methods. — The  National  Bureau  of  Standards'  program  of 
technical  housing  research,  conducted  with  the  cooperation  of  the 
Central  Housing  Committee,  resulted  in  the  development  of  standard 
test  procedure  for  evaluating  the  structural  properties  of  house  con- 
structions. Tests  of  new  types  of  constructions  such  as  prefabricated 
units,  performed  under  this  procedure,  compared  with  similar  tests 
on  conventional  constructions,  afford  a  more  reasonable  basis  for 
judging  the  value  of  new  types  of  constructions  than  any  other 
method  available.  Ultimately,  such  tests  may  find  their  way  into 
building  codes  to  replace  present  requirements,  which  specify  sizes 
of  structural  members  rather  than  'performance. 

TermJmology. — ^Lack  of  agreement  as  to  definition  of  housing  terms 
has  resulted  in  much  confusion.  The  Central  Housing  Committee 
found,  however,  that  while  the  problem  of  terminology  demanded 
immediate  steps  toward  the  development  of  greater  uniformity,  the 
work  necessitated  much  study.  A  committee  from  five  principal 
Federal  agencies  concerned  with  housing  compiled  a  preliminary 
glossary  of  housing  terms  as  a  basis  for  discussion  and  constructive 
criticism  prior  to  the  drafting  of  a  glossary  which  might  serve  as 
an  official  source  of  reference.  This  preliminary  glossary  was  well 
received  and  constructive  comments  were  made  which  are  being  in- 
corporated in  the  final  edition. 

In  addition,  definitions  from  all  publications  issued  by  Federal 
Government  agencies  concerned  with  housing  are  now  being  com- 
piled to  serve  as  a  further  basis  for  the  establishment  of  uniform 
terminology. 

Building  maintenance. — To  protect  large  investments  in  housing 
made  by  the  Federal  Government,  the  Central  Housing  Committee 
IS  cooperating  with  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  and  the  Public 
Buildings  Administration  in  the  preparation  of  a  building  mainte- 


7g  OONOENTRATION  OF  BCOXOMIC  POWER 

nance  or  custodial  handbook.  This  work  will  be  based  on  wide  ex- 
perience in  building  maintenance  and  on  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards'  research  in  this  field,  and  it  is  hoped  that  an  important 
step  toward  standardization  of  building  maintenance  practice  will 
result  therefrom. 

^pecvflcations. — At  the  request  of  the  Home  Owners'  Loan  Corpora- 
tion, a  review  of  the  section  on  appliances,  equipment,  and  mechani- 
cal devices  of  its  Master  Specifications  was  made  by  the  committee. 

A  new  subcommittee  is  being  organized  to  bring  together  persons 
engaged  in  writing  specifications  in  order  to  simplify  specification 
writing  procedure.  This  undertaking  in  no  way  conflicts  with  work 
of  the  Federal  Specifications  Executive  Committee,  which  is  con- 
cerned with  description  of  the  type  and  quality  of  materials  pur- 
chased by  the  Federal  Government,  rather  than  with  the  form  of 
specifications.  It  is  expected  that  considerable  attention  will  be 
devoted  to  possibilities  of  adopting  for  general  use  the  "streamlined 
specification  system"  developed  by  the  secretary  of  the  Central 
Housing  Committee,  a  system  already  adopted  by  the  Veterans' 
Administration.  A  streamlined  specification  is  one  in  which  a  sharp 
distinction  is  drawn  between  contractual  and  constructural  elements, 
the  former  being  covered  by  a  single  governing  mandatory  clause 
and  the  latter  by  a  concise  outline  of  materials  and  methods.^^ 

Landscape  {Grounds  develovTuent) . — ^A  subcommittee  is  cooperat- 
ing with  the  National  Park  Service  in  the  preparation  of  a  land- 
scape architects'  handbook,  with  special  emphasis  on  cost  estimating. 
Such  a  handbook,  if  generally  adopted,  should  promote  the  stand- 
ardizing of  many  practices  in  this  field.  There  has  also  been 
prepared  a  check  list  for  the  use  of  landscape  inspectors. 

°' For  a  description  of  the  procedure  used  in  formulation  of -these  specifications,  see: 
"Streamlined  ^Specifications,"  by  Horace  W.  Peaslee,  Pencil  Points,  vol.  20.  pp.  533-538, 
August  1939. 


UNITED   STATES  DEPARTMENT   OF  COMMERCE 

NATIONAL  BUREAU  OF  STANDARDS 

The  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  United  States  Department 
of  Commerce,  created  by  the  act  of  Congress  approved  March  3, 
]901,  is  charged  with — 

the  custody  of  the  standards;  the  comparison  of  the  standards  used  in  sci- 
entific investigations,  engineering,  manufacturing,  commerce,  and  educational 
institutions  with  the  standards  adopted  or  recognized  by  the  Government,  the 
construction,  when  necessary,  of  standards,  their  multiples  and  subdivisions, 
the  testing  and  calibration  of  standard  measuring  apparatus;  the  solution  of 
problems  which  arise  in  connection  with  standards;  the  determination  of 
physical  constants  and  the  properties  of  materials,  when  such  data  are  of 
great  importance  to  scientific  or  manufacturing  interests  and  are  not  to  be 
obtained  of  suflScient   accuracy  elsewhere. 

The  Bureau  shall  exercise  its  functions  for  the  Government  of  the  United 
States;  for  any  State  or  municipal  government  within  the  United  States;  or 
for  any  scientific  society,  educational  institution,  firm,  corporation,  or  indi- 
vidual within  the  United  States  engaged  in  manufacturing  or  other  pursuits 
requiring  the  use  of  standards  or  standard  measuring  instruihents.* 

The  Bureau  performs  its  functions  through  two  major  groups: 
Research  and  Testing  Group,  and  Commercial  Standardization 
Group. 

Research  and  Testing  Group. 

The  Research  and  Testing  Group  is  subdivided  into  nine  divisions : 
Electricity,  weights  and  measures,  heat  and  plower,  optics,  chemistry, 
mechanics  and  sound,  organic  and  fibrous  materials,  metallurgy,  and 
clay  and  silicate  products.  This  group  handles  all  matters  pertain- 
ing to  investigations  and  research,  testing  and  measuring.  The  or- 
ganization of  the  Research  and  Testing  Group  is  shown  in  chart  III. 

The  work  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  in  establishing 
and  maintaining  standards  of  measurement,  quality,  performance, 
and  practice  serves  not  only  Federal  and  tax-supported  agencies,  but 
the  consuming  public  as  well. 

The  research  and  testing  facilities  of  the  Bureau  are  used  to 
discover  and  evaluate  material  standards  and  to  solve  basic  technical 
problems. 

The  Bureau's  work  on  standards  of  measurement  is  designed  to 
assist  in  the  standardization  of  containers  and  products,  in  promoting 
systematic  inspection  of  trade  weights  and  measures,  and  facilitate 
research  in  science  and  technology.  The  establishment  of  more  pre- 
cise values  for  the  standard  constants  furnishes  an  exact  basis  for 
scientific  experiment  and  design  and  makes  possible  the  efficient 
technical  control  of  industrial  processes. 

The  Bureau's  work  on  standards  of  quality  sets  up  attainable 
standards  and  test  methods  to  assure  high  utility  of  the  products 

^  Public  Act  No.  177,  an  act  to  establish  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  March  3,  1901. 
Amendments,  June  30,  1932. 

77 


78  CONOENTRATION  OF  BCOXOMIC  POWER 

of  industry  and  furnishes  a  scientific  basis  for  truthful  branding  and 
advertising. 

The  Bureau  likewise  develops  standards  of  performance:  That  is, 
specifications  for  the  operative  efficiency  or  accuracy  of  machines 
or  devices.  These  are  numerical  statements  of  speed,  uniformity, 
durability,  output,^  economy,  and  other  factors  which  together  define 
the  net  efficiency  of  an  appliance  or  machine.  The  ultimate  pur- 
pose is  to  make  exact  knowledge  the  basis  of  the  buyer's  choice  and 
to  clarify  the  understanding  between  the  manufacturer,  distributor, 
retailer,  and  consumer. 

Another  function  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  of  very 
general  interest  is  the  development  of  standards  of  practice;  that  is, 
collection  of  data  and  formulation  of  codes  of  practice  for  public 
utilities  and  other  services.  These  codes  are  prepared  in  cooperation 
with  the  technical  and  commercial  agencies  concerned,  and  relate  to 
the  technical  regulation  of  construction,  installation,  and  operation. 
These  codes  are  based  upon  standards  of  measurement,  standards  of 
(quality,  and  standards  of  performance.  The  purpose  of  such  work 
is  to  afford  a  single  impersonal  standard  of  practice  mutually  agreed 
upon  by  all  concerned  and  clearly  defined  in  measurable  terms. 

Testing  and  inspection  for  governmental  agencies. — The  law  re- 
quires that  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  shall  carry  out  investi- 
gations and  tests  for  the  Federal  and  State  Governments,  and  for 
many  years  the  Bureau  has  served  as  a  testing  and  research  laboratory 
for  practically  every  branch  of  the  Government  service. 

The  testing  of  scientific  apparatus,  materials,  and  supplies  by  the 
Bureau  for  other  Government  departments  and  for  the  various  State 
governments  is  widely  utilized,  and  requests  for  the  Bureau's  assist- 
ance in  such  matters  are  steadily  increasing. 

Another  important  service  is  the  calibration  of  instruments  and 
apparatus  for  Federal  and  State  Governments  in  terms  of  the  na- 
tional standards. 

Commodities  purchased  by  the  various  departments  and  establish- 
ments of  the  Federal  Government,  excepting  foods,  drugs,  and 
cosmetics,  are  tested  by  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  to  de- 
termine whether  they  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  specifica- 
tions on  which  they  are  purchased.  This  gives  the  Bureau  an  unusual 
opportunity  to  observe  how  buying  on  specifications  works  out  in 
practice.  The  experience  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  in 
this  field  is  available  for  the  preparation  of  performance  standards. 

The  National  Bureau  of  Standards  is  concerned  not  only  with  basic 
scientific  research,  but  also  with  the  development  of  standardized 
methods  for  testing  materials,  as  well  as  with  the  actual  testing  of 
materials  and  commodities. 

Tests  and  test  methods  developed  by  the  Bureau  during  1938  and 
1939  include  many  items  of  particular  interest  to  consumers. 

Carpets. — A  machine  for  testing  the  resistance  to  wear  of  carpets 
and  rugs,  developed  by  the  Bureau,  has  been  generally  accepted  by 
manufacturers  for  product  control  and  research. 

Ceramic  wMteware. — Although  the  whiteware  branch  of  the 
ceramic  industry  supplies  consumers  with  numerous  products,  the 
consumer's  attention  is  directed  most  frequently  to  tableware,  sani- 
tary ware,  and  floor  and  wall  tile.     For  many  years  semi  vitreous 


Chart  III 


U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce     •     National  Bureau  of  Standards 
Organization  of  tfie  Research  and  Testing  Group 


Assistant  Director 


1            El.cfncty 

1         Reiiifonce 
'       Meaiurement. 

_   2      Inducfonce  and 

2          Electrical 

_  4         Magnetic 

Measurements 

-  5        PhotometrY 

-  6             Rad.a 

_    7      Underjround 
Corrosion 

—   t           Electro- 
Cherriistry 

_  0       Telephone 
^         Stondards 

A      Capacity  and 

Density 


2  Mass 


-J  2        Pyro 


3  Tin 


-4 


Weights  and 
7         Measures 


Q    Large-Capacity 
Scale  Testing 


9     Lirriit  Gages 


III      Heat  and  Power 


f      ■  Thermometry 


5         Cryogen 


6    Fire  Resistance 


A 

rcroft 

9 

Eng 

nesond 

Ace 

essor,es 

I       spectroscopy 


2        Polarimetry 


Spectrophotometry 


A  Optical 


5        Rodiometry 


Atomic  Physics, 
6        Radium,  and 
X-Roys 


Photographic 
Technology 


8      Intertcfometry 


*—  9      Radiooctivity 


V  Chemistry 


Points, 
I       Vornishes,  and 


Detergents, 
2  Cements, 


^  Organic 

Chemistry 


Metal  and  Ore 
4     Analysis,  and 

Standard  Somplej 


e      Reagents  and 
Platinum  Metols 


Electrochemistry 
(Plotingl 


Engineering 
I       instruments  and 
Mcchonical 
Appliances 


2  Sound 


c        Engineering 

Mechanics 


L-   6         Hydr, 


7     Gas  Chemistry 


Organic  and 
VII  Fibrous 

Materials 


2         Textile 


3  Poper 


5      Testing  and 

Specifications 


VIII       Metallurgy 


Metallurgy 


Metallurgy 


g         Physicol 
Chemistry 


Thermochemistry 
"  ond  Constitution 


IX 

Cloy  and 
Silicote 
Products 

- 1 

Whiteware 

-2 

Glass 

-3 

Refroctories 

-  4 

Enameled 
Metals 

-  5 

H.ovyClay 
Products 

-6 

Cement  and 
Concreting 
Materiols 

-7 

Masonry 
Construction 

—    8  Lime  and  Gypsum 

-  9 

Stone 

ICE     1941-0. 272J' 


OONOBNTRATION  OF  ECJONOMIC  POWEiR  79 

tableware  and  porous-bodied  wall  tile  would  craze  after  only  a  few 
months'  service,  regardless  of  how  much  care  was  taken  in  obtaining 
the  correct  "fit"  betw^een  the  body  and  the  glaze  at  the  time  of  manu- 
facture. The  cause  of  the  failure  was  unknown  and  therefore  a  cure 
could  not  be  applied.  In  the  course  of  the  Bureau's  investigations  of 
this  subject,  the  cause  of  the  failure  was  discovered,  a  test  was  devel- 
oped by  which  the  susceptibility  of  ware  to  this  failure  could  be  de- 
termined in  a  few  hours,  and  a  remedy  for  the  defect  was  established. 
As  a  result  the  consumer  can  now  purchase  wall  tile  and  very  reason- 
ably priced  semivitreous  tableware  with  the  guaranty  that  it  will  not 
craze  in  service. 

Electric  lamps. — The  National  Bureau  of  Standards  maintains 
the  national  standard  of  light.  It  gives  technical  advice  on  the  per- 
formance characteristics  to  be  included  in  Federal  Specifications  for 
lamps,  and  it  tests  lamps  for  the  Federal  .Government.  During  the 
fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1940,  over  5,000,000  incandescent  electric 
lamps  were  inspected  for  the  Government  before  shipment,  and  more 
than  7,800  samples  selected  from  these  lamps  were  life-tested  at  the 
National  Bureau  of  Standards. 

These  lamps  were  purchased  from  contractors,  each  one  of  whom 
supplied  lamps  which  by  inspection  and  test  were  found  to  comply 
with  the  requirements  of  the  Federal  Specification  for  incandescent 
lamps- 

These  inspections  and  tests  for  the  Government  have  a  great  influ- 
ence upon  the  quality  of  all  incandescent  lamps,  whether  the  manufac- 
turers are  contractors  to  supply  lamps  to  the  Government  or  not. 
All  manufacturers  of  incandescent  lamps,  because  of  the  sharp  com- 
petition, are  anxious  to  supply  lamps  to  their  customers  that  can  be 
guaranteed  to  comply  with  the  Federal  Specifications,  even  though 
the  makers  are  not  actually  supplying  lamps  to  Federal  departments. 

The  result  is  that  American-made  lamps  are  of  uniform  and  high 
quality,  which  is  not  generally  the  case  with  imported  lamps. 

Paint  and  varnish. — While  the  major  household  purpose  of  paint 
is  to  decorate  the  home,  its  durability  is  equally  important  since  it 
involves  the  question  of  frequency  and  expense  of  repainting.  Re- 
search conducted  at  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  furnishes  data 
on  the  probable  life  of  paint,  and  has  resulted  in  the  development 
of  test  equipment  which  simulates  the  action  of  weather  and  acceler- 
ates its  effects.  Studies  are  made  of  the  characteristics  of  paint  films. 
Additional  information  concerning  the  composition  of  paints  and 
varnishes  for  various  purposes  is  made  available  through  specifica- 
tions used  by  the  Federal  Government  agencies,  in  the  preparation 
of  which  the  Bureau  takes  an  active  part. 

Paper  and  paper  products. — The  National  Bureau  of  Standards 
has  worked  continuously  on  the  development  and  improvement  of 
testing  procedures  for  measuring  the  quality  of  paper  products. 

The  user  of  record  materials  is  often  concerned  as  to  their  probable 
longevity,  and  for  several  years  the  Bureau  has  been  making  exhaus- 
tive studies  of  writing  and  printing  papers  to  find  the  qualities  re- 
quired for  a  given  service  and  to  find  the  best  means  of  prolonging 
their  service  life  as  much  as  possible.  From  this  work  has  been 
evolved  a  recommended  classification  of  papers  to  be  used  for  record 
purposes,  which  is  based  primarily  on  purity  of  the  cellulose 
comprising  the  fibers,  and  on  the  strength  of  the  papers. 


go  CONCENTRATION  OF  EiCONOMIC  POWEH 

Information  on  storage  conditions  for  records  was  obtained  by  a 
survey  of  library  conditions,  by  testing  the  paper  of  identical  issues 
of  books  stored  in  libraries  under  different  conditions,  and  by  labora- 
tory investigations  of  influences  indicated  as  harmful  by  the  results 
of  the  survey  and  testing.  These  studies  led  to  recommended  storage 
practice  relative  to  illumination,  purification  of  the  air,  humidity, 
and  temperature.  Other  studies  yielded  information  on  protection 
against  insects  and  on  increasing  the  resistance  of  papers  to  wear 
by  covering  them  with  transparent  sheetings.  Information  on  the 
use  of  both  paper  and  motion-picture  film  for  reproduction  of  records, 
for  the  purpose  of  preserving  records  contained  on  impermanent 
material  or  for  minimizing  the  handling  of  valuable  documents,  has 
also  been  obtained. 

Rubher  amd  rubher  products. — Tires  and  brake  linings  have  a  great 
deal  to  do  with  the  safety  and  comfort  of  the  motorist.  These  two 
products  are  of  importance  to  the  Federal  Government  because  of 
the  large  scale  use  of  automotive  equipment  hy  the  Post  Office  De- 
partment, United  States  Department  of  the  Interior,  War  Department, 
and  other  departments,  and  have  been  singled  out  for  detailed  study 
so  that  purchase  specifications  can  be  brought  up  to  date  and  kept  in 
line  with  developments  in  the  industry. 

An  important  part  of  investigations  of  this  kind  consists  in  design- 
ing, constructing,  and  developing  testing  equipment.  Endurance 
machines  for  tires  have  been  built  so  that  a  tire  may  be  run  at  any 
desired  speed  and  load  against  a  heavy  drum  which  takes  the  place 
of  the  road.  By  the  selection  of  appropriate  conditions  any  one  of 
the  common  types  of  tire  failure,  such  as  the  breaking  of  the  carcass 
or  cracking  of  the  tread,  can  be  brought  out  or  accentuated. 

No  satisfactory  method  for  measuring  tread  wear  is  known  other 
than  the  slow  and  expensive  method  of  conducting  driving  tests 
under  carefully  controlled  conditions.  Since  road  tests  are  not  prac- 
tical for  use  in  connection  with  purchase  specifications,  a  long-time 
study  is  being  made  of  the  abrasion  of  rubber  with  the  hope  that 
eventually  a  simple  reliable  test  will  be  developed  for  evaluating  the 
resistance  of  a  tire  to  abrasion  without  actually  wearing  it  out  on  the 
road. 

Equipment  for  the  testing  of  brake  lining  is  designed  to  measure 
not  only  the  durability  but  also  the  performance  of  linings  under  a 
variety  of  conditions,  hot  or  cold,  wet  or  dry,  and  with  frequent  or  in- 
frequent stops.  Since  thousands  of  stops  must  be  made  with  any 
particular  sample  in  order  to  obtain  a  reliable  indication  of  the  way 
it  will  perform,  the  testing  machine  is  designed  to  operate  auto- 
matically according  to  any  predetermined  schedule,  the  results  being 
recorded  autographically. 

Less  extensive  studies  have  recently  been  made  by  the  Bureau  in 
connection  with  purchase  specifications  for  products  such  a?  rubber 
sheeting,  surgeons'  gloves,  adhesive  plaster,  and  rubber-insulated  wires 
and  cables.  Reocnt  teclinical  advances  have  made  it  possible  to 
greatly  increas  e  the  life  of  rubber.  Hence  the  principal  feature  of 
these  studif'^  hii-  been  the  development  of  better  accelerated  aging 
tests  so  as  to  i  i-hre  that  the  Government  or  the  consumer  using  Gov- 
ernment specifications  will  get  the  benefit  of  the  improved  quality, 
which  is  now  possible. 


CJON'OBNTEATIOiN  OF  EICON OMIC  POWER  gl 

Shoes. — At  the  request  of  the  General  Federation  of  Women's 
Clubs,  work  is  being  carried  out  for  the  purpose  of  securing  informa- 
tion which  will  be  of  assistance  in  preparing  standards  for  women's 
leather  shoes.  The  method  of  preparing  such  standards  on  the  basis 
of  construction  and  material  specifications  has  been  discarded  in  favor 
of  developing  performance  tests.  The  wear  of  the  sole  and  the  comfort 
of  the  shoe  as  indicated  by  the  porosity  of  the  leather  are  important 
properties  for  the  determination  of  which  the  Bureau  now  has  ade- 
quate tests.  Consequently,  attention  has  been  turned  to  developing 
a  machine  for  testing  the  shoe  as  a  whole  with  respect  to  its  ability, 
to  hold  its  shape  and  resist  break-down.  At  the  present  time  a  machine 
of  this  kind  is  in  constant  operation  testing  shoes  to  determine  the 
influence  of  the  welt  (McKay)  turn,  stitch-down,  and  cement  types  of 
construction  on  the  ability  of  the  shoe  as  a  whole  to  stand  up  under 
simulated  service  conditions  of  flexure  and  pressure.  No  results  are 
available  from  this  work  at  present,  but  it  represents  a  start  in  the 
direction  of  creating  performance  tests  for  an  article  in  daily  use 
by  consumers. 

Soaps  and  other  cleaning  materials. — Detergents  (soaps  and  other 
cleaning  materials)  are  essential  in  maintaining  the  appearance  and 
sanitary  condition  of  the  home,  and  it  is  equally  important  that  they 
should  not  injure  the  articles  or  surfaces  to  be  cleaned.  The  National 
Bureau  of  Standards,  in  cooperation  with  manufacturers,  the  Federal 
Specifications  Executive  Committee,  and  the  public,  has  developed 
many  of  the  Government's  specifications  for  such  products.  Deter- 
gents are  purchased  on  the  basis  of  these  specifications,  and  labora- 
tory tests  are  regularly  conducted  by  the  Bureau  to  determine  com- 
pliance with  these  standards  of  quality  and  performance.  This  work 
tends  to  bring  about  better  quality  of  material. 

Much  of  the  Bureau's  information  on  this  subject  is  being  utilized 
by  numerous  State  and  municipal  agencies,  institutions,  and  other 
users  in  the  preparation  of  their  own  specifications  for  cleaning  ma- 
terials. 

Textiles.— Textile  studies  at  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  are 
concerned  with  a  variety  of  problems  of  interest  to  the  consumer  as 
well  as  the  manufacturer.  They  range  from  studies  of  the  ultimate 
nature  of  the  fibers  themselves,  through  investigations  of  the  relation 
of  the  yarn  and  fabric  construction  and  finish,  to  the  properties 
of  the  finished  product,  and  include  studies  of  utilization,  storage,  and 
maintenance.  Many  of  these  studies  have  led  to  the  development  of 
standards,  specifications,  and  test  methods  which  are  utilized  by  pro- 
ducers in  bringing  about  an  improvement  in  the  quality  of  their  prod- 
ucts, by  large  department  stores  maintaining  testing  laboratorip.s  of 
their  own  in  testing  the  quality  of  goods  they  buy  ns  a  measuic  of 
protection  to  themselves  and  to  the  ultimate  consumers.  Some  of  the 
subjects  to  which  the  Bureau  has  given  consideration  in  the  textile 
field  include  carpets,  cotton  textiles,  dress  fabrics,  dry  cleaning  sol- 
vents, gloves,  hosiery,  silk  textiles,  underwear,  and  waterproofed 
fabrics. 

To  illustrate  the  variety  and  scope  of  the  Bureau's  activities  with 
reference  to  textiles,  there  are  set  forth  below  some  examples  of  its 
studies  that  afFectl  the  consumer  most  directly. 

Hosiery. — ^At  the  request  of  the  General  Federation  of  Women's 
Clubs,  a  hosiery  testing  machine  was  developed  to  simulate  the 


g2  CONOENTRiATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWETl 

forces  acting  on  a  stocking  at  the  knee  and  garter  clasps  in  use.  The 
applicability  of  this  machine  to  the  evaluation  of  variations  in 
knitting,  degumming,  dyeing,  finishing,  laundering,  and  aging  has 
Feen  demonstrated. 

A  survey  was  made  of  women's  full-fashioned  silk  hosiery  from 
retail  stores  throughout  the  United  States  to  provide  a  basis  for  a 
performance  specification.  The  brand,  retail  price,  appearance,  and 
construction  were  found  to  be  inadequate  guides  to  the  performance 
of  stockings  as  indicated  by  the  hosiery  testing  machine. 

Standard  methods  of  measuring  and  standard  measurements  for 
men's,  women's,  and  children's  hosiery  are  provided  in  Commercial 
Standard  CS46  for  Hosiery  Length  and  Sizes,  which  has  been 
accepted  by  the  industry  for  guidance  of  producers,  distributors,  and 
users.  This  standard  is  also  intended  to  eliminate  confusion  result- 
ing from  a  diversity  of  measurements  and  methods,  and  to  provide 
a  uniform  basis  for  guaranteeing  lengths  and  sizes  of  hosiery. 

Silk  textiles. — There  has  been  developed  an  accelerated  aging  test 
for  silks  which  make  it  possible  to  predict  how  silk,  and  particularly 
weighted  silk,  will  withstand  the  deteriorative  effects  of  light,  heat, 
and  moist  air,,  which  are  the  factors  largely  responsible  for  its  dete- 
rioration in  service.  It  furnishes  a  laboratory  method  for  indicating 
the  relative  stability  of  different  silk  fabrics. 

The  effect  of  light  on  silk,  untreated  and  treated  with  dilute  acids 
and  alkalies,  was  studied.  The  results  show  that  the  stability  of 
silk  in  light  is  dependent  upon  the  acidity  or  alkalinity  of  the  finish- 
ing solutions. 

The  trade  practice  rules  of  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  regard- 
ing the  labeling  of  weighted  silk  textiles,  together  with  the  wide- 
spread interest  of  consumer  groups  in  the  amount  of  weighting  in 
silk  fabrics,  led  to  the  development  of  a  method  for  analyzing 
weighted  silk  fabrics. 

Underwear. — Standard  sizes  for  knit  and  woven  underwear  were 
developed  at  the  Bureau  through  a  research  associateship  established 
by  the  Underwear  Institute.  These  sizes  are  in  general  use  in  the 
industry. 

The  Bureau  has  also  cooperated  in  a  study  of  the  properties  of 
underwear  fabrics  made  in  a  variety  of  weights,  thicknesses,  and 
constructions  from  cotton,  wool,  silk,  rayon,  and  combinations  r* 
these  fibers.  The  results  of  this  study  furnish  data  on  representative 
underwear  fabrics  relative  to  the  properties  that  appear  important 
from  the  standpoint  of  comfort  and  health.  The  relative  warmth, 
air  permeability,  thickness,  weight,  "softness,"  and  "smoothness"  for 
97  fabrics  were  determined. 

Weights  and  measures. — ^The  National  Bureau  of  Standards  ren- 
ders a  N"ation-wide  service  to  the  consumer  through  the  direct  or 
indirect  standardization  of  devices  used  in  weighing  and  mea^ii^ing 
commodities  purchased  by  over-the-counter  buyers.  The  Bureau  is 
the  custodian  of  the  national  standards  of  weight  and  measure;  it 
tests,  on  the  one  hand,  the  control  standards  which  govern  the  manu- 
facture of  commercial  weighing  and  measuring  devices,  and  on  the 
other  hand,  the  reference  standards  of  the  States  upon  which  their 
official  tests  of  commercial  devices  are  based.  The  Bureau  exercises 
no  regulatory  powers  on   weights  and  measures,  such  supervision 


CO&CB^rEATIOiN  OF  EICQNOMIC  POWET?  83 

having  been  left  by  the  Congress  almost  exclusively^  to  the  jurisdic- 
tion of  the  States;  however,  by  cooperative  action  the  Bureau  pro- 
motes uniformity  of  weights  and  measures  laws  and  administration 
throughout  the  country,  and  serves  as  a  clearing  house  for  infonna- 
tion  on  this  subject. 

The  Bureau's!  work  on  weights  and  measures  led  to  the  formation 
of  the  National  Conference  on  Weights  and  Measures  which  is  com- 
posed of  State  and  local  officials  engaged  in  the  inspection  of  weights 
and  measures  and  in  the  enforcement  of  laws  and,  regulations  on 
the  subject.  Although  it  is  an  unofficial  organization  with  no  direct 
authority  to  enforce  its  recommendations,  the  conference  exerts  a 
powerful  influence  in  the  field  of  weights  and  measures,  largely 
through  the  adoption  of  codes  and  specifications,  tolerances,  and 
regulations  for  commercial  weighing  and  measuring  devices  which 
are  recommended  to  the  States  for  official  promulgation.  These 
codes  are  published  by  the  Bureau  from  time  to  time. 

The  National  Conference  on  Weights  and  Measures  seeks  to  place 
weights  and  measures  administration  on  a  uniform  basis  throughout 
the  country.  It  looks  toward  adopting  the  most  efficient  methods 
for  carrying  on  all  phases  of  the  work. 

Since  1914  the  Bureau  has  been  conducting  field  tests  of  railway 
track  scales  such  as  are  used  for  the  weighing  of  railway  fi^ight 
cars;  these  testsi  have  played  an  important  part  in  the  improvement 
effected  during  the  past  two  decades  in  the  accuracy  of  these  large 
scales,  the  weights  from  which  are  used  not  only  for  assessing  freight 
charges  for  rail  transportation  but  also  as  the  basis  of  sale  for  goods 
sold  in  carload  lots.  Three  railway  track  scale  testing  equipments 
are  maintained  in  service  by  the  Bureau,  with  which  more  than  1,000 
tests  are  made  annually. 

There  was  inaugurated  by  the  Bureau  in  1936,  and  is  still  in  prog- 
ress, a  siomewhat  similar  progi'am  directed  to  another  class  of  large- 
capacity  weighing  machines.  This  program  is  being  carried  on  m 
cooperation  with  State  and  local  weights  and  measures  officials,  and 
provides  for  the  testing  and  inspection,  with  Bureau  equipment  and 
personnel,  of  a  representative  number  of  wagon  and  motor-truck 
scales  in  each  State  which  does  not  have  adequate  equipment  for 
thisi  type  of  testing.  For  the  purpose  of  this  progi-am,  suitable 
testing  equipment  and  methods  are  demonstrated,  and  data  are  de- 
veloped which  clearly  show  the  need  for  improved  equipment,  better 
methods,  and  much  gi-eater  attention  to  this  important  class  of  com- 
mercial weighing  scale.  This  work  of  the  Bureau  has  been  well  re- 
ceived by  scale  owners  and  officials,  and  also  by  the  consuming  public 
whose  coal,  building  material,  and,  other  commodities  are  weighed 
on  vehicle  scales.  The  general  percentage  of  scales  foTMid  inaccurate 
is  high,  approximating  78  percent,  but  it  is  encouraging  to  note  that 
already,  as  a  direct  result  of  this  program,  a  considerable  number 
of  States  have  procured  improved  testing  apparatus,  and  it  is  an- 
ticipated that  other  States  will  da  likewise.  As  the  quality  of 
testing  equipment  and  the  standard  of  testing  technique  are  raise  J, 
fair  competition  among  the  users  of  vehicle  scales  viiA]  be  promoted, 
and.the  rights  of  the  producer  who  sells  and  of  t^e  consumer  who  buys 
upon  the  basis  of  vehicle-scale  weights  will  be  better  safeguarded. 

Bvilding  materials  research. — ^Much  interest  is  evidenced  at  the 
present  time  in  the  development  of  better  housing  facilities  through- 


g4  CONOENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

out  the  country,  particularly  in  low-cost  housing.  At  the  instance 
of  the  Central  Housing  Committee,  composed  of  representatives  of 
Federal  agencies  interested  in  housing,  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards  was  selected  as  the  agency  to  conduct  investigations  and 
tests  on  the  physical  properties  of  materials,  except  wood,  entering 
into  housing  construction. 

It  is  believed  that  the  results  of  the  present  program  have  fully 
demonstrated  the  value  of  this  type  of  research  on  housing  not  only 
to  the  Government  housing  agencies  but  also  to  the  architects,  the 
building  industry,  and  the  public. 

Widespread  interest  has  been  shown  in  the  reports  which  are  now 
appearing  in  printed  form  and  available  to  all  groups  interested  in 
housing. 

Many  of  the  agencies  have  found  it  practicable  to  make  decisions 
on  the  basis  of  objective  tests  by  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards 
and  other  pertinent  data  rather  than  on  individual  experience,  per- 
haps satisfactory  in  some  cases,. but  not  necessarily  of  general  appli- 
cation. 

Some  specific  examples -of  results  of  the  building  materials  research 
program  which  lead  to  a  reduction  of  cost  are  set  forth. 

Methods  have  been  developed  for  the  successful  application  of 
plaster  on  fiber  insulating  lath.  Thus,  a  single  material  serves  as 
plaster  base  and  as  thermal  insulation  and  it  is  possible  to  obtain 
a  specified  degree  of  insulation  at  lower  cost.  The  research  also 
indicated  that  the  plaster  must  be  a  strong  plaster  and  at  least  one- 
half  inch  thick  if  cracking  of  the  plaster  is  to  be  avoided. 

Structural  tests  have  shown  the  possibilities  of  using  fiber  insulat- 
ing boards  as  sheathing.  Here  again  one  material  serves  two  func- 
tions and  the  cost  of  obtaining  a  specified  thermal  insulation  is 
reduced. 

In  cooperation  with  various  manufacturers  of  masonry  materials, 
methods  of  constructing  masonry  walls  of  less  material  and  of  less 
costly  materials,  such  as  cinder  block,  concrete  block,  tile,  and  so 
forth,  either  singly  or  in  combination,  have  oeen  investigated.  It  has 
been  determined  that  8-inch  walls  may  often  be  substituted  for  1.-2- 
inch  walls  and  that  the  cavity  type  of  construction  offers  op  oortunity 
for  obtaining  a  given  performance  as  to  structural  strtrgth  and 
resistance  to  rain  penetration  at  lower  cost. 

The  results  of  studies  of  mortars  in  relation  to  building  walls 
which  prevent  the  penetration  of  rain  have  been  incorpor.-.t'  i  in  the 
specifications  for  new  housing  projects.  The  maintenance  .aid  repair 
costs  of  these  structures  may  be  expected  to  be  considerab  y  reduced. 

The  results  of  research  have  prevented  the  unnecessary  expendi- 
ture of  money  on  plasticizers  and  other  admixtures  in  mortars. 

Accelerated  aging  tests  on  wallboards  give  the  basis  for  a  specifi- 
cation for  obtaining  a  material  of  longer  life  at  the  same  cost.  A 
method  recently  developed  is  the  use  of  incombustible  fillings.  In 
a  recent  housing  project,  the  required  resistance  was  obtained  by 
filling  the  partition  around  a  stair  enclosed  with  scrap  brick,  mortar, 
and  plaster.  In  other  cases,  partition  walls  filled  with  mineral  wool 
and  plastered  with  gypsum  plaster  could  be  used  instead  of  tile  par- 
titions. By  the  use  of  incombustible  fillings,  the  field  of  application 
of  the  less-expensive  wooden  construction  can  be  extended. 


OONC5ENTRATION  OF  EICONOMIC  POWER  §5 

In  cooperation  with  manufacturers,  several  types  of  fire  resistant 
floor  construction,  which  are  less  expensive  than  reinforced  con- 
crete slabs,  have  been  studied. 

Studies  of  paints  by  practical  performance  tests  make  possible  the 
avoidance  of  unnecessarily  expensive  materials.  The  relative  merits 
of  various  types  of  paints  and  pretreatments  for  sheet  steel,  both 
galvanized  and  ungalvanized,  have  been  determined.  The  work  on 
cement-water  paints  is  expected  to  lead  to  formulas  by  which  any 
contractor  may  mix  satisfactory  paint  on  the  job  from  relatively 
inexpensive  materials.  Research  has  already  shown  that  these  paints 
properly  applied  are  a  reasonably  satisfactory  means  of  waterproof- 
ing leaky  masonry  walls. 

Formulas  for  satisfactory  nonproprietary  calking  compounds  have 
been  developed. 

Tests  of  heating  equipment  enabled  a  satisfactory  evaluation  of 
costs  of  the  equipment.  In  recent  tests,  one  class  of  devices  was 
found  to  be  considerably  overrated  so  that  the  bids  including  that 
type  did  not  correspond  to  the  same  actual  heating  capacity  as  bids 
on  other  types.  An  oil-burning  combination  domestic  hot-water  sup- 
ply and  hot-water  heating  system  was  found  satisfactory  for  small 
houses  in  a  recent  project. 

The  use  of  3-inch  soil  stacks  in  the  plumbing  systems  of  small 
houses  rather  than  4-inch  stacks  has  been  found  entirely  satisfactory. 
Simplified  piping  systems  have  been  developed  for  small  houses  and 
apartment  houses.  The  adequacy  of  various  methods  of  protection 
against  the  back  flow  of  polluted  water  into  the  water  supply  system 
has  been  studied.  AH  these  improvements  contribute  to  cost  reduc- 
tion, but  major  cost  reductions  in  this  field  are  to  be  expected  only 
with  prefabricated  equipment. 

The  National  Bureau  of  Standards  cooperates  with  industry  to 
eliminate  superfluous  sizes  and  varieties  of  building  materials,  avoid- 
ing waste  and  reducing  costs.  Recent  recommendations  cover  con- 
crete building  units,  lumber,  and  roofing  ternes. 

The  Bureau  assists  industry  in  the  development  and  establishment 
of  Commercial  Standards  -  of  quality  for  building  materials.  Recent 
work  has  covered  stock  doors,  windows,  and  frames,  plywood,  and 
hardwood  paneling,  trim,  and  molding. 

The  Bureau  takes  an  active  part  in  building  code  revision  and 
modernization.  It  lends  its  influence  toward  the  use  of  performance 
requirements  and  toward  setting  the  requirements  only  as  high  as  the 
safety  and  health  of  the  public  require.  Placing  the  requirements 
on  a  performance  basis  makes  possible  the  use  of  lower  cost  methods 
of  obtaining  the  performance  as  soon  as  these  methods  are  developed. 

CoTninerciaX  Standardization  Group. — ^The  Gommerical  Standardi- 
zation Group  is  subdivided  into  three  divisions :  Simplified  Practice, 
Trade  Standards,  and  Codes  and  Specifications.  The  organization 
of  the  Commercial  Standardization  Group  is  shown  in  Chart  IV. 

The  term  "simplification,"  when  used  in  the  sense  of  eliminating 
unnecessary  variety,  is  sometimes  confused  with  standardization, 
but  the  two  activities  are  essentially  different.  Standardization  is 
pririiarily  technical  and  creative;  its  function  is  to  determine  and 

*  For  procedure  in  developing  a  Commercial  Standard,  see  p.  88. 
272496— 41— No.  24 7 


gg  CONCENTRATION  OF  EIGONOMIC  POWETl 

establish  in  use  the  best  design,  quality,  method,  or  process  for  per- 
forming a  desired  function.  Simplification,  on  the  other  hand,  is 
commercial  and  selective ;  its  function  is  to  determine  which  sizes  or 
items  of  a  product  are  most  important,  and  to  concentrate  production 
on  them  wherever  possible.  Simplification  may  be  applied  to  articles 
already  standardized  as  to  design  or  size,  or  it  may  be  applied  as  a 
steps  preliminary  to  standardization,  thereby  reducing  the  number 
of  items  to  be  standardized. 

Division  of  SirrbfUfied  Practice,. — The  Division  of  Simplified  Prac- 
tice serves  as  a  clearing  house  through  which  manufacturers,  dis- 
tributors, and  consumer  groups  cooperate  on  a  voluntary  basis  in 
furthering  a  Nation-wide  program  for  the  elimination  of  the  exces- 
sive and  needless  variety  of  sizes,  types,  and  dimensions  of  manu- 
factured products,  which  tends  to  reduce  costs  of  production  and 
distribution.  In  addition  to  the  industry  itself,  direct  cooperators  in, 
and  beneficiaries  of  this*  activity  are  Federal,  State,  and  municipal 
agencies,  and  consumers  in  general. 

A  Simplified  Practice  Recommendation  may  be  initiated  by  any 
interested  group.  While  most  projects  are  initiated  by  manufac- 
turers, several  of  the  most  successful  ones  have  been  initiated  by 
distributors  or  users  of  the  products.  Of  the  list  of  173  Simplified 
Practice  Recommendations  promulgated  by  the  Bureau  since  1922,  42 
relate  to  so-called  consumer  goods.  Of  these,  10  were  initiated  by 
manufacturers,  24  by  "users,"  and  8  by  distributors. 

According  to  the  case-histories  of  some  of  these  Simplified  Practice  Recom- 
mendations, it  would  appear  that  the  need  for  simplification  originated  with 
manufacturers,  whereas,  actually,  the  manufacturers  were  prompted  by  sug- 
gestions made  by  the  users  of  the  products.  Indeed,  in  some  instances  the 
initial  proposals  not  only  originated  with  the  user-groups  but  were  carried 
forward  to  completion  by  those  user-groups.  This  is  exemplified  in  R37-38, 
R50,  and  R58-36,  to  mention  just  three  instances.^ 

Most  of  the  "users"  initiating  the  recommendations  were  agencies 
such  as  hotel  and  hospital  associations. 

The  success  of  a  simplified  practice  project  depends  largely  upon 
the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  the  data  collected  through  a  survey 
of  the  specific  industry.  Studies  of  sales  figures  for  different  com- 
modity lines  frequently  show  that  about  80  percent  of  a  year's  busi- 
ness is  done  in  approximately  20  percent  of  the  varieties  in  which  the 
product  is  offered.  The  remaining  80  percent  of  the  varieties 
which  bring  in  only  20  percent  of  the  volume  is  often  an  economic 
burden  on  industry,  causing  excessive  inventories,  higher  carrying 
costs,  slow  turnover,  and  heavy  obsolescence,  with  consequent  loss  to 
all  concerned. 

Procedure  in  developing  a  Simplified  Practice  Recommendation. — 
The  procedure  employed  in  the  development  of  a  Simplified  Practice 
Recommendation' includes  the  following  steps: 

1.  A  survey  by  a  representative  committee  of  the  industry  covering  sizes, 
varieties,  and  types  of  the  article  made  during  each  year  of  a  given  period, 
the  volume  of  each  item  produced  annually,  the  relative  importance  of  the  items, 
the  probable  future  trends,  and  the  items  which  can  be  eliminated  with  varying 
degrees  of  advantage. 

2.  Preparation  of  a  statement  consolidating  this  information. 

3.  Presentation  of  the  statement  to  a  general  conference  of  all  interested 
groups  representing  producers,  distributors,  and  consumers. 

*  Letter  from  Edwin  W.  Ely,  Chief,  Division  of  Simplified  Practice,  National  Bureau  of 
Standards,  Washington,  D.  C,  dated  August  19,  1940. 


a 
o 

O 

c 
o 


if  -D  "2 
goo 
E  -D  -o 
E  c  c 
O     O     D 

'^  CO  en 

>    ^  ^  "o 

s     " 


V       W        V 

E  ^  E 
t  ^  E 
o  00    o 

w    o  ^ 
Q     c     w 

CO   B  ^ 

q 
'^ 
a 

N 


1I 

= 

3 
1 

1 
f 

ill 
III 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

ll 

ii 
p 

1 

1 

1 

1 

GONCIE'NTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWEOB  g7 

4.  Adoption  -by  the  conference,  on  the  basis  of  the  survey  findings,  of  a 
Simplified  Practice  Recommendation,  usually  in  the  form  of  a  list  of  sizes  or 
types  of  the  product  which  appear  adequate  to  meet  all  normal  demands. 

5.  Appointment  by  the  general  conference,  of  a  standing  committee  of  the 
industry  to  maintain  the  recommendation,  through  revisions  when  necessaty. 

6.  Circulation  by  the  division  to  all  concerned  of  a  full  report  of  the  con- 
ference action  for  final  acceptance  of  the  recommendation. 

7.  Promulgation  of  the  program  by  the  Department  of  Commerce,  through 
the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  and  publication  of  the  recommendation, 
upon  receipt  of  adequate  written  support  by  manufacturers,  distributors,  and 
consumers. 

The  Division  thereafter  cooperates  with  the  standing  committee  in  conducting, 
from  time  to  time,  surveys  to  determine  the  degree  of  adherence,  to  maintain 
and  extend  support  of  the  recommendation,  and  to  secure  data  for  reaffirma- 
tion or  revision  to  meet  changing  industrial  conditions.* 

Typical  development  of  a  Simplified  Practice  Kecommendation  is 
shown  in  Chart  V, 

Of  the  173  Simplified  Practice  Recommendations  developed  to  date 
many  have  undergone  one  or  more  revisions. 

The  first  Simplified  Practice  Recommendation  was  for  vitrified 
paving  brick;  others  cover  a  wide  range  of  commodities  including 
construction  materials,  metal  products,  tools,  ceramic  products,  tex- 
tiles, paper  and  cardboard  products,  mechanical  products,  containers, 
invoices  and  warehouse  receipts. 

Some  of  the  first  "user"  organizations  to  participate  in  Simplified 
Practice  conferences  were  the  American  Electric  Railway  Association, 
American  Gas  Association,  American  Home  Economics  Association, 
American  Institute  of  Architects,  American  Railway  Association 
(division  VI,  Purchases  and  Stores),  Associated  General  Contractors 
of  America,  National  Association  of  Purchasing  Agents,  Electric 
Power  Club  (now  the  National  Electrical  Manufacturers  Association), 
National  Electric  Light  Association  (now  Edison  Electric  Institute), 
National  Retail  Dry  Goods  Association,  and  the  National  Wliolesale 
Druggist  Association. 

Division  of  Trade  Standards. — The  National  Bureau  of  Standards, 
with  the  assistance  of  interested  groups,  sets  up  and  promulgates  so- 
called  Commercial  Standards;  which — 

*  *  *  are  voluntary  recorded  standards  agreed  upon  by  producers,  dis- 
tributors, and  consumers,"  covering  terminology,  types,  classifications,  grades, 
sizes,  and  use  characteristics  of  manufactured  products  as  a  basis  for  better 
understanding  between  buyer  and  seller.  They  include  standard  methods  of 
test,  rating,  certification,  and  labeling,  and  provide  a  uniform  basis  for  fair 
competition.  They  are  made  effective  by  means  of  voluntary  guarantees  on 
invoices,  on  labels,  or  by  grade  marks  on  the  goods  themselves." 

Representatives  of  industrial  and  commercial  purchasers  partici- 
pate in  these  activities  more  extensively  than  do  representatives  from 
consumer  organizations.  It  must  be  noted,  however,  that  representa- 
tives of  consumer  organizations  are  invited  to  express  their  views  of 
pending  specifications  and  standards. 

The  ultimate  purpose  for  having  representatives  of  producers,  dis- 
tributors, and  consumers  attend  conferences  dealing  with  Commercial 

<  Letter  from  Edwin  W.  Ely,  Chief,  Division  of  Simplified  Practice,  National  Bureau  of 
Standards,  Washington,  D.  C,  dated  August  14.  1940. 

^  The  term  "consumer"  as  used  in  National  Bureau  of  Standards  publications  connotes 
the  broader  meaning  of  the  term — the  "user"  of  the  commodity^whether  he  be  the  so-called 
"ultimate  consumer"  or  one  who  buys  the  material  for  remanufacture  or  resale.  The  "con- 
sumer" may  be  a  packer  (who  buys  his  containers  from  the  manufacturer),  a  purchasing 
agent  for  an  institution  such  as  a  hospital  or  hotel,  or  he  may  be  a  household  buyer. 

'  'Commercial  Standards  and  Their  Value  to  Business,"  by  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards,  p.  2,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office.  Washington,  D.  C.  1940. 


gg  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWETl 

Standards  is  to  consider  all  points  of  view  before  establishing  these 
Standards.  Some  consumer  organizations  represented  at  conferences 
on  proposed  standards  include  General  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs, 
American  Home  Economics  Association,  American  Association  of 
University  Women,  National  Council  of  Women,  National  Congress 
of  Parents  and  Teachers,  National  Federation  of  Business  and  Pro- 
fessional Women's  Clubs,  Young  Women's  Christian  Association, 
and  the  Young  Men's  Christian  Association. 

The  use  of  the  Commercial  Standards  promulgated  by  the  National 
Bureau  of  Standards  is  entirely  voluntary  on  the  part  of  producers, 
distributors,  and  consumers. 

Any  group,  whether  producers,  distributors,  or  consumers,  may 
request  the  cooperation  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  in 
the  establishment  of  a  Commercial  Standard,  In  initiating  the  work, 
the  proponent  group  is  expected  to  assume  certain  responsibilities, 
such  as  the  selection  of  the  specification;  the  preparation  of  the 
tentative  draft;  attending  preliminary  conferences;  and  supplying 
data,  information,  or  advice  as  the  situation  may  require. 

Upon  receipt  of  a  written  request  from  an  interested  group,  for 
cooperation  in  developing  a  Commercial  Standard,  the  request  is  as- 
signed, by  the  Division  of  Trade  Standards,  to  a  "project  manager" 
who  represents  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  throughout  the 
development  of  the  project  and  is  responsible  for  the  proper  conduct 
of  the  work. 

Procedure  in  developing  a  Commercial  Standard. — The  procedure 
in  developing  a  Commercial  Standard  requested  by  an  interested 
group  or  by  an  industry  usually  includes  the  following  steps : 

1.  A  survey  of  existing  specifications  and  selection  or  formulation  by  the 
proponent  group  of  a  tentatively  satisfactory  specification. 

2.  Preliminary  conferences '  of  members  of  the  proponent  group  to  consider 
the  specification. 

3.  Review  of  the  specification  for  technical  accuracy  by  the  appropriate  divi- 
sion of  the  Bureau. 

4.  Circulation  of  proposed  standard  to  other  interested  organizations,  especially 
consumer  groups,  for  advance  comment. 

5.  Circulation  of  the  specification  to  all  organizations  directly  interested — 
producers,  distributors,  and  consumers  with  invitation  to  attend  a  general 
conference  or  submit  comments  and  criticisms. 

6.  Consideration,  by  the  general  conference,  of  the  specification,  and  adoption 
as  recommended  Commercial   Standard. 

7.  Appointment,  by  the  general  conference,  of  a  standing  committee  to 
maintain  the  standard,  through  revision  when  necessary. 

8.  Circulation  of  the  recommended  standard  to  each  unit  of  the  whole 
industry  including  manufacturers,  distributors,  and  organized  consumers,  with 
request  for  written  acceptance. 

9.  Promulgation  of  the  recommended  standard  by  the  Department  of  Com- 
merce, through  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  and  publication  of  the 
Commercial  Standard,  upon  receipt  of  acceptances  representing  65  percent  of 
production  or  consumption  by  volume,  and  in  the  absence  of  valid  active 
opposition.' 


■'The  reason  for  limiting  these  preliminary  conferences  to  the  proponent  group,  that  is, 
the  one  initiating  the  procedure,  is  "for  the  purpose  of  facilitating  action  and  helping  to 
correlate  and  epitomize  the  desires  of  the  group  most  eager  to  establish  a  Commercial 
Standard.  This  method  tends  to  promote  free  and  frank  discussion  of  all  ramifications  of 
the  standard  and  thus  produces  a  firmer  foundation  for  subsequent  discussion,  adjustment, 
acceptance,  certification,  and  labeling."  It  is  best  to  "have  at  least  the  proponent  group 
substantially  in  harmony  before  calling  a  general  conference  of  all  interests."  "Com- 
mercial Standards  and  Their  Value  to  Business."  by  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards, 
p.  5.  United  States  Government  Printing  OflSce,  Washington,  D.  C,  1940. 

>  Letter  from  I.  J.  Falrchild,  Chief,  Division  of  Trade  Standards,  National  Bureau  of 
Standards,  Washington,  D.  C,  dated  August  15,  1940. 


iMIi-lfli  ilU  U  if 


o 

■^  e— 

I     2:  ?= 

§     a  00 

?  §■  O 

-"  Q  « 

Q     "~  "O 

3  s  i    g 

«^  o^  o      -^ 

g^§  i 

?■  Q  i 

•^    9-  o 

8 

3 

I 

Q 


GONOEWTEATION  OF  EICONOMIC  POWEiR  89 

Typical  development  of  a  Commercial  Standard  is  shown  in 
chart  VI. 

Each  proposal  for  a  Commercial  Standard  requires  a  special  ap- 
proach adapted  to  the  character  of  the  particular  commodity  to  be 
standardized  and  conditions  in  that  industry. 

The  National  Bureau  of  Standards  does  not  expect  that  household 
buyers  will  become  familiar  with  the  requirements  of  Commercial 
Standards.  The  Bureau  expects,  however,  that  with  the  cooperation 
of  associations  of  purchasing  agents  and  consumer  organizations, 
that  both  the  industrial  and  commercial  buyer,  as  well  as  the  house- 
hold purchaser,  will  benefit  gradually  through  greater  competition 
stimulated  by  acceptance,  production,  and  sale  of  goods  of  higher 
quality  and  performance. 

Women's  silk  dress  fabrics  and  silk  stockings  are  two  commodities 
which  may  serve  to  illustrate  the  difficulties  encountered  in  setting 
up,  promulgating,  and  promoting  the  use  of  Coramercial  Standards. 

The  General  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs  sponsored  the  devel- 
opment of  performance  specifications  for  silk  dress  fabrics.  A  draft 
of  a  specification  was  prepared,  but  no  general  agreement  has  been 
reached  on  performance,  although  the  method  by  which  the  fabric 
may  be  tested  is  covered  by  Commercial  Standard  CS59-39.  Speci- 
fications are  being  drafted  at  the  present  time  for  fabrics  for  eve- 
ning dresses  and  for  silk  fabrics  for  sport  dresses.  Most  manufac- 
turers have  opposed  informative  labeling  of  dress  fabrics,  claiming 
such  labels  would  confuse  consumers. 

There  is  no  accepted  Commercial  Standard  including  quality  or 
performance  specifications  for  silk  stockings  for  women,  although 
consumers  have  expressed  their  desire  for  such  a  standard.  In  1937 
the  General  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs  asked  that  standards  of 
performance  and  quality  with  grades  for  silk  stockings  be  developed. 

The  National  Bureau  of  Standards  began  a  series  of  tests  to 
measure  performance  and  quality  of  silk  stockings,  and,  as  a  result, 
two  machines  to  test  the  wear  value  of  stockings  were  developed  and 
built  by  the  Bureau.  Stockings,  at  prices  ranging  from  59  cents 
to  $9  a  pair,  purchased  in  8  different  cities,  were  tested  on  these 
machines.  It  was  found  that  no  relationship  exists  between  price 
and  "value"  based  on  performance,  the  69-cent  stocking  withstood 
the  test.  Undyed  hosiery  gave  consistent  performance  when  tested 
on  one  of  these  machines,  but  tests  of  finished  hosiery  gave  variable 
results.  Snag  resistance  and  abrasion  resistance  were  measured  on 
other  machines.  Fastness  of  color  and  finish  of  silk  stockings  are 
important  factors  of  performance  which  were  tested.  Manufacturers, 
after  testing  stockings  in  their  own  factories,  claimed  that  the  per- 
formance of  the  stockings  after  finishing  could  not  be  controlled, 
so  instead  of  performance  standards  for  silk  stockings  the  National 
Association  of  Hosiery  Manufacturers  developed  standards  based 
on  construction  ^  and  urged  their  promulgation  by  the  National 
Bureau  of  Standards.  Certificates,  showing  compliance  of  the  ho- 
siery with  the  grades  and  quality  of  construction  proposed,  were 
drafted  by  the  National  Association  of  Hosiery  Manufacturers.  The 
industry  as  a  whole,  however,  failed  to  adopt  this  type  of  certifi- 
cation.   A  few  hosiery  manufacturers  have  installed  in  their  factories 

•"Standards  of  Construction  and  Inspection  of  Ladles'  Full-Fashioned  Hosiery,"  15  pp.. 
National  Association  of  Hosiery  Manufacturers,  New  York  City,  1936. 


9Q  CONOENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

testing  machines  developed  by  .the  National  Bureau  of  Standards ; 
to  date  25  machines  are  being  used. 

It  has  been  suggested  that  minimum  standards  for  stockings  be 
established ;  these  standards  to  be  based  on  wearability,  extensibility, 
and  recovery  of  shape,  and  to  include  grades  if  possible.  If  a 
Commercial  Standard  for  stockings  is  finally  adopted  and  is  effective, 
grades  for  stockings  might  be  unnecessary  except  to  indicate  imper- 
fections or  defects;  stockings  would  be  classified  largely  on  the 
basis  of  sheerness,  weight,  or  color,  and  would  be  graded  standard 
or  substandard  in  performance. 

Division  of  Codes  amd  SpecificatioTis. — The  work  of  this  Division  is 
carried  on  by  five  sections  dealing  with  safety  codes,  building  codes, 
building  practice  and  specifications,  producer  contacts  and  certifica- 
tion, and  consumer  contracts  and  labeling. 

This  Division  cooperates  with  Federal,  State,  and  municipal 
agencies  in  the  development  of  safety  codes.  It  investigates  mate- 
rials and  apparatus  incidental  to  the  establishment  of  safety  stand- 
ards; also  accidents  and  field  conditions  and  current  practices  in 
industry.  It  cooperates  with  State  and  municipal  officials  in  the 
application  of  safety  standards,  and  with  engineering,  insurance,  and 
other  associations  in  preparing  their  own  standards.  It  prepares 
publications  bearing  on  the  application  of  safety  standards. 

In  cooperation  with  Federal,  State,  and  municipal  agencies  and 
technical  and  trade  organizations,  the  Division  of  Codes  and  Specifi- 
cations prepares  minimum  requirements  suitable  for  adoption  in 
building  and  plumbing  ordinances.  It  compiles  and  disseminates 
information  concerning  the  status  of  building  and  plumbing  codes. 
It  also  assists  local  code  committees  in  the  revision  of  their  local 
codes. 

The  Division  collects  and  disseminates  scientific,  practical,  and 
statistical  information  showing  approved  methods  of  building, 
planning,  construction,  standardization,  and  adaptability  of  struc- 
tural units,  including  the  selection  and  economic  utilization  of 
building  materials.  It  investigates  current  developments  in  con- 
struction of  dwelling  houses,  including  new  types  of  materials  and 
their  uses  and  new  uses  for  existing  materials.  It  assembles  in- 
formation concerning  the  care  and  maintenance  of  the  various  parts 
of  houses  and  prepares  pamphlets,  articles,  and  reports  on  subjects 
of  interest  to  home  builders  and  home  owners. 

The  Division  establishes  contacts  with  agencies  making  purchases 
out  of  tax  moneys  and  with  representatives  of  "over-the-counter'' 
buyers  to  show  benefits  derived  by  using  nationally  recognized 
standards  and  specifications  under  the  Certification  Plan  as  outlined 
below.  It  encourages  manufacturers  of  staple  goods  to  identify 
their  commodities  by  labels  to  guarantee  compliance  with  Federal 
Specifications  or  Commercial  Standards.  It  aids  public  purchasers 
in  formulating,  selecting,  and  unifying  specifications  and  commodity 
acceptance  testing  methods.  The  Division  compiles  and  keeps  up  to 
date  directories  of  commercial  testing  and  college  research  labora- 
tories, and  Governmental  testing  laboratories.  It  prepares  the 
National  Directory  of  Commodity  Specifications  in  which  are  classi- 
fied and  indexed  references  to  all  nationally  recognized  standards 
and  specifications  of  technical  societies  and  trade  associations  and 
several  agencies  of  the  Federal  Government. 


ZZ 


o 
-a 

c 
O 

g     0     o 
E     =     c 

o  2  I 
^^  § 
"o  ^  ^ 

a   E  g  o 

I"  ~ 
8--5  I 

Q  §1 

3  ^  Q 

"o 

o 
'5. 


°  X.  .■?  :^    E    c 


I  ^ 


M 


Q-  (5 


5    E 
"    o 


c    E 
.2    E 

-S.S 

o    « 
"§    o 


.£    c  [ 

o    o 

II 

^    o 

g        -D 

>^  ll-r-t    — >  1 

^  I    o    "  -Q 

III  - 

J    E 

>- 

00 


r 


C'ON'CIE'NTEATICXN  OF  EOONOMIC  POWER  9  J 

Tlie  Certification  Plan  and  its  application  to  Federal  Specifications 
and  Commercial  Standards  is  another  program  of  interest  to  con- 
sumers which  is  carried  on  by  the  Division  of  Codes  and  Specifica- 
tions. This  plan  is  thus  described  by  the  National  Bureau  of  Stand- 
ards in  part : 

The  Certification  Plan  consists  in  the  compilation  and  distribution  by  the 
National  Bureau  of  Standards,  of  lists  of  sources  of  supply  of  commodities 
covered  by  certain  selected  Federal  Specifications  and  Commercial  Standards. 
These  lists  contain  the  names  of  firms  who  have  indicated  their  willingness  to 
certify  to  purchasers,  upon  request,  that  the  material  supplied  by  them  on 
contracts  based  on  the  selected  specifications  and  standards  does  actually 
comply  with  the  requirements  and  tests  thereof  and  is  so  guaranteed  by  them.^° 

The  Certification  Plan  has  already  been  applied  to  666  Federal 
Specifications  and  54  Commercial  Standards.  These  lists,  to  which 
additions  are  made  from  time  to  time,  are  distributed  to  tax-supported 
agencies  (Federal,  State,  county,  and  municipal)  and  to  all  others 
upon  request. 

It  must  be  pointed  out  that  the  application  of  the  Certification  Plan 
to  Federal  Specifications  or  Commercial  Standards  is  limited  to  large 
contract  buying,  such  as  purchases  made  by  the  Federal  Government, 
which  in  many  instances  is  not  a  typical  ultimate  consumer.  The 
nature  of  the  Government's  needs,  as  represented  by  Federal  Specifica- 
tions and  those  of  the  over-the-counter  buyer  are  not  the  same.  Com- 
mercial Standards,  however,  cover  goods  more  frequently  used  by 
consumers  and  intermediate  manufacturers. 

Some  of  the  benefits  derived  by  the  large-quantity  purchasers  from 
using  nationally  recognized  specifications  under  the  Certification  Plan 
can  be  passed  along  to  the  "over-the-counter"  buyer  by  the  widespread 
application  of  the  Labeling  Plan  "  outlined  below,  which  is  based  on 
certified  compliance  with  nationall}"  recognized  specifications. 
^  Another  service  of  interest  to  consumers  inaugurated  by  the  Na- 
tional Bureau  of  Standards  is  the  self-identifying,  quality -guarantee- 
ing Labeling  Plan  just  referred  to.  In  accordance  with  this  plan,  a 
firm  desiring  to  bring  effectively  to  the  attention  of  the  "over-the- 
counter"  buyer,  at  the  time  of  making  a  purchase,  commodities  which 
it  is  willing  to  guarantee  as  complying  with  the  requirements  of  cer- 
tain nationally  recognized  specifications  or  standards,  places  on  the 
individual  commodities  or  their  contailiers  labels  which  definitely 
identify  both  the  specification  and  the  manufacturer  or  the  trade 
association  which  holds  itself  responsible  for  the  guaranty. 

An  example  of  a  Federal  Specification  suitable  for  quality  labeling 
is  that  for  bleached  cotton  sheets.  Federal  Specification  DI)D-S-281. 

This  specification  covers  the  kind  of  material,  the  size,  weight, 
thread  count,  breaking  strength,  hems,  and  stitching. 

The  Labeling  Plan  is  capable  of  a  considerable  expansion  into  the 
realm  of  "over-the-counter"  goods. 

Research  Associates. 

At  the  present  time  over  60  research  associates  are  maintained  at 
the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  under  its  research  associate  plan. 
Under  this  plan,  a  manufacturer,  distributor,  or  user  of  a  particular 

10  ."jiie  Certiflcation  Plan  :  Its  Significance,  Scope,  and  Application  to  Selected  Federal 
^eciflcations  and  Commercial  Standards,"  34  pp.,  LC-559,  National  Bureau  of  Standards, 
Washington,  D.  C,  1939,  mimeographed. 

""Labeling  Plan — Aid  for  Over-the-Counter  Buyers,"  10  pp.,  National  Bureau  of  Stand- 
ards, Washington,  D.  C,  1938,  mimeographed. 


92  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

commodity,  generally  through  the  recognized  national  association  of 
that  industry,  maintains  one  or  more  technicians  in  the  laboratories 
and  shops  of  the  Bureau  under  the  supervision  and  regular  procedure 
of  the  Bureau  for  the  purpose  of  research  in  a  field  of  mutual  concern. 
An  examination  of  the  list  of  projects  upon  which  these  associates  are 
now  working  discloses  that  about  44  percent  of  the  research  associates 
receive  all  or  a  part  of  their  pay  from  organizations  that  are  inter- 
ested in  research  problems  from  the  viewpoint  of  the  user  of  the 
product  rather  than  that  of  the  manufacturer.  It  should  be  pointed 
out  that  the  results  obtained  by  the  research  associates  working  under 
this  jplan  are  given  to  the  public  through  publications  of  the  Bureau. 
One  example  is  research  in  motor  fuels;  another,  research  in  dental 
products. 

C ooperatioii.  With  Other  Agencies. 

Much  of  the  Bureau's  work  in  research  and  testing  is  utilized  in 
preparing  commodity  specifications  for  the  Federal  Government  and 
other  tax-supported  agencies,  and  in  determining  whether  commodities 
purchased  do  actually  comply  with  the  specification  requirements. 
A  large  part  of  the  purchases  made  by  the  Federal  Government  are 
tested  at  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards. 

In  cooperation  with  the  Federal  Specifications  Executive  Com- 
mittee, Procurement  Division,  Treasury  Department,  of  which  the 
Director  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  is  chairman,  members 
of  the  Bureau  staff  take  a  leading  part  in  the  preparation  of  Federal 
Specifications,  The  Bureau  is  represented .  on  62  of  the  70  technical 
committees  functioning  to  date.  It  furnishes  chairmen  for  34,  vice- 
chairmen  for  8,  and  secretaries  for  4  of  these  technical  committees. 

The  staff  of  the  Bureau  takes  part  in  the  activities  of  127  techni- 
cal and  trade  organizations  representing  variousi  fields  of  endeavor, 
including  'science,  technical  research,  and  trade,  both  national  and 
international.  It  has  representation  on  910  technical  committees  of 
these  organizations,  many  of  which  depend  upon  the  Bureau's  co- 
operation in  carrying  forward  their  scientific  and  technical  activi- 
ties. The  Bureau  is  represented  on  300  technical  committees  and 
subcommittees  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials 
(A.  S.  T.  M.),  a  national  technical  society  devoted  to  the  promotion 
of  the  knowledge  of  engineering  and  the  standardization  of  speci- 
fications and  methods  of  testing.  Through  this  representation  the 
Bureau  holds  chairmanship  of  30  of  the  A.  S.  T.  M.  committees,  vice- 
chairmanship  of  4,  and  secretaryship  of  6. 

The  National  Bureau  of  Standards  is  sponsor  (or  cosponsor)  of 
26  projects  carried  out  under  the  procedure  of  the  American  Stand- 
ards Association  (A.  S.  A.).  It  is  represented  on  160  A.  S.  A.  tech- 
nical committees,  having  chairmanship  of  15,  vice  chairmanship  of 
2,  and  secretaryship  of  7.  It  is  represented  also  on  the  following 
coordinating  agencies  of  this  association :  Board  of  directors,  Stand- 
ards Council,  Electrical  Standards  Committee,  Mechanical  Stand- 
ards Committee,  Advisory  Committee  on  Ultimate  Consumer  Goods, 
Safety  Code  Correlating  Committee,  and  Building  Code  Correlating 
Committee.  All  of  the  safety  code,  building  code,  and  plumbing 
code  requirements  thus  far  formulated  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Bureau  have  been  accepted  as  a  basis  for  the  development  of  safety, 
building,  and  plumbing  codes  under  the  American  Standards  As- 


OON-OEyNTBATIOiN  OF  ElOQNOMIC  POWEiR  93 

sociation  procedure.  Two  members  of  the  staff  of  this  association 
are  located  at  the  Bureau  to  facilitate  the  cooperative  work  of  the 
two  organizations. 

The  National  Bureau  of  Standards  cooperates  with  tax-supported 
purchasing  agencies,  industries,  and  national  organizations  in  devel- 
oping specifications  and  facilitating  their  use;  it  encourages  the  ap- 
plication of  the  latest  development  in  the  utilization  and  standardi- 
zation of  building  materials,  the  development  of  engineering  and 
safety  codes,  Simplified  Prcatice  Recommendations,  and  Commercial 
Standards  of  quality  and  performance. 

As  stated  by  representatives  of  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards! — 

Lack  of  adequate  funds  has  kept  the  Bureau  from  going  as  far  as  it  would 
like  in  the  field  of  developing  commodity  standards  for  the  ultimate  small 
purchaser.  However,  it  must  not  be  overlooked  that  in  devoting  so  much  time 
and  study  to  the  problems  of  contract  buyers,  and  in  determining  for  them 
whether  commodities  meet  certain  specifications,  the  noncontract  buyer  has 
also  been  served  indirectly  through  the  economies  introduced  in  manufacturing 
processes.  Beyond  a  doubt  the  small  consumer  is  thereby  reaping  the  benefit 
by  obtaining  better  goods,  hence  more  value,  for  his  money. 

Attempts  have  been  made  to  give  the  small  consumer  direct  assistance  in  his 
buying  through  a  labeling  plan.  It  must  be  recognized  that  future  progress  in 
consumer  standards  will,  for  a  great  part,  depend  upon  scientific  testing  of  com- 
modities and  the  properties  of  the  materials  from  which  they  are  made,  carried 
out  by  experts  using  necessary  scientific  equipment,  with  all  tests  scientifically 
controlled. 


FEDERAL  ALCOHOL  ADMINISTRATION  ^^ 

The  Federal  Alcohol  Administration  was  created  by  the  Federal 
Alcohol  Act  of  1935.     Its  purpose,  as  stated  in  the  title  is  to — 

further  protect  the  revenue  derived  from  distilled  spirits,  wine,  and  malt  bev- 
erages, to  regulate  interstate  and  foreign  commerce  and  enforce  the  postal  laws 
with  respect  thereto,  to  enforce  the  twenty-first  amendment,  and  for  other 
purposes. 

The  Federal  Alcohol  Administration  succeeded  the  Federal  Alco- 
hol Control  Administration,  an  agency  established  under  the  provi- 
sions of  the  National  Industrial  Recovery  Act.  It  was  made  a 
division  of  the  Treasury  Department  and  was  headed  by  an  Adminis- 
trator appointed  by  the  President  by  and  with  the  advice  and  con- 
sent of  the  Senate. 

Section  5  of  the  Federal  Alcohol  Administration  Act  makes  it — 

unlawful  for  any  person  engaged  in  business  as  a  distiller,  brewer,  rectifier, 
blender,  or  other  producer,  or  as  an  importer  or  wholesaler,  of  distilled  spirits, 
wine,  or  malt  beverages,  or  as  a  bottler,  or  warehouseman  and  bottler,  of  dis- 
tilled spirits,  directly  or  indirectly  or  through  an  affiliate  *  *  *  ^^  g^n  qj. 
ship  or  deliver  for  sale  or  shipment,  or  otherwise  introduce  in  interstate  or 
foreign  commerce,  or  to  receive  therein,  or  to  remove  from  customs  custody  for 
consumption,  any  distilled  spirits,  wines,  or  malt  beverages  in  bottles,  unless 
such  products  are  bottled,  packed,  and  labeled  in  conformity  with  such  regula- 
tions to  be  prescribed  by  the  Administrator. 

The  act  requires  that  the  labeling  regulations  with  respect  to  pack- 
aging, marking,  branding,  and  labeling,  and  size  and  fill  of  container 
of  alcoholic  products  be  such  as  to  prohibit  deception  of  the  consumer 
through  the  use  of  false,  misleading,  obscene,  or  indecent  matter,  and 
to  provide  the  consumer  with  adequate  information  as  to  quantity, 
quality,  and  identity.  Similar  provisions  included  in  the  act  are 
designed  to  protect  the  consuming  public  from  deceptive  and  mis- 
leading advertising.^^ 

In  the  case  of  malt  beverages,  the  labeling  and  advertising  require- 
ments apply  to  interstate  transactions  only  if  the  law  of  the  individ- 
ual State  imposes  similar  requirements  on  local  malt  beverage  manu- 
facturers and  distributors. 

The  Federal  Alcohol  Administration  has  issued  detailed  regula- 
tions with  respect  to  labeling  and  advertising  of  wine,  distilled  spir- 
its, and  malt  beverages.  These  regulations  and  amendments  were 
promulgated  only  after  public  hearings  had  been  held.  Each  regu- 
lation is  divided  into  two  parts.  The  first  part  deals  with  standards 
of  identity  for  each  of  the  various  types  of  alcoholic  beverages,  and 
the  second  part  deals  with  information  which  is  required  to  appear  or 

"This  Administration  was  abolished,  effective  June  30.  1940,  under  the  terms  of  Reorgan- 
ization Plan  No.  III.  Its  functions  were  transferred  to  the  Alcohol  Tax  Unit  of  the 
Bureau  of  Internal  Revenue,  U.  S.  Treasury  Department,  Washington,  D.  C. 

13  The  Federal  Trade  Commission  also  has  jurisdiction  over  false  advertising  under  the 
recent  Wheeler-Lea  amendment  to  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  Act,  and  there  is  likewise 
a  close  parallel  to  the  Administration's  powers  with  respect  to  labeling  in  the  functions  of 
the  Food  and  Drug  Administration  under  the  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act. 

94 


C'ONOE'NTKATIOiN  OF  ECONOMIC  POWEIR  95 

which  is  prohibited  from  appearing  on  labels.  The  mandatory  in- 
formation is  intended  to  apprise  the  consumer  of  the  identity  and 
quality  of  the  products.  Other  information  appearing  on  labels 
must  not  be  false,  misleading,  obscene,  or  indecent,  and  the  use  of 
unenforceable  guaranties,  therapeutic  claims,  scientific  analyses,  and 
other  information  tending  to  mislead  the  consumer  is  banned. 

The  labeling  regulations  make  mandatory  the  inclusion  on  the 
labels  for  wine  of  the  brand  name;  class  and  type;  designation  of 
the  product,  in  conformity  with  the  standards  of  identity ;  name  and 
address  .of  the  responsible  firm  such  as  the  manufacturer,  bottler, 
or  importer ;  the  alcoholic  content ;  and  net  contents  of  container. 

Standards  of  identity  for  the  several  classes  and  types  of  wine 
have  been  established  for  still  grape  wine;  sparkling  grape  wine; 
carbonated  grape  wine ;  citrus  wine ;  fruit  wine ;  vermouth ;  and  imita- 
tion, concentrate,  and  substandard  wine. 

The  advertising  regulations  are  patterned  on  the  labeling  regula- 
tions paralleling  in  many  respects  the  requirements  or  prohibitions 
of  the  latter. 

Regulations  dealing  with  distilled  spirits  and  malt  beverages  are 
similar  to  the  regulations  for  wine,  except  that  in  the  case  of  dis- 
tilled spirits  standards  of  fill  of  container  are  prescribed,  which  have 
the  effect  of  requiring  the  use  of  bottles  of  prescribed  sizes,  which 
are  not  of  such  shape  or  design  as  to  mislead  the  consumer  as  to 
contents. 
Enforcement. 

In  order  to  prevent  the  shipment  in  interstate  commerce  of  mis- 
branded  products,  all  bottlers  and  importers  of  distilled  spirits  and 
wines,  and  to  a  limited  extent  bottlers  of  malt  beverages,  are  required 
to  obtain  from  the  Administration  certificates  of  label  approval  cov- 
ering alcoholic  beverages  intended  to  be  withdrawn  from  customs 
custody  or  bottled  for  interstate  shipment.  The  act,  however,  also 
provides  that,  where  it  is  demonstrated  to  the  satisfaction  of  the 
Administrator  that  a  product  will  be  distributed  within  a  single 
State,  it  shall  be  exempted  from  the  necessity  of  label  approval. 
Twenty-two  States  have  adopted,  in  whole  or  in  part,  the  Administra- 
tion's labeling  regulations  as  State  requirements  applicable  to  intra- 
state transactions. 

From  Pecember  16,  1938,  to  December  15,  1939,  93,656  applications 
for  label  approval  certificates  and  certificates  of  exemption  from  label 
approval  were  acted  upon.  Of  this  number,  79,253  certificates  of 
label  approval  were  issued,  5,117  certificates  of  exemption  were 
granted,  and  2,286  applications  for  label  approval  were  disapproved. 
Some  5,028  applications  were  returned  because  of  incomplete  filing. 

Government  officials  have  supervision  over  all  customhouses,  and 
are  on  duty  at  all  distilled  spirits  distilleries  and  bottling  plants  to 
prevent  the  removal  of  the  merchandise  from  the  plants  unless  the 
importer  or  the  bottler,  as  the  case  may  be,  is  in  possession  of  the 
required  certificates  of  label  approval. 

Most  of  the  complaints  with  respect  to  misbranding  are  received 
by  the  Administration  from  industry  members  and  State  alcoholic 
beverage  control  board  officials.  After  appropriate  investigation, 
cases  involving  violations  of  the  law  or  regulations  are  disposed  of 


95  OONOENTRiATION  OF  EICONOMIC  POWER 

through  the  institution  of  proceedings  for  the  suspension  of  permits, 
the  acceptance  of  offers  in  compromise,  the  reference  of  the  case  to 
the  Attorney  General  for  prosecution,  or  the  transmission  of  the 
file  to  State  alcoholic  control  board  officials  for  appropriate  action 
under  State  laws.  During  the  past  year,  permits  were  suspended  in 
8  cases  involving  labeling  violations,  1  case  was  referred  to  the 
Attorney  General  for  prosecution,  and  15  cases  were  settled  by  offers 
in  compromise.  In  addition,  many  minor  and  technical  violations 
of  the  labeling  regulations  were  corrected  by  correspondence  with 
offenders,  informing  them  of  the  requirements  of  the  regulations 
and  suggesting  the  immediate  discontinuance  of  irregular  practices. 
As  part  of  the  enforcement  program,  the  Administration  employs 
specialists  who  examine  advertisements  of  liquor  firms  in  all  of  the 
major  periodicals  and  newspapers  carrying  liquor  advertising.  Spot 
checks  of  advertising  in  smaller  newspapers  are  made  with  the  as- 
sistance of  the  Press  Intelligence  Division  of  the  Office  of  Govern- 
ment Reports.  In  addition,  reports  of  improper  advertising  in 
media  of  a  more  local  nature  are  submitted  by  competitors,  trade 
associations,  and  by  members  of  the  Administration's  field  staff. 
An  official  is  assigned  to  check  billboard  and  point-of-sale  advertis- 
ing. Examinations  of  approximately  75,000  advertisements  are  made 
annually. 


FEDERAL  LOAN  AGENCY 

FEDERAL  HOUSING  ADMINISTRATION 

The  objective  of  the  program  of  the  Federal  Housing  Adminis- 
tration, as  defined  in  the  National  Housing  Act,  is  "to  encourage  im- 
provement in  housing  standards  and  conditions,  to  create  a  sound 
mortgage  market,  and  to  provide  a  system  of  mutual  mortgage 
insurance." 

From  the  standpoint  of  housing  values,  the  development  by  the 
Federal  Housing  Administration  of  a  national  system  of  minimum 
property  standards  and  construction  requirements  has  been  respon- 
sible for  a  marked  improvement  in  the  quality  of  the  construction 
and  planning  of  new  homes,  particularly  in  the  lower-price  brackets. 
Consequently,  new  home  buyers  under  the  Federal  Housing  Ad- 
ministration plan  have  secured  sounder  investments  and  more  livable 
dwellings  than  were  generally  available  for  the  same  amounts  of 
money  under  previous  conditions. 

Standards  amd  Minim/wm  Requirements  for  Individual  Houses  and 
Properties. 

The  interests  of  the  home  buyer  and  of  the  Federal  Housing 
Administration  are  jointly  served  by  the  physical  standards  and 
requirements,  developed  by  the  Technical  Division,  for  the  prop- 
erties securing  insured  mortgages.  The  procedure  used  in  develop- 
ing these  standards  is  shown  in  chart  VII.  These  standards  are 
based  on  the  mlinimum  requirements  considered  necessary  for  a 
well-built  dwelling  which  will  be  resistant  to  the  elements  and  to 
normal  use,  and  which  will  provide  convenient,  livable  housing. 
These  standards  are  especially  intended  to  foster  those  elements 
which  retard  deterioration  and  decay,  promote  safety,  safeguard 
health,  and  secure  an  efficient  utilization  of  space. 

Many  Federal  Housing  Administration  requirements  are  designed 
as  safeguards  against  common  faults  and  errors  in  building  which 
result  in  accelerated  deterioration  of  the  structure,  unsanitary  con- 
ditions, and  the  premature  development  of  value-destroying  influ- 
ences. These  requirements,  however,  afford  wide  limits  within  which 
houses  may  be  built  to  suit  individual  tastes  if  the  location  is  planned 
to  provide  adequate  light  and  air  for  these  houses  and  their  neigh- 
boring dwellings,  as  well  as  space  for  access  to  a  garage,  and  an 
acceptable  location  with  respect  to  street  lines  and  adjacent  houses. 
Requirements  of  this  nature  are  of  benefit  to  individual  properties 
as  well  as  to  the  neighborhood  and  community  as  a  whole. 

House  plans  of  fixed  design  are  not  mandatory.  Most  plans  may 
be  used  which  meet  minimum  requirements  as  to  room  areas,  closet 

97 


9g  CONCIENTR'ATION  OF  HCQNOMIC  POWETl 

and  storage  space,  and  standards  of  privacy,  and  which  avoid  un- 
economical use  of  space.  The  construction  of  houses  planned  and 
designed  on  a  highly  individualistic  basis  is  discouraged,  however, 
since  such  dwellings  are  generally  limited  in  their  appeal  and  may 
prove  difficult  to  market  if  resale  becomes  necessary.  On  the  other 
hand,  departures  from  conventional  plans  and  exterior  designs  are 
not  discouraged  if  these  departures  are  considered  to  have  a  broad 
appeal.  In  particular,  the  development  of  regional  types  of  design 
which  recognize  climatic  conditions  as  well  as  local  tradition  is  en- 
couraged. 

The  minimum  construction  requirements  likewise  do  not  restrict 
home  owners  and  builders  in  their  choice  of  suitable  building  materials 
or  methods  of  construction.  Any  material  or  method  normally  used 
for  building  may  be  employed.  Once  the  selection  has  been  made, 
however,  the  Federal  Housing  Administration  ascertains  compliance 
with  its  minimum  standards  to  assure  the  proper  use  of  materials 
or  methods  so  as  to  retard  deterioration  and  functional  obsolescence. 
When  the  proposed  construction  methods  depart  from  the  generally 
accepted  practice  proven  by  many  years  of  experience,  the  Technical 
Division  reviews  them  as  individual  systems  and  rules  on  their 
acceptability.  The  public  thus  receives  the  benefits  of  any  improve- 
ments in  construction  or  cost  reductions  which  may  be  provided  by 
new  methods  but  is  safeguarded  against  methods  which  may  be 
structurally  or  otherwise  unsound. 

Each  insuring  office  of  the  Federal  Housing  Administration  uses 
minimum  requirements,  which  have  been  adapted  from  a  set  of  master 
requirements,  to  meet  local  conditions  and  customs.  The  master  re- 
quirements consist  of  general  minimum  requirements  applicable  to 
any  average  locality.  The  requirements  for  individual  districts  are 
adjusted  upward  or  downward  to  conform  with  local  conditions,  and 
may  also  include  minor  variations  based  on  local  custom  or  practice. 
These  adjustments  from  the  master  requirements  involve  practical 
considerations  such  as  the  depth  necessary  to  place  foundations  below 
the  frost  line ;  bracing  to  resist  unusual  stresses  in  localities  subject  to 
earthquakes;  greater  structural  strength  of  roof  members  in  regions 
subject  to  heavy  snowfall;  allowance  for  types  of  construction  in 
southern  areas  which  would  not  be  feasible  in  the  north ;  more  stringent 
requirem^ts  for  the  waterproofing  of  basements  in  areas  where 
water  conditions  are  severe;  and  protection  against  termites  in  areas 
where  termite  infestation  is  prevalent.  In  some  instances,  variations 
in  requirements  show  recognition  that  a  desired  objective  in  construc- 
tion often  may  be  attained  in  one  of  several  ways  and  that  local  custom 
and  practice,  when  satisfactory,  should  not  be  disturbed  by  requiring  a 
different  procedure  without  improvement  in  the  ultimate  result. 

In  preparing  and  revising  the  minimum  construction  requirements, 
the  Technical  Division  uses  standards  established  by  such  orgai]iiza- 
tions  or  agencies  as  the  American  Standards  Association;  the  Ameri- 
can Society  for  Testing  Materials ;  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards ; 
the  American  Institute  of  Steel  Construction ;  the  United  States  For- 
est Products  Laboratory ;  the  Federal  Specifications  Executive  Com- 
mittee ;  and  others.  Many  of  these  standards  are  based  on  long  years 
of  research,  and  experience  in  the  laboratory  and  in  practical  con- 
struction.   Where  recognized  standards  and  recommendations  are  not 


\ 


6  M 
'111 


5     |l    11 


IS 

GENERAL  OBJECTIVES  OF  STANDARDS 
Structural  Soundness                  Economy 
Physical  Security                         Safety 
Health  and  Sanitation               Comfort 
Livobility                                       Privacy 

METHODS  OF  PROMULGATION 

Minimum  Requirements 

General  ond  Special  Rulings 

Technicol  Publications 

(Educol.onol  Nature) 

IPuW.candF.H.  A.  Personnel) 

ENFORCEMENT 

1 Field  OfHces , 

UNDERWRITING            RENTAL  HOUSING 

Singie-Fomily                       Multiple-family 

Dwellrngs                                 Dwelling. 

Review  of  Individual  Applications  and  Inspection 

^    "-^^ 

IJ 

OONOENTBATION  OF  EICONOMIC  POWER  99 

available,  the  Technical  Division  relies  on  engineering  analysis  and 
good  building  practice.  Commercial  Standards  of  the  National  Bu- 
reau of  Standards  are  often  used  as  a  basis  for,  or  incorporation  in,  the 
requirements.  Where* a  trade  or  branch  of  the  building  industry  has 
not  adopted  a  Commercial  Standard  for  its  product,  the  Technical 
Division  in  many  instances  recommends  and  cooperates  in  the  develop- 
ment of  such  a  standard. 

The  minimum  requirements  of  the  Federal  Housing  Administration 
for  plumbing,  heating,  and  electric  wiring  systems  are  also  based  upon 
the  standards  and  recommendations  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Stand- 
ards, the  American  Society  of  Heating  and  Ventilating  Engineers,  the 
American  Gas  Association,  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters, 
and  the  National  Electrical  Code.  In  establishing  safe,  satisfactory 
standards  for  sewage  disposal  and  water  supply  in  communities 
where  public  utility  systems  are  not  available,  the  Technical  Division 
of  the  Federal  Housing  Administration  depends  largely  upon  the  rec- 
ommendations of  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service  and  the 
various  State  health  departments.  The  requirements  of  the  Federal 
Housing  Administration  deal  primarily  with  the  safety,  suitability, 
and  durability  of  household  mechanical  equipment  and  its  installation, 
as  well  as  with  the  general  objective  that  the  equipment  contribute 
to  the  essential  comfort  and  functioning  of  the  dwelling. 

The  general  purpose  of  the  minumum  requirements  is  to  indicate 
the  acceptable  minimum  standards  of  construction  rather  than  to 
provide  a  definite  specification.  When  available  funds  permit,  home 
buyers  sometimes  find  it  desirable  to  exceed  the  minimum  standards. 
The  minimum  requirements  do  not  supersede  local  building  codes 
except  where  those  codes  permit  lower  standards  of  construction  than 
are  acceptable  to  the  Federal  Housing  Administration.  In  the  nu- 
merous communities  which  do  not  have  a  building  code,  these  miniminh 
requirements  provide  the  only  means  of  regulating  construction  meth- 
ods and  often  tend  to  raise  the  local  construction  standards. 

In  formulating  its  minimum  requirements  for  adequate  construc- 
tion, the  Federal  Housing  Administration  does  not  demand  that 
houses  include  so-called  luxury  items.  For  example,  the  use  of  in- 
sulation in  walls,  ceilings,  or  roofs  is  not  required  even  though  it 
recognizes  that  insulation  is  a  valuable  aid  to  comfort  and  possibly  to 
heating  economy.  Insulation  is  considered  not  as  a  primary  struc- 
tural necessity  but  rather  a  desirable  addition  to  a  well-built  dwelling 
if  the  owner  can  afford  its  cost.  For  the  same  reason,  the  require- 
ments do  not  call  for  specific  types  of  bathtubs,  heating  plants, 
thermostatic  controls,  and  lighting  fixtures,  or  for  other  refinements 
that  add  to  comfort  and  convenience  but  do  not  affect  the  basic  struc- 
ture. Similarly,  the  interior  and  exterior  finish  of  a  house  may  be 
of  a  grade  and  quality  within  the  home  owner's  paying  ability,  pro- 
vided the  finishing  materials  are  sufficiently  resistant  to  use  and  to 
the  elements. 

Wliile  adherence  to  the  requirements  of  the  Federal  Housing  Ad- 
ministration does  not  necessarily  guarantee  structural  perfection, 
it  assures  adequate  construction,  functional  efficiency,  durability,  and 
marketability.  Any  attempt  to  rectify  faulty  construction  of  founda- 
tions or  of  the  structural  shell  of  houses  after  construction  is  com- 
pleted is  costly;  therefore,  hiarh  quality  of  these  basic  items  is  con- 


100  CONCfENTRATION  OF  EIOQXOMIC  POWER 

sidered  of  first  importance  in  the  formulation  of  Federal  Housing 
Administration  requirements. 

These  requirements  thus  constitute  a  protection  to  home  buyers  as 
well  as  an  essential  safeguard  against  excessive  losses  by  the  Admin- 
istration itself. 

Inspection. 

Since  the  Federal  Housing  Administration  insures  lending  insti- 
tutions against  loss  of  principal  on  mortgages  written  under  the 
F.  H.  A.  plan,  the  physical  quality  of  the  properties  securing  those 
mortgages  is  of  prime  importance  to  the  Administration.  An  ana- 
lysis of  each  mortgage  includes  not  only  a  study  of  the  home  site 
but  also  of  the  design,  construction,  and  equipment  of  the  house. 
Furthermore,  the  neighborhood,  general  economic  background  of  the 
community,  and  the  financial  characteristics  of  the  mortgage  are 
examined. 

The  outcome  of  this  entire  analysis  determines  whether  or  not  the 
Federal  Housing  Administration  will  issue  a  commitment  to  insure 
the  proposed  mortgage.  If  a  commitment  is  issued,  inspections  are 
made  to  determine  wliether  the  construction,  alterations,  or  repairs 
comply  with  the  conditions  of  the  commitment.  In  the  case  of  new 
dwellings  three  inspections  are  made  in  the  course  of  construction 
to  insure  compliance  with  the  approved  plans  and  specifications  and 
with  the  property  standards  and  minimum  construction  requirements 
of  the  Federal  Housing  Administration.  Three  inspections,  while 
constituting  important  safeguards  for  both  the  home  buyer  and  the 
Administration,  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  a  substitute  for  the  con- 
stant inspection  and  supervision  afforded  by  an  architect  or  con- 
struction superintendent. 

The  first  inspection  is  made  either  when  the  excavation  is  completed 
and  ready  for  footings  and  foundations,  or  when  foundations  are 
completed  and  ready  for  backfill,  depending  upon  which  stage,  in 
the  particular  case,  is  considered  to  be  the  more  important.  The 
inspector  notes  the  location  of  the  building  on  the  lot,  subsoil  con- 
ditions, adequacy  of  drainage,  and  other  important  items  which  can 
be  best  observed  at  this  time.  The  second  compliance  inspection  is 
m!'de  when  the  dwelling  is  enclosed,  with  all  structural  members 
exposed,  and  while  the  roughing-in  for  plumbing,  heating,  and  elec- 
trical work  is  in  place  and  visible.  The  third  inspection  is  made  when 
the  building  is  completed  and  ready  for  occupancy. 

If  it  is  found  at  any  stage  that  the  construction  or  finished  work 
does  not  comply  with  the  terms  of  the  commitment,  additional  in- 
spections are  made  to  determine  whether  acceptable  corrections  have 
been  made.  In  the  event  that  compliance  is  not  secured,  the  Federal 
Housing  Administration  cannot  stop  construction  or  directly  demand 
corrections.  It  can,  however,  refuse  to  insure  the  proposed  mortgage 
unless  proper  corrections  are  made. 

Land  Subdivision  Requirements. 

Another  contribution  to  increased  property  values  for  home  buyers 
and  to  adequate  safeguards  for  the  Administration  is  provided  by 
the  work  of  the  Land  Planning  Division  in  setting  up  standards  for 
land  subdivision.  The  minimum  requirements  for  subdivisions  are 
designed  to  accomplish  the  best  use  of  land  and  to  protect  the  basic 
plan  of  the  neighborhood.     The  principles  underlying  these  require- 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  IQl 

ments  include  the  development  of  urban  land  to  create  neighborhoods 
of  definite  character,  the  proper  relationship  of  such  neighborhoods 
to  that  of  the  community  as  a  whole,  and  the  design  of  neighborhoods 
to  the  requirements  of  the  community  for  a  definite  type  of  housing 
accomodations.  The  land  subdivision  requirements  also  deal  with 
the  proper  construction  and  width  of  roads  and  sidewalks,  adequately 
sized  utilities,  and  adequate  drainage  of  the  area  for  the  protection 
of  health  and  property. 

Educational  Activities. 

Another  important  phase  of  the  activities  of  the  Federal  Housing 
Administration  has  been  its  widespread  educational  program  for 
better  housing.  Numerous  technical  bulletins,  designed  both  for  the 
building  industry  and  for  home  buyers,  have  beeen  prepared  by  the 
Administration  as  an  aid  to  the  construction  of  better  homes  and 
the  creation  of  better  neighborhoods.  Educational  articles  describing 
good  and  bad  building  practices  and  emphasizing  the  most  satisfac- 
tory procedures  to  follow  in  building  or  buying  a  home  also  have 
been  widely  printed  by  magazines  and  newspapers. 

HOME  OWNERS'  LOAN  CORPORATION 

APPRAISAL  AND  RECONDITIONING  DIVISION 

The  Need  for  Sfeciilcations. 

The  Appraisal  and  Reconditioning  Division  of  Home  Owners' 
Loan  Corporation  was  established  in  1934,  and  the  need  for  appro- 
priate specifications  in  the  performance  of  its  duties  was  recognized. 
The  specifications  of  different  governmental  agencies  were  not  suita- 
ble for  use  in  the  Home  Owners'  Loan  Corporation's  reconditioning 
work  and,  therefore,  it  was  decided  to  set  up  specifications  for 
the  particular  functions  of  this  Division. 

Master  Specifications. 

In  the  preparation  of  these  specifications  the  following  groups 
were  consulted :  Regional  and  State  reconditioning  offices  of  the 
Corporation,  architects,  engineers,  manufacturers,  and  Government 
technicians.  The  experience  of  these  groups  was  utilized  in  the 
establishment  of  these  specifications,  which  were  called  Master 
Specifications. 

The  Master  Specifications  represent  the  minimum  standards  of 
workmanship  and  material  acceptable  in  the  reconditioning  oper- 
ations. 

Modified  Specifications:  Variable  conditions  make  it  necessary  to 
allow  certain  modifications  of  the  Master  Specifications.  These  modi- 
fications may  be  divided  into  two  classes: 

The  usual  modifications  require  an  indication  of  different  materials 
or  type  of  work  to  be  used. 

The  exceptional  modifications  are  used  in  the  preparation  of  indi- 
vidual job  specifications  in  order  to  meet  unusual  or  peculiar 
conditions. 

The  selection  of  suitable  materials  and  equipment  is  left  to  the 
person  preparing  the  specifications  for  a  particular  job. 

In  order  to  reduce  the  length  of  each  individual  job  specification, 
refei'ence  is  made  only  to  the  numbers  of  applicable  paragraphs  of 

272496 — tl — No.  24 S 


102  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

the  Master  Specifications  when  possible,  and  supplementary  informa- 
tion is  added.  This  arrangement  prevents  the  repetition  of  the 
detailed  information  incorporated  in  the  Master  Specifications  and 
provides  uniformity  in  the  preparation  of  specifications. 

During  the  progress  of  reconditioning  and  upon  completion  of 
the  work,  inspection,  examination,  and  tests  are  made  of  all  materials 
and  workmanship  to  ascertain  that  they  are  in  conformity  with  the 
Master  Specifications. 

Three  editions  of  the  Master  Specifications  have  been  published. 
The  first  Master  Specifications  were  released  in  December  1934,  and 
a  reprint  with  minor  changes  in  March  1935.  In  the  spring  of  1937 
the  need  for  more  comprehensive  specifications  was  recognized  as 
a  result  of  improvements  in  building  materials  and  appliances,  and 
also  because  the  Corporation  as  a  realtor  had  entered  into  new  phases 
of  activity  in  handling  its  acquired  properties.  In  June  1939  the 
Master  Specifications  were  revised  to  include  further  refinements  in 
content  and  scope,  and  to  permit  improved  reconditioning  work  with 
a  maximum  of  economy  and  a  minimum  of  effort. 

Since  the  Master  Specifications  have  been  prepared  and  adopted 
as  a  standard  for  reconditioning  work  by  the  Home  Owners'  Loan 
Corporation  more  than  80,000  copies  have  been  distributed  and  the 
Corporation  has  satisfactorily  completed  over  700,000  reconditioning 
jobs. 

An  indication  of  the  adaptability  of  the  Master  Specifications  for 
various  types  of  repair  work  is  evidenced  by  the  purchase  of  these 
specifications  by  private  architects,  engineers,  manufacturers  of  build- 
ing materials  and  appliances,  and  trade  associations. 

It  seems  that  the  experience  accumulated  by  this  Division,  in 
repairing  and  reconditioning  homes,  and  incorporated  in  the  Master 
Specifications,  may  be  of  use  to  home  owners  in  general. 


FEDERAL  SECURITY  AGENCY 

FOOD  AND  DRUG  ADMINISTRATION 

The  Food  and  Drug  Administration  administers  a  group  of  acts 
designed  to  safeguard  the  purity  and  truthfulness  of  labeling  of 
foods,  drugs,  and  other  commodities,  the  adulteration  or  misbranding 
of  which  may  seriously  impair  the  health  and  welfare  of  consumers 
and  users  of  these  products.     These  acts  are — 

Effective  date 

1.  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act Jan.  1,  1940. 

2.  Caustic  Poison  Act Mar.  4,  1927. 

3.  Tea  Act Mar.  2,  1897. 

Amended  May  16,  1908, 
and  May  81,  1920. 

4.  Import  Milk  Act May  15,  1927. 

5.  Filled  Milk  Act Mar.  4,  1923. 

The  jurisdiction  of  all  tht.  acts  is  limited  to  products  in  inter- 
state commerce,  or  interstate  and  foreign  commerce,  and  commerce 
within  the  District  of  Columbia  or  within  any  territory  of  the  United 
States. 

Headquarters  of  the  organizations  designed  for  the  effective  en- 
forcement of  these  acts  are  located  in  Washington,  D.  C.  Field 
stations  with  laboratories  for  testing  various  products  coming  within 
the  jurisdiction  of  these  acts  are  located  in  16  principal  cities 
throughout  the  country;  inspection  stations  without  laboratories 
are  maintained  in  20  cities;  and,  in  addition,  sea-food  inspectors 
are  located  at  numerous  plants  along  the  coasts  of  Georgia,  Florida, 
Alabama,  Mississippi,  and  Texas.  Authority  for  the  inspection  of 
sea  food  when  requested  by  the  packers  is  contained  in  section  lOA  of 
the  Food  and  Drugs  Act  of  1906 ;  this  section  was  not  repealed  with 
the  enactment  of  the  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act  of  1938. 

In  general,  enforcement  of  all  acts  is  carried  out  by  the  collection 
and  examination  of  samples  of  products  after  their  entry  into  inter- 
state commerce.  Most  of  this  work  is  done  in  the  field  stations. 
The  staff  laboratories  in  Washington  are  devoted  mainly  to  investi- 
gational and  reserach  work.  Types  of  such  investigational  or  re- 
search work  concurrently  carried  on  are — 

1.  Bacteriological  studies  of  foods,  drugs,  and  cosmetics. 

2.  Vitamin  tests  and  improvement  of  methods  of  testing. 

3.  Pharmacological  tests,  mainly  of  drugs  and  cosmetics. 

4.  Microanalytical  studies  of  foods,  drugs,  and  cosmetics  and 

development  of  microanalytical  methods. 

5.  Chemical  studies  of  methods  for  detecting  poisonous  ingre- 

dient^ in  foods,  products  of  decomposition,  and  other  forms 
of  adulteration. 

6.  Chemical  studies  of  cosmetics  and  of  methods  of  determining 

their  purity. 

103 


2Q4  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

7.  Chemical  studies  of  drugs  and  of  methods  of  evaluating  their 

strength  and  purity. 

8.  Certification  of  coal-tar  colors. 

9.  Chemical  studies  of  caustic  poisons. 

In  the  enforcement  of  the  various  acts  the  Food  and  Drug  Admin- 
istration cooperates  with  various  State  agencies  enforcing  State  laws. 
A  Division  of  State  Cooperation  for  the  express  purpose  of  promoting 
cooperative  relations  with  State  officials  is  maintained. 

FOOD,  DRUG,  AND  COSMETIC  ACT 

The  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act  of  1938  prohibits  interstate 
and  foreign  commerce  in  adulterated  and  misbranded  foods,  drugs, 
and  therapeutic  devices.  Comprehensive  definitions  of  adulteration 
and  misbranding  are  set  up  for  the  effective  control  of  actual  arid 
potential  abuses  of  consumer  welfare.  The  various  types  of  con- 
sumer protection  afforded  by  the  act  are  shown  in  a  pamphlet  prepared 
by  the  Food  and  Drug  Administration,  entitled,  "Consumer  Protec- 
tion," and  divided  into  sections  on  foods,  drugs,  cosmetics,  and  devices. 

Foods. 

The  act  authorizes  the  establishment  of  definitions  and  standards 
of  identity  and  standards  of  quality  and  fill  of  container  for  all  except 
a  few  foods.  After  establishment  of  such  standards,  foods  entering 
interstate  commerce  are  required  by  the  act  to  comply  with  such 
definitions  and  standards. 

Procedure  in  establishing  standards. — A  certain  basic  procedure, 
to  be  followed  in  establishing  these  standards,  is  required  by  sections 
401  and  701  of  the  act.  Superimposed  on  this  is  the  procedure  de- 
signed to  facilitate  the  administrative  handling  of  various  problems 
arising  in  formulation  of  standards.  The  entire  procedure  may  be 
briefly  outlined  as  follows: 

1.  ^Recognition  of  need  for  standards,  based  on  previous  experience 
in  enforcement  work  or  requests  or  complaints  from  interested  parties. 
Standardization  of  foods  may  begin  upon  the  initiative  of  the  Admin- 
istrator or  upon  application  of  any  interested  industry  or  substantial 
portion  thereof. 

2.  Decision  by  the  Food  and  Drug  Administration  to  undertake  neces- 
sary work  and  placing  products  on  program  of  standardization. 

3.  Investigation  of  factors  which  enter  into  formulation  of  stand- 
ards. These  include  a  study  of  previous  standards  which  may  have 
been  promulgated  by  State  and  Federal  Governments,  Wlien  neces- 
sary investigations  are  made  of  methods  of  manufacture,  including 
study  of  ingredients  used;  packing;  labeling;  and  distribution  of  the 
product  in  interstate  commerce ;  composition  as  revealed  by  chemical 
analysis;  interviews  with  State  officials,  trade  organizations,  consumer 
organizations,  and  other  agencies. 

4.  Study  and  summarization  of  reports  of  investigation. 

5.  Decision  by  Food  and  Drug  Administration  as  to  scope  of 
standards  to  be  proposed. 

6.  Study  of  problem  by  the  Food  Standards  Committee  of  the  Food 
and  Drug  Administration.  This  committee  consists  of  six  members 
of  which  four  are  State  officials  charged  with  the  enforcement  of 
State  food  laws  and  two  members  of  the  Food  and  Drug  Administra- 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  105 

tion.  This  eommittee  considers  the  data  accumulated  by  the  Food 
and  Drug  Administration  together  with  any  data  acquired  by  its 
members  through  their  experience  as  State  officials.  Informal  hear- 
ings are  usually  held  to  obtain  expressions  of  opinion  from  inter- 
ested manufacturers  and  consumers.  The  attendance  of  consumer 
representatives  is  encouraged.  The  committee  formulates  a  recom- 
mendation to  the  Food  and  Drug  Administration. 

7.  With  the  assistance  of  legal  advisers  of  the  Federal  Security 
Agency  proposed  standards  are  formulated  and  a  public  hearing  is 
announced  at  least  30  days  in  advance  of  the  set  date.  The  announce- 
ment of  the  hearing  is  published  in  the  Federal  Register  and  copies 
of  notice  are  sent  to  the  public  press  and  trade  publications. 

8.  A  public  hearing  is  held  at  which  all  interested  parties  are  given 
an  opportunity  of  presenting  evidence  regarding  proposals.  Affi- 
davits are  accepted  from  those  who  are  unable  to  attend. 

At  the  present  time  the  procedure  followed  is  outlined  in  a  regula- 
tion issued  on  January  13,  1939,  by  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture. 
This  provides  that  after  the  close  of  the  hearing  reasonable  time  is 
given  for  filing  of  briefs,  arguments,  and  suggestions  by  interested 
parties.  After  this  the  presiding  officer  prepares  suggested  findings 
of  fact  and  formulates  proposed  standards.  These  are  published  in 
the  Federal  Register  and  a  short  additional  time  is  allowed  for  filing 
of  objections.  The  entire  record  then  goes  to  the  Administrator  for 
a  final  determination  of  what  the  standard  should  be.  He  promul- 
gates findings  of  fact  and  the  final  standard  which  are  published  in 
the  Federal  Register.  The  effective  date  of  the  standard  is  usually 
90  days  after  its  promulgation.  When  the  standard  becomes  effective 
it  has  the  force  and  effect  of  law  and  its  enforcement  follows  through 
the  general  enforcement  organization  of  the  Food  and  Drug  Admin- 
istration. 

Foods  for  which  standards  of  identity  have  been  promulgated  to 
date: 

Eggs:  Liquid  eggs,  frozen  eggs,  dried  eggs;  egg  yolks,  frozen  egg  yolks,  dried 
egg  yolks. 

Tomato  juice,  tomato  puree,  tomato  paste,  tomato  catsup. 

Vegetables,  canned:  Artichokes,  asparagus,  bean  sprouts,  green  beans,  green 
stringless  beans  or  stringless  green  beans,  wax  beans  or  stringless  wax  beans, 
shelled  beans,  lima  or  butter  beans,  beets,  Ijeet  greens,  broccoli,  brussels  sprouts, 
cabbage,  carrots,  cauliflower,  celery,  coUards,  white  sweet  corn,  white  sugar  corn, 
yellow  corn,  golden  sweet  corn,  golden  sugar  com,  golden  corn,  field  corn,  dan- 
delion greens,  mushrooms,  mustard  greens,  okra,  onions,  parsnips,  black-eye 
peas  or  black-eyed  peas,  field  peas,  green  sweet  peppers,  red  sweet  peppers, 
potatoes,  sweet  potatoes,  rutabagas,  salsify,  spinach,  Swiss  chard,  truffles, 
turnip   greens,   turnips. 

Foods  on  which  hearings  have  been  held  and  on  which  standards 
of  identity  will  be  issued  shortly: 

Cream,  whipping .  cream ;  evaporated  milk,  sweetened  condensed  milk,  dried 
skim  milk;  preserves,  jams,  jellies;  fruit  butter;  Cheddar  cheese,  washed  curd 
cheese,   Colby  cheese,  cream  cheese. 

Procedure  for  developing  identity  standards  for  food  under  the 
Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act  is  shown  in  Chart  VIII. 

Foods  for  which  standards  of  identity,  quality,  and  fill  of  container 
have  been  promulgated  to  date: 

Fruits  and  \egetables,  canned:  Apricots,  cherries,  peaches,  pears,  peas,  toma- 
toes. 


JQg  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

So  far  no  procedure  bas  definitely  crystallized  with  respect  to  the  formula- 
tion of  standards  of  quality  and  fill  of  container.  The  only  standards  of  the 
kind  so  far  issued  under  the  new  law  are  substantially  a  reaffirmation  of  the 
standards  of  quality  and  fill  of  container  which  were  in  effect  under  the 
McNary-Mapes  amendment  of  the  old  law.  In  formulating  these  there  was,  of 
course,  not  the  need  for  the  extended  investigations  which  have  usually  char- 
acterized the  formulation  of  definitions  and  standards  of  identity.  Further- 
more these  quality  and  fill  of  container  standards  were  not  considered  by  the 
Standards  Committee.'* 

Drugs. 

Drugs  sold  as  official  drugs  must  comply  with  official  requirements 
or  standards,  or  may  differ  from  these  requirements  if  the  difference 
is  stated  on  the  label.  The  official  requirements  or  standards  are 
contained  in  three  compendiums  recognized  by  the  act,  namely, 
the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia,  the  Homeopathic  Pharmacopoeia 
of  the  United  States,  and  the  National  Formulary,  or  any  supple- 
ment to  any  of  them.  The  procedure  for  formulation  of  standards 
in  each  of  these  compendiums  varies  somewhat,  and  is  described  on 
pages  208-209. 
Cosmetics. 

Special  standard-making  procedure  is  not  provided  for  cosmetics 
except  with  respect  to  coal-tar  colors  other  than  hair  dyes.  The  act 
provides  that  dangerous  coal-tar  hair  dyes  must  be  labeled  with  the 
caution  statement  stipulated  in  the  act.  Cosmetics,  except  hair  dyes, 
may  contain  only  those  coal-tar  colors  which  come  from  a  batch 
certified  as  being  harmless. 

Coal-Tar  Dyes. 

The  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act  defines  foods,  drugs,  and  cos- 
metics as  adulterated  if  they  bear  or  contain  a  coal-tar  color  other 
than  one  from  a  batch  that  has  been  certified  in  accordance  with 
regulations.  The  act  directs  the  Administrator  to  promulgate  regu- 
lations providing  for  the  listing  of  coal-tar  colors  which  are  hannless 
and  suitable  for  use  and  for  the  certification  of  batches  of  such 
colors  with  or  without  harmless  diluents.  In  order  to  provide  for 
compliance  with  these  requirements  the  Food  and  Drug  Adminis- 
tration has  set  up  a  special  laboratory  for  testing  coal-tar  colors. 
Regulations  have  been  issued  listing  certain  colors  which  may  be 
certified.  Standards  for  these  colors  have  been  established  and 
manufacturers  making  such  colors  for  use  in  foods,  drugs,  and  cos- 
metics are  required  to  submit  samples  for  testing  to  the  Food  and 
Drug  Administration.  When  tests  show  that  colors  are  suitable 
for  any  of  the  various  uses  the  manufacturer  is  issued  a  certificate  on 
the  batch.  Such  colors  may  then  be  used  for  the  purposes  stated 
in, the  certificate. 

Devices. 

Consumer  protection  is  afforded  by  the  act  with  respect  to  devices ; 
no  special  standard-making  procedure,  however,  is  provided. 

CAUSTIC   POISON   ACT 

The  Caustic  Poison  Act  specifies  that  certain  information  must  be 
placed  on  retail  parcels,  packages,  or  containers  of  the  caustic  or 
corrosive  substances  to  which  the  act  applies : 

"  Letter  by  c  •  W-  Crawford,  Acting  Comniissiorier,  Food  and  Drugs,  Food  and  Drug 
Administration.  ^Vaahiogton,  D.  C,  August  2,  1940. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  107 

( 1 )  The  common  name  of  the  substance ; 

(2)  The  name  and  place  of  the  manufacturer,  packer,  seller,  or  distributor; 

(3)  The  word  "poison"  placed  parallel  with  the  main  body  of  reading  matter 
on  the  label  or  sticker,  on  a  clear,  plain  background  of  a  distinctly  contrasting 
color,  in  uncondensed  gothic  capital  letters,  the  letters  to  be  not  less  than 
24  point  size  unless  there  is  on  the  label  or  sticker  no  other  type  so  large,  in 
which  event  the  type  shall  be  not  smaller  than  the  largest  type  on  the  label 
or  sticker ;  and 

(4)  Directions  for  treatment  in  case  of  accidental  personal  injury  by  any 
dangerous  caustic  or  corrosive  substance,  except  that  such  directions  need  not 
appear  on  labels  or  stickers,  on  parcels,  packages,  or  containers  at  the  time 
of  shipment  or  of  delivery  for  shipment  by  manufacturers  and  wholesalers 
for  other  than  household  use. 

The  Caustic  Poison  Act  applies  to  the  caustic  or  corrosive  sub- 
stances listed  below  and  to  preparations  containing  them,  if  the 
percentage  is  not  less  than  that  indicated : 

Percent 

1.  Hydrochloric  acid    (HCl) 10 

2.  Sulphuric   acid    (H2SO4) 10 

3.  Nitric  acid    (HNO3) 5 

4.  Carbolic  acid   (CeH^OH) 5 

5.  Oxalic    acid    (H2C2O4) 10 

6.  Anv  salt  of  oxalic  acid 10 

7.  Acetic  acid    (HC2H3O2) 20 

8.  Hypochlorous  acid  or  its  salts  (except  chlorinated  lime)  to  yield  avail- 

able chlorine , 10 

9.  Potassium  hydroxide    (KOH) 10 

10.  Sodium    hydroxide    (NaOH) 10 

11.  Silver  nitrate   (AgNa) 5 

12.  Ammonia   water    (NHs) 5 

TEA  ACT 

Development  of  Standards. 

The  Tea  Act  authorizes  the  annual  promulgation  of  standards  of 
quality,  purity,  and  fitness  for  consumption  of  all  teas  imported 
into  this  country. 

Section  2  of  the  Tea  Act  provides  that  for  each  year,  on  or  before 
the  15th  of  February,  the  Administrator  of  the  Federal  Security 
Agency  shall  appoint  a  Board  consisting  of  seven  members,  each  of 
whom  shall  be  an  expert  in  teas,  who  shall  prepare  and  submit  to 
him  standard  samples  of  tea.  This  Board  is  selected  each  year 
about  the  1st  rof  January;  six  of  these  members  are  selected  by 
the  Administrator  from  the  trade,  and  one  is  the  chief  tea  examiner 
or  supervising  tea  examiner  of  the  Food  and  Drug  Administration. 
The  Board  usually  meets  the  first  week  in  February.  The  purpose 
of  the  Board  is  to  select  actual  physical  standards  of  a  uniform 
quality  and  purity :  any  teas  which  are  below  this  minimum  standard 
for  quality,  purity,  and  fitness  for  consumption  to  be  refused  entry. 
Occasional  changes  are  made  in  the  personnel  of  the  Board.  As 
experience  in  selecting  these  standards  is  an  important  factor,  changes 
in  the  personnel  of  the  Board  from  year  to  year  are  made  slowly. 

These  standards,  w^hen  selected  by  the  Board,  are  submitted  to  the 
Administrator  of  the  Federal  Security  Agency  for  approval.  They 
are  authorized  as  standards  under  the  Tea  Act  by  the  Administrator 
and  published  as  a  service  and  regulatory  announcement.  The  teas 
selected  for  the  coming  year,  effective  May  1,  1940,  are  the  following: 

(1)  Formosa  Oolong. 

(2)  Formosa   Black. 

(3)  Congou. 


IQg  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

(4)  Java  (to  be  used  for  all  fully  fermented  teas  excepting  China,  Japan, 
and  Formosa). 

(5)  Japan  Black. 

(6)  Japan  Green. 

(7)  Japan  Dust. 

(8)  Gunpowder  (to  be  used  for  all  China  green  teas). 

(9)  Scented  Canton  (to  be  used  for  all  scented  teas). 
(10)   Canton  Oolong. 

The  teas  selected  represent  three  types:  Black  tea,  green  tea,  and 
oolong  tea,  which  are  sometimes  designated  by  the  trade  as  "fully 
fermented  tea,"  "unfermented  tea,"  and  "semifermented  tea,"  re- 
spectively. The  standards  for  Formosa  Black,  Congou,  Java,  and 
Japan  Black  all  represent  black  teas.  Japan  Green,  Japan  Dust,  and 
Gunpowder  standards  represent  Japanese  and  Chinese  green  teas, 
respectively.  Formosa  Oolong  and  Canton  Oolong  represent  oolong 
teas  from  Japan  and  China,  respectively,  and  the  Scented  Canton 
represents  a  standard  for  scented  teas  which  may  be  prepared  as 
black,  green,  or  oolong  tea.  The  number  selected  is  merely  foj.  con- 
venience in  comparison.  They-  are  intended  all  to  be  uniform  in 
quality,  purity,  and  fitness  for  use. 

The  Board,  in  selecting  these  actual  physical  standards,  chooses 
teas  of  which  there  is  a  stock  suitable  and  compares  the  teas  selected 
very  carefully  each  with  the  other  and  with  the  standards  for  the 
previous  year  to  insure  a  uniform  standard.  This  selection  of  stand- 
ards by  the  Board  usually  takes  5  days.  The  teas  are  examined 
according  to  the  usages  and  customs  of  the  trade  for  purity,  quality, 
and  fitness,  as  provided  in  section  7  of  the  Tea  Act.  This  examina- 
tion consists  essentially  in  brewing  a  cup  of  tea,  using  a  definite 
weight  of  tea,  and  is  largely  an  organoleptic  or  taste  examination. 
The  infused  leaf  also  is  carefully  examined  to  determine  that  it 
does  not  contain  exhausted  leaf,  decayed  leaf,  or  foreign  material. 
Examination  is  made  by  a  special  test,  which  may  be  confirmed  by 
chemical  test,  to  insure  that  the  tea  does  not  contain  facing  or 
coloring  material. 

When  these  samples  have  been  selected  and  approved  by  the 
Administrator  of  the  Federal  Security  Agency  and  the  standards 
promulgated,  the  teas  selected  are  made  into  physical  standards  of  a 
half-pound  each,  and  are  distributed  to  the  tea  examiners,  who  make 
the  actual  examinations  of  tea  based  on  these  standards,  at  ports  of 
entry.  They  are  also  sold  at  cost  to  the  trade,  so  that  they  may  be 
distributed  to  those  who  are  shipping  or  receiving  tea,  in  order  that 
shippers  or  others  interested  may  make  preliminary  examinations 
to  determine  that  they  are  shipping  tea  which  appears  to  meet  the 
standards. 

Inspection. 

Each  lot  or  "chop"  of  tea  imported  is  examined  by  the  tea  exam- 
iners of  the  Food  and  Drug  Administration  to  determine  that  they 
meet  these  standards.     If  not,  they  are  rejected. 

There  are  five  tea  examiners  who  examine  by  this  method  of  com- 
parison every  lot  of  tea  which  is  offered  for  entry  at  any  port  in  this 
country. 

The  Tea  Act,  therefore,  insures  that  no  tea  which  is  below  the 
standard  is  allowed  entry  into  the  United  States.  It  does  not  include 
a  labeling  guaranty  or  approval,  nor  certification  of  the  product. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  109 

As  a  result  of  this  method  of  setting  standards  and  examination, 
the  amount  of  tea  rejected  is  very  small,  seldom  exceeding  0.5  percent. 

C  ooperation. 

The  Tea  Act  provides  that  these  teas,  when  offered  for  entry,  shall 
be  held  in  customs  custody  in  bonded  warehouses  except  and  until 
they  are  released.  Teas  which  are  refused  entry  are  exported  under 
customs  supervision. 

IMPORT   MILK   ACT 

The  Import  Milk  Act  prohibits  importation  into  the  United  States 
of  milk  and  cream  unless  the  shipper  holds  a  valid  permit  from  the 
Administrator  of  the  Federal  Security  Agency.  Such  permit  must  be 
renewed  each  year  and  may  be  suspended  or  revoked  for  cause  at 
any  "time.  The  Import  Milk  Act  applies  only  to  the  Continental 
United  States.  The  purpose  of  the  measure  is  to  promote  the  dairy 
industry  of  the  United  States  and  to  protect  the  public  health. 

StaTidards. 

As  a  preliminary  to  issuance  of  permit,  certain  conditions  must 
be  met  and  confirmed  through  investigations  carried  on  by  official 
veterinarians  and  inspectors.  These  include  the  following  require- 
ments specifically  enumerated  in  the  Import  Milk  Act : 

(1)  The  producing  animals  must  be  healthy,  as  determined  by  a  physical 
examination  made  not  less  than  within  1  year  before  permit  issues. 

(2)  If  milk  or  cream  is  imported  in  a  raw  state,  the  producing  animals  must, 
in  addition,  be  free  from  tuberculosis,  as  established  by  tuberculin  test  applied 
within  1  year  previous  to  the  issuance  of  permit. 

(3)  The  dairy  farms  or  plants  in  which  the  milk  or  cream  is  produced  or 
handled  must  be  in  sanitary  condition  and  score  at  least  50  points  out  of  100 
points,  according  to  the  methods  for  scoring  provided  by  score  cards  used  by 
the  United  States  Bureau  of  Dairy  Industry. 

At  the  time  of  entry,  milk  or  cream  offered  for  importation  is 
lestricted  to  bacteria  content  and  temperatui^e  as  follows : 

(1)  In  the  case  of  raw  milk,  bacteria  content  should  not  exceed  300,000  per 
cubic  centimeter. 

(2)  In  the  case  of  raw.  cream,  bacteria  content  should  not  exceed  750,000 
per  cubic  centimeter. 

(3)  In  the  case  of  i>asteurized  milk,  bacteria  content  should  not  exceed 
100,000  per  cubic  centimeter. 

(4)  In  the  case  of  pasteurized  cream,  bacteria  content  should  not  exceed 
500,000  per  cubic  centimeter. 

(5)  The  temperature  of  either  milk  or  cream  should  not  exceed  50°  F. 

Importations  of  milk  exceeding  these  limits  for  bacteria  content 
and  temperature  are  refused  entry.  The  statute  grants  discretion  to 
the  Administrator  of  the  Federal  Security  Agency  to  waive  the  above 
limitations  for  bacteria  content  in  the  case  of  milk  or  cream  produced 
within  a  radius  of  15  miles  of  a  condensing  plant  in  the  United  States 
where  it  is  to  be  sterilized  in  processing.  In  such  instances,  the  bac- 
teria content  should  not  exceed  1,200,000  per  cubic  centimeter.  The 
statute  also  directs  the  Administrator  to  waive  the  requirement  for 
tuberculin  test  on  animals  and  the  limitation  of  temperature  in  the 
case  of  milk  which  is  produced  within  20  miles  of  creameries  or 
condensing  plants  in  the  United  States  where  such  milk  is  to  be 
pasteurized  or  condensed. 

Regulations  drawn  under  the  Import  Milk  Act  define  milk  and 
cream,  and  also  define  condensed  milk,  evaporated  milk,  and  sweet- 
ened condensed  milk. 


no  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Laheling. 

By  regulation  promulgated  under  the  act,  each  container  of  milk 
or  cream  at  time  of  importation  is  required  to  be  branded  or  tagged 
with  the  name  of  the  product,  permit,  number,  and  name  and  address 
of  the  shipper. 

Inspection. 

To  carry  into  effect  the  provisions  of  the  act,  the  Administrator 
of  the  Federal  Security  Agency  is  directed  to  cause  inspections  to  be 
made  by  his  own  representatives ;  or,  at  his  discretion,  he  may  accept 
reports  of  inspections  which  are  made  by  duly  accredited  officials 
of  an  authorized  department  of  any  foreign  government,  or  any 
State  of  the  United  States,  or  any  municipality  thereof. 

Cooperation  With  Foreign  Countries. 

During  the  life  of  the  Import  Milk  Act,  permits  have  been  issued 
to  allow  importation  of  fluid  milk  or  cream  from  three  foreign  coun- 
tries only,  Canada,  Mexico,  and  Switzerland.  An  outstanding  num- 
ber and  volume  of  entries  originated  in  Canada.  Since  inception  of 
the  measure,  there  has  existed  the  closest  cooperation  between  the 
United  States  Government  and  the  Canadian  Department  of  Agri- 
culture in  carrying  its  provisions  into  effect.  Likewise,  close  coop- 
eration is  extended  by  the  United  States  customs'  officials  at  ports  of 
entry. 

FILLED  MILK  ACT 

Definition  of  Filled  Milk. 

The  Filled  Milk  Act  defines  filled  milk  as— 

any  milk,  cream,  or  skimmed  milk,  whether  or  not  condensed,  evaporated,  con- 
centrated, powdered,  dried  or  desiccated,  to  which  has  been  added,  or  which  has 
been  blended  or  compounded  with,  any  fat  or  oil  other  than  milk  fat,  so  that 
the  resulting  product  is  in  imitation  or  semblance  of  milk,  cream,  or  skimmed 
milk,  whether  or  not  condensed,  evaporated,  concentrated,  powdered,  dried, 
or  desiccated. 

This  definition  is  not  designed  to  serve  purposes  of  labeling  identi- 
fication but  to  prohibit  interstate  commerce  in  filled  milk  if  it  is  adul- 
terated, injurious  to  the  public  health,  or  if  its  sale  constitutes  a 
fraud  upon  the  public. 

HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION  SERVICE  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES 
OFFICE  OF  EDUCATION 

The  Home  Economics  Education  Service  of  the  United  States 
Office  of  Education  has  for  its  objective  "the  improvement  of  home 
and  family  life  in  the  Nation,  through  instruction  in  home  economics 
in  the  public  schools."  This  home  economics  program  deals  with  the 
responsibility  of  members  of  the  family  in  the  selection,  purchase, 
and  intelligent  use  of  the  commodities  and  services  required  by  the 
family. 

Educational  material  including  methods  of  teaching  home  eco- 
nomics to  boys,  girls,  and  adults,  and  descriptions  of  programs  which 
have  been  successfully  developed,  are  made  available  to  the  State 
and  local  supervisors  of  home  economics,  to  those  engaged  in  train- 
ing teachers  and  to  teachers  generally.  Educational  programs  in 
the  schools  are  encouraged  and  strengthened  through  this  service 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  HI 

and  contribute  to  a  more  intelligent  appreciation  of  quality  and 
performance  standards,  grades,  and  related  significant  information 
about  commodities  and  services  used  by  individuals,  families,  and 
communities. 

"Consumer-Buying  in  the  Educational  Program  for  Homemak- 
ing,"  prepared  hj  the  Home  Economics  Education  Service  and  pub- 
lished by  the  United  States  Office  of  Education  in  1935,  is  designed 
for  the  use  of  those  concerned  with  the  teaching  of  consumer  buy- 
ing and  has  been  used  extensively  by  teachers  of  young  people  and 
adults. 

Representatives  of  the  Home  Economics  Education  Service  ar- 
range regional  conferences  attended  by  State  and  local  supervisors 
of  home  economics  and  representatives  of  teacher- training  institu- 
tions, at  which,  in  recent  years,  problems  of  education  in  consumer- 
buying  have  been  frequently  considered. 

The  Home  Economics  Education  Service  cooperated  in  planning 
a  survey  of  consumer  education  in  secondary  schools  which  has  been 
made  by  the  Consumers'  Counsel  Division  of  the  Agricultural  Ad- 
justment Administration.  The  report  on  the  survey  is  now  in  the 
process  of  preparation.  The  data  were  tabulated  by  the  staff  of  the 
Consumer  Standards  Project  (Work  Projects  Administration). 

UNITED  STATES  PUBLIC  HEALTH  SERVICE 

The  United  States  Public  Health  Service  is  not  required  by  law  to 
establish  standards  for  products  usually  offered  for  direct  purchase 
by  the  ultimate  consumer,  although  many  of  its  functions  deal  with 
the  formulation  of  and  encouragement  for  adoption  of  certain  stand- 
ards for  the  protection  of  health.  Some  of  these  standards  affect  the 
ultimate  consumer  more  directly  than  do  others. 

The  United  States  Public  Health  Service  is  specifically  charged 
with  the  control  and  standardization  of  biological  products;  it  also 
establishes  standards  for  drinking  and  culinary  water  used  on  common 
water  carriers  in  interstate  commerce  and  cooperates  with  the  States 
in  the  enforcement  of  these  standards.  Other  cooperative  activities 
of  the  Service  with  State  agencies  concerned  with  health  matters 
relate  to  the  formulation  of  standards  for  milk  sanitation,  sanitary 
control  of  the  shellfish  industry,  control  of  industrial  health  hazards, 
and  control  of  similar  health  problems. 

Biological  Products. 

By  an  act  of  Congress  approved  July  1,  1902,  the  United  States 
Public  Health  Service  was  given  supervisory  control,  through  li- 
censing, of  the  manufacture,  sale,  and  distribution  in  the  District  of 
Columbia  and  in  interstate  commerce,  of  biological  and  analogous 
products  used  in  the  prevention  and  treatment  of  diseases  of  man,  to 
insure  safe  and  standard  products.  With  a  few  exceptions,  however, 
these  products  are  not  ordinarily  purchased  by  the  ultimate  consumer, 
but  are  dispensed  by  State  and  local  health  departments,  hospitals, 
clinics,  and  private  physicians.  Standards  of  purity,  potency,  and 
manufacture  of  these  products  are  established  by  the  United  States 
Public  Health  Service,  and  it  is  the  function  of  the  Service  to  ascer- 
tain that  the  standards  are  maintained  in  order  that  such  products 
may  be  sold  in  interstate  commerce.     The  products  so  controlled  in- 


112  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

elude  the  various  vaccines,  serums,  antitoxins,  arsenicals,  and  analo- 
gous preparations.  Vaccine  virus,  diphtheria  toxoid,  typhoid  fever 
vaccine,  antipneumococcus  serums,  rabies  vaccine,  scarlet  fever  serum, 
and  the  arsenicals  used  in  the  treatment  of  syphilis  are  among  the 
most  familiar  products  standardized  by  the  Service.  Standards  are 
also  established  for  insulin,  used  in  the  treatment  of  diabetes,  and 
this  product  is  one  which  is  most  likely  to  be  purchased  directly  by 
the  consumer. 

Those  collaborating  in  the  development  of  standards  for  biological 
products  include  physicians,  manufacturers  of  biological  products,  thfe 
Permanent  Commission  of  Biological  Standardization  of  the  League 
of  Nations,  and  institutes  of  health  of  other  nations. 

In  establishing  a  standard  unit  for  a  biological  product,  research 
is  conducted  to  determine  the  amount  of  the  product  required  for  a 
curative  dose.  Effort  is  then  made  to  adjust  the  volume  of  the  unit 
to  a  convenient  size  for  a  dose  for  a  patient.  In  many  cases  com- 
parisons are  made  with  international  standards  and  the  American  and 
international  units  are  correlated. 

Wlien  a  standard  was  developed,  it  became  official  when  it  had  been 
promulgated  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury ;  ^^  this  authority  is  now 
vested  in  the  Administrator  of  the  Federal  Security  Agency. 

The  United  States  Public  Health  Service  is  the  guardian  of  the 
standard  units  for  the  various  biological  products  for  which  such 
standards  have  been  developed.  A  plan  is  followed  whereby  stand- 
ard units  of  different  biological  products  are  sent  at  stated  intervals 
to  the  manufacturers  of  the  respective  products  so  that  these  manu- 
facturers may  compare  their  products  with  the  standard  units  to  in- 
sure continued  adherence. 

There  are  various  biological  products  for  which  standards  have  not 
yet  been  established  but  for  which  standard  tests  have  been  developed. 
Manufacturers  of  these  products  send  samples  to  the  United  States 
Public  Health  Service  to  be  analyzed  for  strength  in  accordance  with 
these  tests. 

In  the  exercise  of  control  measures,  licenses  are  granted  by  the 
Service  only  after  inspection  of  the  manufacturing  establishment  and 
laboratory  examination  of  samples  of  its  products  with  respect  to 
potency  and  safety  have  been  made.  Control  of  certain  serums  is 
based  on  official  tests.  Samples  of  products  on  the  market  are  con- 
tinually being  tested,  and  the  products  of  all  biological  establisliments 
are  tested  once  a  year. 

'Water  Supplies. 

In  the  prevention  of  interstate  spread  of  disease,  a  function  of  the 
United  States  Public  Health  Service  required  by  law,  interstate  quar- 
antine regulations  have  been  promulgated. 

The  first  standards  for  drinking  water  used  on  interstate  carriers 
were  developed  by  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service  with  the 
cooperation  of  advisors  appointed  by  the  Surgeon  General.  These 
standards,  dealing  only  with  the  bacteriological  quality  of  the  water, 
were  promulgated  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  in  1914. 

Present  standards  for  drinking  water,  promulgated  by  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Treasury  in  1925,  were  developed  by  the  United  States 

"On  July  1,  1939,  the  U.  S.  Public  Health  Service  was  transferred  from  the  U.  S. 
Department  of  the  Treasury  to  the  Federal  Security  Agency. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWEK  113 

Public  Health  Service  with  the  assistance  of  an  Advisory  Committee 
on  Official  Water  Standards  appointed  in  1922  by  the  Surgeon  Gen- 
eral. The  members  of  this  committee  included  sanitary  engineers, 
bacteriologists,  an^  chemists  representing  the  following  groups :  Offi- 
cials of  city  waterworks.  State  officials  concerned  with  the  enforce- 
ment of  drinking  water  standards,  and  owners  of  water  systems.  It 
is  of  interest  to  note  that  these  drinking  water  standards,  dealing 
chiefly  with  source,  treatment,  and  distribution,  have  been  generally 
adopted  as  standards  for  public  water  supplies. 

These  standards  are  enforced  by  requiring  annual  certification  by 
the  United  States  Public  Health  Service  of  water  supply  sources  used 
by  common  carriers  in  interstate  commerce.  The  State  health  au- 
thorities cooperate  in  this  work,  and  usually  the  certification  by 
State  sanitary  engineers  is  accepted  by  the  Service.  The  United  States 
Public  Health  Service  makes  sanitary  inspections  relative  to  the  han- 
dling of  water  and  milk  supplies,  and  the  methods  of  taking  on,  cool- 
ing, and  dispensing  water  supplies  on  common  carriers  in  interstate 
commerce;  and  general  sanitary  conditions  of  vessels,  coaches,  inter- 
state air  carriers,  and  motor  busses,  coach  yards,  and  the  terminal  sta- 
tions of  the  various  carriers. 

Milk  Supplies. 

The  United  States  Public  Health  Service  Milk  Ordinance  and 
Code  has  been  prepared  by  the  Service  for  voluntary  adoption  by 
municipalities.  It  is  based  on  the  results  of  investigations  in  milk 
sanitation,  tests  of  pasteurization  practices  and  equipment,  and 
epidermiological  studies  of  milk-borne  diseases. 

The  Milk  Ordinance  requires  the  grading  of  pasteurized  and  raw 
milk  sold  in  the  community,  with  the  provision  that  the  municipality 
may  require  the  pasteurization  of  all  mUk  sold  therein.  Each  year 
the  Service  studies  the  operation  of  the  milk  ordinance  in  communities 
in  which  it  has  been  adopted  and  determines  the  degree  of  compliance 
in  terms  of  a  numerical  rating  based  on  the  information  furnished 
by  State  milk  sanitation  authorities.  The  purpose  of  this  activity  is 
to  encourage  the  communities  of  the  United  States  to  attain  and  main- 
tain a  high  level  of  excellence  in  public  health  control  of  milk  supplies. 

Frozen  Desserts. 

Consideration  of  an  ordinance  for  frozen  desserts  was  initiated  in 
1936  as  the  result  of  a  request  from  health  officials  in  Memphis,  Tenn. ; 
a  tentative  ordinance,  prepared  by  the  United  States  Public  Health 
Service  and  these  officials,  was  adopted  as  a  Memphis  city  ordinance. 
A  later  ordinance,  developed  by  the  United  States  Public  Health 
Service,  has  been  revised  from  time  to  time ;  and,  as  a  result  of  the 
May  1940  conference  of  the  Public  Health  Service  Sanitation  Ad- 
visory Board,  a  board  of  technical  experts  appointed  by  the  Surgeon 
General  to  advise  on  various  phases  of  environmental  sanitation,  a 
revised  ordinance  and  code  to  be  recommended  for  local  adoption  is 
now  in  preparation. 

Restaurant  Code. 

A  Tentative  Ordinance  and  Code  Regulating  Eating  and  Drinking 
Establishments  was  issued  in  1938.  It  presents  a  system  of  grading 
for  such  establishments  and  was  prepared  at  the  request  of  local 
and  State  health  officers.     Some  of  the  items  in  the  code  deal  with 


]^]_4  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

examination  and  condemnation  of  adulterated  food ;  cleaning  and 
bacteriocidal  treatment  of  utensils ;  notification  of  disease  of 
workers;  requirements  for  floors,  walls,  ceilings,  ventilation,  and 
toilet  facilities,  and  other  features  of  the  building  The  provisions 
of  the  code  were  reviewed  at  the  May  1940  conference  of  the  Public 
Health  Service  Sanitation  Advisory  Board  and  suggestions  from 
various  sources  were  considered.  As  a  result,  a  revised  edition  of 
the  Ordinance  and  Code  Regulating  Eating  and  Drinking  Establish- 
ments has  been  released. 
Other  Activities. 

The  United  States  Public  Health  Service  has  contributed  to  the 
establishment  of  standard  methods  and  procedures  in  various  other 
fields  of  public  health,  but  they  are  not  standards  promulgated  and 
enforced  by  the  Service;  they  are  merely  recommended  standards. 
The  Service  is  also  represented  on  committees  engaged  in  the  formu- 
lation of  standards;  and  in  these  cases  the  Service  acts  only  as  a 
member  of  the  committee  or  in  an  advisory  or  consultant  capacity. 

In  various  other  fields  that  relate  to  public  health  and  sanitation 
the  United  States  Public  Health  Service  contributes  to  the  stand- 
ardization of  eiquipment  and  practices.  It  has  formulated  minimum 
standards  for  lighting  of  low-cost  homes;  and  established,  or  con- 
tributed to  the  establishment  of  specifications  for  the  screening  of 
rural  houses  to  aid  in  the  prevention  of  malaria;  the  construction 
of  sanitary  outdoor  toilets  and  septic  tanks ;  the  ratproofing  of  dwell- 
ings and  vessels;  the  construction  of  rural  water  supplies;  sewage 
disposal;  and  housing. 

The  United  States  Public  Health  Service  also  investigates  health 
hazards  in  industry  and  makes  recommendations  for  necessary  cor- 
rections in  the  revision  of  standards.  Studies,  such  as  determining 
the  effect  of  certain  amounts  of  toxic  insecticide  sprays  on  fruits 
and  vegetables,  lead  poisoning  in  the  storage  battery  industry,  sili- 
cosis and  lead  poisoning  among  pottery  workers,  toxicity  of  lead 
and  its  compounds,  inhalation  of  vapor  from  new  commercial  or- 
ganic compounds  used  in  industry,  and  health  hazards  associated 
with  coal  mining,  metal  mining,  and  smelting,  are  conducted  by 
the  Service. 

These  standards  are  in  no  sense  compulsory  so  far  as  enforcement 
by  the  United  States  Public  Health  Service  is  concerned,  and  when 
minimum  requirements  for  health  protection  are  determined  and 
established  by  the  Service  they  are  for  information  and  recommenda- 
tion only,  in  most  instances  the  control  over  such  matters  comes 
under  the  jurisdiction  of  State  and  local  authorities,  and  activities 
conducted  thereunder  must  conform  to  State  and  local  requirements. 
Through  a  cooperative  agreement  dealing  with  the  establishment  of 
standards  for  domestic  water  supply  and  sewage  disposal,  between 
the  Federal  Housing  Administration,  the  United  States  Public 
Health  Service  and  the  State  health  authorities,  the  standards  of  the 
several  States  are  enforced  in  all  subdivisions  or  housing  develop- 
ments conducted  in  the  States  under  the  procedure  of  the  Federal 
Housing  Administration. 

In  the  administration  of  title  VI  of  the  Social  Security  Act, 
which  provides  for  allotments  to  States  for  the  extension  and  im- 
provement of  State  and   local   health  services,  certain  minimum 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  115 

qualifications  for  health  officers  and  other  health  personnel  have 
been  established.  These  qualifications  were  formulated  and  recom- 
mended by  the  conferences  of  State  and  Territorial  health  officers 
with  the  Surgeon  General  of  the  United  States  Public  Health 
Service.  Similar  minimum  qualifications  have  been  established  for 
venereal  disease  control  officers. 

In  the  control  of  venereal  diseases  an  attempt  is  being  made  to 
improve  and  standardize  laboratory  procedures  in  making  sero- 
diagnostic  tests  for  syphilis.  This  is  being  done  by  an  evaluation 
of  the  various  serologic  procedures  in  State-controlled  and  other 
laboratories  which  conduct  such  tests. 

Cooperation  With  Other  Agencies. 

The  United  States  Public  Health  Service  is  a  member  of  the 
United  States  Pharmacopoeial  Convention,  and  is  represented  on 
the  Committee  of  Revision  of  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia. 

In  addition  to  the  activities  mentioned,  relating  to  or  dealing  with 
the  formulation  of  standards,  the  United  States  Public  Health  Serv- 
ice, on  request  from  the  State  health  authorities  and  Federal  de- 
partments and  independent  agencies,  acts  in  a  consulting  capacity 
on  matters  of  health  and  sanitation.  These  activities  affect  the 
public  primarily  with  reference  to  water  supplies,  sewage  disposal, 
sanitation  in  public  buildings  and  parks,  and  other  sanitary  matters. 


THE  FEDERAL  TRADE  COMMISSION 

The  Federal  Trade  Commission  derives  its  jurisdiction  from  three 
statutes:  the  original  Federal  Trade  Commission  Act,'^  as  amended 
by  the  Wheeler-Lea  Act/^  the  Clayton  Act/^  and  the  Export  Trade 
Act.^^  By  the  original  Federal  Trade  Commission  Act,  the  Com- 
mission is  empowered  to  prevent  unfair  methods  of  competition  in 
interstate  commerce  and  in  foreign  commerce.  False  labeling,  false 
advertising,  and  other  forms  of  deception  fall  within  the  methods 
of  competition  which  the  Commission  was  empowered  to  prevent 
under  the  original  Federal  Trade  Commission  Act.  The  Wheeler- 
Lea  Act  gave  the  Commission  the  additional  power  of  preventing 
also  unfair  or  deceptive  acts  or  practices  in  interstate  commerce  and 
foreign  commerce.  In  other  words,  acts  or  practices  unfair  or  de- 
ceptive to  the  public,  as  well  as  competition  unfair  to  competitors, 
are  now  within  the  power  of  the  Commission  to  prevent. 

There  are  three  methods  used  by  the  Federal  Tradei  Commission 
for  the  prevention  of  unfair  competition  and  of  unfair  or  deceptive 
acts  or  practices.  These  methods  are  (1)  the  issuance  of  cease  and 
desist  orders,  (2)  stipulations  by  which  the  parties  who  otherwise 
would  be  proceeded  against  agree  with  the  Commission  to  stop  using 
the  method,  act,  or  practice,  and  (3)  the  use  of  trade  practice 
conferences. 

These  methods  are  discussed  rather  in  detail  since  they  illustrate 
a  procedure  the  purpose  of  which  is,  to  a  great  extent,  the  protection 
of  the  consumer. 

Cease  and  Desist  Orders. 

Cease  and  desist  orders  are  used  in  cases  of  misrepresentation  where 
the  party  proceeded  against  has  not  availed  himself  .of  the  oppor- 
tunity given  him  by  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  to  cease  and 
desist  from  the  practice  by  stipulation.  Such  opportunity  is  not 
afforded  by  the  Commission  in  all  cases. 

Certain  types  of  false  advertising  cases  are  initially  proceeded 
against  by  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  in  a  petition  to  the  United 
States  District  Court  having  jurisdiction  over  the  alleged  offender, 
for  a  temporary  injunction  or  restraining  order  to'  prevent  the  dis- 
semination of  or  the  causing  of  the  dissemination  of  false  advertising 
of  food,  drugs,  devices,  and  cosmetics,  pending  the  issuance  of  a 
complaint  and  the  disposition  thereof  after  hearings. 

The  issuance  of  a  cease  and  desist  order  is  preceded  by  the  issuance 
of  com.plaint  which  contains  a  notice  of  a  hearing  at  which  the  re- 
spondent has  the  right  to  appear  and  be  heard,  the  taking  of  testi- 
mony, the  filing  of  briefs  and  the  hearing  of  oral  argument.  If, 
after  such  procedure,  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  is  of  the  opinion 

"38  Stat.  717. 
"52  Stat.  HI. 
«S8  Stat.  730. 
W40  Stat.  .Jlt!. 

116 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  H'J 

that  the  method,  act,  or  practice  is  prohibited  in  any  of  the  acts 
administered  by  the  Commission,  it  makes  a  report  in  writing  in 
which  it  states  its  findings  as  to  the  facts.  Upon  such  findings  of 
fact  and  upon  the  opinion  of  the  Commission  that  the  method,  act, 
or  practice  is  prohibited  by  these  acts,  it  bases  its  order  to  cease  and 
desist.  The  respondent  has  a  right  to  a  review  of  the  order  in  the 
proper  United  States  Circuit  Court  of  Appeals.  The  respondent,  in 
the  event  the  order  is  affirmed  by  the  circuit  court  of  appeals,  has  a 
right  to  petition  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  for  a  writ 
of  certiorari  to  review  the  judgment  and  decree  of  the  circuit  court 
of  appeals.  If  the  respondent  does  not  petition  a  circuit  court  of 
appeals  for  review  of  the  Cormnission's  order  within  60  days,  the 
order  becomes  final  at  the  end  of  such  period.  In  case  of  violation 
of  the  order  after  it  becomes  final,  the  respondent  makes  himself 
liable  for  the  recovery  of  a  penalty  for  each  violation.  Wliat  has 
been  stated  as  to  the  order  becoming  final  at  the  expiration  of  60 
days  and  what  has  been  stated  with  regard  to  penalties  for  viola- 
tions applies  to  the  original  Federal  Trade  Commission  Act  as 
amended  by  the  Wheeler-Lea  Act,  approved  March  21,  1938.  Prior 
to  that  date  there  had  been  no  provision  by  which  orders  to  cease  and 
desist  became  final  after  any  given  period,  nor  had  there  been  any 
penalty  provided  for  violations  of  orders  to  cease  and  desist  issued 
under  the  original  Federal  Trade  Commission  Act.  However,  under 
the  original  Federal  Trade  Commission  Act  if  a  respondent  violated 
the  order  after  it  had  been  affirmed  by  a  circuit  court  of  appeals  or 
after  in  a  circuit  court  of  appeals  a  decree  of  enforcement  had  been 
entered  he  made  himself  liable  to  punishment  for  contempt  of  the 
court  which  had  affirmed  the  order  or  had  entered  the  order  of 
enforcement. 

The  scoi:)e  and  variety  of  cases  involving  false  advertising  and  mis- 
representations which  deceive  consumers  may  be  illustrated  by  a  few 
examples  of  cease  and  desist  orders  issued  during  1939,  as  follows: 
(1)  To  cease  and  desist  from  misrepresenting  the  fiber  content  of 
hosiery,  only  partly  composed  of  silk,  by  failing  to  disclose  the  other 
fibers  therein.  One  concern  was  directed  to  discontinue  misrepresent- 
ing the  wool  content  of  its  products  and  from  using  the  word  "wool" 
to  describe  cloth  containing  other  fibei-s  unless  such  other  fibers  were 
conspicuously  listed.  (2)  To  discontinue  use  of  the  term  "pure  dye" 
to  describe  fabrics  not  made  wholly  of  unweighted  silk,  as  well  as 
the  unqualified  term  "satin"  or  "taffeta"  to  describe  rayon.  (3)  To 
discontmue  misrepresentations  in  connection  with  solicitation  of 
orders  from  the  public  for  photographic  enlargements  described  by 
salesmen  as  "portraits"  and  "paintings,"  and  from  failing  to  disclose 
to  purchasers  the  true  nature  of  the  proffered  transaction.  (4) 
Cease  and  desist  from  failure  to  disclose  harmful  potentialities  of  drug 
prodticts.  (5)  A  number  of  orders  involved  the  misrepresentation  of 
the  composition  or  value  of  drugs,  soap,  textiles,  welding  machines, 
and  so  forth.  (6)  To  discontinue  representing  Japanese-made 
bicycle  frames  as  made  in  America;  and  from  describing  cosmetics 
as  of  foreign  origin;  and  from  obliterating  or  otherwise  concealing 
marks  of  foreign  origin  on  gloves. 

The  Wheeler-Lea  Act  specifically  makes  unlawful  the  false  or  mis- 
leading advertising  of  food,  drugs,  devices,  and  cosmetics,  and  gives 

272496— 41— No.  24 9 


XX8  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

the  Federal  Trade  Commission  power  to  prevent  such  advertising. 
It  also  provides  for  penalties  for  certain  types  of  violations  of  the 
provisions  against  false  and  misleading  advertising  of  food,  drugs, 
devices,  and  cosmetics.  A  false  advertisement  of  a  food,  dru^,  device, 
or  cosmetic  is  defined  by  the  Wheeler-Lea  Act  to  be  one  misleading 
in  a  material  respect  and  it  is  provided  in  this  act,  in  determining 
whether  an  advertisement  is  misleading,  that  there  should  be  taken  into 
account  (among  other  things)  not  only  representations  made  or  sug- 
gested by  statement,  word,  design,  device,  sound,  or  any  combination 
thereof,  but  also  the  extent  to  which  the  advertisement  fails  to  rev^eal 
facts  material  in  the  light  of  such  representations  or  material  with 
respect  to  the  consequences  which  may  result  from  the  use  of  the 
commodity  to  which  the  advertisement  relates  under  the  conditions 
prescribed  in  said  advertisement,  or  under  such  conditions  as  are 
customary  or  usual. 

The  advertising  cases  for  1938-39  covered  false  and  misleading  ad- 
vertising of  a  wide  range  of  food,  drug,  and  cosmetic  products,  e.  g.,^" 
■  Food. — Coloring  compounds,  dairy  products,  flour,  sea  food,  soft 
drinks,  sirups,  teas,  and  vitamin  capsules. 

Drugs. — Cough  drops,  deodorants,  contraceptives,  eye  lotions,  eye- 
brow treatments,  germicides,  habit  forming  and  heart  depressing 
drugs,  hair  dyes,  tonics,  treatment  for  dandruff,  and  nose  salves.  Also 
alleged  remedies  of  many  descriptions  inclusive  of  treatments  or  cures 
for  acne,  asthma,  alcoholism,  boils,  impure  blood,  constipation,  grippe, 
headaches,  indigestion,  malaria,  nervous  disorders,  obesity,  stuttering, 
whooping-cough,  and  worms. 

Devices. — Electrolysis  machines  for  removal  of  superfluous  hair, 
electromagnetic  belts  and  blankets,  hair  curlers,  reducing  girdles,  and 
sun  lamps. 

Cosmetics. — Beauty  packs,  ey«  treatments,  facial  lotion,  face  pow- 
ders and  creams,  and  shampoos. 

Stipulations. 

Under  certain  circumstances  the  Federal  Trade  Commission,  in- 
stead of  disposing  of  cases  by  formal  complaint  and  trial,  affords 
a  respondent  the  privilege  of  disposing  of.  a  case  by  signing  a  state- 
ment of  fact  and  agreement  to  discontinue  the  alleged  unfair  method 
of  competition. 

The  Federal  Trade  Commission  determines  the  form  and  subject 
matter  of  all  stipulations  which  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  the 
facts  as  disclosed  by  the  investigation.  If  a  respondent  alleges  the 
facts  to  be  other  than  the  investigation  discloses,  then  the  matter  is 
not  subject  to  stipulation  and  the  proper  and  only  procedure  is  to 
try  the  issue  in  order  to  develop  the  true  facts. 

In  those  classes  of  cases  in  which  the  Federal  Trade  Commission 
affords  the  respondent  an  opportunity  to  dispose  of  a  matter  by 
stipulation,  that  procedure  accomplishes  economically  and  expedi- 
tiously the  same  result  as  a  complaint  and  order  to  cease  and  desist. 
It  also  simplifies  the  Commission's  legal  procedure  and  saves  both 
the  Government  and  the  respondent  the  expense  incident  to  trial  of 
the  complaint. 

20  See  Releases  "Monthly  Summaries  of  Work,"  Federal  Trade  Commission,  Washington, 
D.  C,  193S-39. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  119 

Often  it  appears  that  a  violation  occurs  through  ignorance  or  mis- 
understanding, and  that  the  attention  of  the  offender  has  only  to  be 
called  to  such  violation  to  induce  discontinuance  of  the  practice.  In 
such  an  instance  the  Federal  Trade  Commission,  instead  of  issuing 
a  formal  complaint,  grants  the  respondent  an  opportunity  to  sign  a 
statement  of  facts  disclosed  by  the  investigation  and  agi-eement  to 
cease  and  desist  from  the  practices  charged.  If  such  stipulation  is 
signed,  further  action  is  suspended ;  if  it  is  not  signed,  the  case  goes 
to  trial. 

Where  signed  stipulations  are  approved  and  accepted  by  the  Fed- 
eral Trade  Commission,  the  public  interest  is  deemed  satisfied  without 
issuance  of  formal  complaint.  They  are  not  permitted  in  cases 
where  a  fraudulent  business  is  concerned,  where  a  legitimate  business 
is  conducted  in  a  fraudulent  manner,  where  the  circumstances  are 
such  that  there  is  reason  to  believe  that  an  agreement  entered  into 
with  the  concern  involved  will  not  be  kept,  or  where  a  violation  of 
section  14  of  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  Act,  of  the  Clayton  Act, 
or  the  criminal  sections  of  the  Sherman  Act  or  any  other  statute,  is 
believed  to  have  occurred.  The  Commission  reserves  the  right  in 
all  cases,  for  any  reasons  which  it  regards  as  sufficient,  to  refuse  to 
extend  the  privilege  of  stipulation. 

All  stipulations  are  for  the  public  record. 

Unfair  trade  practices  discontinued  as  a  result  of  stipulations 
comprise  a  wide  variety  of  misleading  misrepresentations  affecting  a 
large  number  of  businesses.  These  practices  are  usually  of  a  type 
that  can  be  readily  corrected  through  this  procedure. 

T!ie  range  of  commodities  involved  in  the  disposition  of  cases  by 
stipulation  embraces  practically  all  types  of  products  sold  in  inter- 
state commerce. 

Stipulations  in  which  various  individuals,  firms,  and  corporations 
agreed  to  cease  and  desist  from  the  unlawful  practices  as  set  forth 
therein  and  which  were  approved  by  the  Commission  during  the 
fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  1939,  included  27.1  cases  in  addition  to  329 
cases  of  a  special  class  which  were  limited  largely  to  false  and  mis- 
leading advertisements  and  were  disposed  of  through  a  special  pro- 
cedure for  this  purpose.  A  total  of  600  stipulations  was  thus 
approved  and  accepted  during  the  year. 

Trade  Practice  Conferences. 

The  Federal  Trade  Commission  holds  trade  practice  conferences 
for  specific  industries  to  discuss  unfair  trade  practices  and  to  effect 
correction  through  cooperative  effort  under  rules.  This  procedure 
of  the  Commission  has  been  in  operation  for  many  years,  and  through 
it  a  large  body  of  fair  trade  practice  rules  has  been  established.  Be- 
sides covering  a  variety  of  unfair  methods  of  competition  and  other 
trade  abuses,  the  rules  contain  certain  consumer  standards  in  respect 
of  proper  marking  of  products,  disclosure  of  contentj  specification  of 
minimum  standard  of  composition  or  grade,  advertising  and  labeling 
to  prevent  deceptive  merchandise,  misrepresentation  and  confusion  of 
the  buying  public,  standards  and  other  provisions  of  interest  to 
consumers. 

The  work  is  handled  by  the  Commission's  Division  of  Trade  Prac- 
tice Conferences,  which  was  established  in  1926.  The  Assistant 
Director  of  this  division  has  stated: 


120  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWEIR 

Businessmen  are  glad,  as  a  rule,  to  lend  their  support  to  voluntary  and  simul- 
taneous abandonment  of  bad  practices.  They  welcome  the  chance  to  wipe  the 
slate  clean.  The  overwhelming  majority  are  unwilling  to  stoop  to  unfair 
tactics.  At  times  some  may  feel  that  they  must  do  so  in  order  to  meet  in  kind 
the  unfair  or  unethical  competition  of  less  scrupulous  competitors.  Many  con- 
cerns, as  is  often  the  case,  would  like  to  abandon  their  use  of  unfair  or  uneth- 
ical methods  if  they  can  but  be  assured  that  their  competitors  will  likewise 
stop  and  not  take  advantage  of  the  situation.  The  trade  practice  conference 
procedure  affords  a  means  whereby  this  can  be  accomplished  in  a  substantial 
and  gratifying  degree  by  having  the  rules  placed  in  effect  on  a  day  certain, 
\vhen  by  simultaneous  action  each  may  turn  over  a  new  leaf  and  make  a  fresh 
start  on  the  same  fair  basis  of  competition." 

In  some  instances  it  may  be  found  that  the  industry's  principal  difficulties  are 
in  final  analysis,  due  to  the  lack  of  guiding  standards  for  their  product.  The 
Commission  has  found  it  possible  to  assist  industries  in  setting  up  in  their  rules 
such  wholesome  standards,  thus  clearing  away  the  main  stumbling  block  in 
their  competitive  problems.  Not  only  is  it  found  possible  in  certain  situations, 
through  industry  and  Commission  collaboration,  to  formulate  and  establish  such 
standards,  but  also  to  provide  the  necessary  measure  of  enforcement  to  make 
them  effective.** 

Through  the  trade  practice  conference  and  hearings,  opportunity 
is  afforded  for  voluntary  participation  by  interested  groups  in  the 
formulation  of  rules  to  provide  for  the  elimination  and  prevention 
of  unfair  trade  practices,  and  to  foster  and  promote  fair  competitive 
conditions ;  to  encourage  high  ethical  standards  in  business  relation- 
ships. At  the  conference  a  set  of  rules  is  disctissed  and  proposed 
by  the  industry  for  the  Federal  Trade  Conmiission.  The  Commis- 
sion, after  study  and  incorporation  of  perfecting  corrections  deemed 
desirable,  makes  such  draft  of  the  proposed  rules  available,  and 
upon  public  notice  affords  all  interested  and  affected  parties  oppor- 
tunity to  present  their  views  or  suggestions  and  to  be  heard  at  the 
public  hearing  ordered  for  the  purpose.  In  passing  upon  the  rules, 
the  Commission  gives  consideration  to  all  memorandums,  briefs,  oral 
arguments,  and  other  information  submitted  pursuant  to  public  no- 
tice. Thereupon,  the  rules,  if  deemed  proper  and  acceptable,  are 
approved  and  received  by  the  Commission  and  promulgated  as  trade 
practice  rules  for  the  industry.  Each  member  is  supplied  with  a 
copy  and  an  acceptance  card  on  which  he  may  record  his  voluntary 
undertaking  to  observe  the  rules  in  the  conduct  of  his  business. 

The  rules  as  approved  are  generally  of  two  kinds  or  classes  known 
respectively  as  group  I  and  group  II.  Rules  relating  to  practices 
falling  within  the  broad  phrase,  unfair  methods  of  competition,  or 
other  competitive  practices  inhibited  by  law,  are  designated  as  group 
I  rules.  Observance  of  these  rules  is  required  as  a  matter  of  law 
because  of  the  illegal  character  of  the  practice,  and  its  hannful 
effect  upon  the  public.  Other  industry  rules  received  by  the  Com- 
mission, but  not  applying  to  practices  forbidden  by  law,  are  placed 
in  group  II,  provided  such  rules  are  acceptable  to  the  Commission 
as  being  in  the  public  interest  and  constructively  in  furtherance  of 
their  competitive  practices  in  the  industry.  Observance  of  group  II 
rules  is  voluntary  and  depends  upon  cooperation  developed  by  the 
industry  and  the  degree  of  support  accorded  them  by  the  public. 

The  following  description  of  approved  rules  for  the  industries 
named   is   indicative  of  the  consumer  interest   and  protection  in- 

21  "Federal  Trade  Commission  Regulation  of  Business  Practices,"  p.  6,  address  by  Henry 
Miller,  Assistant  Director  of  Trade  Practice  Conferences,  Federal  Trade  Commission,  before 
the  Eleventh  Boston  Conference  on  Distribution,  Boston  Conference  on  Distribution,  Boston, 
Mass.,  October  3,  1939. 

wibid.,  p.  8. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  121 

volved  in  the  trade  practice  conference  work  of  the  Federal  Trade 
Commission.    Virtually  all  of  the  rules  mentioned  are  of  group  I. 

Rayon,  industry. — Trade  practice  rules  have  been  set  up  for  this 
industry  by  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  making  provision  for  the 
proper  disclosure  of  fiber  content  of  the  innumerable  articles  of 
clothing  and  other  textile  products  which  contain  rayon  in  whole 
or  in  part.  The  rules  officially  define  the  scope  of  the  word  "rayon" 
as  a  generic  term  and  make  detailed  provision  for  labeling  articles 
containing  rayon  so  as  to  correctly  inform  the  public  of  the  com- 
position of  the  fabric  and  to  avoid  misrepresentation,  misinforma- 
tion, and  deceptive  concealment.  Provision  is  also  made  against 
advertising  designation  and  selling  methods  which  tend  to  confuse 
the  fiber  with  silk,  wool,  cotton,  or  other  material  and  which  mislead 
the  public  or  deprive  purchasers  of  the  benefits  of  honest  and  above- 
board  merchandising.  Experience  has  demonstrated  that  such  rules 
and  tlieir  observance  generally  have  been  of  tremendous  benefit  to 
consumers  as  well  as  to  the  business  concerns  engaged  in  the  market- 
ing of  merchandise  containing  this  widely  used  textile  fiber,  of  which 
the  annual  production  in  this  country  exceeded  340,000,000  pounds 
(1937  figures). 

Silk  industry.— ^\rm\?ir  fiber  identification  rules  have  been  pro- 
mulgated by  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  covering  the  large  vari- 
ety of  articles  of  clothing  and  other  merchandise  which  contain  silk 
in  whole  or  in  part.  The  wearing  apparel,  household,  and  other 
textile  commodities  embraced  in  these  rules  cover  more  than  60 
industry  classifications  of  finished  products  which  are  produced  in 
this  country  and  aggregate  approximately  $600,000,000  in  annual 
retail  sales  value.  The  rules  make  provision  for  the  proper  labeling 
and  disclosure  of  fiber  content  of  the  merchandise.  The  rules  also 
contain  specific  provision  for  the  proper  application  of  the  term 
"pure"  or  "pure  dye"  silk,  and  for  the  proper  identification  and  dis- 
closure of  weighted  silk  and  silk  noil.  False  advertising,  misbrand- 
ing, loading,  and  adulteration  of  the  product,  deceptive  concealment 
of  deterioration  or  damage  to  merchandise,  and  many  other  unfair 
practices  harmful  to  the  buying  public  and  to  business  are  proscribed. 
(Proceedings  for  the  adoption  of  rules  covering  textile  products 
composed  of  fibers  other  than  silk  or  rayon  are  pending.) 

Fur  industry. — Trade  practice  rules  for  this  industry  cover  the 
marketing  of  furs  and  fur  garments  and  were  promulgated  June  17, 
1938.  There  are  tens  of  thousands  of  establishments  engaged  in  the 
fur  industry  as  manufacturers  and  distributors  of  the  finished  prod- 
uct and  as  fur  farmers,  trappers,  dyers,  dressers,  and  other  handlers. 
Sales  to  the  consuming  public  total  several  hundred  millions  of  dol- 
lars annually.  The  rules  promote  the  use  of  ethical  selling  practices 
and  provide  therein  essential  consumer  protection  in  their  purchases 
of  the  valuable  and  useful  merchandise  of  the  industry.  The  use  of 
misleading  or  deceptive  designations  of  furs  in  tags,  labels,  advertise- 
ments, and  selling  representations  are  prohibited.  The  designations 
used  are  to  disclose  the  true  name  of  the  animal  from  which  the  pelt 
was  taken.  The  use  of  fictitious  animal  designations,  the  passing-off 
of  fur  of  one  animal  as  that  of  another,  misrepresentation  of 
geographical  origin,  use  of  deceptive  guaranties  or  warranties,  de- 
ceptive concealment  of  dyeing,  blending,  or  piecing,  or  that  fur  has 
been  dyed  to  imitate  the  fur  of  another  animal  or  of  a  higher  gi-ade 


122  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

pelt,  deceptive  concealment  of  the  fact  that  products  are  made  in 
whole  or  in  part  of  second-hand  furs,  deceptive  concealment  of  dam- 
age or  injury  to  pelts  caused  in  dyeing  or  processing,  and  many  other 
forms  of  unfair  methods  of  competition  and  practices  which  are 
injurious  to  the  purchasing  public  as  well  as  to  honest  competitors, 
are  prohibited  by  the  rules. 

Dress  industries. — Trade  practice  mles  were  established  in  Decem- 
ber 1937,  covering  house  dresses,  wash  frocks,  and  so-called  popular- 
price  dresses  in  which  at  that  time  the  annual  sales  totaled  nearly 
$4:00,000,OOOj  manufacturers'  prices.  Provision  was  made  against 
false  advertising  and  deceptive  labeling  with  respect  to  quality,  size, 
serviceability,  character  of  fabric^  color  fastness,  workmanship, 
washability,  fiber  content,  shrinkage  properties;  also  against  the  use 
of  any  other  selling  method  which  may  be  misleading  or  deceptive  to 
the  purchasing  public.  Various  additional  rules  provide  for  main- 
taining, in  the  interest  of  the  public,  fair  competitive  conditions 
among  the  hundreds  of  manufacturers  and  thousands  of  merchants 
engaged  in  marketing  dresses.  Informative  labeling  of  fiber  con- 
tent of  the  fabric  is  largely  provided  for  in  the  above-mentioned 
rayon  and  silk  rules. 

Cotton  converting  industry. — Trade  practice  rules  promulgated 
for  this  industry  on  August  18,  1939,  in  revised  form,  cover  cotton 
and  mixed  cotton  and  rayon  goods,  embracing  the  following  indus- 
trial classifications:  Fabrics  for  clothiers'  linings;  corset,  brassiere, 
and  allied  trade  fabrics ;  converted  curtain  and  drapery  fabrics ; 
shirting  fabrics;  wash  goods  fabrics;  interlining  fabrics;  bleached 
goods;  and  all  other  cotton  and  cotton-mixture  fabrics.  Of  direct 
interest  to  consumers  are  rules  against  misbranding  and  misrepre- 
sentation of  the  grade,  quality,  thread  count,  shrinkage  properties, 
color  fastness,  washability  of  the  goods,  as  well  as  any  other  form  of 
misrepresentation  or  deceptive  selling  claims.  The  rules  also  pro- 
hibit the  deceptive  concealment  from  purchasers  of  the  foreign  origin 
of  imported  cotton  goods  which  have  been  dyed  or  redyed  in  tliis 
country  with  the  consequent  obliteration  of  the  original  mark  of 
foreign  origin,  and  various  other  unfair  competitive  methods.  All 
have  been  formulated  in  the  interest  of  the  public  and  for  the  pro- 
tection of  consumer  and  fair  business  enterprise. 

Shrinkage  of  woven  cotton  products. — On  this  subject,  specific  and 
detailed  provision  is  made  in  trade  practice  rules  for  proper  labeling 
in  respect  to.preshrunk  character  or  shrinkage  properties  of  woven 
cotton  goods,  the  legal  principles  of  the  rules  being  also  applicable  to 
wearing  apparel  or  other  merchandise  made  of  woven  cotton  goods. 
Unless  and  until  processes  are  found  and  applied  which  will  remove 
all  shrinkage,  the  rules  require  that  the  product  shall  not  be  labeled 
or  represented  as  shrinkproof  or  nonshrinkable,  or  by  advertising  or 
labeling  claims  of  similar  import.  They  also  provide  that  in  case  the 
merchandise  is  labeled  or  represented  as  having  been  preshrunk  or 
shrunk,  full  disclosure  shall  be  made  in  connection  therewith  of  the 
percentage  of  additional  shrinkage  the  merchandise  will  undergo 
when  launderec^-or  used  by  the  consumer.  Thus  the  purchaser  is  to 
be  appraised  of  the  fact  that,  although  having  been  preshrunk  to  a 
degree,  the  goods  will  shrink  still  more  and  what  will  be  the  extent  of 
such  additional  shrinkage.  Observance  of  these  rules  means  the  elimi- 
nation of  the  chaotic,  confusing,  and  misleading  conditions  in  advertis- 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONC -VIIC  POWER  123 

ing  and  labeling  which  had  sprung  up  in  the  matter  of  control  of 
shrinkage  of  woven  cotton  merchandise  of  all  kinds  marketed  annually 
to  the  extent  of  many  hundreds  of  millions  of  dollars. 

Infmits''  and  children's  knitted  out&pwear  industry. — The  proper 
labeling  of  infants'  and  children's  knitted  outerwear  is  provided  for  in 
trade  practice  rules  for  this  industry.  Under  them,  fiber  content  is 
to  be  disclosed  in  labeling  and  advertising  in  accordance  with  the  rayon 
and  silk  rules.  Misbranding  and  misrepresentation  respecting  the 
grade,  quality,  size,  serviceability,  color  fastness,  workmanship, 
shrinkage  properties,  or  in  any  other  respect,  are  to  be  eliminated.  As 
in  the  case  of  other  industries  many  other  forms  of  trade  abuses  are 
also  covered. 

Ribbon  industry. — Comprehensive  trade  practice  rules  were  issued 
June  28,  1939,  for  this  industry,  covering  ribbons  and  ribbon  products, 
of  which  the  manufacturing  branch  has  a  total  annual  sales  volume 
of  approximately  $12,000,000.  Provision  is  made,  among  other  things, 
for  the  elimination  of  misbranding  and  misrepresentation;  for  the 
disclosure  of  yardage  on  label,  or  spools  of  ribbon,  also  for  disclosure 
of  the  fact  when  the  ribbon  is  of  the  cut-edge  or  of  the  pasted-back 
type  of  construction  instead  of  woven  edge  or  back.  A  rule  is  included 
against  the  practice  of  dyeing  or  redyeing  ribbon  to  obliterate  mark  of 
foreign  origin  and  deceptively  conceal  the  fact  that  the  product  was  not 
made  in  the  United  States.  Fiber  identification  and  other  provisions 
are  incorporated  for  the  protection  of  honest  business  and  the  consum- 
ing public. 

Radio  receiving  sets,  parts,  aiid  accessories  industry. — This  industry 
has  aggregate  sales  amounting  to  more  than  $460,000,000  per  annum. 
Rules  relating  to  the  advertising  and  selling  practices  of  the  industry 
were  promulgated  by  the  Commission  on  July  22,  1939.  The  industry 
is  comparatively  new,  also  subject  to  rapid  technological  advances, 
and  various  competitive  problems  involving  confusion  and  deception 
to  the  buying  public  had  sprung  up.  To  correct  these  d^Sculties, 
trade  practice  conference  proceedings  for  the  industry  were  neld  and 
the  rules  were  established.  These  provide  against  all  forms  of  mis- 
branding, misrepresentation,  and  deceptive  selling  methods.  They  pro- 
vide for  proper  advertising  descriptions  in  respect  to  "all- wave," 
"world-wave,"  and  "standard  broadcast"  sets ;  for  the  proper  designa- 
tions of  the  radio  frequencies  covered  by  the  respective  sets;  also 
proscribed  are  deceptive  or  unfounded  claims  as  to  reception  of  foreign 
or  distant  broadcasts ;  freedom  from  fading,  noise,  electrical  interfer- 
ence, static,  and  other  phenomena;  as  to  the  performance  of  the  re- 
ceiving set  in  the  locality  of  the  purchaser,  its  ability  to  receive  trans- 
missions from  or  to  ships  at  sea,  amateur  stations  or  other  types  of 
transmissions.  Concealment  of  defects  or  deficiencies,  misrepresenta- 
tions as  to  ability  to  bring  in  certain  foreign  or  domestic  stations,  are 
also  covered;  provision  is  made  against  the  use  of  fake  or  "dummy" 
tubes ;  the  misrepresentation  of  tube  capacity  of  set ;  misrepresentation 
of  the  model,  switching  of  cabinets  to  deceive ;  misrepresentations  as 
to  manufacturing  sponsor  of  set;  and  various  other  unfair  competitive 
methods.  The  rules  constitute  a  Qs>ncerted  effort  in  cooperation  with 
the  industry  to  protect  the  buying  public  in  their  purchases  of  radio 
sets,  parts,  and  accessories,  for  which  millions  are  spent  annually. 

Putty  industry. — Rules  promulgated  for  this  industry  proscribe 
such  practices  as  false  advertising  and  deceptive  representation  of 


X24  CONCENTRATION  OP  ECONOMIC  POWER 

grade,  quality,  manufacture,  character,  content  of  the  product,  false 
labeling,  misrepresentation  as  to  the  oil  content,  whether  the  same  is 
linseed  oil  or  substitute  oil ;  the  use  of  adulterants  or  substitute  oils  to 
mislead  and  deceive ;  the  misrepresentation  of  the  white  lead  and  other 
pigment  content ;  the  use  of  slack  filled  or  short  weight  containers ;  the 
making  of  false  guaranties;  and  many  other  forms  of  unfair  trade 
practices,  the  prevention  of  which  affords  comprehensive  consumer 
protection  in  the  purchase  of  putty,  an  essential  and  widely  used 
commodity. 

Paint  and  varnish  hru^h  industry. — As  in  the  case  of  putty,  trade 
practice  rules  for  the  paint  and  varnish  brush  industry  were  pro- 
mulgated to  protect  the  buying  public  as  well  as  honest  business  from 
advertising  and  selling  practices  which  mislead,  deceive  or  defraud 
purchasers.  The  rules  not  only  prohibit  all  forms  of  deceptive  ad- 
vertising and  labeling,  but  also  contain  comprehensive  provisions  in 
respect  to  labeling  paint  and  varnish  brushes  so  as  to  reveal. the  type 
of  bristle  or  hair  used  in  the  brush,  whether  hog  bristle,  horse- 
hair, fiber,  or  mixture  thereof.  Inasmuch  as  the  quality  and  A-alue 
of  the  brush  is  largely  dependent  upon  the  type  or  proportion  of 
bristle  content,  the  truthful  disclosure  of  the  facts  to  the  purchaser 
in  this  respect  closes  the  door  on  conditions  which  in  the  marketing 
of  this  product  would  mislead,  deceive,  or  defraud  the  consumer. 
The  rules  likewise  provide  for  the  prevention  in  the  industry  of  many 
other  forms  of  unfair  trade  practices. 

Toilet  h7nish  indiostry. — The  trade  practice  rules  covering  toilet 
brushes  provide  against  concealment  of  foreign  origin  of  the  handles 
or  blocks,  misrepresentation  of  bristles  and  of  the  kind  of  wood  in 
the  handle  or  block.  The  rules  also  provide  a  system  of  approved 
designations  to  be  used  in  connection  with  brushes  sold  as  "Made  in 
U.  S.  A."  but  containing  handles  made  in  Japan,  England,  France,  or 
other  foreign  country.  The  purpose  is  to  protect  consumers  from 
deception,  confusion  or  misunderstanding  in  their  purchases  of  do- 
mestic or  foreign-made  brushes  or  of  brushes  containing  essential 
parts  made  in  a  foreign  country.  Various  other  forms  of  misbrand- 
ing, false  advertising,  and  unfair  methods  of  competition  are  also 
inhibited. 

Baby  chick  industry. — Trade  practice  rules  promulgated  for  this 
industry  are  of  special  value  to  our  farm  population.  They  cover 
the  sale  and  distribution  by  hatcherymen  of  baby  chicks  and  make 
definite  and  detailed  provision  for  the  protection  of  farmers  and  other 
poultry  raisers  who  purchase  nearly  a  billion  chicks  annually.  All 
forms  of  deceptive  advertising  and  selling  methods  are  inhibited, 
including  deceptive  concealment  of  material  facts.  Specific  inhibi- 
tions are  provided  to  control  unethical  selling  methods  which  are 
grounded  in  false  claims  and  deceptive  representations  relative  to  egg 
yield  or  egg-producing  qualities,  blood  testing,  vaccination,  inocula- 
tion, pullorum  testing,  freedom  from  disease,  purported  bargain 
prices,  trap  nesting  of  flocks,  liveability  and  stamina  of  chicks,  and 
many  other  trade  abuses  and  unethical  soiling  j^ractices  which  are 
injurious  to  the  public  as  well  as  to  scrupulous  competitors. 

Preserve,  macaroni.,  and  tomato  fo^te  mdusfries. — Hules  covering 
these  industries  relate  to  the  advertising,  sale,  and  distribution  of 
fruit  preserves,  jams,  jellies,  macaroni,  spaghetti,  noodles,  and  related 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  125 

products,  and  to  tomato  paste  products.  These  various  commodities 
are  widely  used  by  the  public  and  involve  a  segment  of  our  national 
trade  and  commerce  of  considerable  proportions.  The  rules  were 
issued  in  the  interest  of  maintaining  fair  competition  and  protecting 
the  public  interest.  They  provide  minimum  standards  of  content  of 
products  and  proscribe  deceptive  advertising  or  selling  representa- 
tions which  conceal  the  fact  when  the  product  is  substandard  or  is 
an  imitation,  or  is  deficient  in  required  ingredients,  as,  for  example, 
deficient  in  fruit  content  in  the  case  of  preserves,  jams,  jellies;  or 
deficient  in  egg  or  semolina  or  farina  flour  content  in  the  case  of 
macaroni  and  related  products ;  or  is  lacking  in  sufficient  concentra- 
tion of  tomato  content  in  the  case  of  tomato  paste  products.  Adul- 
teration, use  of  artificial  color  to  mask  inferiority,  and  many  forms 
of  selling  practices  are  covered  which  are  injurious  in  their  effect  upon 
the  buying  public,  or  which  interfere  with  the  consumer's  interest 
in  the  maintenance  of  fair  methods  of  competition. 

Oleomargarine  industry, — Of  somewhat  similar  nature  are  the  rules 
covering  the  advertising  and  distribution  of  oleomargarine.  Besides 
prohibiting  false  advertising  and  misrepresentation  as  to  nutritive 
value,  fat  content,  grade  or  character  of  ingredients  of  product, 
special  provision  is  made  against  the  practice  of  misrepresenting 
the  product  as  containing  milk  when  only  skimmed  milk  has  been 
used  or  when  either  the  cream  or  other  food  content  has  been  ex- 
tracted from  the  milk.  The  rules  condemn  the  failure  to  comply 
with  Federal  or  State  laws  or  regulations  for  oleomargarine,  and 
various  other  unfair  competitive  methods. 

Mirror  industry. — These  trade  practice  rules  treat  a  most  important 
problem  from  the  standpoint  of  protecting  the  public  and  scrupulous 
business  by,  among  other  things,  providing  for  labeling  of  mirrors 
to  show  whether  the  glass  is  plate  glass  or  window  glass.  The  pass- 
ing off  of  one  for  the  other  is  prohibited.  Deception  as  to  copper 
backing  is  also  proscribed.  Rules  against  improper  use  of  such 
terms  as  "crystal  glass,"  "sheet  glass,"  are  inhibited.  Misleading 
or  deceptive  guaranties  as  to  silver  spoilage  and  as  to  durability  of 
the  product  are  prohibited.  Sale,  of  defective  mirrors  or  seconds 
as  first-class  merchandise,  or  the  deceptive  concealment  of  the  fact 
that  the  product  is  defective  is  likewise  proscribed.  The  provisions 
of  the  rules  to  the  effect  that  mirrors  should  be  labeled  to  show 
whether  the  glass  is  plate  or  window  glass  constitute  a  forward 
step  in  informative  labeling.  A  knowledge  of  the  kind  of  glass 
in  the  mirror  is  of  prime  importance  to  consumers,  enabling  them  to 
buy  intelligently  and  to  be  protected  from  deception  and  imposition 
in  the  matter  of  price  and  quality.  Manufacturers'  sales  of  mirrors 
approximate  annually  $20,000,000,  for  which,  of  course,  the  con- 
sumer pays  much  more. 

Jewelri/  iivdustry. — The  rules  established  in  this  industry  are  aimed 
at  protecting  the  public  from  such  practices  as  selling  watches  which 
are  secondhand  or  which  have  been  rebuilt  or  contain  secondhand 
movements  without  disclosure  to  purchaser  that  the  merchandise  is 
second-hand  or  rebuilt,  thus  protecting  deceptive  concealment;  repre- 
senting precious  stones  as-  being  perfect,  when  in  fact  they  show 
flaws  or  imperfections  under  a  magnifier  of  not  less  than  10  power; 
passing-off  imitation,  synthetic,  manufactured  or  cultured  gems  as 
the  real,  genuine,  or  natural ;  the  practice  of  tinting  gems  to  mislead 


126  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

or  to  conceal  defects  or  inferior  nature  of  article,  and  many  other 
practices  which  deceive  or  defraud  purchasers  and  unfairly  divert 
trade  from  the  scrupulous  competitor. 

Rubber  tire  industry. — Trade  practice  rules  relate  to  the  sale  and 
distribution  of  the  products  of  this  industry  which  consist  princi- 
pally of  automobile  tires  and  tubes.  There  are  about  50  manu- 
facturing companies  and  over  100,000  distributing  outlets,  with  total 
capital  investment  of  approximately  $2,000,000,000.  The  aggi-egate 
annual  sales  volume  is  estimated  to  be  in  excess  of  $750,000,000.  Of 
direct  interest  to  the  consumer  are  provisions  against  false  adver- 
tising and  misbranding,  including  misrepresentations  as  to  the  grade, 
size,  life,  durability,  and  otner  properties  of  any  of  the  respective 
brands  or  makes  of  tires  or  tubes  being  offered  to  the  public.  The 
rules  also  provide  against  confusion  and  deception  in  regard  to 
so-called  "first-line"  tires,  "standard  makes,"  'change  over  tires," 
"rebuilt,"  "recapped"  and  "retreaded"  tires,  with  provision  for  the 
proper  marking  of  such  "rebuilt,"  "recapped,"  or  "retreaded"  tires 
that  the  public  ma}^  not  be  deceived  into  believing  they  are  new 
as  they  appear  to  be. 

General  Investigations. 

One  of  the  principal  duties  of  the  Federal  Trade  Commission, 
and  the  one  which  it  inherited  in  1915  from  the  Bureau  of  Corpora- 
tions, is  that  of  making  general  "investigations"  into  business  con- 
ditions and  practices,  particularly  as  respects  corporations  engaged 
in  interstate  commerce  (exclusive  of  banks,  common  carriers,  and 
certain  other  types  of  utilities)  and  their  relations  with  other  com- 
panies or  persons.  In  the  conduct  of  such  investigations,  the  Com- 
mission possesses  broad  powers  for  obtaining  information. 

Many  general  investigations  and  studies  have  been  made  by  the 
Federal  Trade  Commission  in  which  the  consumers'  interests  are 
very  large.  These  are,  for  example,  the  inquiry  into  the  electric 
and  ^as  utilities  industries,  an  investigation  into  the  conditions 
affecting  the  sale  and  distribution  of  milk,  the  investigation  of 
"agricultural  income"  and  related  questions,  and  othei^s.  The  most 
recent  of  the  major  investigations  made  by  the  Federal  Trade  Com- 
mission was  that  of  the  motor  vehicle  industry  and  trade. 

The  facts  developed  during  the  conduct  of  investigations  have 
demonstrated  the  need,  both  of  the  Government  and  of  the  general 
public,  for  a  more  comprehensive  knowledge  of  industiy  and  its 
operations  as  a  guide  for  an  economic  policy. 

Export  Trade. 

The  Federal  Trade  Commission  administers  the  Export  Trade 
Act  (Webb-Pomerene  Act),  which  permits  a  combine  or  coopera- 
tive, termed  in  the  act  an  "association"  for  the  sole  purpose  of 
engaging  in  export  trade.  The  purpose  of  this  act  is  to  promote 
export  trade  by  placing  American  exporters  on  an  equal  footing 
with  competitors  abroad,  especially  in  those  countries  where  cooper- 
atives and  cartels  have  been  permitted  and  encouraged. 

Agreements  by  the  associations  may  provide,  among  others^ 
standardization  of  products  and  improvement  of  the  quaiity  of 
goods  exported;  establishing  rules  and  regulations  for  export  pack- 
ing and  shipping. 


OONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  127 

Checking  Advertising. 

Another  activity  of  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  consists  in 
maintaining  a  constant  check  on  newspaper  and  magazine  adver- 
tisements and  radio  continuities.  This  program  is  conducted  by 
the  Radio  and  Periodical  Division  of  the  Commission.  The  sur- 
veying of  advertising  in  newspapers  and  magazines  was  inaugurated 
by  the  Commission  in  1929;  the  surveying  of  commercial  advertising 
by  radio  was  started  in  1934.  In  1939  this  service  was  extended  to 
include  mail  order  catalogs,  almanacs,  and  domestic  newspapers 
published  in  foreign  languages.^^ 

During  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1939,  the  Division  exam- 
ined advertisements  and  noted  those  for  further  study  as  follows: 

Newspaper  aud  magazine  advertisements 220,  760 

Allegations  in  advertisements  marked  for  further  study 26, 176 

Mail  order   catalog  pages  examined 10,  927 

Marked  as  possibly  false,  misleading,  and  deceptive 773 

Commercial  radio  broadcast  continuities 626,  293 

Continuities    marked    for    further    study 29, 143 

An  analysis  of  questioned  J  advertising  reveals  that  42.4  percent 
was  for  drugs;  10.4  percent  for  cosmetics  and  toiletries;  7.8  percent 
for  foods,  including  beverages;  2.1  percent  for  health  devices;  6.8 
percent  for  commodity  sales  promotion  plans;  5.3  percent  for  auto- 
mobiles, radios,  refrigerators  and  other  equipment;  3.3  percent  for 
correspondence  coui-ses;  21.9  percent  for  other  miscellaneous 
products. 

During  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1939,  the  Federal  Trade 
Commission,  through  the  Radio  and  Periodical  Division : 

*  *  *  sent  questionnaires  to  advertisers  in  679  cases  and  to  advertising 
agencies  in  44  cases,  negotiated  230  stipulations  accepted  and  approved  by  the 
Commission  for  discontinuance  of  misleading  representations,  and  settled  or 
closed  by  its  various  methods  of  procedure  394  such  cases.  In  26  cases  the 
issuance  of  complaint  was  recommended,  18  for  failure  to  stipulate  and  8  with- 
out giving  the  advertiser  an  opportunity  to  stipulate  because  of  gross  deception 
or  danger  to  the  public  involved  in  the  practice.  In  15  cases  previously  settled 
by  stipulation  complaints  were  recommended  for  violation  of  the  terms  of  those 
stipulations.^ 

Cooperating  Scientific  Services. 

The  Federal  Trade  Commission  receives  the  cooperation  of  the 
staffs  and  facilities  of  such  Federal  agencies  as  the  National  Bureau 
of  Standards;  Public  Health  Service  and  Food  and  Drug  Adminis- 
tration, Federal  Security  Agency;  Bureau  of  Home  Economics,  and 
Bureau  of  Animal  Husbandry,  United  States  Department  of  Agri- 
culture ;  the  Commission  has  a  small  medical  unit  under  the  supervi- 
sion of  a  physician  assigned  by  the  Public  Health  Service. 

»  "Annual  Report  of  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  for  the  Fiscal  Year  Ending  June 
30,  1939,"  p.  135,  Federal  Trade  Commission,  Washington,  D.  C,  1939. 
« Ibid.,  p.  139. 


FEDERAL  WORKS  AGENCY 

UNITED  STATES  HOUSING  AUTHORITY 

The  broad  objective  of  the  program  of  the  United  States  Housing 
Authority,  Federal  Works  Agency,  is  to  provide  decent,  safe,  and 
sanitary  low-rent  homes  for  low-income  families  now  living  in  slums. 
Realization  of  this  objective,  which  directly  benefits  low-rent  housing 
tenants  and  indirectly  benefits  other  tenants  and  home  purchasers, 
is  the  joint  responsibility  of  local  public  housing  authorities  and  the 
Federal  Government. 

The  program  is  entirely  decentralized.  The  United  States  Housing 
Authority  is  a  financial  assistance  agency,  since  it  makes  loans  and 
subsidies  to  local  municipal  and  county  housing  authorities  who 
plan,  build,  own,  and  operate  projects  in  their  own  communities. 
Loans  are  being  made  for  a  period  of  60  years.  The  United  States 
Housing  Authority,  in  addition  to  providing  technical  aid,  advises 
the  local  authorities  on  all  phases  of  the  development  and  administra- 
tion of  local  housing  programs  and  projects,  and  reviews  all  proposals 
to  determine  their  compliance  with  the  terms  and  spirit  of  the  United 
States  Housing  Act. 

This  work  has  made  necessary  the  development  of  standards  and 
minimum  requirements  aimed  at  providing  housing  which  can  be 
built  at  a  low  first  cost  and  which  will  have  low  maintenance  and 
repair  costs  for  a  long  period  of  time. 

Standardization  in  the  Low-Rent  Housing  Field. 

Although  the  relationship  of  the  United  States  Housing  Authority 
to  the  local  housing  authorities  does  not  permit  it  to  dictate  to  them 
or  to  compel  acceptance  of  its  suggestions,  most  of  its  proposals  con- 
cerning standardization  of  parts  used  in  housing  structures  are  being 
put  into  effect  by  these  local  authorities  throughout  the  country. 
Some  of  the  standards  for  dimensions,  materials,  and  equipment  de- 
veloped for  use  in  the  housing  program  of  the  Authority  are  being 
accepted  generally  in  the  various  trades  and  consequently  are  becom- 
ing important  factors  in  aiding  mass  production.  Standardization  in 
large  construction  operations,  such  as  low-rent  housing  projects,  even 
when  the  standards  are  not  generally  adopted  by  the  trades,  results 
in  the  economy  inherent  in  simplicity  of  design  and  uniformity  of 
methods  and  materials. 

Standardizing  Activities. 

Through  the  collation  of  housing  experience  data,  the  United 
States  Housing  Authority  is  in  a  position  to  interpret  housing  needs 
and  to  recommend  and  encourage  the  standardization  of  various 
elements  and  their  component  parts.  This  is  being  accomplished 
through  the  procedure  outlined  in  chart  IX.  In  addition  many  re- 
quirements and  suggested  standards  for  small  detail  parts  are  being 
recommended  in  everyday  contacts  and  correspondence  with  manu- 
facturers, trade  associations,  professional  societies,  and  other  Federal 
and  non-Federal  agencies.  Several  specific  examples  of  achievements 
in  this  direction  are  discussed  in  the  following  paragraphs: 
128 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  129 

Windows. — A  great  variety  of  window  sizes  and  types  offered  by 
manufacturers  throughout  the  country  has  complicated  the  selection 
of  the  most  suitable  windows.  A  survey  of  45  projects  under  the 
United  States  Housing  Authority's  program  showed  that  in  21  projects 
53  different  types  of  steel  casements  were  used,  and  in  18  projects  75 
different  types  and  sizes  of  wood  double-hung  windows  were  used. 
Recognizing  that  economies  would  be  possible  through  the  standard- 
ization of  windows  and  that  certain  relationships  betw^een  room  sizes 
and  window  areas  are  desirable  from  a  health  standpoint,  the  United 
States  Housing  Authority  invited  manufacturers  to  assist  in  estab- 
lishing a  limited  number  of  sizes  and  types  suitable  for  low-rent  hous- 
ing. Through  cooperative  effort,  5  sizes  of  steel  casement  windows 
and  T  sizes  of  wood  double-hung  windows,  with  standard  design 
details  for  economical  construction,  have  been  agreed  upon  and  are 
now  being  recommended  to  local  housing  authorities  for  use  on  their 
projects. 

Structural  parts. — Suggested  details  for  Avood  framing,  shown  in 
Policy  and  Procedure  Bulletin  No.  21,  "The  Structure,"  have  been 
widely  adopted  by  local  engineers  in  preparing  plans  for  low-rent 
housing  projects.  These  suggestions  help  to  effect  standardization 
by  simplifying  the  usual  details  of  framing  and  by  encouraging  the 
use  of  uniform  sizes  for  framing  members.  The  general  adoption 
of  suggested  design  details  for  concrete  members,  which  require  only 
commercial  lumber  widths  for  forming,  is  helping  to  promote 
standardization  in  lumber  sizes. 

Rangex  and  refrigerators. — Through  the  cooperation  of  the  refriger- 
ator and  range  manufacturers.  U.  S.  H.  A.  Suggested  Specifications 
have  been  developed  for  such  equipment.  These  are  based  on  quality 
and  omit  refinements  which  are  usually  included  chiefly  for  the  pur- 
pose of  increasing  "sales  appeal."  For  example,  the  electric  refriger- 
ators specified  have  no  interior  light,  no  door  on  the  ice-tray  compart- 
ment, and  are  finished  without  exterior  decoration.  Gas  ranges  are 
specified  without  pilot  light  burner  ignition  and  with  only  one  burner 
for  broiler  and  oven  instead  of  the  usual  two. 

Lighting  -fixtures. — The  United  States  Housing  Authority,  in  coop- 
eration with  the  American  Lighting  Equipment  Association,  is  de- 
veloping several  types  of  lighting  fixtures,  simple  in  design  and 
particularly  adapted  to  low-rent  housing  needs. 

Electrize  meters. — The  meters  which  have  been  available  on  the  mar- 
ket were  designed  by  utility  companies  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining 
iiccurate  records  of  consumption  under  varying  types  of  loads.  In 
cooperation  with  a  leading  manufacturer,  an.  electric  meter  has  been 
developed  which  is  less  complicated  in  design,  less  expensive,  and  par- 
ticularly suited  to  low-rent  housing  needs.  This  type  of  meter  is  now 
being  recommeneded  as  standard  for  housing  projects  with  individual 
tenant  metering  plans. 

Participation  m  Standardization  Activities  of  Federal.  Agencies. 

The  United  States  Housing  Authority  assists  in  establishing  stand- 
ards, directly  benefiting  consumers,  through  cooperation  with  and 
participation  in  the  work  of  the  following  Federal  agencies: 

National  Bureau  of  Standards. 

Federal  Specifications  Executive  Committee. 

Federal  Fire  Council. 


130  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Central  Housing  Committee. 
Federal  Housing  Administration. 
Farm  Security  Administration. 
Forest  Products  Laboratory. 

Participation  in  Standardization  Activities  of  National  Organiza- 
tions. 

The  United  States  Housing  Authority  is  helping  in  the  establish- 
ment of  standards  through  participation  in  the  work  of  national 
organizations  such  as — 

Anwrican  Standards  Association. — ^Members  of  the  staff  serve  on 
the  Standards  Council,  which  directs  the  technical  work  of  the  Amer- 
ican Standards  Association ;  the  Building  Code  Correlating  Commit- 
tee ;  the  Committee  on  Coordination  of  Building  Material  Dimensions ; 
and  several  sectional  committees. 

American  Society  for  Testing  Materials. — The  United  States  Hous- 
ing Authority  is  represented  on  the  Standing  Committee  on  Manu- 
factured Masonry  Units  and  on  the  Lime  Committee. 

American  Public  Health  Association. — The  United  States  Housing 
Authority  has  been  active  in  the  work  of  the  Committee  on  Hygiene 
of  Housing,  the  function  of  which  is  the  development  of  minimum 
health  standards  for  housing.  This  work  affects  the  design  and  per- 
formance requirements  of  such  equipment  and  materials  as  heating 
units,  plumbing  equipment,  lighting  equipment,  insulation,  and 
others. 

National  Association  of  Hoitsing  Officials. — Members  of  the  Staff 
are  active  in  all  phases  of  this  organization's  work  and  are  contribut- 
ing particularly  to  the  development  of  standards  of  design  and  con- 
struction for  low-rent  housing  through  the  Committee  on  Physical 
Standards  and  Construction. 

Trade  associations. — Many  trade  associations  are  interested  in 
standardization  for  the  purpose  of  reducing  production  costs  and, 
consequently,  selling  prices.  The  United  States  Housing  Authority 
interprets  current  housing  needs  to  such  groups  and  cooperates  with 
them  in  the  development  of  materials  and  equipment  which  will  best 
meet  these  needs. 
Other  Activities  Which  Help  to  Promote  Standardization. 

In  addition  to  the  standardizing  activities  outlined,  the  Authority 
is  helping  to  encourage  the  development  of  standardization  in  the 
housing  field  by  conveying  to  the  public,  through  press  releases, 
speeches,  and  magazine  articles,  the  story  of  low-rent  housing  and  the 
new  low  construction  costs  made  possible,  to  a  great  extent,  through 
simplified  design  and  large  scale  construction  with  standardization 
of  component  parts. 
Publications  of  the  United  States  Housing  Authority. 

The  above  items  are  illustrative  of  the  United  States  Housing 
Authority's  activities  in  connection  with  the  standardization  of  com- 
ponent parts  and  equipment  and  housing  structures.  In  a  much 
broader  sense  the  entire  program  is  directed  toward  standardization 
since  the  establishment  of  mmimum  acceptable  standards  has  been  a 
chief  factor  in  reducing  costs  to  the  point  where  rents  can  be  brought 
within  the  means  of  the  lowest  income  third.  Some  of  the  most  im- 
portant publications  which  set  forth  standards  for  the  planning. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  131 

design,  and  construction  of  housing  projects  are  briefly  discussed 
below : 

Policy  a')id  Procedure  Bulletins. — A  series  of  standard  guides  for 
use  in  the  planning,  design,  and  operation  of  low-rent  housing  proj- 
ects have  been  established  and  published  in  a  series  of  Policy  and 
Procedure  Bulletins,  These  are  used  by  all  local  authorities  partici- 
pating in  the  housing  program. 

Suggested  Specifications. — There  has  been  developed,  in  cooperation 
with  manufacturers  and  their  trade  associations,  a  set  of  U.  S.  H.  A. 
Suggested  Specifications  for  use  in  preparing  individual  housing 
project  specifications.  They  simplify  and  clarify  minimum  require- 
ments for  substantial  construction  and  safeguard  against  inferior  or 
inappropriate  materials  and  equipment.  The  use  of  these  specifica- 
tions saves  time  and  minimizes  the  danger  of  omissions  and  errors 
which  might  later  necessitate  construction  "change  orders"  with  con- 
sequent additional  costs.  The  extensive  use  of  these  specifications 
by  architects  and  engineers  in  developing  local  projects,  and  their 
general  acceptance  by  manufacturers,  is  helping  to  effect  standardiza- 
tion in  manufacturing. 

Suggested  unit  pluns. — Maximum  efficiency,  livability,  and  econ- 
omy is  being  achieved  through  the  use  of  a  seiies  of  related  plans  for 
dwelling  units  and  public  space.  These  plans  call  for  the  use  of 
standard  sizes  of  construction  materials  and  equipment  used  in  hous- 
ing structures.  They  are  based  on  minimum  room  and  window  areas 
required  for  comfort  and  healthful  living. 

Development  cost  control. — An  index  has  been  developed  which 
fixes  cost  standards  for  minimum  acceptable  construction  in  various 
regions  of  the  country.  It  serves  as  a  yardstick  for  keeping  costs 
down  to  reasonable  low-rent  standards. 


UNITED  STATES  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
DIVISION  OF  TESTS  AND  TECHNICAL  CONTROL 

The  Division  of  Tests  and  Technical  Control  of  the  United  States 
Government  Printing  Oflfice  tests  all  materials  entering  into  printing 
and  binding  processes,  and  is  engaged  in  such  standardization  work 
and  technical  research  as  might  be  desirable  to  improve  the  quality 
of  the  products  and  the  materials  used  by  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment Printing  Office.  This  Division  is  under  the  direct  supervision 
of  the  Public  Printer.  It  assists  all  other  divisions  of  the  United 
States  Government  Printing  Office  in  obtaining  materials  which  are 
best  suited  to  the  requirements  of  their  processes  and  aids  in  the 
solution  of  technical  problems  incident  to  plant  operations.  This 
Division  works  in  close  cooperation  with  the  Director  of  Purchases 
of  the  United  States  Government  Printing  Office. 

The  Division  of  Tests  and  Technical  Control  consists  of  four  sec-, 
tions,  three  of  which  are  production  units;  (a)  Chemical  Laboratory 
Section,  where  all  technical  tests  are  made  and  technical  research  is 
conducted;  (b)  Ink  Section,  where  all  printing,  writing,  and  miscel- 
laneous inks  used  by  the  United  States  Government  Printing  Office 
and  by  other  Governmental  departments  are  manufactured;  (c) 
Roller  and  Glue  Section,  where  press  rollers  and  bindery  adhesives 
are  manufactured;  (d)  Metal  Section,  where  all  type-casting  metals 
are  remelted  and  adjusted  through  chemical  analyses  to  conform  with 
standard  formulas. 

The  Chemical  Laboratory  Section  consists  of  six  units:  Paper 
testing,  textile  and  binding  materials,  type  metals  and  miscellaneous 
materials,  oils  and  solvents,  inks  and  color,  and  general  research. 

Pafer. 

In  accordance  with  section  3  of  the  Government  Printing  Act  of 
1895  2^  the  Joint  Committee  on  Printing  of  the  United  States  Con- 
gress fixes  standards  of  paper  for  the  public  printing  and  binding. 

The  Joint  Committee  on  Printing  is  composed  of  three  Senators, 
three  Representatives  and  a  clerk  of  the  committee. 

The  Committee  on  Paper  Specifications,  of  the  Joint  Committee 
on  Printing,  is  composed  of  the  Clerk  of  the  Joint  Committee  on 
Printing,  who  serves  in  the  capacity  of  Chairman;  the  Chief  of 
Printing  and  Processing,  Work  Projects  Administration;  the  Print- 
ing Clerk  of  the  Post  Office  Department;  the  Inspector  of  Paper  and 
Material  for  the  Joint  Committee  on  Printing;  the  Chief  of  the 
Paper  Section  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  United  States 
Department  of  Commerce;  and  three  officials  of  the  United  States 
Government  Printing  Office,  namely,  the  Technical  Director,  the  Di- 
rector of  Purchases,  and  the  Superintendent  of  Stores  and  Traffic 
Manager.     This    Committee   prepares  specifications   on    paper   and 

»  Jan.  12,  1895,  ch.  23,  S.  U.  S.  Stat.  L.,  p.  601. 

132 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  I35 

recommends  their  adoption  to  the  Joint  Committee  on  Printing  of 
the  United  States  Congress.  New  developments  in  paper  manu- 
facture and  in  the  printing  and  binding  industries  and  new  require- 
ments of  all  Governmental  departments  are  considered  in  the 
formulation  of  specifications  which  are  approved  by  the  Joint  Com- 
mittee on  Printing  before  each  contract  period.  As  a  result,  a  speci- 
fication of  the  United  States  Government  Printing  Office  for  any 
grade  of  paper  i-epresents  the  latest  development  in  that  particular 
grade.  Tlie  Schedule  of  Paper  for  the  year  1940  specified  82  grades 
of  paper  classified  under  169  items,  furnished  by  39  different  mills. 
Included  in  these  purchases  are  all  classes  of  paper  ranging  from 
newsprint  to  the  highest  quality  of  ledger  and  index  paper.  AU 
deliveries  of  paper  and  envelopes  for  public  printing  and  binding 
are  tested  by  the  United  States  Government  Printing  Office  labora- 
tory for  compliance  with  specifications. 

The  use  of  specifications  is  not  only  beneficial  to  the  United  States 
Government  Printing  Office,  but  also  to  the  paper  industry  as  a 
whole.  In  1928  the  United  States  Government  Printing  Office  con- 
ducted a  research  program  to  secure  complete  information  concern- 
ing the  quality  of  commercial  bond  and  ledger  papers  for  the  purpose 
of  establishing  quality  standards.  Paper  manufacturers  were  re- 
quested to  furnish  samples  of  their  regular  mill  runs  of  papers.  As 
a  result  of  this  work,  specifications  for  six  grades  each  of  bond  and 
ledger  papers  were  recommended.  The  United  States  Government 
Printing  Office  subsequently  discarded  the  most  inferior  one  of  these 
six  grades  and  adopted  specifications  for  use  in  the  purchase  of  five 
grades  each  of  bond  and  ledger  papers.  These  specifications  have 
been  revised  in  the  past  few  years  to  include  chemical  requirements 
regarding  acidity  and  rosin  sizing.  Such  specifications  have  proven 
satisfactory  to  paper  manufacturers  and  the  Federal  Government, 
and  are  in  accord  with  good  commercial  practice. 

Bond  and  ledger  papere  are  watermarked  to  show  their  rag  con- 
tent. This  watermark  is  the  eagle  from  the  seal  of  the  United 
States  surmounted  by  4  stai-g  to  indicate  100  percent  rag  content, 
3  stars  75  percent,  2  stars  50  percent,  and  1  star  25  percent  rag 
content.  Other  bond  or  ledger  papers,  composed  of  wood  pulp 
instead  of  rag  fibers,  are  not  watermarked.  These  five  classes  are 
sufficient  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  United  States  Government  Printing 
Office  in  bond  and  ledger  papers.  One  of  the  primary  advantages 
of  the  standardization  of  these  papers  is  the  reduction  to  a  minimum 
of  the  number  of  grades  which  mills  need  to  produce. 

In  cooperation  with  the  mechanical  department  of  the  American 
Newspaper  Publishers  Association  considerable  research  on  newsprint 
and  news  ink  was  conducted  from  1928  to  1933.  The  results  of  this 
work  were  published  in  Technical  Bulletin  No.  18,  "Newsprint  and 
News  Ink."" 

The  quality  of  paper  and  envelopes  purchased  on  Government 
specifications  up  to  1925  was  determined  primarily  by  the  bursting 
strength  test.  General  dissatisfaction  with  this  test  was  noted.  It 
was.  found  necessary,  therefore,  to  conduct  research  to  find  more 
specific  and  definitive  tests  for  the  evaluation  of  paper,  which  might 

f  "Newsprint  and  News  Ink,"  86  pp.,  Technical  Bulletin  No.  18,  U.  S.  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  1933. 

272496 — 41 — ^No.  24 10 


134  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

be  used  iii  revising  the  specifications  for  the  purchase  of  this  com- 
modity by  the  United  States  Government  Printing  Office.  As  a 
result  of  this  work  on  bond  and  ledger  papers  the  folding  endurance 
test  was  introduced  into  the  specifications  in  1925  and  later  applied  to 
No.  1  *and  No.  2  quality  kraft  papers  in  1926  and  to  kraft  envelopes 
in  1929.  The  kraft  paper  manufacturers  who  cooperated  in  this 
work,  and  jobbers  and  consumers  as  well  as  the  National  Kraft 
Manufacturers'  Association,  showed  considerable  interest  in  the 
standardization  of  the  quality  of  kraft  papers  and  envelopes. 

The  question  of  permanence  and  durability  of  paper  is  receiving 
increased  interest  among  certain  printers  concerned  with  preserving 
records  of  special  future  value.  Considerable  research  in  this  field 
has  been  conducted  by  the  paper  industry.  Since  the  year  1885 
approximately  300  articles  on  this  subject  have  been  published  in 
various  trade  magazines  in  this  and  other  countries.  These  articles 
have  been  abstracted  for  'ready  reference  in  the  Government  Printing 
Office  Technical  Bulletin  No.  22.'^ 

A  new  trend  in  paper  testing  is  the  development  of  laboratory 
methods  for  paper  analysis  tending  toward  correlation  with  certain 
printing  qualities,  in  order  that  printability  under  given  conditions 
may  be  reasonably  predicted  before  the  paper  reaches  the  presses. 
Test  methods  have  been  developed  by  the  Division  of  Tests  and! 
Technical  Control  which  provide  a  basis  for  forecasting  the  printing 
quality  of  a  paper.  These  test  methods  have  been  included  in  the 
specifications  for  most  book  papers  purchased  by  the  United  States 
Government  Printing  Office.  This  subject  was  presented  at  the 
annual  meeting  of  the  American  Pulp  and  Paper  Mill  Superin- 
tendents Association  in  June  1937,"^  and  at  the  annual  meetings  of 
the  Technical  Association  of  the  Pulp  and  Paper  Industry  in  1932  ^ 
and  1939  ^°  reports  of  these  test  methods  were  presented. 

Printing  Inks. 

No  Government  standard  specifications  for  printing  inks  have  as 
yet  been  developed.  The  research  work  on  inks  has  resulted,  however, 
in  the  development  of  formulas  for  all  printing,  addressograph,  mim- 
eograph, stamp  pad,  numbering  machine,  ruling,  and  writing  inks 
manufactured  by  the  United  States  Government  Printing  Office  for 
its  own  use  and  for  that  of  other  governmental  departments  in 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Press  Rollers  and  Bindery  Adhesives. 

Research  in  the  manufacture  of  composition  press  rollers,  usually 
composed  of  glue  and  glycerin,  has  resulted  in  the  use  of  recently 
developed  substitutes  for  glycerin  which,  might  at  some  time  be  unob- 
tainable due  to  its  diversion  to  wartime  use.  The  standardization  of 
formulas  containing  in  part  such  glycerin  substitutes  has  elicited  much 

■^  'Permanence  and  Durability  of  Paper,"  by  Morris  S.  Kantrowitz,  Ernest  W.  Spencer, 
and  Robert  H.  Simmons,  Technical  Bulletin  No.  22,  114  pp.,  U.  S.  Government  Printing 
Office,  Washington.  D.  C,  1940. 

«« "Evaluating  the  Printing  Qualifications  of  Paper,"  by  M.  S.  Kantrowitz  and  R.  H. 
Simmons,  Paper  Trade  Journal,  vol.  CV  (1),  6  pp.,  July  1,  1937. 

»  "The  Bekk  Smoothness  Tester  as  an  Aid  in  Studying  the  Printing  Quality  of  Paper," 
by  B.  L.  Wehmhoff,  R.  H.  Simmons,  and  D.  H.  Boyce,  presented  at  the  Annual  Meeting 
of  the  Technical  Association  of  Pulp  and  Paper  Industry  (T.  A.  P.  P.  I.),  New  York  City, 
February  19H3,  and  published  in  the  Paper  Trade  Journal,  Technical  Association  Section, 
Vol.  XCVl  (4),  p.  36  ff.,  January  26,  19.33. 

M  "Paper  Quality  in  Relation  to  Printing,"  address  presented  by  R.  H.  Simmons  at 
annual  meeting  of  T.  A.  P.  P.  I.  in  New  York  City,  February  1939,  and  published  In  the 
Paper  Trade  Journal,  vol.  109  (19),  4  pp..  November  9,  1939. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  135 

interest  on  the  part  of  commercial  roller  makers  throughout  the 
United  States. 

Some  roller  making  firms  have  adopted  procedures,  based  upon  this 
experience,  for  the  preparation  of  rollers  exhibiting  superior  quality 
and  longer  service  than  formerly  obtainable. 

A  study  was  made  of  adhesives  to  determine  the  effectiveness  of  a 
high  jell-strength  glue  for  bindery  use.  This  resulted  in  the  elimi- 
nation of  two  of  tlie  three  grades  of  glue  formerly  purchased,  effecting 
increased  efficiency  of  machine  production,  and  economy  in  total  cost. 

To  reduce  the  warping  of  book  covers,  a  special  adhesive,  nonwarp- 
ing  paste  was  developed.  This  paste  is  now  being  manufactured  by 
several  commercial  paste  makers  in  accordance  with  a  formula 
developed  by  the  Division  of  Tests  and  Technical  Control. 

Type  Metal. 

Standardization  of  type  metal  alloys  in  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment Printing  Office  has  proven  to  be  a  very  important  problem. 
After  a  thorough  technical  study,  standard  formulas  were  adopted  for 
linotype,  monotype,  stereotype,  and  electrotype  metals.  Since  type 
metal  alloys  deteriorate  with  each,  remelting  it  is  necessary  to  main- 
tain their  standard  composition  by  daily  analyses  and  correction  of 
the  metals  as  each  of  them  is  returned  for  remelting.  Approximately 
12,000,000  pounds  of  metal  are  standardized  per  year.  Technical  con- 
trol of  type  metal  has  resulted  in  improvement  in  the  quality  of  print- 
ing, and  increased  production  with  the  minimum  amount  of  resetting. 
Longer  runs  and  sharper  printing  have  resulted  from  this  research 
and  standardization  of  the  metal  employed  for  both  type  forms  and 
stereotype  plates. 

Electrotyping . 

Research  by  the  United  States  Government  Printing  Office  in  elec- 
trotyping resulted  in  the  development  and  installation  of  improved 
equipment  by  the  use  of  which  a  copper  deposit  of  satisfactory  thick- 
ness and  more  uniform  quality  is  obtained;  This  method  and  tech- 
nique of  electrotyping  has  been  advantageously  used  by  commercial 
firms. 

Bookbinding. 

Research  in  bookbinding  is  conducted  by  the  United  States  Gov- 
ernment Printing  Office  in  cooperation  with  the  Book  Manufacturers' 
Institute  under  the  research  associate  plan  established  by  the  United 
States  Congress,  by  which  any  group  or  association  among  the  graphic 
arts  industries  may  place  its  technical  men  in  the  United  States  Gov- 
ernment Printing  Office  laboratory  to  conduct  research  under  the 
supervision  of  the  Public  Printer  and  the  Technical  Director  of  the 
United  States  Government  Printing  Office  on  definite  problems  agreed 
upon  by  the  association  and  the  Public  Printer. 

The  value  of  this  cooperative  research  work  was  expressed  by  Mr. 
E.  W.  Palmer,  president  of  the  Kingsport  Press,  Kingsport,  Tenn.,  and 
formerly  chairman  of  the  Research  Division,  Book  Manufacturers' 
Institute,  in  a  report  to  the  Public  Printer  dated  March,  1938,  in  which 
he  states : 

Even  the  briefest  r^sum^  of  the  work  of  the  Research  Associate  and  the  Re- 
search Division  of  The  Boob:  Manufacturers'  Institute  (formerly  the  Employing 
Bookbinders  of  America)  must  be  quite  general  in  scope.  Back  in  1929,  when 
the  position  of  Research  Associate  was  established  in  the  Government  Printing 


J36  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Office,  the  graphic  arts  industry,  and  particularly  the  bookmaking  branch,  was 
notable  for  its  total  lack  of  specifications  for  guiding  purchases ;  the  lack  of 
any  adequate  and  systematic  methods  for  testing  materials;  the  absence  of  any 
established  trade  standards  covering  manufacturing  technique;  in  short,  it  was 
hopelessly  behind  the  times. 

In  this  connection  there  is  presented  a  brief  resume  of  the  past  re- 
search work,  and  a  description  of  the  present  research  together  with 
an  outline  of  proposed  future  investigations  of  the.  Division  of  Tests 
and  Technical  Control. 

Studies  of  various  bookbinding  materials  were  made  under  this 
cooperative  research  and  standardization  program  as  a  result  of  which 
three  standards  were  developed  and  adopted  by  the  bookbinding  in- 
dustry. These  standards  were  promulgated  and  published  as  Com- 
mercial Standards  by  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  and  were 
later  approved  as  American  Standards  by  the  American  Standards 
Association.  These  Commercial  Standards  are  CS49-34  Chip  Board,. 
Laminated  Chip  Board,  and  Miscellaneous  Boards  for  Bookbinding^ 
Purposes;  CS50-34  Binders  Board  for  Bookbinding  and  Other  Pur- 
poses: and  CS57-40  Book  Cloths,  Buckrams,  and  Impregnated  Fabrics 
for  Bookbinding  Purposes  except  Library  Bindings. 

The  present  trend  in  bookbinding  is  toward  replacing  starch-filled 
book  cloths  with  pyroxylin-treated  fabrics,  which  are  more  moisture 
proof  and  vermin-resistant.  Properties  of  various  trade  brands  of 
these  materials  have  been  tested  by  the  Division  of  Tests  and  Tech- 
nical Control  to  determine  their  qualifications  for  bookbinding  r 
starch-filled  book  cloths  have  been  replaced  by  pyroxylin-treated  fab- 
rics in  the  bindery  operations.  Standard  specifications  have  been 
developed  for  purchase  of  these  fabrics. 

Another  example  of  development  is  the  use  of  roll  gold  leaf  backed 
by  a  thin  sheet  of  cellophane  which  replaces  (he  former  paper  backing. 
A  thorough  investigation  of  imitation  gold  leaf  has  been  made  and 
a  procedure  standardized  for  determining  the  comparative  tarnish 
resistance  of  the  various  brands  of  that  leaf,  both  flat  and  m  the  form 
of  rolls.  The  impression  made  with  this  new  product  is  sharper  and 
clearer. 

Various  materials,  such  as  end  papers,  super  or  crash,  and  sewings 
thread,  used  in  the  binding  of  books,  ha^'e  been  studied  with  reference 
to  their  efficient  use  in  operations. 

During  the  course  of  this  research  several  technical  bulletins  dealing 
with  bookbinding  materials  were  published.^^ 

Within  recent  years  State  governments  liave  adopted  various  speci- 
fications for  the  printing  and  binding  of  textbooks  supplied,  under 
contract,  to  the  pupils  in  schools.  A  movement,  supported  by  textbook 
publishers,  textbook  manufacturers,  and  State  boards  of  education,, 
has  been  started  to  make  these  specifications  uniform  and  suitable  for 
use  in  all  States.  The  United  States  Government  Printing  Office 
rendered  all  possible  assistance  to  a  joint  connnittee  representing  these 
groups  in  connection  with  the  technical  phases  of  these  specifications.. 

» "Bindery  Adhesives."  by  B.  L.  Wchmhoflf,  Tpchniral  Bulletin  No.  14.  22  pp.,  U.  S. 
Government  Printing  OCace,  Washington,  D.  C,  1931.  "Tlio  Evaluation  of  Bronze  Stamp- 
ing Leaf,"  by  B.  L.  Wehmhoff  and  F.  R.  Blaylock,  Tecnniral  Bulletin  No.  17,  10  pp.,  U.  S.. 
Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  1933.  'Starch  Filled  Book  Cloth."  by 
M.  S.  Kantrowitz,  F.  H.  Blaylock.  and  G.  G.  Groome.  Technical  Bulletin  No.  21,  27  pp., 
U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office.  Washington,  D.  C.  1934. 

Also  eleven  confidential  special  bulletins  were  published  by  F.  R.  Blaylock.  Research 
Associate  Employing  Bookbinders  of  America  (E.  B.  A.)  and  Book  Manufacturers'  Institute' 
(B.  M  I.),  between  the  years  1929  to  1934,  and  issued  only  to  members  of  the  Employing 
Bookbinders  of  America. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  137 

The  United  States  Government  Printing  Office  has  made  bindery 
tests  of  chrome-tanned  leathers,  experimentally  produced  by  American 
tanneries,  and  has  overcome  the  first  difficulties  encountered  in  their 
use  for  bookbinding.  As  a  result,  specifications  were  prepared  for 
the  purchase  of  chrome-tanned  sheepskin,  goatskin,  and  cowhide 
leathers.  Vegetable-tanned  leathers  have  been  completely  eliminated 
from  use  in  the  United  States  Government  Printing  Office.  This  is 
an  important  development  in  the  industry,  because  leather  required 
for  the  most  permanent  and  high  quality  bindings  could  formerly  be 
obtained  only  from  foreign  countries. 

In  planning  the  future  trend  of  this  research  work  the  following 
program  has  been  outlined : 

Special  research : 

Adhesives  for  bindery  use. 

Sizings. 

Inks. 

Book  cover  plastics 

Machine  wrapping  and  sealing. 

Pyroxylin  treated  fabrics. 

Insect  and  vermin  damage. 
Research  to  effect  standardization  of — 

Sewing  threads. 

Muslin  and  tape  cloths. 

Sewing  tapes. 

Headbands. 

Back-lining  papers. 

End  papers. 

Super  or  crash. 

Other  materials  as  the  need  develops. 
State  textbook  specifications  and  standards. 

Photoengraving  and  Lithographw  Research. 

Studies  have  been  made-  in  photoengraving  and  lithography  with 
a  view  to  standardizing  and  improving  the  character  of  reproduction 
of  pictorial  subjects  with  relation  to  the  printing  processes.  The 
materials  and  formulas  in  these  processes,  being  of  an  almost  entirely 
chemical  nature,  were  studied  in  their  relation  to  functional  proper- 
ties and  the  purchase  of  the  most  suitable  chemicals,  for  which  stand- 
ard specifications  have  been  formulated. 

Standardization  of  wet-plate  collodion  was  found  necessaiy.  Lab- 
oratory analysis  and  performance  tests  made  in  photoengraving 
cameras,  led  to  the  development  of  a  standard  specification  for  .wet- 
plate  collodion. 

In  a  similar  way  all  of  the  various  chemicals  in  photoengravingj 
processes  were  investigated,  and  the  best  grades  for  use  were 
determined. 

An  extensive  study  was  made  of  photoengraving  zinc  to  determine 
the  chemical  and  physical  structure  of  the  metal  most  suitable  to  the 
etching  and  routing  processes.  As  a  result  of  this  research,  a 
standard  specification  was  established  upon  which  a  uniform  product 
could  be  bought.  This  study  was  reviewed  in  a  scientific  paper  on 
the  Technical  Qualifications  of  Photoengraving  Zinc,  presented  at 
the  annual  meeting  of  the  graphic  arts  division  of  the  American 
Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers  in  Washington,  May  1936.^^ 

32  "The  Technical  Qualifications  of  Photoengraving  Zinc,"  by  Ernest  W.  Spencer,  pub- 
lished bv  the  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers.  New  York  City,  in  Proceedings 
of  the  Graphic  Arts  Technical  Conference,  Washington,  D.  C,  May  11-13,  1936,  p.  23  flf. ; 
and  in  the  Production  Year  Book  1937.  the  Colton  Press,  New  York  City. 


138  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

The  graining  of  offset  plates  has  a  fundamental  bearing  on  the- 
process  of  offset  printing.  A  microscopic  study  was  made,  therefore,, 
of  the  plate  grain  and  of  the  quartz  sands  used  in  automatic  grain- 
ing machines  for  producing  the  plate  grain.  Investigation  of  the 
commercial  grades  of  sands  on  the  market  revealed  a  great  lack  of 
uniformity  in  their  particle  sizes  and  a  great  variety  in  crystalline 
structure.  In  order  to  obtain  uniformity  of  plate  grain  and  a  uni- 
form length  of  time  required  for  the  graining  process,  it  was  neces- 
sary to  obtain  sands  consistent  in  structural  form  and  granulation. 
A  greater  degree  of  fineness  in  the  plate  grain  was  also  found  to  be 
a  factor  in  producing  more  sharply  printed  images  and  more  satis- 
factory press  runs.  In  order  to  improve  the  process  of  offset  print- 
ing in  the  United  States  Government  Printing  Office,  as  well  as  to 
stimulate  standardization  of  sands  for  the  trade  in  general,  a  study  of 
this  problem  was  made  by  the  Division  of  Tests  and  Technical  Con- 
trol. The  result  of  this  study,  which  was  published  in  a  current  issue 
of  the  Printing  Equipment  Engineer,^^  was  to  form  definite  specifica- 
tions upon  which  sands  are  now  purchased. 

Cooperation  With  Technical  and  Trade  Orgamizations. 

The  Division  of  Tests  and  Technical  Control  has  cooperated  with 
the  American  Standards  Association,  the  United  Typothetae  of 
America,  the  Lithographic  Technical  Foundation,  the  American 
Newspaper  Publishers  Association,  the  Technical  Association  of  the 
Pulp  and  Paper  Industry,  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Mate- 
rials, the  Printing  and  Allied  Trades  Research  Association  of  Great 
Britain,  and  other  domestic  and  foreign  associations  dealing  with 
standardization  in  the  printing  and  binding  industries.  Several 
chemists,  members  of  the  staff  of  the  United  States  Government 
Printing  Office  technical  laboratory,  serve  on  advisory  boards  and 
technical  committees  of  scientific  organizations  and  trade  organiza- 
tions, such  as  the  Federal  Specifications  Executive  Committee,  the 
Interdepartmental  Advisory  Committee  on  Photography,  the  Tech- 
nical Association  of  the  Pulp  and  Paper  Industry,  and  the  American 
Society  for  Testing  Materials. 

As  a  result  of  the  research  constantly  being  conducted  by  the 
Division  of  Tests  and  Technical  Control  the  paper  industry  and 
other  trades  are  able  to  maintain  better  control  of  their  products 
during  manufacture.  The  printer  ultimately  derives  benefit  because 
he  obtains  a  standardized  product,  the  uniform  behavior  of  which  on 
his  presses  is  assured. 

«s  "Sands  for  Graining  Zinc  Oflfset  Plates,"  Subject  of  Microscopic  Study,  by  B.  W. 
Spencer,  Printing  Equipment  Engineer,  vol.  50  (5),  p.  6  ff.,  August  1935. 


UNITED  STATES  DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR 

THE  BITUMINOUS  COAL  DIVISION  AND  THE  CONSUMERS'  COUNSEL 
DIVISION,  OFFICE  OF  THE  SOLICITOR 

Standardization  and  the  dissemination  of  commodity  information 
relating  to  coal  constitute  part  of  the  activities  of  both  the  Bitu- 
minous Coal  Division,  United  States  Department  of  the  Interior,  and 
the  Consumers'  Counsel  Division,  in  the  Office  of  the  Solicitor,  in  the 
.  same  Department.  Although  dealing  with  the  same  basic  subject 
matter,  that  is,  the  administration  of  the  Bituminous  Coal  Act  of 
1937,  these  Divisions  were  made  independent  of  each  other  by  the 
act,  and  this  independence  was  maintained  by  Reorganization  Plan 
No.  II,  the  effective  date  of  which  was  fixed  by  Congress  as  July 
1,  1939.  Under  Reorganization  Plan  No.  II,  the  National  Bitumi- 
nous Coal  Commission  was  abolished  and  its  functions  were  trans- 
ferred to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior;  and  the  former  Office  of 
Consumers'  Counsel  of  the  National  Bituminous  Coal  Commission 
became  the  Consumers'  Counsel  Division  in  the  Office  of  the  Solicitor, 
United  States  Department  of  the  Interior. 

Legislative  Authorization. 

The  Bituminous  Coal  Act  of  1937  embodies  more  than  one  pro- 
vision under  which  the  collection  or  dissemination  of  information 
relating  to  the  qualities  and  uses  of  coal  is  authorized.  Section  2  (a) 
of  the  act  authorizes  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division  ^*  to- 
initiate,  promote,  and  conduct  research  designed  to  improve  standards  and 
methods  used  in  the  mining,  preparation,  conservation,  distribution,  and 
utilization  of  coal  and  the  discovery  of  additional  uses  for  coal,  and  for  such 
purposes  shall  have  authority  to  assist  educational,  governmental,  and  other 
research  institutions  in  conducting  research  in  coal,  and  to  do  such  other  acts 
and  things  as  it  deems  necessary  and  proper  to  promote  the  use  of  coal  and 
its  derivatives 

Section  14  (a)  among  other  things  directs  the  Bituminous  Coal 
Division  to  "study  and  investigate  the  matter  of  increasing  the  uses 
of  coal     *     *     *." 

In  addition  to  these  sections  relating  to  research,  there  are  other 
pertinent  provisions  connected  with  the  price-establishing  functions 
of  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division.  The  initially  proposed  prices  are  to 
be  determined  by  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division  after  first  reviewing 
the  price  proposals  made  by  the  various  district  boards,  representing 
those  coal  producers  within  the  district  who  have  accepted  member- 
ship in  the  Bituminous  Coal  Code  set  up  by  section  4  of  the  act. 
The  proposals  of  the  district  boards  are,  as  required  by  section  4, 
II  (a)  of  the  act,  to  include  prices  for  the  "kinds,  qualities,  and  sizes 

"  Here  and  in  the  ensuing  pages  when  reference  is  made  to  the  functions  of  the  Bitu- 
minous Coal  Division  authorized  by  the  act  it  should  be  understood  that  the  act  actually 
refers  to  the  "Commission,"  but  the  Commission's  functions  are  now  exercised  by  the 
Bituminous  Coal  Division,  as  stated  previously. 

139 


14:0  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

of  coaj"  produced  in  the  district,  and  a  "classification  of  coal  and 
price  variations  as  to  mines,  consuming  market  areas,  values  as  to 
uses,  and  seasonal  demand."  The  prices  are  to  reflect,  as  nearly  as 
possible,  the  relative  market  value  "of  the  various  kinds,  qualities, 
and  sizes  of  coal,"  are  to  be  just  and  equitable  as  between  producers 
within  the  district,  and  are  to  have  "due  regard  to  the  interests  of 
the  consuming  public." 

After  the  promulgation  by  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division  of  pro- 
posed minimum  prices  the  district  boards,  subject  to  the  Division's 
subsequent  approval  or  revision,  "coordinate,"  for  common  consuming 
market  areas,  upon  a  fair  competitive  basis,  the  minimum  prices  and 
the  rules  and  regulations  determined  by  the  Coal  Division,  Such  co- 
ordination must  take  into  account  among  other  things,  the  relative 
market  values  at  points  of  delivery  in  each  common  consuming  market 
area,  of  "the  various  kinds,  qualities,  and  sizes  of  coal,"  "their  values 
as  to  uses,"  and  the  "competitive  relationships  between  coal  and  other 
forms  of  fuel  and  energy,"  and  "shall  preserve  as  nearly  as  may  be 
existing  fair  competitive  opportunities." 

Among  the  methods  of  "unfair  competition"  listed  in  section  4,  II 
(i)  of  the  act  is  the — 

intentional  misrepresentation  of  any  analysis  or  of  analyses,  or  of  sizes,  or  the 
intentional  making,  causing,  or  permitting  to  be  made,  or  publishing,  of  any 
false,  untrue,  misleading,  or  deceptive  statement  by  way  of  advertising,  invoic- 
ing, or  otherwise  concerning  the  size,  quality,  character,  nature,  preparation,  or 
origin  of  any  coal  bought,  sold,  or  consigned. 

The  Consumers'  Counsel  is  authorized  by  the  act  among  other 
things,  "to  appear  in  the  interest  of  the  consuming  public"  in  any 
proceeding  before  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division,  and  to  conduct  such 
"independent  investigation  of  matters  relative  to  the  coal  industry 
and  the  administration  of  this  act  as  he  may  deem  necessary  to  enable 
him  properlv  to  represent  the  consuming  public  in  any  proceeding" 
before  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division.  The  Consumers'  Counsel  is  also 
authorized  to  obtain  from  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division  "any  infor- 
mation at  its  command"  and  require  the  Division  to  "conduct  any 
investigation  as  to  any  matter  within  its  authority." 

Use  of  Coal  Standards  in  Estahlishing  Prices. 

The  foregoing  statement  of  powers  conferred  upon  the  Bituminous 
Coal  Division  and  the  Consumers'  Counsel  opens  up  several  possibil- 
ities for  standardization.  The  first  of  the  powers  listed,  namely  the 
power  conferred  on  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division  to  conduct  research 
into  certain  general  aspects  of  coal,  need  not  concern  us  here.  As 
stated  on  pages  23  and  24  of  the  "Third  Annual  Report  Under  the 
Bituminous  Coal  Act  of  1937,"  dated  January  3,  1940,  the  "immediate 
and  major  responsibility  of  establishing  minimum  prices  and  market- 
ing rules  and  regulations"  has  absorbed  the  time  of  the  research  per- 
sonnel of  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division  to  the  exclusion  of  any  sub- 
stantial research  not  directly  connected  with  that  major  responsibility. 

The  price-establishing  powers  of  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division  con- 
stitute the  chief  source  for  its  exercise  of  standardization  activities. 
As  previously  indicated  in  the  statement  of  legislative  authorization, 
the  determination  of  prices,  when  first  proposed  and  when  later  co- 
ordinated, must  take  into  account  such  matters  as  "kinds,  qualities, 
and  sizes"  of  coal  and  their  "values  as  to  uses."  This  seems  to  necessi- 
tate some  kind  of  standards  on  which  classifications  may  be  made. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  141 

In  response  to  this  necessity,  Order  234,  dated  March  16,  1938,  and 
Order  235,  dated  March  17, 1938,  were  promulgated  by  the  Bituminous 
Coal  Division.  Order  234  required  code  members  to  file  with  the 
Bituminous  Coal  Division  and  the  district  boards  a  "Questionnaire  as 
to  Analysis,  Methods  of  Mining,  Preparation  of  Coals  and  Other  In- 
formation." Order  235  authorized  the  district  boards  to  provide 
facilities  for  the  sampling  and  analyzing  of  coals  or  to  enter  into  con- 
tracts for  performance  of  such  work  either  by  governmental  agencies 
or  by  "competent  and  disinterested"  private  parties  "generally  en- 
gaged in  the  business  of  sampling  and  analyzing  coals" ;  and  to  request 
from  code  members  by  questionnaire  or  otherwise,  such  information  as 
would  tend  to  establish  the  physical  characteristics  and  performance 
characteristics  of  tlieir  coals.  This  order  stated  that  whenever  an- 
alyses filed  as  required  by  Order  234  were  adjudged  unrepresentative, 
the  district  board  could  make  its  own  analysis. 

Also,  unless  otherwise  directed,  the  analysis  to  be  made  in  every  case  shall 
be  proximate  analysis,  and  shall  show  the  moisture,  ash,  volatile  matter,  fixed 
carbon,  and  sulfur  content  of  the  coal,  and  ash  softening  temperature,  together 
with  the  heating  value  in  British  thermal  units  on  an  "as  received"  basis 
*  *  *  all  samples  of  coal  taken  for  analysis  purposes  shall  be  tipple  samples 
taken  after  final  preparation  of  coal  for  shipment  to  market,  in  accordance 
with  the  standard  methods  developed  by  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Mines 
in  Technical  Paper  No.  133  or  approved  by  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials.  • 

In  accordance  with  these  requirements,  size  and  quality  classifi- 
cations have  been  made  in  each  of  the  coal-producing  districts  sub- 
ject to  the  act.  The  quality  classifications  have  been  based  to  a 
certain  extent  on  a  consideration  of  the  following  factors:  moisture, 
ash,  volatile  matter,  fixed  carbon,  British  thermal  units  (B.  t.  u.)^ 
sulfur,  ash  softening  temperature  and  (for  lump  and  double-screened 
sizes)  on  size  stability.  However,  other  imponderable  factors  com- 
prehended in  the  term  "consumer  acceptance"  often  have  been  given 
considerable  weight  in  determining  the  quality  classifications.  Ap- 
parently no  uniform  and  precise  formula  has  been  deemed  feasible 
for  the  determination  of  quality  classification,  as  may  be  seen  from 
the  manner  in  which  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division  decides  disputes 
as  to  such  classifications.^^ 

Projected  Changes  in  Coal  Standards. 

The  Consumers'  Counsel- Division  has,  from  time  to  time,  recom- 
mended to  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division  certain  changes  in  the  iden- 
tity and  use  of  coal  standards.  These  recommendations  have 
pertained  both  to  size  standards  and  quality  standards. 

Size  standards. — In  its  briefs  analyzing  the  coordinated  minimum 
prices  proposed  by  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division,  the  Consumers* 
Counsel  Division  argued  that  size  groups  should  be  reduced  in  num- 
ber and  standardized  for  all  producing  districts.  It  pointed  out 
that  the  8-inch  by  3-inch  size  was  classified  as  "egg"  in  district  16, 
as  "grate"  in  district  17,  as  "stove"  in  district  20,  and  as  "furnace" 
in  district  22.  It  was  also  observed  that  in  some  cases  sizes  were 
classified  differently  even  within  the  same  district,  depending  upon 
the  consuming  market,  or  the  classifications  used,  or  the  transporta- 

»  See,*  for  example,  the  decision  with  respect  to  a  claim  that  the  screenings  from  certain 
mines  In  District  7  should  have  been  placed  in  classification  "A"  rather  than  "B,"  "Federal 
Register,"  p.  300,  January  19,  1939. 


142  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

tion  method,  or  the  preparation  given  at  the  mine  (whether  raw, 
washed,  cleaned,  and  so  forth).  A  further  standardization  and  con- 
solidation of  size  groups,  it  was  argued,  would  be  an  aid  to 
consumer  interests,  since  price  schedules  would  be  more  readily  under- 
stood and  price  comparisons  could  more  readily  be  made.  In  the 
publication  "How  Much  Heat"  ^^  the  Consumers'  Counsel  suggested 
as  standard  methods  of  determining  and  describing  sizes  the  follow- 
ing methods  adopted  by  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials : 
"Method  of  Test  for  Screen  Analysis  of  Coal"  (A.  S.  T.  M.  Desig- 
nation: D410-38),  and  "Method  for  Designating  the  Size  of  Coal 
from  its  Screen  Analysis"  (A.  S.  T.  M.  Designation:  D431-38). 

Quality  staTidards. — Of  broader  significance  than  the  Consumers' 
Counsel's  proposals  as  to  size  standards  are  its  recommendations 
regarding  quality  standards.  The  Consumers'  Counsel  has  suggested 
that  not  only  should  the  sampling  be  done  in  accordance  with 
A.  S.  T.  M.  standard  methods  (as  is  recommended,  in  the  alterna- 
tive, by  Order  235  of  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division)  but  also  the 
analyses,  and  classifications  of  coal  should  be  performed  in  accord- 
ance with  the  "Methods  of  Laboratory  Sampling  and  Analysis  of 
Coal  and  Coke"  (A.  S.  T.  M.  Designation:  D271-37),  "Specifications 
for  Classification  of  Coals  by  Grade"  (A.  S.  T.  M.  Designation: 
D389-37),  and  "Specifications  for  Classification  of  Coals  by  Rank" 
(A.  S.  T.  M.  Designation :  D388-38). 

The  classification  by  "rank"  is  a  traditional  method  used  by  geol- 
ogists, chemists,  and  engineers  in  describing  different  kinds  of  coal. 
Por  anthracite  coal  and  for  "high-rank  bituminous,"  the  classification 
has  been  on  the  basis  of  the  percentage  of  fixed  carbon  and  volatile 
matter  (i.  e.,  the  highest  rank  coals,  such  as  anthracite,  having  the 
highest  fixed  carbon  content  and  lowest  volatile  matter  content.)  But 
certain  other  bituminous  coals,  while  having  more  moisture  and  less 
heating  value  (i.  e.,  less  B.  t.  u.)  than  the  "high-rank,"  do  not  vary 
considerably  among  themselves  as  to  fixed  carbon  and  volatile  matter. 
These  are  therefore  classified  on  the  basis  of  moist  B.  t.  u.  per  pound. 
The  complete  table  of  rank  for  bituminous  coal,  as  approved  by  the 
American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  begins  with  the  high-rank 
coals,  divided  into  "Low  Volatile"  and  "Medium  Volatile"  (classified 
on  the  basis  of  specified  limits  for  fixed  carbon  and  volatile  matter)  ; 
then  follows  "High  Volatile  A,"  "High  Volatile  B,"  and  "High  Volatile 
C"  (classified  on  the  basis  of  moist  B.  t.  ii.  per  pound).  This  table 
further  continues  with  sub-bituminous,  lignite,  and  brown  coal,  with 
their  correspondingly  lower  amount  of  moist  B.  t.  u.  per  pound. 

The  "grade"  classification  adopted  by  the  American  Society  for 
Testing  Materials  and  recommended  in  1937  by  the  Consumers'  Coun- 
sel is  determined  by  size  designation,  the  B.  t.  u.,  the  ash  content,  the 
sulfur  content,  and  the  ash-softening  temperature.  The  size  of  coal 
is  designated  in  accordance  with  the  Standard  Method  for  Designating 
the  Size  of  Coal  from  its  Screen  Analysis  of  the  A.  S.  T.  M.  (D431-38) . 

The  heating  value  is  expressed  in  hundreds  of  B.  t.  u.  per  pound,  to 
the  nearest  hundred,  for  example,  13,150  to  13,249  B.  t.  u.,  inclusive, 
would  be  expressed  as  132. 

»•  "How  Much  Heat"  (Consumer  Ideas  No.  1),  by  Consumers'  Counsel  of  tbe  National 
Bituminous  Coal  Commission,  28  pp.,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C; 
1937,  10  cents. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  143 

The  ash  content,  sulfur  content,  and  ash-softening  temperature  are 
expressed  in  symbols.  Thus,  in  the  case  of  ash  content,  the  first  symbol 
is  A4,  for  coal  with  an  ash  content  from  zero  to  4  percent ;  the  next 
is  A6,  for  coal  with  ash  content  from  4,1  to  6  percent,  and  so  on, 
the  last  being  A20  plus,  representing  coal  with  ash  content  of  20.1 
percent  or  higher. 

In  the  case  of  ash-softening  temperature  (a,  s.  t,)  ;  the  first  symbol 
is  F28,  for  coal  with  an  a.  s.  t.  of  2,800°  F.  and  higher ;  the  next  is  F26, 
for  coal  with  an  a,  s.  t.  of  2,600°  to  2,790°  F.,  and  so  on,  the  last  symbol 
being  F20  minus,  representing  coal  with  an  a,  s,  t.  of  less  than  2,000°  F. 

In  the  case  of  sulfur,  the  first  symbol  is  S0.7,  for  coal  with  sulfur 
content  zero  to  0.7  percent;  the  next  is  Sl.O,  for  coal  with  sulfur  from 
0,8  to  1  percent;  the  next  is  S1.3,  for  coal  with  sulfur  from  1.1  to  1.3 
percent  and  so  on,  the  last  symbol  being  S5.0  plus,  representing  coal 
Avith  sulfur  content  of  5.1  percent  or  higher. 

Thus,  a  designation  of  a  certain  coal  as  2-4  in.,  132-A8-F24-S1.6 
would  indicate  a  coal  of  2-inch  to  4-inch  size,  having  a  heating  value 
of  approximately  13,200  B.  t.  u.,  an  ash  content  of  6.1  to  8  percent, 
inclusive,  an  ash-softening  temperature  of  2,400°  to  2,590°  F.,  inclusive, 
and  a  sulfur  content  of  1.4  to  1.6  percent,  inclusive. 

While  the  above  methods  of  description  have  the  essentials  of  stand- 
ardization, the  symbols  used  are  not  likely  to  be  easily  understood  by 
consumers  without  a  considerable  amount  of  explanation  of  their 
meaning.  The  Consumers'  Counsel  therefore  decided  in  1938  that 
another  and  simpler  system  of  nomenclature  should  also  be  made 
available  to  consumers.  It  proposed,  in  "Know  Your  Coal","  that 
coal  be  rated  by  the  primary  factors  of  friability,  ash,  and  British 
thermal  units,  and  also  by  any  other  factors  that  may  be  important 
in  the  coals  of  the  particular  district ;  and  that  a  simple,  understand- 
able classification  for  the  three  primary  factors  be  as  follows : 

Table  1. — Coal  classification 

1.  FRIABILITY   OR   SIZE   STABILITY 
Percent  of  coal  as  it  comes  from  the  mine  which  will  pass  over  a  2-inch  round-hole  screen 

A 40  percent  and  over    B 39.9  percent  and  under 

2.  B.  T.  U.'S  PER  POUND 


A 15,000  or  more 

B 14,500  to  15,000 

O 14,001  to  14,500 

D 13,501  to  14,000 

E 13,001  to  13,500 

F 12,501  to  13,000 

<J ^_  12,001  to  12,500 

H 11,501  to  12,000 


A 4.  0  percent  or  less 

B 4. 1  to*  6.  0  percent 

C 6. 1  to  8.  0  percent 

D 8. 1  to  10.  0  percent 

E 10. 1  to  12.  0  percent 


I 11,  001  to  11,  500 

J 10,501  to  11,000 

K : 10,001  too  10,500 

L 9,  501  to  10,  000 

M 9,001  to    9,500 

N-. ^_     8,501  to    9,000 

O 8,  001  to    8,  500 

P 8,  000  or  less 


F 12. 1  to  14.  0  percent 

G 14. 1  to  16.  0  percent 

H 16. 1  to  18.  0  percent 

I 18. 1  to  20.  0  percent 

J 20.1  percent  or  more 


•^"Know  Your  Coal"  (Consumer  Ideas  No.  3),  by  Consumers'  Counsel  of  the  National 
Bituminous  Coal  Commission,  11  pp.,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C, 
1938,  10  cents. 


144  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Comparison  of  the  Bitv/minous  Coal  Division  quality  desigvMions 
with  those  recommended  hy  the  Conswmers''  Cov/mel  Division. — The 
coal  classifications  now  used  by  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division  are  in- 
fluenced by  consideration  of  numerous  economic  factors  in  addition 
to  analytical  qualities.  For  each  classification  the  letter  designations 
used,  unlike  the  designations  in  the  system  recommended  by  the  Con- 
sumers' Counsel  Division  in  the  preceding  table,  are  not  precisely 
defined;  and  the  designations  treat  as  a  unit  all  the  factors  revealed 
by  the  physical  and  chemical  analysis  rather  than  grade  each  factor 
separately.  The  methods  used  to  determine  the  classifications  in  each 
district  are  not  always  made  explicit.  In  addition  the  classification 
systems  differ  from  district  to  district;  for  example,  in  district  10  the 
classifications  range  from  A  to  N,  inclusive ;  in  district  1,  from  A  to 
H-2,  inclusive ;  in  district  4  from  D  to  U,  as  follows :  D,  H,  K,  M,  N, 
O,  Q,  R,  T,  U.  The  meaning  of  a  letter  used  in  one  district  bears  no 
necessary  relation  to  the  meaning  of  the  same  letter  used  in  another 
district.  The  letter  classifications  are  significant  only  within  the  dis- 
trict, and  denote  a  price  classification  rather  than  a  quality  classifica- 
tion. 

The  system  recommended  by  the  Consumers'  Counsel,  on  the  other 
hand,  is  intended  to  afford  a  precise,  uniform,  and  simple  method  for 
the  designation  of  quality.  As  the  Consumers'  Counsel  explained  in 
"Know  Your  Coal," 

if  the  proposals  of  the  Consumers'  Counsel  for  the  standard  classification  of 
coal  are  adopted,  and  the  consumer  picks  up  his  telephone  to  order  a  ton  from 
the  retailer,  he  will  be  able  to  ask  the  retailer  what  properties  the  various 
coals  offered  for  sale  have  *  *  *.  The  consumer  will  be  told  that  one  coal 
has  a  rating  of  "A"  for  friability,  "B"  for  ash,  "C"  for  B.  t.  u.'s ;  and  another 
has  a  rating  of  "A"  for  friability,  "B"  for  ash,  and  "B"  for  B.  t.  u.'s.  He  can 
compare  their  prices  and  buy  with  his  eyes  open     *     *     *. 

What  weight  the  consumer  should  give  to  the  various  characteristics  of  the 
coal  he  buys  depends  upon  his  geographical  location,  the  type  of  burning  equip- 
ment he  uses,  the  amount  of  nuisance  he  is  willing  to  put  up  with,  and  the  prices 
he  is  willing  to  pay.  Some  dealers  will  be  helpful  to  him  in  determining  the 
proper  weight  to  give  to  the  various  characteristics  of  the  coal.  Briefly,  if  the 
consumer  lives  near  a  coal-producing  area  that  produces  coal  of  high  ash  con- 
tent and  low  B.  t.  u.'s  he  may  find  that  the  lowered  cost  due  to  the  lower 
freight  rate  will  more  than  make  up  for  the  additional  work  involved  in 
shoveling  more  coal  into  this  furnace  and  more  ashes  out  of  his  firebox.  If 
the  consumer  has  an  automatic  stoker  or  other  equipment,  under  certain  condi- 
tions, he  may  find  that  high-volatile  coals  are  a  better  buy  than  low-volatile, 
high  B.  t.  u.  coals  that  he  possibly  should  burn  in  hand-fired  equipment.  Coals 
containing  less  B.  t.  u.'s  may  be  a  better  buy  If  the  equipment  is  properly 
designed  to  burn  them. 

Availability  of  Specific  Coal  Analyses  to  the  Public. 

Although  the  symbols  used  by  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division  in 
coal  classifications  are  not  of  direct  value  to  consumers,  the  physical 
and  chemical  analyses  upon  which  these  classifications  are  largely 
based,  do  constitute  an  important  source  of  information  for  con- 
sumers. The  physical  and  chemical  analyses  are  required  to  be  filed 
with  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division  together  with  the  price  proposals,, 
and  hence,  as  part  of  a  public  record,  become  available  to  the  public. 
The  Bituminous  Coal  Division  has  also  promulgated  a  marketing  regu- 
lation that  any  analyses  of  individual  coals  quoted  to  a  consumer  or 
distributor  by  any  producer,  must  be  filed  with  the  statistical  bureau 
an^  district  board  for  the  district  in  which  the  coal  is  produced,  and 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  145 

be  open  to  inspection  by  interested  persons  at  the  offices  of  the 
statistical  bureau  of  that  district  and  the  Coal  Division. 

Many  requests  from  consumers,  for  anaylses  of  the  coals  of  specific 
mines  have  been  addressed  to  the  Consumers'  Counsel  Division,  and 
this  Division  has  furnished  the  pertinent  data  from  the  record. 

To  make  the  data  on  coal  analyses  available  in  more  significant  form, 
data  books  are  being  compiled  jointly  by  the  Consumers'  Counsel  Divi- 
sion and  the  Bureau  of  Mines,  for  the  purpose  of  assembling  the 
facts  available  at  the  Bituminous  Coal  Division  and  the  Bureau  of 
Mines  regarding  the  chemical  and  physical  properties  of  coals  in 
each  seam  in  each  county  within  the  producing  districts.  Data  books 
containing  available  information  for  the  Appalachian  region  em- 
braced in  price  area  1  are  nearing  completion,  and  will  show  not 
only  specimen  analyses  and  their  usual  ranges  but  also  the  rank 
(low-,  medium-,  or  high-volatile  coals)  and  the  character  of  the 
samples  selected  for  analysis. 

Publications  of  the  Consumers'  Counsel  Division  other  than  "How 
Much  Heat"  and  "Know  Your  Coal,"  which  contain  information  on 
the  classification  and  kinds  of  coal  of  interest  to  consumers,  include 
"The  Consumer  Speaks,"  "Study  Material  on  Bituminous  Coal,  Unit 
II-A — Marketing,  Conservation  and  Purchasing  Information  for  Con- 
sumers," "Heat  Values  from  Coal  Dollars,"  "Coal  Consumers  Digest," 
and  "Co-op  Coal  News." 

BUREAU  OF  MINES 

The  Bureau  of  Mines  was  established  May  16, 1910,  for  the — 

purpose  of  conducting  inquiries  and  scientific  and  technologic  investigations 
concerning  mining,  and  ttie  preparation,  treatment,  and  utilization  of  mineral 
substances  with  view  to  improvirg  health  conditions,  and  increasing  safety, 
eflSciency,  economic  development,  and  conserving  resources  through  prevention 
of  waste  in  the  mining,  quarrying,  metallurgical,  and  other  mining  industries ; 
to  inquire  into  economic  conditions  affecting  these  industries ;  to  investigate 
explosives  and  peat ;  and  on  behalf  of  the  Government  to  investigate  the  mineral 
fuels  and  unfinished  mineral  products  belonging  to,  or  for  the  use  of,  the  United 
States,  with  view  to  their  most  efficient  mining,  preparation,  treatment  and 
use;  and  to  disseminate  information  concerning  these  subjects  in  such  manner 
as  will  best  carry  out  the  purix)se  of  this  act. 

Most  of  the  activities  of  the  Bureau  of  Mines  concern  the  ultimate 
consumer,  while  some  of  the  investigations  and  scientific  research 
regarding  commodities  are  directed  toward  coromercial  and  Govern- 
ment purchasing  specifications.  It  is  believed,  however,  that  con- 
sumer standards  are  influenced  by  basic  research  carried  on  by  the 
Bureau  of  Mines.  Undoubtedly,  even  today,  the  consumer  is  able  to 
buy  better  fuel  as  a  direct  result  of  Bureau  of  Mines'  work. 

To  select  from  the  huge  program  of  basic  research  carried  on  by 
the  Bureau  of  Mines  and  to  designate  those  studies  that  have  some 
bearing  on  consumer  problems  of  buying  would  be  a  tremendous 
task  far  beyond  the  scope  of  this  monograph.  However,  a  few  items 
will  serve  to  illustrate  the  contributions  being  made  by  the  Bureau, 
and  to  indicate  that  research  has  far  outdistanced  the  steps  that  have 
been  taken  toward  development  of  standards  for  the  ultimate  product. 

The  utilization  of  solid,  liquid,  and  gaseous  fuels  has  been  of  con- 
tinuing interest  to  the  Bureau  of  Mines  for  many  years.  Coal  affords 
an  abundant  and  cheap  fuel,  and  the  Nation's  coal  resources  being 


146  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

larger  than  the  known  resources  of  petroleum  and  natural  gas,  coal 
will  doubtless  be  a  standard  fuel  indefinitely,  in  spite  of  the  increase 
in  consumption  of  fuel  oils.  Consequently,  the  Bureau  has  turned 
its  attention  in  part  to  the  development  of  clean,  efficient  coal  for 
the  householder.  At  its  field  stations  in  the  northwest  and  south 
the  Bureau  has  tested  the  effectiveness  of  pretreatment  on  hundreds 
of  samples  of  coal,  and  it  is  now  possible  to  obtain  washed  and  de- 
dusted  bituminous  coals  that  represent  a  decided  advance  in  cleanness 
and  efficiency  over  the  dirty,  crumbling  fuel  supplied  a  few  years 
ago.  Investigations  of  interest  to  consumers  are  being  conducted 
on  the  utilization  of  coal  refuse  in  making  an  activated  char  for 
water-purification  purposes,  for  a  base  exchanger  for  water-softening, 
and  for  a  soil  conditioner  in  agriculture.  Pulverization  of  coal  is 
now  of  tremendous  interest  to  industry  and  may  in  time  be  of  value 
to  householders  should  furnaces  be  equipped  for  the  utilization  of 
pulverized  coal.  Emphasis  in  this  has  been  given  both  to  the  process 
and  the  substance  itself.  In  1939,  reports  were  made  on  the  physical 
and  chemical  properties  of  Alabama  coal,  washability  studies  of  coal 
from  three  beds  in  that  State,  and  the  physical  and  chemical  properties 
of  coke  made  or  used  in  the  State  of  Washington. 

Realizing  that  the  present  economic  structure  depends  to  a  large 
degree  upon  petroleum  and  that  the  Nation's  reserves  of  crude  oil 
are  not  inexhaustible,  the  Bureau  of  Mines  has  conducted  research 
on  the  liquefaction  of  coal  by  hydrogenation — a  process  already  suc- 
cessfully applied  in  England,  Germany,  and  France — for  obtaining 
oil  from  American  coal.  As  the  Nation's  oil  is  graduallj^  depleted, 
It  is  hoped  that  motor  fuel  from  coal  can  be  made  so  efficiently  and 
cheaply  that  it  can  supplement  the  diminishing  supply  of  the  oil 
fuel  without  drastic  adjustment. 

During  1939,  the  Bureau  of  Mines  conducted  carbonization  tests 
on  four  low-volatile  and  three  high-volatile  A-rank  coals.  These 
tests  were  standardized  in  cooperation  with  the  American  Gas  Asso- 
ciation. The  constitution  of  the  coal  subjected  to  carbonizing  tests 
was  determined  by  petrographic  and  chemical  analysis.  High-  and 
low-temperature  distillation  assays  were  made  on  coals  from  various 
fields  to  estimate  their  coke  and  byproduct-making  qualities.  An 
investigation  of  the  effect  of  adding  chemicals  to  coal  was  concluded 
and  a  small  overfeed  stoker,  which  was  tested  in  combination  with 
a  modern  hot  water  boiler,  was  found  to  give  over-all  efficiencies  as 
high  as  76  percent  with  intermittent  operation,  as  in  house  heating. 

Other  coal  research  includes  that  on  the  utilization  of  sub-bitumi- 
nous coal  and  lignile;  important  as  fuel  in  the  West  and  Southwest, 
on  the  causes  and  means  of  preventing  coal-dust  explosions,  and  on 
the  methods  of  burning  fuel  in  furnaces. 

Should  the  retail  buying  of  coal  be  so  developed  as  to  include 
grade  specifications,  source  of  coal  will  be  an  important  factor.  The 
Bureau  has  made  analyses  of  coals  in  the  United  States  from  more 
than  1,500  mines  and  prospects.  Heating  values  of  all  coals  have 
been  determined  in  addition  to  proximate  and  ultimate  analyses. 

In  1938,  8,681  samples  of  coal,  coke,  and  related  products  were 
analyzed  in  the  coal  analysis  laboratory.  Of  these,  6,646  were 
analyzed  in  connection  with  purchases  of  coal  for  the  use  of  Govern^ 
ment  and  certain  State  institutions  and  for  classifications  of  coals 


■CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  147 

by  the  National  Bituminous  Coal  Commission  (now  Bituminous  Coal 
Division,  United  States  Department  of  the  Interior),  1,823  related 
to  the  research  program  of  the  Bureau  of  Mines,  and  212  were  mis- 
cellaneous samples. 

The  Bureau  of  Mines,  in  cooperation  with  the  American  Society 
for  Testing  Materials,  has  developed  new  methods  of  testing  and 
analyzing  coal  and  coke,  and  has  assisted  in  formulating  specifi- 
cations for  classification  of  coal  based  on  heat  value,  ash,  and  chem- 
ical and  physical  qualities.  Moreover,  studies  have  been  made  to 
determine  the  burning  characteristics  of  fuels  in  domestic  heaters. 
Classification  of  coals  is  made  by  rank,  that  is,  according  to  degree 
of  metamorphista  in  the  natural  series  from  lignite  to  anthracite; 
by  grade,  that  is,  according  to  nature  and  amount  of  impurities 
present,  screen  size,  and  so  forth;  and  by  type,  that  is,  by  varieties 
such  as  common  banded,  splint,  cannel,  and  boghead  or  algal  coals. 

Studies  of  coke  as  a  domestic  heating  fuel  have  included  analysis 
grading  and  evaluation,  and  comparison  with  other  fuels  used  for 
the  same  purpose.  Coke  is  graded  by  size,  heating  value,  percentage 
of  fixed  carbon,  volatile  matter,  and  ash.  Because  certain  charac- 
teristics of  coke  are  more  desirable  than  others  for  domestic  use, 
and  some  types  of  coke  are  more  efficient,  the  Bureau  of  Mines  has 
published  several  bulletins  on  this  subject  to  provide  data  for  ulti- 
mate consumers  as  a  guide  in  buying  for  household  use. 

The  Bureau  of  Mines  cooperated  with  the  American  Society  for 
Testing  Materials  in  the  preparation  of  standards  for  coke  analysis 
and  tests. 

The  Bureau  of  Mines  technologic  work  on  petroleum  and  natural 
gas  is  concerned  with  drilling,  production,  transportation,  and  re- 
fining, and  to  a  lesser  extent  with  petroleum  products. 

The  Bureau  of  Mines  performs  an  important  function  in  helping 
to  establish  standards  which  the  ultimate  consumer  may  use  in  buying 
petroleum  products. 

The  Bureau  has  long  recognized  that  there  is  a  merging  from  fundamental 
research  in  the  laboratory  to  so-called  "practical"  research.  Therefore,  in 
developing  the  philosophy  of  any  research  project  it  is  not  enough  to  establish 
certain  fundamental  relationships  by  laboratory  experiment:  To  be  effective 
the  work  must  have  practical  application  in  the  field  or  at  the  plant.** 

*  *  *  Many  companies  have  their  own  research  organizations,  both  in  the 
laboratory  and  in  the  field,  and  some  types  of  laboratory  research  are  conducted 
at  universities  and  other  technical  institutions. 

Recognizing  this  growth  and  change,  the  Bureau  of  Mines  for  several  years 
has  concentrated  its  efforts  on  studies  of  a  fundamental  nature  that  apply 
throughout  the  whole  industry  and  that  cannot  reasonably  be  made  by  indi- 
vidual companies  or  others.*" 

Thus  it  may  be  that  as  consumer  demand  becomes  more  articulate 
the  emphasis  on  that  type  of  research  having  direct  effect  on  the 
quality  and  performance  of  ultimate  consumer  products  may  become 
greater  and  more  evident. 

Studies  of  the  characteristics  of  motor  fuels  and  lubricants  are 
made  in  order  that  more  suitable  grades  of  these-  products  may  be 
made  available  to  meet  consumer  requirements. 

»8  "Petroleum  and  Natural  Gas  Studies  of  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Mines,"  by  H.  C. 
Fowler,  p.  2,  Information  Circular  6737,  Bureau  of  Mines,  Washington,  D.  C,  19S3. 
(Out  of  print.) 

w  Ibid.,  p.  7. 


148  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

The  Bureau  of  Mines  is  represented  on  the  Lubricants  and  Liquid 
Fuel  Technical  Committee  of  the  Federal  Specifications  Executive 
Committee. 

Surveys  of  motor  gasolines  date  back  to  1915,  and  are  now  made 
semiannually,  with  the  assistance  of  the  Cooperative  Fuel  Research 
Committee.  This  committee  is  composed  of  representatives  from  the 
Society  of  Automotive  Engineers,  American  Petroleum  Institute, 
Automobile  Manufacturers'  Association,  and  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards.  The  brand  names  of  the  samples  that  are  collected  at 
service  station  pumps  in  widely  scattered  cities  throughout  the  United 
States,  are  not  published,  but  each  sample  is  designated  by  a  number. 
The  Bureau  of  Mines  has  frequently  been  besieged  with  letters  re- 
questing the  brand  names  of  the  samples  collected.  Many  of  such 
letters  also  request  a  statement  as  to  the  best  gasoline  available  in  a 
given  city.  Although  this  is  perhaps  a  normal  inquiry  from  the 
viewpoint  of  the  individual  motorist,  the  Bureau  of  Mines  does  not 
profess  to  know  which  gasoline  will  best  meet  individual  consumer 
needs  in  any  given  area.  It  is  doubtful  if  any  research  group  could 
make  an!  unqualified  statement  on  this  point.  The  question  of  de- 
sirability and  undesirability  of  particular  brands  involves  so  many 
factors  in  addition  to  the  results  obtained  by  laboratory  tests,  that,, 
according  to  the  Bureau,  no  serious  student  of  the  subject  would  care 
to  make  a  dogmatic  statement  regarding  the  actual  quality  of  any 
particular  brand. 

The  average  motorist  does  not  have  the  required  technical  knowl- 
edge to  judge  the  various  factors  determined  by  the  analyses.  Also, 
the  factors  of  cost  of  fuel  and  condition  of  engine  are  matters  for 
individual  consideration  by  the  buyer  of  motor  fuels.  However,  the 
semiannual  gasoline  surveys  are  believed  to  be  of  value  to  students 
of  motor-fuel  problems,  because  they  supply  representative  data  on 
the  qualities  of  gasolines  that  are  actually  being  bought  and  used  by 
the  public,  in  so  far  as  these  qualities  can  be  determined  by  laboratory 
analyses.  By  making  the  data  available  without  identification,  the 
Bureau  believes  that  it  is  aiding  the  public,  because  technologists 
charged  with  the  development  of  the  refining  industry  make,  use  of 
these  data  and  thus  are  able  to  develop  better  technique  in  the  manu- 
facture of  motor  fuels. 

A  comment  made  by  a  member  of  the  Bureau's  staff  indicates  very 
clearly  that  effective  grading  of  gasoline  would  have  to  be  too  com- 
plex for  practical  use. 

The  incongruity  of  such  procedure  will  be  clearer  if  a  person  considers  the 
types  of  automotive  equipment  serviced  at  motor-fuel  pumps.  The  driver  of 
an  expensive  make  of  car  desiring  as  nearly  perfect  performance  as  he  is  able 
to  obtain,  should  have  latitude  in  his  decision  regarding  the  <luafit>-  of  products 
that  he  uses.  His  initial  investment  probably  justified  premium  prices  for  the 
best  obtainable  products.  In  contrast,  a  motor  vehicle  of  the  "jallopy"  type 
may  give  satisfaction  with  any  motor  fuel  that  will  explode  in  the  cylinders 
and  any  type  of  lubricant  that  will  keep  the  moving  parts  from  "freezing"  or 
"burning  out" 

The  Bureau  of  Mines'  studies  on  applied  methods  for  reducing 
evaporation  losses  of  gasoline  are  of  interest  to  consumers.  Evapora- 
tion of  gasoline  from  bulk  storage  stations  is  one  of  the  major  and 
most  deceptive  sources  of  loss  in  marketing  gasoline.  The  determi- 
nation of  loss  is  frequently  complicated  by  the  relatively  large  co- 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  149 

efficient  of  expansion  of  gasoline,  which  is  not  understood  by  many 
retail  distributors. 

Other  projects  having  a  direct  bearing  on  consumer  standards  of 
petroleum  products  include  studies  on  fuel  oil  specifications,  manu- 
facture of  paraffin  wax  from  petroleum,  and  dry  cleaning  solvents. 
Many  of  the  studies  on  properties  of  typical  crude  oils  produced  in 
various  fields  relate  to  that  class  of  consumer  standards  indirectly 
influenced  by  fundamental  research.  Producers  and  refiners  are 
guided  by  such  studies  in  making  consumer  products  available  at 
more  reasonable  costs.  The  study  reported  in  Technical  Paper  477  *° 
was  a  forerunner  of  solvent  refining,  a  process  no^  used  extensively 
in  industry  by  which  refiners  are  able  to  prepare  petroleum  products 
from  crude  stocks  which  formerly  were  considered  unsuitable  for 
such  use. 

The  Bureau  of  Mines  work  on  asphalt  has  been  confined  chiefly 
to  the  study  of  petroleum  asphalts  for  use  as  road-building  materials. 

Helium  is  of  direct  concern  to  the  consumer  as  it  is  used  in  treating 
certain  respiratory  diseases  such  as  asthma,  laryngitis,  croup,  and 
diphtheria.  Before  helium  could  be  secured  from  the  Government 
its  price  was  approximately  $150  per  thousand  cubic  feet,  now  the 
same  volume  can  be  bought  for  about  $15.  Helium  is  mixed  with 
oxygen  when  used  for  medical  purposes.  Research  is  being  conducted 
on  various  uses  of  helium  for  medical  and  industrial  purposes„ 
During  the  fiscal  year  1939  the  Bureau  of  Mines  sold  more  than  a 
million  cubic  feet  to  private  concerns  for  these  purposes. 

Research  is  also  being  conducted  on  chemical  products  obtainable 
from  natural  gas.  Some  of  the  products  are:  Rubber  substitutes, 
ethyl,  prestone  and  hi-octane  fuel,  insulation  materials,  and  motor 
fuels  from  natural  gas. 

Among  important  research  on  minerals,  having  direct  bearing  oti 
consumer  standards,  are  studies  on  gypsum  for  fertilizer  and  plaster 
and  on  mineral  wool  for  insulation. 

Health  and  safety  standards  are  established  by  the  Bureau  ox 
Mines  for  flame  safety  lamps,  electric  mine-lamps,  electric  flashlights 
and  for  supplied-air  respirators  and  filter-type  dust  respirators. 
Tests  and  investigations  and  the  issuing  of  "approval  plates"  for 
these  items  are  authorized  under  the  act  of  Congress  approved  Febru- 
ary 25,  1913.*^  The  pupose  of  investigations  made  under  this  pro- 
gram is  to  promote  the  development  of  electric  flashlights,  electric 
lamps,  flame  safety  lamps  and  supplied  air  respirators  that  may  be 
safely  used  in  mines.  Those  articles  passing  required  tests  set  up 
by  the  Bureau  are  called  "permissible,"  and  may  be  so  labeled  with 
standard  approval  plates.  The  Bureau  reserves  the  right  to  rescind 
for  cause  at  any  time  any  approval  granted  under  this  schedule. 

Among  the  health  and  safety  publications  is  one  entitled  "Incom- 
plete <^ombustion  of  Natural-Gas  Space  Heaters,"  which  is  of  partic- 
ular interest  to  consumers.*^  The  Bureau's  study  of  carbon  monoxide 
produced  by  certain  types  of  natural  gas  heaters  has  caused  a  decided 

«>"A  Study  of  the  Lubricant  Fractions  of  Cabin  Creek  (W.  Va.)  Petroleum,"  by  H.  M. 
Smith,  with  chapters  on  the  Action  of  Solvents  on  the  Heavy  Constituents  of  Petroleum, 
by  F.  W.  Lane.  I.  H.  Nelson,  J.  M.  Devine,  and  H.  M.  Smith,  48  pp.,  Technical  Paper 
477,  Bureau  of  Mines,  Washington,  D.  C,  1931.     (Out  of  print.) 

*i37  Stat.  681. 

«  "Incomplete  Combustion  in  Natural-Gas  Space  Headers,"  by  G.  W.  Jones,  W.  P.  Yant. 
ana  L.  B.  Berger,  22  pp.,  Bureau  of  Mines  Technical  Paper  362,  U.  S.  Government  Printing 
OfBce,  Washington,  D.  C,  1925,  5  cents. 
?*72496 — 41— No.  24 11 


150  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWEH 

change  in.  the  construction  of  this  type  of  equipment  during  the  last 
several  years. 

The  Bureau  of  Mines,  being  primarily  a  research  agency,  is  issuing 
material  of  a  highly  technical  nature,  however,  some  of  its  publica- 
tions are  of  interest  to  the  general  public  in  revealing  the  content 
or  characteristics  of  such  commodities  a^  coal,  petroleum,  etc.,  and  the 
care  of  them.^^ 

FISH  AND  WILDLIFE  SERVICE 

Fisheries  Work. 

Although  the  fisheries  work  of  the  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service, 
United  States  Department  of  the  Interior,  is  concerned  primarily 
with  the  practices  of  the  fishermen  and  the  operations  of  the  distribu- 
tive or  processing  trades,  the  consumer  is  thereby  benefited  indirectly. 

Among  specific  items  having  some  bearing  on  consumer  standards 
are  the  following : 

The  Division  of  Alaska  Fisheries  has  had  seal  furs,  produced  under 
its  supervision,  tested  by  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  for  dye 
fastness  and  for  durability  of  pelts  tanned  in  various  ways.  Through 
its  supervision  of  fishery  operations  in  Alaska,  this  Division  has 
a  considerable  influence  on  the  canned  salmon  industries  as  well 
as  on  other  important  fishery  industries  of  the  Alaska  Territory. 

A  provision  of  the  laws  relating  to  Alaska  fisheries  is  designed 
to  assure  that  salmon  are  in  wholesome  condition  when  canned.  This 
law  requires  that  all  salmon  to  be  preserved  for  sale  as  food  for 
human  consumption  must  be  preserved  or  iced  within  48  hours  of 
the  time  they  are  killed. 

The  work  of  the  Division  of  Scientific  Inquiry  affects  consumers 
largely  through  the  conservation  measures  resulting  from  its  investi- 
gations. Through  the  adoption  by  the  States  of  the  recommended 
conservation  principles  based  on  sound  biological  information,  the 
continuance  of  a  supply  of  commercial  fish,  shellfish,  and  crusta- 
ceans is  assured."  The  angling  resources  are  being  maintained  and 
improved  through  the  formulation  of  stocking  policies  based  on 
ecological  facts;  through  the  improvement  of  hatchery  techniques; 
by  the  detection  and  control  of  diseases,  epidejnics,  and  parasites ; 
by  stream  and  lake  improvement;  and  by  detection  and  elimination 
of  pollution  in  natural  waters.  The  Division  also  collects  and  tabu- 
lates whaling  statistics  and  conducts  biological  investigations  of 
whales.  Various  biological  studies  are  making  it  possible  to  improve 
the  quality  of  certain  aquatic  products,  for  example,  the  improvement 
of  oyster  bottoms  to  produce  larger  and  fatter  oysters. 

The  Division  of  Fish  Culture  is  closely  concerned  with  recreation. 
Through  its  production  of  fish  in  hatcheries  and  its  help  to  various 
States,  carrying  on  similar  activities,  a  large  number  of  game  fish, 
and  an  enormous  volume  of  commercial  types  as  well,  are  released 
annually. 

The  Division  of  Fishery  Industries,  dealing,  as  it  does  primarily, 
with  the  commercial  aspects  of  the  fishery  industry,  has  the  greatest 
volume  of  its  activities  related  to  consumer  standards. 


•"  "List  of  Publications,"  Bureau  of  Mines,  1910-37.  and  "Supplements  to  List  of  Pub- 
!ication8,"  Bureau  of  Mines,  July  1.  1937,  to  June  30,  1938,  and  July  1,  1938,  to  June 
30,  1939.  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C. 


CONCENTRATION  OP  ECONOMIC  POWER  151 

Economic  ^-esearch  conducted  by  the  Division  of  Fishery  Industries 
has  been  largely  in  the  field  of  marketing.  This  research  is  of  benefit 
to  the  consumer  to  the  extent  that  it  aids  more  orderly  and  efficient 
marketing  and  results  in  improvement  of  quality  and  stabilization 
of  prices.  Various  interests  of  the  fish  trade,  as  a  result  of  this  work, 
become  better  acquainted  with  the  fish  marketing  structure  outside 
their  own  particular  fields  and  with  the  character  and  extent  of 
operating  economic  forces,  and  are  more  able  to  adapt  their  activities 
to  the  general  structure  of  the  fishery  industry.  This  enables  them 
to  operate  at  a  higher  efficiency  with  a  resultant  benefit  to  the  general 
public.  Even  though  relatively  few  of  the  members  of  the  trade 
may  have  first-hand  knowledge  of  this  research  work,  the  practices 
inaugurated  spread  to  others  through  the  operation  of  competitive 
forces. 

Over  a  -period  of  years,  the  Division  of  Fishery  Industries  has 
conducted  studies  of  the  wholesale  marketing  of  fish  in  a  number 
of  the  larger  cities  of  the  country.  The  most  recent  of  these  studies 
covered  the  San  Francisco  Bay  area.  Other  studies  have  analyzed 
the  marketing  of  shad  on  the  Atlantic  coast,  the  frozen  fish  situation, 
the  leading  varieties  of  fish  in  the  retail  trade  of  60  cities,  the  Pacific 
halibut  fishery,  the  oyster  industry,  the  horse-mackerel  fishery  of 
Maine,  and  the  fisheries  of  Puerto  Kico  and  the  Virgin  Islands. 

A  study  still  in  progress  deals  with  a  survey  of  the  retail  marketing 
of  fish  in  some  50  cities  east  of  the  Mississippi  Kiver.  This  study 
will  present  a  broad  picture  of  the  methods  and  practices  of  retailers 
handling  fish  in  general  grocery  stores  and  fish  markets  which  are  the 
principal  outlets.  This  study  will  also  yield  considerable  informa- 
tion as  to  consumer  preference  regarding  species  of  fish  and  forms 
of  preparation. 

It  is  already  apparent  from  this  study  that  there  are  a  great  many 
stores  engaged  in  retailing  of  fresh  and  frozen  fish,  and  a  great  varia- 
tion among  them  in  volume  sold.  A  large  proportion  of  the  stores 
handling  the  commodity,  however,  sell  such,  a  small  quantity  that  they 
are  scarcely  justified  in  giving  that  phase  of  the  business  intensive 
care.  Nearly  40  percent  of  the  4,000  stores  surveyed  averaged  less 
than  $10  in  fish  sales  per  week  in  1938. 

Data  on  the  extent  to  which  certain  species  predominated  in  the 
cities  studied  are  included  in  the  schedules  for  the  survey.  A  sig- 
nificant phase  of  the  schedule  data  was  the  variety  of  names  under 
which  some  species  were  sold  and  the  number  of  species  that  were 
sold  under  the  same  name.  The  attendant  confusion  of  the  con-* 
sumer,  and  the  opportunities  for  misrepresentation  offered,  are 
apparent. 

In  many  cities  distant  from  the  source  of  supply,  haddock  fillet 
is  a  sort  of  generic  name  and  m.ay  be  used  to  cover  all  of  the  main 
supply  of  groundfish,  which,  for  example,  in  one  large  western 
city  is  60  percent  cod  and  undoubtedly  contains  some  element  of  cusk. 
In  one  large  city  fillet  of  sole  is  almost  entirely  halibut  cut  in  such 
a  way  to  make  convenient  slices  for  frying  or  broiling.  In  another 
large  city  a  salt  water  species,  croakers  or  hardheads,  is  quite  fre- 
quently sold  under  the  name  of  silver  bass,  but  during  some  periods 
of  the  year  when  sheepshead  from  the  Great  Lakes  are  available  they 
are  sold  as  silver  bass.     The  "tenderloin  of  trout"  sold  in  one  city  in 


]^52  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

the  central  United  States  is  almost  always  grouper  which  has  been 
cut  after  a  fashion  peculiar  to  the  city.  It  is  intimated  by  the  mem- 
bers of  the  trade  that  in  certain  regions  fillet  of  trout  and  red  snapper 
are  very  frequently  some  other  and  cheaper  fish.  In  one  midwestern 
city,  whiting,  a  salt-water  fish,  is  commonly  known  as  jack  salmon, 
while  this  name  is  given  to  blue  pike,  a  fresh-water  fish,  in  several 
other  cities. 

The  Fishery  Market  News  Service,  Division  of  Fishery  Industries, 
maintains  offices,  with  a  reporting  staff,  in  several  of  the  larger  fish 
marketing  centers.  Daily  reports  made  public  by  these  offices  are 
valuable  to  the  consumer  in  indicating  prices  prevailing  on  the 
wholesale  market.  These  reports  are  primarily  useful  to  the  fishery 
trade  and  to  the  fishermen  in  marketing  their  catches;  it  has  aided 
also  in  stabilizing  market  conditions  in  the  industry. 

The  statistical  section  of  the  Division  of  Fishery  Industries  compiles 
and  analyzes  the  data  on  the  catch  of  fish  and  other  aquatic  products. 
These  data  are  obtained  by  a  staff  of  statistical  agents  who  cover  all 
the  important  fishery  regions.  A  current  and  continuing  indication 
of  supply  conditions  is  thus  available  and  constitutes  another  factor 
in  stabilizing  markets. 

The  Division  of  Fishery  Industries  has  made  some  study  of  the 
data  on  fish  consumption  obtained  in  the  Consumer  Purchases  Study 
of  the  United  States  Departments  of  Labor  and  Agriculture.  Simi- 
lar data  for  some  50  cities,  obtained  in  the  Study  of  Money  Dis- 
bursements of  Wage  Earners  and  Lower-Salaried  Clerical  Workers 
made  by  the  United  States  Department  of  Labor,  are  better  adapted 
for  city-by-city  analysis.  The  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  plans  to 
examine  this  material  more  carefully  to  indicate  the  significant  fea- 
tures regarding  fish  consumption  which  do  not  appear  in  the  original 
reports. 

The  studies  by  the  technological  section.  Division  of  Fishery  In- 
dustries, among  other  purposes,  are  directed  toward  (a)  improved 
methods  of  judging  the  quality  of  fishery  products,  (6)  better  prac- 
tices for  handling  and  transporting  fish,  (c)  developing  more  efficient 
preparation  of  medicinal  and  other  fish  oils,  {dj  establishing  the 
nutritive  value  of  all  sea  foods,  and  (e)  establishing  standards  and 
grades  of  sanitary  production.  While  the  results  of  these  studies 
directly  affect  the  industry,  any  improvements  in  methods  of  produc- 
tion are  reflected  in  higher  quality  and  cheaper  prices. 

iTnproved  methods,  of  judging  the  quality  of  fishery  products. — 
The  adoption  of  freezing  as  a  method  of  preserving  fish,  in  recent 
years,  has  emphasized  the  necessity  for  utilizing  only  the  highest 
quality  of  fish  for  this  purpose.  As  a  result  of  this  need,  a  method 
was  developed  whereby  a  quality  selection  could  be  made  by  scientific 
methods.  Considerable  interest  has  been  shown  by  the  industry  in 
this  method  since  it  enables  it  to  prepare  a  higher  quality  product  at 
a  lower  price. 

Better  fractices  for  handling  and  transporting  fish. — Research  by 
the  technologists  have  led  to  the  improvement  of  the  containers  and 
methods  of  packing  fresh  fish.  One  of  these  developments  is  a  re- 
frigerated container  for  less  than  carloads  of  fish  or  fishery  products. 
Another  is  the  improvement  in  refrigerator  car  and  truck  design 
which  tends  to  increase  the  efficiency  of  operation.  Still  another 
investigation  which  at  present  is  under  consideration  deals  with  the 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  153 

utilization  of  individual  lockers  for  the  storage  of  fish  for  family 
consumption.  All  of  these  improvements  are  reflected  in  the  quality 
and  the  price  of  the  products  offered  to  the  public. 

Developing  more  e-ffvcient  preparation  of  medicinal  and  other  fish 
oils. — One  of  the  earliest  known  methods  for  the  production  of  cod- 
liver  oil  was  permitting  the  livers  to  rot ;  this  caused  the  oil  to  be 
released.  Oil  prepared  in  this  manner  was  badly  decomposed  and 
of  low  vitamin  value.  Studies  have  been  made  which  have  set  up 
maximum  temperatures  at  which  the  livers  can  be  heated  for  the  pro- 
duction of  a  high  vitamin  oil.  Other  studies  have  led  to  the  utiliza- 
tion of  the  livers  of  other  species  of  fish  in  the  preparation  of 
medicinal  oils  of  high  vitamin  content.  Much  of  the  body  oil  pro- 
duced from  fish  has  been  diverted  from  the  paint  and  soap  industries 
to  the  medicinal  and  animal  food  fields.  The  modern  poultry  indus- 
try would  find  itself  seriously  handicapped  had  it  not  been  for  the 
investigations  of  the  technologists  of  the  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service 
in  finding  new  sources  from  which  they  could  obtain  an  adequate 
supply  of  vitamin  oil  at  a  reasonable  price.  The  income  derived 
from  the  commercial  use  of  the  byproducts  of  the  filleting  industry 
has  made  it  possible  for  this  industry  to  operate  more  economically 
and  thus  pass  the  savings  on  to  the  consumer  of  its  products. 

Establishing  the  nutritive  value  of  all  sea  foods. — The  investiga- 
tions dealing  with  the  nutritive  value  of  fish  have  indicated  that  fish 
contain  an  ample  supply  of  all  of  the  minerals  necessary  for  growth 
and  the  maintenance  of  good  health.  It  has  been  found  that  fish 
contain  large  amounts  of  iodine  and  thus  its  consumption  has  been 
recommended  in  those  sections  of  the  country  where  diseases  caused 
by  a  lack  of  iodine  are  prevalent.  It  has  also  been  established  that 
sea  food  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  sources  of  a  protein  which  is 
easily  digested  and  assimilated  for  use  by  the  body.  All  of  these 
investigations  directly  affect  the  health  and  welfare  of  the  consuming 
public. 

Setting  up  standards  and  grades  of  sanitary  production  of  fish. — 
Various  investigations  into  the  existing  sanitary  regulations  and 
recommendations  for  their  improvement  have  been  made.  The 
acceptance  of  these  recommendations  has  resulted  in  the  conserva- 
tion of  many  thousands  of  pounds  of  excellent  and  healthful  food 
previously  lost  to  the  consumer  through  careless  handling.  Codes 
of  sanitary  practice  have  been  set  up  for  the  crab,  oyster,  and  fresh- 
fish  industries.  Grades  for  salt  herring  and  canned  herring  roe, 
used  by  the  Division  of  Markets  of  the  Virginia  State  Department 
of  Agriculture  and  Immigration,  have  been  established  with  the  co- 
operation of  the  Division  of  Fishery  Industries.  The  Fish  and 
Wildlife  Service  has  aided  the  Technical  Committee  on  Provisions 
of  the  Federal  Specifications  Executive  Committee  in  preparing 
Federal  Specifications  for  fresh  fish,  fresh  oysters,  canned  salmon, 
canned  sardines,  and  canned  tuna  fish.  The  Service  has  also  aided 
the  Federal  Trade  Commission  with  technical  advice  in  setting  up 
quality  definitions  in  Trade  Practice  Rules  for  the  Tuna  Fish  In- 
dustry and  Trade  Practice  Rules  for  the  Sardine  Industry. 
.  .Educatiorml  work. — The  results  of  the  fisheries'  work  of  the  Fish 
and  Wildlife  Service  reaches  the  public  through  various  channels 
used  to  publicize  the  findings  of  general  interest,  as  well  as  through 
its  effect  on  the  fishery  industry.     The  radio  programs  and  popular 


154  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

press  releases  which  are  now  planned  as  a  continuing  feature  of  the 
Service's  activity  will  disseminate  information  of  interest  to  the 
consumer.  This  information  may  be  particularly  valuable  in  efforts 
to  standardize  the  names  of  certain  species  of  fish  in  which  there  is 
now  a  marked  confusion  and  in  increasing  public  knowledge  of 
grades  and  standards  for  fishery  products  as  they  are  developed. 

Fur  Resources  'Work. 

Broadly  speaking,  the  work  of  the  Section  of  Fur  Eesources,  Fish 
and  Wildlife  Service,  United  States  Department  of  the  Interior, 
falls  under  four  headings,  which  are:  (1)  To  make  more  generally 
known  the  commercial  importance  of  fur  m  industry ;  (2)  to  empha- 
size the  need  of  maintaining  the  supply  of  raw  materials;  (3)  to 
explain  methods  by  which  this  supply  may  not  only  be  maintained 
in  quantity  but  improved  in  quality;  and  (4)  to  conduct  experiments 
on  farms  in  the  production  of  fur  animals  under  controlled  condi- 
tions. Most  of  the  research  work  that  may  benefit  the  consumer  is 
carried  on  cooperatively  with  other  agencies. 

Fur-iiber  investigations. — At  the  Agricultural  Research  Center  a 
study  was  begun  in  cooperation  with  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry, 
United  States  Deparment  of  Agriculture,  to  determine  by  micro- 
scopic examination  the  physical  properties  of  fur  and  the  factors  that 
contribute  to  the  production  of  superior  quality  fur.  Special  atten- 
tion was  given  to  fur-fibers  of  the  silver  fox,  mink,  marten,  and  Karakul 
sheep.  A  review  was  made  of  all  the  American  and  foreign  literature 
covering  similar  investigations. 

Through  persistent  research,  media  have  been  found  that  are  suitable 
for  making  both  temporary  and  permanent  mounts  to  reveal  the  inner 
structure  of  the  fibers,  especially  pigmentation,  and  to  emphasize  their 
outlines.  In  heavily  pigmented  and  meduUated  fibers  fine  relation-, 
ships  between  scales  cannot  be  distinguished  by  direct  observation, 
and  in  such  cases  the  details  were  revealed  by  casts  and  photomicro- 
graphs. The  precision  of  this  method  will  undoubtedly  prove  of 
importance  in  the  identification  of  unknown  fibers. 

Quality  of  tanned  skins. — The  work  with  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural 
Chemistry  and  Engineering,  United  States  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture, is  set  up  to  determine  the  influence  of  environmental  factors  on 
the  quality  of  raw  and  tanned  fur-animal  skins.  Pelts  taken  from 
young  and  adult  silver  foxes,  fed  experimental  rations,  were  supplied 
by  the  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  for  this  study.  In  addition,  a  num- 
ber of  prairie  dog  skins  collected  by  field  representatives  of  the  Service, 
and  guinea  pig  skins  furnished  by  commercial  breeders  and  the  Bureau 
of  Animal  Industry,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  were 
given  to  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Engineering  for 
use  in  e?Jperimental  tanning  tests  to  determine  their  commercial  value. 
Australian  rabbit  skins  also  were  supplied.  Observations  were  made 
on  the  effect  of  alternate  freezing  and  thawing  of  silver  fox  skins 
immediately  following  pelting.  No  appreciable  difference  in  either 
the  tensile  or  bursting  strength  of  the  frozen  and  unfrozen  skins  was 
detected. 

Felting  studies. — The  cooperative  study  to  determine  the  value  of 
various  North  American  furs  for  felting  has  been  carried  on  with  the 
research  department  of  one  of  the  leading  hat  manufacturers.  The 
fur  of  the  mountain  beaver  and  the  hair  of  the  guinea  pig  were  found 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWETl  I55 

to  have  no  felting  properties.  One  hundred  pelts  from  60-day-old 
domestic  rabbits  were  classified  and  graded  for  furriers'  purposes. 
Doeskins  produced  5  percent  more  usable  blown  fur  suitable  for  hat 
making  than  an  equal  number  of  the  same  grade  of  buckskins  and 
yielded  11  to  16  percent  more  usable  fur  than  an  equal  weight  of 
buckskins.  Skins  graded  as  No.  1  and  No.  2  produced  16  to  27  percent 
more  usable  fur  than  those  graded  No.  3  and  No.  4. 

Trade  Practice  Rules  of  the  Federal  Trade  Commission. — Repre- 
sentatives of  the  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  have  been  cooperating 
with  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  in  the  preparation  of  Trade 
Practice  Rules  for  the  Fur  Industry.  The  rules  promulgated  were 
released  June  17,  1938.  Information  concerning  the  real  and  trade 
names  of  furs,  as  well  as  information  regarding  fur  trade  practices 
in  general,  was  supplied  for  use  in  enforcing  fair  Trade  Practice 
Rules  for  the  Fur  Industry.  During  the  first  year  of  operation  of 
the  rules  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  handled  over  500  cases  of 
alleged  misdescriptive  advertising  and  made  much  progress  in  cor- 
recting bad  practices  against  which  the  rules  were  directed. 

Fur  imports. — In  cooperation  with  the  Foreij^  Office  of  the  Bureau 
of  Agricultural  Economics  (now  Office  of  Foreign  Relations),  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture,  and  the  Committee  for  Reciprocity 
Information,  United  States  State  Department,  representatives  of  the 
Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  have  been  furnishing  statistical  data  and 
other  information  pertaining  to  fur  farming  developments  in  the 
United  States  and  foreign  countries.  This  was  in  connection  with 
the  import  duty  on  silver  fox  pelts.  A  number  of  meetings  were  held 
in  the  offices  of  the  United  States  Tariff  Commission  to  give  fur  farmers 
an  opportunity  to  present  their  views. 

The  United  States  Treasury  Department  was  assisted  in  proceed- 
ings before  the  Court  of  Customs  and  Patent  Appeals  between  the 
Federal  Government  and  fur  importers.  Representatives  of  the  Fish 
and  Wildlife  Service  furnished  scientific  and  other  data  for  rse  in 
preparing  the  cases,  in  which  duties  amounting  to  many  millions  of 
dollars  were  involved. 

Persian  lamb  production. — The-  popularity  of  Persian  lambskins 
for  use  in  coats  and  trimming  has  stimulated  activity  in  Karakul 
sheep  raising  in  this  country  in  both  purebred  and  grade  flocks. 
Karakul  sheep  investigations  in  cooperation  with  the  Bureau  of 
Animal  Industry,  United'  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  are 
progressing  satisfactorily.  Assistance  was  given  by  representatives 
of  the  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  in  selecting  a  more  complete  and 
comprehensive  set  of  standard  sample  skins  for  classifying  the  exper- 
imental Karakul  skins  as  well  as  live  lambs  retained  for  breeding. 
All  skins  taken  during  previous  years  have  been  reclassified  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  new  standards. 

Rahhit  raising. — Raising  domestic  rabbits  for  food  and  fur  has 
received  a  stimulus  from  advancing  prices,  and  raising  rabbits  for 
laboratory  purposes  is  still  found  profitable  by  many  breeders.  An 
unsatisfied  demand  for  domestic  rabbits  suitable  for  making  pneu- 
monia serum  has  had  an  encouraging  effect  on  rabbit  raising.  The 
Angora  rabbit  wool  produced  in  the  United  States  also  seems  to  have 
found-  a  more  extensive  and  dependable  market. 

Representative  pelts  of  fryer  rabbits  produced  by  the  self -feeding 
Dlan  were  graded  by  dealers  in  raw  rabbit  skins  and  by  other  experts 


156  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

after  dressing  the  natural  long  hair.  The  possibilities  of  increasing 
the  percentage  of  fryer-rabbit  skins  usable  in  the  fur  trade  is  being 
considered  and  has  much  practical  value  because  of  the  higher  prices 
now  being  paid  for  skins. 

GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 

The  Geological  Survey,  United  States  Department  of  the  Interior, 
was  created  by  act  of  Congress,  approved  March  3,  1879,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  classifying  "the  public  lands  and  examination  of  the  geologi- 
cal structure,  mineral  resources,  and  products  of  the  national 
domain     *     *     *"  ** 

The  Geological  Survey,  which  is  a  fact-finding  agency,  proceeds 
from  the  investigation  of  the  sources  of  basic  materials  to  their  anal- 
ysis. Although  its  function  does  not  consist  in  formulating  standards, 
it  heeds  the  established  standards  an-d  requirements  and  makes 
efforts  to  describe)  ores,  minerals,  and  structural  materials  in  terms 
of  and  in  their  relations  to  standards.  It  examines  annually  more 
than  a  thousand  mineral  specimens  submitted  for  examination  by  the 
public  and  its  reports  to  the  senders  include  identification  of  the 
specimens  and  further  information  based  on  standards  expressing 
probable  adaptability  of  the  mineral  to  different  uses.  Information 
is  gathered  on  all  metallid  and  nonmetallic  minerals.  This  informa- 
tion is  made  available  in  publications,*^  mostly  on  specific  areas  or  dis- 
tricts, by  correspondence,  and  by  personal  interviews. 

The  Geological  Survey  undertakes  studies  of  coal,  oilj  and  gas  fields, 
metallic  and  nonmetallic  mineral  deposits,  and  geologic  problems  re- 
lated to  engineering  projects.  It  endeavors  to  place  at  the  disposal  of 
the  architect  and  builder  the  results  of  its  experience  with  and  knowl- 
edge of  natural  structural  materials. 

Coed. — The  coal  fields  of  the  United  States  have  been  investigated  by 
the  Geological  Survey  and  are  described  in  reports  which  give  infor- 
mation on  the  distribution,  thickness,  and  quality  of  the  coal  deposits. 
The  Survey  collects  samples  of  coals  for  analysis  by  the  Bureau  of 
Mines  and  those  analyses  are  published  in  reports  on  the  geology  of 
the  areas  in  which  the  deposits  are  found.  The  Survey  has  cooperated 
with  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  and  the  American 
Standards  Association  in  the  establishing  of  coal  classification  by  rank 
and  grade.*® 

OU  amd  gas. — The  developed  oil  and  gas  deposits,  also  the  oil  and 
gas  possibilities  "^f  untested  areas,  are  investigated  by  the  Geological 
Survey  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  information  on  the  location,  char- 
acter, and  reserves  of  these  resources.  Samples  of  oil  and  gas  are 
obtained  by  the  Survey's  experts  in  the  areas  studied  by  them  and 
these  are  analyzed  by  chemists  of  the  Bureau  of  Mines.  The  British 
thermal  unit  heating  value  of  gas  is  determined  at  the  time  the  analyses 
of  the  gas  samples  are  made.  Information  on  the  available  reserves 
of  oil  and  gas  is  essential  in  determining  whether  the  supply  is  suffi- 
cient to  justify  the  installation  of  equipment  for  their  utilization. 

**  "D.  S.  Geological  Survey,  Its  Origin,  Development,  Organization  and  Operations,"  205 
pp..  Bulletin  227,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  1934  (Out  of 
Print). 

«  "Publications  of  the  Geological  Survey,"  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington, 
D.  C,  May  1938. 

«*  "Recently  Adopted  Standard  of  Classification  of  Coals  by  Rank  and  Grade,"  by  Thomas  A. 
Hendricks,  Economic  Geology,  vol.  33  (2),  pp.  13&-142,  March  to  April  1938. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  157 

Deposits  of  helium-bearing  natural  gas  have  been  investigated  by 
the  Geological  Survey  and  basic  information  for  the  determination 
of  the  amount  of  available  helium  has  been  acquired. 

Ores. — Investigations  by  the  Geological  Survey  of  ores  of  the  differ- 
ent metals  involve  exploration  of  the  original  sources  of  the  ores,  clas- 
sification, location,  and  description  of  the  deposits  and  their  occur- 
rence, estimation  of  ore  reserves,  and  studies  of  the  genesis  of  the 
deposits. 

The  Survey,  in  the  dissemination  of  accurate  information,  seeks  to 
encourage  the  development  of  promising  deposits  and  to  prevent 
expenditure  of  funds  and  labor  on  those  which  hold  no  promise  of 
successful  exploitation.  An  important  phase  of  this  latter  function 
is  to  assist  in  blocking  fraudulent  promotion  enterprises  based  on  mis- 
interpretation and  misinformation  concerning  mineral  deposits. 

Bcmxite. — Bauxite  is  mainly  valuable  for  the  aluminum  that  may 
be  extracted  from  it.  However,  bauxite  is  used  in  other  ways,  for 
example,  as  an  abrasive,  as  a  pigment,  as  a  refractory,  and  as  a  partial 
source  of  alum,  aluminum  sulfate,  and  several  other  chemicals  used 
particularly  in  water  purification. 

The  Geological  Survey  is  in  a  position  to  give  valuable  information 
as  to  the  location,  characteristics,  and  industrial  possibilities  of 
bauxite.  , 

Mica. — ^The  Geological  Survey  is  a  source  of  information  regarding 
the  physical  and  mineralogic  characteristics  of  known  deposits  of  mica, 
includmg  the  relative  qualities  in  each. 

Pr.eciotis  stones. — The  Geological  Survey  serves  the  public  in 
identifying  precious  stones  and  in  giving  information  concerning 
their  quality  and  probable  utility. 

Fertilizer  materials  {phosphate,  potash.^  nitrates). — The  Geologi- 
cal Survey  has  made  studies  of  phosphates  in  this  country.  As  ? 
result  of  this  study  it  has  prepared  maps,  made  analyses,  and  esti- 
mates regarding  phosphates  whereby  a  prospector  or  mining  com- 
pany can  determine  on  what  particular  tracts  of  land  phosphate  is 
present,  and  some  information  regarding  its  quality  and  amount. 
The  investigations  relative  ta  potash  have  led  to  the  discovery  of 
minable  potash  comparable  to  the  best  imported  grades.  Investiga- 
tions of  nitrate  show  that  com.merciai  deposits  of  natural  'titrates 
probably  do  not  exist  in  the  United  States;  however,  through  elec- 
trochemical processes  of  extraction  of  nitrogen  from  the  air,  this 
country  it  now  not  dependent  on  foreign  supplies  of  nitrates. 

Structwral  materials. — ^Much  information  has  been  made  available 
hy  the  Geological  Survey  to  users  of  such  products  as  building  stone, 
decorative  and  monumental  stones,  lime,  sand  and  gravel,  clay  and 
clay  products,  concrete  aggregates,  gypsum  and  other  plasters.*^ 

In  the  field  of  constructional  stone  materials,  study  has  been  made 
of  the  relationship  of  the  quarry  to  quality  of  stones,^  of  vermicu- 
lite  and  other  insulation  material,  and  clay  for  brick.  The  physical 
properties  of  granite  and  marble  such  as  color,  texture,  and  crush- 
ing strength  are  criteria  for  the  commercial  grading  of  granite.     The 

""Contributions  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  to  Architects,"  by  Earnest  F.  Burchard, 
Journal  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects,  Structural  Service  Book,  vol.  1  (2),  pp. 
18-20,  February  1917.  y    i  ^   vv 

"  "Commercial  Marbles  of  Western  Vermont,"  by  T.  Nelson  Dale,  170  pp.,  Bulletin  521, 
Geological  Survey,  U.  S.  Department  of  the  Interior,  Washington,  D.  C,  1912.      (Out  of  print.) 

"Granites  of  New  England,"  by  T.  Nelson  Dale,  488  pp.,  Bulletin  738,  Geological  Survey, 
U.  S.  Department  of  the  Interior,  Washington,  D.  C,  1923.      (Out  of  print.) 


158  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Survey  has  shown  that  petrographic  analysis  rather  than  chemical 
analysis  is  the  logical  basis  for  determining  the  durability  ot  gran- 
ite and  other  building  stone.  This  would  base  the  commercial  classi- 
fication of  properties  of  granites  on  "use"  instead  of  chemical  or 
mineral  composition.'*  A  study  was  made  on  the  relation  of  natural 
features  of  limestone  to  commercial  grading.^  The  Geological  Sur- 
vey is  represented  on  several  committees  of  engineering  and  standard- 
izing societies,,  such  as  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials 
(A.  S.  T.  M.)  and  the  American  Standards  Association.  It  has 
cooperated  with  A.  S.  T.  M.  committees  in  establishing  grades  foi 
commercial  building  stone,  the  purpose  being  to  broaden  the  classi- 
fication so  as  to  eliminate  misrepresentation  of  building  materials. 

Ceramic  raw  materials. — Ceramic  raw  materials  include  a  con- 
siderable group  of  nonmetallic  minerals,  chief  among  which  is  clay. 
The  work  on  clays  has  included  publication  of  reports  showing  the 
location,  character,  and  general  utility  of  high-grade  clays  in  differ- 
ent parts  of  the  country.  Important  research  on  clay  materials  is 
being  carried  on  in  the  laboratories  of  the  Geological  Survey. 
Bleaching  clay  investigations  have  led  to  the  discovery  of  apparently 
large  bodies  of  high-grade  activable  clay  and  to  the  development 
of  a  technique  by  which  comparative  studies  may  be  made  of  the 
bleaching  properties  of  clays  from  many  different  localities.  In- 
formation on  feldspar,  another  wideh^  used  ceramic  raw  material, 
has  been  gathered  and  published  by  the  Survey. 

Refractory  materials. — Refractory  materials  are  used  not  only  by 
the  ceramic  industries  but  also  by  other  industries  where  high  tem- 
i:)eratures  are  involved,  as  in  metallurgical  or  manufacturing  proc- 
esses, or  in  the  finished  product.  For  example,  automobile  spark 
plugs,  wliich  must  withstand  brief  but  rapidly  repeated  subjection 
to  high  temperatures,  are  made  from  rock  material,  or  minerals 
such  as  andalusite  and  dumortierite,  whose  availability  is  known  to 
the  Geological  Survey.  Magnesite  is  another  refractory  to  which 
the  Geological  Survey  has  given  much  attention.  This  material  finds 
its  way  into  industrial  plants  but  is  also  widely  used  in  compounds 
for  insulating  such  commodities  as  domestic  furnaces,  and  furnace 
and  hot  water  pipes.  The  Survey  has  made  inquiries  about  supplies 
of  materials  suitable  for  making  rock  wool,  one  of  the  common  types 
of  insulating  materials,  and  vermiculite  and  diatomite,  and  other 
commonly  used  insulating  materials. 

Many  other  examples  could  be  cited,  but  the  foregoing  serve  to 
illustrate  the  service,  rendered  by  the  Geological  Survey  to  industry, 
and  through  industry  to  the  ultimate  consumer. 

INDIAN  ARTS  AND  CRAFTS  BOARD 

Standards  for  Indian  Arts  and  Crafts. 

Among  the  functions  of  the  Indian  Arts  and  Crafts  Board,  as 
defined  in  the  act  of  August  27,  1935,  are  those — 

to  create  Government  trade-marks  of  genuineness  and  quality  for  Indian 
products  and  the  products  of  particular  Indian  tribes  or  groups;  to  establish 
standards  and  regulations  for  the  use  of  such  trade-marks;  to  license  corpora- 

•»  "Commercial  Granites  and  the  Geology  of  Granite  Deposits,"  by  L.  W.  Currier,  report 
In  preparation,  Geolopical  Survey,  U.  S.  Department  of  the  Interior,  Washington,  D.  C. 

»>  "Indiana  Oolitic  Limestone,  Relation  of  its  Natural  Features  to  its  Commercial  Grad- 
ing," by  G.  F.  Loughlin,  pp.  113-202,  Bulletin  811  (c),  Geological  Survey,  U.  S.  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  1930.     30  cents. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWEK  159 

tions,  associations,  or  individuals  to  use  them ;  and  to  charge  a  fee  for  their 
use;  to  register  them  in  the  United  States  Patent  Office  without  charge. 

Extensive  surveys  of  the  field  and  interviews  with  experts,  crafts- 
men, and  traders  have  revealed  that,  in.  the  field  of  Indian  arts 
and  crafts,  no  uniform  procedure  in  developing  standards  for  trade- 
marks and  certificates  can  be  adopted. 

Since  these  trade-marks  were  to  be  created  above  all  to  protect 
the  producer  from  the  competition  of  nongenuine  articles  and  to 
inform  the  consumer  of  the  genuineness  of  his  purchase,  it  was  the 
first  duty  of  the  Indian  Arts  and  Crafts  Board  to  investigate  what 
constitutes  genuineness  in  the  various  lines  of  Indian  crafts  pro- 
duction. These  inquiries  revealed  that  the  factors  that  are  generally 
considered  to  determine  genuineness  of  Indian  crafts  products  are 
varied  in  the  different  fields  of  production  and  in  their  respective 
markets.  The  only  generally  accepted  criterion  of  genuineness,  as 
voiced  by  all  consumers  and  producers  alike,  is  the  identity  of  the 
maker  as  a  member  of  the  Indian  race,  or  more  specifically  of  that 
tribe  that  is  traditionally  known  for  the  production  of  his  type  of 
crafts.  Other  factors,  such  as  quality  of  raw  material,  type  of 
production  method,  quality  of  workmanship,  and  excellence  of  style 
and  design,  are  given  varied  importance  by  the  different  groups  of 
consumers  and  producers. 

From  this,  it  became  apparent  that  no  certificate  of  genumeness 
could  serve  its  aim  without  available  indication  of  the  factors  that 
constitute  genuineness  in  the  given  case. 

The  Indian  Arts  and  Crafts  Board's  mark  for  Navajo,  Pueblo,  and 
Hopi  silver  was  devised  to  protect  specifically  a  type  of  production 
that  is  generally  considered  to  be  outstanding,  because  of  its  traditional 
workmanship  and  its  design.  Since  no  written  regulation  can  define 
this  type  of  merit,  every  piece  that  receives  this  mark  has  to  be 
examined  and  judged  by  an  expert  in  the  field.  To  explain  the  mean- 
ing of  this  mark,  explanatory  circulars  have  been  prepared  for  the 
use  of  consumers,  which  are  offered  free  to  everyone  who  submits 
articles  to  be  stamped.  The  circulars  are  intended  to  be  given  free 
to  every  purchaser  of  such  a  piece  of  jewelry.  Since  this  type  of 
mark  applies  to  only  a  small  percentage  of  the  output,  the  Indian 
Arts  and  Crafts  Board  is  now  undertaking  to  find  means  of  identifi- 
cation for  other  types  of  silver  products. 

The  Indian  Arts  and  Crafts  Board's  certificate  of  genuineness  for 
Navajo  all-wool  woven  fabrics  is  not  concerned  with  either  design  or 
quality  of  workmanship,  because  workmanship  in  Navajo  weaving 
speaks  for  itself,  and  the  designs  in  better  fabrics  follow  an  es- 
tablished tradition.  The  need  here  was  mainly  for  protection  against 
inferior  products  made  partly  with  machine-made  thread  and  against 
fabrics  made  outside  the  tribe.  This  certificate,  which  is  attached  to 
the  fabric,  therefore  states  that  the  piece  is  entirely  produced  by 
Navajo  Indians,  made  entirely  of  local  wool,  locally  hand-spun,  and 
woven  on  a  native  Navajo  loom.  Since  these  standards  may  be 
checked  by  anyone  familiar  with  Navajo  weaving,  any  trader  who 
applies  for  a  special  license  may  be  authorized  to  attach  certificates. 

The  Indian  Arts  and  Crafts  Board's  stamp  for  Alaskan  Eskimo  and 
Indian  products,  are  aimed  only  to  identify  the  tribal  origin  of  the 
product  and  to  protect  the  Alaskan  Eskimo  or  Indian  craftsman  from 
the  competition  of  articles  made  in  factor3.es  or  under  workshop  con- 


IQQ  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

ditions.     The  stamp   therefore  bears  only   the   inscription   "Hand- 
made— Alaskan  Eskimo,"  or  "Hand-made — Alaskan  Indian." 

The  Indian  Arts  and  Crafts  Board  hopes  eventually  to  be  able, 
through  its  own  standards  or  through  its  endorsements  of  standards 
established  by  producer's  groups,  to  develop  a  system  of  certificates 
that  cover  not  only  all  fields  of  Indian  arts  and  crafts,  but  also  all 
those  classifications  within  a  field  that  need  identification. 

OFFICE  OF  INDIAN  AFFAIRS  (INDIAN  SERVICE) 

Purpose  of  Preparing  Standards  and  /Specifications. 

The  Indian  Service,  United  States  Department  of  the  Interior,  has 
established  specifications  for  supplies,  articles,  and  equipment  used  in 
schools,  hospitals,  and  sanatoria,  for  approximately  9,000  items.^^ 
To  those  familiar  with  conditions  existing  in  the  Indian  Service  some 
years  ago  the  purpose  of  preparing  standard  specifications  is  at  once 
apparent.  They  know  how  indefinitely  and  inadequately  specifica- 
tions for  procurement  were  prepared  in  those  days.  The  article  to 
be  purchased  was  merely  named  and  usually  samples  were  called  for, 
leaving  it  more  or  less  to  the  discretion  of  the  prospective  bidder  to 
determine  the  character  and  quality  he  should  offer.  The  awarding 
official  made  his  selection  from  what  was  placed  before  him.  At  that 
time  he  proceeded  in  the  consideration  of  proposals  from  the  stand- 
point of  the  cheapest  sample  offered  where  a  selection  could  be  made 
of  the  commodity  required  which  in  his  opinion  was  adequate  to  the 
Indian  Service  both  in  quality  and  price.  This  procedure  developed 
into  a  matter  of  more  or  less  personal  preference.  The  inadequacy 
and  unfairness  of  purchasing  under  such  a  system,  without  an  ac- 
companying detailed  description  of  the  article  to  enlighten  the  bidder 
as  to  the  quality  required  and  at  the  same  time  fix  a  standard  for  the 
guidance  of  the  awarding  officer,  is  apparent. 

Procedure  in  Establishing  Standa/rd  Specifications. 

Kealizing  the  inadequacy  of  such  a  system,  the  development  and  use 
of  detailed  specifications  in  purchasing  articles  of  supply,  equipment, 
and  so  forth,  became  an  active  feature  in  the  operating  program  of 
the  Indian  Service.  In  the  selection  of  personnel  particular  attention 
was  given  to  prospective  employees  who  had  some  practical  or  tech- 
nical experience  in  purchasing,  selling,  or  using  the  supplies  or  equip- 
ment which  they  would  handle  under  the  commodity  assignments. 
Progress  was  slow,  but  little  by  little  the  specifications  were  improved 
to  the  point  where  inferior  goods,  when  offered  in  proposals,  could 
be  rejected  because  they  did  not  meet  the  requirements  for  which  they 
were  to  be  used.  In  developing  the  specifications  careful  attention 
was  given  to  the  results  obtained  in  practical  institutional  use.  Not 
only  was  quality  considered,  but  where  necessary,  proper  sizes  of 
garments  and  wearing  apparel  for  children  of  various  ages  and  adults 
were  studied.    The  results  have  more  than  repaid  the  effort  expended. 

Inspection  and  Tests. 

The  benefit  resulting  from  the  use  of  standard  specifications  would 
be  largely  offset  without  the  inspection  and  testing  of  goods  and 
supplies  to  assure  conformance  with  the  specifications.     The  results 

"These  specifications  are  prepared  by  the  Purchasing  Office  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of 
the  Interior. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  X61 

of  inspection  are  considered  essential  in  the  development  of  specifica- 
tions, since  through  tests  and  laboratory  analyses  the  necessary  cor- 
rections in  specifications  are  made.  In  addition  to  laboratory  tests 
and  analyses,  goods  and  supplies  which  lend  themselves  to  practical 
tests  are  studied  during  their  use.  Such  practical  tests  often  out- 
weigh any  conclusion  which  may  be  reached  as  a  result  of  laboratoiy 
tests  or  analyses. 
Cooperation  With  Other  Government  Agencies. 

In  the  preparation  of  standard  specifications  use  was  made  of  other 
governmental  facilities  and  of  the  knowledge  and  experience  gained 
by  employees  of  other  departments  and  activities  of  the  Government. 
The  National  Bureau  of  Standards  has  been  of  help,  and  the  facilities 
of  bureaus  were  used  where  available;  these  included  the  Bureau  of 
Home  Economics,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  the 
Food  and  Drug  Administration,  the  Bureau  of  Supplies  and 
Accounts  in  the  United  States  Navy  Department,  and  certain 
imits  in  the  office  of  the  Quartermaster  General  of  the  United  States 
Army.  In  addition  to  the  research  work  on  standardization  conducted 
by  the  Indian  Service,  use  has  been  made  of  Federal  Specifications. 
Cooperation  between  the  administrative  branch  of  the  Indian  Service 
and  the  purchasing  office  of  the  United  States  Department  of  the 
Interior  resulted  in  very  definite  requirements  for  the  Indian  Service 
as  to  the  type  and  quality  of  merchandise  to  be  purchased. 


UNITED  STATES  DEPAKTMENT  OF  LABOR 
BUREAU  OF  LABOR  STATISTICS 

RETAIL  PRICE  DIVISION 

The  Retail  Price  Division  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  collects 
retail  prices  for  more  than  ?00  commodities  and  services  which  are 
important  in  retail  trade  and  in  the  expenditures  of  the  average  wage 
earners'  and  lower-salaried  clerical  workers'  families.  These  com- 
modities and  services  are  classified  into  the  following  groups :  Food ; 
rents;  fuel  and  light;  clothing  and  shoes;  yard  goods  and  textile 
furnishings;  furniture  and  floor  covering;  household  equipment  and 
electrical  appliances;  drugs,  toiletries,  and  sundries;  miscellaneous 
commodities,  including  automobiles,  tires  and  tubes,  petroleum 
products,  and  so  forth;  miscellaneous  services,  including  transporta- 
tion, newspapers,  medical  care,  personal  care,  and  similar  services. 

The  major  objective  of  the  Bureau  is  to  secure  from  time  to  time 
comparisons  of  retail  prices  for  identical  or  comparable  qualities 
of  ultimate  consumer  goods.  At  present  the  principal  use  of  the 
retail  price  data  collected  by  the  Bureau  is  in  computing  changes 
in  cost  of  living.  They  are  also  used  for  many  other  purposes, 
however,  such  as  computing  retail  price  indices,  publication  of  aver- 
age retail  prices,  limited  place-to-place  comparisons  in  living  costs, 
and  similar  studies. 

Prices  of  food  items  are  collected  monthly,  and  fuel  and  light  items 
quarterly,  for  51  large  cities  in  the  United  States.  Prices  of  all 
other  items  are  collected  quarterly  in  33  of  the  same  cities  through- 
out the  country.  Quotations  for  fuel  and  light  are  secured  by  mail ; 
all  others  by  personal  visits  of  field  representatives  of  the  Bureau, 
from  department  stores,  specialty  shops,  real  estate  firms,  physicians, 
dentists,  hospitals,  newspaper  offices,  transportation  companies,  and 
other  sources. 

The  need  for  specifications  to  be  used  as  guides  for  securing  retail 
prices  of  comparable  items  from  time  to  time  was  recognized  early 
in  1933.  The  specifications  were  not  then,  nor  are  they  now,  intended 
to  be  set  up  as  standards  of  quality  for  consumer  goods.  They  are 
intended  only  to  describe  the  essential  price  determining  features 
of  the  items  covered  so  that  bona  fide  changes  in  retail  prices  can 
be  distinguished  from  changes  in  the  quality  of  goods. 

The  foundation  for  the  use  of  specifications  by  the  Bureau  was 
laid  in  the  summer  of  1933  when  the  Federal  Inter-Departmental 
Retail  Price  Committee,  organized  by  the  Central  Statistical  Board 
and  consisting  of  representatives  of  several  Federal  Goverun^ient 
agencies,  developed  a  set  of  preliminary  specifications  for  use  as  a 
basis  of  price  collection.  These  specifications  were  first  used  officially 
to  serve  as  a  basis  for  prices  collected  in  November  1933  in  computing 
changes  in  the  cost  of  living  of  Federal  employees  in  the  District 
of  Columbia.  They  were  uged  further  during  the  early  part  of  1934 
to  make  test  collections  ot  retail  prices  in  a  number  of  cities 
throughout  the  United  States. 
162 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  163 

During  January  and  February  1935  all  available  data  were  corre- 
lated and  additional  specifications  were  developed  covering  all  items 
for  which  retail  prices  are  secured  by  the  Bureau,  The  specifications 
prepared  at  this  time  were  used  in  the  March  1935  collection  of  prices 
and  thereafter  with  only  minor  revisions  until  1937. 

A  considerable  amount  of  research  work  on  specifications,  especially 
for  clothing,  was  done  in  1937.  The  research  included  conferences 
with  manufacturers,  trade  associations,  wholesalers,  jobbers,  retailers, 
and  others  who  are  familiar  with  manufacturing  processes  and 
marketing  and  merchandising  problems.  Over  300  sources  were  con- 
sulted for  information,  either  directly  or  through  special  surveys 
conducted  through  trade  associations.  The  data  were  studied  and 
necessary  changes  were  made  in  the  previous  specifications.  This 
research  work  and  the  information  secured  from  experts  on  retail 
merchandising  revealed  the  strata  of  the  retail  markets  into  which 
various  qualities  of  goods  could  be  classified.  The  price  determining 
characteristics  of  each  class  of  goods  were  examined  and  specifications 
were  prepared  which  consisted  largely  of  detailed  descriptions  of 
the  price  determining  factors  for  each  item,  such  as  construction,  kinds 
and  amount  of  materials,  style,  quality  of  workmanship,  whether 
hand-  or  machine-made,  sizes,  brands,  and  general  terms  regarding 
qualities  (medium,  inexpensive,  very  inexpensive,  and  so  forth). 
Separate  specifications  were  developed  for  two  or  three  different 
qualities  of  many  items.  They  were  designed  to  describe  the  articles 
sold  through  the  various  price  brackets  which  encompass  the  volume 
of  expenditures  for  consumer  goods. 

All  specifications  are  considered  only  tentative  Avhen  first  prepared. 
They  are  then  forwarded  to  trained  field  representatives  of  the  Bureau 
who  test  them  in  collecting  retail  prices,  not  only  by  using  all  labeling 
information  given  for  each  item  but  also  by  questioning  informanfs 
regarding  details  of  materials  and  construction  which  are  seldom  given 
on  labels.  Through  this  process,  the  Bureau  has  built  up  an  exten- 
sive amount  of  information  which  is  used  in  periodic  revisions  of 
the  specifications.  This  information  is  supplemented  by  that  secured 
by  members  of  the  research  staff  of  the  Retail  Price  Division,  and 
checked  with  manufacturers,  trade  associations,  and  authorities  on 
retail  merchandising  before  being  incorporated  into  revised  specifica- 
tions. The  adequacy  of  the  specifications  is  checked  constantly  as 
new  or  additional  information  is  received,  as  the  nature  of  commodi- 
ties changes,  as  new  articles  assume  importance  in  retail  trade  and 
family  expenditures,  and  as  old  articles  decline  in  importance. 

In  the  formulation  of  specifications,  the  need  for  detailed  and  com- 
prehensive descriptions  has  been  demonstrated.  The  current  tendency 
is  toward  the  development  of  two  distinct  sets  of  specifications,  one 
set  to  be  used  primarily  by  highly  trained  representatives  of  the 
Bureau  in  their  contacts  with  well-informed  retailers;  the  other,  a 
considerably  less  technical  set  of  specifications,  to  be  used  in  contacts 
with  those  informants  to  whom  technical  details  of  construction  and 
materials  seem  unnecessary. 

Pricing  by  specification  has  been  useful  ,and  gratifying.  Many  of 
the  Bureau's  cooperators,  in  reporting  retail  prices,  who  were  skep- 
tical at  the  introduction  of  these  specifications  are  now  interested  and 
eager  to  assist  in  the  development  of  more  useful  ■  specifications. 
Some   have,   through   study   and   market   contacts,   increased   their 


154  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

knowledge  of  the  technical  details  of  the  commodities  they  sell  as 
a  direct  result  of  having  had  their  curiosity  and  interest  stimulated 
by  the  specifications.  Manufacturers  and  trade  associations  have 
voluntarily  furnished  information  far  beyond  the  requests  made  of 
them. 

WHOLESALE  PRICE  DIVISION 

The  regular  collection  of  wholesale  price  data  by  the  Wholesale 
Price  Division  of  the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  began  in  1900  by 
the  then  "Bureau  of  Labor"  of  the  Department  of  Commerce  and 
Labor.  The  work  at  that  time  consisted  of  bringing  up  to  date  the 
information  compiled  under  instructions  of  the  Senate  Finance  Com- 
mittee, issued  in  four  volumes  known  as  the  "Aldrich  Report,"  and 
inaugurated  the  regular  collection  of  data. 

The  primary  purpose  of  the  collection  of  wholesale  prices  has  been 
to  show  changes  occurring  between  two  current  periods  of  time  and 
the  trend  in  price  movements  over  a  period  of  years.  With  the 
improvement  of  the  wholesale  price  series  a  number  of  specialized 
uses  has  developed. 

Over  the  period  of  40  years  several  revisions  have  been  made  in 
the  wholesale  price  materials  issued  by  the  Bureau.  The  first  at- 
tempt at  a  general  revision  was  in  1913-14  incident  to  the  World 
War.  The  more  important  changes  at  that  time  were  an  exten-sion 
in  the  coverage  and  a  change  in  method  of  calculation.  Subsequent 
revisions  have  been  made  in  1920-21,  1927,  and  1931.  The  present 
weighted  index  number  series  of  wholesale  prices  includes  more  than 
1,000  individual  price  quotations  representing  over  800  price  series. 
The  items  are  divided  into  10  major  groups  of  commodities,  47  sub- 
groups of  closely  related  items,  and  5  economic  classifications. 

The  present  groupings  of  the  Burear's  wholesale  price  data  arp 
as  follows : 

Commodity  Groups  and  Subgroups 

(1)  Farm  products:  Grains,  livestock  and  poultry,  other  farm  products. 

(2)  Foods:  Dairy  products,  cereal  products,  fruits  and  vegetables,  meats,  other 

foods. 

(3)  Hides  and  leather  products :  Shoes,  hides  and  skins,  leather,  other  leather 

products. 

(4)  Textile  products:  Clothing,  cotton  goods,  hosiery  and  underwear,  rayon, 

silk,  woolen  and  worsted  goods,  other  textile  products. 

(5)  Fuel  and  lighting  materials:  Anthracite,  bituminous  coal,  coke,  electricity, 

gas,  petroleum  products. 

(6)  Metals   and   metal   products:   Agricultural   implements,   farm   machinery, 

iron  and  steel,  motor  vehicles,  nonferrous  metals,  plumbing  and  heating. 

(7)  Building  materials :  Brick  and  tile,  cement,  lumber,  paint  and  paint  ma- 

terials, plumbing  and  heating,  structural  steel,  other  building  materials. 

(8)  Chemicals  and  drugs:  Chemiieals,  drugs,  and  pharmaceuticals,  fertilizer 

materials,  mixed  fertilizers. 

(9)  Housefumishing   goods:  Furnishings,   furniture. 

(10)   Miscellaneous:  Automobile  tires  and  tubes,  cattle  feed,  paper  and  pulp, 
rubber    (crude),  other  miscellaneous. 

Economic  Classifications 
(1)  Raw  materials. 
("S)   Semimanufactured  articles. 

(3)  Finished  products. 

(4)  All  commodities  other  than  farm  products. 

(5)  All  commodities  other  than  farm  products  and  foods. 


■CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  165 

In  pricing  commodities  at  wholesale,  the  Bureau  has  made  use  of 
specifications  since  the  beginning  of  its  work.  In  the  earlier  days 
only  broad  and  general  specifications  were  used  for  identifying  the 
items  priced.  Changing  economic  conditions,  shifting  consumer  de- 
mands, introduction  of  technological  improvements,  and  the  expand- 
ing use  of  price  materials  has  necessitated  broadening  and  sharpening 
of  specification  data.  At  no  time  have  the  specifications  used  for 
pricing  been  intended  to  be  set  up  as  standards  of  quality,  or  to  be 
used  as  standards  established  by  the  Federal  Government. 

The  Wholesale  Price  Division  uses  specification  data  in  a  gen- 
eral way  to  evaluate  price  changes,  to  denote  quality  changes,  and 
to  insure  comparability  of  prices. 

The  specification  data  are  not  predetermined  by  the  Wholesale 
Price  Division  but  are  a  result  of  research  conducted  in  cooperation 
with  trade  asociations  and  individual  members  of  the  industry.  When 
a  particular  commodity  is  to  be  included  in  the  price  reporting  serv- 
ice, or  when  a  revision  is  to  be  made,  field  agents  of  the  Bureau  dis- 
cuss with  representatives  of  the  industry  the  proper  items  to  be 
priced. 

Recognizing  the  need  for  more  detailed  specification  data,  the 
Wholesale  Price  Division  organized,  in  the  fall  of  1934,  a  Research 
Unit,  one  of  the  fimctions  of  which  is  the  improvement  of  price 
data.  This  Unit  is  now  engaged  in  developing  more  detailed  speci- 
fications and  the  scope  of  its  work  is  constantly  expanding. 

It  is  recognized  that  adequate  specifications  should  cover  all  im- 
portant price  determining  factors  such  as  construction,  kinds,  and 
amounts  of  materials  used  in  manufacture,  type  and  quality  of 
workmanship,  size  of  sale,  marketing  channels  for  distribution,  con- 
ditions of  sale  and  purchase,  terms  of  trading  (including  discounts 
and  payment),  kinds  of  buyers  and  sellers,  source  of  raw  materials, 
amount  of  fabrication  or  processing  necessary,  ultimate  use  of  the 
articles,  type  of  packaging,  number  of  producers  or  manufacturers, 
concentration  of  production  or  manufacture,  frequency  and  magni- 
tude of  price  and  quality  changes,  and  type  of  price  (seller's  list, 
transaction,  exchange,  and  so  forth). 

Recently  the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  prepared  detailed  de- 
scriptions for  its  price  series  in  connection  with  price  studies  of 
the  Temporary  National  Economic  Committee. 

CHILDREN'S  BUREAU 

The  Children's  Bureau,  United  States  Department  of  Labor,  accord- 
ing to  its  organic  act,  "shall  investigate  and  report  *  *  *  upon 
all  matters  pertaining  to  the  welfare  of  children  and  child  life  among 
all  classes  of  our  people,  and  shall  especially  investigate  the  questions 
of  infant  mortality,  the  birth  rate,  orphanage,  juvenile  courts,  deser- 
tion, dangerous  occupations,  accidents  and  diseases  of  children,  em- 
ployment, legislation  affecting  children  in  the  several  States  and 
Territories."  In  addition,  the  Children's  Bureau  is  responsible  for 
administration  of  the  matet-nal-  and  child-welfare  provisions  of  the 
Social  Security  Act,  title  V,  parts  1,  2,  and  3,  relative  to  maternal  and 
child  health,  crippled-children's  and  child-welfare  services. 

272496 — 41— No.  24 12 


IQQ  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

The  Children's  Bureau  conducts  research  studies  on  various  matters 
pertaining  to  the  health  of  mothers  and  children.  Some  of  the  studies 
are  made  Avith  a  view  to  establishing  standards  for  commodities  or 
equipment  of  direct  value  to  the  consumer  in  protecting  the  health  and 
welfare  of  these  mothers  and  children. 

The  research  studies  of  the  Children's  Bureau  are  initiated  in  the 
Bureau  itself,  or  are  undertaken  at  the  request  of  State  health  depart- 
ments, State  and  local  health  agencies,  medical  schools,  hospitals,  or 
other  private  and  public  agencies.  The  studies  are  conducted  in  coop- 
eration with  the  above  agencies  or  with  other  Federal  agencies. 

The  Children's  Bureau  has  made  studies  of  the  effectiveness  of 
preparations  of  vitamin  D  from  various  sources  and  in  varying 
amounts  in  the  prevention  of  rickets  in  infants  and  children. 

Studies  of  premature  infants  are  being  made  which  include  a  study 
of  incubator  beds  required  to  maintain  within  normal  limits  the 
body  temperature  of  the  premature  infant.  Numerous  types  of 
these  incubator  beds  are  in  use,  although  no  standards  have  been 
established  nor  have  tests  been  made  to  detemiine  the  performance 
of  these  beds  in  relation  to  clinical  requirements  as  recommended  by 
the  medical  profession.  The  Children's  Bureau  is  at  present  coop- 
erating with  the  National  Burejiu  of  Standards  in  a  study  which  in-, 
volves  tests  of  a  number  of  thes.>  beds  to  evaluate  the  mechanisms 
for  control  of  temperature,  humidify,  and  oxygen  supply;  tests  of 
thermometers,  thermostats,  and  other  apparatus  supplied  by  the 
manufacturers  of  the  beds;  and  tests  for  ventilation  of  beds.  These 
data  will  be  used  in  developing  standards  of  performance,  safety, 
and  economy  for  incubator  beds. 

In  a  popular  bulletin,  "Home  Play  and  Play  Equipment  for  the 
Preschool  Child,"  the  Children's  Bureau  has  recommended  dimen- 
sional and  quality  standards  for  materials  to  be  used,  and  detailed 
instruction  regarding  construction  of  play  equipment. 

There  are  no  generally  recognized  specifications  or  performance 
standards  for  braces  and  artificial  limbs  for  crippled  cliildren,  and  as 
a  result  many  of  these  appliances  are  unnecessarily  heavy  and  me- 
chanically inefficient.  However,  activities  in  relation  to  the  appli- 
ances, on  the  part  of  the  Children's  Bureau,  have  been  restricted  to 
assembling  data  on  prices  paid  for  these  appliances  by  State  agen- 
cies administering  programs  for  crippled  cluldren. 


UNITED  STATES  NAVY  DEPAKTMEXT 

The  United  States  Navy  Department  is  one  of  the  country's  largest 
purchasers  of  materials,  using  the  term  "materials"  to  cover  the  range 
from  raw  materials  and  agricultural  commodities  to  manufactured 
products.  All  of  its  purchases  are  made  in  accordance  with  ^he  com- 
petitive method  of  buying.  This  method  cannot  be  applied  success- 
fully unless  the  material  to  be  purchased  is  described  adequately  in 
specifications,  and  an  efficient  inspection  service  is  provided  to  insure 
that  the  delivered  article  conforms  to  these  specifications.  The  Navy 
Department  has  developed  both  of  these  concomitant  conditions  to 
competitive  buying  to  a  high  degree  with  the  result  that  this  Depart- 
ment probably  buys  as  economically  as  any  large  purchaser  of  mate- 
rials in  the  United  States. 

So  far  as  the  Navy  Department  is  concerned,  the  use  of  specifications 
for  buying  at  least  some  of  its  materials  dates  from  the  beginning  of 
the  Navy.  The  following  is  an  interesting  specification  used  by  the 
Navy  for  the  purchase  of  canvas  for  sailcloth  in  the  year  1800 : 

The  warp  and  filling  are  to  be  wholly  of  good  hatchelled  flax  and  no  part 
thereof  of  tow,  and  that  there  is  no  sizing  to  be  used  in  the  manufacture  of  the 
cloth.  But  if  it  should  be  found  indispensable  that  some  kind  of  sizing  should 
be  used,  then  to  guard  the  public  from  the  evil  of  paying  for  what  would  be  of 
no  use,  the  Navy  may  have  the  sizing  washed  out  of  one  bolt,  weighing  the  bolt 
before  and  after  this  operation,  and  the  weight  lost  by  this  process  shall  be  de- 
ducted from  each  bolt  delivered  to  ascertain  the  true  weight  to  be  paid  for  by 
the  public.  It  is  also  agreed  *  *  *  that  the  warp  and  filling  are  to  be 
as  near  the  same  size  as  practicable. 

An  old  Navy  record,  dated  December  31, 1794,  speaks  of  the  appoint- 
ment of  an  inspector  "who  shall  be  sworn  to  reject  all  wh^ch  is  not  of 
perfect  quality,"  the  material  referred  to  also  being  canvas. 

So  long  as  shipbuilding  remained  an  art  no  great  advance  was  made 
in  the  use  of  specifications  for  purchasing  the  materials  entering  into 
the  construction  and  equipment  of  ships.  With  the  advent  of  steam 
and  iron,  shipbuilding  became  an  engineering  science  and  the  use  of 
specifications  became  more  important.  It  was  not,  however,  until  the 
first  steel  naval  shipbuilding  program  was  started  in  the  late  eighties 
followed  by  the  programs  in  the  nineties  and  culminating  in  the  hur- 
ried large-scale  buying  for  the  Spanish-American  War  in  1898  that 
the  absolute  need  of  specifications  as  a  vital  part  of  the  competitive 
method  of  buying  was  realized.  The  extension  of  the  use  of  standard 
specifications  was  necessarily  slow  because  it  is  not  an  easy  matter  to 
write  satisfactory  specifications  for  even  simple  articles. 

The  broad  considerations  which  have  always  governed  the  Navy 
Department  in  drawing  up  standard  specifications  may  be  stated 
briefly  as  follows:  (a)  The  stipulations  covering  the  characteristics 
of  the  material  must  be  broad  enough,  on  the  one  hand,  to  make  the 
material  commercially  obtainable  thus  insuring  competition,  but  must 
be  rigid  enough,  on  the  other  hand,  to  exclude  grades  that  will  not  meet 
the  Navy's  needs;  (b)  such  detail  as  tests,  chemical  composition,  per- 

167 


Igg  CONCEKTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

formance,  and  so  forth,  must  be  included  in  the  specification,  and  must 
be  so  clearly  worded  that  there  will  be  no  doubt  in  the  minds  of  either 
the  bidders  or  of  the  inspector  who  finally  approves  the  delivery. 

While  these  fundamental  requirements  for  an  adequate  specifica- 
tion appear  self-evident,  their  description  for  any  particular  mate- 
rial or  article  is  not  always  easy.  The  decision,  in  the  first  place, 
of  what  will  meet  the  Navy's  requirements  is  often  not  simple.  For 
example,  a  broom  that  is  good  enough  for  use  on  shore  may  not 
be  good  enough  for  use  on  ships  because  the  highly  corrosive  sea 
atmosphere  may  necessitate  a  more  expensive  type  of  binding  than 
is  sufficient  for  even  a  first-class  article  for  domestic  use.  In  general, 
United  States  Navy  Specifications  call  for  high  grade  materials 
because  it  has  been  the  experience  of  the  Navy  that  high  quality 
results  in  ultimate  economy.  High  quality  also  is  held  to  be  neces- 
sary because  all  possible  risks  of  failure  of  apparatus  at  the  critical 
moment  of  bat.tle  must  be  avoicled. 

In  specifying  grade  or  quality,  due  consideration  is  given  to  the 
availability  of  the  material  in  the  current  market.  The  Navy  De- 
partment has  at  times  set  a  standard  which  the  industry  could  not 
meet  at  the  moment  but  which,  due  to  the  Navy's  requirements,  has 
led  to  technological  advances  in  the  field  involved.  For  example, 
the  Navy  specified  steel  plates  and  shapes  of  domestic  manufacture 
for  the  ships  of  the  White  Squadron,  which  were  built  in  the  late 
eighties  of  the  last  century,  before  there  was  a  steel  industry  in  the 
United  States  capable  of  producing  such  material.  These  specifica- 
tions led  to  the  development  of  the  steel  industry  so  that  such  mate- 
rial could  be  produced  with  the  characteristics  stipulated.  The 
beginning  of  the  steel  casting  industry  in  the  last  decade  of  the 
nineteenth  century  was  also  largely  due  to  the  fact  that  the  Navy 
specified  steel  castings  instead  of  forgings  for  the  large  stem  and 
stern  posts  of  the  naval  ships  built  in  the  early  nineties. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  articles  of  interest  to  the  ultimate 
consumer  to  which  the  Navy  has  devoted  considerable  study  and  re- 
search, with  a  view  to  standardizing  their  production  on  a  basis  of 
satisfactory  quality: 

Mattresses. — Because  of  the  wide  range  in  quality  of  commercially 
obtainable  mattresses  for  beds  and  bunks  for  use  on  board  ship,  the 
Navy  undertook  some  time  ago  an  extensive  survey  of  the  field  to 
determine  the  minimum  requirements  as  to  quality  and  construction 
which  would  meet  the  Navy's  needs.  A  practical  test  of  12  different 
commercially  obtainable  mattresses  is  being  conducted.  These  are 
furnished  to  ships  with  directions  that  each  mattress  is  to  be  assigned 
to  an  individual  for  a  period  of  1  month,  at  the  expiration  of  which 
the  mattress  is  assigned  to  another  individual.  A  careful  record  is 
kept  of  the  favorable  and  unfavorable  reports  of  the  users,  and  the 
mattresses  are  examined  from  time  to  time  for  indications  of  wear, 
deterioration,  and  so  forth.  Eventually,  a  specification  will  be  pre- 
pared for  mattresses  which  from  the  point  of  view  of  cost,  durability, 
comfort,  and  other  factors,  will  best  meet  the  Navy's  requirements. 

Cordage. — Much  work  had  been  done  on  standardizing  manila  rope 
and  flax  signal  halyards.  Studies  concerned  with,  this  product  have 
resulted  in  definite  improvement  in  the  service  and  life  of  cordage  by 
specifying  special  treatment  of  this  material. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  XgQ 

Surgical  guuze  and  ligatures. — In  an  effort  to  apply  competitive 
buying  to  such  materials,  it  was  found  that  many  of  the  grades  on 
the  market  were  not  suitable  for  use  by  the  Navy.  Research  and 
standardization  have  reduced  the  number  of  'accepted  grades  to  about 
seven  or  eight  each.  A  recent  revision  of  the  United  States  Pharma- 
copoeia recognizes  this  decreased  number  of  grades  by  practically 
paralleling  the  standardization  set  up  by  the  United  States  Navy 
Specifications. 

Surgical'  and  dental  instTuments. — Materials  and  finishes  used  by 
manufacturers  of  surgical  and  dental  instruments  are  in  the  process 
of  standardization,  as  the  result  of  a  study  made  by  the  Navy  Depart- 
ment, with  a  view  to  the  adoption  of  standard  specifications  for  such 
articles. 

Cotton  sheeting. — Standardization  of  the  maximum  of  residual 
shrinkage  has  changed  the  practice  of  manufacturing  such  articles  as 
mattress  covers,  bed  sheeting,  pillow  cases,  and  so  forth,  used  by  the 
Navy.  Formerly,  such  articles  were  manufactured  from  unshrunk 
sheeting,  but  the  investigations  of  the  Navy  Department  led  to  the 
conclusion  that  there  was  an  economical  advantage  in  using  preshrunk 
sheeting  which  now  forms  one  of  the  requirements  of  standard 
Specifications. 

Ruhher-like  materials. — The  standardization  of  materials  used  as 
substitutes  for  rubber  have  received  much  attention  by  the  Navy  De- 
partment. This  work  which  was  initiated  about  10  years  ago  will  be 
of  great  benefit  to  the  industry  and  to  the  ultimate  consumer. 

Small  hand  tools. — An  excessive  variety  of  types  and  qualities  have 
always  existed  in  this  field.  The  Navy  Department  has  for  many 
years  taken  a  very  active  interest  in  standardizing  such  articles  as 
hammers,  hand  cutting  tools,  wrenches,  screw  drivers,  and  similar 
tools.  Such  standardization  has  resulted  in  improved  quality  and 
serviceability  without  appreciable  increase  in  cost. 

In  describing  the  standardization  work  of  the  Navy  Department, 
the  activities  of  the  Department  dealing  with  contract  plans  and  speci- 
fications for  building  ships,  and  with  their  inspection,  are  not  in- 
cluded, as  these  functions  do  not  apply  to  consumer  standards. 

Procedure  in  Formulating  S'peci-fications. 

The  Navy  uses  such  a  large  variety  of  materials,  commodities,  and 
manufactured  products  that  no  individual  or  small  group  of  individ- 
uals has  sufficient  knowledge  to  prepare  specifications  for  all  of  them. 
The  primary  responsibility  for  drafting  or  revising  each  specification 
is,  therefore,  assigned  to  that  bureau  of  the  Navy  Department  which 
is  the  principal  user  of  the  material.  This  bureau  is  referred  to  as 
the  "sponsoring  bureau"  for  the  specification.  For  example,  the 
Bureau  of  Ships  sponsors  the  specifications  for  steel  plates  and  shapes 
used  in  shipbuilding,  the  specifications  for  electric  conductors;  the 
Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts,  the  specifications  for  food;  the 
Bureau  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  the  specifications  for  surgical  instru- 
rnents;  and  so  forth.  Wlien  a  proposed  United  States  Navy  Specifica- 
tion is  prepared  it  may  be  issued  in  mimeographed  form  for  immediate 
use  by  the  originating  bureau.  It  is  then  forwarded  to  the  Bureau  of 
Supplies  and  Accounts,  through  other  interested  bureaus  for  such  com- 
ment and  recommendations  as  they  may  desire  to  submit.    If  the  pro- 


170  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWEK 

posed  specification  meets  with  the  approval  of  these  reviewing  bureaus, 
it  is  forwarded  to  the  Government  Printing  Oflfice  for  printing.  If, 
however,  any  of  the  bureaus  finds  the  proposed  specification  unsatis- 
factory from  any  technical  aspect,  the  draft  is  returned  to  the  origi- 
nating bureau  for  further  consideration.  If  parts  to  which  objections 
have  been  made  are  satisfactorily  revised,  the  proposed  specification  is 
forwarded  to  the  Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts  again  by  the  origi- 
nating bureau  M'ith  the  request  that  a  United  States  Navy  Specification 
be  printed. 

The  Navy  Department  Specifications  Board,  on  which  each  bureau 
is  represented,  functions  principally  as  a  policy  board,  and  regulates 
the  orderly  progress  of  proposed  new  specifications  and  revisions  of 
existing  specifications  through  the  proper  channels.  This  Board 
meets  once  a  month  to  adjust  any  final  difficulties. 

In  the  Bureau  of  Ships,  the  need  for  a  purchase  specification 
originates  usually  in  the  Design  Branch,  in  the  Procurement  Branch, 
or  in  the  Research  Branch.  A  requested  specification  may  require 
consideration  by  all  three  of  these  branches.  Sometimes,  however, 
this  is  not  necessary ;  in  the  case  of  a  request  for  a  specification  origi- 
nating in  the  Procurement  Branch,  the  technical  requirements  may 
not  necessitate  consideration  by  either  the  Design  Branch  or  the 
Research  Branch.  In  all  cases  the  Standards  Section  prepares  the 
draft  of  the  proposed  specifications. 

Chart  X  illustrates  the  route  followed  by  a  specification  for  con- 
sumer materials  during  its  development  in  the  Navy  Department. 

The  personnel  engaged  in  work  on  specifications  maintains  close 
contact  with  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  and  makes  frequent 
use  of  the  facilities  and  research  work  of  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards  in  preparing  specifications. 

United  States  Navy  Specifications  are  printed  in  leaflet  form,  a 
separate  leaflet  being  issued  for  each  article,  material,  or  product. 
This  arrangement  has  been  found  more  economical  and  satisfactory 
than  publishing  the  specifications  in  book  form.  (A  leaflet  specifica- 
tion may  consist  of  many  pages  or  of  only  a  single  sheet,  depending 
on  the  amount  of  description  that  is  necessary  to  a  complete  under- 
standing of  what  is  required.  The  description  of  acceptance  tests 
or  of  the  method  of  making  chemical  analysis  called  for  often  forms 
an  important  part  of  the  specification.) 

By  the  time  the  United  States  entered  the  World  War  all  important 
materials  used  by  the  Navy,  about  800,  were  covered  by  standard 
specifications.  Use  of  these  specifications  by  the  Navy  Department 
assisted  in  the  successful  conduct  of  the  greatly  increased  purchasing 
program,  which  had  to  be  undertaken  at  the  beginning  of  the  war. 
Largely  because  the  Navy's  purchasing  methods,  based  on  competitive 
bids  and  standard  specifications,  had  proved  so  successful  throughout 
the  war,  a  Federal  Specifications  Board  was  appointed  thereafter  to 
study  the  feasibility  of  requiring  the  use  of  similar  specifications  by 
all  Federal  Government  departments.  This  Board  was  later  called 
the  Federal  Specifications  Executive  Committee.  The  Navy  Depart- 
ment is  represented  on  this  Committee.  Federal  Specifications  were 
patterned  on  the  United  States  Navy  Specifications.  In  fact,  the 
United  States  Navy  Specifications  were  used  practically  verbatim  in 
preparing  many  of  the  early  Federal  Specifications. 


U.  S.  Navy  Department 

Development  of  a  Navy  Department  Specification 

Originating  in  the  Bureau  of  Ships 


Navy  Department 
Specification  Board 


Med.cine  and  Surg 


Supplies  and  Accouni 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  171 

Whenever  possible,  the  Navy  Department  uses  Federal  Specifications 
and  cancels  the  corresponding  United  States  Navy  Specification.  For 
certain  materials,  however,  the  Navy  Department  finds  it  necessary 
to  continue  the  use  of  its  own  specifications  because  the  Navy's  re- 
quirements are  frequently  more  exacting  than  those  of  other  Govern- 
ment departments.  This  applies  especially  to  materials  which  are 
important  in  the  construction  or  equipment  of  warships  where  the 
paramount  consideration  in  specifying  quality  and  in  prescribing  tests 
is  the  one  of  providing  maximum  guaranty  against  failure  in  battle. 

Cooperation  with  Other  Agencies. 

The  Navy  Department  cooperates  with  various  organizations  and 
engineering  societies  concerned  with  specifications,  standardization, 
and  inspection  of  materials,  such  as  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials  and  the  American  Standards  Association,  and  participates 
in  the  work  of  their  committees.  The  Navy  Department  is  also  rep- 
resented on  the  Standards  Council  of  the  American  Standards  Asso- 
ciation. As  a  consumer,  the  Navy  Department  is  represented  on  the 
committees  preparing  specifications  for  materials  in  which  the  Navy 
is  particularly  interested.  In  this  way  the  Navy  Department  has  a 
voice  in  influencing  technological  progress  in  the  industries  and  in 
working  for  standards  that  will  be  of  ultimate  benefit  to  the  Navy  and 
thereby  indirectly  to  the  consumer. 

Inspection  and  Test. 

Unless  competitive  buying,  based  on  specifications,  is  followed  by 
rigid  inspection  of  the  delivered  material  to  insure  compliance  with 
the  specifications,  the  whole  procedure  is  valueless.  The  Navy  Depart- 
ment has,  therefore,  always  laid  great  stress  on  adequate  inspection 
of  the  materials  which  it  purchases,  and  in  order  to  carry  out  this 
policy  successfully  it  has  built  what  is  perhaps  the  most  complete 
inspection  organization  operated  by  any  of  the  Federal  departments. 

For  this  purpose,  the  continental  area  of  the  United  States  is 
divided  into  12  inspection  districts.  The  administrative  head  of  each 
district  is  a  naval  officer  who  is  called  the  inspector  of  naval  material 
of  that  district.  The  districts  are  of  very  unequal  size  geographically, 
but  when  originally  planned  some  effort  was  made  to  keep  the  inspec- 
tion activities  of  the  respective  districts  of  about  the  same  volume, 
but  even  this  was  not  found  entirely  practicable.  In  general,  the 
physical  area  is  smallest  where  industrial  activities  are  the  greatest. 
For  example,  the  New  England  and  Middle  Atlantic  States  represent 
6  of  the  12  districts,  whereas,  the  entire  South  is  represented  by  only 
1  district.  There  are  68  officers,  453  civilian  inspectors,  and  281  clerks 
attached  to  these  12  districts.  During  the  fiscal  year  1940,  this  staff 
will  have  inspected  material  valued  at  approximately  $250,000,000. 
Practically  all  of  the  material  used  by  the  Navy  afloat  and  ashore, 
whether  at  navy  yards  or  at  private  shipyards  in  building  ships,  is 
inspected  by  this  organization  at  the  place  of  manufacture  before  ship- 
ment. Occasionally  material  is  shipped  subject  to  inspection  after 
delivery,  but  this  procedure  is  for  only  a  very  small  part  of  the  total 
material  purchased.  Normally,  the  inspectors  of  naval  material  inspect 
large  quantities  of  material  for  other  Government  departments.  The 
very  large  increase  in  Navy  purchases,  due  to  the  present  shipbuilding 


172  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

program,    has    made    necessary    the    curtailment    of    this    service 
temporarily. 

Research. 

The  Navy  Department  has  its  own  laboratories  and  testing  stations 
for  making  the  chemical  analyses  and  physical  tests  required  by  the 
specifications.  In  addition,  researcli  work  is  constantly  conducted 
at  the  Naval  Engineering  Experiment  Station,  Annapolis ;  the  Research 
Laboratory,  Bellevue ;  the  Boiler  Laboratory,  Philadelphia ;  the  Model 
Basin,  Washington;  the  Naval  Aircraft  Factory,  Philadelphia;  and 
at  the  various  navy  yards.  This  research  has  a  direct  influence  on 
the  standardization  of  the  materials  used  by  the  Navy  and  on  the 
suitability  of  newly-developed  products  for  naval  use.  Indirectly,  the 
ultimate  consumer  derives  benefits  from  all  of  these  activities  of  the 
Navy  Department. 


UNITED  STATES'  TAEIFF  COMMISSION 

Studies  of  specific  commodities  are  an  important  phase  of  the  activi- 
ties of  the  United  States  Tariff  Commission.  Probably  the  best 
description  of  the  kind  of  commodity  studies  for  which  the  Commission 
is  responsible  is  found  in  the  Tariff  Act  of  1930. 

Section  332.     Investigations. 

(d)  Information  for  President  mid  Congress. — In  order  that  the  President 
and  the  Congress  may  secure  information  and  assistance,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of 
the  Commission  to — 

(1)  Ascertain  conversion  costs  and  costs  of  production  in  the  principal  growing, 
producing,  or  manufacturing  centers  of  the  United  States  of  articles  of  the 
United  States,  vphenever  in  the  opinion  of  the  Commission  it  is  practicable ; 

(2)  Ascertain  conversion  costs  and  costs  of  production  in  the  principal  grow- 
ing, producing,  or  manufacturing  centers  of  foreign  countries  of  articles  imported 
into  the  United  States,  whenever  in  the  opinion  of  the  Commission  such  con- 
version costs  oi"  costs  of  production  are  necessary  for  comparison  with  conversion 
costs  or  costs  of  production  in  the  United  States  and  can  be  reasonably 
ascertained ; 

(3)  Select  and  describe  articles  which  are  representative  of  the  classes  or 
kinds  of  articles  imported  into  the  United  States  and  which  are  similar  to  or 
comparable  with  articles  of  the  United  States ;  select  and  describe  articles  of 
the  United  States  similar  to  or  comparable  with  such  imported  articles ;  and 
obtain  and  file  samples  of  articles  so  selected,  whenever  the  Commission  deems 
It  advisable ; 

(4)  Ascertain  import  costs  of  such  representative  articles  so  selected; 

(5)  Ascertain  the  grower's,  producer's,  or  manufacturer's  selling  prices  in 
the  principal  growing,  producing,  or  manufacturing  centers  of  the  United  States 
of  the  articles  of  the  United  States  so  stiected  ;  and 

(6)  Ascertain  all  other  facts  which  will  show  the  differences  in  or  which 
affect  competition  between  articles  of  the  United  States  and  imported  articles 
in  the  principal  markets  of  the  United  States. 

(e)  Definitions. — When  used  in  this  subdivision  and  in  subdivision  (d)  — 
(1)   the  term  "article"  includes  any  commodity,  whether  grown,  produced,  fab- 
ricated, manipulated,  or  manufactured ; 

Kinds  of  Information. 

It  will  be  noted  that  the  emphasis  of  these  sections  of  the  law  is  on 
measures  of  competition  between  domestic  and  foreign  producers  and 
that  such  competition  is  to  be  evaluated  in  terms  of  "articles  of  the 
United  States  similar  to  or  comparable  with  such  imported  articles." 
The  study  of  the  comparability  of  domestic  and  imported  goods  re- 
quires both  a  detailed  knowledge  of  the  intrinsic  quality  of  the  goods 
and  a  full  fund  of  information  on  the  methods  used  in  their  produc- 
tion. Commodity  information  obtained  by  the  United  States  Tariff 
Commission  deals  with  the  description  and  use  of  the  article;  the 
grades  and  varieties  produced  in  the  United  States  and  imported  from 
abroad ;  an  analysis  of  the  various  qualities  with  particular  emphasis 
on  distinctions  in  use  which  result  from  such  qualitative  differences ; 
detailed  information  on  methods  of  production  in  the  United  States 
and  foreign  countries  including  data  on  processes  of  manufacture, 
machine  equipment,  and  other  factors  which  bear  upon  either  the 
quality  of  the  goods  or  the  competition  in  markets  in  this  country. 

173 


174  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Information  of  this  kind  on  each  of  the  thousands  of  commodities 
in  the  dutiable  schedules  and  on  the  free  list  of  the  Tariff  Act  is  avail- 
able in  the  publications  of  the  Commission.  Current  information 
on  these  articles  is  available  in  the  files  of  the  Commission. 

Methods  of  Ohtaining  InfoTmation. 

To  carry  on  these  studies  the  staff  organization  of  the  United  States 
Tariff  Commission  includes  seven  commodity  divisions:  Agriculture, 
Ceramics,  Chemicals,  Metals,  Sundries,  Textiles,  Lumber,  and  Paper. 
Each  of  some  50  "commodity  specialists"  in  these  divisions  is  assigned 
the  responsibility  for  a  designated  group  of  articles.  These  specialists 
have  had  both  practical  industrial  experience  and  formal  education 
bearing  upon  the  commodities  and  industries  which  they  handle. 
There  are,  for  example,  chemists,  engineers,  metallurgists,  and  other 
technicians  on  the  staff  of  the  Commission.  The  commodity  divisions, 
in  preparing  reports,  work  in  close  cooperation  with  the  Economics 
Division  whose  function  is  to  insure  full  coverage  of  economic  aspects 
of  the  commodity  problems. 

Information  on  these  commodities  is  obtained  from  many  sources. 
Primary  sources  are  used  to  a  great  extent.  These  include  manufac- 
turers, importers,  distributors,  and  others  engaged  in  the  trade  in 
the  particular  commodity  for  which  information  is  desired.  Infor- 
mation is  obtained,  insofar  as  practicable,  through  the  fieldwork 
method  by  means  of  personal  interviews  and  direct  examination  of 
records;  through  questionnaires  and  other  direct  mail  inquiries;  and 
by  oral  and  written  testimony  submitted  to  the  United  States  Tariff 
Commission  in  connection  with  complaints  and  investigations.  Sec- 
ondary sources  such  as  official  trade  statistics  and  trade  periodicals 
are  also  used  extensively.  In  addition  other  Governmental  agencies 
cooperate  with  the  Commission  and  make  available  to  it  the  large 
amount  of  information  which  these  branches  of  the  Government 
collect. 
Dissemination  of  Information. 

Commodity  information  is  made  available  through  various  chan- 
nels. Formal  reports  to  Congress  under  the  general  powers  of  the 
United  States  Tariff  Commission  have  consisted  of  tariff  information 
summaries,  each  of  which  deals  with  a  specific  commodity  or  related 
group  of  commodities  and  which  presents  information  with  respect 
to  uses,  United  States  production,  imports,  exports,  tariff  history,  and 
competitive  conditions.  These  summaries  were  submitted  to  Congress 
during  two  general  tariff  revisions,  that  is,  in  1921-22  and  1929-30. 
On  January  28,  1933,  the  Senate  directed  the  Commission  ^^  to  bring 
the  1929-30  summaries  up  to  date.  Much  of  this  work  has  been  done, 
but  no  formal  report  thereon  has  been  made  to  Congress.  However, 
a  large  part  of  the  material  gathered  by  the  United  States  Tariff  Com- 
mission under  this  resolution  has  been  made  available  to  those  con- 
cerned with  the  negotiation  of  trade  agreements  and,  more  recently, 
to  those  concerned  with  the  defense  ju-ogram;  some  of  it  has  been 
published  in  the  form  of  surveys,  and  digests  of  information  con- 
cerning trade  agreements.  In  most  cases,  commodity  digests  have 
been  prepared  and  published  by  the  Commission  aft«r  the  conclusion 
of  a  trade  agreement. 

"  S.  Res.  334,  72d  Cong.,  2d  sess. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  175 

The  digests  have  as  their  subject  matter  the  commodities  with  re- 
spect to  which  the  United  States  granted  concessions  in  trade  agree- 
ments. The  information  thus  made  available  is  similar  to  that 
contained  in  the  summaries  but  usually  in  an  abbreviated  form  and 
with,  emphasis  on  the  factors  pertinent  to  the  concession. 

In  1936  the  United  States  Tariff  Commission  initiated  a  series  of 
commodity  or  industry  surveys  of  commodities  or  related  groups  of 
commodities  important  from  a  tariff  point  of  view. 

The  basic  idea  underlying  the  survey  program  is  that  rarely  can 
the  tariff  problems  of  any  one  commodity  be  isolated ;  other  connnodi- 
ties  must  inevitably  be  drawn  into  the  analysis.  Where  a  producing 
industry  makes  several  related  products,  it  is  necessary  to  consider 
these  products  together.  Thus,  in  a  survey  of  the  flat  glass  industry 
it  is  necessary  to  analyze  the  production  and  trade  of  both  plate  and 
window  glass.  Then,  too,  consideration  must  be  given  to  the  raw 
materials  for  the  production  of  the  commodity  or  related  commodi- 
ties. Thus,  imports  of  some  raw  materials  used  in  making  synthetic 
resins  are  important,  whereas  imports  of  the  finished  products  are 
not.  It  is  conceivable  that  a  change  in  the  tariff  status  of  a  raw  mate- 
rial in  relation  to  that  of  the  finished  product  would  greatly  affect 
trade.  Finally,  the  possibility  of  substitution  of  one  commodity  for 
another  is  of  importance  in  any  analysis  of  the  effects  of  the  tariff 
upon  trade.  For  example,  one  chemical  would  be  substituted  for  an- 
other in  some  applications  should  there  occur  any  change  in  tariff 
status  affecting  price. 

Each  survey  presents  statistical  and  other  factual  material  required 
for  the  analyses  outlined  above.  The  commodities  and  their  uses  are 
described;  statistics  on  United  States  and  foreign  production  and 
trade  are  given ;  the  industries  and  markets  in  this  country  and  abroad 
are  discussed,  together  with  the  factors  affecting  trade,  such  as  cartels 
and  export  subsidies.  Each  survey,  therefore,  constitutes  a  significant 
contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  the  subject,  particularly  where  the 
material  was  obtained  largely  by  direct  investigation. 

In  addition  to  the  above  reports  of  the  United  States  Tariff  Com- 
mission, investigations  and  reports  on  specific  commodities  are  made 
from  time  to  time  in  response  to  congressional  resolutions.  Further- 
more, many  reports  have  been  issued  under  more  specific  powers  of 
the  Commission.  For  example,  in  carrying  out  its  functions  under 
the  "flexible  provision"  (sec.  336  of  the  Tariff  Act  of  1930)  the  Com- 
mission ascertains  the  costs  of  production  of  similar  domestic  and 
imported  commodities  and  reports  the  differences  to  the  President. 
These  differences  constitute  the  basis  for  changes  in  tariff  rates.  The 
reports  thus  issued  contain  much  commodity  information,  particularly 
on  costs  of  production  and  factors  affecting  costs. 

The  reports  of  the  United  States  Tariff  Commission,  particularly 
under  its  general  powers,  are  widely  distributed  and  are  used  not  onlj? 
by  members  of  Congress  and  by  the  President,  for  whom  they  are 
primarily  intended,  but  also  by  th.e  general  public.  In  addition  the 
Commission,  through  correspondence  and  interviews,  is  constantly 
supplying  information  on  commodities  to  individuals  and  organiza- 
tions interested  in  import  problems. 


UNITED  STATES  TKEASURY  DEPARTMENT 
PROCUREMENT  DIVISION 

The  Procurement  Division  of  the  United  States  Treasury  Depart- 
ment is  responsible  for  the  determination  of  policies  and  methods  of 
procurement,  warehousing,  and  distribution  of  property,  facilities, 
improvem.ents,  machinery,  equipment,  stores,  and  supplies. 

Those  branches  of  this  office  which  deal  with  the  standardization, 
specification,  and  inspection  activities  are  (1)  the  Contract  and  Pur- 
chase Branch,  and  (2)  the  Stores  and  Operation  Branch.  The  vari- 
ous subordinate  sections  more  definitely  involved  in  developing  the 
three  functions  cited  fall  under  these  two  branches. 

Standardization. 

Standardization  is  an  element  considered  in  the  operation  of  each 
specification.  It  is  fundamental  that  the  statement  of  quality  shall 
be  limited  to  that  which  is  appropriate  and  necessary  to  the  require- 
ments to  be  served.  That  is  to  say,  if  a  study  of  a  need  discloses  that 
the  quality  originally  indicated  is  deficient  or  unnecessarily  high  for 
the  purpose  to  be  servedj  revision  of  the  specification  upward  or  down- 
ward to  the  level  of  the  requirements,  is  in  order. 

The  chief  responsibility  for  promoting  standardization  in  procure- 
ment work  centers  in  the  Federal  Specifications  Division  of  the 
Contract  and  Purchase  Branch.  It  should  be  pointed  out,  however, 
that  the  members  of  the  administrative  staff  and  the  various  operating 
units  of  the  Procurement  Division  contribute,  from  their  respective 
viewpoints  as  occasion  arises,  suggestions  as  to  the  need  for  an  addi- 
tional specification,  or  toward  the  improvement  of  an  existing  one, 
or  to  other  possibilities  of  improving  standardization.  Thus,  an 
interpretation  of  the  provisions  of  a  specification  by  the  Inspection 
Division,  also  of  the  Contract  and  Purchase  Branch,  to  a  vendor  in 
connection  with  the  adjustment  of  a  rejected  delivery,  may  indicate 
that  a  difficulty  arose  as  a  result  of  ambiguous  language  in  the  specifica- 
tion, or  it  may  disclose  that  provisions  for  packing,  appropriate  when 
the  specification  was  prepared,  are  no  longer  practicable  because  of 
new  practices  generally  adopted  in  the  industry.  Such  information 
may  also  be  collected  by  the  various  administrative  or  purchasing 
officers  in  the  course  of  their  duties,  or  through  the  activities  of  the 
supervisory  personnel  in  the  Warehouse  Division  of  the  Stores  and 
Operation  Branch. 

Reports  reflecting  the  need  or  opportunity  for  improvements  are 
submitted  and  are  made  the  subject  of  study  for  the  purpose  of 
correcting  obsolete  provisions,  ambiguous  language,  modifying  or 
extending  the  scope  of  existing  specifications  or  introducing  new  ones. 

Specifications. 

Three  types  of  specifications  are  developed  in  the  Procurement 
Division : 
176 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  J  77 

1.  A  Federal  Specification  which  is  a  formally  approved  stand- 
ard of  quality  and  essential  characteristics  (design,  dimensions, 
composition,  physical  and  chemical  requirements,  workmanship, 
finish,  performance,  etc. )  of  a  material,  article,  or  piece  of  equip- 
ment desired  for  a  particular  use  by  two  or  more  departments  or 
establishments  of  the  Federal  Government. 

2.  A  Federal  Procurement  Division  Specification,  which  is  a 
formally  approved  standard  of  quality  and  essential  character- 
istics of  a  commodity  to  be  incorporated  in  an  invitation  to  bid 
issued  by  the  Procurement  Division. 

3.  A  "specification"  used  in  the  Procurement  Division,  which 
covers  an  item  not  covered  by  a  Federal  Specification  and  repre- 
sents a  commodity  not  in  sufficient  current  demand  to  justify  the 
development  of  a  Federal  Procurement  Division  Specification. 
It  is  referred  to  merely  as  "specification." 

Preparation  of  Federal  Specifications. 

With  the  installation  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget  in  1921,  it  was 
considered  to  be  desirable  to  prepare  standardized  purchase  specifica- 
tions for  many  of  the  commonly  used  articles  purchased  by  the  Federal 
Government;  and  the  Federal  Specifications  Board  was  established 
for  that  purpose  by  Circular  No.  42  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget, 
dated  October  10, 1921,  which  was  issued  by  the  Director  of  the  Bureau 
of  the  Budget,  hy  authority  of  the  President.  The  Board  functioned 
under  the  Clrief  Coordinator,  whose  office  was  also  set  up  by  Executive 
order;  each  department  and  establishment  purchasing  materials  and 
supplies  in  accordance  with  specifications,  designating  a  representative 
to  serve  as  a  member  of  the  Board.  The  chairman  ex  officio  was  the 
Director  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards.  Technical  committees 
were  formed,  composed  of  qualified  representatives  from  the  various 
branches  of  the  Government,  to  formulate  the  specifications.  These 
specifications,  after  consultation  with  the  interested  industries,  were 
submitted  to  the  departments  for  comment  and  criticism,  and  after 
consideration  of  these  comments  by  the  technical  committees,  were 
approved  and  promulgated  by  the  Federal  Specifications  Board.  On 
June  10,  1933,  the  Federal  Specifications  Board  and  several  other 
interdepartmental  boards  were  transferred  to  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
newly  established  Procurement  Division,  United  States  Treasury 
Department.  The  Federal  Specifications  Board  and  several  other 
activities  of  the  Government  were  abolished  by  the  order  of  the  execu- 
tive director  of  the  National  Emergency  Council  dated  January  24, 
1935. 

To  take  the  place  of  the  former  Federal  Specifications  Board  mem- 
bers, the  Director  of  Procurement,  United  States  Treasury  Depart- 
ment, requested  the  head  of  each  department  and  establishment  to 
designate  a  technical  liaison  with  whom  the  Procurement  Division 
was  to  collaborate,  for  that  department  or  establishment,  on  technical 
matters.  There  was  also  'established  a  Federal  Specifications  Execu- 
tive Committee,  consisting  of  the  Director  of  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards,  chairman ;  the  technical  assistant  to  the  assistant  director 
of  Procurement  Division,  vice-chairman;  the  assistant  chief.  Speci- 
fications Division  of  the  Procurement  Division,  technical  secretary; 
and  the  technical  liaisons  from  the  Navy  Department,  War  Depart- 
ment, the  Department  of  Agriculture,  the  Post  Office  Department,  and 


178 


CONCE^'TRATION  OP  ECONOMIC  POWER 


Veterans'  Administration.     Technical  committees  were  formed,  com- 
posed of  specialists  from  the  various  branches  of  the  Government. 

There  are  70  interdepartmental  technical  committees  on  Federal 
Specifications  covering  the  following  groups  of  materials : 

Abrasives  and  polishing  materials. 

Acoustical  correction  materials. 

Appliances,  mechanical  and  electrical. 

Ball  and  roller  bearings. 

Beds  and  bunks. 

Brake  linings. 

Brick  and  building  tile. 

Brushes   and  brooms. 

Builders'  and  miscellaneous  hardware. 

Cement,  lime,  and  plaster. 

Chemical  products. 

Color. 

Cordage. 

Detergents. 

Drafting  equipment  and  supplies. 

Electrical  supplies. 

Feeds  and  forage. 

Fire  alarm  systems  and  electric  clocks. 

Hand  fire  extinguishers. 

Fire  extinguishing  liquid. 

Floor  coverings    (nontextile). 

Floor  treatments. 

Foundry  apparatus  and  supplies. 

Furniture. 

Pressure  and  vacuum  gages. 

Dimensional  gages. 

Glassware,  chinaware,  stoneware. 

Hair  for  mattresses. 

Hand  tools. 

Heat  insulating  materials. 

Inks,    typewriter   ribbons,   and   carbon 

paper. 
Insecticides. 
Laundry  equipment. 
Leather  and  leather  products. 
Lubricants  and  liquid  fuels. 


Lumber. 

Machine  screws,  bolts  and  nuts. 

Medical  and  surgical  instruments  and 

supplies. 
Metals. 

Motor  vehicles. 
Office  supplies. 

Packing  and  gasket  materials. 
Paints  and  varnishes. 
Paper  and  paper  products. 
Photographic  supplies. 
Pipe  and  pipe  fittings. 
Plumbing  fixtures. 
Provisions. 

Refractory  materials. 
Refrigerators. 

Road  and  paving  materials. 
Roofing  bituminous. 
Rubber  products. 
Safes,  burglar  resisting. 
Safes,  fire  and  petty  larceny. 
Safety  equipment. 
Safety  walkways. 
Screens  and  screen  cloth. 
Shipping  containers. 
Stitches,  seams  and  stitching. 
Storage  batteries  and  dry  cells. 
Surveying  instruments. 
Tableware  and  kitchen  utensils. 
Tents  and  tent  appliances. 
Textiles. 
Thermometers. 
Wearing  apparel. 
Weighing  and  measuring  devices. 
Wire  rope. 
Wood  preservatives. 


The  procedure  for  the  preparation  of  Federal  Specifications  is  as 
follows:  The  interdepartmental  need  of  a  specification  for  a  given 
article  or  material,  for  either  technical  or  business  reasons,  having 
been  decided  upon,  the  subject  is  then  referred  to  a  technical  com- 
mittee composed  of  officially  designated  representatives  from  the 
various  branches  of  the  Government,  who  are  most  interested  in  the 
particular  subject,  for  consideration  of  all  existing  governmental  and 
industrial  specifications.  A  specification  is  selected,  or  formulated, 
which  will  be  suitable  for  the  intended  use  by  all  departments  and 
establishments  of  the  Government.  The  cooperation  and  advice  of 
interested  commercial  and  industrial  concerns  is  requested  and  their 
recommendations  are  fully  considered  by  the  technical  committee. 
The  specification,  as  tentatively  agreed  upon  by  the  technical  com- 
mittee, is  then  submitted  to  all  departments  and  establishments  of 
the  Government,  through  the  respective  technical  liaisons  with  the 
Procurement  Division,  for  comment  and  criticism.  All  criticisms 
received  are  referred  to  the  respective  technical  committee  for 
consideration. 

Specifications  submitted  in  final  form  by  the  various  technical  com- 
mittees, after  consideration  of  all  comments,  are  recommended  by  the 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  ]^79 

chairman  of  the  Federal  Specifications  Executive  Committee  to  the 
Director  of  Procurement  for  approval,  after  which  they  are  printed 
and  officially  promulgated  by  the  Director  of  Procurement  for  use 
by  the  various  agencies  of  the  Government. 

In  the  preparation  of  Federal  Specifications  for  material,  supplies, 
and  equipment,  an  effort  is  made  to  bring  the  specifications  into 
harmony  with  commercial  practice  wherever  conditions  permit,  to 
establish  uniform  nomenclature,  and  to  standardize  the  types,  grades, 
and  sizes  of  articles  purchased  by  the  Government. 

Federal  Specifications  are  continually  being  revised  to  keep  them 
abreast  of  the  best  current  manufacturing  practice,  and  the  needs 
of  the  Government.  Up  to  May  15,  1940,  1,292  Federal  Specifications 
had  been  promulgated.  The  procedure  of  the  preparation  of 
Federal  Specifications  is  shown  in  chart  XI. 

An  index  of  Federal  Specifications,^^  and  also  the  specifications 
listed  therein,  may  be  purchased  from  the  Superintendent  of  Docu- 
ments, Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Preparation  of  Federal  Procurement  Division  Specifications. 

Federal  Procurement  Division  Specifications  are  prepared  in  the 
office  of  the  technical  assistant  to  the  assistant  director.  Procurement 
Division,  United  States  Treasury  Department.  These  specifications 
are  approved  by  the  Director  of  Procurement,  and  are  primarily  for 
use  by  that  Department  but  may  be  used  by  any  other  agency.  Pro- 
curement Division  Specifications  frequently  are  preliminary  to  a 
Federal  Specification.  Up  to  May  15,  1940,  190  Federal  Procurement 
Division  Specifications  have  been  issued.  These  specifications  ma}'  be 
obtained  on  application  to  the  Director  of  Procurement,  United 
States  Treasury  Department,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Inspection. 

The  inspection  activities  of  the  Procurement  Division  are  centered 
in  the  Inspection  Division  of  the  Stores  and  Operation  Branch  which 
inspects,  in  Washington  and  as  occasion  requires  in  the  field,  supplies 
and  materials  delivered  on  Procurement  Division  order.  On  request, 
it  also  makes  inspections  for  other  governmental  agencies.  In  addi- 
tion, it  makes  or  has  made  tests  of  samples  of  materials,  supplies,  and 
equipment  submitted  with  bids  to  determine  whether  the  samples 
comply  with  the  specifications. 

When  necessary,  the  Inspection  Division  investigates  requests  from 
various  Federal  agencies  for  clearance  to  buy  in  the  open  market 
items  listed  in  the  General  Schedule  of  Supplies  ^*  or  carried  in  tlie 
warehouse  stock  of  the  Procurement  Division.  In  the  event  that  the 
contract  or  stock  items  meet  all  practical  requirements  of  the  need, 
such  clearance  to  buy  in  the  open  market  is  denied. 

The  Inspection  Division  also  contributes  to  the  development  of  neAv 
or  improved  Federal  Specifications  or  Federal  Procurement  Division 
Specifications  by  recommending  the  formulation  of  specifications  for 

« "Federal  Standard  Stock  Catalog,  Section  IV,  Part  I,"  U.  S.  Government  Printing 
Office,  Washington.  D.  C,  1940.     15  cents. 

"Tfrm  contracts  are  negotiated  by  the  Procurement  Division  for  many  thousands  of 
items  in  regular  use  by  several  agencies  of  the  Federal  Govercrment.  These  engagements 
are  usually  made  for  a  one  year  term.  Detail  as  to  commodities  so  placed  under  contract  is 
circularized  to  all  Federal  agencies  for  their  independent  use  by  a  catalog  entitled  "General 
Schedule  of  Supplies." 


180  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

new  items  or  by  suggesting  modifications  or  improvements  in  existing 
specifications.  These  recommendations  and  suggestions  are,  in  many 
cases,  the  result  of  conferences  between  the  Inspection  Division  and 
contractors  relative  to  rejected  deliveries.  These  conferences  fre- 
quently involve  the  interpretation  by  the  Inspection  Division  of  the 
provisions  of  the  applicable  specification.  The  Inspection  Division 
also  arranges  for  all  technical  help  necessary  for  adequate  inspection, 
either  through  its  own  limited  facilities  or  through  the  laboratories 
of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  the  United  States  Department 
of  Agriculture,  or  other  recognized  agencies. 

All  deliveries  made  through  the  Procurement  Division  Building 
are  inspected  by  the  Inspection  Division.  Responsibility  for  in- 
specting deliveries  made  in  the  field  is  generally  fixed  on  the  con- 
signee but  occasionally  this  Division  makes  inspections  at  the  ship- 
ping point  or  at  the  factory. 

The  Inspection  Division  maintains  a  sample  room  where  speci- 
mens of  items  included  under  General  Schedule  of  Supplies  contracts 
are  stored  and  kept  available  for  examination  of  prospective  pur- 
chasing officers  or  for  purposes  of  comparison  with  delivery  samples. 

The  principal  function  of  the  Inspection  Division  is  to  assure  that 
all  commodities  delivered  are  in  conformity  with  the  applicable 
specifications.     In  performing  this  work  it — 

1.  Receives,  records,  has  custody  of,  displays,  and  eventually 

disposes  of  bidders'  contractors'  samples; 

2.  Conducts  or  arranges  for  tests  and  prepares  reports  thereof; 

3.  Makes  qualitative  inspections  at  the  Procurement  Division 

warehouse,  at  various  Treasury  a/;d  other  governmental 
agencies,  and  contractors'  storage  warehouses  in  the  Wash- 
ington area,  and  occasionally  u'^  y-  .ints  of  manufacture  or 
delivery  in  the  field ; 

4.  Investigates  quality  of,  and  reported  deficiencies  in,  deliveries 

to  governmental  departments  and  agencies  in  the  Washing- 
ton area  (principally  under  General  Schedule  of  Supplies 
contracts) ;  and 

5.  Conducts  interviews  with  contractors  regarding  interpreta- 

tion of  specifications  and  kindred  matters  resulting  from 
rejected  cleliveries  or  other  phases  of  inspection  activity. 

Inspection  may  be  either  an  examination  by  a  qualified  individual 
or  it  may  require  the  use  of  mechanical  or  chemical  facilities  in  the 
laboratory.  Many  of  the  items  purchased  for  stock,  for  instance, 
are  approved  largely  on  the  basis  of  judgment  of  qualified  inspectors. 
This  applies  particularly  to  commodities  which  are  bought  regularly 
and  where  simple  measurement,  comparison  for  color,  and  examina- 
tion as  to  other  qualities  by  experienced  inspectoi-s  are  adequate 
to  establish  compliance  with  specifications.  However,  a  field  de- 
livery of  heavy  equipment  may  be  tested  by  a  selected  engineer  as  to 
general  fulfillment  of  specifications,  including  a  performance  test; 
or  experts  may  be  sent  to  inspect  a  large  order  of  furniture  or 
textiles  in  process  at  the  factory  or  mill. 


> 

■i-  c 

c  O 

I  -^ 

Q.  O  t^ 

O  W      ^ 


III 


II"         fS 

11"^       "lis 
ill  -ill 

m    r 


Ip 


III 


S  I J  -^  s  i 
5  °  I  i  i  I 


lis 


n 


i:.i|n 


,2  S.5 


il 

tl 

III 

► 

ii 

S.  S  u 

iV. 

-o  '" 

a-l 

H 

1^ 

■i  g 

l; 

g. 

Lk  "^  0. 

^1- 

S^ 

111 


VETERANS'  ADMINISTRATION 

The  Veterans'  Administration  uses  Federal  Specifications  in  all  its 
purchases  of  supplies  and  equipment,  where  its  needs  are  satisfac- 
torily met  by  purchasing  items  covered  by  such  specifications.  It 
is  estimated  that  35  percent  of  the  purchases  by  the  Veterans'  Ad- 
ministration are  made  on  Federal  Specifications  and  65  percent  on 
specifications  prepared  by  the  Veterans'  Administration.  In  the 
subsistence  group,  98  percent  of  the  purchases  are  made  on  Federal 
Specifications  and  2  percent  on  specifications  prepared  by  the  Ad- 
ministration. 

In  the  prejjaration  of  specifications  by  the  Veterans'  Administra- 
tion, standardization  is  an  element  considered  in  all  instances.  The 
method  followed  in  such  cases  is  the  development  of  requirements 
of  interested  services  of  the  Veterans'  Administration  with  the  ex- 
perts in  the  particular  field.  The  specifications  are  pi-epared  jointly 
by  the  interested  service  and  the  supply  service.  The  supply  service  is 
under  a  director  wlio  is  responsible  for  purchase,  storage,  and  dis- 
tribution of  all  supplies  and  equipment  for  all  Veterans'  Adminis- 
tration activities;  accountability  for  all  GoV^rnment  property  and 
auditing  of  property  accounts;  operation  and  management  of  supply 
depots;  and  contracts,  leases,  nnd  agreements  for  all  Veterans'  Ad- 
ministration activities,  except  construction  contracts. 

The  Veterans'  Administration  prepares  its  own  specifications  on 
the  following  kinds  and  tj'pes  of  equipment  and  supplies : 

OcrnpatiouMl  therapy  cqnipnieut  and  supplies:  physiotherapy  equipment;  X-ray 
equipment  and  supplies;  dental  ecjuipnient  and  supplies;  hospital  furniture  and 
equipment;  hand  tools;  machine  shop  equipment  (metal  working),  machinery 
(woodworking):  agricultural  implements,  machinery  and  supplies;  rug  wash- 
ing machines;  wall  washing  machines:  tire  engines  and  tire  fighting  equipment 
and  supplies:  electrical  and  engineering  equipment  and  supplies:  plumbing 
equipment  and  iimcliinery ;  heating  and  ventilating  equipment  and  sup- 
plies; electrical  appliances  and  supplies;  motortrucks  (developed  from  basic 
Federal  Specifications);  tractors:  motor  passenger  vehicles:  hand  trucks  (all 
types);  pumps:  boiler  room  equipment:  builders'  machinery  and  etpiipment; 
paint  spraying  equipment  and  supplies:  radio  receiving  and  voii'e  transmis- 
sion e(iuipment  :  gasoline  engines;  gasoline  pumps  and  storage  tanks;  oil 
storage  tanks;  hydraulic  lifts  (auto);  hydraulic  lifts  (dimnage)  ;  air  com- 
pressors (garage);  sewing  machines:  shoe  repair  machinery  and  equipment; 
garage  equipment;  laundry  machinery  and  equipment:  casters,  bed  and  truck; 
warehouse  platform  scales  (built  in)  ;  red  rope  folders;  forms,  continuous  roll 
and  folded  type;  tabulating  cards;  smoking  tobacco;  suits  and  overcoats;  food 
supplies. 

Inspection  and  Test. 

In  connection  with  the  inspection  of  the  above  listed  supplies  or 
equipment  purchased  by  the  Veterans'  Administration,  the  facilities 
of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards;  Navy  Inspection  Service; 
Naval  Supply  Depot  at  Brooklyn ;  United  States  Government  Print- 
ing 'Office;  Agricultural  Marketing  Service,  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture;  Food  and  Drug  Administration,  Federal  Se- 

181 

272,496 — 41 — No.  24 13 


132  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

curity  Agency ;  Director  of  Mint ;  and  the  War  Department  are  used 
for  this  purpose. 

The  Veterans'  Administration  is  represented  on  the  Federal  Spec- 
ifications Executive  Committee. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  acting  independently  of  the  supply  service 
is  the  Construction  Service  of  the  Veterans'  Administration. 

The  Construction  Service  is  under  a  director  who  is  responsible  for 
preliminary  inspection  and  engineering  work  in  connection  with  the 
selection  of  sites  for  new  hospitals,  homes,  and  other  facilities; 
preparation  of  plans,  specifications,  and  estimates  covering  construc- 
tion, alterations,  and  repair  of  plants  and  equipment,  and  supervision 
of  performance  of  such  work;  maintenance  of  contact  with  other 
services,  Government  departments  and  agencies  to  provide  facilities  as 
and  when  required  for  service ;  construction  contracts ;  supervision  of 
the  maintenance  of  buildings,  grounds,  and  mechanical  equipment 
under  the  control  of  the 'Veterans'  Administration,  including  motor 
transportation;  and  general  supervision  of  maintenance  and  opera- 
tion of  utilities,  heating,  lighting,  electric  power,  plumbing,  sewage 
and  refuse  disposal,  water  supply,  fire  protection,  refrigerating  plants, 
carpentry,  laundry,  and  telephones.  In  order  to  insure  the  incorpora- 
tion and  utilization  of  materials  of  known  value  in  structures  erected 
by  the  Administration,  the  Construction  Service  prepares  specifica- 
tions for  materials  to  be  used  in  those  cases  where  existing  Federal 
Specifications  are  not  applicable.  The  materials  required  by  these 
specifications  are  those  which  through  prior  usage  by  the  Veterans' 
Administration  are  known  to  be  satisfactory  or  those  on  which  satis- 
factory reports  have  been  obtained.  The  contractor  is  required  to 
submit  samples  of  all  materials  used  in  the  structures  to  the  Construc- 
tion Service  for  testing.  A  major  part  of  the  tests  of  the  materials 
submitted  are  made  in  the  laboratory  of  the  Construction  Service  and 
tests  of  materials  for  which  the  Veterans'  Administration  laboratory 
is  not  equipped,  such  as  acoustical  materials,  insulating  materials  and 
compression  tests  on  masonry  materials,  are  made  by  the  National 
Bureau  of  Standards.  In  addition,  occasional  tests  and  inspections 
are  made  by  the  Upited  States  Navy  Department;  Bureau  of  Mines; 
Public  Roads  Administration,  Federal  Works  Agency;  and  private 
laboratories,  on  materials  used  in  construction. 


UNITED  STATES  WAR  DEPARTMENT 

Character  of  Equipment  and  Supplies. 

The  great  majority  of  military  equipment  is  noncommercial  and 
has  no  counterpart  in  the  market.  Even  such  apparently  common 
articles  as  tlotliing  and  blankets  differ  from  those  ordinarily  found 
in  the  market,  particularly  for  use  in  the  field.  It  is  therefore 
necessary  that  suitable  articles  of  equipment  and  supply  be  developed 
by  the  technical  services  of  the  Army.  Satisfactory  performance  at 
an  economical  initial  and  maintenance  cost  is  an  important  factor. 

Quantities  of  supplies  identical  with  or  very  similar  to  those  on 
the  market  are  also  used.  These  include  such  articles  as  food,  some 
articles  of  clotliing,  rope,  forage,  brushes,  construction  materials, 
refrigerating  equipment,  hand  tools,  drugs  and  medical  supplies, 
photographic  supplies,  toilet  articles  and  the  like. 

The  Army  is  a  user  of  goods  rather  than  a  producer.  Its  few 
manufacturing  arsenals  and  depots  can  produce  only  about  10  per- 
cent of  war  aupply  requirements  of  military  noncommercial  articles. 
These  establishments  are  most  important  as  centers  of  technical  in- 
formation concerning  the  development  and  manufacture  of  military 
equipment.  Their  production  capacity  is  relatively  small,  but  serves 
to  develop  manufacturing  processes  for  items  of  military  equipment, 
not  commonly  produced  by  industry,  which  may  be  used  in  the  event 
that  quantity  production  is  required. 

Sfandardizadon  of  Equipment  amd  Supplies. 

As  applied  to  the  military  service,  the  term  "Standardization"  in- 
cludes not  only  the  decision  as  to  what  is  the  most  advanced  and  satis- 
factory type  of  article  of  equipment  and  supply,  but  applies  also  to 
the  procedure  for  selection  of  the  article  and  specific  type  to  be  used. 
Insofar  as  possible  the  basic  quality  and  dimensional  standards 
adopted  by  industry  are  followed  in  the  design  of  all  articles  of  mili- 
tary equipment. 

A  standard  article  is  simply  the  best  that  can  be  devised  at  the  time. 
Improvement  and  development  are  desired  but  the  standard  article  is 
changed  only  for  good  reasons  and  after  detailed  study  and  test. 

The  selection  of  a  standard  article  of  military  equipment  and  supply 
involves  the  type  needed,  the  design,  the  development,  and  the  specifi- 
cation for  quantity  production.     These  steps  are  shown  in  chart  XII. 

The  preparation  of  military  characteristics,  development  of  articles 
and  decision  as  to  suitability  of  an  article  for  military  use,  are  func- 
tions of  the  General  Staflf,  and  the  using  supply  arms  and  services. 
The  final  decision  as  to  the  adoption  of  a  type  is  a  function  of  the 
General  Staff. 

The  Assistant  Secretary  of  War  is  charged  with  the  supervision  of 
procurement.  The  supply  arms  and  services  develop  and  procure  the 
necessary  supplies.     They  are  the  Air  Corps,  Chemical  Warfare  Serv- 

183 


184  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

ice,  Coast  Artillery,  Corps  of  Engineers,  Medical  Department,  Ord- 
nance Department,  Signal  Corps,  and  Quartermaster  Corps. 

The  need  for  a  new  article  or  change  in  an  existing  article  of  equip- 
ment or  supply  usually  arises  in  a  using  arm  or  service. 

When  the  necessity  for  an  article  is  determined,  the  using  arm  states 
the  need  to  the  supply  service  charged  with  its  development  and  pro- 
curement. The  supply  service  then  prepares  the  military  character- 
istics in  cooperation  with  the  using  arm,  and  forwards  them  to  the 
Secretary  of  War  for  consideration  by  the  General  Staff.  Upon  ap- 
proval, the  supply  service  institutes  a  development  project  and  pre- 
pares the  design  or  other  technical  data  required,  which  is  concurred 
in  by  the  using  arms  and  services.  Models  or  samples  are  then  pro- 
cured, either  from  a  manufacturing  arsenal  or  depot,  or  from  industry. 
Tests  are  made  by  the  supply  service  and  using  arm,  to  determine  the 
technical  suitability  of  the  article  and  to  eliminate  obvious  defects  and 
flaws.  If  these  experimental  tests  are  satisfactory,  a  request  will  be 
forwarded  to  the  Secretary  of  War  for  consideration  of  the  General 
Staff,  for  authority  to  procure  a  small  quantity  sufficient  for  extended 
service  test.  This  small  number  is  then  issued  to  units  of  the  using 
arm  for  tests  under  field  conditions.  If  the  results  are  favorable, 
the  procuring  supply  arm  or  service,  with  the  concurrence  of  the  using 
arm,  recommends  that  the  article  be  adopted  as  standard  for  the  Army. 
Regulations  emphasize  that  throughout  all  stages  of  development  work 
the  adaptability  of  the  article  to  quantity  production  in  an  emergency 
will  be  an  important  element  of  the  design.  The  recommendation  for 
adoption  is  forwarded  to  The  Assistant  Secretary  of  War  for  clearance 
for  procurement,  since  he  is  charged  with  the  supervision  of  activities 
concerning  the  assurance  that  items  of  equipment,  insofar  as  is  prac- 
ticable, are  made  from  commercial  materials  by  commercial  processes 
and  adapted  to  mass  production.  After  approval  by  The  Assistant 
Secretary  of  War  ancl  by  the  General  Staff,  it  is  then  reported  as  a 
standard  article  of  equipment  and  supply  for  the  Army,  and  the  sup- 
ply arm  or  service  completes  the  drawings  and  specifications  for 
quantity  production. 

In  the  case  of  the  army  blanket,  a  definite  size,  color,  weave,  and 
wool  content  most  suitable  for  warmth,  light  in  weight  and  service- 
able, but  not  expensive,  is  desired.  The  selection  of  the  standard 
army  blanket  by  the  steps  outlined  above,  assured  the  adoption  of 
the  most  suitable  type  available. 

Specifieations. 

The  Assistant  Secretary  of  War  is  charged  by  regulation  "with 
the  supervision  of  activities  concerning  the  preparation  of  specifica- 
tions and  the  progress  of  the  work."  Specifications  are  prepared  by 
the  supply  arms  and  services  for  the  articles  which  they  procure.  A 
specification  is  defined  in  Army  Regulations  as  "a  clear  and  accurate 
description  of  a  material,  an  article,  or  service,  which  it  is  necessary 
to  procure  and  the  procedure  which  the  purchaser  will  follow  to 
satisfy  himself  that  the  requirements  of  the  specification  have  been 
complied  with."  A  specification  should  be  complete.  It  must  cover 
all  requirements  either  directly  or  by  reference  to  other  specificfffions. 
It  should  omit  matter  covered  by  notes  on  drawings  which  form  part 
of  the  specification.  It  should  not  contain  matter  contradictory  to 
specifications  referred  to  as  applicable.    The  preparation  of  a  satis- 


U.  S.  War  Department 
Steps  in  Development  and  Standardization 


General 
Staff 


Assistant 
Secretary 
of  War 


Using 
Arm 


Supply  Arm 
or  Service 


1.  Requests  new  item  of  equipment  (a  "required  Type"). 

2.  Coordinates  statement  of  required  militory  characteristics. 

3.  Approves  requirement — Authorizes  development. 

4.  Develops  and  designs,  Using  Arm  concurring. 

5.  Purchases  or  manufactures  experimental  models. 

6.  Conducts  technical  tests  of  experimental  models. 

7.  Tests  experimental  models. 

8.  Recommends  procurement  of  small  quantity  for  extended  service  test. 

9.  Approves  procurement  for  service  test. 
10.  Procures  small  quantity  for  service  test. 
I  I .   Conducts  extended  service  test. 

12.  Recommends  adoption  as  "Standard." 
I  3.  Approves  for  procurement. 

14.  Approves  as  "Standard." 

15.  Enters  in  Boole  of  Standards,  completes  drawings  and  specifications. 

1 6.  Approves  U.  S.  Army  Specification. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  185 

factory  speci-fication  is  a  difficult  job.    It  must  meet  the  requirements 
for  the  article,  and  it  must  be  satisfactory  for  procurement. 

The  kinds  of  specifications  used  by  the  Army  for  procurement 
are — 

Federal  Specification. 

United  States  Army  Specification. 

United  States  Army  Tentative  Specification. 

Army-Navy  Aeronautical  Specification. 

United  States  Navy  Specification. 

Federal  Specifications. 

Generally  they  are  intended  to  cover  items  of  material  or  supply 
nonmilitary  in  character,  that  are  commonly  procured  by  two  or  more 
Government  departments. 

The  Office  of  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  War  acts  as  a  clearing- 
house for  all  War  Department  administrative  activities  concerned 
with  the  preparation,  acceptance,  rejection,  or  revision  of  Federal 
Specifications.  A  member  of  his  office  represents  the  War  Depart- 
ment on  the  Federal  Specifications  Executive  Committee.  His  office 
arranges  for  War  Department  representation  on  technical  commit- 
tees, charged  with  or  engaged  in  preparation  of  specifications  of 
interest  to  the  War  Department.  The  War  Department  members 
of  these  technical  committees  are  appointed  from  the  supply  arms 
and  services  having  paramount  interest  in  the  item,  as  recommended 
by  the  chief  of  the  supply  arm  or  service  concerned.  Proposed  Fed- 
eral Specifications,  amendments,  and  revisions  to  existing  Federal 
Specifications  are  referred  by  the  Office  of  the  Assistant  Secretary 
of  War  to  the  chief  of  the  supply  arm  or  service,  who  would  ordi- 
narily prepare  a  United  States  Anny  Specification  for  the  same  item. 
He  coordinates  the  specification  with  all  other  interested  supply  arms 
and  services  and  recommends  to  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  War 
the  War  Departments  action.  The  Office  of  the  Assistant  Secretary 
of  War  then  completes  the  action  for  the  War  Department  on  the 
specification  and  refTirns  it  to  the  Federal  Specifications  Executive 
Committee. 

The  War  Department  is  represented  on  a  large  majority  of  the  70 
technical  committees  preparing  Federal  Specifications. 

United  States  Army  Sfecif-cations. 

These  are  prepared  by  the  supply  arms  and  services  for  all  standard 
articles  of  equipment  and  supply,  and  materials  used  in  the  con- 
struction of  such  standard  articles,  if  such  materials  cannot  be  ade- 
quately described  in  the  specification  for  the  articles  themselves. 
Their  use  is  mandatory  for  all  purchasing  agencies  of  the  War 
Department.  The  existence  of  an  applicable  Federal  Specification 
renders  the  preparation  of  the  corresponding  United  States  Army 
Specification  unnecessary. 

The  supervision  of  activities  in  the  preparation  of  United  States 
Army  Specifications  is  carried  out  by  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  War 
through  the  Standards  Division  of  his  office.  His  office  acts  in  an 
administrative  and  policy  forming  capacity.  It  prescribes  how  a  spec- 
ification should  be  prepared,  how  and  from  whom  concurrences  are 
to  be  secured,  and  how  assurance  will  be  obtained  that  the  specification 
is  adapted  to  commercial  manufacturing  methods  and  mass  produc- 
tion.   A  specification  submitted  for  clearance  is  accompanied  by  data 


186         CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

which  will  indicate  its  acceptability  under  policies  of  the  War  Depart- 
ment. 

The  specification  nnist  adhere  to  the  military  characteristics  ap- 
proved for  the  item  by  the  General  Staff.  Throughout  the  develop- 
ment of  the  item,  its  adaptability  to  quantity  production  must  be  a 
matter  of  continuous  consideration.  It  is  a  policy  of  the  War  Depart- 
ment to  require  the  adoption  of  standard  commercial  items,  or  their 
adaptation  with  the  fewest  practicable  modifications.  The  design  of 
the  item,  and  its  subsequent  tests  are  matters  which  determine  the 
suitability  of  the  item.  They  constitute  the  framework  around  which 
the  specification  is  written.  Every  specification  after  it  is  written  must 
be  coordinated  with  other  interested  arms  and  services  of  the  War  De- 
partment before  submission  to  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  War.  This 
serves  as  a  check  of  correctness,  and  also  to  unify  as  far  as  practicable 
the  specifications  used  in  common  by  two  or  more  supply  arms  and 
services. 

A  specification  submitted  for  clearance  is  accompanied  by  data  to 
show  that  the  item  is  an  adopted  standard.  Information  is  furnished 
as  to  whether  the  specification  is  restrictive  in  any  way  that  might 
curtail  production,  or  which  might  give  one  or  more  manufacturers  an 
advantage  in  the  field  of  competition,  and  whether  industry  has  been 
consulted  in  its  preparation. 

Information  is  also  required  as  to  any  features  which  have  been 
commented  upon  unfavorably  by  industry,  but  which  are  deemed  essen- 
tial for  retention  in  the  specification  in  order  to  meet  the  prescribed 
military  characteristics. 

If  a  specification  is  satisfactory  to  the  using  or  interested  arm  or 
service,  if  it  contains  no  restrictive  features,  and  if  it  is  acceptable  to 
industry,  it  can  be  and  is  cleared  promptly  for  procurement  purposes. 
This  clearance  makes  it  a  United  States  Army  Specification  and  it  is 
listed  in  the  Index,  an  annual  publication  listing  United  States  Army 
Specifications  and  Federal  Specifications  used  by  the  Army,  which 
may  be  purchased  from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C.  The  Index  lists  over  4,000  United  States  Army 
Specifications. 

The  revision  or  cancelation  of  United  States  Army  Specifications  is 
accomplished  generally  by  the  same  coordinating  process  that  governs 
the  clearance  of  an  original  specification.  Cancelation  normally  be- 
comes necessary  when  the  item  is  made  obsolete  or  when  the  specifica- 
tion is  superseded  by  an  applicable  Federal  Specification.  This  work 
of  revising  specifications  requires  almost  as  much  time  and  effort  on 
the  part  of  supply  arms  and  services  as  does  the  preparation  of  new 
specifications.  Standards  do  not  remain  the  same  over  a  given  period 
of  time.  Improvements  in  design  of  military  equipment  and  changing 
methods  of  commercial  manufacture  are  constantly  taking  place  which 
require  modifications  in  specifications.  Where  these  modifications  are 
important  ones,  the  revision  of  existing  specifications  becomes  neces- 
sary and  is  accomplished  by  the  preparation  of  an  entirely  new  speci- 
fication to  supersede  the  old  one.  However,  if  only  a  minor  change  is 
involved,  this  does  not  require  complete  revision  of  a  specification,  but 
is  published  in  the  form  of  an  amendment  which  becomes  a  part  of  the 
specification  until  it  is  revised.  Supply  arms  and  services  are  author- 
ized to  prepare  and  use  amendments  without  the  approval  of  the 
Assistant  Secretary  of  War's  office. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  187 

Several  specifications  may  be  necessary  for  one  item  in  order  to 
cover  all  the  elements  required  for  its  manufacture.  In  some  cases 
one  specification  may  cover  several  items.  That  is  particularly  so 
in  the  case  of  drugs  where  the  standard  is  established  by  the  United 
States  Pharmacopoeia. 
United  States  Army  Tentative  Speciflcatijons. 

United  States  Army  Tentative  Specifications  are  prepared  and  used 
by  the  supply  arms  and  services.  They  are  authorized  for  two 
purposes — 

{a)  To  cover  the  purchase  of  articles  required  only  occasionally 
or  for  temporary  peacetime  use. 

(6)  To  test  the  procurability  of  a  specification  when  it  appears 
desirable  to  do  so  before  preparing  it  in  the  form  of  a  United 
States  Army  Specification. 

They  are  not  required  to  be  submitted  to  the  office  of  the  Assistant 
Secretary  of  War  for  clearance  or  for  any  other  action.  No  record  of 
them  is  kept  except  with  the  supplj^  arm  or  service  that  prepared  them. 
Tentative  specifications  show  in  their  title  the  name  of  the  service . 
which  prepared  them  instead  of  the  title  "U.  S.  Anny  Tentative 
Specification.'' 

There. is  one  instance,  however,  where  a  tentative  specification  is 
used  in  a  different  way  than  just  mentioned.  This  relates  to  the  pur- 
chase of  motor  vehicles.  Because  of  annual  purchase  and  varieties  of 
motor  vehicles  developed  by  industry,  standardization  of  motor  vehi- 
cles is  limited  to  the  approved  military  characteristics  for  certain 
definite  capacities  and  performance.  Consequently,  motor  vehicles 
during  any  one  fiscal  year  are  purchased  under  tentative  specifications 
which  are  written  around  these  military  characteristics.  Because  of 
the  volume  and  importance  of  this  type  of  purchase,  the  Assistant  Sec- 
retary of  War  made  an  exception  to  the  usual  practice,  and  requires 
in  the  case  of  tentative  specifications  for  motor  vehicles  that  they  be 
cleared  through  his  office  in  the  same  way  as  United  States  Army 
Specifications. 

Army -Navy  Aeronautical  Specifications. 

The  Aeronautical  Board,  made  up  of  representatives  of  the  Army 
and  the  Navy,  has  for  several  years  been  engaged  in  standardization 
of  Army  and  Navy  aeronautical  material.  The  Board  is  now  preparing 
joint  specifications  for  material.  They  are  mandatory  in  the  War 
Department  for  use  in  the  procurement  of  aeronautical  material  and 
supplies. 

United  States  Navy  Specifications. 

Their  use  is  encouraged  wherever  applicable,  and  in  the  absence  of 
a  United  States  Army  Specification  or  Federal  Specification,  in  order 
to  avoid  duplication  of  effort. 

LiaisonWUh  Other  Technical  Agencies  on  Standards. 

Contact  between  the  Army  and  certain  national  agencies  concerned 
with  the  promotion  of  standards  for  commercial  materials  and  prac- 
tices is  maintained  by  The  Assistant  Secretary  of  War. 

The  most  important  of  these  are  the  American  Standards  Associa- 
tion, and  two  divisions  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce,  namely,  the  Division  of  Simplified  Practice  and 


|§g  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

the  Division  of  Trade  Standards.  The  Assistant  Secretary  of  War 
arran<jes  the  necessary  War  Department  representation  on  the  work- 
ing committees  of  these  national  organizations  and  indicates  the 
agreement  or  recommendation  of  the  War  Department  on  a  proposed 
standard  or  practice.  The  administrative  procedure  by  which  this  is 
done  is  similar  to  that  previously  mentioned  in  connection  with  the 
clearance  of  Federal  Specifications.  In  addition,  the  supply  arms  and 
services  maintain  contact  with  many  technical  societies  engaged  in 
standardization  work,  in  order  to  keep  abreast  of  current  practices 
and  adopted  standards.  By  utilizing  applicable  standards  and  sim- 
plified practices  of  these  general  standardizing  agencies  and  of  numer- 
ous technical  and  trade  organizations,  chiefs  of  supply  arms  and 
services  may  improve  the  specifications  as  well  as  reduce  the  difficulties 
of  procurement. 

Inspection  and  Test. 

The  inspection  and  test  of  supplies  for  conformance  with  specifica- 
tions is  decentralized  in  the  War  Department.  The  chiefs  of  supply 
arms  and  services  are  responsible  for  the  proper  inspection  of  all 
supplies  manufactured  or  procured  by  them  or  by  those  under  their 
control.  Contracting  officers  of  the  supply  services  are  in  turn  held 
responsible  for  inspection  in  accordance  with  instructions  issued  by 
the  chiefs  of  their  respective  services  or  higher  authority. 

Contracting  officers  at  field  establishments  (arsenals,  depots,  and 
military  posts)  are  required  to  provide  for  the  necessary  inspection 
on  contracts  made  by  them  or,  as  in  some  supply  arms  or  services, 
inspection  may  be  made  by  field  inspection  officers  established  in  other 
locations.  Depending  upon  the  type  of  article  being  procured,  and 
circumstances  surrounding  the  purchase  and  delivery,  final  inspection 
may  be  either  at  point  of  manufacture  or  at  point  of  delivery.  Nor- 
mally, laboratory  tests,  when  required,  and  some  functioning  tests, 
are  made  at  these  field  establishments.  However,  if  suitable  facilities 
to  conduct  the  tests  required  are  not  available  at  these  establishments, 
the  services  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  may  be  requested. 

The  Field  Inspection  Service  of  the  Navy  Department,  as  well  as 
the  services  of  certain  other  Federal  departments,  are  also  available 
and  made  some  inspection  of  supplies  for  the  War  Department.  The 
"Directory  of  Inspection  Services  and  Testing  Laboratories  of  the 
Federal  Government,"  compiled  in  1935  by  the  Procurement  Division, 
Treasury  Department,  and  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  lists 
these  Federal  facilities  for  the  use  of  Government  purchasing  and 
contracting  officers. 
Research. 

The  activities  of  the  War  Department  in  basic  research  are  decen- 
tralized to  the  supply  arms  and  services.  Each  service  conducts 
research  applicable  to' the  articles  of  military  equipment  whicli  the 
service  supplies  to  the  Army.  Basic  research  is  confined,  principally 
to  that  carried  out  in  fields  not  overlapping  those  in  which  scientific 
research  is  being  conducted.  Each  service  maintains  laboratories, 
where  activities  are  directed  toward  technical  research  with  the  pri- 
mary purpose  of  applying  scientific  principles  to  the  solution  of  their 
particular  problems,  and  adapting  results  attained  by  scientists, 
throughout  the  country  to  design  of  military  equipment. 


CHAPTER  III 

STANDARDIZATION  AND  LABELING  ACTIVITIES  OF 
PRIVATE  AGENCIES 

In  addition  to  the  activities  of  the  Federal  Government  in  the  field 
of  standardization,  a  considerable  amount  of  work  in  this  field  is  being 
done  by  individual  companies,  trade  associations,  and  technical  and 
professional  societies. 

An  individual  company  may  use  purchase  or  test  specifications  for 
the  products  the  company  buys,  or  company  standards  or  specifications 
for  the  products  the  company  manufactures  or  sells.  Some  trade  asso- 
ciations have  set  up  standards,  recommended  practices  and  the  like  for 
the  voluntary  use  of  their  membership.  Technical  and  professional 
societies  have  established  standards  for  raw  materials,  finished  prod- 
ucts, processes,  construction,  and  performance.  Some  of  these  stand- 
ards are  Jiationally  recognized. 

A  number  of  trade  associations  and  technical  and  professional  socie- 
ties make  use  of  certification  systems,  labels  and  approval  media  to 
identify  the  products  conforming  to  the  standards  adopted  by  such 
organizations. 

The  description  of  standardization  activities  of  some  private  com- 
panies, trade  associations,  and  technical  and  professional  societies  will 
serve  to  illustrate  the  methods  and  procedures  used  by  them. 

189 


STANDARDIZATION  ACTIVITIES  OF  INDIVIDUAL 
COMPANIES 

The  manufacturing  industry  is  confronted  with  a  double  problem : 
The  manufacture  of  standard  articles  for  mass  production,  and  the 
manufacture  of  special  articles  to  satisfy  the  particular  requirements 
of  a  customer. 

The  question  of  short-time  deliveries  is  playing  such  an  important 
role  that  the  manufacturer  ought  to  be  prepared,  in  accepting  an  order, 
to  make  the  engineering  design  and  the  drawings,  and  furnish  the 
shop  with  the  necessary  manufacturing  information — all  in  a  very 
short  time. 

The  shop  must  order  the  material ;  the  rate  department  must  estab- 
lish the  rate  for  each  operation  involved  during  the  manufacture  of 
the  article;  the  time  and  pay  roll  departments  must  determine  the 
amount  of  money  to  be  paid  to  the  workman ;  and  the  cost  department 
must  calculate  the  cost  of  the  finished  product. 

In  order  to  accomplish  this  in  a  short  time,  all  the  operations  in  each 
department  must  be  performed  in  a  methodic  and  efficient  way,  so  that 
overlapping  and  lost  motion  may  be  avoided.  Close  interrelation 
between  the  engineering,  production,  rate,  and  cost  departments  of  a 
company  must  be  established. 

When  manufacturing  special  articles,  provision  must  be  made  for 
using  the  maximum  number  of  standard  parts  available  and  for  mak- 
ing special  parts  only  when  necessary.  Standard  parts  eliminate  dupli- 
cation, lower  production  costs,  and  speed  output  in  manufacturing. 

When  parts  are  standardized,  they  can  be  manufactured  in  great 
quantities,  can  be  tool  made  when  it  is  economical  to  do  so,  and  most 
of  the  material  can  be  kept  in  stock.  This  is  not  only  profitable  to  the 
manufacturer,  but  ultimately  also  to  the  consumer.  Standardization 
helps  the  worker  on  the  bench  to  increase  his  efficiency,  by  working  with 
the  same  material,  by  following  the  same  assembly  instructions,  and  by 
reading  the  same  drawings.  It  permits  the  design  engineer  to  deter- 
mine readily  what  standard  parts  can  be  used  when  handling  a  special 
order. 

The  introduction  of  company  standards  facilitates  the  work  of  the 
engineering,  rate,  cost,  and  other  departments.  Some  of  the  results 
obtained  at  the  Sharon  plant  of  the  Westinghouse  Electric  &  Manu- 
facturing Co.,  where  a  system  of  company  standards  was  developed  by 
the  author,  are  summarized  as  follows: 

Engineering  department:  Number  of  design  specifications,  for  each  line  of 
apparatus,  reduced  from  several  liundred  to  only  three  design  si«?ciflcations. 

Rate  department :  Set-up  of  standard  time  values  made  up  once  and  for  all, 
except  for  adjustments.  The  number  of  rate  cards  at  the  time  of  revision  in 
September  1931,  reduced  from  11,000  to  600. 

Cost  department :  Standard  cost  calculated  once  and  for  all,  except  for  revision. 
The  number  of  design  specifications  and  rate  cards  required  for  this  purpose  is 
exceedingly  small.^ 

^  "Industrial  Standardization  Proves  Profitable  to  Manufacturer  and  Ultimately  to  Con- 
sumer," by  S.  P.  Kaidanovsky,  Industrial  Standardization  and  Commercial  Standards 
Monthly,  vol.  6  (10),  p.  281,  October  1935. 

190 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  191 

Company  standards  are  sometimes  referred  to  as  "internal  stand- 
ards" as  distinguished  from  "external  standards,"  such  as  those  estab- 
lished by  an  entire  industry,  a  technical  or  professional  society,  or 
the  Government.  However,  every  well  organized  company  standards 
program  makes  use  of  external  standards.  In  fact,  company  stand- 
ards and  external  standards  are  very  often  interrelated.  An  attempt 
to  develop  a  company  standard  frequently  indicates  the  desirability 
of  an  external  standard  of  Nation-wide  scope,  and  conversely,  a  knowl- 
edge of  existing  company  standards  assists  a  particular  committee  in 
drafting  acceptable  external  standards. 

The  following  description  of  the  standardization  activities  of  the 
General  Electric  Co.,  the  Detroit  Edison  Co.,  the  Bausch  &  Lomb 
Optical  Co.,  and  that  of  12  company  members  of  the  Associated 
Grocery  Manufacturers  of  America,  Inc.,.  may  serve  to  illustrate 
methods  and  procedures  used  in  company  stlandardization. 

The  General  Electric  Co. 

The  standards  department  of  the  General  Electric  Co.,  Schenectady, 
N.  Y.,  was  organized  in  1938  to  coordinate  the  company's  standardiza- 
tion activities.  This  department  cooperates  with  various  organiza- 
tions establishing  standards,  such  as  the  American  Institute  of  Elec- 
trical Engineers,  the  American  Standards  Association,  the  American 
Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers,  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials,  the  Edison  Electric  Institute,  the  National  Electrical  Manu- 
facturers' Association,  and  the  National  Fire  Protection  Association. 

The  principal  functious  of  the  Standards  Department  in  the  development  of 
internal  or  company  standards  are  to  follow  outside  standardization  activities, 
assemble  best  information  available  on  any  specific  subject,  initiate  new  stand- 
ards where  necessary,  advise  standardizing  committees,  coordinate  work  where 
more  than  one  group  or  committee  is  involved,  and  edit  and  publish  company 
standards  that  are  adopted.^ 

The  General  Electric  Co.  has  established  a  number  of  specific 
standards  committees,  but  when  there  is  no  appropriate  committee  to 
which  a  problem  may  be  assigned,  it  is  referred  to  an  appropriate 
general  committee. 

The  consideration  of  a  company  standard  may  be  suggested  by  a 
design  or  manufacturing  department,  a  particular  committee,  the 
standards  department,  or  by  a  standardizing  agency.  Before  adop- 
tion, the  approval  of  the  interested  committee  or  committees  is  re- 
quired. This  system  provides  for  adequate  representation  and  close 
cooperation  between  different  departments. 

General  Electric  (G.  E.)  standards  are  published  as  recommended 
practices  in  a  series  ,of  G.  E.  ./ andards  books,  classified  according  to 
subject  and  use. 

When  test  methods  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials 
(A.  S.  T.  M.)  are  available  they  are  used,  otherwise  a  required  test 
method  is  developed  by  the  General  Electric  Co.  These  methods  are 
assembled  in  a  G.  E.  test  methods  book. 

Little  or  no  attempt  is  made  by  the  General  Electric  Co.  to  enforce 
company  standards.  All  G.  E.  standards  are  of  a  temporary  nature 
and.  are  constantly  subject  to  revision  in  the  interest  of  economy  and 
progress. 

*  "How  standardization  Works  at  General  Electric,"  by  H.  W.  Samson,  Indus 
•ardlzation  and  Commercial  Standards  Monthly,  vol.  13  (3),  p.  65,  March  1939. 


192  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

The  Detroit  Edison  Co. 

The  materials  standardization  program  of  the  Detroit  Edison  Co., 
a  public  utility,  Detroit,  Mich.,  began  in  1932.  This  company 
adopted  a  committee  standardization  system  wherein  all  departments 
participated  in  a  formulation  and  use  of  standards. 

A  main  standardization  committee,  composed  of  the  chief  engineer, 
acting  as  the  chairman,  the  general  storekeeper,  and  purchasing  agent, 
was  appointed  to  outline  the  general  policies  of  standardization  and  to 
appoint  subcormnittees  to  work  on  sj)ecific  problems.  This  main  com- 
mittee adopted  the  following  objectives : 

1.  Establishment  of  o  classification  of  all  materials  and  equipment. 

2.  Use  of  a  standard  terminology  in  the  description  of  all  materials. 

3.  Establishment   of  adequate   specifications. 

4.  Reduction  of  the  number  of  different  items  purchased  and  used  by  the 
elimination  of  superfluous  types  and  sizes. 

5.  Coordination  of  decisions  and  A.  S.  A.  (American  Standards  Association) 
and  other  national  standards. ^ 

A  classification  subcommittee  grouped  all  items  of  materials  and 
equipment  into  65  main  classes,  and  further  divided  them  into  353 
subclasses  of  related  items.  A  scope  subcommittee  then  determined 
those  classes  which  would  justify  further  research.  Subcommittees, 
including  representatives  from  the  stores,  purchasing,  engineering, 
and,  the  using  departments,  were  set  up  by  the  main  committee  to 
investigate  the  classes  to  receive  special  study.  The  objectives  of 
these  subcommittees  were  mainly:  Eliminating  duplication,  obsolete 
materials,  and  unnecessary  types  and  sizes;  replacing  items  made  to 
special  design  with  national  or  industry  standards;  recommending 
substitutes  which  make  for  better  construction  or  lower  cost;  writing 
new  specifications  when  necessary;  and  setting  up  standard 
terminology. 

In  pursuing  these  objectives,  existing  applicable  standards  were 
studied.  These  studies  resulted  in  the  publication  of  a  Standards 
Catalog  listing  both  stock  and  nonstock  standard  items  and  containing 
other  pertinent  information. 

The  enforcement  of  a  standard  adopted  by  the  company  is  not  dif- 
ficult, since  every  department  or  interested  group  participates  in  its 
formulation.  The  actual  enforcement,  however,  is  a  function  of  the 
purchasing  department.  The  buyers  of  the  purchasing  department 
are  governed  by  these  policies : 

1.  Complete  elimination  of  the  purchase  and  use  of  nonstandard  items  is  not 
desirable  but  their  indiscriminate  use  should  be  eliminated. 

2.  A  requisitioner  should  not  have  to  wait  for  committee  action  before  procuring 
a  nonstandard  Item. 

3.  New  materials  and  methods  should  be  continually  tried  so  as  to  keep  the 
company  up  to  date.' 

In  order  that  the  standards  may  not  become  too  fixed  and  thus  pre- 
vent progress,  each  subcommittee  occasionally  reviews  the  purchases 
under  its  jurisdiction. 

The  Bausch  <£'  Lomh  Optical  Co. 

The  Bausch  &  Lomb  Optical  Co.,  Rochester, 'N.  Y.,  established  a 
permanent  committee,  during  1935,  to  study  material  specifications. 
This  committee  was  organized  to — 

"  "The   Detroit   Edison   Co.    Standardize.'!   Its   Materials."   by   Arthur   J.    Beck,    Industrial 
Standardization  and  Commercial  Standards  Monthly,  vol.  10   (7),  p.  184,  July  1939. 
« Ibid.,  p.  185. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWEK  ^93 

*  *  *  prepare  material  specifications,  to  devise  a  simple  code  for  labeling  and 
identifying  the  specifications,  and  to  select  additional  matei'ials  for  which  the 
specifications  were  to  be  written  *  *  *  to  review  and  analyze  specifications 
as  written,  indicate  those  materials  requiring  testing,  act  on  the  acceptance  of 
final  specifications,  and  submit  them  to  the  management." 

The  committee  is  composed  of  four  permanent  members:  The  as- 
sistant to  the  works  manager,  acting  as  chairman ;  the  purchasing 
agent ;  the  head  research  chemist ;  and  a  representative  of  the  engineer- 
ing department.  Other  members,  specialists  in  their  field,  assist  this 
group.  This  committee  designates  subcommittees  to  work  on  specific 
problems.  Two  n.embers  of  the  materials  standards  department  are 
permanently  assigned  to  edit  specifications. 

The  materials  investigated  for  standardization  by  the  Bausch  & 
Lomb  Optical  Co.  are  covered  by  material  purchase  specifications  and 
approved  material  forms. 

All  material  purchase  specifications  follow  the  same  general  outline :  (o)  Scope, 
(&)  a  general  paragraph  describing  the  material  and  how  it  is  to  be  used,   (c) 

chemical  properties,  (d)  physical  properties,  (e)  material  and  manufacture, 
if)  finish,   (g)  size,  (h)  tolerances,  (i)  packing,   (;)  marking  and  labeling,   (fc) 

testing  and  inspecting,    (l)    rejection.     *     *     * 

The  approved  material  forms  follow  a  standard  outline  covering:  (a)  Name  of 

the  material,  (6)  what  departments  use  it  and  for  what  purpose,  (c)  lists  of  the 

suppliers  and  the  particular  trade  names  by  which  they  supply  the  material, 
(d)  the  characteristics  of  the  material,  and  (e)  the  frequency  and  quantities  of 

purchase.' 

Standard  test  methods  are  used  in  testing  purchased  materials  to 
assure  their  conformity  to  company  material  purchase  specifications. 
American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  (A.  S.  T.  M.)  specifications, 
modified  A.  S.  T.  M.  specifications,  various  accepted  trade  practices 
and  their  modifications,  and  test  methods  developed  by  the  company 
are  used  in  making  these  tests. 

Articles  that  are  reproduced  by  the  Bausch  &  Lomb  Optical  Co. 
hundreds  of  times  are  required  to  be  uniform  and  to  come  within 
a  certain  standard  of  perfection.  Group  tolerances  for  lenses  have 
been  arrived  at,  which  are  required  to  be  within  the  limits  of  varia- 
tion suitable  to  the  needs  of  a  particular  customer.  Spectacle  frames 
were  standardized  although  many  styles,  shapes,  and  sizes  are  re- 
quired to  fit  the  individual. 

Compani/  Members   of   the   Associated   Grocery  Manufacturers   of 
America^  Ine. 
The  Associated  Grocery  Manufacturers  of  America  sent  the  follow- 
ing questionnaire  to  a  few  of  its  nationally  known  company  mem- 
bers : 

1.  In  purchasing  your  raw  materials — materials  which  make  up  the  ingre- 
dients of  your  finished  product — what  methods  or  controls  are  employed  by  you 
to  insure  uniformity  of  the  quality  desired? 

2.  You  manufacture  your  product  to  meet  certain  specifications — what  safe- 
guards or  controls  are  used  by  you  to  guarantee  uniformity  of  production? 

3.  What  safeguards  do  you  employ  to  assure  you  that  the  finished  product 
meets  all  specifications  and  that  no  defective  packages  are  shipped  out? 

4.  Are  you  supplying  specific  information  about  your  product  to  the  public? 
What  is  the  nature  of  this  information  and  how  do  you  pass  it  on?' 

^  "How  the  Bausch  &  Lomb  Optical  Co.  Works  Out  Its  Standarrlization  Program,"  by 
A.  W.  Anderson,  Industrial  Standardization  and  Commercial  Standards  Monthly,  vol.  9  (9), 
p.  201,  September  1938. 

"Ibid.,  p.  203. 

'  Letter  by  Mr.  Paul  S.  Willis,  president.  Associated  Grocery  Manufacturers  of  America, 
Inc.,  New  York  City,  November  29,  1939. 


194  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Twelve  companies  replied  to  the  questionnaire.  The  replies  con- 
tained rather  detailed  descriptions  of  their  respective  standardization 
activities.  The  subjects  discussed  in  these  replies  are  here  analyzed 
according  to  the  following  classification :  {a)  Control  of  the  sources 
of  raw  materials,  (h)  purchases  based  on  samples,  (c)  use  of  pur- 
chase specifications,  (d)  tests  before  acceptance,  (e)  manufacturing 
specifications,  (/)  testing  of  the  finished  product,  (g)  packaging 
specifications,  (h)  testing  of  products  after  sale,  (i)  research,  {j) 
commodity  information. 

Control  of  the  sources  of  raio  materials. — Control  of  the  sources  of 
raw  materials  is  exercised  by  4  of  the  12  companies  through  close 
cooperation  with  farmers;  2  of  these  companies  furnish  seeds  to  the 
farmers  and  direct  the  planting  and  harvesting  of  the  crops. 

Purchases  based  on  samples. — Three  companies  based  their  pur- 
chases on  samples  subjected  to  laboratory  tests,  one  of  these  com- 
panies manufactures  a  small  quantity  of  the  product  to  determine 
whether  the  material  under  consideration  meets  the  required  stand- 
ards. 

Use  of  yurchase  specifications. — Nine  companies  purchase  their  raw 
material  according  to  specifications,  two  of  these  make  use  of  grades 
and  standards  established  by  the  United  States  Government. 

Tests  before  acceptance  to  assure  conformity  with  purchase  speci- 
fications.— The  nine  companies  purchasing  by  specifications  examine 
products  before  acceptance  to  determine  whether  the  specifications 
have  been  complied  with.  In  the  majority  of  cases  the  material  is 
subjected  to  laboratory  tests.  The  raw  materials  of  one  company 
are  tested  upon  receipt :  Meats  and  poultry  are  inspected,  and  toma- 
toes are  graded  and  inspected  by  agents  of  the  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture;  raw  and  canned  vegetables  are  inspected,  piece 
by  piece  and  grain  by  grain,  by  company  inspectors.  Fruits  and 
vegetables  of  another  company  are  examined  by  graders  of  the 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture.  One  company  has  estab- 
lished standard  test  methods  for  its  own  use.  One  company  requires 
that  raw  materials  not  meeting  purchase  specifications  must  have  the 
approval  of  the  company's  laboratory  before  they  are  used.  One 
company  tests  raw  material  at  each  manufacturing  plant  and  also 
at  the  central  laboratory. 

Manufacturing  specifications. — The  products  of  all  12  of  these 
companies  are  produced  accordinj^  to  manufacturing  and  processing 
specifications.  Intermediate  testmg  during  manufacturing  process 
is  conducted  by  each  company.  In  one  company,  inspectors  are  sta- 
tioned at  key  points  and  require  samples  from  batches  to  be  taken 
hourly  for  laboratory  testing. 

Testing  of  finished  product. — Each  company  examines  and  tests  its 
finished  product  to  verify  its  conformity  to  manufacturing  specifica- 
tions. VarioMs  tests  used  include  chemical  and  physical  analysis, 
study  of  the  product  under  conditions  corresponding  to  those  of  con- 
sumer use,  aging  tests,  and  cooking  tests.  Four  companies,  in  addi- 
tion provide  for  tests  independent  of  the  manufacturing  plant;  one 
of  tnese  companies  maintains  a  central  research  laboratory  for  this 
purpose;  and  in  another  company,  the  test  results  are  reported 
directly  to  the  home  office. 

Packaging  specifications. — Eight  companies  package  their  products 
according  to  company  specifications.    Containers  are  filled  and  pack- 


■CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  195 

aged  automatically  in  two  companies.  In  the  other  six,  the  packages 
are  tested  to  ascertain  whether  they  comply  with  company  specifica- 
tions. 

Inspection  of  iiroducU  after  sale. — Three  companies  purchase  mer- 
chandise from  the  grocer's  shelves  for  examination  and  analysis,  one 
of  these  companies  supervises,  to  some  extent,  the  storage  of  the 
products  on  the  shelves  of  the  wholesaler  and  retailer. 

Research. — Four  of  the  12  companies  conduct  experimental  re- 
search for  the  improvement  of  the  quality  of  their  respective  prod- 
ucts. An  experimental  farm  is  maintained  by  one  company,  and  a 
staff  assists  farmers  in  producing  raw  materials  that  meet  company 
standards.  Another  company  maintains  a  small  factory  for  research 
on  process  standards,  and  also  employs  special  agents  to  cooperate 
with  those  upon  whom  the  company  is  dependent  for  its  raw  mate- 
rials in  an  effort  to  increase  their  quality. 

C ommodity  information. — None  of  the  above  companies  furnish 
information  regarding  their  products  in. terms  of  generally  recognized 
standards  or  grades.  They  use  various  media  by  Avhich  to  inform 
the  public  about  the  desirable  characteristics  of  their  different  prod- 
ucts. Of  course,  they  supply  on  labels  all  information  required  by 
legal  regulations. 


STANDARDIZATION  ACTIVITIES   OF   TRADE 
ASSOCIATIONS «  ' 

The  Trade  Association  Survey  made  by  the  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce  for  the  Temporary  National  Economic  Committee 
secured  schedules  in  1938  on  all  types  of  association  activities  from 
more  than  1,300  trade  associations  of  national  and  interstate  scope. 
These  schedules  included  questions  of  "standardization  and  simpli- 
fication" (in  this  chapter  "standardization"  includes  "simplification" 
unless  otherwise  stated)  and  "establishment-  of  quality  standards," 
and  more  than  700  associations  replied  that  they  furnished  services 
to  members  on  one  or  both  of  these  items.  Ahnost  350  associations 
also  provided  a  "standard  business  forms  and  contracts"  service. 
Stanclardization  is  often  related  to  other  association  activities,  such 
as  trade  practices  and  uniform  cost  accountinc;,  in  connection  with 
the  promotion  of  uniformity  in  business  relationships. 

Many  trade  associations  active  in  the  field  of  standardization  also 
provide  sei*\nces  such  as  inspection,  o;rading,  certification,  labeling, 
and  guaranteeing;  and  also  conduct  technical  research  and  inspection 
services  dealing  not  only  with  the  products  of  the  industry  itself,  but 
also  with  those  of  other  industries,  such  as  raw  materials  and  com- 
peting products. 

Standardization  is  especially  predominant  among  activities  of  man- 
ufacturing associations.  Industrial  standardization  consists  largely 
of  singling  out  specific  products  and  methods  which  have  been  found 
to  be  most  desirable,  and  concentrating  upon  them  for  the  purpose 
of  obtaining  the  greatest  possible  production  efficiency.  Standard- 
ization, however,  can  include  not  only  products  and  methods,  but 
also  terms  and  contract  forms. 

A  trade  association  can  render  services  to  members  and  the  indus- 
try in  endeavoring  to  secure  uniformity  or  standardization  of — 

Nomenclature  Packaging  Types  and  patterns 

Dimensions  Shipping  Equipment 

Quantity  Sales  practices  Plant  lay-out 

Quality  Trade  rules  Building  codes 

Performance  Contract  forms  Safety  codes 
Test  methods 

Trade  association  work  in  simplification,  or  the  elimination  of 
unnecessary  varieties,  can  pertain  to : 

Shapes  Conii:)Osition  Grades 

Sizes  Models  Quality 

Standardization  work  can  bo  carried  on  by  any  firm  and  by  one  or 
several  trade  associations  in  a  particular  field.  However,  most  of  the 
outstanding  progress  has  been  brought  about  through  the  close  coop- 
eration of  hundreds  of  trade  and  professional  associations  with  such 

*  Material  on  pp.  196-202  is  based  on  data  obtained  from  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Com- 
merce's report  for  the  Temporary  National  Economic  Committee,  known  as  the  "Trade 
Association  Survey." 

196 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  197 

standardizing  bodies  as  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  American 
Standards  Association,  and  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials. 

More  than  20  years  ago  when  American  industry  was  mobilized 
for  World  War  purposes,  various  surveys  by  the  War  Industries 
Board  disclosed  an  over-diversity  of  products,  as  well  as  a  vital  need 
for  improved  products  of  highest  possible  efficiency  in  the  ''Win  the 
War"  emergency  program.  The  War  Industries  Board  insisted  upon 
immediate  standardization  in  many  fields,  thus  calling  for  a  great 
amount  of  standardization  activity  by  trade  associations.  It  was  the 
practice  of  the  Board,  in  most  cases,  to  deal,  as  far  as  possible,  with 
each  industry  through  its  national  trade  association.  Drastic  reduc- 
tions were  made  in  grades,  sizes,  and  styles  of  products. 

After  the  war,  American  industry  was  faced  with  a  status  of  indus- 
trial over-capacity,  and  manufacturers  attempted  to  increase  sales  by 
featuring  new  sizes  and  styles  having  "individual  appeal,"  claimed  to 
be  improvements  over  the  standardized  product.  Thus  tlie  stanclards 
movement  was  retarded  in  its  early  growth.  It  was  not  long,  however, 
before  the  resulting  waste  became  such  a  burden  on  many  industries 
that  a  united  movement  was  fostered  by  trade  associations,  technical 
societies,  and  governmental  agencies  to  stop  this  undue  diversification 
trend.  Variety  is  likely  to  increase  most  rapidly  during  a  period  of 
depression,  accompanied  by  a  buyers'  market.  Sales  departments  like 
to  feature  something  "new  and  different,"  and  this  also  applies  to  the 
engineering  department  of  a  manufacturing  firm  in  the  conduct  of 
its  development  work.  If  one  company  yields  to  a  trend  away  from 
the  standardization  program  advocated  by  the  trade  association  of 
the  industry,  rival  companies  are  apt  to  follow  as  a  temporary  business 
experiment. 

The  harmful  effects  of  over-diversification  were  given  wide  publicity 
in  the  "Waste  in  Industry"  survey  by  the  Committee  on  Elimination 
of  Waste  in  Industry  of  the  Federated  American  Engineering  Socie- 
ties, Washington,  D.  C.,^  made  in  cooperation  with  a  number  of  trade 
and  professional  associations  and  the  United  States  Department  of 
Commerce.  About  this  time  aid  to  industrial  standardization  and 
simplification  by  the  present  National  Bureau  of  Standards  was 
started,  and  the  Federal  Specifications  Board  was  established. 

In  1921  the  Secretary  of  Commerce  set  up  the  present  Division  of 
Simplified  Practice  and,  in  1923,  the  Division  of  Codes  and  Specifica- 
tions within  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards. 

Surveys  of  Sta\ndardization.  Activities  of  Trade  Associatiom. 

In  1927  a  survey  by  the  American  Trade  Association  Executives  ^° 
indicated  that  40  percent  of  a  representative  group  of  associations 
were  by  then  providing  standardization  and  simplification  services  to 
their  members. 

A  Federal  Trade  Commission  study  ^^  of  the  activities  of  over  700 
associations  of  manufacturers  and  contractors  for  the  period  1926-28 

9  "Waste  in  Industry."  by  Committee  on  Elimination  of  Waste  in  Industry  of  the  Fed- 
erated American  Ensinerinsr  Societies,  400  pp..  ^McGraw-Hill  Rook  Co..  Inc.,  New  York  Citv. 
cl921  (by  American  Engineerins:  Council).  (Tlie  American  Ensineerins;  Council  is  tbe 
executive  body  of  the  Federated  Ameiloan  Engineerins  Societies.) 

1"  "American  Trade  Association  Executives:  Proceedings  and  Addresses,  Eighth  Annual 
Convention."  pp.  224-225,  West  Baden  Sprinss.  Ind..  October  6,  7.  8.  1927. 

""Open  Price  Trade  Associations,"  70tb  Cong.,  2d  sess.,  S.  Doc.  226,  pp.  29-35,  Govern- 
ment Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  1920. 

272406— 41— No.  24 14 


198  CONCEXTRATIOX  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

showed  that  about  30  percent  of  their  activities  were  in  the  standard- 
ization field  and,  for  wholesalers'  associations,  15  percent. 

In  1931  a  survey  was  made  by  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  of  the 
United  States  relating  to  activities  of  trade  associations  of  national 
and  local  scope;  replies  were  received  from  approximately  500  asso- 
ciations. Thirty-three  percent  of  the  associations  were  active  in  stand- 
ardization work  and  26  percent  in  simplification.  As  is  generally  the 
case,  such  activities  were  much  more  important  in  national  rather 
than  local  programs: 


National 

Local 

standardization 

Percent 
43 
35 
20 

Percent 

g 

4 

Certification        .- - 

9 

During  the  period  of  1937-38  trade  association  services  in  the  general 
field  of  standardization  had  sharply  increased,  with  58  percent  for  all 
associations ;  this  was  found  in  a  survey  made  by  the  United  States 
Department  of  Commerce  for  the  Temporary  National  Economic  Com- 
mittee. Not  all  products,  however,  of  even  those  industries  most  active 
in  this  field  were  sold  on  a  standardized,  inspected,  certified,  labeled 
basis.  Custom  work  made  in  accordance  with  individual  specifica- 
tions will  always  be  a  factor.  Also,  a  certain  percent  of  the  products 
of  the  most  modern  factories  do  not  quite  meet  certain  standards,  yet 
are  reasonably  serviceable.  These  are  sold  to  markets  satisfied  wdth 
slightly  substandard  items  at  lowered  prices.  In  most  industries,  a 
large  number  of  the  firms  are  unable  financially  to  purchase  equipment 
and  materials  of  the  quality  needed  to  permit  competition  in  the  high- 
quality  market.  In  the  lumber  industry,  for  example,  thousands  of 
the  Nation's  saAvmills  are  too  small  and  poorly  equipped  to  turn  out 
most  of  their  products  on  such  a  quality  basis  as  is  called  for  by 
Federal  Specifications. 

About  58  percent  of  the  trade  associations,  or  over  700,  reported, 
as  above  mentioned,  that  they  were  furnishing  some  form  of  standardi- 
zation service  to  their  members.  This  was  much  more  prevalent  among 
associations  of  producers  than  of  distributors.  It  was  an  activity  of 
93  percent  of  associations  of  manufacturers  in  the  electrical  machinerj^ 
industry;  90  percent  of  associations  in  the  paper  industry;  89  percent 
of  associations  in  the  furniture  industry ;  87  percent  of  associations  in 
the  lumber  industry  and  83  ])ercent  of  those  manufacturing  iron  and 
steel  products.  However,  only  26  percent  of  the  associations  in  the 
apparel  and  other  finished  textile  products  fields  reported  standardi- 
zation activities. 

In  functional  groups  other  than  production,  standardization  activi- 
ties are  not  as  common.  Some  percentages  of  activities  in  these  groups 
were : 

Percent 

Finance  and  real  estate , 9 

Mining  and  quarrying,  except  coal 2n 

Transportation  and  other  public  utilities 29 

Personal  business  and  recreational 38 

Retail  trade 49 

Wholesale  trade 51 

Construction 65 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  j^QQ 

Of  the  total  of  more  than  700  associations  reporting  standardization 
and  simplijfication  activities,  about  450  stated  that  it  was  so  important 
in  their  programs,  that  it  was  regarded  as  a  major  activity.  This  ratio 
was  very  high  for  associations  in  many  industries  manufacturing  prod- 
ucts of  lumber,  and  iron  and  steel,  and  low  for  wholesaling  and  retailing 
trade  associations : 

Percent 

Lumber  products 72 

Iron  and  steel 69 

Electrical  machinery 64 

Construction 47 

Transportation  and  other  public  utilities 22 

Wholesale    trade 20 

Retail  trade 15 

Although  hundreds  of  trade  associations  are  active  in  standardiza- 
tion work,  it  may  be  of  interest  to  mention  briefly  the  activities  of  some 
of  them. 

The  anthracite  industries  recently  stated  that  "more  than  100,000 
persons  are  normally  employed  in  the  mining  and  preparation  of 
anthracite  coal,  and  there  are  about  9,000  retail  coal  dealers  supplying 
the  needs  of  6,000,000  homes."  As  part  of  a  broad  trade  expansion 
program,  a  research  and  testing  laboratory  was  established  and  equip- 
ment used  by  the  coal  industry  has  been  tested.  Improvements  have 
been  made  in  efficiency,  economy,  and  convenience,  both  in  old  types 
of  equipment  and  in  new  types  that  have  been  and  are  still  being 
developed. 

The  Mixer  Mauf  acturers  Bureau,  affiliated  with  the  Associated  Gen- 
eral Contractors  of  America,  reported  that  there  was  formerly  an 
uncontrolled  competition  in  sizes,  models,  and  capacities  of  concrete 
mixers.  The  association  sponsored  a  program  which  has  brought 
about  a  saving  to  the  buyers  of  the  product  as  a  result  of  a  reduction 
in  waste  and  premature  obsolescence. 

The  National  Electrical  Manufacturers  Association  (N.  E.  M.  A.) 
has  a  Codes  and  Standards  Committee  w;hich  cooperates  with  the 
American  Standards  Association  in  the  development,  approval,  and 
promotion  of  the  use  of  "American  Standards."  It  also  cooperates 
with  such  organizations  as  the  National  Safety  Council,  International 
Association  of  Electrical  Inspectors,  Associated  Factory  Mutual  In- 
surance Companies,  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  Amer- 
ican Welding  Society,  Underwriters'  Laboratories,  American  Gas  As- 
sociation, National  Bureau  of  Standards,  and  the  International  Stand- 
ards Association.  A  recent  report  stated  that  "standardization  is  a 
never-ending  process.  N.  E.  M.  A.  is  constantly  receiving  requests 
for  cooperation  in  solving  standardization  problems  affecting  elec- 
trical apparatus  and  equipment  from  outride  sources."  This  associa- 
tion is  composed  of  about  70  sections  and  there  are  36  joint  committees 
working  with  the  Codes  and  Standards  Committee  whose  duty  is  to 
assist  in — 

promulgating  standards  for  rating  construction,  performance,  durability,  com- 
position, and  other  characteristics  of  their  products ;  also,  for  manufacturing 
practices  and  to  provide  for  identifying  compliance  therewith. 

_  The  American  Lumber  Congress  in  1919  adopted  a  program  for 
simplification  of  lumber-grading  standards,  greater  uniformity  of 
similar  grades  of  competing  species,  and  the  standardization  of  sizes 
of  yard  and  factory  lumber.     Iv  May  1922  the  First  General  Lumber 


200         CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Conference  was  held  under  the  auspices  of  the  Division  of  Simplified 
Practice,  Bureau  of  Standards;  unanimous  resolutions  to  further 
standardization  work  were  adopted.  At  the  Second  General  Lumber 
Conference,  in  July  1922,  the  Central  Committee  on  Lumber  Stand- 
ards was  formed  to  act  as  an  executive  organization  in  drafting  con- 
crete recommendations,  A  larger  group,  the  Consulting  Committee 
on  Lumber  Standards,  was  organized  by  this  Central  Committee.  At 
the  Third  General  Lumber  Conference,  held  at  the  United  States  De- 
partment of  Commerce  in  December  1933,  recommendations  were  sub- 
mitted and  adopted,  which  resulted  in  the  elimination  of  unnecessary 
sizes,  thereby  reducing  the  number  of  actual  finished  yard  lumber 
items  nearly  60  percent,  and  the  fixing  of  definitions  of  basic  grades. 
Approximately  110  organizations  were  represented  at  the  1922  Con- 
ference while  168  representatives  of  lumber  manufacturers,  distrib- 
utors, and  consumers,  including  Federal  Government  agencies,  archi- 
tects, engineers,  and  other  technical  experts  attended  the  1923  Con- 
ference. Recommendations  were  offerecl  by  the  Central  Committee  on 
Lumber  Standards  at  the  1924  and  1925  Conferences  which  continued 
work  on  the  American  Lumber  Standards,  and  completed  stand- 
ardization of  the  products  of  the  softwood  industry.  By  1928  size 
standardization  had  been  completed  and  problems  relating  to  quality, 
especially  basic  standards  for  structural  material,  were  undertaken. 

The  Central  Committee  on  Lumber  Standards  is  playing  an  im- 
portant role  in  the  standardization  of  lumber  products. 

In  1925  the  Secretary  of  Commerce  established  the  National  Com- 
mittee on  Wood  Utilizaition,  which  existed  until  1933.  This  com- 
mittee was  composed  of  representatives  of  a  number  of  Federal 
agencies  and  such  trade  associations  as  the  Aeronautical  Chamber 
of  Commerce,  American  Paper  and  Pulp  Association,  American 
Petroleum  Institute,  Association  of  American  Railroads,  Associated 
General  Contractors  of  America,  and  about  40  other  national  groups. 
The  National  Committee  on  Wood  Utilization  led  in  the  cooperative 
development  of  methods  for  eliminating  waste  not  only  in  the  fabri- 
cation of  lumber  products,  but  in  logging,  milling,  drying,  seasoning, 
storage,  and  transportation.  Some  of  the  projects  formerly  carried 
on  by  the  committee  are  now  continued  by  the  National  Lumber 
INIanufacturers  Association  and  its  15  regional  affiliated  associations 
in  cooperation  with  the  Forest  Division  of  the  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce. 

Since  trade  associations  in  the  timber  products  industry  are  pos- 
sibly devoting  more  effort  to  promoting  the  use  of  standard  products 
conforming  to  Federal  Specifications  than  associations  in  any  other 
industry,  detailed  information  will  be  given  on  some  lumber  stand- 
ards. An  example  of  cooperation  of  trade  associations  with  the  Gov- 
ernment is  the  formulation  of  the  Federal  Specification  for  Softwood 
Lumber  and  Timber  (MM-L-751a). 

This  sipecification  states  in  part: 

Softwood  lumber  shall  conform  to  the  grading  rules  of  the  various  lumber 
associations  *  *  *  where  such  grading  rules  are  approved  by  the  Central 
Committee  on  Lumber  Standards  as  in  conformance  with  "American  Lumber 
Standards";  see  Simplified  I'ractice  Recommendation  R-16-29 '^  "Lumber"  of 
the  Department  of  Commerce. 


"  This    Simplified    Practice    Recommendation    was    recently    revised ;    its    designation    is 
K1R-S9. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  201 

In  recent  years  softwood  lumber  has  often  accounted  for  as  much 
as  four-fifths  of  the  total  production  of  lumber  in  the  United  States. 

The  lumber  specification  mentioned  above  covers  species,  classes, 
grades,  material,  workmanship,  methods  of  inspection,  and  packing. 
This  specification  lists  a  number  of  national  and  regional  trade 
associations  which  are  actively  cooperating  with  the  Government  in 
grading  and  inspection  work  to  increase  business  efficiency  and  secure 
and  hold  the  confidence  of  Government  purchasing  agencies  and  the 
consuming  public  in  the  integrity  of  the  association's  efforts  to  sell 
lumber  which  conforms  to  the  high  standards  agreed  upon.  This 
Federal  Specification  states  in  part: 

The  grading  rules  of  the  following  manufacturers'  associations  are  published 
upon  the  basis  of  the  American  Lumber  Standards. 

Among  the  associations  cooperating  with  the  Government  on  this 
particular  Federal  Specification  are  the — 

California  Eedwood  Association. 
Northern  Pine  Manufacturers  Association. 
Southern  Pine  Association. 
West  Coast  Lumbermen's  Association. 

The  National  Hardwood  Lumber  Association  is  composed  of  firms 
which  prepare  lumber  from  various  species  of  hardwood  trees.  It 
reported  that  its  standardization  program  has  "enabled  all  hardwoods 
to  meet  in  common  markets  on  a  price  competitive  basis." 

The  Northeastern  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association  reported  that 
its  activity  in  standardization  work  was  brought  about  by  the  public 
demand  for  standardized  products  in  the  construction  field  and 
by  competition  of  other  standardized  lumber.  The  result  of  the 
work  of  this  association  is  increased  demand  for  the  inspected  and 
graded  products  of  its  members  and  increased  public  confidence  in 
its  products,  since  consumers  now  know  what  to  expect  when  they 
specify  a  particular  standardized  product. 

The  Rubber  Manufacturers  Association  has  coordinated,  to  a  high 
degree  of  efficiency,  the  standardization  and  simplification  work  of 
the  rubber  industry.  This  industry  is  characterized  by  a  small  num- 
ber of  large  firms.  The  Rubber  Manufacturers  Association  reports 
that  large  sums  have  been  saved  through  reduced  inventory  and  pro- 
duction costs,  and  also  by  public  acceptance  of  standardized  rubber 
products,  such  as  rubber  automobile  tires. 

The  Soft  Fiber  Institute  is  one  of  the  large  number  of  associations 
utilizing  the  facilities  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials, 
and  representatives  from  this  institute  are  members  of  textile  and 
other  industrial  committees  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Ma- 
terials. Laboratory  tests  are  constantly  carried  on  to  determine  the 
relative  efficiency  of  various  types  of  yarns. 

The  Sporting  Arms  and  Ammunition  Manufacturers  Institute  has 
cooperated  with  the  Ordnance  Department  of  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment in  the  standardization  of  its  products,  and  has  for  years  carried 
on  various  tests  at  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards.  It  reports 
that  there  has  been  marked  success  in  eliminating  odd  weights  and 
sizes  of  ammunition,  which  has  simplified  manufacturing,  wholesal- 
ing, and  retailing  practices  in  this  industry. 

The  American  Institute  of  Steel  Construction,  Associated  General 
Contractors  of  America,  Construction  League  of  the  United  States, 


202  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

National  Association  of  Builders  Exchanges,  National  Association  of 
Master  Plumbers,  National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association,  Port- 
land Cement  Association,  Structural  Clay  Products  Institute,  as  well 
as  the  American  Institute  of  Architects  and  other  professional  or- 
ganizations and  public  officials  such  as  building  inspectors,  and  the 
National  Association  of  Housing  Officials  are  cooperating  with  the 
National  Bureau  of  Standards  in  the  preparation  of  building  and 
plumbing  codes,  carefully  developed  so  as  to  be  suitable  for  general 
adoption  by  State  and  municipal  agencies. 

The  National  Paving  Brick  Association,  a  pioneer  association  in 
simplified  practice  work,  was  organized  in  1905  and  in  1939  had  about 
75  percent  of  the  industry's  firms  in  its  membership,  representing 
about  85  percent  of  the  Nation's  total  production  of  that  industry. 
This  association  is  active  in  standardization  work  and  has  a  research 
laboratory.  It  is  allied  in  various  programs  with  the  Structural  Clay 
Products  Institute,  whose  membership  includes  manufacturers  of 
common  brick,  face  brick,  tile,  and  similar  products.  The  benefits 
of  simplification  were  enumerated  in  a  recent  report  on  vitrified 
paving  brick  which  emphasized  the  accomplishment  of  this  associ- 
ation in  confining  most  of  its  production  to  comparatively  few  sizes 
and  types. 

The  Porcelain  Enamel  Institute  has  developed  several  effective 
standards  for  both  products  and  processes  which  are  extensively  used 
in  the  porcelain  enameling  industry.    The  managing  director  states — 

The  Porcelain  Enamel  Institute  has  issued  a  standard  fineness  test  for 
milling  enamels  under  the  title,  "Tentative  Screen  Test  for  Wet-Milled  Porce- 
lain Enamel."  It  has  also  issued  a  pamphlet  on  architectural  standards,  en- 
titled, "Recommended  Materials  and  Practice  for  Architectural  Porcelain 
Enamel." 

Standards  have  been  issued  for  the  following: 

(1)  "Test   for    Resistance    of    Porcelain    Enamels    to    Surface    Abrasion"      'A 

tentative  standard.) 

(2)  "Test  for  Acid  Resistance  of  Porcelain  Enamels." 

(3)  "Reflectance  Test  for  Opaque  White  Porcelain  Enamels." 

******* 
Standards  are  not  used  by   this   industry  as  a  basis  for  selling  and   con- 
tractual relations  because  sufficient  research  work  has  not  yet  been   done  to 
make  all  factors  subject  to  standard  grading.^' 

The  American  Institute  of  Steel  Construction  is  primarily  con- 
cerned with  rolling  mill  steel,  semifinished  for  use.  The  membership 
of  this  institute  is  composed  of  companies  engaged  in  the  fabrication 
and  construction  of  steel  for  bridges,  buildings,  and  other  structures. 
The  purposes  of  the  institute  are — 

To  further  better  methods  and  elimination  of  waste  in  the  design,  fabrica- 
tion and  erection  of  structural  steel,  through  a  cooperative  effort  based  upon 
simplification  and  standardization,  as  suggested  by  the  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce,  to  the  end — 

That  the  institute's  activities  may  promote  greater  efficiency  in  production 
and  selling,  and  that  the  mills,  architects,  engineers,  contractors,  the  public, 
and  members  of  the  structural  steel  industry,  may  derive  equal  b'nefits  there- 
from. 

That  the  institute's  standard  specification,  prepared  to  further  uniform  prac- 
tice, may  contribute  to  the  public  the  material  reduction  in  building  costs  that 
result  from  its  application  ; 


"  Letter  by  C.  S.  Pearce,  managing  director,  Porcelain  Enamel  Institute,  Inc.,  Chicago, 
111.,  December  5,  1939. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  203 

That  both  buyer  and  seller  may  profit  from  the  Code  of  Standard  Practice, 
recognition  of  established  ideals,  and  better  ethics  as  applied  to  all  trade 
relations ; " 

******* 

The  institute  is  engaged  in  research  and  assembles  and  distributes 
data  and  information  for  the  use  of  architects  and  engineers  in  pre- 
paring engineering  plans  for  structures  in  which  structural  steel  is 
used. 

The  activities  of  the  institute  are  mainly  of  three  general  types: 
The  simplification  of  sizes  (these  have  been  reduced  over  33  percent 
in  recent  years)  ;  the  standardization  of  uses  of  steel  in  construction; 
and  the  development  of  standards  of  practice,  and  of  codes  of  safety 
in  steel  construction,  including  fire  safety.  The  major  factors  con- 
sidered in  standardization  as  related  to  public  interest  are  safety, 
economy,  and  efficiency.  Standards  developed  by  the  institute  have 
general  interest  and  wide  use. 

Many  of  the  members  of  the  institute  are  serving  on  standardiza- 
tion committees  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  the 
American  Welding  Society,  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  and 
the  American  Standards  Association.  The  institute  is  sponsor  of  the 
Committee  on  Structural  Steel  and  Iron  for  the  American  Stand- 
ards Association. 

The  institute  publishes  "Steel  Construction,""  a  manual  which  is 
an  indispensable  tool  for  those  concerned  with  drawing  up  specifica- 
tions for  any  type  of  structure  in  which  steel  construction  is  employed. 
This  manual  gives  dimensions,  weights,  strength,  and  related  facts  for 
all  standardized  structural  steel.  The  standards  of  the  American 
Society  for  Testing  Materials  are  used  in  designating  physical  and 
chemical  characteristics  of  structural  steel. 

Matters  related  to  use  of  sheet  steel  and  steel  sheets  in  small  build- 
ings, including  residences,  have  been  transferred  by  the  American  Insti- 
tute of  Steel  Construction  to  the  American  Iron  and  Steel  Institute. 

The  American  Gas  Association  (A.  G.  A.)  includes  in  its  membership 
companies  engaged  in  the  production,  distribution,  and  sale  of  manu- 
factured and  natural  gases,  and  some  companies  manufacturing  and 
selling  gas  appliances,  equipment,' and  accessories.  This  association 
is  conducting  extensive  research  in  the  field  of  production,  distribution, 
sale,  and  use  of  gas,  in  its  own  and  commercial  laboratories,  and  in 
various  educational  institutions.  Research  associates  are  maintained 
at  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards.  Since  1924,  the  association  has 
sponsored  a  program  for  standardization  of  gas-burning  appliances 
used  in  the  household.  The  work  of  the  association  in  this  field  is 
outstanding. 

The  standardization  program  has  included  the  creation  of  a  main 
cooperative  committee,  designated  as  the  "Approval  Requirements 
Committee";  affiliated  technical  committees;  "and  a  system  of  legisla- 
tion whereby  minimum  requirements  for  the  safe  and  satisfactory  con- 
struction and  performances  of  gas  appliances  and  accessories  and  in- 
stallation thereof  could  be  developed."  ^^   The  A.  G.  A.  Testing  Labora- 

1*  "Steel  Construction,"  p.  15.  American  Institute  of  Steel  Construction.  Inc..  New 
York.  N.  Y.,  June  1939. 

"  "Steel  Construction  :  A  Manual  for  Architects.  Engineers,  and  Fabricators  of  Buildings 
and  Other  Steel  Structures,"  398  pp.,  American  Institute  of  Steel  Construction,  Inc..  New 
York.  N.  Y.,  3d  ed.,  1939. 

"  "Product  Standardization,"  lecture  by  R.  B.  Harper,  16  pp..  mimeographed,  National 
Institute  of  Commercial  and  Trade  Organization  Executives,  Northwestern  University, 
Evanston,  111.,  August  19.  1939. 


204  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

tories  in  Cleveland,  Ohio,  with  a  branch  in  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  have 
contributed  an  essential  part  to  the  program  of  the  association  by 
"examining  various  gas  appliances  and  accessories,  as  submitted  by 
the  manufacturers  thereof  under  contractual  arrangements,  and  deter- 
mining whether  or  not  these  meet  the  stipulated  requirements,  and  may 
therefore  bear  the  A.  G.  A.  seal  of  approval.  Certificates  of  approval 
are  issued  to  the  manufacturers  for  the  type  and  size  of  products  which 
have  been  found  to  comply  with  the  requirements."  ^' 

The  present  Approval  Requirements  Committee,  which  is  also  con- 
stituted as  the  Committee  on  Approval  and  Installation  Require- 
ments for  Gas-Burning  Appliances  of  the  American  Standards 
Association,  has  25  members  representing  gas  utilities,  manufactur- 
ers, trade  associations  in  related  fields,  Governmental  agencies  (U.  S. 
Bureau  of  Home  Economics,  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  Bureau 
of  Mines,  and  U.  S.  Public  Health  Service)  and  the  American  Home 
Economics  Association. 

Standards  have  been  established  for  nearly  all  types  of  gas-burning 
household  appliances  and  for  some  types  of  gas-burning  commercial 
equipment.  At  present  26  standards  for  gas  appliances  have  been 
approved  by  the  American  Standards  Association  as  "American  Stand- 
ards." These  standards  are  for  such  appliances  as  domestic  ranges; 
water,  space,  and  private  garage  heaters ;  hot  plates  and  laundry  stoves ; 
clothes  dryers;  gas  refrigerators;  draft  hoods;  conversion  burners; 
and  various  accessories. 

The  Approval  Requirements  now  in  effect  represent  minimum 
standards  of  performance,  safe  operation,  and  substantial  and  durable 
construction.  While  the  question  of  safety  has  always  been  regarded 
as  of  paramount  importance  in  the  gas  industry,  much  attention  has 
been  paid  to  the  establishment  of  suitable  standards  governing  de- 
tails of  performance,  depending  on  the  class  of  equipment  under  con- 
sideration. 

It  has  been  estimated  that  approximately  95  percent  of  all  domestic 
gas-burning  appliances  offered  for  sale  in  the  United  States  meet 
the  Approval  Requirements  of  the  American  Gas  Association. 

In  order  to  illustrate  the  development  of  standards  by  trade  as- 
sociations, chart  XIII,  outlining  the  standardization  procedure  of 
the  American  Gas  Association,  is  given. 

The  numbers  in  parenthesis  in  the  following  description  of  pro- 
cedure for  the  preparation,  revision  approval,  and  publication  of 
requirements,  correspond  to  the  numbers  in  the  chart. 

The  Approval  Requirements  Committee  of  the  American  Gas  As- 
sociation considers  requests  for  standardization  from  various  sources 
(1)  and  decides  the  necessity  for  standards.  This  committee  author- 
izes the  appointment  of  subcommittees;  the  chairman  appoints  the 
subcommittee  members  who  have  been  previously  nominated  by  gas 
utility  executives,  by  the  Association  of  Gas  Appliance  and  Equip- 
ment Manufacturers,  and  by  Governmental  bodies  and  national  or- 
ganizations concerned  with  standardization.  Each  subcommittee  pre- 
pares or  revises  requirements  of  standards  (2),  requests  special  in- 
vestigations or  research  to  be  made  by  the  American  Gas  Associa- 
tion Laboratories  if  necessary  (3)  and  (4),  and  sends  its  tentative 
requirements  to  the  members  of  the  gas  industry  and  others  for 

"  "Product  Standardization,"  lecture  by  R.  B.  Harper,  16  pp.,  mimeographed.  National 
Institute  of  Commercial  and  Trade  Organization  Executives,  Northwestern  University, 
Evanston,  III.,  August  19,  1939. 


< 

o 

<  I 


1=       0  «- 


o  "2 
O  _2 


5     i Ji  11 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  205 

comment  (5)  and  (6).  Following  consideration  of  their  suggestions 
and  criticisms,  the  subcommittee  drafts  the  final  recommendations 
for  action  by  the  Approval  Requirements  Committee  (7).  If  the 
requirements  are  approved  by  this  committee  they  are  submitted  to 
the  American  Gas  Association's  Executive  Board  (8),  which  in  turn 
submits  them  to  the  American  Standards  Association  for  possible 
approval  as  an  "American  Standard"  (9).  If  the  Approval  Require- 
ments Committee  does  not  concur  in  the  standard  recommended  by 
the  subcommittee,  the  requirements  are  referred  back  to  the  originat- 
ing subcommittee  with  instructions  for  reconsideration  (7a),  After 
approval  by  the  American  Standards  Association  the  requirements 
are  published  as  an  "American  Standard"  by  the  American  Gas  As- 
sociation Testing  Laboratories  (10)  and  (11). 

The  National  Canners  Association  was  organized  in  1907,  just  97 
year  after  Appert  described  the  methods  he  had  discovered  for  pre- 
serving perishable  foods.  The  object  of  the  association  is  "to  im- 
prove the  methods  and  products  of  the  industry  and  to  increase 
the  consumption  of  canned  foods  by  establishing  confidence  in 
them."  ^^  The  membership  of  the  association  is  constituted  of  both 
individuals  and  firms,  including  canners  of  all  kinds  of  foods  packed 
in  hermetically  sealed  containers  and  sterilized  by  heat. 

The  association  maintains  laboratories  in  Washington,  D.  C,  San 
Francisct),  and  Seattle  in  which  research  is  conducted  to  determine 
desirable  canning  practices.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  preserva- 
tion, palatability,  and  appearance  of  the  canned  product. 

The  association  issues  a  bulletin,  which  is  revised  from  time  to 
time,  of  recommendations  on  processing  for  nonacid  foods.  These 
recommendations  are  based  upon  data  available  from  its  own  re- 
search laboratories,  the  laboratories  of  allied  industries,  and  those 
of  individual  companies.  This  bulletin  is  made  available  to  mem- 
bers of  the  canning  industry,  so  that  the  information  it  contains  may 
aid  in  insuring  the  wholesomeness  of  products  and  in  improving  their 
quality. 

Although  the  National  Canners  Association  opposes  the  grade 
labeling  of  canned  foods  it  has  cooperated  with  the  Agricultural 
Marketing  Service,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  in 
developing  grades  for  canned  fruits  and  vegetables,  for  use  within  the 
trade.  The  association  has  participated,  also,  in  conferences  ar- 
ranged by  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  to  develop 
standards  for  canned  foods  under  the  Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cos- 
metic Act. 

The  position  of  the  National  Canners  Association  relative  to  can 
sizes  is  stated  as  follows : 

The  program  of  simplification  and  standardization  of  containers,  upon  wliich 
the  association  has  cooperated  with  the  Division  of  Simplified  Practice  of  the 
National  Bureau  of  Standards,  has  been  steadily  advanced.  The  object  of  the 
association's  work  "has  been  to  secure  a  practical  simplification  and  standardization 
which  takes  fully  into  account  the  technical  problems  in  can  making  and  canning, 
and  which  meets  the  need  of  preventing  consumer  confusion  and  deception.'" 

However,  the  number  of  sizes  of  cans  appears  not  to  have  been  de- 
creased, although  the  National  Canners  Association  states  that  an 

"  "Yotir  National  Association  at  Work,"  p.  3,  National  Canners  Association,  Washington, 
D.  C.  November  1939. 
» Ibid.,  p.,  17. 


2Qg  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

increasing  proportion  of  the  major  canned  fruits  and  vegetables  is 
packed  in  cans  of  sizes  desigiiated  in  the  Simplified  Practice  Recom- 
mendation ^°  for  each  of  the  various  kinds  of  products.  The  associa- 
tion has  opposed  legislation  to  establish  legal  can  sizes  for  food 
products. 

An  increasing  proportion  of  food  products  for  canning  are  purchased 
by  canners  on  a  grade  basis.  Sales  by  canners  to  distributors  is  said 
by  the  association  to  be  chiefly  on  basis  of  grades,  but  information  as  to 
the  grade  of  the  product  is  seldom  passed  on  to  the  retailer  or  to  the 
ultimate  consumer. 

The  National  Preservers  Association  is  one  of  the  associations  which 
has  secured  the  assistance  of  the  Federal  Trade  Conmiission,  and  pro- 
visions as  to  the  quality  of  products  and  labeling  were  included  in  the 
trade  practice  rules  for  this  industry. 

At  the  request  of  members  of  the  sardine  and  tuna  fish  industries, 
trade  practice  conferences  were  held  by  the  Federal  Trade  Commission. 
Trade  practice  rules  relating  to  sale  and  distribution,  and  including 
definitions  of  types  of  pack  of  sardines  and  quality  grades  of  tuna  fish 
were  promulgated  by  the  Federal  Trade  Commission. 

The  National  Association  of  Hosiery  Manufacturers  initiated  its 
standardization  activities  in  1922,  when  it  placed  a  research  associate 
at  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards.  The  association  now  maintains 
two  such  associates  and  a  secretary  at  the  Bureau.  The  research  pro- 
moted by  the  association  deals  principally  with  the  character  and 
performance  of  the  materials  used  by  the  hosiery  industry. 

Important  standards  developed  in  recent  years  by  the  association 
include  the  standard  oil  content  for  rayon;  standard  lubricant  ^^  for 
knitting  machines  (which  will  not  stain  hosiery) ;  minimum  twist  (of 
the  yarn)  requirements  for  crepe  hosiery ;  and  hosiery  fabrics  defect 
(which  are  used  abroad).  Standards  relating  to  methods  of  testing 
hosiery  have  been  approved  by  the  American  Association  of  Textile 
Technologists  and  published  by  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,-^ 
also  Commercial  Standards  for  Hosiery  Lengths  and  Sizes  -^  and  for 
Regain  of  Mercerized  Cotton  Yarn  ^*  have  been  accepted  and  are  in 
general  use. 

The  raw  silk  color  standards  developed  by  the  association  furnish 
the  only  available  method  of  classifying  raw  silk  by  color,  although 
most  of  the  industry  still  depends  for  this  operation  upon  the  human 
eye.  Fine  and  accurate  classification  of  raw  silk  by  color  is  of  impor- 
tance, since  it  is  intimately  related  to  the  uniformity  of  color  in  the 
finished  product. 

Standards  and  definitions  applying  to  the  construction  and  inspec- 
tion of  women's  full-fashioned  silk  hosiery  -^  were  prepared  by  the 
National  Association  of  Hosiery  Manufacturers  in  1936.  The  stand- 
ards of  construction  are  now  outdated  but  the  use  of  the  standards 
of  inspection  is  constantly  increasing.     This  latter  standard  furnishes 

^Simplified  Practice  Recommendation  155-37   (in  process  of  revision). 

^  "Specifications  for  Stainless  Lubricating  Oil  for  Knitting  Machines,  Loopers  and  Seam- 
ers,"  prepared  by  Research  Associate,  National  AsbOciation  of  Hosiery  and  Underwear 
Manufacturers,  4  pp.,  no  date. 

-'^  "Methods  of  Testing  Hosiery,"  34  pp.,  by  E.  Max  Schenke  and  Howard  E.  Shearer, 
C422.  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  Washington,  D.  C,  1938. 

^  "Hosiery  Lengths  and  Sizes,"  Commercial  Standard  CS46-36,  Government  Printing 
Office.  Washington.  D.  C,  1936. 

24  "Regain  of  Mercerized  Cotton  Yarn,"  Commercial  Standard  CSll-29.  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  1929. 

"*  "Standards  of  Construction  and  Inspection  for  Ladies  Full-Fashionod  Hosiery,"  15 
pp.,  National  Association  of  Hosiery  Manufacturers,  New  York  City,  1936. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  207 

a  mechanical  means  of  classifying  women's  full-fashioned  silk  hosiery 
on  the  basis  of  differences  in  quality  and  character  of  irregularities, 

A  trade  practice  committee  of  the  association  is  working  with 
the  Trade  Practice  Division  of  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  in 
developing  trade  practice  rules  for  the  hosiery  industry.  It  is  antici- 
pated that  rules  will  be  promulgated  for  the  identification  of  the 
fiber,  and  for  labeling  of  hosiery  which  is  not  of  first  quality.  In 
addition  to  agencies  already  mentioned,  the  National  Association  of 
Hosiery  Manufacturers  cooperates  with  the  American  Standards 
Association ;  the  Joint  Committee  on  Raw  Silk  Classification ;  the 
Japanese  Raw  Silk  Intelligence  Bureau ;  the  United  States  Institute 
for  Textile  Research,  Inc. ;  and  the  National  Consumer-Retailer  Coun- 
cil in  furthering  the  development  of  standards  and  labeling  practices. 

The  American  Institute  of  Laundering,  the  successor  to  the  Laun- 
dryowners  National  Association,  has  for  20  years  been  primarily  in- 
terested in  research  and  dissemination  of  information  among  its  mem- 
bers. The  institute  has  found  that  the  standards  used  in  laundering 
services  may  affect  health.  Therefore,  the  institute  prepared  for  the 
members  of  the  medical  profession  a  popular  bulletin  -^  dealing  with 
this  subject.  The  bulletin  includes  data  on  the  bacterial  content  in 
successive  tubs  of  wash  and  rinse  water  through  which  clothes  pass 
during  different  washing  processes. 

The  American  Institute  of  Laundering  has  prepared  and  issued 
recommended  standard  procedures  for  washroom  and  finishing  prac- 
tices concerning  which  the  general  manager  states — 

Its  engineers  and  chemists  and  other  technicians  are  constantly  making 
studies  of  subjects  pertinent  to  commercial  laundering.  Following  the  comple- 
tion of  these  studies,  they  publisli  reports  for  the  guidance  of  the  membership. 
Naturally,  in  work  of  this  type,  we  have  developed  information  which  is  on  the 
border  line  of  standards  and  which  is  constantly  being  recommended  for 
adoption  by  the  industry.  We  have  no  compulsory  standards  and  serve  purely 
as  an  educational  and  research  organization. 

It  has  been  almost  impossible  to  have  standardized  names  of  laundry  services, 
due  to  the  wide  variation  in  names  as  they  are  used  locally  all  over  the  country. 
We  are  representing  an  institution  with  a  membership  of  nearly  2,200  laun- 
dryowners  scattered  all  over  the  United  States  and  Canada.     *    "*     * 

It  is  our  best  judgment  that  the  laundry  industry  is  adopting  more  and  more 
of  our  recommendations  with  regard  to  washing  and  finishing  methods  in  the 
operation  of  their  plants." 

Incidentally,  the  institute  has  accumulated  much  performance  data 
on  various  textiles  which  have  proved  of  value  to  the  textile  industry 
in  improving  and  developing  standards  for  comparable  materials. 

The  National  Association  of  Dyers  and  Cleaners  was  organized  in 
1906.  The  active  membership  of  this  association  includes  proprietors 
of  dry  cleaning  establishments  or  dye  works.  Nonactive  members  may 
include  individuals,  firms,  or  corporations  concerned  with  dry  cleaning 
supplies,  equipment,  or  textiles. 

In  1930  the  association  adopted  a  code  of  business  practices,  which 
defines  dry  cleaning  services.  Later  unsuccessful  efforts  were  made  to 
include  definitions  and  standards  of  dry  cleaning  services  in  the  N.  R. 
A.  Code  for  the  Dry  Cleaning  Industry.-® 

="  "Health  and  the  Laundry,"  p.  31,  Public  HeaUh  Section,  American  Institute  of  Laun- 
dering, .Toilet,  ni..  1937. 

='  Letter  liy  George  H.  Johnson,  general  manager,  American  Institute  of  Laundering, 
Johet.  111.,  December  2.  1939. 

=*  "Report  of  the  Consumers'  Advisory  Board  of  the  N.  R.  A..  Recommending  Standards 
f(>r  the  Dry  Cleaning  Industry,"  22  pp..  National  Recovery  Administration,  Washington, 
D.  C,  April  1934. 


208  CONCENTRATION  OP  ECONOMIC  POWER 

More  recently  the  National  Association  of  Dyers  and  Cleaners  has 
developed  standards  for  "cleaning  room  practices"  which  affects  quality 
of  dry  cleaning.  Such  standards  are  voluntary.  As  yet  no  nationally- 
recognized  standards  have  been  established  for  different  grades  of  dry 
cleaning  services. 

The  association  has  investigated  methods  of  dry  cleaning  and  han- 
dling of  various  types  of  fabrics.  These  methods  are  published  and 
made  available  to  the  membership  in  the  form  of  technical  bulletins 
and  textbooks  and  may  be  regarded  as  standards  of  practice.  In  many 
instances  they  include  standards  of  quality  for  textiles,  since  fabrics 
which  cannot  be  handled  during  the  dry  cleaning  processes,  in  ac- 
cordance with  these  practices,  are  considered  unserviceable.  The  man- 
aging executive  of  the  association  states: 

We  bPlieve  members  to  be  more  favorable  toward  standards  than  in  previous 
years.  However,  standards  of  practice  are  difficult  to  attain  since  it  involves  so 
many  elements  over  which  we  have  no  control.  Type  of  fiber,  dyestuffs,  atmos- 
pheric conditions,  the  acid  condition  of  perspiration  and  variations  therein  ate 
examples  of  the  factors  which  contribute  to  the  difficulties  of  standardization. 

The  development  of  new  equipment  by  machinery  manufacturers,  new  products, 
technical  research  carried  on  in  our  laboratory,  the  maintenance  at  our  head- 
quarters of  a  school  to  educate  cleaners  in  proper  drycleaning  methods,  and  the 
greater  interest  shown  by  drycleaners  in  keeping  accurate  cost  records  are  con- 
sidered important  factors  which  have  contributed  to  the  improvement  of  the 
drycleaning  industry.^ 

The  experience  acquired  by  this  association  pertaining  to  various 
kinds  of  fabrics,  garments,  and  household  textiles,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Laundering,  has  contributed  to  the  improvement 
of  these  commodities  by  manufacturers. 

The  American  Pharmaceutical  Association  was  organized  in  1852. 
Its  membership  includes  pharmacists,  druggists,  teachers  of  pharmacy 
and  related  subjects,  editors  of  pharmaceutical  journals,  and  others 
interested  in  pharmacy.     The  purposes  of  the  association  are : 

To  advance  the  science  and  art  of  pharmacy ;  *  *  *  to  limit  the  practice  of 
pharmacy  to  trained  pharmacists ;  to  increase  the  observance  of  proper  standards 
of  identity,  purity,  and  strength  of  drugs  and  medicines  and  to  prevent  their 
adulteration  ;  to  regulate  the  use  of  habit-forming  and  dangerous  drugs.     *     *     *  »• 

The  association  maintains  a  well-equipped  laboratory  to  carry  on 
research  and  testing  which  contributes  to  the  establishment  and  im- 
provement of  standards  for  drugs.  However  the  regulation  of  the 
labeling  of  drugs  and  related  products  now  rests  with  the  United 
States  Food  and  Drug  Administration. 

The  Committee  on  the  National  Formulary  is  responsible  for  the 
periodical  revision  of  the  National  Formulary ,^^  a  publication  of  the 
American  Pharmaceutical  Association  which  lists  standards  for 
preparation's  sold  under  an  established  name  such  as  arnica,  turpen- 
tine, and  zinc  oxide  paste.  These  standards  are  recognized  in  the 
Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act.  In  commenting  on  the  status 
of  the  National  Formulary,  the  secretary  of  the  American  Pharma- 
ceutical Association  said: 

The  passage  of  the  Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act  gave  the  N.  F. 
(National   Formulary)     *     *     *    a  much  more  important  position  in  the  en- 


^  Letter  by  J.  M.  Matson,  managing  executive,  National  Association  of  Dyers  and 
Cleaners,  Silver  Spring,  Md.,  December  19,  1939. 

'o"AmPrican  Pharmaceutical  Association,"  p.  1,  American  Pharmaceutical  Association, 
Washington.  D.  C,  no  date. 

«  "The  National  Formulary,"  by  Committee  on  the  National  Formulary,  556  pp.,  sixth 
edition,  Macli  Printing  Co.,  Easton,  Pa.,  June  1,  1936. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  209 

forcement  of  the  act  and  also  gave  *  *  *  the  power  to  promulgate  standards 
for  drugs  if  upon  request  the  appropriate  committee  of  revision  did  not  take 
action  within  a  reasonable  time.     *     *     * 

Medical  progress  is  now  probably  greater  in  1  year  than  it  was  in  a  decade 
when  the  N.  F.  was  established.  *  *  *  Formerly  the  N.  F.  was  revised 
over  a  period  of  a  few  years,  and  after  the  revision  was  issued,  the  Committee 
on  National  Formulary  was  practically  inactive  during  the  rerbaiuder  of  the 
decade.    Medical  progress  now  requires  that  revision  be  a  continuous  process.'" 

The  Committee  on  the  National  Formulary  has  10  members,  each 
of  whom  is  a  chairman  of  a  subcommittee  dealing  with  a  specific 
division:  Pharmacognosy,  chemicals,  solution  preparation,  extrac- 
tive preparations,  solid  preparations  for  external  use,  bacteriological 
or  biological  preparations,  external  preparations,  miscellaneous  prep- 
arations, pharmacology  and  posology,  and  nomenclature.  Each  chair- 
man is  privileged  to  select  his  own  committee  members,  but  these  must 
be  approved  by  the  president  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Asso- 
ciation and  ratified  by  the  council  of  the  association,  which  is  composed 
of  18  members.  The  present  members  of  the  Committee  on  the 
National  Formulary  include  7  members  of  faculties  of  schools  of 
pharmacy  or  other  divisions  of  some  college  or  university,  1  hospital 
pharmacist,  and  2  members  of  commercial  firms. 

The  United  States  Food  and  Drug  Administration  is  not  repre- 
sented on  any  of  these  committees  or  on  the  council  of  the  association, 
although  conferences  on  questions  of  mutual  interest  are  held  when 
desired.  The  members  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association 
recognize,  however,  that,  should  the  Committee  on  the  National 
Formulary  fail  to  approve  satisfactory  standards  with  reasonable 
promptness,  the  privilege  of  establishing  these  standards  might  be 
withdrawn  by  the  Federal  Government. 

The  Committee  on  the  Recipe  Book  is  responsible  for  the  publica- 
tion of  the  "Pharmaceutical  Recipe  Book,"  ^^  which  provides  formulas 
for  preparations  ordinarily  mixed  by  individual  druggists. 

The  Committee  on  Unofficial  Standards  is  expected  "to  formulate 
standards,  so  far  as  it  may  be  found  desirable,  for  such  drugs  and 
chemical  products  for  which  standards  are  not  otherwise  provided."  ^* 
The  Council  on  Pharmacy  and  Chemistry  of  the  American  Medical 
Association  is  also  active  in  this  work. 

A  committee  serves  on  the  Pharmacopoeia  Revision  Committee  of 
the  United  States  Pharmacopoeial  Convention.  This  organization  is 
responsible  for  the  revision  of  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia,^^ 
which  gives  standards  for  drugs  (or  simples,  as  the  profession  speaks 
of  them).  These  standards  are  recognized  in  the  Federal  Food,  Drug, 
and  Cosmetic  Act. 


32  "National  Fo-.Tiulary  Revision,"  by  E.  J.  Kelly,  Journal  of  the  American  Pharmaceutical 
Association,  vol.  XXVIII,  pp.  629-630,  October  1939. 

a3  orpjjg  Pharmaceutical  Recipe  Book."  by  Committee  on  Recipe  Book  of  the  American 
Pharmaceutical  Association,  529  pp.,  second  edition.  Mack  Printing  Co.,  Baston.  Pa.,  1936. 

3<  "Constitution  and  By-Laws,"  ch.  VIII,  art.  VIII,  American  Pharmaceutical  Association, 
Washington,  D.  C,  August  1925. 

3'  "United  States  Pharmacopoeia,"  by  United  States  Pharmacopoeial  Convention,  676  pp., 
eleventh  revision,  Mack  Printing  Co.,  Easton,  Pa.,  June  1,  1936. 


STANDARDIZATION    ACTIVITIES    OF    TECHNICAL    AND 
PROFESSIONAL  SOCIETIES 

There  are  30  or  more  technical  and  professional  societies  in  this 
country  participating  in  the  development  of  standards  and  specifica- 
tions. The  types  of  membership  of  these  societies  vary  widely.  Some 
societies  are  composed  exclusively  of  individuals  who  have  met  certain 
rigid  professional  requirements,  while  other  societies  include  a  com- 
bination of  individuals,  corporations,  trade  associations,  and  educa- 
tional or  institutional  agencies.  Whatever  the  nature  of  the  member- 
ship, each  society  represents  some  technical  interest  common  to  all 
members.  Many  of  the  engineering  and  other  technical  societies  have 
become  outstanding  in  standardization  work,  and  are  conducting 
extensive  research  programs. 

Much  of  the,  scientific  research  is  coordinated  under  the  leadership 
of  such  agencies  as  the  National  Research  Council,  the  Engineering 
Foundation,  the  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers,  and  the 
American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers.  Research  workers  are 
maintained  at  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  educational  insti- 
tutions, or  private  technical  laboratories. 

The  three  outstanding  agencies  dealing  with  the  standardization  of 
specifications  and  test  methods  are  the  American  Standards  Associa- 
tion, the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials,  and  the  Association 
of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists. 

Americcm  Standards  Association. 

Industrial  standardization  in  the  United  States  had  reached  by  1918 
a  stage  of  development  which  demanded  greater  coordination  and 
agreement  between  industries,  technical  groups,  and  goverimiental 
agencies  (Federal,  State,  and  municipal)  than  had  been  attained  thus 
far.  Confusion  and  rivalry  among  the  proponents  of  different  stand- 
ards, and  conflicts  in  jurisdiction  were  continually  arising  as  popula- 
tion increased,  industry  advanced,  and  governmental  activities  were 
extended. 

It  was  fitting  that  five  of  the  leading  technical  societies  should  at- 
tempt to  solve  these  problems.  The  American  Institute  of  Electrical 
Engineers  invited  the  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers,  the  Ameri- 
can Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers,  the  American  Institute  of  Min- 
ing and  Metallurgical  Engineers,  and  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials  to  unite  in  developing  a  plan  for  cooperation  in  standardiza- 
tion work.  On  October  10,  1918,  they  formed  an  agency  to  serve  as 
a  clearinghouse  through  which  technical,  industrial,  and  governmental 
agencies  might  coordinate  and  develop  their  standardization  activities 
so  as  to  evolve,  eventually,  voluntary  national  standards  which  would 
have  a  relatively  wide  application.  This  was  first  known  as  the  Ameri- 
can Engineering  Standards  Committee.  Gradually  other  groups  were 
brought  into  this  committee.  In  time  the  concept  of  its  objectives  was 
broadened,  and  in  1928  the  committee  was  reorganized  and  its  activi- 
210 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  211 

ties  greatly  extended.  At  that  time  tlie  name  was  clianged  to  tlie 
American  Standards  Association.  Since  then,  its  procedures  have  been 
further  modified  to  provide  for  the  inclusion  of  representatives  of  all 
interests  concerned  with  the  development  of  standards  and  to  include 
a  wider  range  of  projects : 

dimensional  standards  to  allow  for  interchangeability  of  supplies  or  to  secure  the 
interworking  of  parts  or  of  interrelated  apparatus ;  specifications  for  materials 
and  methods  of  test ;  definitions  of  technical  terms  used  in  industry ;  industrial 
safety  codes  to  make  possible  uniform  requirements  in  safety  devices  for  machines 
and  other  equipment  in  the  fields  of  both  public  and  industrial  safety ;  industrial 
health  codes  for  the  prevention  of  occupational  diseases ;  the  development  of  a 
national  building  code;  specifications  for  consimier  goods  sold  in  retail  trade."" 

The  organization  of  the  American  Standards  Association  is  shown 
in  chart  XIV. 

The  primary  membership  of  the  American  Standards  Association 
includes  72  national  technical  societies,  trade  associations,,  and  govern- 
mental departments  and  agencies.  In  addition,  there  are  some  2,000 
industrial  concerns  which  hold  membership  either  directly  or  by 
group  arrangement  through  their  trade  associations. 

The  association  is  democratically  controlled  by  its  membership.  Finances  and 
general  policy  matters  are  in  the  hands  of  a  board  of  directors  made  up  of  19 
executives,  each  nominated  by  a  different  industry.  The  technical  work  is  super- 
vised by  the  Standards  Council,  which  is  composed  of  representatives  of  all  the 
member  bodies.^ 

The  association  is  supported  by  dues  from  all  members,  except  Gov- 
ernment departments  and  agenci(i5,  and  by  subscriptions  of  sustaining 
members.  The  total  sum,  however,  represents  only  a  small  fraction 
of  the  amount  industry  spends  for  standardization.  Industry  supports 
this  work  because  it  realizes  .and  can  demonstrate  that  standardization 
along  suitable  lines  pays  generous  dividends. 

Major  fields  in  which  standards  have  been  and  are  being  developed 
by  the  association  are:  Automotive,  chemical,  civil  engineering  and 
construction,  electrical,  ferrous  materials  and  metallurgy,  nonferrous 
materials  and  metallurgy,  mechanical  engineering,  mining,  textiles, 
transportation,  wood,  and  other  miscellaneous  lines. 

The  procedure  in  developing  American  Standards  by  the  sectional 
committee  method  is  shown  in  chart  XV. 

Over  3,000  men  and  women  are  working  on  the  various  committees. 

""lie  procedure  of  tlie  American  Standards  Association  provides  that 

iimittees  engaged  in  developing  standards  for  a  commodity  must 
include  representatives  of  all  groups  having  a  substantial  interest  in 
the  standard,  including  producers  of  materials  used,  manufacturers  of 
the  product,  distributors,  users  of  the  product,  and  technical  experts. 
All  of  these  interests  should  be  represented  from  the  beginning  of  the 
development  of  the  standard.  Before  a  standard  can  be  approved 
there  must  be  evidence  of  its  general  acceptance  by  all  groups  substan 
tially  concernea. 

The  association  provides  the  machinery  through  which  the  industries  themselves 
arrive  at  decisions.  It  takes  up  a  new  project  only  upon  request  of  a  reslkmsible 
organization  or  group.  The  project  may  deal  with  an  exijsting  standard  already 
in  general  use,  or  one  which  it  is  proposed  shall  be  genei-aBy  accepted,  or  it  may 

^  "American  Standards  Year  Book,"  p.  3,  American  Standards  Association.  New  York 
City.  1938., 

^"  "The  American  Standards  Association."  Industrial  Standardization  and  Commercial 
Standards  Monthly,  vol.  10,  p.  140,  June  1940. 


212  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

involve  the  development  of  an  entirely  new  standard.  It  may  be  any  one  of 
a  wide  variety  of  types :  Dimensional  standards ;  specifications  for  materials ; 
methods  of  test ;  performance  specifications ;  methods  of  analysis ;  definitions  of 
technical  terms ;  industrial  safety  codes ;  industrial  health  codes ;  or  a  national 
building  code.'* 

Almost  400  standards  have  been  approved  to  date  by  the  American 
Standards  Association  and  over  280  are  in  the  process  of  development. 
Most  of  these  standards  are  for  products  to  be  sold  to  and  to  be  used  by 
industry  and  for  production  methods  employed  by  manufacturers.  In 
fact,  it  was  not  until  the  reorganization  in  1928  that  the  American 
Standards  Association  so  defined  its  program  as  to  include  specifically 
the  development  of  standards  for  retail  goods.  The  relatively  few 
standards  so  far  approved  for  goods  to  be  sold  to  ultimate  consumers 
are — 

standards  for  testing  ice  refrigerators;  standards  for  methods  of  testing  woven 
textile  fabrics ;  specifications  for  dry  batteries ;  specifications  for  labeling  cotton 
yard  goods;  and  standards  covering  installation  and  performance  requirements 
for  all  the  commonly  used  gas-burning  appliances.** 

Attempts  have  been  initiated  to  formulate  standards  for  bed  blankets, 
bed  sheets,  and  shrinkage  of  cotton  textiles,  but  these  efforts  have  failed 
because  of  lack  of  support  by  manufacturers.  However,  the  pro- 
posed standards  on  shrinkage  have  since  been  included  in  the  Trade 
Practice  Rules  for  the  Shrinkage  of  Woven  Cotton  Yard  Goods  of 
the  Federal  Trade  Commission. 

In  October  1936  increasing  demand  on  the  part  of  women's  organiza- 
tions and  gradually  rising  interest  in  consumer  standards  within  the 
American  Standards  Association  led  to  the  organization  of  an  Advisory 
Committee  on  Ultimate  Consumer  Goods  to  coordinate  and  direct  the 
standardization  work  on  consumer  goods.  This  committee  includes 
representatives  of  leading  national  women's  organizations,  retailers' 
associations,  and  interested  Federal  agencies.  Subcommittees  of  the 
Advisory  Committee  on  Ultimate  Consumer  Goods  have  reviewed  the 
situation  with  reference  to  various  standardization  projects  for  con- 
sumer goods,  which,  from  time  to  time,  have  been  initiated  under  the 
procedure  of  the  American  Standards  Association,  and  have  selected 
certain  Commercial  Standards  approved  by  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards  which  it  has  recommended  to  the  Standards  Council  of  the 
American  Standards  Association  for  acceptance  as  American 
Standards 

Other  committees  are  investigating  the  need  for  work  in  such  fields  as  shoes, 
sheets  and  sheeting,  boys'  clothing,  hosiery,  household  refrigerators,  silver  plated 
tableware,  waterproof  and  water  repellant  fabrics,  and   color  permanence.*" 

A  committee  of  the  American  Standards  Association  is  working  on 
the  development  of  standard  body  measurements  to  be  used  as  a  basis 
for  a  uniform  system  of  sizes  for  children's  garments.  The  standards 
will  be  based  on  a  survey  of  36  body  measurements  of  147,000  children 
between  the  ages  of  4  and  17.  This  survey  was  made  under  the  super- 
vision of  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Home  Economics  and  subsidized 
by  the  Work  Projects  Administration. 

"  "The  Organization  and  Worlc  of  A.  S.  A.  Sectional  Committees,"  p.  2,  American  Stand- 
arris  Association,  New  Yorlt  City,  1939. 

» "Consumer  Goods,"  Industriai  Standardization  and  Commercial  Standards  Monthly, 
vol.  10.  p.  146,  June  1939. 

« Idem. 


American  Standards  Association  (ASA) 


Corrclafins  Commiftcei  Dealing  With; 


Woil  on  standards  is  hondled  by  commiHees  or  c 
Mosto*  the  committees  work  under  the  leoderstiip 


more  of  the  organisations  chiefly  concerned. 


Organization  Chart 


I  IH! 
1    I  i  i  I 

a.    J  ="5  s 
i     i  I  I  ° 

im 

Hill 

t    lilt 

-irui 


s  5  5-'^     -S 
'ill      o 

111  HI 

^m 

H  i-?  i< 
r  •?  f  I "  I. 

Ililli 

I  °  I  °  i  ■? 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  213 

Tlie  Ameincan  Society  for  Testing  Materials. 

This  society  (A.  S.  T.  M.)  was  organized  in  1898  as  a  section  of  the 
International  Association  for  Testing  Materials.  In  1902  it  was  incor- 
porated as  an  independent  society,  the  purpose  of  which  is  "the  promo- 
tion of  knowledge  of  the  materials  of  engineering  and  the  standardi- 
zation of  specifications  and  methods  of  testing."  *^ 

The  membership  of  the  society  is  made  up  of  individuals,  companies, 
firms,  corporations,  associations,  laboratories,  governmental  depart- 
ments, universities,  technical  schools,  and  libraries.  It  is  a  national 
technical  societ}^  with  approximately  4,200  members. 

The  society  has  59  standing  committees  with  a  total  membership  of 
3,405.  These  committees  are  organized  under  separate  major  divisions, 
such  as  ferrous  metals ;  nonferrous  metals ;  cementitious,  ceramic,  con- 
crete, and  masonry  materials;  miscellaneous  materials,  such  as  paints, 
petroleum  products,  gaseous  fuels,  coal,  timber,  paper  and  its  products, 
rubber  products,  soaps  and  other  detergents,  textile  materials,  and  plas- 
tics; and  miscellaneous  subjects,  such  as  methods  of  tests,  chemical 
analysis  of  metals,  radiographic  testing,  nomenclature  and  definitions, 
research.  The  following  statement  is  made  concerning  the  work  of 
these  committees : 

The  standing  committees  of  the  society  have  the  broad  functions  of  promoting 
the  knowledge  of  materials  of  engineering  and  the  formulation  of  standard  methods 
of  test,  specifications,  definitions,  and  recommended  practices  i-elating  to  suCh 
materials  *  *  *.  The  obtaining  of  accurate  technical  information  on  the 
characteristics  of  engineering  materials  is  fundamental  and  serves  as  a  basis  for 
the  standardization  work,  which  comprises  the  following: 

1.  The  development  of  suitable  analytical  procedures,  sampling  techniques,  and 
methods  of  test  for  determining  the  constitution,  structure,  or  properties  of 
materials. 

2.  The  formulation  of  speclfi  ations  defining  the  quality  and  characteristics  of 
materijils. 

3.  The  formulation  of  standard  doflnitions  and  systems  of  nomenclature. 

4.  The  preparation  of  recommended  practices  governing  certarn  methods  and 
processes  not  ordinarily  subject  to  contract. 

The  scope  of  activities  of  each  of  the  individual  standing  committees  is  indi- 
cated, particulacly  as  to  the  materials  falling  within  the  jurisdiction  of  each. 
In  general,  the  committees  are  interested  in  both  standardization  and  investi- 
gative work,  except  in  those  instances  where  some  limitation  is  definitely 
indicated.*^ 

The  society,  which  was  one  of  the  founding  societies  of  the  American 
Standards  Association,  is  sponsor  or  joint  sponsor  of  .15  sectional  com- 
mittees functioning  under  the  procedure  of  that  association.  These 
committees  deal  with  a  variety  of  subjects,  .such  as  portland  cement, 
drain  tile,  plastering,  copper  wire,  classification  of  coal,  and  methods  of 
testing  materials.  The  society  is  represented  on  34  other  sectional 
committees  of  the  American  Standards  Association  and  on  10  technical 
committees  of  the  International  Standards  Association.  Representa- 
tives of  the  society  serve  on  one  or  more  committees  or  boards  of  17 
other  organizations.  ^ 

The  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  is  affiliated  with  the 
International  Association  of  Testing  Materials. 

The  A.  S.  T.  M.  Standards  and  Tentative  Standards  are  published 
by  the  society.     Procedure  for  promulgation  of  Tentative  Standards 

""Year   Book,'   pp.    5-14,   American   Society  for  Testing  Materials,    Philadelphia,   Pa., 
August  1039. 
'*  Idem. 

2724SIG— 41— No.  24 15 


214  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

and  A.  S.  T.  M.  Standards  is  shown  in  chart  XVI.  The  1939  edi- 
tion of  these  standards  appears  in  3  parts  totaling  3,700  pages,  and 
includes  866  standards  for  materials  or  test  methods : 

Part  I.  Materials. — Ferrous  and  nonferrous  metals,  except  methods  of  chemical 
analysis,  general  testing  methods. 

Part  II.  Nonmetallic  materials — Constructional. — Cementitious  materials,  cou- 
crete,  masonry  building  units,  ceramics,  pipe  timber  and  preservatives,  paints, 
road  materials,  waterproofing  materials,  soils,  general  testing  methods. 

Part  III.  Nonmetallic  materials — General. — Fuels,  petroleum  products,  elec- 
trical insulating  materials,  rubber,  textiles,  s6aps  and  detergents,  paper,  plastics, 
water,  thermometers,  general  testing  methods. 

The  A.  S.  T.  M.  Standards  are  of  exceptional  value  to  industry  and 
consumers.  These  standards  are  developed  by  representatives  of  a  wide 
variety  of  interests  for  their  own  use  in  purchasing  or  production,  and 
are  revised  promptly  as  the  need  arises.' 

One  of  the  committees  of  great  interest  to  ultimate  consumers  is  the 
textile  committee  of  the  A.  S.  T.  M.,  whose  designation  is  D-13.  The 
functions  of  this  committee  are  best  described  in  the  following  excerpt 
from  a  letter  by  Prof.  Herbert  J.  Ball,  chairman  of  the  committee : 

The  committee  is  organiz  o  subcommittees  which  deal  with  every  textile 

fiber  and  their  products,  with  finitions  and  nomenclature,  methods,  machines, 
Jiumidity,  finishing  processes,  sampling,  presentation,  and  interpretation  of  data. 
It  has  been  chiefly  instrumental  in  developing  most  of  the  test  methods  for  textiles 
which  are  in  use  today  and  has  formulated  37  separate  standards  relating  to 
them. 

The  committee  now  proposes  to  add  a  new  subcommittee  on  household  and 
garment  fabrics,  whose  chief  interest  will  He  in  those  materials  which  enter  so 
liirgely  into  the  construction  of  ultimate  cotisumer  goods.  Although  it  will  not 
deal  with  the  ultimate  consumer  article  itself,  it  would  be  concerned  with  the 
setting  up  of  definitions,  methods  of  test,  and  quality  standards  for  the  fabric 
from  which  such  articles  are  made.  Its  membership  would  be  composed  of  pro- 
ducer, consumer,  and  general  interests.  Its  accomplishments  should  rest  on  the 
firm  foundation  of  scientific  tests  and  data.  Through  cooperation  with  the  other 
subcommittees  and  using  a  procedure  tested  by  long  experience,  results  may  be 
expected  which  are  practically  attainable  and  mutually  satisfactory  to  those 
concerned. 

The  present  members  of  D-13  can  supply  a  vast  amount  of  technical  knowledge 
regarding  the  production  of  textiles.  The  laboratories  of  its  members  provide 
a  great  variety  of  testing  equipment  of  both  standard  and  special  types.  Sources 
of  supply  of  materials  are  generously  open  to  the  committee  for  its  work.  The 
committee  has  the  benefit  of  its  long  experience  with  work  of  this  character ; 
its  reputation  is  widely  known  and  well  established ;  and  it  benefits  from  the 
universal  prestige  which  the  A.  S.  T.  M.  enjoys." 

Association  of  Offioial  Agricultural  Chemists. 

The  Association  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists  of  North  America 
(A.  O.  A.  C.)  was  founded  in  1884  by  several  representative  agricul- 
tural chemists  interested  in  adopting  a  uniform  system  for  the  analysis 
of  commercial  fertilizers. 

At  the  first  meeting  methods  for  the  determination  of  ammonia,  phos- 
phoric acid,  and  potash  in  commercial  fertilizers  were  adopted.  Later 
the  passage  of  food  and  drug,  and  insecticide  and  fungicide  control 
legislation  by  the  States  and  by  the  Federal  Government  made  it  neces- 
sary to  extend  the  scope  of  the  association's  activities  for  the  reason 
that  the  methods  adopted  by  the  association  were  designated  as  the 

«  "Committee  D-l-S  and  Consumer  Good.s,"  Journal  of  Home  Economics,  vol.  2S,  pp. 
390-391,  June  1936. 


CO 

<    SI 

^  "S 

I 

^  .2 

«  o 

.E       N 

si 

^  2 

•r:    O 


s  1 

II 

III 

1?- 

M^ 

1-0^ 

r^ 

5      1 

■5     i 

- 

, 

"5 

"o 

r? 

t   ^ 

■ 

g- 

■SS 

fr 

=  1. 

=^ 

" 

si 

» 

^1 

^ 

^ 

i 

s 

^ 

■? 

I 

If 

1 

1  . 

1 

1 

-  i 
1 

^1 

1! 

ir 

CN          1 

cr-i 

„       ■? 

i  ri 

'^  > 

■o  "S 

=  ?'^ 

1  "= 

"    "-^n 

s; 

III 

1  1 

■s^l 

n- 

5^-i; 

■o 

f| 

^11 

S    = 

=  =^ 

S* 

^?° 

1   §>  a 

"■J^ 

-              1 

ir 


o 

1 

i 

a. 
o 

1 

t. 

UJ 

^. 

41 

S! 

^ 

1 

F 

« 

F 

OJ 

m 

m 

-si 

s  ° 

n 

2 

r-S 

„l, 

i 

1 

"s 

-s 

g 

J 

; 

1 

<o 

s  ?  i 

lis 


4  ° 

,^ 

hM 

" 

il^ 

1  5  » 

|1^ 

-11- 

r- 

1*1 

1 

hi 

-J 

»ii 

"° 

IV 

ss 

00 

1 

f 

1 

J 

1 

1 

ll 

lif 

.1 

^1 

i!. 
IP 

1  r 

fj 

i! 

o> 

o 

-§ 
I 

1       I 

i         5 

~o        J 


rii 


si  2  ^  i 


llii    <i 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  215 

official  methods  for  the  enforcement  of  such  legislation  as  well  as  for 
the  control  of  feeds  and  fertilizers  by  the  various  States. 

The  membership  is  institutional,  that  is,  composed  of  chemists  con- 
nected with  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture;  State,  or 
provincial  experiment  stations;  colleges;  or  bodies  charged  with  offi- 
cial control  of  agricultural  products  or  farm  commodities. 

Chemists  connected  with  commercial  firms  or  institutions  and 
others  interested  in  the  objectives  of  the  association,  who  are  not 
eligible  for  either  active  or  associate  membership,  may  attend  its  meet- 
ings, take  part  in  the  discussions  and  collaborative  testing,  and,  if 
permission  is  secured  from  the  executive  committee,  may  present 
papers. 

The  objectives  of  the  association  are — 

To  secure,  devise,  test,  and  adopt  uniform  and  accurate  methods  for  the 
analysis  of  fertilizers,  soils,  foods,  feeding  stuffs,  dairy  products,  insecticides  and 
fungicides,  and  other  materials  relating  to  agricultural  pursuits ;  also  medical 
products;  caustic  poisons;  paints,  paint  materials,  and  varnishes; 

To  secure  uniformity  in  the  statement  of  analytical  results ; 

To  conduct,  promote,  and  encourage  research  in  chemistry  in  its  relation  to 
agriculture ; 

To  afford  opportunity  for  the  discussion  of  matters  of  Interest  to  agricultural 
chemists.** 

The  publications  of  the  association  include  the  "Journal  of  the 
AssQciation  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists,"  *^  in  which  the  proceed- 
ings of  the  association  are  published,  and  the  "Official  and  Tentative 
Methods  of  Analysis,"  *®  which  presents  methods  of  analysis  for  the 
following:  Soils',  fertilizers;  sewage;  agricultural  liming  materials; 
agricultural  dust;  insecticides  and  fungicides;  caustic  poisons;  naval 
stores;  paints,  varnishes,  and  constituent  materials;  leathers;  tanning 
materials;  "plants;  beverages  (nonalcoholic)  and  concentrates;  malt 
beverages,  sirups  and  extracts,  and  brewing  materials;  wines;  dis- 
tilled liquors;  baking  powders  and  baking  chemicals;  coffee  and  tea; 
cacao  bean  and  its  products;  cereal  foods;  coloring  matters  in  foods; 
dairy  products ;  eggs  and  egg  products ;  fish  and  other  marine  products ; 
flavoring  extracts;  fruits  and  fruit  products;  grain  and  stock  feeds; 
meat  and  meat  products;  metals  in  foods;  nuts  and  nut  products;  oils, 
fats,  and  waxes;  preservatives  and  artificial  sweeteners;  spices  and 
other  condiments;  sugars  and  sugar  products;  vegetables  and  vegetable 
products ;  vitamins ;  waters,  brine  and  salt ;  radioactivity ;  drugs ;  bac- 
teriological methods;  microchemical  methods;  and  also,  a  list  of  defi- 
nitions of  terms  and  interpretations  of  results  on  fertilizers  and  liming 
materials.*^ 

In  the  development  and  formulation  of  a  method  of  analysis,  the 
procedure  of  which  is  shown  in  Chart  XVII,  a  "referee"  is  ap])ointed 
to  study  any  subject  for  which  the  association  has  not  yet  developed 
an  official  method,  or  a  method  that  seems  to  require  further,  investi- 
gation.    The  duties  of  this  referee  are  to  direct  and  conduct  research 

«a^2.°?*'*"'^°°'r„'^**"'""^^  o^  t^«  Association  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists,  vol.  XVIII, 
p.  96,  February  1935. 

« Journal  of  Uie  Association  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists,  Association  of  Official 
Agricultural  Chemists,  Menasha,  Wis. 

*»  "Official  and  Tentative  Methods  of  Analysis  of  the  Association  of  Official  At  ricultorgl 

••MbW '  ff^R  '^^^°"^**""  ^^  Official  Agricultural  Chemists,  Washington,  D.  C,    1936. 


216  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

on  methods  and  subjects  assigned  to  him,  to  prepare  and  distribute 
samples  and  reagents  to  coUaborators,  to  present  at  the  annual  meet- 
ing of  the  association  the  results  of  work  done  and  recommendations 
of  methods  based  thereon,  and  to  direct  and  encourage  general  dis- 
cussion at  the  meeting. 

Methods  to  be  adopted  as  oflScial,  or  changes  to  be  made  in  official  methods, 
must  be  recommended  by  the  referee  for  such  action  at  two  annual,  but  not 
necessarily  consecutive,  meetings  of  the  association.  Final  action  on  adoption 
does  not  follow  first  action  automatically ;  the  referee  must  recommend  the  second 
(final)  action. 

Methods  to  be  adopted  as  tentative  require  only  one  recommendation  on  the 
part  of  the  referee  and  publication  of  the  methods  in  the  proceedings  of  the 
association. 

Departures  from  this  regular  method  of  procedure  for  the  adoption  of  methods 
can  only  be  made  by  vote  of  the  active  members  of  the  association  to  suspend 
the  bylaws  involved.'" 

A  similar  procedure  is  followed  in  adopting  tentative  and  official 
definitions  or  interpretations  of  a  fertilizer.  The  adoption  of  a  fer- 
tilizer definition  or  interpretation  as  "tentative,"  or  an  amendment  of 
a  "tentative"  fertilizer  definition  or  interpretation  must  be  recom- 
mended by  a  Committee  on  Definitions  of  Terms  and  Interpretation 
of  Results  on  Fertilizers  and  must  be  published  in  the  proceedings  of 
the  association.  To  be  adopted  as  "official'"  or  foi-  an  official  ferti- 
lizer definition  or  interpretation  to  be  amended,  appropriate  recom- 
mendation by  the  committee  is  required  at  two  annual  meetings. 

Other  Technical,  and  Professional  Societies. 

In  order  to  suggest  the  diversity  of  the  standards  with  which 
technical  and  professional  societies  are  concerned,  to  indicate  the 
cooperation  existing  among  these  societies  and  other  agencies,  and 
to  give  an  idea  of  the  extent  of  the  use  of  the  standards  established 
by  the  societies,  a  brief  account  of  a  few  typical  societies  follows. 

The  American  Home  Economics  Association,  a  professional  as- 
sociation of  trained  home  economists,  has  chapters  in  each  State, 
the  District  of  Columbia,  Puerto  Rico,  and  Nova  Scotia. 

The  association's  interest  in  standards,  grades,  and  informative 
labeling  of  commodities  sold  at  retail  is  of  long  standing.  In  1919, 
following  the  World  War.  when  textile  fabrics  were  high  in  price 
and  unreliable  in  quality,  the  textile  section  of  the  American  Home 
Economics  Association  started  a  program  to  promote  the  use  of 
informative  labels  in  the  marketing  of  fabrics.  The  association 
endeavored  to  gain  the  cooperation  of  the  textile  industry,  to  further 
the  research  required  for  the  establishment  of  minimum  standards 
for  textile  fabrics,  and  to  encourage  the  education  of  consumei-s  in 
the  intelligent  use  of  these  standards.  Special  studies  were  made  of 
women's  habits  in  buying  fabrics  and  garments,  of  the  wearing 
qualities  of  bed  sheets,  and  of  the  wearing  qualities  of  silk  of  known 
composition. 

The  American  Home  Economics  Association,  realizing  the  need 
of  research  on  the  performance  characteristics  of  fabrics,  conferred 
with  textile  specialists  and  members  of  the  industry.  As  a  result, 
the  first  abrasion  machine  for  testing  the  durability  of  fabrics  was 
built  at  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards.    Under  the  auspices  of  the 

"  "Report  of  Committee  oir  Recommendations  of  Referees."  Journal  of  the  Association  of 
Official  Agricultural  Chemists,  vol.  XVII.  n.  43,  February  1934. 


E 

^ 

M 

_/= 

M 

U 

> 

,^ 

0 

0 

c 

1^ 

3 

^ 

^ 

< 

3 

0 

^ 

hm 

cn 

4— 

0 

=  < 

a 

-c 

3 

D 

0 

-0 

8 

^ 

0 

0 

c 

0 

c 

Q. 

0 

a 

■4I 

0 

g 

nj 

8 

< 

c 

s  s 

s  s 

0 

-^ 

-0 

g 

< 

«5  0 

-8 

'o     = 

5 

-n     >~ 

H 

■5   ^ 
<  -0 

iJ5 

1 

i  8 

CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  217" 

National  Research  Council,  conferences  were  arranged  with  textile 
experts  and  representatives  of  the  textile  industry.  The  industry 
failed  to  support  this  effort.  In  order  to  stimulate  research  in  this 
field,  the  association,  in  1926,  established  fellowships  in  textile  re- 
search for  graduate  home  economics  students.  Data  from  these 
studies  later  proved  of  significant  value  in  conferences  on  stand- 
ardization. 

As  early  as  1922  the  association  cooperated  with  the  Division  of 
Simplified  Practice  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  in  a  survey 
relating  to  standardization  of  sizes  of  bed  blankets.  In  1926  a  stand- 
ing committee  was  appointed  by  the  association  to  cooperate  with 
this  Division  and  the  functions  of  this  committee  gradually  extended 
to  include  work  on  quality  and  performance  standards,  grades,  and 
informative  labeling  of  consumer  commodities.  Efforts  were  made 
by  the  association  to  strengthen  the  consumer  aspects  of  home-eco- 
nomics education.  The  association  sought  the  cooperation  of  manu- 
facturers and  retailers  in  providing  information  to  consumers. 

Representatives  of  the  association  have  participated  in  numerous 
conferences  of  the  Division  of  Simplified  Practice  and  the  Division 
of  Trade  Standards  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  in  Trade 
Practice  Conferences  of  the  Federal  Trade  Commission,  and  in  con- 
ferences of  other  governmental  and  private  agencies.  Association 
representatives  appeared  at  code  hearings  of  the  National  Recovery 
Administration,  and  at  hearings  on  marketing  agreements  of  the 
Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration,  in  support  of  informative 
labeling,  truthful  advertising,  acceptable  standards,  and  fair  prices 
for  consumer  commodities. 

The  association  has  been  a  member  of  the  American  Standards 
Association  since  1929  and  is  represented  on  the  A.  S.  A.  Standards 
Council.  At  the  request  of  the  American  Home  Economics  Association, 
conferences  were  called  by  the  American  Standards  Association  to 
consider  the  establishment  of  standards  for  household  refrigerators, 
bed  blankets,  bed  sheets,  and  weighted  silk. 

The  American  Home  Economics  Association,  a  charter  member  of 
the  National  Consumer-Retailer  Council,  has  contributed  toward  the 
cooperation  of  consumers  and  retailers  in  promoting  standards  and 
informative  labeling  of  consumer  commodities. 

The  Journal  of  Home  Economics  of  the  American  Home  Eco- 
nomics Association  has  published  articles  and  editorials  on  stand- 
ards and  labeling  of  consumer  commodities,  related  buying  problems, 
and  consumer  education.  The  association  has  published  leaflets  on 
special  commodities,  which  illustrate  the  type  of  information  con- 
sidered necessary  in  purchasing  household  supplies  and  equipment 
A  study  outline  on  consumer  purchasing,  a  forerunner  of  various 
similar  outlines  by  other  agencies,  was  also  published.  Its  consumer- 
education  service  has  proved  exceptionally  valuable  in  keeping  inter- 
ested persons  informed  as  to  the  latest  developments  in  the  field  of 
standards,  grades,  labeling,  and  consumer  education. 

The  American  Association  of  Textile  Chemists  and  Colorists  was 
organized  in  1921.  It  has  individual,  corporate,  and  sustaining  mem- 
bers totaling  approximately  2,400.*" 

*•  "1939  Year  Book  of  the  American  Association  of  Textile  Chemists  au<i  Colorists,"  p. 
699.     Howes  Publishing  Co.,  New  York  City.  1939. 


218  CON'CENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

The  purposes  of  the  American  Association  of  Textile  Chemists  and 
Colorists  are — 

To  promote  increase  of  knowledge  of  the  application  of  dyes  and  chemicals  in 
the  textile  industry. 

To  encourage  In  any  practical  way  research  work  on  chemical  processes  and 
materials  of  importance  to  the  textile  industry. 

To  establish  for  the  members  channels  by  which  the  interchange  of  professional 
knowledge  among  them  may  be  increased.'" 

The  association's  research  committee  has  25  subcommittees,  with 
3  research  associates  and  2  research  assistants  working  under  its  direc- 
tion on  various  projects,  such  as  wash  fastness  tests  for  dyed  or  printed 
cotton,  silk,  and  dyed  wool;  fastness  to  light;  fastness  of  dyed  mate- 
rials to  perspiration,  to  acids  and  alkalies;  waterproof ness  of  fabrics; 
analysis  of  fiber  mixtures;  shrinkaae  of  textiles;  and  deterioration  of 
textile  fibers  exposed  to- light. 

In  speaking  of  the  work  of  the  association,  the  chairman  of  the 
Committee  on  Eesearch  Program  has  stated : 

While  the  activities  of  this  association  are  closely  allied  with  the  textile  manu- 
facturing and  distributing  branches  of  the  industry,  the  research  committee  of 
the  association  has  endeavored  at  all  times  to  give  the  ultimate  consumer  full 
consideration  when  establishing  standards  of  fastness." 

The  Society  of  Automobile  Engineers  was  organized  in  1905.  In  1910 
it  took  over  the  work  previously  carried  on  by  the  Mechanical  Board 
of  the  Association  of  Licensed  Automobile  Manufacturers,  which 
had  been  gathering  data  on  various  materials  used  by  its  members. 
The  society  then  appointed  the  first  standards  committee  in  the  auto- 
motive industry.  This  committee  had  16  divisions  dealing  Avith  prob- 
lems relating  to  such  products  as  aluminum  and  copper  alloys,  ball  and 
roller  bearings,  carburetors,  frame  sections,  and  springs  and  fastenings 
for  solid  wheels.  In  1917,  in  order  to  consolidate  and  coordinate  stand- 
ardization work  in  the  automotive  industry,  this  society  combined  with 
the  Society  of  Tractor  Engineers,  the  American  Society  of  Aeronautic 
Engineers,  and  engineers  interested  in  boat  and  gas  engines  to  form 
the  Society  of  Automotive  Engineers."'- 

The  Society  of  Automotive  Engineers  (S.  A.  E.)  has  approximately 
3.000  individual  members.     Its  purpose  is — 

To  promote  the  arts,  standards,  and  engineering  practices  connected  with  the 
design,  construction,  and  utilization  of  automotive  apparatus,  all  forms  of  self- 
propelled  or  mechanically  propelled  mediums  for  the  transportation  of  passengers 
uv  freight,  and  internal-combustion  prime-movers. 

In  its  standardization  work  the  Society  of  Automotive  Engineers  is 
primarily  concerned  with  engineering  designs.  It  listed  in  the  1939 
S.  A.  E.  Handbook  ^^  18  divisions  of  its  Standards  Committee  and 
2  special  committees.  The  divisions  are:  Aircraft;  aircraft  engine; 
axle  and  wheels;  ball  and  roller  bearings;  Diesel  engine;  electrical 
equipment ;  gasoline  engine ;  iron  and  steel ;  lighting;  lubricants ;  motor- 
coach  and  motortruck;  nonferrous  metals;  parts  and  fittings;  pas- 
senger car;  production;  .screw  threads;  tractor  and  equipment;  and 
transportation.  The  special  conunittees  are:  Methods  of  Expressing 
Limits  and  Tolerances;  and  Patents.. 


">  "1939  Year  Book  of  the  American  Association  of  Te.\tile  Cliemists  and  Colorists,"  p.  45, 
Howes  Publishing  Co.,  New  Yorlt  City,  1939. 

'-^  Letter  by  L.  A.  Olney,  Lowell,  Mass.,  September  13,  1039. 

«2  "History  of  Automobile  Standardization,"  S.  A.  E.  Journal,  p.  698,  June  1930. 

""S.  A.  E.  Handbook,"  pp.  XXI-XXVII.  Society  of  Automotive  Englneera,  New  Y6rk 
City,  19.39. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  219 

In  addition  to  its  own  committee  work,  the  society  is  a  sponsor  of  11 
sectional  committees  of  the  American  Standards  Association  and  is 
also  represented  on  29  other  sectional  committees.  These  committees 
deal  with  standardization  of  parts,  methods  of  tests,  and  safety.  The 
Scciety  of  Automotive  Engineers  is  also  represented  oji  18  committees 
of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  and  cooperates  in  the 
standardization  work  of  20  other  organizations. 

The  S.  A.  E.  Standards  and  Recommended  Practices  are  used  by  a 
wide  range  of  industries.  The  extension  of  their  use,  however,  is  said 
to  depend  on  economic  and  other  factors  in  the  individual  plant.  The 
standards  most  commonly  accepted  are  the  ones  for  parts,  such  as  spark 
plugs,  wliich  are  manufactured  in  one  factory  and  used  in  the  assembly 
of  products  in  different  plants. 

The  S.  A.  E.  Standards  which  may  be  used  outside  of  the  automo- 
tive industry  are  usually  submitted  to  the  American  Standards 
Association  for  approval  as  American  Standards,  but  those  restricted 
to  use  in. the  automotive  industry  remain  only  S.  A.  E.  Standards. 

The  progressive  development  of  the  society's  activities  is  indicated 
in  the  following  statement : 

As  mass  production  rapidly  became  the  fundamental  basis  of  automobile 
manufacturing,  the  society  in  1926  initiated  standardization  in  automotive  pro- 
duction engineering.  This  new  tield  of  standardization  has  since  become  a  na- 
tional project  for  all  industries  and  the  society  is  cooperating  in  this  work  also 
under  the  procedure  of  the  American  Standards  Association. 

Progress  in  automotive  design  soon  made  possible  fleet  operation  of  motortrucks 
and  motor  coaches,  and  the  society  undertook  standardization  in  the  motor  trans- 
port field,  the  first  standards  relating  specifically  to  these  operations  being  adopted 
in  .June  1931. 

Soon  thereafter  the  regular  manufacture  of  passenger  car  or  "house"  trailers 
became  an  established  industry  that  included  several  of  the  automotive  manufac- 
turers. The  first  trailer  committee  was  organized  in  December  1936  by  the 
society,  with  the  cooperation  of  the  traiFer  manufacturers,  and  the  first  trailer 
standards  were  adopted  in  January  1938." 

The  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers  (A.  I.  E.  E.)  was 
founded  in  1884.  The  purpjose  of  the  institute  is  the  advancement  of 
the  theory  and  practice  of  electrical  engineering.  The  institute  is  the 
national  society  of  the  electrical  engineering  profession. 

The  standards  developed  by  committees  of  the  institute  are  recog- 
nized throughout  the  United  States  as  the  authoritative  sources  of 
information  on  the  "terms  and  conditions  which  characterize  the  rating 
and  behavior  of  electrical  machinery  and  apparatus,  with  special  refer- 
ence to  the  conditions  of  acceptance  tests."  ^^ 

The  first  A.  I.  E.  E.  Standards,  developed  by  a  committee  of  seven, 
were  adopted  in  1899.  Since  that  date  standardization  activities  have 
been  continued  and  extended  as  experience  has  demonstrated  the  im- 
portance of  standardization  in  the  development  of  the  electrical  indus- 
try. The  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers  is  one  of  the 
founders  of  the  American  Standards  Association.  A  large  proportion 
of  the  A.  I.  E.  E.  Standards  have  been  submitted  to  the  American 
Standards  Association  and  approved  as  American  Standards. 

The  Illuminating  Engineering  Society  (I.  E.  S.)  was  founded  in 
1906.  It  has  both  individual  and  sustaining  members.  The  latter 
may  be  a  company,  firm,  association,  or  individual  interested  in  the 

"  "S.  A.  E.  Handtook,"  p.  V,  Society  of  Automotive  Engineers,  New  York  City,  1939. 
»"A.  I.  E.  E.   Standnrds,"   p.   2    (A.   I.   E.   E.   No.   1),   American   Institute  of  Electrical 
Engineers,  New  York  City,  April  1925. 


220  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

purposes  of  the  society.  The  society  seeks  "the  advancement  of  the 
theory  and  practice  of  ilhiminating  engineering  and  the  dissemination 
of  knowledge  related  thereto." 

Twelve  technical  committees  of  the  Illuminating  Engineering  So- 
ciety composed  of  225  members  are  concerned  with  the  following 
projects : 

The  development  of  testing  specifications  for  lighting  equipment ;  the  fonnu- 
lation  of  specifications  for  I.  E.  S.  certified  portable  lamps,  including  the  I.  E.  S. 
better-sight  lamp ;  improvement  of  lighting  conditions  in  the  home ;  the  codifica- 
tion of  street  and  highway  lighting  principles  and  practice;  school  lighting  and 
industrial  lighting  practice,  including  recommendations  covering  lighting  require- 
ments for  the  seeing  tacks  in  approximately  10  major  industries ;  and  the  publica- 
tion and  distribution  of  lighting  data  covering  practically  every  phase  of  applied 
lighting  technique. 

Other  projects  include  the  vpork  on  light  in  architecture  and  decoration ;  the 
relation  of  adequate  light  to  human  safety  and  its  effect  on  production  in  industry ; 
the  motor  vehicle  lighting  code ;  aviation  lighting  requirements  and  practices ;  the 
nomenclature  of  illuminating  engineering  with  definitions  of  the  terms  used ;  the 
correlation  and  dissemination  of  information  on  natural  lighting;  the  nomencla- 
ture, classification,  and  properties  of  illuminating  glassware  and  the  Society's 
work  in  the  field  of  lighting  education." 

The  Illuminating  Engineering  Society  is  represented  on  7  sectional 
committees  of  the  American  Standards  Association  and  committees 
dealing  with  lighting  or  related  problems  of  14  other  organizations. 

The  society  has  developed  standard  specifications  for  I.  E.  S.  better- 
sight  lamps.  Lamps  which  meet  these  specifications  are  identified  on 
the  market  by  certification  tags  issued  by  the  Electrical  Testing  Lab- 
oratories, which  follows  a  testing  plan  to  insure  continuing  compliance 
with  I.  E.  S.  specifications.  These  specifications  cover  construction 
and  performance  with  special  reference  to  definite  standards  of 
illumination.^^ 

The  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers  (A.  S.  M.  E.) 
initiated  its  standardization  work  in  1885  by  appointing  a  Stand- 
ardization Committee  on  Pipe  and  Pipe  Threads.  Its  standardization 
activities  have  been  almost  continuous  from  that  date  and  are  con- 
ducted as  follows: 

The  technical  committee  activity  of  the  society  is  supervised  by  four  standing 
committees  and  one  special  committee,  viz,  the  committees  on  research,  standard- 
ization, power  test  codes,  safety,  and  boiler  code.  These  committees  cooperate 
fully  with  industry,  with  similar  committees  of  other  societies,  and  with  such 
organizations  as  the  Engineering  Foundation,  the  American  Standards  Associa- 
tion, and  the  International  Electro-technical  Commission."^ 

This  society  is  a  founder  of  the  American  Standards  Association. 
It  is  an  outstanding  organization  in  the  promotion  of  dimensional 
standardization  and  is  the  sponsor  or  joint  sponsor  of  many  American 
Standards  Association  committees  dealing  with  the  standardization 
of  screw  threads ;  gears ;  surface  qualities ;  bolt,  nut,  and  rivet  propor- 
tions; fire-hose  couplings;  safety  codes;  pressure  piping;  and  small 
^ool  and  machine  tool  elements,  and  so  forth.  A  large  proportion  of 
A.  S.  M.  E.  Standards  has  been  submitted  and  approved  as  American 
Standards. 


» "niuminatinK  EJnglneering  Society  :  Its  Objectives  and  Activities,"  p.  5,  Illuminating 
lOngineering  Society,  New  York  City,  no  date. 

"  "Specifications  for  I.  E.  S.  Portable  Lamps,"  JO  pp..  Mimeographed,  IIluminatlDg 
fineinpcring  Society.  New  Yorlt  City.  6tli  ed..  November  10.  1938. 

""  "Aims  and  Activities,"  p.  3,  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers.  New  York  €lty, 
I)  date. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  221 

The  A.  S.  M.  E.  Standards,  as  those  of  similar  professional  societies, 
are  widely  accepted  and  used  by  many  industries  as  well  as  by  govern- 
mental agencies. 

The  American  Chemical  Society  (A.  C.  S.)  was  organized  in  1876, 
reorganized  in  1891-92  to  further  national  cooperation,  and  was 
granted  a  Federal  charter  in  1938.     This  charter  states : 

Section  2.  That  the  objects  of  the  incorporation  shall  be  to  encourage  in  the 
broadest  and  most  liberal  manner  the  advancement  of  chemistry  in  all  its 
branches ;  the  promotion  ol  research  in  chemical  science  and  industry ;  the  im- 
provement of  the  qualifications  and  usefulness  of  chemists  through  high  standards 
of  professional  ethics,  education,  and  attainments ;  the  increase  and  diffusion  of 
chemical  knov?ledge ;  and  by  its  meetings,  professional  contacts,  reports,  papers, 
discussions,  and  publications,  to  promote  scientific  interests  and  inquiry,  thereby 
fostering  public  welfare  and  education,  aiding  the  development  of  our  country's 
industries,  and  adding  to  the  material  prosperity  and  happiness  of  our  people. 

Secttion  4  T'hat  the  American  Chemical  Society  shall,  whenever  called  upon 
by  the  War  or  Navy  Department,  investigate,  examine,  experiment,  and  report 
upon  any  subject  in  pure  or  applied  chemistry  connected  with  the  national 
defense,  the  actual  expense  of  such  investigations,  examinations,  experiments, 
and  reports  to  be  paid  from  appropriations  which  may  have  been  made  for  that 
purpose  by  Congress,  but  the  society  shall  receive  no  compensation  whatever  for 
any  services  to  the  Government  of  the  United  States:  Provided,  That  the  title 
to  any  and  all  inventions  and  discoveries  made  in  the  course  of  such  investiga- 
tions, examinations,  and  experiments  that,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Secretary  of 
the  Navy  or  the  Secretary  of  War,  involve  the  National  defense,  shall  vest  in 
the  Government  of  the  United  States,  and  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
shall  have  unlimited  license  under  all  other  inventions  and  discoveries.™ 

The  American  Chemical  Society  has  over  24,000  members,  who  have 
completed  required  college  training  in  chemistry  or  chemical  engi- 
neermg  or  the  equivalent  and  who  have  been  actively  engaged  in  some 
form  of  chemical  work.    The  American  Chemical  Society — 

leads  in  establishing  standard  specifications  and  analytical  procedures  for  chem- 
icals and  chemical  products.  Use  of  its  specifications  for  analytical  reagents 
is  increasing.  At  present  American  Chemical  Society  committees  are  engaged 
in  developing  standards  for  (a)  reagent  chemicals,  (6)  apparatus,  (c)  analysis 
of  commercial  fats  and  oils,  (d)  soap  and  soap  products,  (e)  examination  of 
water  and  sewage,  (f)  biological  stains,  (g)  vitamin  research,  and  (/»)  methods 
of  analysis*" 

The  society  has  established  standards  for  chemical  equipment  and 
apparatus,  as  well  a.s  standards  for  chemical  reagents,  which  are 
widely  used.  These  standards  have  been  approved  and  used  by  the 
United  States  Government. 

The  discussion  of  standardization  activities  of  technical  and  pro- 
fessional societies  could  be  considerably  extended.  However,  the  few 
examples  presented  illustrate  accomplishments  in  the  development  of 
standards  through  cooperation  of  organized  groups. 

The  mere  listing  of  a  few  additional  technical  societies  will  serve  to 
indicate  the  areas  of  other  activities  and  potential  contributions. 

The  American  Society  of  Heating  and  Ventilating  Engineers  is  in 
a  key  position  to  guide  the  establishment  of  standards  in  an  industry 
in  which  rapid  developments  are  taking  place. 

The  American  Society  of  Sanitary  Engineers,  in  cooperation  with 
other  groups,  is  promoting  desirable  standards  in  plumbing  equip- 
ment. 


»•  An  Act  to  Incorporate  the  American  Clwinical  Society,"  2  pp.,  Public  No.  35S,  75th 
Cong.,  ch.  762.  1st  sess.,  H.  R.  7709.  January  1,  4938.     .  _ 

«>  "What  Tt  Is  Doing  for  Chemists,"  p.  6,  American  Chemrical  Society,  Washingtott.  D .  C 
no  date. 


222  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

The  American  Institute  of  Architects  is  represented  on  many  com- 
mittees concerned  with  the  development  of  standards  for  materials, 
dimensions,  and  codes  for  building  of  all  kinds. 

The  American  Institute  of  Mining  and  Metallurgical  Engineers, 
the  American  Railway  Engineering  Association,  the  American  So- 
ciety of  Civil  Engineers,  and  others  are  organizations  which  have  been 
and  are  participating  actively  in  standardization  programs. 

Medical  and  DerUal  Organizations. 

There  are  several  medical,  surgical,  and  dental  associations  which 
have  established  standards  of  materials  and  practices  for  use  of  their 
respective  professions.  These  standards  are  of  immediate  value  to 
those  requiring  medical  or  dental  treatment  and  also  to  the  public 
at  large,  because  many  of  these  standards  contribute  to  the  further- 
ance of  public  health. 

The  American  Medical  Association,  the  American  College  of  Sur- 
geons, the  American  Dental  Association,  and  related  associations  have 
been  active  in  promoting  the  improvement  of  the  education  and 
practical  training  of  physicians,  surgeons,  and  dentists.  They  have 
also  established  standards  for  physical  and  other  equipment  of  edu- 
cational institutions  and  clinics  in  which  this  training  is  provided. 

The  American  Medical  Association  (A.  M.  A.)  is  active  in  the 
improvement  of  quality  and  standardization  of  medical  products  pri- 
marily for  use  by  the  medical  profession.  The  committees  of  the  asso- 
ciation whose  activities  relate  to  standards  are  the  Council  on  Phar- 
macy and  Chemistry ;  the  Council  on  Physical  Therapy ;  the  Council 
on  Food,  originally  a  subcommittee  of  the  council  on  pharmacy  and 
chemistry;  the  Advisory  Committee  on  Advertising  of  Cosmetics  and 
Soaps;  and  the  Bureau  of  Investigation. 

The  Council  on  Pharmacy  and  Chemistry  was  created  in  1905  to 
protect  the  public  and  the  medicaJ  profession  against  fraud,  undesirable 
secrecy,  and  objectionable  advertising  of  proprietary  medical  articles. 
The  council  judges  (on  the  basis  of  scientific  and  clinical  study)  prod- 
ucts claimed  to  have  therapeutic  values.  The  products  accepted  ®^  by 
the  council  are  described  in  the  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Asso- 
ciation and  are  included  in  New  and  Nonofficial  Remedies,^^  which  is 
revised  and  published  annually;  approximately  900  accepted  articles 
are  listed  in  the  1939  edition.  Statements  are  issued  for  both  accepted 
and  rejected  articles,  and  each  edition  of  New  and  Unofficial  Remedies 
includes  a  list  of  articles  appearing  in  the  previous  issue  but  excluded 
in  the  current  edition. 

The  Council  on  Physical  Therapy,  created  in  1925,  investigates  and 
reports  on  the  merits  of  nonmedical  apparatus  and  devices,  offered  for 
sale  to  physicians,  hospitals,  and  the  public;  232  items  are  listed  in  the 
"Apparatus  Accepted"  list.^^  This  council  has  established  standards 
of  practice  and  standard  definitions  and  terms  used  in  physical 
therapy. 

The  Council  on  Foods  checks  the  health  claims  made  for  manufac- 
tured foods  by  their  producers.    The  council's  findings  are  made  known 

•*^"Offleial  Rules  of  the  Council  on  Pharmacy  and  Chemistry  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,"  38  pp.,  American  Medical  Association.  Chicago,  111.,  January  3.  1940. 

«*  "New  and  Nonofficial  Remedies,"  617  pp.,  CouncH  on  Pharmacy  and  Chemistry.  American 
Medical  Association,  Chicago,  111.,  1030. 

'^  "Apparatus  Accepted  by  the  Council  on  Physical  Therapy,"  78  pp.,  Council  on  Physical 
Therapy,  American  Medical  Association,  Chicago,  111.,  September  1938. 


CONX'ENTRATIOX  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  223 

to  the  medical  profession  through  the  Journal  of  the  American  Medi- 
cal Association.  Producers  of  foods  which  meet  the  requirements  of 
the  council  are  granted  the  use  of  a  "seal  of  acceptance,"  This  service 
is  not  available  to  producers  of  individual  brands  of  natural  foods, 
such  as  eggs,  fresh  fruits,  or  vegetables.  Approximately  3,800  foods 
are  listed  in  the  1939  issue  of  Accepted  Foods." 

The  Advisory  Committee  on  Advertising  of  Cosmetics  and  Soaps 
was  recently  formed  to  advise  the  manager  of  the  Journal  of  the 
American  Medical  Association  concerning  advertisements  of  cosmetics 
and  soaps  which  are  submitted  to  him. 

.  The  Bureau  of  Investigation  has  for  its  primary  objective  the  col- 
lection and  dissemination  of  information  on  "patent  medicines," 
quacks,  medical  fads,  and  various  other  phases  of  pseudo-medicine. 
It  collects  its  information  through  original  investigations  and  re- 
search; data  received  from  Federal,  State,  and  municipal  agencies; 
information  in  technical  and  other  journals;  and  from  reports  of 
special  commissions. 

The  American  College  of  Surgeons  is  a  society  of  surgeons  of  North 
America  and  South  America.  This  society  is  actively  engaged  in 
standardization  work.  In  1930  it  published  the  first  authoritative 
Avork  on  the  standardization  of  surgical  dressings,  relating  to  the  most 
desirable  quality,  size,  and  shape. 

In  1931  the  Division  of  Simplified  Practice,  Bureau  of  Standards  of  tlie  United 
States  Department  of  Commerce,  approved  the  report,  thereby  making  the  stand- 
ards authoritative.  At  the  same  time  a  committee  was  appointed  to  make  further 
studies,  to  keep  in  touch  with  changing  conditions,  and  to  make  such  recommenda- 
tions as  might  become  advisable  from  time  to  time.  The  American  College  of 
Surgeons  in  its  first  Manual  of  Surgical  Dressings  included  these  recommenda- 
tions, as  well  as  information  relative  to  manufacture,  sterilization,  storage,  and 
other  matters  pertinent  to  the  use  of  surgical  dressings.  In  1933  a  preliminary 
report  of  the  committee  was  presented  to  and  approved  by  the  American  Hospital- 
Association.  It  is  thus  that  the  movement  for  standardisation  of  surgical  dre.ss- 
ings  was  initiated.  The  work  has  since  been  carried  on  through  the  cooperative 
activities  of  the  American  College  of  Surgeons,  the  American  Hospital  Association, 
and  the  Division  of  Simplified  Practice,  Bureau  of  Standards  of  the  United 
States  Department  of  rommerce."' 

The  1940-41  Yearbook  of  the  college  gives  a  classification  of  surgi- 
cal dressings  on  the  basis  of  function  and  essential  characteristics. 
The  items  covered  include  sponges:  abdominal  packs;  sterile  gauze 
dressings;  pads;  cotton  balls:  gauze  drains,  such  as  cigarette  drains 
and  tampons;  bandages;  and  binders.  Standard  dimensions  are  fur- 
nished for  different  sizes  of  the  first  five  of  these  items. 

The  College  has  also  developed  standards  for  hospitals.*^''  The.se 
deal  with  personnel  and  its  organization;  minimum  standards  for 
different  types  of  hospital  services  including  cancer  clinics;  clinical 
laboratories;  obstetrical,  X-ray,  ]:»hysical  therapy,  and  out-patient  de- 
partments; anesthesia;  traumatic  surgery;  treatment  of  fractures; 
nursing  service;  and  medical  records:  as  well  as  standards  for  the 
small  hospital. 

Tlie  American  Institute  of  Hornerpathy  published  the  first  Homeo- 
pathic Pharmacopoeia  in  1897.     Tlie  fifth  revision  of  this  Pharma- 

<"  'Aeof'pterl  Food.<  and  Their  Xutrition.'il  Significance,"  492  pp.,  Council  on  Foods.  Ankii- 
C8n  Mpdical  Association,  Cliicago,  l\\.,  19.30. 

«B  "American  CoUeee  of  Surgeons  1940-41  Year  Book,"  1.077  pp.,  .\nierican  College  of 
Surgeons,  Cliicago,   111.,   1940. 

•"'Manual  of  Hospital  Standardizatioh."  96  pp.,  American  College  of  Surgeons.  Chicago, 
111.,  no  date. 


224  CON'CENTRATIOX  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

copoeia^^  was  published  in  1938  and,  as  stated  in  the  preface,  "is 
designed  to  furnish  directions  for  the  selection  and  preparation  of 
remedies  which  are  thoroughly  adapted  to  the  purpose  of  homeopathic 
prescribing."  It  is  for  the  use  of  the  pharmacist  as  well  as  the 
physician. 

The  standards  for  drugs  in  the  Homeopathic  Pharmacopoeia  are  rec- 
ognized in  the  Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act. 

The  American  Dental  Association  (A.  D.  A.)  has  been  active  in  the 
standardization  of  materials  used  in  dental  practice.  It  promotes  re- 
search on  these  materials  through  research  fellowships  maintained  at 
the  National  Bureau  of  Standards. 

The  Council  on  Dental  Therapeutics  is  a  standing  committee  of  the  American 
Dental  Association.  This  committee  accepts  and  rejects  articles  coming  within 
its  purview  on  the  basis  of  available,  scientific  evidence.  Acceptance  of  an  article 
does  not  connote  a  recommendation.  *  *  *  On  this  basis  the  council  desig- 
nates its  favorable  action  on  a  product  "acceptance"  rather  than  "approval."  It 
should  also  be  noted  that  the  major  portion  of  the  council's  work  is  directed  to 
the  dental  profession."* 

Products  must  meet  a  set  of  definite  requirements  before  the  seal  of 
acceptance  may  b6  used.^''  The  American  Dental  Association  pub- 
lishes Accepted  Dental  Remedies,  prepared  by  the  Council  on  Dental 
Therapeutics.^^ 

The  appreciation  of  the  work  of  the  council  is  indicated  by  the 
increasing  number  of  inquiries  received,  many  of  which  ask  for  a  list 
of  safe  dentifrices. 

The  Americf  n  Hospital  Association  plays  an.  active  part  in  stand- 
ardization. It  has  invited  the  cooperation  of  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards  in  developing  Commercial  Standards  for  various  products 
such  as  clinical  thermometers,  rubber  sheeting,'  surgeon's  latex  and 
rubber  gloves,  and  mattresses.  The  association  has  sponsored  the  Sim- 
plified Practice  Recommendations  for  hospital  beds,  china,  hospital 
textiles,  plumbing  fixtures,  and  surgical  dressings. 

The  American  Hospital  Association  is  an  associated  member  of  the 
American  Standards  Association  and  is  represented  oh  its  committees 
dealing  with  products  used  in  hospitals. 

"7  "The  Homeopathic  Pharmacopoeia  of  the  United  States,  Fifth  Revised  Edition,"  68  pp., 
published  under  the  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Pharmacoiweia,  American  Institute  of 
Homeopathy,  by  O.  Clapp  and  Sons,  Boston,  Mass..  1938. 

0*  "Letter  by  Harold  L.  Hansen,  secretary.  Council  on  Dental  Therapeutics,  American 
Dental  Association,  Chicago,  111..  January  19,  1940. 

60  "Official  Rules  of  the  Council  on  Dental  Therapeutics  of  the  American  Dental  Associa- 
tion," 35  pp.,  Chicago,  111.,  July  1939. 

•""'Accepted  Dental  Remedies,"  304  pp.,  Council  on  Dental  Therapeutics,  American 
Dental  Association,  Chicago,  111.,  1939. 


CERTIFICATION  OF  PRODUCTS  BY  TRADE  ASSOCIA- 
TIONS AND  TECHNICAL  AND  PROFESSIONAL  SOCIE- 
TIES 

Consumers  often  have  very  unsatisfactory  experiences  with  the  goods 
they  purchase.  The  major  reason  for  this  seems  to  be  lack  of  useful 
information  concerning  the  character  and  performance  value  of  retail 
merchandise.  Therefore,  it  is  easy  to  understand  the  consumer's  re- 
quest for  some  assurance  of  the  quality  of  the  products"  he  buys,  and 
the  manufacturer's  effort  to  devise  some  means  by  which  to  gain  the 
consumer's  confidence  in  his  product.  This  has  led  to  the  adoption  by 
different  agencies,  both  public  and  private,  of  various  methods  of 
certification  or  guaranty  of  commodities.  These  methods  have  ranged 
from  Federal  or  municipal  inspection  of  commodities  and  quality  or 
grade-marking  programs,  to  guaranties  by  irresponsible  agencies. 

An  extensive  study  of  certification  and  labeling  was  made  by  the 
American  Standards  Association  and  reported  in  1932.  This  was 
"A  factual  survey  of  the  methods  and  results  of  certification  and 
labeling  in  the  marketing  of  commodities  as  practiced  by  trade  and 
technical  associations  and  governmental  bodies."'^ 

The  certification  and  labeling  activities  of  over  60  agencies  were 
surveyed.  The  report  covers  a  wide  range  of  commodities  and  services 
including  lumber,  foods,  drugs,  dental  supplies,  electric  wiring,  heat 
installations,  mattresses  and  pillows,  mirrors,  paper  products,  steel, 
textiles,  tile,  wallpaper,  various  appliancp«^  and  miscellaneous 
materials. 

The  Certification  Plan  developed  by  the  National  Bureau  of  Stand- 
ards provides  means  whereby  those  who  make  purchases  through  con- 
tracts are  enabled  to  identify  firms  which  are  willing  to  certify  that 
their  goods  meet  certain  Federal  Specifications  or  Commercial  Stand- 
ards.   This  plan  is  described  in  detail  on  page  91. 

Provisions  are  included  in  numerous  Commercial  Standards  and  in 
some  Simplified  Practice  Recommendations  developed  by  industries  in 
cooperation  with  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  which  require  the 
labeling  of  products  to  indicate  their  adherence  to  a  specific  Commer- 
cial Standard  or  Simplified  Practice  Recommendation.  A  few  exam- 
ples follow.'^^ 

The  Mirror  Manufacturers  Association  adopted  a  specification  cov- 
ering five  grades  of  plate-glass  mirrors  which  was  promulgated  as 
Commercial  Standard  CS27-30.  This  was  later  revised  (CS27-36) 
to  include  "shock"  or  common  window  glass  mirrors,  and  to  eliminate 
two  grades.  The  association  recommended  to  mirror  manufacturers 
that  polished  plate-glass  mirrors  be  labeled  as  follows :  Red  for  "A" 
quality ;  blue  for  "No.  1"  quality ;  and  green  for  "No.  2"  quality  with 
the  words: 


"'  "Certification  ami  Labeling  Activities  in  60  Commodity  Fields, "  by  P.   G.  Agnew,  and 
J.  W.  McNair,  A.  S.  A.  Bulletin,  vol.  3,  pp.  1-23.  January  1932. 

"■-  Material    on   pige.s   22.^-23:;   is   based   on   data   furnished   by   the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards,  U.  S.  Department  of  Conim>'rce,  Washington,  D.  C. 

225 


226  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

We  guarantee  this  mirror  to  be  manufactured  of  polished  plate  glass  and  to  be 

of quality  as  specified  in  Commercial  Standard  CS27-36,  issued  by  the 

National  Bureau  of  Standards,  U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce. 

Shock  mirrors  shall  be  labeled  as  follows:  Yellow  for  "A"  quality 
with  the  words : 

We  guarantee  this  mirror  to  be  made  of common  window  glass. 

*     *     * 

The  Tile  Manufacturers  Association  has  adopted  uniform  grade 
names  and  a  color  scheme  for  grade-marking,  and  certificates  to  ac- 
company packages  of  various  types  of  tiles  manufactured  to  comply 
with  the  Simplified  Practice  Recommendation  R61-30.  If  required  in 
the  architect's  specification,  typical  samples  of  each  kind  and  grade  of 
tiles  as  indicated  and  proposed  to  be  used,  and  shop  drawings  shall  be 
submitted  to  the  architect  for  approval.  Each  sample  shall  be  marked 
with  the  name  of  the  manufacturer  and  the  grade  of  the  tile.  Ap- 
proved samples  shall  be  retained  by  both  the  architect  and  the  tile  con- 
tractor. Before  setting  any  tiles,  the  tUe  contractor  shall  furnish  to 
the  architect  a  certificate  of  grade,  properly  filled  in  on  the  form  of 
grade  certificate  issued  by  the  association.  The  certificate  shall  be 
signed  by  the  manufacturer  of  the  tiles;  sliall  state  the  grade,  kind, 
and  full  quantities  of  tiles;  and  give  identification  marks  for  all  pack- 
ages of  tiles  furnished  under  the  contract.  Packages  shall  be  branded 
with  corresponding  shipping  marks,  and  shall  be  subject  to  inspection 
by  the  architect  or  his  representative  before  being  opened. 

The  Institute  of  Book  Cloth  and  Impregnated  Fabrics  Manufac- 
turers in  cooperation  with  the  Book  Manufacturers  Institute  and  the 
Employing  Bookbinders  of  America,  has  sponsored  the  establishment 
of  Commercial  Standard  CS57-40,  for  book  cloths,  buckrams,  and 
impregnated  fabrics  for  bookbinding.  In  connection  with  this  Com- 
mercial Standard,  manufacturers  of  starch-filled  and  impregnated 
bookbinding  fabrics  shall  place  on  their  fabric  a  label  to  the  effect 
that— 

These  goods  are  manufactured  to  conform  with  Commercial  Standard  CS57-40 
issued  by  the  United  States  Department  of  Commerce. 

Through  the  joint  cooperation  of  the  Southern  Cypress  Manufac- 
turers' Association,  the  Red  Cedar  Shingle  Bureau,  and  the  California 
Rf dwood  Association,  a  quality  standard  has  been  established  for 
tidewater  red  cypress,  red  cedar,  and  California  redwood  sliingles. 
Shingles  produced  by  members  of  the  California  Redwood  Association 
may  be  readily  identified  by  a  label  which  appears  on  each  bundle. 
This  label  reads: 

Certified  shingles,  No.  1  grade.  These  shingles  are  guaranteed  by  the  manu- 
facturer. Inspected  for  and  certified  by  the  California  Redwood  Association  to 
meet  all  the  quality  requirements  of  Commercial  Standard  CS31-38  for  redwood 
shingles  as  issued  by  the  United  States  I>epartnient  of  Commerce.-  100  percent 
edge  gi'ain :  heartwood  100  percent. 

The  Red  Cedar  Shingle  Bureau  maintains  a  corps  of  trained  inspec- 
tois  who  visit  the  plants  at  irregidar  intervals  to  check  on  the  quality 
of  shingles.  In  addition  to  labels  for  the  No.  1  grade  which  meet  the 
requirements  of  Commercial  Standard  CS31-38,  labels  are  also  issued 
and  placed  on  bimdles  of  shingles  for  No,  2  and  No.  3  grades.  These 
latter  grades  were  established  by  the  Red  Cedar  Shingle  Bureau. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  227 

The  American  Walnut  Manufacturers  Association  has  adopted  a 
certification  mark  "American  wahiut  certified  veneers"  and  maintains 
an  inspection  service  and  issues  a  certificate  of  inspection  for  each  ship- 
ment which  states  that  the  wahiut  veneers  have  been  rigidly  graded  and 
inspected  by  an  independent  inspector  whose  name  appears  on  the  cer- 
tificate. It  further  states  that  veneers  are  certified  to  complj'  with  the 
requirements  of  Commercial  Standard  CS64-37  for  quality,  workman- 
ship, thickness,  full  measurement,  and  the  true  representation  of  the 
flitch  by  the  samples. 

The  HardAVood  Dimension  Manufacturers  Association  has  developed 
a  guaranty  certificate  which  reads  as  follows : 

This  hardwood  dimension  lumber  has  been  manufactured  by  a  member  of  the 
Hardwood  Dimension  Manufacturers  Association  and  is  guaranteed  by  the  under- 
signed to  conform  to  Commercial  Standard  CS60-36  issued  by  the  National 
Bureau  of  Standards,  United  States  Department  of  Commerce.  The  certificate 
is  signed  by  the  manufacturer  using  it. 

The  National  Oak  Flooring  Manufacturers'  Association  promoted 
the  establishment  of  a  Commercial  Standard  for  white  oak  and  red 
oak  flooring.  The  association  has  adopted  a  label  by  which  manufac- 
turers and  the  association  jointly  certify  full  compliance  with  the  Com- 
mercial Standard  CS56-36.  The  label  applied  to  bundles  of  oak 
flooring  states : 

This  oak  flooring  is  guaranteed  and  marked  for  grade  by  the  manufacturer, 
is  inspected  and  certified  by  the  National  Oak  Flooring  Manufacturers  Association 
to  meet  all  requirements  of  the  Commercial  Standard  CS36-36  as  issued  by  the 
National  Bureau  of  Standards  of  United  States  Department  of  Commerce. 

The  Douglas  Fir  Plywood  Association  has  adopted  a  certificate  of 
inspection  which  is  signed,  sealed,  and  sworn  to  by  an  inspector  of  the 
association.  The  certificate  contains  a  statement  that  the  inspector 
certifies  that  the  ply^vood  so  inspected — 

complies  with  the  grade  specification  of  Commercial  Standard  CS45-38  of  the 
United  States  Department  of  Commerce. 

In  addition  to  products  for  which  Commercial  Standards  are  avail- 
able, many  organizations  provide  certificates,  labels,  or  guaranties  for 
products  which  conform  to  grading  rules,  standards,  or  specifications 
formulated  by  these  organizations. 

The  activities  of  these  organizations  in  the  field  of  certification 
follow : 

The  National  Hardwood  Lumber  Association  is  engaged  in  estab- 
lishing and  maintaining  grading  rules  covering  hardwood  lumber.  A 
stafT  of  bonded  inspectors  in  the  principal  prwlucing  and  consuming 
centers  of  the  country  are  authorized  to  issue  certificates  on  lumber 
shipments. 

The  Mahogany  Association,  composed  of  American  firms  that  im- 
port genuine  mahogany  logs  and  manufacture  them  into  lumber  and 
veneer,  licenses  manufacturers  to  use  labels  issued  by  the  association 
and  to  aflfix  these  labels  to  furniture  made  of  genuine  mahogany.  Con- 
tracts between  the  manufacturers  and  the  association  contain  penalty 
clauses  in  the  form  of  liquidated  damages  for  willful  misuse  of  the 
labels.  Labels  are  issued  in  two  colors.  The  re(t  lal)el  on  a  piev^e  of 
furniture  indicates  that  it  is  made  of  solid  mahogany  Iinnber.  v.liereas 
the  blue  label  means  that  the  furniture  is  made  of  solid  mahogany 
lumber  tor  frame  parts  and  of  msihogany  plywood  for  larger  surfaces. 


228  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

The  association  states  that  it  has  been  found  that  the  penalty  contract 
automatically  enforces  proper  use  of  the  labels  and  that  during  the  2 
years  they  have  been  in  use  not  a  single  violation  has  come  to  the 
attention  of  the  association. 

The  Maple  Flooring  Manufacturers  Association  permits  members  to 
use  its  trade-mark  on  maple,  beech,  or  birch  flooring  which  is  stand- 
ardized by  the  association.  The  quality  of  flooring  is  guaranteed  by 
the  association  when  approved  by  an  accredited  inspector,  provided 
the  grade  name  and  species  of  the  wood  is  stamped  on  each  bundle  of 
flooring.  The  association  has  inaugurated  a  "car  card  plan''  by  which 
it  furnishes  certificates  to  manufacturers  who,  in  using  them,  guaran- 
tee the  contents  of  sealed  cars  to  be  in  conformity  with  the  grading 
rules  of  the  association. 

The  Southern  Cypress  Manufacturers'  Association  maintains  an 
inspection  department  for  the  purpose  of  grading  and  inspecting  lum- 
ber manufactured  by  member  mills  to  insure  purchasers  that  the  lumber 
is  graded  and  shipped  in  accordance  with  the  official  grading  rules 
of  the  association,  which  conform  to  American  Lumber  Standards. 
Under  proper  supervision  member  mills  are  licensed  to  stamp  their 
cypress  with  the  official  trade-mark  and  grade  marks  which  have  the 
approval  of  the  association.  Inspectors  of  the  association  will  offi- 
cially grade  and  mark  cypress  for  nonmember  mills.  Manufacturers 
of  specialized  products,  such  as  special  millwork  and  woodwork  and 
wood  tanks,  may  have  their  products  inspected  and  officially  stamped 
to  indicate  that  the  material  is  of  first  quality  or  grade. 

The  Northern  Hemlock  and  Hardwood  Manufacturers  Association 
has  adopted  a  system  of  certified  shipments  of  lumber  whereby  it 
licenses  lumber  firms  to  manufacture,  grade,  and  ship  lumber  in  accord- 
ance with  the  standard  rules  of  the  association.  Only  firms  having 
competent  lumber  inspectors  may  be  licensed.  Under  the  terms  of 
the  contract  a  licensed  firm  agrees  to  place  in  cch  car  of  hardwood 
lumber  shipped  the  association's  licensed  shipment  form  properly  filled 
out  to  show  the  correct  grade  and  tally  of  the  lumber  in  the  car,  and  to 
seal  it  within  the  association's  enveloi:)e.  The  buyer  is  thus  furnished 
with  a  certified  copy  of  the  original  inspector's  statement  of  the  amount 
and  gi'ade  of  lumber  loaded  into  the  car  at  the  original  shipping  point. 
The  licensed  manufacturer  further  agrees  with  the  association  that  in 
case  of  complaint  the  buyer  shall  unload  the  car  and  submit  his  tally 
report  to  the  firm  within  5  days  after  unloading.  The  association  may 
revoke  the  license  of  any  manufacturer  where  it  is  found  that  improper 
or  incompetent  use  is  made  of  the  shipment  forms,  or  where  the  terms 
of  the  contract  have  been  breached,  or  for  any  other  reasons  determined 
by  the  board  of  directors  of  the  association. 

The  Southern  Pine  Association  has  adopted  a  grade-marking  plan 
conforming  to  the  requirements  of  American  Lumber  Standards,  which 
were  formulated  under  the  auspices  of  the  United  States  Department 
of  Commerce.  Each  piece  of  lumber  is  branded  with  the  standard 
grade  name,  the  producing  mill's  name  or  identifying  number,  and 
the  symbol  "SPA,"  which  indicates  that  the  association  has  supervised 
the  grading. 

The  Western  Pine  Association  has  established  official  grade,  trade, 
and  species-marks  applied  to  ponderosa,  Idaho,  and  sugar  pine,  larch- 
Douglas  fir.  white  fir,  Engelman  spruce,  red  cedar,  and  incense  cedar 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  229 

lumber.  Lumber  sold  by  members  of  this  association  may  be  graded 
under  the  association's  rules  established  by  its  bureau  of  grades.  Rules 
are  standard  for  the  region. 

The  Northern  Hemlock  and  Hardwood  Manufacturers  Association, 
the  Southern  Pine  Association,  and  the  Western  Pine  Association  em- 
ploy experienced  lumber  inspectors  who  check  on  the  manufacturers' 
grading  and  inspection  work.  These  inspectors  may  hammer-brand, 
or  designate  by  some  other  distinguishing  mark,  each  piece  of  lumber 
approved. 

The  Society'  of  Automotive  Engineers  (S.  A.  E.)  provides  a  list  of 
manufacturers  whose  products  conform  to  the  S.  A.  E.  Standards 
published  in  the  S.  A.  E.  Handbook. 

The  Illuminating  Engineering  Society  (I.  E.  S.)  has  formulated 
specifications  for  electric  lamps  satisfactory  for  individual  desk  work 
or  reading,  which  will  endure  over  a  reasonable  period  of  time  with  a 
minimum  of  casualty  and  fire  hazard.  Lamps  manufactured  in  con- 
formity with  these  specifications  may,  after  examination  and  approval 
by  the  electrical  testing  laboratories,  have  the  I.  E.  S.  approval  tag 
attached  to  them. 

The  American  Glassware  Association  has  inaugurated  a  plan 
whereby  glass  reflectors  used  in  lamps  manufactured  to  meet  the 
I.  E.  S.  specifications  are  labeled  to  indicate  that  these  reflectors  have 
been  tested  with  instruments  provided  by  the  Electrical  Testing  Lab- 
oratories. Each  reflector  is  stamped  with  the  name  of  the  manufac- 
turer and  the  words:  "Conformance  Certified.  Electrical  Testing 
Laboratories.     lES  Standard." 

The  Underwriters'  Laboratories  test  devices  and  materials  with 
relation  to  fire  and  casualty  hazards  and  grant  the  use  of  a  label  to 
those  approved. 

The  American  Zinc  Institute  licenses  its  members  to  use  the  seal  of 
quality  on  galvanized  sheets,  to  indicate  that  special  care  has  been 
used  in  making  the  sheets  and  that  the  zinc  coating  is  extra  heavy — 2 
ounces  per  foot. 

The  Cast  Iron  Pipe  Research  Association  has  adopted  a  symbol,  Ji 
letter  Q  with  a  check,  which  is  stenciled  on  each  length  of  pipe  pro- 
duced by  the  members  of  the  association. 

The  American  Hot  Dip  Galvanizer  Association  has  adopted  an 
official  insignia,  in  the  form  of  a  tag  or  sticker,  for  the  use  of  its 
members  on  products  conforming  to  the  specifications  of  the 
association. 

Steel  Barrel  Manufacturers  Council  maintains  its  own  policing 
system  to  prevent  unscrupulous  deterioration  of  members'  products  or 
the  substitution  of  inferior  material  in  the  manufacture  of  steel  bar- 
rels. Ail  members  have  pledger!  to  adhere  to  the  standards  developed 
by  the  counci),  or  ihosp  established  by  tlie  Interstate  Commeict,  Com- 
mission, oi  tliose  which  are  embodied  in  the  rules  of  the  Railroad 
Consolidated  Classification  Committee,  and  certify  to  purchasers  that 
barrels  manufactured  by  theni  comply  witli  the  requirements  of  these 
standards. 

Safe  Manufacturers'  National  Association  (S.  M- N.A.)  conducts  a 
label  service  designed  to  protect  the  public  against  unwarranted  claims 
relative  to  the  fire  resistance  and/or  burglary  resistance  of  products 
of  the  fire-resistive  safe  industry.    Members  of  the  association  submit 

272496— 41— Xo.  24 IG 


230  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

their  products  to  the  association's  Technical  Advisory  Committee  foi 
Testing  and  Classification.  The  S.  M,  X.  A.  labels  are  applied  to  these 
products  with  ratings  stamped  or  etched  in  the  lower  left-hand  corner 
as,  for  example:  "SMNA  Rating — 1-Hr.  Exposure."  The  test  require- 
ments for  fire-resistive  safes  are  those  which  have  been  established  by 
the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  and  by  the  Underwriters'  Labora- 
tories and  adopted  by  the  association. 

The  "Rail  Steel  Bar  Association  permits  its  members  to  use  a  uniform 
identification  mark  on  rail  steel  reinforcing  bars  produced  by  them. 
The  use  of  this  mark,  which  is  protected  by  registration,  signifies  a 
willingness  on  the  part  of  manufacturers  to  certify  that  bars  produced 
by  them  comply  with  the  standards  of  the  association.  The  associa- 
tion maintains  a  cooperative  program  of  research  for  the  purpose  of 
improving  methods  and  quality  of  products.  Each  mill  is  visited  by 
the  association's  metallurgist  at  intervals  for  purposes  of  general 
inspection  and  policing. 

The  National  Warm  Air  Heating  and  Air  Conditioning  Association 
has  adopted  a  symbol  which  installers  may  display  in  their  places  of 
business  if  they  are  members  of  the  association  and  pledged  to  install 
furnaces  according  to  the  standard  code  as  published  by  the  associa- 
tion. Such  installations  are  triply  endorsed — by  the  installer,  the 
furnace  manufacturer,  and  the  association. 

The  Oil  Burner  Institute  has  adopted  a  seal  used  by  its  members  on 
their  oil  burners,  letterheads,  and  advertising  and  sales  literature. 
The  institute's  seal  on  equipment  is  evidence  that  it  complies  with  the 
standards  of  the  institute  and  that  the  manufacturer's  efficiency  has 
been  approved  by  recognized  authorities  acceptable  to  the  board  of 
directors  of  the  Oil  Burner  Institute;  that  a  fixed  minimum  number 
of  installations  have  been  made  and  proper  endorsement  of  the  equip- 
ment received  from  users;  and  that  standards  established  from  time 
to  time  are  constantly  maintained. 

The  American  Gas  Association  (A.  G.  A.),  through  its  Approval 
Requirements  Committee,  has  established  safety  and  performance  re- 
quirements for  gas-burning  appliances  and  accessories.  These  require- 
ments must  be  met  before  the  manufacturer  is  authorized  to  attach,  to 
an  individual  appliance  or  accessory,  the  A.  G.  A.  seal  of  approval. 

The  American  Petroleum  Institute  (A.  P.  I.)  grants  to  manufac- 
turers the  right  to  place  its  official  monogram  on  equipment  standard- 
ized by  the  institute.  This  is  subject  to  submission  of  a  statement  as 
to  past  experience  of  the  manufacturer,  and  a  notarized  guarantee  that 
the  material  so  marked  complies  with  the  American  Petroleum  Insti- 
tute Standards.  The  institute  reserves  the  right  to  revoke  the  use  of 
its  monogram  for  any  reason  deemed  sufficient  by  the  board  of 
directors. 

The  National  AssociatiGn  of  Ice  Industries  has  adopted  for  ti;*; 
industry  a  seal  of  approval  whicli  will  identify  ice  refriirrritors  and 
other  ice-using  appliances  that  have  been  subiectcd  to  tests  by  the 
association  and  which  conform  to  carefully  determined  standards  of 
construction  and  peiforni?^riC(i  established  by  the  asst)ciation.  This 
seal  on  an  ice  refiipsrator  or  ice  chest  is  a  guarantee  that  it  has  been 
carefully  tr.itcu  by  the  technical  department  of  the  National  Associa- 
tion oi  "ice  industries  and  has  been  found  upon  test  in  a  testing  labora- 
tory to  meet  the  requirements,  both  as  to  construction  and  perform- 
ance, set  up  and  unanimously  approved  by  this  association  and  the 
National  Association  of  Ice  Refrigerator  Manufacturers. 


CON'CEXTRATIOX  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  231 

The  National  Association  of  Ice  Refrigerator  Manufacturers  has 
established  minimum  construction  requirements  for  ice  refrigerators 
for  the  purpose  of  insuring  satisfactory  and  economical  operation. 
Ice  refrigerators  which  conform  to  these  requirements  may  have  at- 
tached the  association's  insignia,  which  states  that  the  refrigerator  is — 

manufactured  by  certified  member  according  to  specifications  of  the  National 
Association  of  Ice  Refrigerator  Manufacturers. 

The  United  States  Shellac  Importers  Association  has  inaugurated 
a  plan  for  the  sampling  of  all  shipments  of  shellac  imported  into  the 
United  States.  The  plan  ])rovides  for  a  standardization  bureau  which 
shall  examine  each  importation  of  shellac.  An  examination  com- 
mittee, composed  of  representatives  of  member  firms,  is  entrusted  with 
the  duty  of  examining  samples  of  the  various  grades  of  shellac  and 
determining  their  quality  in  accordance  with  the  official  rules  and  regu- 
lations of  the  association.  The  examination  committee  issues  cer- 
tificates on  each  lot  examined,  stating  grade,  mark,  lot  number,  name 
of  vessel,  date  of  examination,  and  the  committee's  award. 

The  Gummed  Industries  Association  has  organized  the  Certified 
Products  Bureau,  which  is  the  administrative  division  of  the  associa- 
tion. The  objectives  of  the  bureau  are  to  establish  minimum  specifica- 
tions for  kraft  sealing  tape,  and  to  provide  a  "certified  products  label" 
for  the  use  of  members  of  the  association  on  products  which  conform 
to  these  specifications.  The  facilities  of  a  national  testing  laboratory, 
are  used  to  test  products  selected  in  the  market  for  compliance  with 
the  bureau's  requirements. 

The  National  School  Supplies  and  Equipment  Association  has  in- 
augurated a  certification  and  labeling  program  whereby  all  janitor 
supplies  used  in  schools  are  properly  labeled  as  conforming  to  stand- 
ards promulgated  and  adopted  by  the  association.  The  manufacturers 
or  distributors  of  janitor  supplies  may  submit  samples  of  their  regular 
supply  products  for  certification  purposes.  These  samples  are  tested 
in  the  laboratory  of  the  association,  and  if  they  confoiTn  to  the  estab- 
lished standards,  the  companies  are  privileged  to  use  the  certification 
seals.  The  association  also  makes  use  of  labels  to  identify  school 
furniture  complying  in  color  with  the  standards  established  by  the 
industry  under  the  auspices  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards, 
United  States  Department  of  Commerce. 

The  National  Door  Manufacturers  Association,  Inc.,  has  established 
minimum  standards  for  wood  preservatives.  Any  manufacturer  or 
distributor  of  architectural  wood  products  may  enter  into  a  license 
agreement  to  use"  the  association's  seal  of  approval.  The  primary 
provision  of  this  agreement  is  that  the  licenses  shall  conform  strictly 
to  the  association's  minimum  standards  in  treating  all  products  to 
which  the  seal  is  affixed.  The  seal  of  approval  is  to  be  branded,  by  hot 
brand,  on  all  products  which  are  treated  in  conformity  with  these 
minimum  standards.  The  seal  shows  the  number  of  the  licensee  and 
the  wording  "Toxic-Preservation;  Approved,  National  Door  Manu- 
facturers Association." 

The  National  Association  of  Furniture  Manufacturers  has  established 
a  Design  Registration  Bureau  for  its  members,  and  issues  a  "design 
registration  label"  for  use  on  designs  which  members  claim  to  have 
originated  and  to  own  exclusively.  The  association  states  that  most 
furniture  manufacturers  will  not  knowingly  copy  a  design  which  an- 
other manufacturer  claims  to  have  originated. 


232  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Tlie  Window  Shade  Institute  has  adopted  a  label  for  use  on  window 
shades  made  from  windoAv  cloth  and  shade  rollers  purchased  by  the 
members  of  the  institute.  The  label  may  be  affixed  to  the  window 
shade  either  by  the  manufacturer  or  jobber.  It  bears  the  statement 
"Made  by  a  member  of  the  Window  Shade  Institute," 

The  National  Venetian  Blind  Guild  has  a  registered  trade-mark 
vhich  is  used  in  conjunction  with  their  guild  seal  tag.  This  tag  is 
affixed  to  each  blind  shipped  by  members  of  this  guild.  The  statement 
on  the  label  is — . 

Standard  Warranty — This  Blind  is  guaranteed  to  conform  to  the  standard  speci- 
fications of  the  National  Venetian  Blind  Guild,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

The  Sanitary  Institute  of  America  has  adopted  specifications  deal- 
ing with  the  process  of  sterilization  and  grading  of  wiping  cloths.  The 
Institute  has  adopted  an  official  label,  the  presence  of  which  on  a  bale 
of  industrial  wipers  represents  a  guaranty  that  the  contents  of  the  bale 
conform  to  the  specifications.    The  label  reads : 

The  wiping  cloths  contained  in  this  bale  or  package  have  been  produced  and  packed 
according  to  specification  of  the  Sanitary  Institute  of  America. 

Each  member  of  the  institute  issues  an  affidavit  certifying  that  he, 
as  a  manufacturer  of  the  particular  bale  or  package  of  wiping  cloths, 
has  complied  with  all  rules  and  regulations  of  the  State  and  city  health 
departments  along  with  the  regulations  of  the  Board  of  Underwriters 
and  city  sealer.  The  manufacturer  also  certifies  that  the  wipers  con- 
tained in  a  given  shipment  are  correct  in  weight,  and  that  he  has  com- 
plied with  all  of  the  recommendations  f  the  Sanitary  Institute  of 
America.  The  institute  relies  chiefly  upon  the  integrity  of  its  members 
for  the  enforcement  of  specifications. 

The  National  Association  of  Finishers  of  Textile  Fabrics  has  made 
arrangements  with  a  commercial  testing  laboratory  to  conduct  tests  of 
goods  finished  by  members  to  determine  the  degree  of  fastness  to  light 
and  washing.  Licensed  finishers  whose  goods  receive  an  "A"  or  '^" 
rating  for  fastness  to  light  and  washing  are  granted  the  use  of  the 
association's  "Nafal  Label,"  showing  that  the  particular  dyeing  from 
whicluthe  sample  was  taken  has  passed  the  requirements  and  tests  of 
the  association's  standard  for  colors.  The  license  to  use  the  label  is 
automatically  revoked  if,  by  a  majority  opinion  of  the  executive  com- 
mittee of  the  association,  it  has  been  found  that  the  label  was  used  in 
a  manner  contrary  to  the  provisions  of  the  license  agreement. 

The  International  Silk  Guild,  Inc.,  distributes,  to  manufacturers  of 
pure  dye  silk,  tags  or  labels  stating  that  the  fabrics  to  which  they  are 
attached  are  "All  pure  silk";  these  tags  or  labels,  bearing  the  name  of 
the  guild,  constitute  a  guaranty  that  the  silk  is  genuine.  The  term 
"pure  dye  silk"  is  used  as  defined  in  the  Kules  and  Definitions  on  the 
Marking  of  Fabrics  established  at  a  trade  practice  conference  under 
the  auspices  of  the  Federal  Trade  Commission.  The  guild  reports  that 
all  fabrics  are  tested  to  see  that  they  come  within  the  ruling  of  the 
Commission. 

The  National  Association  of  Lace  Curtain  Manufacturers  has 
adopted  a  seal  of  quality  which  is  used  by  its  members  to  indicate  that 
lace  curtains  manufactured  by  them  are  guaranteed  by  the  association 
to  be  of  a  specified  quality. 

The  Underwear  Institute  does  not  issue  quality  labels  or  certificates; 
however,  its  members  observe  the  rule  established  at  a  conference  held 
under  the  auspices  of  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  with  respect  to 


rON'CEXTRATIOX  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  233 

the  use  of  the  word  ''wool."  The  percentage  of  wool  is  stated  on 
garment  and  container  and  wherever  the  .word  "wool"  is  used  on  the 
label  or  in  advertising;  and  further,  that  unless  the  material  in  ques- 
tion is  all  wool  (less  3  percent  tolerance)  the  percentage  of  wool  is 
stated. 

The  Tanners'  Council  of  America  has  sponsored  the  use  of  labels  for 
the  luggage  industry.  These  labels  are  used  on  top  grain  cowhide  and 
seal,  and  split  cowhide  and  seal.  In  consideration  for  receiving  per- 
mission to  use  the  official  labels  manufacturers  of  luggage  sign  an 
agreement  with  the  council  concerning  the  type  and  kind  of  luggage 
on  which  the  labels  are  to  be  placed.  In  the  event  a  manufacturer 
violates  this  agreement,  it  is  understood  that  he  shall  return  to  the 
council  all  labels  which  he  may  have  purchased,  provided  the  demand 
for  their  return  is  made. 

The  Rice  Millers  Association  has  established  laboratories  for  the 
inspection  and  analysis  of  rice.  The  use  of  these  facilities  enables  the 
industry  to  sell  its  product  on  the  basis  of  origin  of  growth,  quality, 
grade,  and  condition,  and  makes  possible  the  issuing  of  certificates  of 
such  findings  by  the  association. 

The  National  Macaroni  Manufacturers  Association  requires  that  all 
products  manufactured  by  its  members  must  be  subjected  to  chemical 
tests  and  analyses  at  the  association's  laboratory  to  determine  whether 
or  not  they  comply  with  the  association's  standards  and  specifications, 
which  are  in  line  with  those  established  by  the  Food  and  Drug 
Administration. 

The  New  England  Council  has  conducted  a  farm  marketing  program 
to  encourage  producers  to  grade  and  pack  their  products  according 
to  official  State  standards,  and  to  identify  them  by  means  of  quality 
labels  placed  on  the  containers  in  which  the  goods  are  packed.  Per- 
mission to  use  the  New  England  quality  label  must  be  obtained  in 
each  State  from  the  State  commissioner  of  agriculture,  and  it  may 
only  be  used  on  goods  packed  in  accordance  with  official  State  grades. 
Each  State  department  of  agriculture  maintains  an  inspection  service 
and  employs  trained  field  inspectors  to  examine  graded  and  labeled 
products  in  order  to  determine  whether  or  not  they  comply  with  the 
grade  requirements. 

The  Council  on  Foods  of  the  American  Medical  Association  grants, 
on  application,  the  use  of  its  seal  to  manufacturers  of  food  products, 
which  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  council.  The  council  deals 
chiefly  with  processed  foods,  the  sale  of  which  is  largely  promoted 
through  advertising.  No  food  is  accepted  if  the  manufacturers'  claims 
of  nutritive  and  health  values  are  considered  false  or  misleading. 
Approximately  3,800  food  products  have  been  accepted  by  the  council. 

The  Council  on  Pharmacy  and  Chemistry  of  the  American  Medical 
Association  provides  a  similar  service  for  medical  products  and  grants 
use  of  a  seal  to  manufacturers  of  products  accepted  by  the  council. 

Tlie  American  Dental  Association  grants  a  seal  of  acceptance  to 
manufacturers  of  dental  products  which  meet  the  requirements  of  the 
association. 

Testing  and  approving  institutes  are  maintained  by  several  period- 
icals which  grant  approvals  to  various  products  4ised  by  ultimate 
consumers. 

This  description  of  certification  activities  might  be  extended  to 
include  many  more  organizations.  These  activities  deal  with  many 
different  commodities  such  as  lumber,  metal,  textile,  heuting  and  other 


234  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

kinds  of  equipment,  furniture,  foods,  and  medical  and  dental  products. 
Similarly,  a  wide  variation  in  tj'pes  of  certification,  approval,  accep- 
tance, and  labeling  plans  is  noted.  Certified  products  may  be  identi- 
fied by  a  card,  label,  stamp,  or  other  means. 

Certification  may  refer  to  certain  characteristics  of  a  product  which 
are  of  no  particular  value  to  consumers,  or,  on  the  other  hand,  it  may 
refer  to  factors  of  quality  and  performance  of  importance  to 
consumers. 

Some  of  the  methods  of  certification  indicate  that  the  certified 
products  conform  to  widely  recognized  standards,  grades,  or  specifica- 
tions; for  other  methods  no  information  is  given  on  what  standard  the 
certification  is  based. 

Some  organizations  may  approve  and  certify  a  product  after  only 
a  superficial  inspection  or  inadequate  laboratory  test;  while  others 
grant  approval  based  on  scientifically  conducted  tests  made  in  con- 
formity with  nationally-recognized  methods. 

It  has  been  found  that  not  all  agencies  issuing  such  approvals  have 
been  reliable.  Sometimes  the  name  of  an  approving  agency  has  been 
misleading  and  has  implied  a  technical  character  which  the  agency 
did  not  possess ;  or  in  some  cases  the  name  may  have  been  chosen  with 
the  express  purpose  of  deriving  the  benefit  of  confusion  with  the  name 
of  some  thoroughly  reputable  agency.  Evidence  of  such  unfair  trade 
practices  is  provided  in  complaints  and  cease  and  desist  orders  issued 
by  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  against  agencies  which  have  falsely 
approved  or  guaranteed  goods  or  services. 

The  study  on  certification  and  labeling  made  by  the  American 
Standards  Association  in  1931  and  referred  to  on  page  225  was  under- 
taken at  the  request  of  the  Committee  on  Certification  and  Labeling 
of  the  Board  of  directors  of  the  American  Standards  Association.  In 
a  preliminary  report  presented  by  this  committee  to  the  board  the 
following  recommendations  were  made : 

1.  Any  program  of  certification,  labeling,  or  grade  marking,  in  order  to  be 
adequate,  should  be  based  upon  specifications  which  are  publicly  available  and 
nationally  recognized. 

2.  iLas  for  the  group  or  groups  substantially  concerned  with  the  specifications 
to  decide  whether  there  is  to  be  certification  or  labeling ;  and  the  A.  S.  A.  itself 
eannot  directly  take  any  primary  responsibility  in  respect  to  such  activities. 

3.  Any  certification  or  labeling  program  should  be  effectively  supervised  by  a 
properly  qualified  body :  e.  g.,  a  trade  association,  or  a  testing  laboratory,  oper- 
«ting  under  proper  administrative  management." 

In  1936  the  Association  of  Consulting  Chemists  and  Chemical  Engi- 
neers submitted  to  the  American  Standards  Association  a  proposed 
recommended  practice  on  public  approval  and  certification  ])rocedures. 
Subsequently  a  Committee  on  Valid  Certification  was  authorized  by 
the  Council  of  the  American  Standards  Association.  This  committee, 
compo.sed  of  representatives  of  a  number  of  organizations  of  varied 
interests,  has  drafted  a  Recommended  Practice  in  Public  Approval 
and  Certification  Procedures  which  is  now  under  discussion. 

In  conclusion  it  may  be  said  that  any  agency  which  undertakes  to 
certify  or  guarantee  products  should  be  competent  and  responsible, 
that  standards  to  which  the  products  coniiply  should  be  identified  and 
made  available,  and  that  adequate  provisions  should  be  made  for  test- 
ing the  products  at  stated  intervals  to  assure  continuing  adherence 
to  standards  on  which  approval  is  based. 

'"'Report  of  the  Committe  on  Certification  and  Labeling,"  by  Howard  Coonley,  A.  S.  A. 
Bulletin,  vol,  3,  p.  24.  January  J932. 


CHAPTER  IV 

STANDARDIZATION  AND  SIMPLIFICATION  OF  PROD- 
UCTS AS  AFFECTED  BY  STATE  LEGISLATION 

Quality  standards  and  labeling  requirements  are  embodied  to  some 
extent  in  existing  State  legislation.  The  types  of  laws  containing  thes€ 
requirements  include  the  following:  (1)  a  general  "food  and  drug'" 
law;  (2)  separate  laws  governing  special  types  of  foods  or  drugs,  for 
example,  meat,  dairy  products,  eggs,  fruits  and  vegetables,  poisons 
and  narcotics;  (3)  laws  governing  a  variety  of  consumer  goods  that  are 
neither  foods  nor  drugs,  for  example,  gasoline  and  oil,  fertilizer,  seeds, 
insecticides,  gold,  silver  and  platinum  articles,  bedding  and  upholstery 
and  a  few  other  items. 

Some  State  laws  are  concerned  with  labeling  requirements  only,  some 
with  quality  standards,  and  others  with  both.  There  is  a  great  deal  of 
variation  among  these  laws.  Not  only  do  they  differ  as  to  stringency 
of  regulation,  but  even  those  which  impose  approximately  the  same 
degree  of  regulation  do  so  in  different  ways. 

Perhaps  the  best  method  of  indicating  the  range  of  these  State  laws 
is  to  consider  in  detail  two  examples,  one  illustrating  a  field  where 
almost  complete  uniformity  among  the  States  (as  well  as  more  detailed 
regulation)  has  been  effected,  and  the  other  where  heterogeneity  of 
requirements  exists.  These  examples  are  fertilizer  and  new  bedding 
and  upholstery. 

The  difference  which  exists  between  the  respective  uniformity  ana 
nonuniformity  in  requirements  for  these  two  commodities  may  be 
partl}^  the  result  of  a  difference  in  the  degree  to  which  there  has  been 
cooperation  between  industrial  and  scientific  groups  and  enforcement 
officials  in  obtaining  more  uniform  legislative  regulation.  In  the  case 
of  fertilizer,  there  was  cooperation  between  industry.  State  control  of- 
ficials, the  American  Chemical  Society,  and  the  Association  of  Official 
Agricultural  Chemists.  In  the  case  of  bedding  and  upholsterv.  this 
type  of  cooperation  is  still  in  its  initial  stages. 

The  desire  for  uniformity  in  State  bedding  and  upholstery  laws  and 
for  regulation,  in  areas  where  none  existed,  led  to  the  authorization, 
by  the  Standards  Council  of  the  Amterican  Standards  Association,  of  a 
sectional  committee  to  develop  such  standards.  This  committee  in- 
cludes representatives  of  manufacturers,  retailers,  consumers,  and 
State  officials  and  is  concerned  with — 

Development  of  standards  covering  the  identification  and  disclosing  the  percentage 
composition  of  filling  material ;  grades  of  such  filling  material ;  identification  of 
the  finished  article  to  show  whether  it  is  in  whole  or  in  part  made  from  new  or 
second-hand  material ;  and  methods  of  labeling  to  make  this  information  available 
to  distributors  and  consumers.^ 


^  "A.   S.   A.   Authorizes   Work  on    Bedding  Standards,"   Industrial  standardization  and 
Commercial  Standards  Monthly,  vol.  9  (4).  p.  93.  April  1938. 

235 


236  CON'CEXTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

The  standardization  and  simplification  of  fertilizers,  the  reduction  of 
the  number  of  grades,  the  development  of  standardization  of  nomen- 
clature, the  standardization  of  chemical  methods  for  determining 
plant-food  content  in  fertilizers  by  the  American  Chemical  Society,  the 
standardization  of  analytical  methods  for  designating  various  plant- 
food  elements  in  fertilizers  by  the  Association  of  Official  Agricultural 
Chemists,  the  increase  in  plant-food  content,  and  the  standardization 
of  bag  sizes  is  given  below  in  chronological  and  rather  detailed  form  to 
illustrate  how  the  cooperation  of  industry,  science,  and  legislation  has 
resulted  in  the  adoption  of  standards. 

A  chart  analyzing  the  sanitation  and  labeling  provisions  for  new 
bedding  and  upholstery,  and  a  summary  of  these  provisions,  indicates 
the  lack  of  standardization  in  an  industry  of  great  importance  to  con- 
sumers. However,  the  cooperation  of  the  National  Association  of 
Bedding  and  Upholstery  Enforcement  Officials  with  the  American 
Standards  Association  (in  which  the  manufacturers,  distributors,  and 
consumers  are  represented)  in  the  establishment  of  standards  may  be 
the  beginning  of  greater  standardization  in  the  bedding  and  uphol- 
stery industry. 


STANDARDIZATION  AND  SIMPLIFICATION  OF 
FERTILIZERS 

Almost  continuously  since  the  enactment  of  the  first  State  fertilizer 
control  law  in  Massachusetts  in  1869  efforts  have  been  made  to  intro- 
duce simplification  and  standardization  in  the  control  laws  of  each  of 
the  several  States  as  they  have  been  enacted  or  amended.  The  fertilizer 
industry  has  always  believed  that  a  uniform'  law  could  be  drafted  to 
control  the  sale  and  distribution  of  fertilizers  and  fertilizer  materials 
that  would  be  suitable  for  the  conditions  in  any  State.  Such  a  uniform 
law  should  adequately  protect  the  consumer;  and  at  the  same  time 
protect  honest  manufacturers  from  unfair  practices  of  unscrupulous 
competitors  and  from  unfair  purchasers.  It  should  not  place  useless 
and  unnecessary  requirements  on  manufacturers  or  requirements  that 
cannot  be  enforced,  yet  should  require  for  the  purchaser  disclosure  of 
such  information  as  may  be  useful  to  him  in  the  use  of  the  goods 
purchased. 

Methods  have  been  developed  for  making  a  quantitative  determina- 
tion of  all  the  plant-food  elements  in  a  fertilizer  but  it  is  sometimes 
difficult  or  even  impossible  to  determine  quantitatively  certain  of  the 
components  that  may  be  used  in  the  formulation  of  mixed  fertilizers. 
It  would  therefore  be  difficult  to  enforce  a  law  requiring  the  detailed 
quantitative  disclosure  of  all  the  ingredients  of  a  fertilizer  mixture. 

The  fertilizer  industry  has  drafted  a  model  law  which  is  believed 
adequate  to  protect  both  consumer  and  producer,  to  be  easily  and  com- 
pletely enforceable,  and  to  furnish  all  necessary  information  to  enable 
the  purchaser  to  select  the  fertilizer  best  suited  to  his  needs  of  crop  and 
soil.  State  control  officials  and  legislative  bodies  have  used  this  pro- 
posed draft  as  a  basis  for  legislation  in  many  States.  There  are  now 
47  States  with  fertilizer  control  laws;  only  Nevada  is -without  one. 
Chart  XVIII  gives  a  summary  of  the  principal  requirements  of  these 
47  laws  and  indicates  their  approach  to  uniformity. 

Reduction  in  the  Nvmber  of  Grades  of  Fertilizer. 

It  has  been  recognized  for  many  years  that  an  uneconomic  situation 
existed  in  the  large  number  of  grades  of  fertilizer  being  offered  for 
sale.  The  grade  of  a  fertilizer  is  represented  by  the  integers  repre- 
senting the  percentage  content  of  the  three  primary  plant- foods  in  the 
fertilizer.  For  example,  a  5-10-5  grade  of  fertilizer  indicates  that  the 
fertilizer  is  guaranteed  to  contain  not  less  than  5  percent  of  nitrogen, 
10  percent  of  available  phosphoric  acid,  and  5  percent  of  available 
potash.  As  each  figure  clianges,  a  different  grade  is  represented.  An 
almost  unlimited  number  of  combinations  of  the  three  figures  is  possi- 
ble. A  survey  of  the  grades  of  fertilizer  offered  for  sale  in  the  various 
States,  made  in  1934,  indicated  that  over  1,000  separate  and  distinct 
grades  of  fertilizer  were  being  used  in  the  United  States.  Tlie  State 
of  Florida  alone  has  recorded  sales  of  425  separate  grades. 

237 


238  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

It  is  a  generally-accepted  fact,  recognized  by  practically  all  agron- 
omists, that  the  fertilizer  needs  of  any  one  State  for  all  its  crops 
on  any  of  its  soils  can  be  satisfied  with  from  10  to  25  different  grades 
of  fertilizer.  The  needs  of  the  country  as  a  whole,  in  like  manjier, 
can  probably  be  satisfied  with  50  to  75  grades.  In  1934,  for  instance, 
71.9  percent  of  the  entire  country's  tonnage  of  fertilizer  was  repre- 
sented b}'  25  grades,  and  95  percent  by  175  grades.  The  final  5  percent 
included  878  more  grades. 

As  early  as  1925  the  control  official  o.f  the  State  of  Texas  arranged 
a  conference  with  fertilizer  producers  to  decide  on  a  list  of  fertilizer 
grades  which  by  com,mon  consent  would  be  the  only  grades  registered 
and  sold  during  the  following  year.  Each  year  a  similar  conference 
is  held,  now  in  conjunction  with  the  neighboring  States  of  Arkansas, 
Louisiana,  Mississippi,  and  Oklahoma.  In  Texas  the  accepted  list  for 
the  current  year  contains  but  22  grades.  A  number  of  other  States 
and  groups  of  States  have  followed  this  example  and  have  adopted 
lists  of  grades  that  will  be  recommended , by  State  experiment  stations, 
jind  the  sale  of  these  grades  will  be  featured  by  the  manufacturers. 
In  some  instances  State  laws  now  provide  that  such  a  list  may  be 
established  each  year  by  the  control  official  and  the  sale  of  other  grades 
prohibited. 

Such  standardization  is  of  considerable  economic  importance.  It 
obviates  the  necessity  of  the  manufacturer  being  prepared  to  ship  a 
multitude  of  unnecessary  grades,  and  not  only  relieves  him  of  that 
expense  but  permits  him  to  ship  the  sm'aller  number  df  grades  with 
much  greater  efficiency  and  cheaper  cost,  all  of  which  results  in  lower 
consumer  prices. 

Development  of  Standardization  of  Nomenclature. 

The  fertilizer  control  laws  of  the  various  States,  as  is  to  be  expected, 
differ  in  many  details  as  agricultural  conditions  or  the  opinions  of 
legislators  and  control  officials  determine.  Since  the  early  days,  effort 
has  been  constantly  made  by  the  industry  to  have  uniform  nomen- 
clature used,  and  wherever  possible  to  have  labeling  requirements  of 
adjacent  States  uniform.  Considerable  variation  occurred  in  these 
requirements.  Some  States  required  guaranties  to  be  made  in  terms  of 
nitrogen,  phosphoric  acid,  and  potash,  and  in  that  order;  some  re- 
quired the  phosphoric  acid  to  be  stated  first;  and  others  required  the 
guaranty  in  terms  of  ammonia  instead  of  nitrogen.  Some  laws  I'e- 
quired  that  the  percentage  of  plant-food  be  guaranteed  in  whole 
numbers  only ;  others  permitted  fractions. 

In  the  fall  of  1927  a  fertilizer  conference  was  called  at  Louisville, 
Ky.,  by  a  group  of  editors  of  farm  papers.  To  this  conference  \yere 
invited  editors  of  the  farm  papers,  agronomists.  State  control  officials, 
and  representatives  of  the  fertilizer  industry.  Over  80  individuals 
attended.  Tlie  question  of  uniformity  of  State  control  law  require- 
ments was  a  major  topic  of  the  conference.  After  extensive  discus- 
sion, it  was  voted  to  recommend  to  all  States  that  guaranties  of  plant- 
food  in  fertilizers  be  required  in  terms  of  available  phosphoric  acid, 
nitrogen,  and  potash,  and  in  that  order  and  in  whole  numbers  only. 

In  September  1928  a  second  conference  was  held  at  West  Baden, 
Ind.,  to  discuss  progress  made  since  the  first  conference.  It  developed 
that  little  progress  on  uniformity  of  guaranties  had  been  made  because 
of  extensive  opposition  to  the  order  of  statement  of  guaranties.    After 


'"Hr" 


I ' 


hsrsi,"  ■""""" 


...K   ,, ..„,.!..     ,.„ 


N-P-K  ■• 

.,: 

v™ 

N.P-K... 

"»5r 

'- 

r: 

;# 

I:,: 

::::i:: 


d. 

V-s 

la 

No 

N. 

fon  p,omu,te 

Js  nj.ooii...,,,         1 



SL,5S2'""° "' 

:::: 

Vm 

N. 

Y» 

jSSS^™ 

ss 

"^SS,... 

'"■ 

°S=|i 

-s.So.r- 

«p.TOnl,f.Tj». 

y« 

No 

Ve, 

N. 

jn«io.j.nci... 

"-'"""■■'"•'•- 

Ve..... 

"'-■■ 

1  v-m  of  ,.l».  .. 

la.  .- 

n".'"."";... 

No 

Fl.,,.a,.tl.lld 

KotodoMj 

^" 

V„ 

"si-Tr^:z;i, 

"£'■""-'« 

''" 

V».. 

Y„ 

N.                          . 

'^'S.j"''""' ""'' " 

luroodU„m,rt,J..i„ 

^SHE; 


?.SH£ 


SB    .^SSKWiarftK! 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  239 

discussion,  this  second  conference  passed  a  resolution  recommending 
that  the  guaranties  be  expressed  in  the  order  of  nitrogen,  phosphoric 
acid,  and  potash  (known  as  the  N-P-K  order) . 

In  1928  the  Association  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists  adopted  as 
tentative  the  N-P-K  order  and  officially  adopted  this  order  in  1930. 

In  1931  there  were  26  States  requiring  the  guaranty  in  terms  of 
nitrogen,  and  17  States  permitted  or  required  the  guaranty  in  terms 
of  ammonia,  2  of  them  requiring  both.  By  1931  at  least  15  States 
prohibited  fractional  guaranties.  In  May  1931  a  conference  between 
the  control  officials  of  the  13  Northeastern  States  and  fertilizer  manu- 
facturers doing  business  in  those  States  resulted  in  further  uniformity. 
By  July  1931  there  were  35  States  that  required  nitrogen  only  to  be 
guaranteed ;  36  required  the  N-P-K  order,  and  23  permitted  guaranties 
in  whole  numbers  only. 

Efforts  to  establish  complete  uniformity  were  continued,  but  neces- 
sity for  legislative  action  in  certain  States  and  inability  to  obtain  such 
action  in  every  case  delayed  complete  uniformity  until  1939,  when 
the  South  Carolina  Legislature  passed  a  fertilizer  law,  thus  making 
the  fertilizer  laws  of  47  States  (Nevada  has  no  fertilizer  law)  uni- 
form in  requiring  guaranties  in  terms  of  nitrogen,  phosphoric  acid, 
and  potash,  and  in  the  N-P-K  order.  By  1939  fractional  guaranties 
were  prohibited  in  at  least  38  States. 

State  control  officials  and  industry  representatives  are  continuing 
their  efforts  toward  the  achievement  of  still  greater  uniformity  in  con- 
trol requirements.  Frequent  conferences  have  been  held  on  the  subject, 
and  it  is  believed  that  slow  but  continuous  progress  will  result.  The 
goal  is  to  have  such  a  degree  of  uniformity  that  one  standard  method 
of  designation  on  bags  of  fertilizer  woiild  satisfy  the  labeling  require- 
ments of  all  State  control  laws. 

Standardization  of  Chemical  Methods  for  Determining  Plant-Foq,d 
Content  in  Fertilizers  Through  the  American  Chemical  Society. 
The  fertilizer  division  of  the  American  Chemical  Society  meets  each 
year  and  affords  an  opportunity  for  the  presentation  of  technical 
papers  on  fertilizer.  In  a  measure,  it  acts  as  a  clearing  house  for  new 
subjects  to  be  presented  for  the  consideration  of  the  Association  of 
Official  Agricultural  Chemists.  Chemists  connected  with  fertilizer 
industry,  with  State  experiment  stations  and  control  laboratories,  and 
with  the  various  Federal  agencies  engaged  in  fertilizer  research  meet 
to  discuss  common  problems  of  analytical  technique  in  order  to- develop 
uniform  procedure  for  the  chemical  evaluation  of  agricultural  com- 
modities and  supplies.  Such  developments  as  need  official  recognition 
arc  then  referred  to  the  Association  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists 
for  action. 

Standardization  of  A'nalytical  Methods  and  Terms  for  Designating 
Various  Plant-Food  FUments  in  Fertilizer  Through  the  Associa- 
tion of  Q-fficial  Agricultural  Chemists. 

In  1922  a  group  of  chemists  representing  the  fertilizer  industry  sug- 
gested to  the  Association  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists  of  North 
America  (a  body  composed  of  those  State  and  Federal  officials  who 
are  engaged  in  agricultural  research  or  in  the  enforcement  of  the  feed, 
fertilizer,  and  food  control  laws)  the  establishment  of  a  forum  for  the 
discussion  of  technical  fertilizer  problems.  As  a  result,  this  associa- 
tion formed  a  Committee  on  Definitions  of  Terms  and  Interpretation 


240  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

of  Results  on  Fertilizers  and  Liming  Materials.  This  committee  meets 
each  year  during  the  annual  meeting  of  the  association  for  the  discus- 
sion of  definitions  of  fertilizer  terms  and  such  other  matters  as  may  be 
presented.  An  opportunity  is  thereby  afforded  the  technical  men  of 
the  industry,  persons  engaged  in  agricultural  research,  and  officials 
administering  State  laws  to  meet  on  common  ground  and  voice  their 
opinions  and  recommendations. 

The  committee,  after  a  complete  hearing,  prepares,  in  executive 
session,  official  definitions  for  the  various  fertilizer  terms,  establishes 
official  standards  for  various  fertilizer  materials,  and  makes  official 
interpretations  of  terms  and  phrases  used  in  the  industry.  These 
matters  are  referred  as  recommendations  to  the  Association  of  Official 
Agricultural  Chemists  for  adoption  as  official  standards.  The  laws  of 
many  States  provide  that  the  methods  of  analysis  and  the  recom- 
mendations of  this  association  shall  govern  the  practice  of  the  control 
officials,  in  which  case  these  methods  and  interpretations  have  the 
effect  of  law. 

Since  the  first  meeting  of  the  committee  in  1923,  up  to  and  including 
the  1939  meeting,  60  fertilizer  and  liming  materials  have  been  offi- 
cially defined  by  name  and  identified  by  specifications,  and  28  terms 
have  been  officially  defined  or  interpreted.  Through  these  channels 
not  only  has  uniformity  and  standardization  been  achieved  but  a 
measure  of  official  and  even  legal  standing  has  also  been  obtained. 

The  Association  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists  also  has  adopted 
official  methods  of  analysis  for  all  determinations  that  are  necessary  to 
be  made  in  cormection  with  the  sale  and  use  of  fertilizer.  They  have 
also  adopted  official  methods  to  be  used  in  the  collection  and  prepara- 
tion of  all  samples  that  are  to  be  used  in  determining  whether  or  not 
the  guaranties  required  by  any  law  have  been  met.  The  chemists  of 
the  fertilizer  industry  have  cooperated  in  the  development  of  these 
official  methods. 

Increase  in  Plcmt-Fpod  Content. 

The  cost  of  handling  a  ton  of  fertilizer  is  the  same,  regardless  of  its 
plant-food  content.  It  takes  just  as  many  bags  to  hold  a  ton  of 
fertilizer  containing  12  units  of  plant-food  as  it  does  to  hold  one  con- 
taining 24  units.  The  freight  costs  are  the  same  on  each ;  also,  labor 
expense,  selling  expense,  accounting,  and  many  other  items  are  calcu- 
lated on  a  ton  cost.  Within  liiiiita,  then,  the  cost  of  each  pound  of 
plant-food  delivered  on  the  farm  is  reduced  as  the  concentration  of 
total  plant-food  in  the  fertilizer  is  increased.  The  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture  and  certain  of  the  State  experiment  sta- 
tions for  years  have  recommended  to  customers  that  they  buy  fertilizf^rs 
of  higher  plant-food  content.  The  fertilizer  industry  believes  in  the 
sound  economics  of  such  practice,  and  is  on  record  as  favoring  the 
inclusion  of  a  requirement  in  all  State  laws  as  to  the  j^ormissible 
minimum  plant-food  content  of  mixed  fertilizers,  reconmiending  that 
such  minimum  be  not  less  than  16  percent.  As  of  1939,  the  laws  of  14 
States  prohibit  the  sale  of  fertilizers  containing  less  than  16  percent 
total  plant-food,  and  six  additional  States  prohibit  less  than  14  percent. 

That  these  recommendations  regarding  higher  plant-food  content 
are  being  accepted  is  evidenced  by  figures  furnished  by  the  Ignited 
States  Department  of  Agriculture  which.show  that  the  average  plant- 
food  content  of  complete  mixed  fertilizers  in  1880  was  13.4  percent; 


COXCi:XTKATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  241 

in  1900,  14.1  percent;  in  1925,  16.0  percent;  in  1930,  17.8  percent;  and 
in  1935,  18.2  percent  and  it  is  estimated  that  it  will  reach  approxi- 
mately 19  percent  in  1940. 
Standardization-  of  Bag  'Sizes  for  Fertilizer. 

The  standardization  of  package  sizes  in  the  fertilizer  industry  has 
never  been  an  important  problem.  State  laws  requiring  a  tax  stamp 
or  tag  to  be  affixed  to  each  bag  or  package,  to  e\'idence  payment  of 
the  tonnage  inspection  fee,  naturally  required  even-weight  bags  in 
each  ton.  Custom  established  the  200-pound  bag  in  the  greater  part 
of  the  country,  and  the  100-pound  in  the  remainder.  Variations  were 
the  125-pound  and  the  167-pound  bag.  Smaller  sizes,  containing  50 
pounds,  25  pounds,  10  pounds,  5  pounds,  and  1  pound,  were  used  only 
for  the  city  lawn  and  garden  trade.  Practically  100  percent  of  fer- 
tilizer for  the  farm  trade  is  shipped  in  one  of  the  first  four  sizes,  with 
the  100-pound  and  200-pound  sizes  predominating.  When  paper  bags 
were  first  introduced  for  fertilizer  shipments,  the  use  of  a  somewhat 
smaller  bag  was  found  necessary  to  carry  better  and  to  be  less  subject 
to  damage,  and  an  80-pound  size  was  chosen.  Better  quality  paper 
bags  now  permit  the  100-poimd  size,  which  is  almost  universally  used. 


SANITATION  AND  LABELING  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  NEW 
BEDDING  AND  UPHOLSTERY 

A  survey  of  State  laws  dealing  with  provisions  regulating  the 
manufacture  and  sale  of  bedding  and  upholstery,  and  with  Federal 
and  State  court  cases  in  this  field  shows  wide  variation  in  the  laws  of 
the  States  surveyed.^ 

Chart  XIX  on  sanitation  and  labeling  requirements  for  new  bed- 
ding and  upholstery,  based  on  this  survey,  reveals  that  37  States, 
including  the  District  of  Columbia  have  laws  regulating  the  manu- 
facture and  sale  of  new  bedding  or  new  bedding  and  upholstery. 
Thirty-six  of  these  laws  apply  in  terms  to  mattresses;  30  to  com- 
forters, quilts,  or  quilted  pads;  28  to  cushions  or  pillows;  and  11  to 
upholstered  furniture  in  general,  with  some  other  laws,  applying  only 
to  specified  types  of  furniture,  such  as  "upholstered  spring:^." 
"lounges,"  and  sofas."  In  addition,  the  laws  of  a  few  States  apply 
to  articles  of  bedding  in  general,  or  to  articles  ''similar"  to  tiiose 
specincally  mentioned  in  the  laws. 

Sanitation  requirements  regarding  the  use  of  materials  in  the 
manufacturing  of  bedding  are  of  more  than  one  kind.  There  are 
prohibitions  to  be  found  in  13  States  against  the  use  of  second-liand 
or  shoddy  material,  while  the  laws  of  21  States  specifically  permit  the 
use  of  such  material  if  it  has  been  sterilized.  Similarly,'in  17  States 
with  bedding  laws,  the  use  of  contaminated  material  is  specifically 
prohibited,  while  in  8  States  the  use  of  such  material  when  stevdizecl 
is  permitted.  There  are  qualifications  in  4  States  prohibiting  --ertain 
uses  or  prohibiting  certain  kinds  of  contaminated  or  second-hand 
material  and  permitting  others. 

*  "Survey  of  State  l^aws  and  Judicial  Decisions  on  Beddinar  and  Upbolsteiv,'"  prepared 
by  S.  Mermin  and  J.  Mayer,  S.  P.  Kaidanovsky,  Technical  Director,  Consumer  Standards 
Project,  pp.  vii-t-160,  Division  of  Consumers'  Counsel.  Agricultural  Adjustment  Adminis- 
tration, U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  and  Work  Proj-ects  Administration,  Washington, 
D.  C. 

243 


244 


CONX'EXTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 


Chart  XIX. — Sanitation  and  labeling  re 

[This  chart  was  prepared  by  the  staff  of  the  Consumer  Standards  Project,  Consumers'  Co 

Agriculture,  and  Work 


I.  COVERAGE 

A.  Bcddinj;: 

1.  Mattresses 

2.  Comforts  or  quilts 

3.  Pads  or  quilted  pads 

4.  Pillows 

5.  Cushions 

6.  Upholstered    springs    or    box 

springs.  .__ 

7.  Misrellaneous    other    articles 

named 

8.  Articles  (unnamed)  which  may 

be  used  for  sleeping  or  reclining 
purposes 

B.  Upholstery: 

1.  Upholstered   furniture   (in   gen- 

eral)   

2.  Miscellaneous  articles  named 

C.  Articles  filled  exclusively  with  steril- 

ized  feathers  are  specifically  ex- 
cluded   


Second-hand  material: 

1.  Prohibited- 

2.  Permitted  if  steriHzed. 
Contaminated  material: 

1.  Prohibited 

2.  Permitted  if  sterilized. 


(22) 


HI.   GENERAL  LABELING   REQUIREMENTS 

1  to  descrip- 

1.  Qualitative  (label  shall  show)— 
(a)  Whether    new    or    second- 
hand   (e.    g.,    "All    new 

material";  "Second-hand 

material") , 

(6)  Whether    "Sweepings"    or 

"oily  sweepings"  are  used 
(c)  Whether  damaged,  waste,  or 

other  inferior  material  is 

used 

"Felted  cotton"  or  "felted 

linters"   when  such  ma- 
terial is  used    . .  

'Cotton  linters"  when  such 

material  is  used 

(0  A    statement    of   materials 

us?d 

(ff)  "Kind"  of  materials  .    

(ft)  "Kind"of  materials  used  in 

filling    

(r)  "Kind    and    Character"   of 

materials   _  _ 

<■//  "I><-5^-=T\tion"  of  materials 

used  

(k)  "Descnpti...  ■    .'  materials 

used  in  liiling       ..     

(!)  "Kame"  of  materials.-     -     . 
(m)  "Name"  of  materials  «;«.  ' 

in  filling. ... 

(n)  "The  contents" 

(o)  "Quality"  of  materials |   x   I.,  .j  — 

(p)  "Grades"  of  materials  used  I        i 

infilling !...!....!  (") 

See  footnotes  at  end  of  tabic. 


(rf) 


(?) 


(2.) 


(!6) 


x,.x 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 


245 


quirements  for  new  bedding  and  upholstery 

unsel    Division,    Agricultural   Adjustment   Administration,   United   States    Department   of 
Projects  Administration] 


a 

f 

X 
X 
X 
X 

X 

X 
X 

X 

X 

1 

X 
X 

X 
X 

X 

(■) 

X 

1 

.a 

X 
X 
X 

X 

i 

X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

X 

i 

X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

X 

1 

X 
X 

1 

X 
X 
X 

1 

X 

X 

2 
2 

a 

1 

K 

% 

X 

X 
X 

i 

z 

X 
X 
X 

1 

1 

X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

X 

X 

(•) 

X 

s 
o 

x: 

1 

X 
X 
X 
X 

s 

X 

.2 

J= 
o 

X 
X 

c 

1 

X 
X 
X 
X 

(.*) 

X 
X 

X 

.2 

i 

1 

X 

T3 

i 

1 

X 
X 

§ 

X 
X 
X 

X 
X 

1 

X 
X 
X 
X 

> 

1 

1 

1 
— 

X 
X 

a 
35 

X 

X 
X 

X 
X 
X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

0) 

X     1 

X 

X 

(J) 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

.... 

(«) 

X 

('■) 

(12) 
(15) 

(") 

(IS) 
X 

'■  ' 

('«) 

X 

X 

(20) 

(18) 

fn". 

X 

CO 

c^) 

(1.) 

X 
X 

X 

(") 

X 
X 

X 

1  * 

1- 

X 

X 

X 

X 
X 

X 

-  .. 

^ 

X 

X 

X 

X 
X 

X 
X 

X 

X 

_.-..;:: 

X 
X 

i 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

(.) 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

(>3) 

(«) 

X 

X 

m 

... 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

(2.) 

X 

(J.) 

(") 

X 

X 

X 

I 

1 

X 

X 

1     1  < 

... 

.... 

•■ 

(«) 

( J 

-...1 

1 

(«> 

See  footnotes  at  end  of  table. 
27240fl— 41  -Tijo.  24 


246 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 


Chart  XIX. — Sanitation  and  labeling  requir- 


1 

< 

< 

.2 

i 

1 
1 

1 

1 

1 

s 

1 

1 

o 

.2 

S 
O 

.2 

.2 
a 

c 

1 

1 

1 

J 

a 

3 
2 

ni.  GENERAL  LABEUNQ  REQUraE- 

MENT3— continued 
A.  Positive  requirements— Continued. 
1.  Qualitative— Continued. 

(S)  Such    description    of    ma- 
terials used  as  adminis- 
trative   body   shall    pre- 

^ 

1 

1 

(r)  Whether  material  required 
to  be  sterilized  has  been 

(31) 
(28) 
(28) 

(32) 

(33) 

2.  Quantitative  (label  shall  show)- 
(a)  "Percentage"  of  materials... 
(6)  "Percentage"   of  materials 
used  in  filling 

X 

.... 

X 

1 

(c)  "Proportion"  of  filling  ma- 
terials if  more  than  one 

X 
1 

(d)  "Percentage"   of  materials 
when  ffther  than  hair  is 
tfsed  in  combination  with 
hair 

(e)  Quantity  or  amount  of  each 

(28) 
(28) 
(43) 

(28) 

1 

1 

(/)  Total  weight  or  gross  weight 

(40) 

X 

i 

B.  Olher    positive    requir ementi    (label 
shall  show)— 
1    Name  of  manufacturer  or  vendor 

X 

2.  Name  and  address  of: 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

.... 

(c)  Vendor       .. 

'd)  Manufacturer  or  vendor  and 
successive  vendors 

X 

3.  Delivery  date: 

(a)  Date  of  delivery  to  customer. 

(b)  Date    of    delivery    within 

X 

4.  Registry  or  serial  number  of  man- 
ufacturer assigned  by  adminis- 
trative body 

X 

X 
X 
X 

X 

5.  Adhesive  stamps  (e.  g.,  inspec- 

X 

X 
X 

X 

X 

(a)  Which   contain   replica   of 
State  seal 

(b)  Which     contain     registry 

(c)  Which    contain    other   ad- 
ministratively    required 

X 
X 

6.  Compliance  with  State  law: 
(a)  That  article  complies  with 

X 

X 

.... 

(b)  (As  repasds  label  on  con- 
tainer)   that    the   article 
complies  with  labeling  re- 

X 

7.  Miscellaneous: 

(a)  "This  label  is  a;ttached  as 
required  by  law  as  a  cer- 
tification that  this  article 

X 

(b)  Label  is  to  be  procured  from 
State  and  bear  replica  of 
.  State  seal 

(c)  Administrative  body  to  ap- 

X 

X 

(d)  Label  similar  to  that  re- 
quired on  article  is  also 

X 

X 

(e)  When  tag  is  to  be  used  on 
pillow,  cushion,   bolster, 
or  comforter  it  shall  bear 
a  statement  that  it  Ls  to  be 

1 
1 

.... 

CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

ments  for  new  bedding  and  upholstery — Continued. 


247 


1 

1 

s 

.i 

s 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

.s 

.2 

S 

5 

'5 

c3 

1 

o 

1 

1 

1 

B> 

> 

1 

1 

a 

X 

(33) 

(30 

X 

(3J) 

(") 

(3.) 
(3S) 

..._ 

(3.) 

X 

r") 

X 

» 

X 

X 

(«) 
(") 

X 

0') 

—  - 

T 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

(«) 

X 

X 

X 

X 

... 

X 

X 
X 

X 

X 
X 

X 

X 
X 
X 
X 

X 

X 

X 

X 
X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

' 

X 

X 

X 

-- 

.... 

X 

X 

X 
X 

(«D 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

(..) 

See  footnotes  at  end  of  table. 


248 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWTi^R 

Chart  XIX. — Sanitation  ana  labeling  require 


1 

-< 

< 

.2 
1 

Q 

3 

a 

a 
U 

1 

1 

0 

.2 

X2 

E 

3 
O 

a 

1 
p 

.2 
O 

1 

1 

s 

X 
X 

X 

X 

a 
a 
!^ 

X 

X 

1 

in.  GENEEAL  LABELING  REQUIRE- 

MENTa— continued 

C.  Negative  requirements: 
1.  General: 

(a)  Prohibitions    apainst    mis- 

X 

z 

X 
X 

X 

X 

X 

X 
X 

X 

X 

X 
X 

X 
X 

X 

(6)  Prohibitions   against    tam- 

(f)  Information  other  than  that 
specified  in  the  law  is  not 
to  appear  on  the  required 

(d)  No  terms  describing  filling 
materials  may   be  used 
other  than  terms  stated  in 

2.  Specific: 

(a)  Word  "felt"  not  to  be  used 
imless  material  processed 
by  felting  machine 

(6)  Word  "hair"  not  to  be  used 
unless   material   is   com- 
posed  totally  of  animal 

X 

X 

X 
X 

(") 

X 

X 

X 

(c)  Words  "curled  hair"  not  to 
be  used  unless  material  is 

(") 

(d)  Word  "silk"  not  to  be  used 
in  description  of  kapok 

X 
X 

(«)  Word  "floss"  not  to  be  used 
if  filling  contains  material 

(/)  No   tolerances   other    than 
commercially    accepted 
tolerances  are  permitted 
in  case  of  terms:  "All," 
"100%  "  "Pure  "  etc 

X 

(g)  No  variance  is  allowed  for 
material     described     as 
"All,"  "Pure,"  "100%," 
or  terms  of  similar  import - 

IV.  FORM,  SIZE,  AND  COLOR  OF  LABEL 

A.  Size  of  label  (shall  be  not  less  than)- 
1   4  by  8  inches 

2  4  by  5  inches 

(") 

4   4  by  3  inches 

5   3  by  3  inches 

m 

X 

7   3  by  21^  inches 

(S8) 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

(60) 

X 

10   3  by  IH  inches 

(62) 

11.  The   size   sufl5cient   to  provide 
plainly  for  description  of  ma- 
terials 

B.  Color  of  label  (to  be)- 
1.  "White" 

2.  "White"  if  material  is  all  new 

X 
X 

(31) 

3   "Red"  if  materia]  is  second-hand 

5.  "Yellow"  if  material  is  second- 
hand 

C.  Material  of  label: «« 
1.  Cloth 

X 

X 

'('«)" 

X 

.... 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 
X 

2   Muslin  or  linen 

X 

X 

X 

4.  Cloth  lined 

X 

X 

X 

6.  Cloth  backed 

X 

6.  Paper 

1 

X 



See  footnotes  at  end  of  table. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

ments  for  new  bedding  and  upholstery — Continued. 


249 


•3 

X 
X 

z 

X 
X 

i2 

1 

1 

X 
X 

B 

a 
.1 

X 

1 
i 

X 
X 

i 

X 

1 

1 

1 

X 
X 

1 

> 

t 

i 

1 

i 
1 

X 

X 

X 

1 

Z 

X 

3 

1 
0 

1 

y 

X 

.2 

X 
X 

0 

(M) 

X 

.2 

1 
1 

X 
X 

a 

1 
« 

X 
X 

0 

1 

X 
X 

§ 

X 
X 

J3 

X 

X 

> 

X 
X 

1 

s 

X 
X 

a 

1 

X 

X 

X 

... 

X 

X 

.... 

X 

(«) 

(") 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 



X 

(") 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

(i') 

-— 

x' 

X 

.... 

... 

X 

(61) 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 
X 

X 

(83) 

X 

X 

X 

(.5) 

X 

X 

X 

X 

(5.) 
X 

(■681 

X 

X 

X 

(«) 

X 

X 

X 

X 

(.7) 

X 

X 

X 

X 

" 

"■ 

(M) 

X 
(65) 

... 

(") 

1 

... 

... 

... 

X 

1 

(«) 

X 

X 

See  footnotes  at  end  of  table. 


250 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Chart  XIX. — Sanitation  and  labeling  require 


< 

< 

1 

o 

1 

i 

1 

.2 

a 

3 

5 
•s 
■s 
5 
.a 
p 

CO 

I 

3 

1 

M 

1 

.2 

IV.  FORM,  SIZE,  AND  COLOR  OF  LABEL— 

continued 
C.  Materialof  label— Continued, 

8   Not  paper-faced 

X 

9.  Stamping  or  printing,  etc.,  label 
on  the  article  it.self  is  permitted 
in  lie!]  of  a  separate  tag 

D.  Size  of  lettering: 

1.  Statements  as  headings  shall  be 
in  24  point  type 

X 

2   Labels  shall  be  in  "large"  type 

X 

3.  Statements  shall  be  not  less  than 
^  inch  high 

X 

— 

X 

X 
X 

X 

X 

4.  Statements  as  to  new  or  second- 
hand shall  be  not  less  than  H 
inf'h  high 

X 
X 

X 
X 

5.  Statements  as  to  filling  material 
shall  be  not  lfs<;  than  }4  inch 
high 

X 

— 

G.  "Words  "shoddy  material"  when 
required  to  be  on  label  shall 

7.  Words  "second-hand  material" 
shall  be  not  less  than: 
(a)  20-point  type 

X 

(^)  24-poiTit  type 

8.  Material  which  is  waste,  second- 
hand, shoday,   or  subject  to 
contamination  shall  be  enum- 
erated on  (yellow)  label  in  type 
not  less  than  J^  inch  high 

9.  Word  "second-hand"  shall  be  not 
less  than  Vi  inch  high  (on  addi- 
tional label  when  article  con- 

E.  Sample  form  of  required  label  is  set 

X 

X 

X 

F.  Form  of  label  shall  be  prescribed  by 

G.  Label  shall  be  approved  by  admin- 
istrative body 

X 

.i 

H.  Material:  used  shall  be  described 
in  such  manner  as  administrative 
body  shall  prescribe 

X 

1  Mattress  pad. 

2  Couch  pads. 

'  Cushions,  quilts,  or  similar  articles. 

*  Bags,  cases  or  coverings  which  are  filled,  etc. 

*  "Other  articles  of  bedding"  in  addition  to  those  specifically  covered. 
«  "Substantially  similar"  articles  to  those  specifically  coVered. 

'  "Similar  articles"  to  those  specifically  covered. 

*  "Beddmg." 

« Including  children's  furniture. 
'» Anything  containing  upholstering. 
"  Couches  or  lounges. 
"  Bedsprings,  cots,  lounges,  and  sofas. 

"  Settees,  couches,  day  beds,  davenports,  and  overstunoa  chairs. 
i«  Word  "exclusively"  is  omitted, 
"  Words  "exclusively"  and  "sterilized"  are  omitted. 

"  Certain  uses  of  second-hand  and  contaminated  material  are  prohibited  and  others  permitted.    Also, 
administrative  body  mny  pronibit  the  use  of  excessively  damaged  or  otherwise  unfit  filling  material. 
'?  Prohibits  u.se  oi  shoddy 

'9  Certain  kinds  of  second-hand  materials  are  prohibited,  and  others  permitted  if  sterilized. 
"  Applies  to  abandoned  filling  material. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 


251 


ments  for  new 

bedding  and  upholstery — 

Co 

atinued 

1 
1 

1 
1 

i 
1 

2 

1 
a 

ii 

03 

1 

1 

z 

£ 

s 
a 
a 

w 

1 
z 

X 

1 

1 
S 

o 

s 

o 

1 

.2 
1 

i 

■1 
1 

1 

1 

i 

> 

1 

.2 
1 

.a 

a 
1 

X 

"* 

X 

X 

(6.) 

(55) 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 
X 

X 
X 

X 

X 
X 

.... 

X 

.... 

.... 

.... 

X 

r 

X 

X 

X 

X 

' 

X 

X 

... 

X 

= 

X 

X 

'1  Material  contaminated  by  infection,  etc.,  may  not  be  used  or  sold;  other  second-hand  material  may 
be  used  after  sterilization. 

"  Shall  be  designated  as  "mill  sweepmgs." 

S2  Label  shall  show  whether  the  felt  is  "felted  staple  cotton"  or  "felted  cotton  linters."  tf  any  other 
material  is  felted,  its  name  shall  be  indicated. 

"  Used  in  filling. 

2<  Used  in  filling  (applies  to  mattresses). 

"  A  statement  of  the  kind  of  materials  used  in  the  filling  and  covering,  according  to  the  grades  used  by 
the  trade  (applies  to  upholstered  furniture). 

2'  When  filling  material  has  been  previously  used. 

"  Specific  enumeration  and  description  of  second-hand  materials  used,  in  case  of  bedsprings,  cots,  lounges, 
and  sofas. 

*»  For  certain  qualifications,  see  California  provisions. 

"  The  only  reference  to  grades  is  in  one  line  of  the  sample  form,  i.  e.,  "Grade— ounce,  Sheeting—,  Drill—, 
Sateen,  etc." 

30  "Type  or  grade  of  cotton  and  all  other  materials  used"  in  filling  mattress  (if  new  materials  are  used). 

3'  This  requires  an  additional  label. 

»  Also  the  number  of  the  sterilizing  permit. 

«  Also  number  of  sterilizing  or  disinfecting  permit.  Saijl  number  required,  without  the  other  require- 
ment, if  article  not  filled  with  feathers  or  down. 


252  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

'<  When  article  sterilized  by  other  than  owner,  label  shall  show  the  sterilizing  permit  number  and  the  date 
of  sterilization. 

"  Date  of  sterilization. 

3«  What  germicidal  treatment,  if  any;  date  any  such  treatment  was  performed;  and  number  of  required 
permit. 

"  Applies  where  second-hand  material  is  used  in  upholstery. 

ss  When  mixed. 

"  Appro.ximate  percentages  when  mixed. 

"  When  mattress  is  of  cotton,  felt,  wool,  kapok,  silk  floss,  floss,  or  hair. 

<'  When  mattress  is  of  cotton,  felt,  wool,  kapok,  or  hair. 

"  See  sample  form,  sec.  59-1808  of  code. 

""Finished"  size.  Comforter  labels  shall  show  "cut"  size.  Decorative,  boudoir,  and  fancy  cushion 
need  not  show  size. 

"  "Measurement." 

"  Name  and  address  of  maker  or  his  registered  factory  number. 

<«  Applies  to  nonresident  manufacturers  and  wholesalers  with  no  usual  place  of  business  in  the  State. 

<'  This  appears  to  be  an  additional  label. 

«*  Applies  to  tags  furnished  by  the  administrative  body  for  use  on  "comforts,  bunk  quilts,  cushions,  and 
pillows." 

"  When  article  contains  more  than  one  kind  of  material,  and  administrative  rules  require  amount  of 
materials  to  be  stated  on  label,  a  variance  of  not  over  10  percent  shall  not  be  deemed  misleading. 

'"  Also  prohibits  use  of  other  than  standard  definition,  practice,  or  terms  of  classification,  where  a  standard 
classification  exists  concerning  any  commodity. 

«i  When  used  exclusively. 

"  Word  "felt"  not  to  be  used  if  filling  includes  any  material  not  felted  and  filled  in  layers;  unless  all 
materials  used  are  plainly  set  forth. 

"  The  word  "totally"  is  omitted. 

"  Applies  to  the  separate  label  on  articles  containing  second-hand  material. 

"  Applies  to  label  on  upholstered  furniture  having  loose  cushions  or  pillows,  including  studio  couches. 

"  Applies  to  bedding  labels  and  to  labels  required  when  article  has  been  sterilized. 

»'  This  appears  to  be  an  additional  label. 

"  Applies  to  decorative,  boudoir,  and  fancy  cushions  or  "similar  articles." 

"  Applies  to  bed  springs,  cots,  lounges,  and  sofas. 

'o  Applies  to  mattress  or  pillow  tags. 

"  Applies  to  mattresses  or  pillows.    Commissioner  may  require  smaller  or  larger  tags  on  other  articles. 

M  Applies  to  indelible  stamp  on  slip  seat  chairs  and  benches  or  upholstered  stools  and  similar  articles. 

•'  Also  if  material  is  waste  or  shoddy. 

«<  When  2  or  more  items  under  this  topic  are  indicated  for  1  State  and  are  in  apparent  conflict,  a  choice 
is  permitted  among  these  items. 

"  Applies  to  upholstered  furniture. 

««  Sec.  7251  (ce)  pr  vides  for  muslin  or  linen  labels,  and  sec.  7251  (hh)  27  provides  for  cloth  or  Cloth 
backed  labels. 

"  Use  of  cloth  is  o,itional  in  case  of  upholstered  furniture. 

"  Or  material  of  like  durability. 

"  When  words  "second-hand  material"  are  required  on  the  label. 

The  many  variations  in  labeling  requirements  constitute  the  most 
striking  differences  in  these  laws.  Thirty-three  States  have  laws 
requiring  a  statement  as  to  whether  the  materials  used  are  new  or 
second-hand.  In  13  States  it  is  provided  that  the  label  must  indicate 
whether  material  required  to  be  sterilized,  has  been  sterilized;  but, 
depending  on  the  State  involved,  the  date  of  sterilization  or  the 
number  of  the  sterilizing  permit,  or  both,  may  also  have  to  be  indi- 
cated. In  California  this  information  would  have  to  appear  on  a 
separate  sterilization  label. 

Thirty-two  States  have  requirements,  variously  worded,  that  the 
label  give  a  "description,"  or  the  "names,"  or  the  "kind,"  or  the  "con- 
tents" of  the  materials  used ;  some  require  only  the  name  of  the  mate- 
rials used  in  the  filling.  A  few  States  have  more  specific  require- 
ments relating  to  this  type  of  labeling  information.  Alabama,  Ohio, 
Tennessee,  and  Wisconsin,  for  instance,  have  laws  requiring  that  a 
statement  regarding  "quality"  of  the  materials  be  given.  California, 
Oregon,  Texas,  and  Wisconsin  have  laws  providing  that  the  "grade" 
of  filling  materials  be  specified. 

Information  regarding  the  quantity  of  material  used,  as  distin- 
guished from  the  preceding  disclosure  of  quality,  is  also  required  to 
be  indicated  in  some  States.  California,  Ohio,  Oregon,  and  Tennes- 
see laws  provide  that  the  quantity  or  amount  of  each  material  appear 
on  the  label,  and  nine  States  have  laws  requiring  a  statement  of  the 
"proportion"  or  "percentage"  of  materials.     The  size  of  the  article 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  253 

must  be  specified  in  California  and  Oregon;  and  these  States,  in 
addition  to  Alabama,  Indiana,  Michigan,  and  Washington,  have  laws 
which  require  that  the  total  weight  of  the  article  be  given. 

Identification  of  the  manufacturer  or  vendor  is  required  in  seven 
States,  the  address  as  well  as  the  name  of  the  manufacturer  or  vendor 
is  to  be  specified  in  nine  other  States,  name  and  address  of  only  the 
manufacturer  in  five  States,  name  and  address  of  only  the  vendor  in 
one  State,  and  name  of  the  manufacturer  or  vendor  and  successive 
vendors  in  three  States. 

The  registry  number  of  the  manufacturer  is  an  additional  identify- 
ing mark  required  in  10  States,  and  shall  appear  on  an  adhesive 
stamp  attached  to  the  label,  as  in  the  case  of  4  States,  or  shall  appear 
otherwise  on  the  label. 

The  date  of  delivery  from  retailer  to  customer  must  be  given  on  the 
label  in  Goruiecticut  and  New  York;  the  Massachusetts'  law  requires 
that  the  date  of  delivery  within  the  State  by  a  nonresident  be 
specified. . 

In  nine  States  the  label  must  show  that  the  article  complies  with 
the  State  law.  In  California,  Connecticut,  New  York,  and  North 
Carolina  the  label  must  be  approved  by  a  State  administrative  body. 
In  the  District  of  Columbia,  Pennsylvania,  and  Texas,  labeling  in- 
formation is  to  appear  in  such  manner  as  is  administratively  pie- 
scribed.  On  the  labels  in  Delaware,  Maryland,  and  New  Jersey  no 
information  may  appear  other  than  that  specified  in  the  law. 

In  addition  to  the  differences  among  the  States  as  to  what  shall 
appear  on  the  label,  there  is  a  large  number  of  variations  in  the 
specific  matters  of  form,  size,  and  color  of  labels.  There  are  10  dif- 
ferent minimum  sizes  of  labels  prescribed  in  the  various  laws:  4  by  8 
inches,  4  by  5  inches,  41^  by  3  inches,  4  by  3  inches,  3  by  3  inches,  3i/^ 
by  214  inches,  3  by  2i/^  inches,  3  by  2  inches,  3  by  11/2  inches,  and  6 
square  inches.  The  most  common  minimum  size  prescribed  is  3  by  2 
inches,  which  occurs  in  8  State  laws,  there  being  22  States  which  have 
laws  providing  for  labels  of,  not  less  than  a  specified  minimum  size. 

A  specific  sample  form  of  the  required  label  is  given  in  the  laws  of 
nine  States. 

The  color  of  the  label  is  to  be  white  m  Texas,  it  is  to  be  white  in 
California,  New  York,  North  Carolina,  and  Pennsylvania  only  if  the 
material  used  is  all  new.  If  the  material  is  second-hand,  the  label 
must  be  red  in  California,  but  yellow  in  New  York,  North  Carolina, 
Oregon,  and  Pennsylvania.  A  yellow  (separate)  label  in  California 
signifies  that  the  material  has  been  sterilized. 

There  is  generally  a  requirement  in  the  State  laws  that  the  label  be 
made  of  some  durable  material.  The  laws  of  8  States  specify  "cloth," 
in  13  States  a  choice  is  permitted  between  a  "cloth"  label  and  some 
other  kind,  usually  a  "cloth  lined"  or  "cloth  backed"  label.  "Muslin 
or  linen"  labels  are  required  in  the  laws  of  15  States,  in  7  of  which 
the  choice  of  some  other  material,  usually  paper  in  the  case  of  up- 
holstered furniture,  is  permitted.  The  use  of  a  paper  tag  is  permitted 
in  Kentucky,  Ohio,  Tennessee,  and  Wisconsin,  and  is  permitted  on 
upholstered  furniture  in  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island,  and  Vermont. 
A  few  State  laws  require  the  labels  to  be  "cloth  lined,"  "cloth  backed," 
"permanent,"  or  of  "durable  material,"  or  not  paper-faced.  New 
Hampshire  and  New  Jersey  laws  permit  stamping  or  printing  on  the 
article  itself  in  lieu  of  a  separate  label. 


254  COXCENTPATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Tlie  most  common  provision  regarding  the  lettering  on  the  label  is 
the  provision  in  16  States  that  the  letters  be  not  less  than  one-eighth 
inch  high.  In  5  of  these  States,  this  applies  to  all  statements  on  the 
label,  but  in  the  remaining  11  States  it  applies  only  to  certain  state- 
ments concerning  the  filling  material,  such  as  statements  indicating 
that  the  material  is  new  or  second-hand.  Headings  are  to  be  in  24- 
point  type  in  California;  and  the  same  is  true  in  Washington  in  cases 
where  the  phrase  "second-hand  material"  is  required  on  tlie  label. 
The  minimum  size  of  letters  in  phrases  indicating  the  presence  of 
second-hand  or  shoddy  material  is  one-fourth  inch  in  Oregon,  one-half 
inch  in  Texas;  20-point  type  in  Kentucky  and  24-point  type  in 
Washington. 

The  laws  of  most  of  the  States  contain  prohibitions  against  decep- 
tion in  labeling.  Twenty-nine  States  have  enacted  laws  prohibiting 
misleading  labels.  The  laws  of  32  States  prohibit  the  tampering  with 
labels.  In  addition  to  the  foregoing  general  prohibitions  against  mis- 
leading labels  and  tampering,  a  provision  that  the  term  "felt"  is  not 
to  be  used  unless  the  material  has  been  processed  by  a  felting  machine 
is  common  to  13  States,  and  in  5  States  other  terms  such  as  "hair," 
"curled  hair,"  "silk,"  and  "floss"  may  be  used  only  if  their  meaning 
is  that  as  specified  in  the  statute.  New  York  laws  permit  no  variance 
when  such  terms  as  "all,"  "pure,"  "100,"  et  cetera,  are  used,  while  the 
Connecticut  law  permits  commercially  accepted  tolerances  when  these 
terms  are  employed  on  the  label. 


CHAPTER  V 

METHODS  AND  PROCEDURES  IN  GOVERNMENT 
PURCHASING 

The  duty  and  responsibility  for  making  piirchases  for  the  Federal 
Government,  with  the  exception  of  purchases  for  the  Army,  Navy, 
and  INIarine  Corps,  is  placed  upon  the  Procurement  Division,  United 
States  Treasury  Department. 

Chart  XX,  entitled  "The  Development  of  Centralized  Purchasing 
in  the  Federal  Government,"  lists,  in  chronological  order,  the  various 
acts,  orders,  or  reports,  relative  to  purchasing  by  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment, sliows  the  department,  office,  board,  or  committee  responsible  for 
the  purchasing,  and  gives  the  duties  of  and  procedures  used  by  these 
agencies.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  first  act  dates  from  May 
1792.  when  Alexander  Hamilton,  then  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  under 
President  Washington,  made  one  of  the  earliest  studies  of  centralized 
purchasing  for  the  Federal  Government. 

Tliere  is  an  essential  difference  between  the  Federal  Government  and 
piivate  procurement,  and  the  major  restrictions  of  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment purchasing  are  as  follows  : 

1.  Contracts  are  awarded  only  to  manufacturers  and  regular  dealers. — These 
terms  are  defined  as  follows  : 

A.  manufacturer  is  a  person  who  owns,  operates,  or  maintains  a  factory  or  estab- 
lishment that  produces  on  the  premises  the  materials,  supplies,  articles,  or  equip- 
ment required  under  the  contract  and  of  the  general  character  described  by  the 
specifications. 

A  regular  dealer  is  a  person  who  owns,  operates,  and  maintains  a  store,  ware- 
house, or  other  establisliment  in  which  the  materials,  supplies,  or  equipment  of  the 
general  character  described  by  the  specifications  and  required  under  the  contract 
are  bought,  kept  in  stock  and  sold  to  the  public  in  the  usual  course  of  business. 

2.  Purchases  are  made  on  specifications. — These  specifications  set  the  standard 
of  quality  desired,  and  are  binding  alike  on  all  bidders.  This  feature  insures  an 
equitable  relation  between  quality  and  price  which  puts  all  bidders  on  a  common 
ground. 

3.  Requirements  arc  given  wide  publicity. — The  wants  of  the  Government  are 
made  public  long  enough  in  advance  of  the  time  set  for  the  formal  opening  of  bids 
to  allow  all  interested  bidders  sufficient  time  to  prepare  and  submit  their  bids. 
Advertising  takes  the  following  forms  : 

(a)  Advertising  in  newspapers  ; 
(6)  Advertising  by  notices  placed  in  public  places; 

(c)  Advertising  by  means  of  distribution  of  proposal  forms  to  known  sources 
of  supply. 

4.  Competitive  oidding. — Bids  are  invited  and  received  on  the  common  basis  or 
specifications  and  general  conditions  binding  on  all  alike. 

5.  Bid  bond  reqxiired  except  und^  certain  conditions. — The  bid  bond  is  a  guar- 
anty by  authorized  sureties  that  the  bidder  will,  within  the  time  specified  in  his 
bid,  enter  into  contract  and  give  proper  bond  for  its  performance. 

6.  Sealed  bi4s. — Bids  are  received  up  to  the  hour  specified  for  the  opening;  then 
publicly  opened,  read,  and  recorded  Bids  received  after  the  hour  set  for  the 
formal  opening,  unless  delayed  through  no  fault  of  the  bidder,  are  returned 
unopened. 

7.  Bids  must  be  formal. — Bids  shall  be  prepared  on  the  forms  provided  for  the 
purpose,  and  must  be  formal  in  all  respects.  They  shall  be  signed  on  behalf  of 
the  bidder  by  a  person  authorized  to  do  so. 

255 


256  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

8.  Bids  of  competitors  are  availaole  after  opening  date  for  examination  hy 
interested  parties. 

9.  Preference  is  given  to  articles  of  domestic  manufacture  or  production. 

10.  Award  is  made  to  the  lowest  satisfactory  bidder. — The  lowest  satisfactory 
bidder  is  that  bidder  who  is  either  a  manufacturer  or  a  regular  dealer  and  who 
offers  suitable  material,  in  a  formal  bid,  at  the  lowest  price. 

11.  As  a  general  rule,  contracts  are  reduced  to  vrriting  and  signed  by  both 
parties. 

12.  Performance  bond  is  required  under  certain  circumstances. — The  perform- 
ance bond,  with  authorized  security,  indemnifies  the  Government  against  the  failure 
of  the  contractor  to  perform  aU  the  terms  of  the  contract. 

13.  Deliveries  are  rigidly  inspected  to  determine  compliance  with  the  specifica- 
tions and  the  terms  of  the  contract  or  order. ^ 

Negotiated  Contracts. 

Though  as  a  general  rule  bids  are  invited  and  awards  made  to  the  lowest  respon- 
sible bidder,  negotiated  contracts  may  be  used  in  cases  in  wTiich  competition  either 
is  out  of  the  question  or  may  be  detrimental  to  the  national  interest.  Items  of 
normal  usage  ordinarily  are  purchased  on  a  competitive  basis  whereas  articles 
of  a  special  or  secret  nature  may  be  purchased  through  negotiated  contracts." 

The  principal  steps  observed  in  tiie  purchasing  by  the  Procurement 
EHvision,  United  States  Treasury  Department,  the  Navy,  and  the  War 
Department  are  presented  first  in  this  chapter.  This  is  followed  by 
the  description  of  the  results  of  three  surveys:  (1)  A  survey  of  State 
purchasing  methods  and  procedures,  (2)  a  survey  of  county  purchasing 
methods  and  procedures,  and  (3)  a  survey  of  municipal  purchasing 
methods  and  procedures.  The  surveys  of  State  and  municipal  pur- 
chasing methods  were  made  in  May  1940  for  the  purpose  of  this 
monograph  through  the  courtesy  of  the  Council  of  State  Governments 
and  the  American  Municipal  Association,  respectively.  The  survey  of 
county  purchasing  methods  was  made  in  1939  by  the  National  Bureau 
of  Standards,  United  States  Department  of  Commerce,  and  the  results 
were  made  available  for  the  purpose  of  this  monograph. 

*  "Selling  to  the  Navy,"  by  the. Navy  Department  (Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts), 
pp.  1-2,  Washington,  D.  C,  1940. 

•Letter  by  Charles  Hines,  colonel,  U.  S.  Army,  Secretary,  Army  and  Navy  Munitions 
Board,  Washington,  D.  C,  August  1,  1940. 


PKOCUEEMENT  METHODS  AND  PROCEDURES  OF  THE 
PROCUREMENT  DIVISION,  UNITED  STATES  TREASURY 
DEPARMENT « 

Major  Functions  of  the  Procurement  Division. 

The  Procurement  Division,  United  States  Treasury  Department,  is 
charged  with  the  determination  of  policies  and  methods  of  procure- 
ment, warehousing,  and  distribution  of  Government  property,  facili- 
ties, machinery,  equipment,  stores,  and  supplies;  the  performance  of 
all  activities  incident  to  the  purchase  in  definite  quantities  of  those 
supplies  for  which  requirements  can  be  anticipa?i/ed  and  consolidated ; 
the  negotiation  of  contracts  for  those  supplies  of  the  departments  and 
establishments  for  which  requirements  cannot  be  consolidated  in  defi- 
nite quantity  purchase  but  for  which  common  contracts  can  be  made 
with  advantage  to  the  Government ;  and  the  warehousing  and  distribu- 
tion to  the  departments  and  establishments  of  supplies  maintained  as 
stock  items  in  the  Procurement  Division  building. 

In  addition  to  these  definite  purchasing  and  warehousing  functions, 
the  Procurement  Division  is  responsible  for — 

{a)  The  preparation  and  maintenance  of  the  Federal  Standard 
Stock  Catalog,  involving  the  analysis  of  commodity  records  so  as  to 
develop  uniformity  of  nomenclature,  to  provide  standard  arrangement 
for  storage  and  issue  of  warehoused  stock,  to  assign  precise  designa- 
tions for  individual  items,  and  to  establish  and  maintain  uniformity 
in  the  cataloging  of  supplies ; 

(&)  The  preparation  and  maintenance  of  Federal  Specifications; 

\c)  The  coordination  of  all  matters  pertaining  to  contract  forms 
and  general  policies  pertaining  to  contract  procedure ; 

{d)  The  coordination  of  the  Government's  freight,  express,  and 
other  trajffic  activities  within  the  continental  limits  of  the  United 
States ; 

{e)  The  coordination  and  supervision  of  the  disposition  of  surplus 
property  in  Washington  and  in  the  field,  and  of  property  seized  and 
forfeited  under  the  Federal  Alcohol  Act  and  the  Liquor  Law  Repeal 
and  Enforcement  Act  of  1935,  and  firearms  seized  and  forfeited  under 
the  National  Firearms  Act ;  and 

(/)  The  maintenance  of  an  accounting  activity  to  clear  vendors' 
bills  in  payment  for  deliveries  made  on  Procurement  Division  orders, 
to  effect,  reimbursement  to  the  Procurement  Division's  capital  account 
for  purchases  made  for  other  Federal  agencies,  and  to  maintain  finan- 
cial records  of  the  business  of  the  Procurement  Division. 

The  principal  procurement  operations  are  the  negotiation  of  term 
contracts  and  actual  purchasing,  or  procurement  otherwise,  as  by 
transfer  of  surplus  property,  of  supplies  used  in  various  Government 

•Material  obtained  from  the  Procurement  Division,  U.  S.  Treasury  Department, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

257 


258  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

establislunents,  exclusive  of  realty,  and  also  excluding  the  require- 
ments of  the  Army,  Navy,  and  Marine  Corps. 

This  centralization  of  procurement  responsibility  is  based  on  the  fact 
that  large  quantity  procurement,  made  possible  through  consolidation, 
of  requirements  of  various  Federal  activities,  offers  certain  economies 
and  advantages  to  the  Government  consumer,  important  among  which 
are — 

Minimizing  overhead  cost  by  eliminating  the  duplicatiou  which  attaches  to 
the  large  volume  of  small  purchases  represented  by  one  term  contract  or  pur- 
chase of  a  corresponding  consolidated  procurement; 

Standardization  of  character  and  quality  of  requirements  through  study  of 
actual  needs  and  establishment  of  standards  accordingly,  as  reflected  by  ade- 
quate specifications; 

Lowest  prices  consistent  with  proper  standards  and  a  comnetitive  market; 
and 

Better  opportunity  to  apply  effective  inspection  practices. 

These  general  functions  of  the  Procuren^ent  Division  are  accom- 
plished in  part  by  delegation  of  authority  to  certain  other  agencies 
and  in  part  by  actual  handling  of  details  through  this  division  and 
its  field  offices. 

The  fundamental  of  competition  which  governs  all  procurement 
negotiations  is  that  proposals  must  be  invited  from  a  wide  field  of 
potential  supi^liers  and  award  must  be  made  to  the  lowest  responsible 
bidder  meeting  the  specifications  and  conditions.  In  the  case  of  rela- 
tively small  purchases,  exemption  from  strict  observance  of  this  rule 
is  given  by  statute,  such  exemptions  varving  with  different  appro- 
priations from  $50  to  $300. 

"Procurement"  as  applied  to  the  activity  of  the  Procurement  Divi- 
sion has  a  broad  meaning.  It  includes,  together  with  certain  related 
activities,  two  particular  features:  (1)  The  contractual  function 
under  which  sources  of  supply  for  standard  materials  are  established 
for  terms  up  to  1  year,  and  (2)  actual  purchasing  either  from  estab- 
lished term  contracts  or  in  the  open  market. 

Specialization  of  functions. 

Standard  noinenclature. — ^All  supplies  purchased  by  the  Govern- 
ment are  precisely  identified  and  cataloged  according  to  a  prearranged 
system  to  assure  the  use  throughout  the  Government  service  of 
standard  commodity  nomenclature,  to  facilitate  the  establishment  of 
uniform  records  and  promote  comparable  analyses  thereof,  and  to 
provide  a  uniform  plan  for  storage.  As  of  January  1,  1940,  about 
500,000  items  have  been  so  cataloged. 

Classes. — This  large  commodity  field  is  treated  under  "classes''  of 
related  articles.  There  are  about  60  such  "classes'";  e.  g.,  "Class  5 — 
Flags  and  bunting,"  "Class  58 — Railway,  dock,  and  fire-fighting  ap- 
paratus." 

Item  identification. — The  identification  of  the  individual  item  con- 
sists first  of  the  number  of  the  class,  followed  by  the  initial  letter  of 
the  article,  then  the  number  which  is  assigned' to  the  article  itself, 
supplemented  by  subordinate  numbers  or  letters  as  the  elaboration 
by  types  or  size  requires.  Thus,  1  ounce  glass-stoppered  bottles,  of  a 
certain  description,  in  lots  of  one  dozen  would  be  ".57-B-753a-(a)": 
in  gross  lots  it  Avould  be  "57-6-7530- (b),"  etc. 

Commodity  groups. — As  a  matter  of  practical  operation,  the  han- 
dling of  the  technical  activities  of  contracting  and  purchasing  i^ 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  259 

organized  so  that  related  commodity  classes  are  alssociated  and  as- 
signed to  groups  of  specialists,  hereafter  identified  as  "Commodity 
groups,"  whose  interests  are  concentrated  on  items  within  their  re- 
spective fields.  This  arrangement  promotes  expert  knowledge  and 
skillful  treatment  in  perfecting  specifications,  in  effecting  adjustment, 
in  buying  against  account  in  the  event  of  failure  of  timely  or  ac- 
ceptable delivery,,  and  in  handling  other  details  relating  to  the  trans- 
actions. There  are  a  number  of  such  commodity  groups,  one  hlan- 
dhng,  for  instance,  class  29  (toilet  articles  and  all  accessories,  out- 
fits, and  parts),  class  51  (acids;  chemicals;  drugs;  gases;  soaps; 
abrasive  materials;  cleaning,  cutting,  and  polishing  compounds),  and 
class  57  (hospital,  laboratory,  and  surgical  apparatus;  and  all  acces- 
sories, outfits,  parts,  and  supplies). 

The  following  is  a  list  of  items  contracted  for  by  the  Procurement 
Division : 

Acids;  chemicals;  drugs;  gases;  soaps;  abrasive  materials;  clean- 
ing, cutting,  and  polishing  compounds. 

Agricultural  implements  and  all  accessories,  outfits,  and  parts. 

Airplane  accessories. 

Ammunition;  ammunition  details;  blasting-apparatus;  bombs. 

Arms,  small ;  and  all  accessories,  outfits,  and  parts. 

Athletic  equipment,  recreational  apparatus,  sporting  goods,  spe- 
cial wearing  apparel. 

Bakeshop  and  kitchen  apparatus  and  utensils :  Aluminum  utensils ; 
galley  gear ;  tinware ;  and  all  accessories,  outfits,  and  parts. 

Bathroom  and  toilet  fixtures;  and  all  accessories,  outfits,  and 
parts. 

Bolts,  nuts,  rivets,  screws,  washers. 

Books,  blueprints,  charts,  drawings,  libraries,  maps,  newspapei-s, 
periodicals,  professional  publications,  etc. 

Boots ;  shoes ;  leather  and  rubber  clothing. 

Brooms,  brushes. 

Building  materials :  Asphalt,  brick,  cement,  glass,  granite,  gi-avel, 
lime,  mJllwork,  roofing  material,  sand,  stone,  tar,  tiling,  etc. 

Caps;  iiats;  gloves;  men's  and  women's  furnishings. 

Cordage:  Hemp;  jute;  oakum;  twine;  including  manufactured 
articles. 

Dry  goods :  Bedding,  buttons,  curtains,  cushions,  draperies,  find- 
ings, floor  coverings,  linoleiun,  oilcloth,  textiles,  trimmings, 
upnolstery  materials,  yarns,  etc. 

Duck ;  canvas ;  tentage ;  including  manufactured  articles. 

Electric  apparatus  and  all  accessories,  outfits,  and  parts. 

Electric  cable  and  wire  (insulated). 

Engine  room  and  fire  room  fittings,  supplies,  and  tools. 

Fire-surfacing  and  heat-insulating  materials. 

Flags,  bunting. 

Food:  Groceries,  ice,  provisions,  subsistence. 

Forage ;  bulbs  and  roots ;  plants,  shrubs,  and  trees ;  seeds. 

Fuel:  Charcoal,  coal,  coke,  dust  fuels,  gas,  gasoline,  oil  (fuel), 
wood,  etc. 

Furniture. 

Gaskets;  hose;  packing;  rubber  (sheet  and  strip) ;  hose  fittings; 
tubing  (flexible) ;  including  manufactured  articles. 


2g0         CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Hardware  (builder's  general). 

Hospital,  laboratory,  and  surgical  apparatus ;  and  all  accessories, 

outfits,  parts,  and  supplies. 
Instruments  of  precision  of  all  accessories,  outfits,  and  parts. 
Leather:    Belting,   harness,    saddlery,    including   manufactured 

leather  articles. 
Lighting  apparatus  (nonelectric)  and  all  accessories,  outfits,  and 

parts. 
Lumber;  timber;  (barrels,  boxes,  cases,  crates)  wooden;  railroad 

ties;  including  manufactured  lumber. 
Machinery  and  equipment. 
Metal  in  bars   (flat,  hexagon,  octagon,  round,  square) ;  billets, 

ingots,  pigs,  slabs. 
Metal  in  plates  and  sheets. 
Metal  shapes   (angles,  channels,  half-rounds,  I-beams,  T's,  Z's, 

etc.) ;  structural  metal. 
Motor  vehicles ;  bicycles ;  trailers ;  and  all  accessories,  outfits,  and 

parts. 
Office  equipment :  Adding  machines,  cash  registers,  file  cases,  num- 
bering machines,  typewriters,  etc. 
Oils  (illuminating  and  lubricating),  greases,  and  all  lubricants. 
Paints;  paint  ingredients. 
Pipe  fittings. 

Pipes,  tubes,  tubing  (nonflexible). 
Pumps  and  their  parts. 
Radio  and  sound-signal  apparatus  and  all  accessories,  outfits,  and 

Railway,  dock,  and  yard  equipment;  including  fire-fighting  (and 

meteorological)  apparatus. 
Rope,  wire ;  and  wire,  bare ;  including  manufactured  articles. 
Stationery:  Bags,  paper;  books,  blank;  boxes,  paper;  cartons; 

drafting-room,  office,  and  printer's  supplies. 
Tableware  (barracks,  crews'  mess,  hotel,  hospital,  officer's  mess, 

ship-saloon):  Aluminum  ware;  chinaware;  glassware;  silver- 
ware. 
Textile  clothing ;  knitted  goods. 
Tobacco  products:  Cigars;  cigarettes;  and  all  accessories,  outfits, 

and  supplies. 
Toilet  articles  and  all  accessories,  outfits,  and  parts. 
Tools,  hand. 
Tools,  machine  (bending  rolls;  drop  hammers;  drills;  grinders; 

lathes;  milling  machines;  planers;  presses;  punches;  riveters; 

rolling  machines;  saws;  shears,  etc.) ;  and  all  accessories,  outfits, 

and  parts. 
Vehicles  (animal-  and  hand-drawn) ;  and  all  accessories,  outfits, 

and  parts. 

Inspection. — Stress  is  laid  on  the  importance  of  inspection.  With- 
out competent  inspection,  all  of  the  effort  of  careful  specification 
writing  and  attention  to  other  details  designed  to  assure  compliance 
with  the  requirements  would  be  fruitless.  Rigid  ext*mination  of  de- 
liveries prior  to  acceptance  and  payment  is  the  vital  and  concluding 
step  of  procurement.  Occasionally,  in  connection  with  orders  placed 
by  the  Procurement  Division,  it  is  necessary  to  send  inspectors  to 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  261 

examine  deliveries  in  the  field  or  to  inspect  commodities  in  the  process 
of  manufacture. 

The  Procurement  Division  inspection  facilities  are  available  to  other 
Government  agencies  upon  request. 

A  pamphlet  entitled  "Directory  of  Inspection  Services  and  Testing 
Laboratories  of  the  Federal  Government,"  prepared  in  collaboration 
with  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  has  been  made  available  to 
Government  purchasing  oflfices. 

Deliveries  to  Procurement  Division. — All  commodities  received  in 
the  Procurement  Division  Building  are  inspected  as  to  quality  and 
quantity  by  trained  personnel.  With  many  commodities,  qualitative 
inspection  is  accomplished  promptly  in  the  Procurement  Division, 
either  on  the  basis  of  the  expert  knowledge  of  the  inspectors  or  through 
chemical  or  physical  tests  made  in  the  inspection  laboratory.  Where 
the  simpler  technical  facilities  available  in  this  Division  are  inade- 
quate to  an  exhaustive  analysis  that  may  be  necessary  the  inspection 
office  arranges  for  appropriate  tests  through  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards,  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  or  elsewhere. 
In  either  case  an  authoritative  inspection  is  accomplished. 

Field  deliveries. — Normally  deliveries  outside  of  Washington  must 
be  inspected  by  the  consignee,  for  which  purpose  data  is  supplied  as  a 
basis  for  checking  on  the  acceptability  of  the  commodity  received.  In 
some  instances  this  information  is  in  the  form  of  a  copy  of  the  invita- 
tion to  bid ;  in  others  it  may  be  the  detail  given  in  the  General  Schedule 
of  Supplies  or  on  the  delivery  invoice  supplied  by  the  purchasing 
officer.  Frequently,  in  the  case  of  General  Schedule  items,  a  delivery 
sample  may  be  forwarded  to  the  Procurement  Division  in  Washington 
for  comparison  with  the  official  sample  so  as  to  determine  acceptability. 

Character  of  Procurement  Transactions. 

Procurement,  as  organized  in  the  Procurement  Division,  may  be 
either  (1)  the  negotiation  of  a  term  contract;  or  (2)  the  purchase  of  a 
definite  quantity  in  the  open  market,  hereafter  referred  to  as  a  "spot" 
purchase;  or  (3)  a  stock  (warehouse)  transaction,  the  distinctions 
between  which  are  explained  as  follows : 

General  ScJiedul-e  of  Supplies  {term  contracts). — ^Under  this  cate- 
gory term  contracts  are  negotiated  for  many  thousands  of  items  in 
regular  use  by  several  agencies ;  e.  g.,  furniture,  chemicals,  hardware, 
auto  parts,  etc.  These  engagements  are  usually  made  for  a  1  year 
term,  though  occasionally  market  conditions  make  it  necessary  to 
accept  proposals  for  a  shorter  period.  New  contracts  are  made  annu- 
ally for  each  item  so  long  as  general  demand  is  sustained.  Items  found 
to  be  inactive  are  dropped. 

Detail  as  to  commodities  so  placed  under  contract  is  circularized  to 
all  Federal  agencies  for  their  independent  use  by  a  catalog  entitled 
*'General  Schedule  of  Supplies."  This  catalog  contains  all  informa- 
tion essential  for  ordering  purposes  and  cites  the  conditions  of  the 
contract.  It  is  issued  in  sectional  form  by  classes.  The  issue  of  the 
various  classes  is  staggered  so  as  to  spread  the  work  involved  evenly 
over  the  year  and  thus  avoid  the  congestion  which  would  be  apt  to  occur 
if  the  whole  publication  were  made  as  one.voliune  on  any  one  date. 

Itt5ms  covered  by  the  General  Schedule  of  Supplies  may  not  be 
purchased  by  Government  offices  in  Washington  from  sources  other 
than  prescribed  in  the  schedule,  and  the  degree  to  which  the  same 

272496— 41— No.  24 18  • 


2g2  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

principle  is  mandatory  on  offices  in  the  field  is  stated  in  each  class 
schedule. 

Samples  of  many  items  covered  by  these  contracts  are  maintained 
for  examination  by  agencies  contemplating  purchase  and  also  as  a 
standard  against  which  deliveries  may  be  compared. 

The  approval  of  items  for  inclusion  within  the  General  Schedule 
of  Supplies  is  a  responsibility  of  the  Director  of  Procurement  and  is 
based  on  probable  demand  as  well  as  on  the  character  of  the  item  itself. 
Items  for  such  consideration  are  usually  developed  within  the  Procure- 
ment Division  in  its  normal  activities  but  also  frequently  through 
recommendations  of  the  using  agencies. 

The  General  Schedule  of  Supplies  activity  is  a  major  feature  of 
Government  procurement  and  not  only  saves  the  using  agencies  the 
labor,  cost,  and  delay  incident  to  individual  advertising,  but  assures 
appropriate  price  and  quality  standards,  and  facilitates  inspection 
of  deliveries.  Some  50,000  principal  items  are  covered  by  these  con- 
tracts, and  purchases  made  from  them  by  Government  agencies  aggre- 
gate about  $60,000,000  annually. 

The  majority  of  term  contracts  are  those  which  are  included  in  the 
General  Schedule  of  Supplies.  However,  some  term  contracts  are 
made  for  the  use  of  but  one  agency ;  e.  g.,  for  the  Procurement  Division 
in  replenishing  its  warehouse  stock  so  as  to  establish  a  source  of  supply 
for  an  item  on  which  new  stock  is  expected  to  be  required  frequently. 

Open  market  {spot)  purchases.— These  are  definite  quantity  trans- 
actions, initiated  by  orders  from  requisitioning  offices,  for  items  which 
are  not  covered  by  General  Schedule  of  Supplies  or  other  term  con- 
tracts. Such  a  purchase  may  be  a  buy  of  very  simple  character;  it 
may  be  the  procurement  of  a  single  piece  of  special  apparatus,  such 
as  a  complete  dental  office  on  an  auto  trailer  unit;  it  may  represent 
a  consolidation  of  orders  from  2  or  3  agencies  for  the  same  item ;  or 
it  may  represent  a  large  purchase  of  a  common  article,  as  for  instance, 
980  trucks  for  1  agency. 

Many  of  these  transactions  are  actions  to  which  the  specialized 
facilities  of  a  large  buying  organization,  such  as  personnel  particularly 
qualified  in  specification  and  inspection  work,  c^n  be  advantageously 
applied. 

Stock. — Under  this  activity,  commodities  of  most  common  use 
'  (standard  foodstuffs,  office  supplies,  janitor's  materials,  etc.)  are  ware- 
noused  in  the  Procurement  Division  Building  to  meet  such  require- 
ments of  all  agencies  in  the  District  of  Columbia  area  and  also  to  supply 
many  field  activities.  About  1,800  different  items,  inventorying  at 
approximately  $600,000,  are  thus  made  available  for  immediate  deliv- 
ery.   Issues  aggregate  over  $3,500,000  annually. 

Purchase  of  stock  by  the  Procurement  Division  warehouse  is  initi- 
ated by  a  special  requisition  originating  in  the  warehouse.  The  pur- 
chasing of  such  requirements  may  be  affected  either  by  (a)  ordering 
from  an  existing  term  contract,  or  (6)  establishing  a  term  contract 
so  as  to  provide  a  suitable  source  for  reordering,  or  (c)  making  a  spot 
purchase  where  replenishment  is  not  imminent  or  potentially  frequent. 
Items  are  added  as  new  demands  are  established,  and  discontinued  as 
diminished  use  indicates. 

Issue  of  stock  from  the  warehouse  is  a  simple  withdrawal  transaction, 
initiated  by  an  acceptable  requisition. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  263 

Procurement  Procedure. 

Purchase  against  a  term  contract. — This  type  of  transaction,  whether 
against  a  General  Schedule  or  other  term  contract,  is  a  simple  action 
involving  only  the  drawing  of  an  official  order  and  related  documents, 
under  a  routine  as  stated  in  paragraphs  7  to  13  of  the  procurement 
steps  discussed  immediately  following. 

Negotiation  of  a  contract. — This  type  of  transaction  follows  a  fixed 
procedure  designed  to  assure,  in  conformance  with  statutory  and  ad- 
ministrative requirements,  timely  deliveries  complying  with  the  specifi- 
cations and  other  terms  of  the  purchase  contract.  This  fundamental 
applies  whether  the  transaction  relates  to  the  negotiation  of  a  General 
Schedule,  or  other  term  contract,  or  to  a  spot  purchase. 

The  full  course  of  a  procurement  transaction  is  represented  by  a 
spot  purchase,  which  includes  all  steps  from  the  preparation  of  speci- 
fications, invitation,  award,  issue  of  purchase  order,  inspection,  pay- 
ment detail,  and  various  intermediate  and  subsequent  documentation 
or  action. 

In  the  case  of  a  term  contract  negotiation  (General  Schedule  of 
Supplies  or  otherwise)  the  Procurement  Division  action  is  completed 
when  the  award  is  made  and  potential  users  are  informed,  ordinarily 
by  issue  of  a  covering  section  of  the  General  Schedule  of  Supplies  as  a 
basis  for  issue  of  purchase  order  and  related  documents  independently 
by  the  using  agency. 

The  folloAving  presents,  in  order  of  their  occurrence,  the  principal 
steps  taken  in  a  complete  purchase  transaction.  Certain  minor  vari- 
ations as  to  style  of  documents,  number  and  distribution  of  copies, 
etc.,  which  occur  in  practice,  are  not  incl-uded  in  this  statement  of 
fundamentals. 

Principal  steps. — 1.  Mailing  list :  Timely  procurement  of  satisfac- 
tory commodities  requires  knowledge  of  dependable  sources  of  supply. 
In  the  Procurement  Division  such  information  is  available  through 
the  maintenance  of  a  current  mailing  list  sufficiently  comprehensive  to 
assure  offers  on  a  competitive  basis.  Accordingly,  a  feature  of  every 
transaction  maturing  into  an  invitation  to  bid  is  the  establishment 
from  the  mailing  list  of  that  group  of  potential  bidders  applicable  to 
the  commodity  involved.  Access  to  such  a  mailing  list  simplifies 
observance  of  the  statutory  requirements  for  advertising. 

2.  Requisition  :  Upon  receipt,  this  originating  authority  is  recorded, 
reviewed  as  to  its  general  sufficiency  and  authenticity  and  referred  to 
the  commodity  group  responsible  for  buying  the  particular  commodity 
involved. 

3.  Invitation  to  bid :  An  invitation  to  bid  is  a  request  for  quotations 
on  supplies.  Its  preparation  is  of  fundamental'importance  and  first 
in  order  of  attention.  Each  invitation  includes  several  standard  fea- 
tures, important  among  which  are:  (1)  General  conditions  which 
stipulate  observance  of  applicable  statutory  requirements,  such  as 
those  fixing  hours  and  wages,  those  prohibiting  child  labor,  and  those 
providing  restrictions  to  insure  delivery  of  goods  of  American  origin  ; 
and  also  include  provision  by, which,  in  the  event  of  contractor's  de^ 
fault,  the  Government  may  purchase  in  the  open  market  and  hold  the 
contractor  responsible  for  any  resulting  loss;  (2)  special  instructions 
or  conditions  that  relate  to  the  particular  transaction,  i.  e.,  packing, 
handling,  delivery,  etc.;  and   (3)  the  specifications  which  set  forth 


264         CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

fully  the  qualities  required,  which  detail  of  description  always  in- 
cludes citation  of  a  Federal  Specification,  in  whole  or  in  part,  where 
such  specification  is  applicable.  The  preparation  of  an  invitation  to 
bid  is  accordingly  a  specialized  function. 

4.  Bid  opening  and  tabulation :  Bid  opening  is  public  and  begins  at 
the  time  specified  in  the  invitation.  A  clear  announcement  is  made  of 
the  identity  of  the  invitation  and  of  the  offer  of  each  bidder,  as  to 
price,  discount,  and  other  basic  information.  Following  the  public 
reading,  the  bids  are  tabulated  in  such  manner  as  to  present  those 
common  elements  which  are  necessary  for  consideration  in  readily 
comparable  arrangement. 

5.  Award:  All  bids  received  on  a  given  invitation,  together  with 
their  tabulation,  are  next  examined  by  the  commodity  group  under 
whose  supervision  the  transaction  is  being  conducted.  It  evaluates 
the  various  offers  and  determines  which  of  those  meeting  all  require- 
ments is  the  lowest  in  price.  Award  is  then  made  to  the  bidder  so 
qualifying. 

6.  Guaranty :  Performance  guaranties  may  be  required  in  the  case 
of  certain  term  (indefinite  quantity)  contracts,  or  in  connection  with 
spot  purchases,  where  the  sum  involved  exceeds  $2,000.  Such  guaran- 
ties are  in  amounts  representing  a  schedule  percentage  of  the  probable 
aggregate  amount  involved.  Bid  guaranties  evidencing  the  good 
faith  of  bidders  may  also  be  required.  In  lieu  of  sureties  executed 
on  standard  forms  provided  for  those  purposes,  certified  checks  or 
Federal  obligations  may  be  accepted. 

The  steps  discussed  in  sections  1  to  6  preceding  cover  the  major 
phases  of  procurement  so  far  as  the  negotiation  of  term  contracts  is 
concerned,  the  final  action  in  such  transactions  being  the  circular- 
ization  of  the  results  through  notice  in  the  class  of  the  General  Sched- 
ule of  Supplies  affected,  or  otherwise  where  the  General  Schedule  is 
not  involved. 

Procurement  procedure  involving  spot  transactions  necessarily  re- 
quires additional  steps,  such  as  order  placement  and  other  actions,  as 
follows : 

7.  Purchase  order  ticket :  In  order  to  facilitate  the  issuance  of  prop- 
erly worded  purchase  orders  and  related  documents,  the  commodity 
group  details  on  a  "Purchase  Order  Ticket"  all  information  essential 
to  adequate  description,  delivery  conditions,  etc.,  for  the  guidance  of 
the  typing  pool  which  handles  the  mechanics  of  document  preparation. 

8.  Routing :  Since  shipment  of  Federal  property  must  be  on  Govern- 
ment bills  of  lading,  when  a  purchase  is  made  f .  o.  b.  shipping  point 
the  traffic  section  is  required  to  furnish  appropriate  routing. 

9.  Purchase  orders :  With  the  information  supplied  on  the  purchase 
order  ticket  and  the  routing,  the  purchase  order  is  drawn  and  for- 
warded to  the  responsible  commodity  group  for  examination  and  signa- 
ture. Purchase  orders  are  prepared  in  multiple  copy,  the  various 
carbons  being  distributed  to  an  approved  list  of  accounting  and  admin- 
istrative offices. 

10.  Delivery  invoice :  An  invoice  on  which  delivery  is  to  be  acknowl- 
edged is  prepared  coincidental  with  the  issue  of  the  purchase  order. 
Under  one  procedure  followed  the  delivery  invoice  is  a  separate  docu- 
ment, while  under  another  it  is  a  part  of  the  multiple-form  purchase 
order.    Under  both  practices,  however,  copies  are  supplied  to  the  con- 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  265 

signee  and  to  administrative  or  accounting  offices  in  accordance  with  a 
fixed  distribution  list. 

11.  Bill  of  lading:  Where  the  purchase  is  made  f.  o.  b.  shipping 
point,  covering  Government  bill  of  lading  is  prepared  in  multiple  copy 
and  distributed  under  standard  instructions. 

12.  Inspection:  Except  in  unusual  transactions,  as  where  in  large 
purchases  inspection  is  made  in  process  or  at  shipping  point,  consignees 
are  responsible  for  the  examination  of  deliveries  and  for  reporting  the 
result  of  such  examination.  Official  acknowledgment  that  delivery 
meets  contract  requirements  must  in  all  cases  be  on  file  before  payment 
may  be  recommended. 

13.  Payment:  The  vendor's  bill  may  be  submitted  on  the  regular 
Government  voucher  form  or  on  the  firm  stationery.  It  must  include 
certifications  as  to  compliance  with  those  conditions  (as  to  American 
origin,  observance  of  wa^es  and  hours  laws,  etc.)  cited  on  the  reverse 
of  the  purchase  order  which  are  applicable  to  the  transaction.  Upon 
receipt  in  the  accounting  office,  the  vendor's  bill  is  associated  with  a  copy 
of  the  purchase  order,  the  contract  and  evidence  of  acceptable  delivery. 
It  is  then  audited  and,  if  in  order,  available  discount  is  taken  and  the 
account  forwarded  to  a  disbursing  office  for  payment. 

In  concluding  this  brief  explanation  of  Government  procurement 
practices,  it  should  be  mentioned  that  when  public  exigencies  require 
immediate  delivery,  as  for  the  protection  of  life  or  property,  purchases 
may  be  made  without  observance  of  the  requirement  governing  com- 
petition, but  payments  covering  such  transactions  must  be  supported 
by  evidence  justifying  the  noncompliance. 


PROCUREMENT  METHODS  AND  PROCEDURES  OF  UNITED 
STATES  NAVY  DEPARTMENT  * 

The  Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts. 

The  Navy,  one  of  the  largest  of  the  procurement  agencies  of  the 
Federal  Government,  in  general,  adheres  to  a  centralized  purchasing 
system.  The  Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts,  under  the  direction 
of  the  Paymaster  General  of  the  Navy,  is  the  Navy's  central  purchas- 
ing office  for  supplies  and  materials.  The  common  requirements  of 
the  various  naval  activities  are  consolidated,  prepared  into  schedules 
or  invitations  to  bid  and  purchased  in  quantity  lots  for  delivery  to  the 
major  activities. 

The  Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts  acts  administratively  on 
requisitions  for  materials  which  are  to  be  purchased  by  offices  located 
elsewhere  than  in  Washington.  Purchases  in  the  so-called  field 
usually  comprise  itenxs  found  necessary  to  meet  a  specific  project  (as 
distinguished  from  standard  supplies  for  general  issue),  articles  re- 
quired to  meet  an  emergency,  products  of  a  perishable  nature,  and 
articles  required  in  such  small  quantities  that  consolidated  procure- 
ment would  not  be  justified. 

Thus  the  Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts  is  the  centralized  pur- 
chasing agency  and  either  procures  directly  or  has  supervision  over 
the  purchase  of  all  materials  required  by  the  Navy,  except^ 

The  Bureau  of  Yards  and  Docks  prepares  schedules,  open  bids, 
and  makes  contracts  for  public  rooms  (i.  e.  buildings,  dry- 
docks,  etc.)  involving  both  labor  and  material  in  construction. 

The  Bureau  of  Ordnance  purchases  ammunition,  arms,  and  gun 
forgings. 

The  Judge  Advocate  General  of  the  Navy,  in  conjunction  with 
the  Bureau  of  Ships,  contracts  for  the  construction  of  ships  at 
private  shipyards. 

The  Marine  Corps  performs  all  its  own  purchase  functions. 

Navy  requirements. — The  general  range  of  the  Navy's  requirements 
can  best  be  presented  by  the  following  list  of  standard  classes  into 
which  the  Navy  supplies  are  segregated  for  accounting  and  store- 
keeping  purposes. 

Acids,  chemicals,  cleaning  compounds,  soaps,  etc. 

Aircraft  and  aircraft  materials. 

Automotive  and  railroad  supplies. 

Belting,  gaskets,  hoSe,  leather,  packing,  and  rubber, 

Boilers,  engines,  etc. 

Boat  and  ship  supplies. 

Boats,  life  rafts,  etc. 

*  Material  obtained  from  the  U.  S.  Navy  Department. 
266 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  267 

Brooms  and  brushes. 

Building  materials. 

Cordage,  hemp,  oakum,  twine,  etc. 

Drygoods — clothing,  textiles,  etc. 

Drygoods— gloves,  insignia,  shoes,  etc. 

Electrical  accessories,  wiring,  and  illuminating  devices. 

Electrical  accessories  and  equipment. 

Fire  surfacing  and  heat  insulating  materials ;  foundry  apparatus. 

Forest  products. 

Fuel. 

Furniture. 

Hand  tools. 

Hardware — general. 

Instruments  of  precision,  including  accessories,  outfits,  and  spare 

parts. 
Iron  and  steel. 

Lighting  apparatus  (nonelectric). 
Machine  tools,  accessories,  outfits,  and  parts. 
Musical  instruments,  accessories,  and  parts. 
Machinery  and  equipment  for  navy  yard  use. 
Mess  gear  and  galley  equipment ;  laundry  apparatus. 
Nonferrous  materials. 
Oil,  grease,  and  lubricants. 
Ordnance  equipment. 
Paints,  varnishes,  etc.,  and  ingredients. 

Plumbing  and  steam  fittings,  bathroom  accessories,  valves,  etc. 
Provisions. 
Pumps. 

Radio  equipment,  accessories,  parts,  and  supplies. 
Recreational  apparatus. 
SKeet  metal  products. 
Stationery,  office  equipment  and  supplies. 
Wire  and  wire  rope ;  electric  cable  and  wire. 

There  are  about  60,000  items  of  supplies  and  equipment  in  common 
use  by  the  Navy.  These  are  practically  all  listed  in  the  N-Navy  De- 
partment Supplement  to  the  Federal  Standard  Stock  Catalog.  All 
items  appearing  in  this  catalog  have  a  standard  nomenclature  and  a 
standard  stock  number  for  use  within  the  service.  The  standard  no- 
menclature is  based  on  the  plan  of  arranging  the  descriptive  words  in 
order  of  importance.  Thus,  white  cotton  canvas  is  known  as  "Canvas, 
cotton,  white,"  followed  by  number  and  grade,  and  a  standard-thread 
steel  machine  screw  with  flat  head  is  known  as  "Screws,  machine,  steel, 
flathead,  standard,"  followed  by  diameter,  threads  per  inch,  and 
length. 

The  standard  stock  number  is  made  up  of  the  standard  class  number, 
first  initial  of  the  nomenclature,  and  serial  number.  Thus,  canvas, 
cotton,  white.  No.  4,  medium,  is  standard  stock  number  24-C-6.  This 
standard  naming  and  numbering  is  an  insurance  against  misunder- 
standing and  error.  These  standard  designations  are  not  generally 
used  in  schedules  and  other  papers  furnished  to  the  public  because  of 
the  possibility  of  confusion  with  commercial  terms. 

Much  of  the  N-Navy  Department  Supplement  to  the  Federal  Stand- 
ard Stock  Catalog  can  be  procured  from  the  Superintendent  of  Docu- 


268  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

ments  under  the  names  of  individual  parts  and  classes.  For  a 
complete  list  see  Price  List  75,  Federal  Specifications,  Federal  Stand- 
ard Stock  Catalog,  issued  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  United 
States  Government  Printing  OflSce,  Washington,  D.  C,  to  whom  appli- 
cation for  the  price  list  and  orders  for  items  covered  thereby  should  be 
addressed. 

Acceptable  List  of  Approved  Materials. — The  Navy  Department 
maintains  a  list  of  products  which  require  test  prior  to  purchase. 
This  list  of  products  with  the  names  of  the  manufacturers  and  trade 
or  other  identifying  data  concerning  the  products  which  have  been 
tested  and  approved  comprises  the  Acceptable  List  of  Approved 
Materials. 

When  materials  requiring  test  and  approval  prior  to  purchase  are 
included  in  a  schedule  inviting  bids,  the  specifications  and  the  general 
conditions  on  the  schedule  specify  that  the  Government  reserves  the 
right  to  reject  bids  on  brands  or  products  which  have  not  been  subjected 
to  the  required  tests  and  found  satisfactory.  The  specifications  and 
schedule  invite  the  attention  of  manufacturers  and  bidders  to  this  re- 
quirement, and  urge  them  to  forward  samples  of  such  products  which 
they  may  propose  to  furnish  to  the  Government  in  the  future,  in  order 
that  the  tests  may  be  made. 

Such  tests  are  made  at  the  expense  of  the  manufacturers;  this  in- 
cludes the  furnishing  of  samples  and  costs  of  transportation  to  and 
from  point  where  tests  are  made.  If  samples  submitted  prove  unsatis- 
factory, consideration  is  given  to  the  request  of  manufacturers  for 
additional  tests  only  after  it  is  clearly  shown  that  changes  have  been 
made  in  the  product  with  reference  to  the  method  of  manufacture,  etc., 
which  the  Navy  considers  sufl&cient  to  warrant  conducting  additional 

t€StS. 

The  commodities  purchased  under  the  prior-test  or  acceptable  list 
method  are  limited  as  far  as  possible  to  products  which  come  ^ithin 
one  or  more  of  the  following  classifications : 

1.  Products  requiring  elaborate  testing  apparatus  which  is  not 

available  to  test  the  individual  deliveries. 

2.  Products  which  require  a  long  time  for  testing. 

3.  Products  of  such  character  that  testing  upon  delivery  does  not 

indicate  the  lasting  qualities  or  performance  value. 

4.  Products  which  cannot  be  tested  completely  without  destruc- 

tion. 

5.  Products  which  are  purchased  on  performance,  or  work  value, 

where  it  is  necessary  to  set  up  factors  which  show  the  rela- 
tionship between  performance  and  price. 

6.  Products  rec^uiring  costly  tests  which  cannot  be  applied  to  indi- 

vidual deliveries. 

The  listing  of  a  product  on  the  Acceptable  List  of  Approved  Mate- 
rials does  not  preclude  inspection  of  actual  deliveries. 

The  Acceptable  List  of  Approved  Materials  is  a  restricted  publica- 
tion ;  it  is  not  distributed  outside  the  naval  service. 

Principal  Steps  of  Procurement  Procedwre. 

Piorchase  requisitions. — ^The  form  on  which  one  bureau  or  office  of 
the  Navy  makes  a  request  on  the  Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts  for 
the  furnishing  by  purchase  or  from  stock  certam  material  and  supplies 
is  designated  by  the  term  "requisitions."    These  requisitions  require 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  269 

official  approval  depending  upon  the  circumstances ;  those  for  pur- 
chases are  finally  approved  by  the  Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts, 
either  for  bureau  purchase  or  purchase  by  a  local  purchasing  officer 
near  the  point  originating  the  requirement. 

Advertising. — The  required  supplies  covered  by  an  approved  pur- 
chase requisition  are  purchased  after  advertisement,  and  competition 
is  required  by  Federal  statute. 

Schedules^  vroposals^  or  invitations  to  hid. — When  the  approved 
requisition  is  d  hand  the  "schedule"  is  prepared  for  distribution  to 
prospective  bidders.  The  "schedule"  forms  the  basis  of  subsequent 
transactions  of  a  formal  nature. 

Schedules  are  prepared  in  mimeograph  or  printed  form  and  include 
the  essential  data  with  appropriate  blank  spaces  for  entry  of  bids. 

A  guaranty  is  required  by  Federal  statute  and  is  to  the  effect  that 
the  bidder  will  execute  the  required  contract  and  give  bond  for  faithful 
performance  of  same  if  his  offer  is  accepted.  Guaranty  is  required 
when  the  .total  amoimt  of  all  classes  on  which  bid  is  submitted  exceeds 
$P00. 

Specifications  and  flans. — Most  Navy  supplies  are  purchased  on  the 
basis  of  standard  specifications:  Federal  Specifications  and  United 
States  Navy  Specifications  which  describe  in  detail  the  quality,  grade, 
size,  etc.,  of  the  article  desired.  Use  of  such  a  specification  tend^  to 
standardize  the  Navy's  material,  puts  all  bidders  on  equal  footing, 
assists  inspection,  eliminates  questions  and  dispute.  When  there  is 
no  standard  specification  the  required  particulars  are  set  forth  in  the 
schedule. 

Openings  of  bids;  awards. — Bids  having  been  submitted,  they  are 
opened  publicly  and  currently  by  the  officials  of  the  Navy  purchasing 
agency.  Bidders  or  their  representatives  may  be  present  at  these 
openings,  which  are  public  in  character. 

Awards  are  made  to  the  lowest  responsible  bidder  except  in  a  few 
cases  of  statutory  exemptions. 

Contract.,  Bureau  order ^  -.or  order. — After  award  is  made  a  for- 
mal contract  is  prepared  when  the  amount  involved  is  over  $500.  This 
contract  is  required  to  be  reduced  to  writing  and  signed  by  the  con- 
tracting parties  with  their  names  at  the  end  thereof.  A  bond  for 
faithful  performance  is  required  to  accompany  the  contract. 

Purchases  amounting  to  less  than  $500  may  be  made  without  formal 
contract  or  bond.  The  informal  order  placed  by  the  Bureau  of  Sup- 
plies and  Accounts  in  such  cases  is  called  "a  bureau  order;"  if  placed 
by  a  field  purchasing  activity  it  is  called  an  "order." 

Inspections. — Before  material  may  be  accepted  and  paid  for  by  the 
Navy  it  is  required  that  it  may  be  inspected,  and  passed  as  to  the  quality 
and  quantity,  by  a  responsible  official. 

Proper  and  adequate  inspection  and  test  are  essential  to  efficient 
purchasing.  Inspection  and  test  are  particularly  important  when  pur- 
chases are  made  under  the  competitive  system  of  bidding.  Few  com- 
modities are  invariably  uniform  in  quality ;  it  is  inevitable  that  some 
vendors  will  deliver  a  better  quality  than  others.  The  best  specifi- 
cations and  procurement  procedures  are  of  little  value  without  intelli- 
gent and  thorough  inspection. 

It  cannot  be  assumed  that  the  record  of  reliability  of  a  bidder  is  a 
guaranty  that  the  material  he  proposes  to  furnish  wiU  comply  in  all 


270  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

respects  with  the  specification  requirements.  Conceding  the  good  in- 
tention in  the  great  majority  of  cases,  there  always  exists  the  possibility 
of  errors  in  manufacture  or  of  shipment,  variations  in  count  of  quan- 
tity, etc.,  which  are  discoverable  only  by  adequate  test  and  inspection. 
Proper  specifications  and  the  contract  indicate  what  the  Navy  wants ; 
adequate  inspection  and  test  insure  that  it  obtains  what  it  has  pur- 
chased. 

The  inspection  activities  of  the  Navy  are  in  charge  of  commissioned 
officers  of  the  Navy  who  are  well  qualified  by  training  and  experience 
for  the  service  of  inspection.  These  officials  are  designated  as  Inspec- 
tors of  Naval  Material.  In  the  Navy  inspecting  system  the  United 
States  is  divided  into  12  inspection  districts.  These  inspection  dis- 
tricts are  based  on  (1)  the  concentration  of  basic  industries,  and  (2) 
transportation  facilities.  Assigned  to  these  inspection  districts  are 
experienced  civil  personnel  competent  to  inspect  apparatus  and  mate- 
rial not  only  for  naval  and  marine  use,  but  for  general  commercial  use. 

The  responsibility  for  the  inspection  of  the  Navy  material  lies  ex- 
clusively with  the  respective  bureaus  for  which  the  material  is  pur- 
chased. The  Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts  at  the  purchasing 
agency  has  no  cognizance  over  the  inspection  of  material,  except  as  to 
those  items  of  which  it  also  has  technical  cognizance. 

Bureau  cognizance  is  a  very  broad  term  to  cover  the  allocation  of 
inspection  duties  among  the  various  bureaus.  It  may  be  helpful,  how- 
ever,, to  outline  in  most  general  terms,  cognizance  over  some  items. 

Bureau  of  Aeronautics:  Airplanes,  engines,  aeronautical  equip- 
ment, etc. 

Bureau  of  Ordnance :  Arms,  armor,  ammunition,  etc. 

Bureau  of  Medicine  and  Surgery :  Medicines,  hospital  supplies,  in- 
struments, etc. 

Bureau  of  Supplies  and  Accounts :  Provisions,  clothing,  fuel,  etc. 

Bureau  of  Yards  and  Docks :  Public  works  and  other  utilities  on 
shore. 

Bureau  of  Ships:  Hull  materials,  anchors  and  cable,  rigging,  can- 
vas, winches^;^j^pelling  machinery,  electrical  appliances,  radio, 
navigational  instruments,  etc. 

Bureau  of  Navigation :  Libraries,  recreational  items,  etc. 

All  these  Bureaus  maintain  inspection  forces  both  in  the  field  and  in 
the  navy  yards. 

Shipments.^ — Contractors  must  give  particular  attention  to  instruc- 
tions pertaining  to  shipment  in  order  to  avoid  misunderstanding  and 
delay. 

Payments. — Delivery  having  been  completed  and  inspection  con- 
cluded, the  contractor  is  naturally  interested  in  obtaining  prompt 
payment.  He  is  advised  in  the  contract  where  to  submit  his  invoices 
or  dealers  bills,  which  must  contain  all  necessary  data  for  identifica- 
tion. 


PROCUREMENT  METHODS  AND  PROCEDURES  OF  THE 
UNITED  STATES  WAR  DEPARTMENT^ 

So  far  as  practicable,  the  War  Department  decentralizes  its  pro- 
curement activities.    Each  War  Department  procuring  agency  is  in- 
terested in  specialized  products  which  are  assigned  to  the  depots  or 
field  purchasing  offices. 
Procurement  Planning. 

1.  The  procurement  planning  agencies  are  engaged  in  planning  for 
the  procurement  of  supplies  and  equipment  which  will  be  needed  by 
the  Army  during  a  war  or  other  major  national  emergency.  Military 
requirements  are  computed  in  advance.  They  are  apportioned  by  the 
supply  arms  and  services  to  procurement  districts.  The  procurement 
planning  officers  in  these  districts  search  the  areas  to  which  they  are 
assigned  for  the  productive  capacity  necessary  to  meet  requirements. 
Individual  plants  are  surveyed,  production  studies  are  made,  and  in 
agreement  with  the  management,  plants  are  allocated  for  particular 
production  during  an  emergency. 

2.  The  management  of  plants  having  facilities  which  are  considered 
suitable  for  the  production  of  military  ecjuipment  are  asked  to  com- 
municate with  the  officer  in  charge  of  the  procurement  district  which 
is  nearest  the  plant  for  detailed  information  regarding  this  activity. 

Procurement  planning  agencies  of  the  War  Department :  * 

Air  Corps:  Purchases  all  flying  equipment  and  the  necessary 
facilities  for  operating  the  air  bases. 

Chemical  Warfare  Service:  Purchases  items  having  to  do  with 
toxic  gases,  gas  defense  appliances,  incendiary  war  materials, 
and  the  development  of  equipment  for  use  in  that  type  of 
service. 

Corps  of  Engineers:  The  military  branch  buys  the  materials  and 
equipment  used  for  field  work  in  connection  with  a  mobilized 
army.  (The  nonmilitary  branch  is  in  charge  of  the  main- 
tenance of  the  rivers  and  harbors  throughout  the  country.) 

Medical  Department:  Purchases  all  articles  required  for  the 
treatment  of  patients  and  for  general  hospital  use ;  also  for  the 
veterinary  service  and  the  inspection  of  perishable  foodstuffs. 

Ordnance  Department:  Procures  all  items  of  ammunition, 
weapons,  fire  control  instruments,  tools,  machinery,  and  sup- 
plies used  in  arsenals  and  for  maintenance  of  ordnance. 

Quartermaster  Corps:  Purchases  a  great  variety  of  items  re- 
quired by  the  personnel  of  the  Army,  classed^s  subsistence, 
clothing,  motor  vehicles,  machinery,  and  supphes,  etc. 


» Material  obtained  from  the  U.  S.  War  Department,  Washington,  D.  C. 
_  _.._..  .  _  .      „  J 

omi 
271 


•  "National  Defense.  Procurement  Planning,  Purchasing,  and  Contracting,"  14  pp.,  by  the 
Bureau  of -Foreign  and  Domestic  Commerce,  United  States  Department  of  Commerce,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.  (Revised),  August  1940. 


272  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Signal  Corps :  Purchases  general  equipment  for  communications, 
photographic  purposes,  meteorological  studies,  etc. 

Coast  Artillery  Corps :  Purchases  scientific  laboratory  equipment 
and  submarine  mine  equipment  and  supplies. 

Purchasing  Methods. 

1.  After  advertising. — All  normal  purchases  of  the  War  Depart- 
ment are  made  after  advertising  for  bids.  Purchasing  officers  pre- 
pare circular  proposals  and  invitations  to  bid.  These  papers  list  the 
items  to  be  purchased,  list  the  applicable  specifications,  state  delivery 
points  and  dates,  and  furnish  all  the  information  necessary  for  a  pros- 
pective bidder  to  calculate  his  costs  and  submit  a  bid.  Bids  are  re- 
quired to  be  submitted  by  a  stated  time  in  sealed  and  properly  ad- 
dressed envelopes.  Bid  bonds  are  frequently  required  with  the  bids. 
At  the  stated  time,  the  purchasing  officer,  in  the  presence  of  those 
bidders  who  desire  to  be  present,  opens  the  bids.  As  a  result  of  this 
procedure,  the  purchase  contract  is  awarded  to  the  best  advantage) 
of  the  Government.  Circular  proposals  are  given  wide  distribution 
in  order  to  secure  the  maximum  competition.  Newspaper  advertising 
is  frequently  used.  Several  commercial  concerns  publish  daily  in- 
formation regarding  invitations  issued  by  the  various  purchasing 
agencies  of  the  Government. 

2.  Without  advertising. — A  great  portion  of  the  requirements  of  a 
military  force  are  articles  which  are  not  in  ordinary  commercial  pro- 
duction. These  at*e  such  items  as  weapons,  ammunition,  and  numer- 
ous special  articles  of  transportation  and  communication  equipment. 
For  some  of  these,  the  entire  applicable  productive  capacity  of  the 
country  is  insufficient  to  meet  the  requirements  as  to  quantity  and 
delivery  dates.  Several  procurement  projects  are  so  large  that  no 
one  commercial  concern  is  equipped  to  meet  the  requirements  of  any 
of  them.  In  order  to  secure  the  productive  capacity  required  and  in 
order  to  prevent  disastrous  delays  to  the  present  national-defense 
program,  the  Congress  has  authorized  the  award  of  contracts  under 
special  circumstances  without  advertising.  Since  this  procedure  is 
resorted  to  only  in  order  to  accelerate  and  to  prevent  delays  to  the 
present  procurement  program,  contracts  of  this  sort  are  awarded  to 
those  facilities  known  by  the  purchasing  agency  to  be  capable  of  the 
required  production.  The  awards  are  made  with  a  view  of  distrib- 
uting the  production  load  over  available  productive  capacity.  The 
negotiation  of  such  contracts  will  be  resorted  to  in  those  cases  only 
where  time  and  other  considerations  will  not  permit  the  award  of  a 
contract  as  the  result  of  advertising. 

3.  Open  market. — Purchasing  officers  of  the  War  Department  may 
purchase  to  the  amount  of  $500  or  less  in  the  open  market.  Such  pur- 
chases are  made,  with  minor  variations  covered  in  the  regulations,  in 
a  manner  common  among  businessmen.  Purchases  in  excess  of  this 
amount  may  be  made  without  formal  advertising  when  authorized  by 
the  chiefs  of  the  respective  arms  or  services.  Informal  quotations  are 
requested  from  several  convenient  sources  of  supply.  The  purchase 
order  is  issued  to  secure  those  terms  which  are  most  advantageous  to 
the  Government.  Price  and  discounts,  quality,  and  delivery  are  con- 
sidered. Purchases  of  this  sort  are  made,  in  general,  at  postsi  and 
stations  to  meet  maintenance  requirements  when  local  procurement 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  273 

by  purchase  offers  advantages  over  procurement  by  requisition  on 
military  supply  depots. 

Purchasing  Agencies. 

Actual  purchasing  activity  of  the  War  Department  is  specialized 
and  decentralized.  The  greater  volume  of  purchases  is  made  by  the 
depots  and  arsenals  of  the  Army.  These  specialize  to  a  great  extent 
in  the  articles  purchased. 

Local  Purchases. 

The  Quartermaster,  the  Ordnance  officer,  the  Medical  Supply  officer, 
the  Signal  officer,  the  Engineer  Supply  officer,  the  Chemical  Warfare 
officer,  and  the  Air  Corps  Supply  officer  at  Army  posts  where  the 
activities  of  each  are  located  purchases  materials,  supplies,  and  equip- 
ment. These  local  purchases  are  to  cover  requirements  of  the  post 
when  supplies  required  are  readily  procurable  and  no  advantage  would 
exist  from  consolidation  and  procurement  by  a  depot. 

Civilian  Conservation  Corps. 

Purchases  for  the  operation  and  maintenance  of  Civilian  Conserva- 
tion Corps  establishments  are  made  under  the  supervision  of  the  War 
Department. 

Items  Purchased  by  the  War  Department  Against  Procy/rement  Divi- 
sion^ Treasury  Department,  Contracts. 

1.  Such  items  are :  Tires  and  tubes ;  office  furniture,  filing  cases,  and 
similar  equipment ;  gasoline }  and  several  less  important  items.  Other 
items  contracted  for  by  the  Procurement  Division,  Treasury  Depart- 
ment, may  be  purchased  against  such  contracts  by  the  Army  when  it 
is  advantageous  to  do  so. 

2.  Stock  piles  of  strategic  and  critical  raw  materials  authorized 
under  recent  acts  of  Congress  are  being  purchased  under  the  super- 
vision of  Procurement  Division,  Treasury  Department. 

Items  Purchased  hy  the  War  Department  Against  Namy  Department 
Cov.tvo.cts. 
Such  items  are  lubricating  oils  and  certain  fuel  oils. 


STATE  PURCHASING  METHODS  AND  PROCEDURES 

In  order  to  get  some  idea  of  the  extent  to  which  the  States  make 
use  of  written  purchase  specifications  and  scientific  testing  of  com- 
modities in  their  buying,  a  questionnaire  was  prepared  for  the  pur- 
pose of  this  monograph  and  sent  by  the  Council  of  State  Governments 
to  the  48  States. 

This  questionnaire  consisted  of  the  following  items: 

1.  Name  of  the  purchasing  agency. 

2.  Independent  agency  or  part  of  what  State  department. 

3.  Name  and  title  of  the  chief  officer. 

4.  For  what  bureaus,  commissions,  departments,  and  institutions 

are  purchases  made  by  the  agency  ? 

5.  Are  purchases  made  and  contracts  based  on  written  specifi- 

cations, or  by  trade-name  or  brand  ? 

6.  How  are  standards  and  specifications  formulated    (that  is, 

by  a  specifications  committee,  by  the  purchasing  agency 
itself,  or  otherwise)  ? 

7.  What  use  is  made  of  the  specifications  of  national  trade  or 

technical  associations,  or  of  the  Federal  Government? 

8.  Classes  of  commodities  for  which  standards  and  specifications 

have  been  prepared. 

9.  What  arrangements  are  made  for  testing  samples  submitted 

with  bids? 

10.  Are  commodities  tested  after  delivery  to  ascertain  that  they 

conform  to  the  purchase  specifications? 

11.  Is  a  testing  laboratory  maintained  ?    If  so,  what  kind  of  tests 

are  conducted? 

12.  Is  use  made  of  (a)  college  or  university  or   (b)   private  or 

commercial  testing  laboratories? 

Extent  of  Centralized  Purchasing  in  States. 

Among  the  42  States  replying  to  the  questionnaire,  38  States  re- 
ported centralized  purchasing.  Table  2  shows  the  coverage  of  the 
questionnaire,  replies  received,  number  of  States  not  replying,  num- 
ber and  percent  of  States  reporting  centralized  purchasing,  aiid  num- 
ber and  percent  of  States  reporting  no  centralized  purchasmg. 

Table  2. — Extent  of  centralized  purchasing  in  States 


states 

Number  of 
States 

Percent  of 
replies 

Percent  of 
total 

Total 

48 
42 
>6 
>38 
M 

87.5. 

Not  replying 

12.5 

90.5 
9.5 

79.2 

8.3 

■  Arkansas,  Delaware,  Oeorgia,  Idaho,  Kansas,  and  Louisiana. 

'  2  purchasing  agencies  were  reported  for  the  State  of  Iowa:  Purchasing  department  of  board  of  ccnftrol,  and 
executive  council. 
»  Mississippi,  Nevada,  New  Mexico,  and  South  Carolina. 

274 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 


275 


/Status  of  /State  Purchasing  Agencies. 

Among  the  38  States  reporting  centralized  purchasing,  11  States 
have  an  independent  State  purchasing  agency,  while  in  26  States 
the  purchasing  agency  is  part  of  a  State  department.*  Table  3  gives 
the  names  of  the  States  and  the  status  of  the  State  purchasing  agency. 


Table  3. 


-Status  of  State  purchasing  agencies 

[Based  on  38  States] 


Type  of  agency 

States 

Number 

Percent 

Independent  State  agency 

1  n 
»26 

SI 

29  0 

68. 4 

Not  specified 

2  6 

38 

100.0 

'  Arizona,  Florida,  Maryland,  Missouri,  Montana,  New  Hampshire,  North  Carolina,  Tennessee,  Utah, 
Vermont,  and  West  Virginia. 

'  Alabama,  California,  Colorado,  Connecticut,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Iowa  (purchasing  department,  1  of  the  2 
purchasing  agencies  in  the  State,  is  a  part  of  the  board  of  control),  Kentucky,  Maine,  Massachusetts, 
Michigan,  Minnesota,  Nebraska,  New  York,  North  Dakota,  Ohio,  Oklahoma,  Oregon,  Pennsylvania, 
Rhode  Island,  South  Dakota,  Te.xas,  Virginia,  Washington,  Wisconsin,  and  Wyoming. 

» New  Jersey. 

Departments  of  Which  State  Purchasing  Agencies  are  a  Part. 

Among  the  26  States  where  the  State  purchasing  agency  is  part  of 
a  State  department,  8  States  have  the  purchasing  agency  as  part  of 
the  department  of  finance,  3  States  as  part  of  the  executive  depart- 
ment, and  3  States  as  part  of  the  board  of  control.  Table  4  shows 
how  purchasing  agencies  are  distributed  through  different  depart- 
ments and  gives  the  names  of  the  various  departments  and  the  names 
of  the  respective  States. 

Table  4. — Departments  of  which  State  purchasing  agencies  are  a  part 
(Based  on  26  States] 


State  department 

States 

Number 

Percent 

>8 
«3 
J3 
<2 

>i  1 

1)  1 
><  1 

30.70 

Board  of  control                            .           .  . 

11  65 

State  administrative  board 

7  70 

3.85 

Commission  on  administration  and  finance 

3  85 

Coordination  and  finance 

3  85 

Department  of  finance  and  control 

3  85 

Executive  council 

3  85 

3.85 

Tax  commission 

3  85 



Total 

26 

100.0 

1  Alabama,  California,  Illinois,  Kentucky,  Maine, 
Ohio,  South  Dakota,  and  Virginia. 
>  Indiana,  New  York,  and  Wisconsin. 
« Iowa,  Oregon,  and  Texas. 
« Michigan  and  North  Dakota. 
» Minnesota. 
•  Wyoming, 
f  Massachusetts. 

'  Rhode  Islan 
•  Washington 
i«  Connectica 
"  Colorado. 
IS  Pennsylvau 
»  Oklahoma. 
"  Nebraska. 

d. 

t. 
ia. 

276  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Bureaus^  Departments^  Commissions,  and  Institutions  for  Which 
Purchases  Are  Made  hy  the  State  Purchasing  Agency. 
Among  the  38  States  with  centralized  purchasing,  purchases  in  22 
States  are  made  by  the  State  purchasing  agency  for  the  State  depart- 
ments, bureaus,  institutions,  etc.;  purchases  in  13  States  are  made 
for  these  game  agencies  with  few  exceptions;  and  purchases  in  2 
States  are  made  for  State  penal  and  charitable  institutions.  Table  5 
shows  the  types  of  bureaus,  departments,  and  institutions  for  which 
purchases  are  made  and  gives  the  names  of  the  different  States. 

Table  5. — Bureaus,  departments,  commissions,  and  institutions  for  which 
purchases  are  made  by  the  State  purchasing  agency 

[Based  on  38  States] 


Bureaus,  departments,  institutions,  etc. 

States 

Number 

Percent 

State  departments,  bureaus,  institutions,  etc 

122 

2  13 
»2 
U 

57  9 

34.2 

Rt.fttP  ppnal  and  f>harit,fthlfi  institutions 

5  3 

2.6 

Total 

38 

100  0 

•  Alabama,  Colorado,  Connecticut,  Iowa  (executive  coimcil  makes  purchases  for  State  penal  and  charit- 
able institutions;  purchasing  department  of  board  of  control  makes  purchases  for  all  other  State  institutions, 
departments,  and  bureaus,  etc.),  Maryland,  Massachusetts,  Minnesota,  Montana,  New  Jersey,  New  York, 
North  Carolina,  North  Dakota,  Oklahoma,  Oregon,  Pennsylvania,  Rhode  Island,  South  Dakota,  Ten- 
nessee, Texas,  Vermont,  West  Virginia,  and  Wisconsin. 

'  California,  Indiana,  Kentucky,  Maine,  Michigan,  Missouri,  Ohio,  Nebraska,  New  Hampshire,  Utah, 
Virginia,  Washington,  and  Wyoming. 

'  Arizona  (capitol  building  and  grounds  in  addition  to  State  penal  and  charitable  institutions)  and 
Florida. 

*  niinois. 

Extent  to  Which  States  Use  Written  Specifications. 

Among  the  38  States  with  centralized  purchasing  only  7  States 
use  written  specifications  exclusively,  6  States  use  written  specifica- 
tions in  most  cases,  while  24  States  use  .trade-names  and  specifications. 
Table  6  shows  the  extent  of  the  use  of  written  specifications,  and 
gives  the  names  of  the  States. 


Table  6. — Extent  to  which  State  use  toritten  specifications 

[Based  on  38  States] 


Extent  of  use  of  written  specifications 

States 

Number 

Percent 

Use  of  specifications  exclusively 

•7 
«6 
»24 
*1 

18  4 

15.8 

Use  of  trade-name  and  specifications 

63  2 

Specifications  never  used 

2  6 

Total 

38 

•  Alabama,  Connecticut,  Ulinois,  Massachusetts,  New  York,  South  Dakota,  and  Virginia. 
'  Colorado,  Indiana,  Nebraska,  Oklahoma,  Rhode  Island,  and  Wisconsin. 

'  Arizona,  California,  Florida,  Iowa,  Kentucky,  Maine,  Maryland,  Michigan,  Minnesota,  Missouri, 
Montana,  New  Hampshire,  New  Jersey,  North  Carolina,  Ohio,  Oregon,  Pennsylvania,  Tennessee,  Texas, 
Utah,  Vermont,  Washington,  West  Virginia,  and  Wyoming. 

*  North  Dakota  (trade-name  and  brand). 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 


277 


How  Speci-ficati&ns  Are  Formulated. 

Among  the  38  States  reporting  centralized  purchasing,  there  are 
9  States  where  specifications  are  formulated  by  the  State  purchasing 
agency ;  16  States  where  specifications  are  formulated  by  the  purchas- 
ing agency  in  cooperation  with  the  departments  concerned,  committee, 
or  specialists;  and  4  States  by  a  specifications  committee.  Table  7 
shows  in  detail  how  specifications  are  formulated  in  different  States. 


Table  7.- 


-How  specifications  are  formulated 

[Based  on  38  States] 


State  purchasing  agencies 


Formulation  of  specifications 

States 

Number 

Percent 

'9 

M 

M6 
«7 

23  7 

By  purchasing  agency  in  cooperation  with  departments  concerned,  committee,  or 
specialists 

42  1 

Other 

18  4 

Total  . 

38 

100  0 

'  Alabama,  Arizona,  Iowa,  Maine,  Montana,  Oregon,  South  Dakota,  Texas,  and  Wyoming. 

«  Connecticut,  New  Jersey,  Virginia,  West  Virginia. 

'  Colorado  and  Missouri. 

«  California,  Florida,  Indiana,  Maryland,  Massachusetts,  Michigan,  Minnesota,  New  Hampshire,  North 
Carolina,  Ohio,  Pennsylvania,  Tennes.see,  Utah,  Vermont,  Washington,  and  Wisconsin. 

•  Includes  "various  ways"  (Illinois);  "specifications  based  on  experience  and  tests  made  by  the  testing 
division  of  the  University  of  Nebraska"  (Nebraska);  "Bureau  of  Standards"  (New  York);  "no  specific 
specifications,  sometimes  make  use  of  Government  specifications"  (North  Dakota);  "have  no  set  type  or 
brand  to  buy"  (Kentucky);  "United  States  and  Department  of  Agriculture  specifications  largely  used, 
also  Bureau  of  Standards,  and  'rom  scientific  department  of  the  State  of  Oklahoma"  (Oklahoma);  "Depart- 
ment of  Public  Works  and  Purchasing  Standardization  Committee"  (Rhode  Island). 

Extent  to  Which  States  Use  Specifications  of  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment and  of  National  Trade  or  Technical  Associations.  , 
Among  the  38  States  with  centralized  purchasing,  13  States  use 
specifications  of  the  Federal  Government  or  of  the  national  trade  or 
technical  associations  extensively  or  frequently,  and  13  States  use  only 
when  applicable.  Table  8  shows  the  extent  of  use  of  nationally 
recognized  specifications  and  gives  the  names  of  the  States. 


-Extent  to  tvhich  States  use  specifications  of  the  Federal  Oovernment 
and  of  national  trade  or  technical  associations 

[Based  on  38  States] 


Extent  of  use  of  specifications 


Extensively  or  frequently — 

Whenever  applicable 

Only  for  reference  and  comparison 
Very  little 

TotaL.- 


'  Colorado,  Connecticut,  Indiana,  Maine,  Maryland,  Michigan,  Nebraska,  New  Jersey,  New  York,  North 
Carolina,  Ohio,  Oklahoma,  and  Oregon, 

J  Arizona,  California.  Illinois,  Kentucky,  Minnesota,  Missouri,  North  Dakota,  Pennsylvania,  South 
Dakota,  Texas,  Utah,  Vermont,  and  Wisconsin. 

3  Alabama,  Tennessee,  Washington,  West  Virginia,  and  Wyoming. 

«  Florida.  Iowa  (Federal  Specifications  are  used  on  meat),  Massachusetts,  Montana,  New  Ilampshire, 
Rhode  Island,  and  Virginia. 


271.'4'. 


-41— No.  24- 


Metals. 

Motor  oils. 

Motor  vehicles. 

Nursery  supplies  (shrubs,  etc.) 

Office  supplies  and  furniture. 

Oils. 

Packing  (steam,  water  pump,  etc.) 

Paint. 

Paint  brushes. 

Paint  (license  plate). 

Paper. 

Photo  engravings. 

Piling. 

Pine  cleaner. 

Pipe  (concrete). 

Pipe  (vitrified). 

Plumbing  equipment  and  supplies. 

Power  plant  grease  and  oil. 

Printing. 

Putty  (steel  sash). 

Road  machinery  and  equipment. 

Road  materials. 

Revenue  stamps. 

Revolvers  and  holsters. 

School  equipment  and  supplies. 


278  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Commodities  for  Which  Written  SpecificatioTis  Have  Been  Prepared 

hy  One  or  More  States. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  commodities  for  which  written  specifica- 
tions have  been  prepared  by  one  or  more  States : 

Asphalts. 

Athletic  goods. 

Baby  chicks. 

Badges. 

Bedspreads. 

Belting  (leather,  rubber,  and  canvas). 

Bituminous  material. 

Blankets. 

Brick. 

Building  material. 

Cans  and  canning  supplies. 

Cement. 

China  and  silverware. 

Clothing. 

Coal. 

Cotton. 

Creosote. 

Culverts. 

Dairy  equipment  and  supplies. 

Disinfectants. 

Drugs. 

Dry  goods. 

Enamel  (license  plate). 

Electrical  equipment. 

Feeds  and  grains. 

Fertilizer. 

Fire  extinguishers. 

Foods  and  food  products. 

Fuels. 

Fumigants. 

Gasoline. 

Glas.s  (window  and  plate). 

Gravel. 

Hardware. 

Hose  (garden,  steam,  and  water). 

Hospital. equipment  and  supplies. 

Household  equipment  (furniture,  carpet 

and  rugs,  refrigerators,  etc.). 
Insecticides. 
Janitor  supplies. 

Kitchen  equipment  and.  supplies. 
Laboratory  equipment  and  supplies. 
Laundry  equipment  and  "supplies. 
Light  bulbs. 
Lumber. 

Arrangements  Made  for  Testing  Samples  Snhmiffed  With  Bids. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  arrangements  made  for  testing 
samples  submitted  with  bids  are  very  different  throughout  the  38 
States  with  centralized  purchasing.  'The  following  illustrates  tlie 
f acilites  used  by  various  States  for  this  purpose : 

Alabama :  "Some  tested  in  own  laboratory,  some  submitted  to  outsldQ 
laboratories."  , 

Arizona :  "Left  to  the  executive  officer  and  institution  stewards. ' 

California:  "Division  of  Highways  Laboratory,  Department  of  Agricoltnre 
Inspection  Service  on  meats.  Pure  Food  and  Drug  Laboratory." 

Colorado:   "Highway  Laboratory  tests  equipment,  oils,  asphalt,  etc." 


Sewing  and  tailoring  supplies. 

Sheets  and  sheeting. 

Shoes. 

Signs,  sign  parts,  and  sign  markings. 

Soap. 

Spray  materials. 

Steel  (license  plate). 

Tar. 

Textiles. 

Tires. 

Tobacco. 

Tools,  smalL 

Towels  and  toweling. 

Trees. 

Twine  (binder). 

Varnish. 

Waxes. 

Wild  game. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  279 

Connecticut :  "Samples  with  bids,  tested  in  State  laboratories,  such  as  High- 
•way,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  etc.  Some  use  of  Commercial  Labora- 
tories where  special  equipment  not  owned  by  the  State  is  required." 

Florida :  "State  Chemist  is  used  where  possible,  also  U.  S.  Bureau  of 
Standards." 

Illinois:  ^'Private  and  State  agencies." 

Indiana:  "Groceries  are  tested  by  the  bureau  and  State  Board  of  Health. 
Meats  are  inspected  by  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Economics.' 

Iowa : '  "Most  commodities  are  tested  by  the  Purchasing  Agent.  Conee  and 
teas  are  tested  by  an  expert  tester,  butter  by  the  State  Agricultural  Department. 
Occasionally  the  state  Chemist  tests  various  items,  such  as  seeds,  etc. 

Kentuclty :  "Samples  are  tested  when  needed  in  the  laboratories  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Kentucky  and  the  Highway  Department." 

Maine:  "Laboratory  facilities  at  University  of  Maine,  and  the  use  of  indus- 
trial laboratories  for  textiles." 

Maryland :  "Federal  Bureau  of  Standards,  Federal  Bureau  of  Mines 
Laboratory  make  some  tests." 

Massachusetts :  "The  Purchasing  Bureau  maintains  its  own  laboratory  for 
testing  samples." 

Michigan :  "Purchasing  Agents'  experience  and  Michigan  State  College." 

Minnesota :  "Samples  are  tested  by  individual  testing  agencies,  Highway 
Department  Testing  Laboratory,  Agricultural  Testing  Laboratory,  U.  S.  De- 
partment of  Agriculture  for  meats." 

Mis.souri :  "State  laboratories." 

Montana :  "Samples  are  tested  in  state  and  college  laboratories.  Some  items 
are  tested  in  commercial  laboratories." 

Nebraska :  "All  tests  are  made  by  the  testing  division  of  the  University  of 
Nebraska  if  there  is  any  question  of  quality.' 

New  Hampshire:  "The  facilities  of  the  State  Highway  Department  and 
State  University  are  available  when  required." 

New  Jersey :  "If  specifications  of  bid  require  samples  for  testing,  said  sam- 
ples are  tested  by  various  agencies  at  command  of  Statp  Purchasing 
Department." 

New  York :  "Samples  are  not  submitted  with  J)id,  except  in  a  few  cases,  at 
which  time  the  samples  in  question  are  tested  by  the  Bureau  of  Standards." 

North  Carolina :  "Our  own  testing  laboratories  and  utilize  those  of  other 
State  departments  and  those  of  our  colleges." 

North  Dakota :  "Some  samples  are  sent  to  the  State  laboratories  for  testing." 

Ohio :  "Require  samples  to  be  submitted  with  bids  on  most  food  products, 
and  on  any  other  products  where  feasible.  Laboratory  tests  made  at  discretion 
of  Supt  of  Purchases  and  Printing.     All  flour  tested  through  private  tieup." 

Oklahoma :  "Bureau  of  Standards,  Board  of  Health,  Board  of  Agriculture, 
and  laboratories  of  state  institutions  and  departments." 

Oregon :  "State  Lab." 

Pennsylvania :  "Laboratory  controlled  and  in  laboratories,  Pennsylvania,  De- 
partment of  Property  and  Supplies,  Bureau  of  Standards." 

Rhode  Island :  "State  Materials,  Engineer ;  other  State  Laboratories." 

South  Dakota :  "Samples  are  tested  by  Testing  Laboratory." 

Tennessee :  "Certain  institutions  and  departments  are  equipped  for  testing 
samples  of  articles  they  request." 

Texas:  "On  articles  where  quality  is  unknown  we  either  test  them  in  this 
office,  or  .send  them  to  one  of  the  state  owned  laboratories." 

Utah :  "Very  adequate  system,  no  central  warehouse.  We  sometimes  put  our 
men  at  mfg.  plant  for  paint,  etc.,  otherwise  just  go  on  the  judgment  of  this 
office  and  using  agency." 

Vermont:  "Various  Food  stuffs  tested  at  Vermont  State  Hospital,  Waterbury, 
Vt.  We  use  the  Highway  Testing,  Agricultural  and  Extension  Ser^-ice 
Laboratories." 

Virginia :  "State  Laboratory — Bureau  of  Standards,  Washington,  D.  C.  All 
groceries  are  purchased  by  samples  and  samples  are  tested  when  purchase  is 
made." 


'  Purcha.sing  Department  of  Board  of  Control,  one  of  the  two  purchasing  agencies  in  the 
State. 


280 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 


Washington :  "In  all  instances  where  purchases  made  as  per  sample,  com- 
parison is  made  of  deliveries  with  original  sample.  Laboratory  tests  made  ol 
samples  of  nearly  all  purchases  of  consequence  based  on  specification." 

West  Virginia :  "Tests  conducted  by  testing  laboratories." 

Wisconsin :  "Use  commercial  testing  laboratories,  Federal  Government  agencies, 
technical  laboratories  at  educational  institutions  and  Highway  Testing  Labora- 
tories." 

Wyoming:  "State  Laboratory." 

Use  of  Tests  To  Determine  Compliance  With  SpecifiGatioiis. 

Among  the  38  States  with  centralized  purchasing,  tests  are  regularly 
made  on  all  commodities  in  22  States,  while  tests  are  never  made  in 
1  State.  Table  9  shows  the  extent  of  the  use  of  tests  and  gives  the 
names  of  the  States. 

Table  9. — Use  of  tests  to  determine  compliance  with  specifications  by  State 

purchasing  agencies 

[Based  on  38  States] 


Extent  of  use  of  tests 

States 

Number 

Percent 

Tests  regularly  made  on  all  commodities 

122 

57  9 

6.3 

Tests  regularly  made  only  on  certain  commodities 

18.4 

15.8 

Tests  never  made  . 

2.6 

Total    - - - - 

38 

100.0 

1  Alabama,  Arizona,  California,  Connecticut,  Florida,  Illinois,  Maine,  Massachusetts,  Minnesota, 
Missouri,  Montana,  Nebraska,  New  York,  North  Carolina,  Oklahoma,  Oregon,  Pennsylvania,  Rhode 
Island,  Texas,  Utah,  Vermont,  and  West  Virginia. 

2  Colorado  and  Washington. 

3  Indiana,  Kentucky,  New  Hampshire,  New  Jersey,  Ohio,  Tennessee,  and  Wisconsin. 
*  Iowa,  Maryland,  Michigan,  North  Dakota,  South  Dakota,  and  Virginia. 

5  Wyoming. 

Testing  Laboratories  of  State  Purohasing  Agencies. 

Among  the  38  States  with  centralized  purchasing,  13  States  main- 
tain testing  laboratories  and  25  do  not  maintain  such  laboratories. 
Table  10  shows  the  extent  of  maintaining  testing  laboratories  and 
gives  the  names  of  the  States. 


Table  10.— Testing  laboratories  of  State  purchasing  agencies 
[Based  on  38  States] 


Testing  laboratories  of  purchasing  agencies 

States 

Number 

Percent 

Purchasing  agencies  maintaining  testing  laboratories 

.13 
«25 

34.2 

Purchasing  agencies  not  maintaining  testing  laboratories 

65.8 

Total 

38 

100.0 

1  Alabama,  Iowa  (Executive  Council,  one  of  the  two  purchasing  agencies,  maintains  a  testing  laboratory), 
Massachusetts,  Minnesota,  New  Jersey,  New  York,  North  Carolina,  Oregon,  Pennsylvania,  Rhode  Island, 
South  Dakota,  West  Virginia,  and  Wyoming. 

2  Arizona,  California,  Colorado,  Connecticut,  Florida,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Kentucky,  Maine,  Maryland, 
Michigan,  Missouri,  Montana,  Nebraska,  New  Hampshire,  North  Dakota,  Ohio,  Oklahoma,  Tennessee, 
Texas,  Utah,  Vermont,  Virginia,  Washington,  and  Wisconsin. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 


281 


Table  11. — Types  of  Tests  Made  and  Commodities  Tested  in  the  Laboratories  of 
13  States  Where  Purchasing  Agencies  Maintain  Testing  Laboratories 


State  in  which  agency 
is  located 


Type  of  test  or  commodity  tested 


Iowa' 

Massachusetts. 

Minnesota 

New  Jersey 

New  York 

North  Carolina 

Oregon 

Pennsylvania.. 
Rhode  Island.. 

South  Dakota.. 

West  Virginia.. 
Wyoming 


Highway  materials,  feeds  and  food  commodities. 

Ink,  soap,  seeds. 

All  kinds  of  tests* 

Physical  and  chemical  tests. 

Paper,  carbon  paper  and  ribbons,  textiles. 

Analytical  tests. 

AnalysLs  and  practical  tests. 

All  kinds  of  tests. 

Organic  and  inorganic,  physical  tests. 

Road  oils,  fuel  oils,  coal,  cement,  stone,  etc.,  dairy  and  poultry  feeds,  milk,  eggs, 

etc. 
Tests  for  moisture  and  ash  content  in  coal,  dirt  in  sand,  size  of  gravel;  chemical 

analysis  of  paint,  etc. 
A.11  kinds  of  tests. 
Chemical  analysis  and  strength  tests. 


»  Executive  Council,  one  of  the  two  purchasing  agencies  in  the  State. 

Types  of  Testing  Laboratories  Used  hy  the  States. 

Among  the  38  States  with  centralized  purchasing,  17  States  use 
college  or  university  and  private  or  commercial  laboratories  and  8 
States  use  college  or  university  testing  laboratory.  Table  12  shows 
the  type  of  testing  laboratory  used  and  gives  the  names  of  the  States. 

Table  12. — Types  of  testing  laboratories  used  by  the  States 

[Based  on  38  States] 


Type  of  laboratory 

1    Number 

Percent 

18 

21.1 

»3 

7.9 

College  or  university  and  private  or  commercial 

3  17 

44.7 

other 

<9 

23.7 

None 

I                 »1 

2.6 

Total 

!                  38 

100.0 

1 

»  Colorado,  Kentucky,  Michigan,  Nebraska,  New  York,  Virginia,  West  Virginia,  and  Wyoming. 

•  Alabama,  Florida,  and  Rhode  Island. 

» California,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Iowa,  Maine,  Massachusetts,  Minnesota,  Missouri,  Montana,  New 
Hampshire ,  New  Jersey,  North  Carolina,  Ohio,  Oklahoma,  Oregon,  Pennsylvania,  and  Utah. 

•Includes  "local  Highway  Department  and  university  laboratories"  (Arizona);  "State  University, 
Health  Department  and  State  Roads  Commission,  and  private  testing  laboratories"  (Maryland);  "State 
Chemical  Laboratory"  (South  Dakota);  "Highway,  Health  and  Agriculture  Department  Laboratories" 
(Tennessee);  "State  owned  laboratories"  (Texas);  "Highway  Testing,  Agricultural  and  Extension  Service 
Laboratories"  (Vermont);  ."State  Highway  Department,  University  of  Washington,  and  State  College 
Laboratories"  (Washington);  "Commercial  testing  laboratories.  Federal  Government  agencies,  college  or 
university  laboratories,  and  highway  te.sting  laboratories"  (Wisconsin);  "Highway  Dept.,  Agricultural  Ex- 
periment Station,  Health  Dept.,  Dairy  and  Food,  Dept.  of  Agriculture,  and  University  of  Conn.,  as  well 
as  commercial  laboratories  (Connecticut). 

» North  Dakota. 

Results  of  the  Survey. 

An  analysis  of  the  returned  questionnaire  indicates  that  the  fol- 
lowing 38  States  report  a  centralized  purchasing  agency. 

Massachusetts 

Michigan 

Minnesota 

Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska 


Alabama 

Illinois 

Arizona 

Indiana 

California 

Iowa 

Colorado 

Kentucky 

Comiecticut 

Maine 

Florida 

Maryland 

282  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 


New  Hampshire 

Oregon 

Vermont 

New  Jersey 

Pennsylvania 

Virginia 

New  York 

Rhode  Island 

Washington 

North  Carolina 

South  Dakota 

West  Virginia 

North  Dakota 

Tennessee 

Wisconsin 

Ohio 

Texas 

Wyoming 

Oklahoma 

Utah 

It  is  to  be  expected  that  the  State  purchasing  agency  should  work 
closely  under  the  supervision  of  the  Governor,  or  probably  under  his 
appointed  head  of  the  finance  department.  In  the  majority  of  the 
States  the  purchasing  agency  is  connected  with  the  department  of 
finance  or  its  equivalent. 

Purchases  are  generally  made  for  all  State  departments,  bureaus, 
and  institutions.  In  a  few  States  purchases  are  made  only  for  State 
penal  and  charitable  institutions. 

Almost  all  orders  for  State  supplies  are  placed  by  means  of  writ- 
ten specifications.  However,  few  States  are  using  standard  specifica- 
tions, since,  in  the  majority  of  the  cases  supplies  are  ordered  by  brand 
or  trade  name.  In  many  instances  the  brand  is  used  only  as  a  de- 
scription, or  a  guide  to  the  buyer,  and  it  is  understood  that  another 
brand  of  equal  merit  may  be  substituted.  Sometimes  purchase  orders 
which  mention  a  brand  must  include  at  least  three  brands,  any  of  which 
may  be  supplied. 

As  a  general  rule,  the  formulation  of  specifications  for  purchases  is 
left  to  the  purchasing  agent  or  agency,  often  with  the  advice  of  the 
department  for  which  the  purchase  is  being  made,  or  with  technical 
assistance  if  it  is  available.  Only  in  a  few  States  are  specifications 
prepared  by  a  special  committee  appointed  for  this  purpose. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  in  26  States  Federal  Specifications  or 
nationally  recognized  specifications  are  used  extensively,  frequently, 
or  wherever  possible. 

Almost  all  of  the  States  have  set  up  specifications  on  at  least  certain 
items,  such  as  foodstuffs,  highway  materials,  gasoline  and  oil,  and 
construction  materials. 

In  most  of  the  States  some  effort  is  made  to  test  samples  of  materials 
before  placing  the  order,  or  upon  delivery.  Thirteen  States  have 
testing  laboratories  in  connection  with  their  purchasing  agencies,  and 
in  some  of  the  States  the  testing  facilities  of  the  purchasing  agency  lab- 
oratories are  supplemented  by  commercial  or  university  laboratories. 

The  results  of  this  survey  show  that  much  could  be  accomplished 
if  the  present  purchasing  methods  of  the  States  were  placed  on  a 
scientific  basis.  The  utilization  of  standards  and  specifications  estab- 
lished by  the  Federal  Government  or  by  nationally  recognized  stand- 
ardizing agencies,  used  tentatively  for  a  trial  period  in  the  original 
form  and  modified  when  necessary  to  meet  local  requirements  would 
undoubtedly  improve  the  quality  of  the  goods  purchased  and  result 
in  savings  to  the  States.  It  seems  that  the  testing  facilities  of  tax- 
supported  colleges  or  universities  should  be  used  most  extensively  to 
ascertain  that  the  commodities  delivered  conform  to  the  purchase 
specifications. 


COUNTY  PURCHASING  METHODS  AND  PROCEDURES 

A  survey  of  purchasing  methods  used  by  counties  was  made  in  1939 
by  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  United  States  Department  of 
Commerce.  A  questionnaire  was  sent  to  the  oflScial  in  charge  of  pur- 
chasing in  each  of  the  3,070  counties  in  the  country  requesting  the  fol- 
lowing information :  The  establishment  of  purchasmg  agency ;  method 
of  appointing  a  purchasing  agent;  the  extent  of  purchasing  for  county 
agencies;  whether  purchases  are  made  on  contracts  based  on  written 
specifications  or  by  trade-name  or  brand ;  how  standards  and  specifica- 
tions are  formulated;  adoption  and  use  of  specifications  of  national 
technical -organizations  and  those  of  the  Federal  Government ;  arrange- 
ments made  for  testing  samples  submitted  with  bids  and  samples  of 
deliveries ;  maintenance  of  testing  laboratories  by  counties ;  and,  use 
made  of  the  facilities  of  college  or  university  testing  laboratories. 

A  total  of  1,177  replies  was  received  from  counties  in  every  State 
except  Delaware.  Of  this  number,  430  were  not  considered  because  of 
failure  to  give  any  information  of  value.  The  discussion  which  fol- 
lows is  based,  therefore,  on  returns  from  747  counties,  or  approximately 
25  percent  of  the  total  number  of  counties. 

This  survey  shows  that  the  authority  of  counties  to  make  purchases 
of  equipment,  materials,  and  supplies  needed  for  the  operation  of  their 
governments  is  derived  from  acts  passed  by  State  legislatures. 

Centralized  Purchasing. 

Centralized  purchasing,  defined  by  Dr.  Russell  Forbes,  commissioner 
of  purchase.  New  York  City,  as  "the  delegation  to  one  office  of  the 
authority  to  buy  supplies,  materials,  and  equipment  needed  by  all  the 
operating  branches  of  an  organization,"  occurs  in  not  more  than  75 
counties.  California  leads  all  States  in  the  number  of  counties  which 
have  adopted  the  centralized  system  of  purchasing  by  the  establish- 
ment of  purchasing  departments  and  the  appointment  of  purchasing, 
agents  in  accordance  with  the  political  code  of  that  State ;  18  counties 
in  California  have  already  adopted  the  centralized  form  of  purchasing. 

In  North  Carolina,  county  purchasing  agents  have  been  appointed 
to  handle  purchases  of  materials  and  supplies  in  nine  counties. 

Under  an  act  passed  by  the  Legislature  of  Wisconsin  relating  to 
county  officers  acting  as  purchasing  agents,  the  county  boards  in  six 
counties  have  appointed  purchasing  agents.  Two  counties  have  also 
appointed  purchasing  agents,  but  their  purchases  are  limited  to  mate- 
rials and  supplies  needed  for  courthouse  purposes  only. 

In  Ohio  full-time  or  part-time  purchasing  agents  are  employed  in 
seven  counties.  Perhaps  the  outstanding  system  of  centralized  pur- 
chasing in  Ohio  is  in  effect  in  Hamilton  County.  All  purchases  for 
all  administrative  departments  and  institutions  of  the  county  are  han- 
dled by  the  purchasing  department.  There  are  no  laws  in  the  State 
of  Ohio  requiring  centralized  or  coordinated  purchaung  by  counties. 
The  plan  of  Hamilton  County  is  extralegal  by  resolution  of  the  board 

283 


284  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

or  county  commissioners,  by  approval  of  the  city  council  of  the  city 
of  Cincinnati,  and  by  the  board  of  education,  through  a  committee 
known  as  the  coordinating  committee  of  Hamilton  County.  This  com- 
mittee consists  of  the  city  manager  of  Cincinnati,  the  president  of  the 
board  of  county  commissioners,  the  president  of  the  board  of  educa- 
tion, and  a  member  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  University  of 
Cincinnati. 

In  Michigan  five  counties  have  employed  purchasing  agents  who 
devote  their  full  time  to  purchasing  problems.  In  Iron  County,  the 
chairman  of  the  board  of  supervisors  appoints  a  purchasing  committee 
at  each  annual  meeting.  In  Kalamazoo  County,  the  purchasing  de- 
partment, which  is  under  the  direction  of  the  finance  committee,  pur- 
chases for  all  departments  of  the  county  which  are  not  incorporated 
bodies. 

Although  the  General  Assembly  of  Virginia  passed  an  act  in  1932 
with  respect  to  county  purcliasing,  replies  to  the  questionnaire  re- 
ceived from  counties  in  this  State  show  that  only  four  have  adopted 
the  centralized  system  of  purchasing.  Arlington  County  has  made 
rapid  progress  in  its  system  of  centralized  purchasing  which  was  in- 
stalled about  9  years  ago.  The  three  other  counties  have  also  made 
some  progress  in  the  use  of  centralized  purchasing  methods. 

Recognition  should  be  given  to  the  fact  that  a  large  number  of 
counties  in  this  country  are  small  both  geographically  and  in  size  of 
population.  The  establishment  of  a  purchasing  department  and  the 
maintenance  of  a  purchasing  agent  in  a  majority  of  these  counties 
might  constitute  an  undue  burden  on  the  taxpayers  with  the  result 
that  any  savings  which  might  be  effected  by  centralized  purchasing 
may  be  offset  by  the  maintenance  of  a  purchasing  department.  Pre- 
sumably, the  General  Assembly  of  Virginia  considered  this  fact  in  the 
act  of  1932  relative  to  county  purchasing  by  the  inclusion  of  the  fol- 
lowing section : 

The  board  of  supervisors  of  any  two  or  more  adjoining  counties  shall  have 
power  to  appoint,  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  section,  a  joint  pur- 
chasing agent.  Such  joint  purchasing  agent  shall  carry  out  the  provisions  of  this 
act  as  they  shall  apply  to  each  of  the  counties  concerned.  He  shall  be  subject 
to  rules  and  regulations  mutually  formulated  and  agreed  upon  by  the  county 
boards  which  designate  him  as  their  joint  purchasing  agent. 

No  counties  in  Virginia,  according  to  replies  received,  have  taken 
advantage  of  this  plan.  It  would  be  interesting  to  note  the  effect  in 
savings  which  a  plan  of  this  nature  would  bring  to  a  group  of  counties 
adopting  it.  There  is  no  doubt  that  under  proper  administration  and 
careful  procedure  in  buying  it  would  produce  beneficial  results. 

In  Alabama  three  counties  reported  that  they  maintain  purchasing 
departments.  In  Tuscaloosa  County,  a  resolution  adopted  by  the 
board  of  revenue  in  1930  provides  that  no  department  of  the  county 
shall  buy  anything,  but  shall  send  its  requisitions  to  the  purchasing 
agent,  who  shall  make  all  necessary  purchases.  By  an  act  of  the 
State  legislature  approved  in  1935  there  was  created  in  Henry  County 
a  purchasing  agency  "dealing  with  and  having  reference  to  all  pur- 
chases" for  the  county. 

In  North  Dakota,  purchasing  boards  or  committees  have  been  estab- 
lished in  five  counties,  and  all  purchasing  is  centralized  in  these  boards 
or  committees. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  285 

In  New  York  State  several  counties  have  also  centralized  theii 
methods  of  purchasing.  In  Chemung  County,  a  purchasing  depart- 
ment was  established  by  the  county  board  with  the  appointment  of  a 
county  agent  who  makes  purchases  for  all  county  departments.  A 
similar  arrangement  has  been  made  in  Chenango  County,  and  the 
county  purchasing  agent  does  the  buying  for  all  departments  except 
highways.  The  same  is  true  in  Erie,  Jefferson,  Madison,  Oneida, 
Nassau,  and  Westchester  Counties.  In  Genesee  County,  a  purchasing 
committee,  operating  under  the  direction  of  the  board  of  supervisors, 
handles  all  ordinary  purchases  for  the  county  departments.  The  de- 
partment of  purchase  of  the  city  of  New  York  buys  all  materials, 
supplies,  and  equipment  required  by  all  the  agencies  of  the  five  counties 
within  greater  New  York ;  namely,  New  York,  Kings,  Queens,  Bronx, 
and  Richmond.  This  includes  equipment  and  foodstuffs  for  the 
sheriffs'  jails  and  office  furniture  and  supplies  as  well  as  stationery 
for  the  various  county  officers. 

Purchasing  departments  have  also  been  established  in  several  coun- 
ties of  the  following  States :  Arkansas,  Connecticut,  Florida,  Georgia, 
Idaho,  Kansas,  Kentucky,  Nebraska,  New  Jersey,  Oregon,  Texas,  and 
Utaii. 

Replies  received  from  two-thirds  of  the  counties  in  Vermont  indi- 
cate that  centralized  purchasing  is  in  effect  in  that  State.  Counties 
present  their  requirements  to  the  State  purchasing  agent  who,  in  turn, 
does  practically  all  of  the  buying.  Some  purchasing  is  done  by  the 
county  courts  in  each  county,  but  it  is  limited  solely  to  materials 
needed  for  repairs  to  jails  and  courthou3es. 

Purchasing  Procedure. 

Purchasing  as  it  is  conducted  today  is  quite  different  from  that  of  a 
quarter  of  a  century  ago.  It  has  developed  into  a  science  in  the  sense 
tnat  persons  who  are  engaged  in  it  must  possess  at  least  a  fair  knowl- 
edge and  understanding  of  the  technical  problems  involved  in  connec- 
tion with  the  purchasing  of  commodities  or  services.  The  elements 
entering  into  purchasing  are  many  and  require  sound  judgment  on  the 
part  of  those  who  do  the  buying.  There  is  no  doubt  that  a  good  pur- 
chasing department  with  a  competent  personnel  can  effect  real  savings 
to  an  organization  whether  industrial  or  governmental. 

Purchasing  in  the  county  actually  begins  when  the  head  of  a  depart- 
ment or  an  institution  notifies  the  officers  in  charge  of  purchasing  of 
his  needs.  While  such  notification  may  and  probably  often  does  take 
the  form  of  a  mere  verbal  request,  it  is  properly  done  by  submitting 
a  written  requisition.  After  the  requisition  has  been  approved  sources 
of  supply  are  informed  what  material  or  service  is  required.  This  is 
done  in  various  ways,  the  most  common  of  which  is  direct  request  for 
quotations  or  bids.  The  ultimate  responsibility  for  approving  invoices 
for  payment  in  counties  is  usually  the  function  of  the  county  board. 

Use  of  Standards  and  Specifioations. 

Obviously,  in  order  to  make  an  intelligent  bid,  the  bidder  ought  to  be 
fully  informed  as  to  what  he  will  be  expected  to  furnish.  Such  details 
are  generally  predicated  upon  certain  standards  and  specifications 
established  by  Federal,  State,  and  local  governments,  and  by  various 
national  technical  societies  and  trade  associations.  Of  course,  all  com- 
modities used  by  a  government  cannot  be  standardized,  but  many  can  be 


286  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

and  are,  with  a  resultant  reduction  in  cost  and  an  improved  delivery 
service  for  the  purcliaser. 

It  is  a  significant  fact  that  approximately  70  percent  of  the  747  coun- 
ties, whose  returns  were  considered,  reported  the  use  of  standards  and 
specifications  on  which  contracts  for  purchases  are  based. 

In  more  than  30  percent  of  the  counties  either  the  county  engineer, 
county  auditor,  or  superintendent  of  highways  drafts  the  specifications, 
chiefly  for  road  and  bridge  construction  and  the  necessary  materials. 
In  many  counties  purchases  for  county,  roads  and  highways  are  pro- 
cured in  accordance  with  specifications  prepared  by  the  State  highway 
departments, 

Purchasing^agents,  purchasing  boards,  or  committees  prepare  speci- 
fications for  materials,  supplies,  and  equipment  in  about  10  percent  of 
the  counties  reporting.  The  county  boards,  or  officials  designated  by 
them,  formulate  the  specifications  in  32  percent  of  the  reporting  coun- 
ties. In  a  number  of  counties  specifications  are  prepared  by  the  various 
departments,  and  in  others  by  technical  officers  in  cooperation  with  the 
using  agency. 

The  following  is  only  a  partial  list  of  the  commodities  for  which 
written  specifications  have  been  prepared  by  one  or  more  of  the  counties 
replying  to  the  questionnaire : 

Automobiles  Office  equipment  and  supplies 

Building  materials  Office  and  janitorial  supplies 

Canned  goods  Oils 

Clothing  Paper 

Drugs  Pipe 

Foods  Printing 

Fuel  oil  Road  machinery  and  equipment  and 

Gasoline  materials 

Gravel  Sand 

Greases  School  supplies 

Hardware  Scrapers 

Highway  materials  Shoes 

Hose  Stationery 

Lamps  Steel 

Lumber  Tires 

Approximately  15  percent  of  the  counties  state  that  they  have 
adopted  and  use  Federal  Specifications  as  a  basis  for  contracts  for 
purchase,  while  10  percent  employ  standards  and  specifications  pre- 
pared by  national  technical  organizations.  More  than  20  percent  of 
the  counties  rely  on  trade-brands  or  trade-names  as  a  guide  to  pur- 
chases. It  should,  of  course,  be  borne  in  mind  that  certain  counties 
indicate  the  use  of  some  or  all  of  the  methods  referred  to,  depending 
upon  the  nature  of  the  commodity  procured. 

It  is  believed  that,  with  a  few  exceptions,  it  would  be  advantageous 
for  county  officials  who  are  in  charge  of  purchasing  to  utilize  Federal 
Specifications  tentatively  throughout  a  trial  period.  It  is  suggested 
that  they  be  used  first  in  their  original  form  and  modified  later  when 
necessary  to  meet  special  conditions  or  requirements. 

Use  of  Testing  Laboratories. 

Comparatively  few  counties  of  the  United  States  report  the  main- 
tenance by  their  own  governments  of  laboratories  for  testing  and 
inspection  of  commodities,  or  the  employment  of  commercial,  univer- 
sity, or  other  laboratories  for  such  purposes.  Of  the  162  counties  in 
28  States  reporting  the  use  of  laboratories  for  testing  commodities 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  287 

purchased  by  the  county,  14  maintain  their  own  laboratories  and 
conduct  various  kinds  of  tests;  17  employ  the  service  of  commercial 
testing  laboratories;  88  utilize  the  facilities  of  college  or  university 
laboratories,  mostly  for  tests  and  inspection  of  materials  and  equip- 
ment used  in  road  construction;  and  43  employ  their  State  highway 
laboratories  mostly  for  tests  and  inspection  of  materials  and  equipment 
used  in  road  construction. 

It  would  seem,  from  the  results  obtained  from  the  survey,  that  too 
few  counties  are  taking  advantage  of  the  testing  facilities  of  tax- 
supported  colleges  or  universities  for  the  purpose  of  determining 
whether  commodities  purchased  comply  with  the  requirements  rela- 
tive to  quality  and  grades  as  specified  in  the  contracts  or  with  the 
specifications  on  which  contracts  are  based. 

It  is  conceivable  that  a  cooperative  arrangement  could  be  effected 
whereby  county  agencies  would  utilize  the  facilities  of  State-owned 
institutions  to  conduct  certain  kinds  of  analyses  and  tests.  In  all 
probability,  a  number  of  State-owned  colleges  and  universities  do 
maintain  equipment  for  testing,  but  the  counties  are  not  making  use 
of  available  services.  There  is  no  question  that  the  use  of  commodity 
acceptance  testing  will  have  a  tendency  to  lessen  the  disadvantages 
of  accepting  second-grade  or  off-grade  materials  and  at  the  same  time 
will  result  in  savings  which  may  be  utilized  by  the  counties  in  render- 
ing other  services  to  the  taxpayers. 

Results  of  the  Survey  hy  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards. 

The  results  of  the  survey  show  that  with  certain  exceptions,  county 
purchasing  methods  leave  much  to  be  desired.  Nothing  can  be  gained 
from  the  rule-of-thumb  method  which  prevails  in  a  number  of  coun- 
ties. On  the  other  hand,  much  may  be  accomplished  if  counties 
would  revise  their  present  purchasing  methods  and  place  them  on  a 
scientific  basis.  An  ideal  county  purchasing  department  is  one  which 
has  put  into  effect  a  centralized  system  of  purchasing  whereby  all 
purchases  for  county  needs  are  handled  by  the  purchasing  department 
in  charge  of  a. competent  purchasing  agent;  the  maintenance  of  a 
library  of  current  standards  and  specifications  covering  v£(rious  classes 
of  comm'odities ;  and  one  which  owns  or  may  utilize  proper  laboratory 
facilities  for  the  testing  of  deliveries  to  determine  their  compliance 
with  the  requirements  of  the  standards  or  specifications  on  which 
contracts  are  based. 

It  is  evident  that  there  are  limits  to  the  feasibility  and  efficiency  of 
a  completely  centralized  purchasing  system  in  small  or  sparsely- 
settled  counties.  For  them  might  well  be  an  expensive  luxury, 
except  in  the  purchase  of  the  more  commonly  used  materials.  The 
solution  may  lie  in  county  consolidation,  or  in  cooperative  purchas- 
ing, whereby  two  or  more  adjacent  counties  would  pool  their  require- 
ments and  purchase  on  joint  contracts. 

Survey  hy  the  Governmental  Committee  of  the  National  Association 
of  Piirchasing  Agents. 
In  addition  to  the  survey  made  by  the  National  Bureau  of  Stand- 
ards, the  National  Association  of  Purcliasing  Agents'  Governmental 
Committee  sent  out  a  (luestionnaire  to  each  county  clerk  in  the  United 
States,  to  obtain  information  as  to  county  purchasing  laws,  practices, 
and  administrative  organizations.     The  replies  received  from  this 


28g         CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

survey  formed  a  basis  for  a  study  entitled,  "County  Purchasing," »  by 
Joseph  W.  Nicholson,  city  purchasing  agent,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 

A  county  model  law  was  proposed  by  the  National  Association  of 
Purchasing  Agents  in  1931,  and  in  the  pamphlet  "County  Purchas- 
ing," this  model  law  is  reproduced  with  the  recommended  changes 
and  exceptions  suggested  by  Mr.  Nicholson. 

Section  12  of  this  model  law  deals  with  the  establishment  of  a 
standardization  committee  for  each  county. 

There  shall  be  in  each  county  a  standardization  committee  which  shall  be 

composed  of  .'    The  members  of  this  committee  shall  serve  without 

additional  compensation. 

It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  standardization  committee  to  classify  the  require- 
ments of  the  county  -government  for  supplies,  mateilals.  and  equipment ;  to 
adopt  as  standards  the  smallest  number  of  qualities,  sizes,  and  varieties  of 
such  supplies,  material,  and  equipment  consistent  with  the  successful  operation 
of  the  county  government;  and  to  prepare,  adopt,  promulgate,  and  enforce 
written  specifications  describing  such  standards. 

In  the  preparation  and  revision  Of  any  such  standard  specification,  the 
standardization  committee  shall  seek  the  advice,  assistance,  and  cooperation 
of  the  county  departments  and  agencies  concerned,  to  ascertain  their  precise 
requirements.  Each  specification  adopted  for  any  commodity  shall,  insofar 
as  possible,  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  majority  of  the  county  departments 
and  agencies  which  use  the  same.  After  its  adoption,  each  standard  specifica- 
tion shall,  until  revised  or  rescinded,  apply  alike  in  terms  and  effect  to  every 
future  purchase  and  contr:'.ct  for  the  commodity  described  in  such  specification ; 
providedr  however,  that  the  county  purchasing  agent,  with  the  approval  of 
the  county  board,  may  exempt  any  county  department  or  agency  from  use  of 
the  commodity  described  in  such  standard  specification. 


'"County  Purchasing,"  by  Jos.  W.  Nicholson,  61  pp..  The  National  Association  of  Pur* 
chasing  Agents,  11  Park  Place,  New  York  City,  1940. 

» "The  personnel  of  this  committee  should  be  adapted  to  the  siructure  of  the  county  gov- 
ernment of  each  State.  It  should  include  a  member  of,  or  representative  of  the  county 
board,  the  county  highway  engineer  or  his  representative,  a  representative  of  the  county's 
penal  and  charitable  instiiutious,  a  representative  of  the  county  school  system  if  school 
suriplies  are  to  be  purchased  through  the  county  purchasing  office,  and  the  county  purchas- 
ing agent  who  should  be  chairman  and  >hould  bo  present  at  all  meetings." 


MUNICIPAL  PURCHASING  METHODS  AND  PROCEDURES 

While  much  has  been  written  with  regard  to  municipal  purchas- 
ing problems  and  principles,  especially  the  theoretical  advantages 
of  centralized  purchasing,  it  is  only  ver}^  recently  that  there  has 
been  available  any  considerable  amount  of  factual  material  concern- 
ing actual  purchasing  practices  in  American  municipalities.  In 
fact,  the  first  comprehensive  study  along  this  line  seems  to  have 
been  that  which  was  made  in  1939  by  the  Governmental  Group  of  the 
National  Association  of  Purchasing  Agents  and  the  International 
City  Managers'  Association.  For  the  purposes  of  that  study  a  com- 
prehensive questionnaire  was  circulated  among  all  cities  of  over 
30,000  population  in  the  United  States.  The  findings  were  presented 
in  an  article  published  in  the  "Municipal  Year  Book  of  1940."  ^° 

Growth  of  Centralized  Purchasing. 

Among  other  interesting  facts  brought  to  light  by  this  survey  is 
that  centralized  purchasing  has  had  an  extremely  rapid  and  constant 
growth  in  American  cities  during  the  past  20  years.  Of  118  cities 
with  a  centralized  purchasing  procedure  replying  to  the  question- 
naire, 38.2  percent  adopted  centralized  purchasing  during  the  last 
decade,  8  cities  being  added  to  the  list  in  1939.  Moreover,  all  but  23.6 
percent  of  these  cities  adopted  centralized  purchasing  within  the 
past  20  years.  The  details  concerning  the  rate  of  growth  of  central- 
ized purchasing  in  such  cities  are  given  in  table  13. 


Table  13.— Growth 

Of  centralized  purchasing 
population 

in  118 

cities  of  over 

30,000 



Number  of  cities  by  population  groups 

Year  adopted 

Over 
500,000 

200,000  to 
500,000 

100.000  to 
200,000 

30,000  to 
100,000 

All  cities 
over 
30,000 

Percent 
of  total 

Before  1907 

0 
0 
5 
3 
3 

0 
0 
8 
3 

5 

1 
1 

4 
9 

0 
2 
7 
32 
28 

1 
3 
24 
45 
45 

0.8 
2.5 
20.3 
38.2 
38.2 

1907-9 

1910-19 

1920-29 

1930-39 

Total 

11 

16 

118 

100.0 

Extent  of  O&ntralized  Purchasing. 

Of  the  194  cities  replying  to  the  questionnaire,  125,"  or  64  percent, 
reported  that  procurement  of  materials  and  supplies  was  centralized, 

lo'-The  Municipal  Year  Book  1940,"  pp.  194-201,  International  City  Managers'  Associa- 
tion, Chicago,  111.,  1940.  The  National  Association  of  Purchasing  Agents,  and  the  Interna- 
tional City  Managers'  Association  have  generously  made  available  for  the  present  pui-- 
poses  the  executed  questionnaires  and  the  other  data  collected  in  that  survey 

"The  article  contained  in  the  "Municipal  Year  Booli  for  1940,"  cited  above,  shows  a 
figure  of  123.  However,  several  questionnaires  were  returned  following  the  publication 
of  the   'Year  Book,"  and  the  figure  here  given  Is  based  on  these  supplemental  returns. 

289 


290 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 


as  against  only  69  cities  reporting  that  purchasing  was  not  centered 
in  one  office.  As  would  be  expected,  the  extent  of  the  use  of  cen- 
tralized purchasing  has  a  direct  relationship  to  the  size  of  munici- 
pality; all  of  the  very  largest  cities  reported  its  use,  with  the  per- 
centage of  municipalities  reporting  centralized  purchasing  systems 
decreasing  constantly  with  each  smaller  population  group.  While 
the  extent  to  which  centralized  purchasing  is  practiced  in  the  116 
cities  of  over  30,000  population  that  did  not  reply  to  the  question- 
naire (see  table  14),  is  little  more  than  a  matter  of  conjecture;  it  may 
be  presumed  that  a  large  proportion  do  not  have  this  system,  but  in 
any  event  information  from  the  whole  could  hardly  be  expected 
to  change  the  picture  in  this  particular.  Table  14  shows  the  extent 
of  centralized  purchasing  at  the  close  of  1939  in  cities  of  over  30,000 
so  far  as  can  be  determined  from  the  replies  to  the  questionnaire. 


Table  14. — Extent  of  centralized  purchasing  in  cities  over 

1939 


as  of  Dec.  1, 


Total 
number 
of  cities 
in  United 
States 

Cities  replying 

Cities  reporting  centralized 
purchasing 

Population  group 

Number 

Percent 
of  total 

Number 

Percent 
of  re- 
plies 

Percent 
of  total 

Over  500,000    

13 

28 
62 
217 

11 
17 
34 
132 

85 
61 
65 
61 

11 
16 
25 
73 

100 
94 
74 
(55 

85 

200  000  to  500,000                         

57 

100,000  to  200,000 ' 

48 

80,000  to  100,000 

34 

All  Cities  over  30,000 

310 

194 

63 

125 

64 

40 

Questionnaire  Relating  to  Use  of  Standards. 

In  order  to  gain  some  idea  concerning  the  extent  to  which  American 
municipalities  make  use  of  written  specifications  and  scientific  testing 
of  commodities  in  municipal  buying,  in  May  1940  a  special  question- 
naire was  prepared,  for  the  purpose  of  this  monograph,  and  sent  by 
the  American  Municipal  Association  to  100  municipalities  of  various 
population  groups  and  representng  all  sections  of  the  country.  Spe- 
cifically, this  questionnaire  requested  information  as  to  (1)  whether 
purchases  are  made  on  written  specifications  or  by  trade-name  or 
!>rand;  [a)  how  standards  are  formulated;  (3)  the  extent  to  which 
use  is  made  of  specifications  prepared  by  national  technical  organiza- 
tions and  the  Federal  Government;  (4)  the  arrangements  which  have 
been  made  for  testing  samples  of  commodities  both  when  submitted 
with  bids  and  after  delivery;  (5)  the  exent  to  which  testing  labora- 
tories are  maintained;  and  (6)  the  use  made  of  the  facilities  of  col- 
lege or  university  testing  laboratories  as  well  as  those  of  private  or 
commercial  institutions.  Table  15  shows  the  coverage  of  this  ques- 
tionnaire and  the  percentage  of  returns  received,  and  up(m  which 
returns  the  present  study  is  largely  based. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 


291 


Table  15. — Coverage  and  returns  of  questionnaire  relating  to  use  of  standards 
by  municipalities 


Number ' 
of  ques- 
tionnaires 

sent 

Number  of  returns 

Percentage  of  returns 

Poptdation  group 

Com- 
plete 

Incom- 
plete 

Total 

Com- 
plete 

Incom- 
plete 

Total 

Over  500,000._ 

6 
6 
6 
34 
24 
24 

6 
5 
4 
16 
14 
9 

0 
0 
0 
2 
0 
1 

6 
5 
4 

18 
14 
:j 

100 
83 
67 
47 
58 
38 

0 
0 
0 
6 
0 
4 

100 
83 

100  000  to  200  000 

67 

30,000  to  100,000 

63 

58 

5  000  to  10,000 

42 

Total 

100 

£4 

3 

57 

54 

3 

57 

It  is  necessary  to  note  at  least  two  important  qualifications  in  the 
accompanying  data.  In  the  first  placfe,  the  number  of  municipalities 
from  which  information  has  been  secured,  though  well  distributed 
both  by  population  groups  and  by  sections  of  the  country,  is  entirely 
too  small  to  warrant  the  assumption  that  the  picture  presented  is 
representative  or  typical  of  the  whole  of  each  of  these  respective 
population  groups.  Furthermore,  most  of  the  municipalities  covered 
m  the  accompanying  tabulations  practice  centralized  purchasing  at 
least  to  a  limited  extent,  and  it  may  be  assumed  that  these,  u.unicipali- 
ties,  on  the  whole,  make  a  greater  use  of  writtpn  specifications  and 
laboratory  tests  in  connection  with  the  buying  of  supplies  and  equip- 
ment than  do  those  municipalities  which  have  not  adopted  centralized 
purchasing.  In  spite  of  these  limitations,  however,  the  replies  re- 
ceived to  the  questionnaire  reveal  many  interesting  facts  and  give  at 
least  some  indication  of  the  extent  to  which  American  municipalities 
are  resorting  to  scientific  methods  in  purchasing  the  commodities 
required  for  their  needs. 

Use  of  Written  Specifications  in  Municipal  Purchasing. 

Approximately  34  percent  of  the  municipalities  replying  to  the 
questionnaire  report  the  use  of  written  specifications  either  exclusively 
or  to  a  very  large  extent  in  purchasing  municipal  supplies.  As  was 
to  be  expected,  tlie  cities  in  the  larger  population  groups  make  a  far 
greater  use  of  written  specifications  than  do  the  smaller  communities; 
however,  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  a  large  percentage  of  the  munici- 
palities in  the  very  small  population  groups  makes  extensive  use  of 
written  specifications,  a  few  of  those  with  populations  ranging  from 
5,000  to  10,000  reporting  that  practically  all  of  the  commodities  pur- 
chased are  bought  on  written  specifications.  Some  44  percent  oi  the 
municipalities  in  all  the  population  groups  covered  by  this  survey,  re- 
port that  purchases  are  made  on  written  specifications  and  by  trade- 
name or  brands,  but  many  indicate  that  whenever  trade-names  are 
given  in  advertisements  for  bids  or  on  requisitions  it  is  always  under- 
stood "that  competitive  articles  are  not  barred."  It  seems  particularly 
significant  that  19  percent  of  all  the  municipalities  covered  in  this 
survey  report  that  major  commodities  purchased  are  bought  "largely 
on  written  specification,"  while  15  j^ercent  of  these  municipalities  re- 
port that  such  purchases  are  made  on  written  specifications  exclu- 


292 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 


sively.  Even  more  interesting,  however,  is  the  fact  that  only  7 
percent  of  all  the  municipalities  surveyed  fail  to  make  any  use  of 
written  specifications,  and  these  are  restricted  to  the  smallest  popula- 
tion groups.  Table  16  shows  a  breakdown  by  population  groups  of 
the  extent  to  which  specifications  are  used  by  these  municipalities  in 
purchasing  supplies  and  equipment. 


Table  16.— Extent  to  which  municipalities  use  written  specifications  in  purchas- 
ing supplies  and  equipment 

Municipalities  reporting 

Specifica- 
tions never 
used 

Population  group 

Number 
of  muni- 
cipalities 
surveyed 

Use  of  spec- 
ifications 
exclusively 

Use  of  spec- 
ifications 
in  most 
cases 

Use  of  trade- 
name and 
specifica- 
tions 

Little  use 
of  specifica- 
tions 

Num- 
ber 

Per- 
cent 

Num- 
ber 

Per- 
cent 

Num- 
ber 

Per- 
cent 

Num- 
ber 

Per- 
cent 

Num- 
ber 

Per- 
cent 

Over  500,000 

6 
5 
4 
16 
14 
9 

2 
1 

1 
1 
3 
0 

33.33 

20 

25 

6.25 
21.43 

0 

2 
2 
0 
3 

1 
2 

33.33 
40 

0 
18.75 

7.14 
22.22 

2 
2 
3 

7 
6 
4 

33.34 

40 

76 

43.75 

42.86 

44.45 

0 
0 
0 
4 
3 
'1 

0 
0 
0 

lf.<3 

11.11 

0 
0 
0 

1 
2 

0 

200  000  to  500,000 

0 

100,000  to  200,000 

0 

30,000  to  100,000 

6.25 

10  000  to  30  000 

7  14 

5,000  to  10,000. .    - 

22.22 

Total 

64 

8 

15 

10 

IS 

24 

r 

8 

15 

4 

7 

1  This  dtv  reports  that  "written  specifications  are  compiled  and  advertisements  made  only  when  purchase 
exceeds  $fio6." 

Forrmilation  of  Sto/ndards  omd  Specifications. 

The  great  majority  of  the  municipalities  reporting  indicate  that  the 
central  purchasing  agency,  where  one  exists,  has  the  responsibility  of 
formulating  the  standards  and  specifications  used  in  the  purchasing  of 
commodities.  Sixteen  percent  report  that  standards  and  specifications 
are  formulated  by  using  departments,  four  percent  report  that  spec- 
ifications are  prepared  by  a  special  committee  set  up  for  that  purpose, 
and  six  percent  use  Federal  Specifications  exclusively.  In  those  cases 
where  special  committees  have  been  created  they  are  usually  composed 
of  the  purchasing  agent,  if  any,  a  representative  of  the  city  engineering 
department,  and  a  technician  or  chemist  connected  with  the  city  testing 
laboratory.  The  city  of  St.  Louis,  Missouri,  reports  that  its  standards 
and  specifications  are  formulatec^  by  a  "Board  of  Standardization."  " 
This  Board  is  composed  of  the  city  comptroller,  the  supply  commission, 
and  the  president  of  the  board  of  public  service  (the  membership  of 
which  board  includes,  in  addition  to  the  president,  the  directors  of  the 
departments  of  public  utilities,  streets  and  sewers,  public  welfare,  and 
public  safety).  Several  municipalities  report,  incidentallv,  that  the 
establishment  of  special  committees  for  the  formulation  or  standards 
and  written  specifications  is  now  under  way.  Table  17  shows,  by 
population  groups,  the  general  practices  with  regard  to  the  formula- 
tion of  standards  and  specifications. 

"  The  work  of  the  Board  of  Standardization  of  Department  ot  Purchase,  city  of  New 
York,  waa  not  reported  In  this  survey. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  293 

Table   17. — How   specifications   are   formulated    by   municipalities 


Population- group 

By  purchasing 
agency 

By  a  specifica- 
tions com- 
mittee 

By  using  de- 
partments 

Federal  Specifi- 
cations  jised  . 
exclusively 

'  '"^>er  plans 

Num- 
ber 

Percent 

Num- 
ber 

Percent 

Num- 
ber 

Percent 

Num- 
ber 

Percent 

Num- 
ber 

Percent 

Over  500,000 

200,000  to  500,000. . . 
100,000  to  200,000. . . 
30,000  to  100,000.... 

10,000  to  30,000 

6,000  to  10,000 

3 

4 

5 
5 
3 

21 

50 
80 
25 
33.33 

M3 

'  1 
0 
0 
1 
0 
0 

16.66 
0 
0 

6.67 
0 
0 

0 

20 
25 

6.67 
38.5 

0 

1 
0 
0 
2 
0 
0 

16.67 

0 

0 
13.33 

0 

0 

32 

«6 
«3 

M 

16. 6r 

0 
50 
40 
23 

57 

Total 

42 

2 

4 

8 

16 

3 

6 

16 

32 

'  "Board  of  Standardization"  (see  explanation  in  text). 

J  This  city  reports  that  specifications  are  prepared  "by  the  purchasing  agent,  also  by  using  departments 
and,  when  necessary,  by  both." 

'  In  one  case  specifications  are  formulated  by  "the  purchasing  agent,  the  engineering  department,  and  the 
city  chemist;"  in  the  other  city,  jointly  by  the  using  department  and  the  purchasing  agent. 

<  Specifications  are  formulated  in  these  cities  as  follows:  (a)  By  purchasing  agent  subject  to  approval  of 
"board  of  contract  and  purchase;"  (6)  by  engineering  and  purchasing  departments;  (c)  by  the  using 
departments  and  the  purchasing  agent;  (d)  same;  (e)  by  the  purchasing  committee  of  the  city  council  and 
the  head  of  the  department  involved;  (f)  by  the  purchasing  agent  and  the  head  of  the  department  involved. 

»  Specifications  formulated  in  these  cities  as  follows;  (a)  By  the  engineering  department  and  the  pur- 
chasing agent;  (6)  by  the  department  head,  the  purchasing  agent,  and  the  city  manager;  (c)  by  the  engineer- 
ing department  in  all  cases  where  structural  requirements  are  involved,  and  by  the  purchasing  agent  in  all 
other  cases. 

«  Only  seven  municipalities  in  this  populatioT-  group  gave  information  on  this  point.  Percentages  here 
given  are  figured  on  basis  of  these  seven  replies. 

'  Specifications  formulated  in  these  four  municipalities  as  follows:  (o)  By  the  city  council;  (6)  same; 
(c)  by  a  committee  of  the  city  council  and  the  purchasing  agent;  (d)  same. 

Commodities  for  Which  Specifications  Have  Been  Prepared. 

Many  of  the  cities  reporting  indicate  that  Written  specifications  have 
been  prejDared  by  them  to  cover  nearly  every  type  of  commodity  com- 
monly purchasecl  for  municipal  use.  The  following  is  only  a  partial 
list  of  the  commodities  for  which  written  specifications  have  been 
prepared  by  one  or  more  of  the  municipalities  i-eplying  to  the 
questionnaire : 


Alloys  (Various) 

Alum 

Asphalts 

Asphalt  Binder 

Brick 

Brushes 

Bulbs  (Flowering) 

Cable 

Carbon  (Activated) 

Castings 

Catch  Basins 

Cerneut 

Chfetaicals  (Filtration) 

Chlorine 

Goal 

Cotton  Goods 

Drugs 

Electric  Power  Units 

Expansion  Jwnt  Material 

Electrical  Supplies 

Fencing 

Fertilizer 

Filter  Alura 

Fire  Engines 

Fire  Hose 

272496—41 — No.  24 


Foods 

Gasoline 

Granite  Curbing 

Grass  Seed 

Gravel 

Hospital  Supplies 

Hydrants 

Iron 

Jute 

Lead 

Light  Bulbs 

Lime 

Lumber 

Manhole  Covers 

Manhole  Frames 

Motor  Equipment 

Motor  Trucks 

Office  Supplies 

Oils 

Paint 

Paper  and  Allied  Products 

Paving  Materials 

Pipe  (Cast  Iron) 

Pipe  (Concrete) 

Pipe   (Vitrified) 


294 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 


Poles  (Light) 

Street  Signs 

Printing 

Road  Machinery  and  Equipment 

Street  Sweepers 

Tar 

Sand 

Tires 

Soap 

Tree  Surgery 

Soda  Ash 

Uniforms 

Steel 

Valves 

Stone 

Waterworks  Supplies 

Use  of  Specifioatians  Prepared  hy  the  Federal  Government  cmd  Ncn- 

tionul  Trade  or  Technical  Associations. 

Of  the  52  municipalities  replying  to  the  question  concerning  the 
use  of  specifications  of  the  Federal  Government  and  national  trade 
or  technical  associations,  about  80  percent  used  these  specifications 
for  one  or  more  purposes.  The  replies  indicate  that  extensive  use 
of  specifications  prepared  by  the  Federal  Government,  as  well  as 
those  prepared  by  national  trade  and  technical  associations,  is  made 
in  at  least  two  important  respects — first,  as  guides  for  the  prepara- 
tion by  municipalities  of  their  own  written  specifications,  and,  sec- 
ond, as  the  specifications  actually  used  for  requisitioning  municipal 
supplies  and  commodities.  Some  cities  report  that  they  try  to  in- 
corporate in  their  own  specifications  those  of  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment plus  those  of  trade  or  technical  associations  so  as  to  make  the 
local  specifications,  as  one  city  purchasing  agent  termed  it,  "liberal 
yet  positive."  On  the  other  hand,  6  cities  report  that  they  make  very 
little  use  of  either  specifications  prepared  by  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment or  those  of  national  trade  or  technical  associations  because  of 
the  fact  that  there  are  "too  many  local  conditions  prevailing."  Table 
18  shows  the  breakdown  by  population  groups. 


Table  18. — Extent  to  which  municipalities  use  specifications  of  Federal  Govern- 
ment and  of  national  trade  o^-  technical  associations 


Municipalities  reporting  use  of  specifications  of  Federal  Government  and 
of  national  trade  or  technical  associations 

Munlcl. 

Population  group 

Total 
(used 
for  any 
pur- 
pose) 

Used  where 
applicable 

Used  only  for 
reference 
purposes 

U.sed  both  as 
local  specifica- 
tions and 
reference 

Used  very 

little  for  any 

purpose 

palities 

never 
using 
such 

Num- 
ber 

Per- 
cent 

Num- 
ber 

Per- 
cent 

Num- 
ber 

Per- 
cent 

Num- 
ber 

Per- 
cent 

tions 

Over  500.000 

200,000  to  500,000. . . 
100.000  to  200,000... 

30,(X)0to  100,000 

10,000  to  30,000 

5,000  to  10,000 

6 
5 
4 
13 
9 
4 

2 

1 
2 

1 
3 

1 

33.33 

20 
50 

7.68 
33.33 
25 

3 
2 
1 
3 
3 
3 

50 

40 

25 

23.08 

33.33 

75 

0 

16.67 
20 
25 

46.16 
11.11 
0 

0 

1 
0 
3 

0 

0 
20 

0 

23.08 
22.23 

0 

8 

0 
3 
3 

6 

Total _- 

41 

10 

24 

15 

37 

10 

24 

6 

15 

11 

Testing  for  Compliance  With  Specifications. 

If  the  replies  to  the  questionnaire  may  be  accepted  as  indicative  of 
the  trend  throughout  the  country,  it  would  seem  tliat  xVmerican  muni- 
cipalities are  now  resorting  to  extensive  use  of  tests  to  determine 
whether  samples  of  commodities  submitted  with  bids,  and  supplies 
and  equipment  actually  delivered  after  piii-chase,  comply  with  the 
j-epresentations  made  by  the  vendors. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 


295 


Of  the  47  municipalities  replying  to  the  question  concerning  the 
use  of  tests,  only  7,  or  15  percent,  report  that  they  ne^^.'  test  com- 
modities after  delivery  to  ascertain  if  they  conform  to  specifications. 
However,  14  municipalities,  all  of  which  have  less  than  100,000  pop- 
ulation, report  that  they  do  not  make  tests  regularly  but  only  at 
infrequent  intervals,  or,  as  1  purchasing  agent  states,  only  "when 
we  are  suspicious."  Several  others  regularly  test  only  a  few  special 
items,  such  as  coal,  fire  hose,  gasoline,  and  oils  of  all  kinds.  It  is 
significant,  however,  that  all  but  one  of  the  cities  of  over  100,000 
population  reporting  regularly  test  all  purchases  for  compliance  with 
specifications,  and  that  one  tests  all  "coal,  gasoline,  oils,  soaps,  chem- 
icals, and  building  materials"  and  also  other  commodities  "when 
deemed  necessary."  Table  19  shows,  by  population  groups,  the  extent 
to  which  the  municipalities,  from  which  information  was  obtained, 
make  use  of  tests  to  determine  whether  purchases  comply  with  spec- 
ifications and  with  the  representations  made  by  the  vendors. 


Table  19. 


-Use  of  tests  by  municipalities  to  determine  compliance  with 
sp'..  dcations 


Population  group 

Num- 
ber of 
mun  it  i- 
paUties 

All  major  items 
regularly 
tested 

Tests  regularly 

made  only  on 

few  special 

commodities 

Tests  not  regu- 
larly made  on 
any  commodity 

Tests  never 
made 

Num-      Per- 
ber     j    cent 

Num- 
ber 

Per- 
cent 

Num- 
ber 

Per- 
cent 

Num- 
ber 

Per- 
cent 

Over  500,000 

15 

4 
1 
3 
5 
2 

83 
80 
100 
20 

38.46 
28.6 

1 1 
1 
0 
2 
2 
0 

17 
.20 

0 
13 
15.39 

0 

0 
0 
0 
7 
5 
2 

0 

0 

0 
47 
38.46 

0 
0 
0 
3 
1 
3 

0 

200,000  to  500,000 

0 

100.000  to  200,000 

0 

30  000  to  100  000 

20 

10,000  to  30,000 

7.69 

5,000  to  10,000 

42  8 

Total 

47 

20 

4-: 

6 

13 

30 

7 

'  This  city  reports  that  "coal,  gasoline,  oils,  soaps,  chemicals,  and  building  materials  are  all  tested;  other 
commodities  tested  only  when  deemed  necessary." 

Even  in  the  matter  of  samples  submitted  with  bids  a  large  percentage 
of  municipalities  report  that  tests  are  regularly  made,  at  least  on  all 
major  items,  to  determine  compliance  with  specifications.  Nearly  all 
cities  of  over  100.000  population  from  which  information  was  received 
report  that  samples  submitted  with  bids  are  tested  in  all  cases  where 
compliance  with  specifications  cannot  be  accurately  determined  merely 
by  personal  inspection  and  measurements.  All  cities  of  over  100,000 
population  report  that  tests  of  samples  are  made.  Only  3  cities  in 
the  population  group  between  30,000  and  100,000  report  that  tests  are 
never  made.  Of  the  13  cities  surveyed  with  populations  ranging  from 
10,000  to  30,000  only  1  reports  tliat  no  tests  are  made,  while  in  the 
smallest  population  group  (5,000  to  10,000)  only  3  of  the  7  munici- 
palities reporting  state  that  tests  of  samples  are  never  made. 

In  conducting  such  tests  wide  use  of  college,  State,  and  private  or 
commercial  testing  laboratories  is  made,  and  1  city  in  close  proximity 
to  Washington,  D.  C,  reports  that  tests  which  cannot  be  made  by  the 
city  laboratory  "are  made  at  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards." 
Several  cities  report  that  arrangements  have  been  made  with  the 
State  highway  department  to  test  certain  supplies  and  equipment. 


296  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

especially  road  and  street  construction  materials,  purchased  for  the 
department  of  public  Avorks.  While  nearly  all  of  the  cities  of  more 
than  100,000  population  maintain  some  kind  of  testing  laboratory, 
the  smaller  municipalities,  for  the  most  part,  depend  upon  the  facili- 
ties of  private  or  commercial  laboratories  or  those  of  colleges  and 
universities.  Moreover,  most  of  those  cities  which  maintain  their 
own  laboratories  make  some  use  of  private  or  college  laboratories, 
either  for  the  conducting  of  tests  requiring  more  facilities  than  are 
provided  at  the  city  laboratory  or  for  the  making  of  tests  so  that 
the  results  may  be  compared  with  those  obtained  at  the  city  labora- 
tory. Three  cities  in  the  10,000  to  30,000  population  group  report 
that  the  laboratory  facilities  maintained  by  the  State  highway  de- 
partment are  used  for  testing  certain  kinds  of  supplies,  chiefly  road 
and  street  construction  and  maintenance  materials.  Another  city  in 
this  same  population  group  reports  an  arrangement  which  many 
other  municipalities  may  find  possible  for  local  application.  This 
city  advises  that  much  use  is  made  of  the  laboratory  facilities  of  a 
local  hospital  which  is  maintained  jointly  by  the  city  and  the  State. 
Table  20  presents  detailed  information  concerning  the  ownership  of 
testing  laboratories  which  municipalities  of  various  population 
groups  use  in  testing  supplies  and  equipment. 


Table  20.- 


-Oicnershlp  of  testing  laboratories  used  hy  municipalities 


Municipalities  reporting  use  of  laboratories  owned  by- 

Population  group 

Munici- 
pality 

Private  or 

commercial 

interests 

Colleges  or 
universities 

Other  public 

agencies  or 

Government 

units 

Over  500,000 

6 
3 
4 
3 
2 

5 
3 
4 
10 
9 
2 

4 
3 

1 
5 
6 
2 

1  1 

200,000  to  500,000 

100,000  to  200,000 

30,000  to  100,000 

10,000  to  30,000     ... 

>4 

6  000  to  10  000 

Total 

19 

33  1                     21 

5 

1  This  city  reports  that  tests  which  cannot  be  made  in  the  city's  own  laboratory  are  made  at  the  National 
Bureau  of  Standards. 

'  One  of  these  cities  reports  that  some  use  is  made  of  the  laboratory  facilities  of  the  local  hosoital  which  is 
owned  jointly  by  the  city  and  the  State;  the  other  three  report  that  arrangements  have  been  made  with  the 
State  highway  department  to  test  certain  road  and  street  construction  and  maintenance  materials. 

Of  the  6  cities  with  more  than  500,000  population  which  were 
included  in  this  survey,  3  report  that  their  city  laboratories  are 
equipped  to  make  "nearly  all  kinds"  of  tests  of  commodities  and 
materials  purchased  for  municipal  use.  Another  city  reports  that 
tests  are  made  at  the  city  laboratory  "on  nearly  everything  except 
fire  brick  and  complex  electrical  goods."  The  fifth  city  reports  that 
"building  materials  and  foods"  only  are  tested  at  the  city  laboratory, 
while  the  sixth  tests  "building  materials  only"  at  tlie  city's  testing 
laboratory. 

Of  the  5  cities  survej^ed  in  the  population  group  ranging  from  200,- 
000  to  500,000,  1  does  not  maintain  a  testing  laboratory  and  2  others 
are  equipped  to  make  chemical  tests  only  at  their  city  laboratories. 
The  other  2  report  that  their  city-maintained  laboratories  are  pre- 
pp.red  to  make  "nearly  all  kinds"  of  tests. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  297 

All  4  of  the  cities  in  the  population  group  between  100,000  and  200,- 
000  included  in  this  survey  report  that  they  maintain  city  testing 
laboratories,  although  one  states  that  its  testing  facilities  are  "very 
limited."  Another  reports  that  2  separate  laboratories  are  main- 
tained by  the  city,  1  for  testing  of  "coal  and  water  treatment  mate- 
rials," and  the  other  for  the  testing  of  "paving  and  sewer  materials." 
A  third  city  in  this  group  reports  that  its  city  laboratory  makes  tests 
of  lime,  alum,  oils,  gasoline,  and  all  road  materials  (except  road  oils), 
also  clay  and  concrete  pipe."  The  fourth  city  reports  that  tests  are 
made  of  "foodstuff,  cloth,  paper,  et  cetera"  at  its  laboratory. 

None  of  the  cities  of  less  than  100,000  population  included  in  the 
survey  reports  the  maintenance  of  a  testing  laboratory  equipped  to 
test  all  city  purchases ;  most  of  those  which  do  maintain  their  own 
laboratories  report  that  these  are  "chemical  laboratories  only." 

Improvements  in  Purchasing  Practices  Shewn  in  Recent  Years. 

This  surve}^  reveals  that  American  municipalities,  especially  the 
larger  cities,  have  made  definite  progress  during  recent  years  in  im- 
proving their  purchasing  practices,  and,  consequently  in  effecting  sub- 
stantial savings  to  their  taxpayers.  We  have  already  noted  ^^  the 
rapid  growth  of  centralized  purchasing  in  cities  of  over  30,000  popu- 
lation during  recent  years,  and  while  the  movement  perhaps  has  not 
been  so  rapid  in  the  smaller  municipalities  there  nevertheless  has  been 
a  decided  trend  in  this  direction.  Along  with  the  increase  in  cen- 
tralized purchasing,  and  closely  related  to  it,  have  come,  among  others, 
the  following  improvements  in  municipal  buying  practices  and  meth- 
ods: The  adoption  of  standards,  thereby  reducing  the  number  of 
kinds,  types,  brands,  and  sizes  of  commodities ;  the  use  of  specifications 
stating  the  precise  grade  and  quality  of  the  commodities  to  be  pur- 
chased, thereby  facilitating  competitive  bidding  and  simplifying  the 
inspection  of  goods  delivered :  purchasing  in  large  volume  or  on  con- 
tract to  obtain  quantity  prices;  and  bona  fide  competitive  bidding. 

Many  outstanding  examples  of  savings  that  have  been  realized 
under  each  of  these  improvements  in  purchasing  practices  are  in- 
cluded in  the  data  collected  in  recent  surveys.  A  few  illustrations 
of  each  are  listed  below : 

Adoption  of  standards. — New  York  City  is  now  conducting  a 
project  which' will  reduce  the  number  of  printed  forms  used  by  city 
departments  from  15,000  to  5,000  and  the  number  of  different  sizes  of 
such  forms  from  360  to  170.  These  changes  will,  it  is  estimated,  save 
the  city  approxi^^ately  $200,000  a  year  in  printing  costs. 

Use  of  specifications. — The  city  of  Milwaukee  has  reduced  the  cost 
of  its  soap  purchases  approximately  75  percent  by  formulating  speci- 
fications instead  of  buying  by  brand  or  trade-name  without  know- 
ledge of  the  ingredients  of  the  product  purchased. 

Provision  for  'bona  fide  bidding. — New  York  City  reduced  the  cost 
of  printing  the  city  budget  by  $27,500  when  it  first  asked  competitive 
bids  on  this  work.  Milwaukee  once  received  bids  ranging  from  $172 
to  $600  for  repairing  a  fountain  with  4  pieces  of  granite  of  a  par- 
ticular size,  shape,  and  color.  Though  outside  the  municipal  field,  a 
further  classic  example  of  possible  savings  through  requiring  com- 
petitive bidding  should  be  mentioned  here.  This  is  the  estimated 
saving  of  $2,000,000  which  the  State  of  Ohio  effected  last  year  through 

"P.  289,  supra. 


298  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

insistence  upon  bona  fide  competitive  bidding,  nearly  $500,000  of 
which  was  saved  on  purchases  of  hot-mix  road  material  alone. 

Quantity  binji7ig. — The  city  of  Milwaukee  reportedly  saves  7  or  8 
cents  a  gallon  on  gasoline  by  providing  storage  facilities  for  several 
carloads  and  buying  when  the  price  is  low. 

Development  in  Cooperative  Purchasing. 

No  review  of  the  developments  of  recent  years  in  municipal  pur- 
chasing practices  would  be  complete  without  some  mention  of  at 
least  a  few  major  experiments  in  cooperative  buying.  The  success 
witK^hich  some  of  these  experiments  have  been  carried  out  has 
pronxgted  one  authority  to  state  that  "one  of  the  most  encouraging 
trends  "Tlrmunicipal  purchasing  is  the  growing  appreciation  of  the 
possibilities  of  intermunicipal  purchasing  arrangements."^* 

In  several  cases  school  districts  in  the  United  States  and  Canada 
have  cooperated  in  purchasing  supplies  and  equipment.  An  out- 
standing example  is  the  Kansas  School  Purchasing  Association,  which 
was  established  in  1930  and  now  includes  over  500  schools,  some  of 
them,  in  Nebraska  and  Oklahoma.  This  association  secures  special 
prices  from  vendors  but  sells  to  its  members  at  the  market  prices. 
Then  at  the  end  of  the  year  it  declares  a  dividend  to  its  members. 
This  dividend  amounted  to  20  percent  of  sales  in  1937. 

Another  interesting  cooperative  purchasing  arrangement  is  that 
of  Hamilton  County,  Ohio,  the  city  of  Cincinnati,  the  public  library, 
the  University  of  Cincinnati,  and  the  city  school  district,  all  of  which 
have  established  the  "coordinating  committee  of  the  purchasing  agents 
of  Hamilton  County."  Joint  contracts  and  informal  agreements 
entered  into  during  1939  by  this  committee  amounted  to  a  total  value 
of  $575,000.  In  a  single  year  (1937)  the  savings  on  coal  purchases 
alone  made  under  this  cooperative  arrangement  were  estimated  at 
$50,000.^^ 

A  further  important  cooperative  purchasing  arrangement  is  the 
system  which  has  been  set  up  in  seven  States  whereby  cities  or  coun- 
ties or  both  may  purchase  through  the  State  agency.  These  States, 
in  the  order  of  the  adoption  of  such  plans,  are :  Michigan  and  New 
Hampshire  (1919),  Virginia  (1924),  Wisconsin  (1929),  West  Vir- 
ginia (1935),  Pennsylvania  (1937),  and  Alabama  (1939).  In  every 
case  purchasing  through  the  State  agency  is  optional  with  the  local 
authorities.  The  usual  arrangement  is  that  the  State  central  pur- 
chasing agency,  in  making  its  own  contracts,  provides  that  local  gov- 
ernments may  buy  at  the  same  price  if  they  so  desire ;  the  State  agency 
provides  information  on  specifications  and  prices  but  assumes  no 
further  responsibility.  Substantial  savings  are  reported  by  most  of 
the  municipalities  which  have  taken  advantage  of  the  purchasing 
facilities  provided  by  these  States. 

A  particularly  significant  development  in  this  connection  is  the 
cooperative  purchasing  arrangements  which  have  been  worked  out  by 
several  of  the  State  leagues  of  municipalities.  Among  the  leagues 
which  have  undertaken  cooperative  purchasing  for  their  member 
municipalities  are  those  in  Arkansas,  Colorado,  Kentucky,  Maine, 
Michigan,    Missouri,    Nebraska,    North    Carolina,    Oregon,    South 

"  "Municipal  Purchasing."  by  Joseph  W.  Nicholson,  The  Municipal  Year  Book,  1939,  pp. 
84-38,  International  City  Managers'  Association,  Chicago,  111.,  1939. 

""Cooperative  Purchasing  in  the  United  States  and  Canada,"  by  Carlton  Chute,  National 
Municipal  Review,  vol.  27,  p.  501,  October  1938. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  299 

Dakota,  Wisconsin,  and  Virginia.  Municipalities  by  "pooling"  their 
orders  in  this  way  are  reported  in  some  instances  to  have  purchased 
certain  supplies  at  less  than  50  percent  of  the  prevailing  market  price. 

Need  for  FuHher  Imprcyvements  in  Purchasing  Practices. 

The  facts  which  have  been  presented  in  this  brief  review  of 
municipal  purchasing  practices  would  seem,  on  the  whole,  to  show 
that  at  least  the  larger  American  municipalities-  are  making  rapid 
strides  in  the  improvement  of  purchasing  techniques  and  procedures. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  survey  has  revealed  that  the  situation  in  many 
quarters  leaves  much  to  be  desired. 

In  the  first  place,  a  large  number  of  even  very  large  cities  have 
not  adopted  centralized  purchasing.  In  many  of  these  it  is  still 
contended  that  such  a  system  is  not  justified  from  the  viewpoint 
of  economy,  that  the  cost  of  operating  a  purchasing  department 
would  be  greater  than  the  amount  saved  by  centralized  purchasing. 
While  this  contention  may  be  sound  as  applied  to  municipalities  in 
the  smaller  population  groups,  it  would  seem  to  be  of  extremely 
doubtful  validity  with  reference  to  large  cities.  At  any  rate,  the 
experiences  of  the  cities  which  have  practiced  centralized  purchasing 
for  several  years  do  not  bear  out  the  contention.  It  is  interesting  to 
note  in  this  connection  that  the  survey  made  by  the  National  Asso- 
ciation of  Purchasing  Agents  and  the  International  City  Managers* 
Association  in  1939  revealed  that  the  average  cost  of  operating  the 
central  purchasing  departments  of  75  cities  of  over  30,000  population 
in  1938  amounted  to  only  about  1  percent  of  the  value  of  purchases.^* 

Secondly,  it  is  apparent  from  the  reports  received  from  some  of  the 
cities  covered  in  this  survey  that  their  purchasing  authorities  either 
do  not  have  full  knowledge  of  the  work  that  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment and  certain  national  technica-l  associations  have  done,  and  are 
doing,  in  establishing  standard  specifications,  or  that  for  some  other 
reason  they  are  not  making  adequate  use  of  such  specifications.  For 
example,  a  member  of  the  purchasing  committee  of  a  city  of  approxi- 
mately 20,000  population  reported  that  he  had  never  heard  of  any 
such  specifications  but  "would  like  to  have  copies  *  *  *  jf  -^^ 
may  be  advised  where  to  apply."  Another  city  with  a  population 
of  approximately  76,000  reported  that  such  specifications  "are  on 
file,  but  no  need  for  same  at  this  time."  Certainly  the  small  munici- 
pality which  seeks  to  prepare  its  own  specifications  should  make  use 
of,  at  least  for  reference  purposes,  the  standard  specifications  already 
published  by  the  larger  units  of  Government  and  other  agencies, 
especially  those  adopted  and  promulgated  by  the  Federal  Specifica- 
tions Executive  Committee,  of  which  there  are  now  more  than 
1,300  in  use.  Many  of  these  Federal  Specifications  may  be  easily 
adapted  for  municipal  purchases,  even  if  they  cannot  be  used  in 
their  original  form. 

It  would  seem  also,  from  results  obtained  from  this  survey,  that 
many  cities  are  not  taking  full  advantage  of  laboratory  facilities  of 
tax-supported  colleges  or  universities  in  testing  commodities  pur- 
chased to  determine  whether  they  comply  with  the  quality  and  grade 
required  by  the  contracts  or  specifications.    Many  municipalities  situ- 

«"The  Municipal  Year  Book,  1940."  p.  196,  International  City  Managers'  Association, 
Chicago,  111.,  1940. 


300  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

ated  near  colleges  or  universities  which  now  maintain  adequate  test- 
ing equipment  are  not  making  use  of  this  available  service.  More- 
over, even  where  publicly-supported  educational  institutions  do  not 
have  such  facilities  at  present  it  is  entirely  possible  that  a  concerted 
request  by  municipal  agencies  for  the  service  would  result  in  its  estab- 
lishment, at  least  on  a  cost  basis.  Apparently,  however,  municipal 
officials,  with  a  few  notable  exceptions,  have  done  little  or  nothing  as 
yet  toward  encouraging  tax-supported  colleges  and  universities  to 
establish  such  testing  laboratories. 

As  time  goes  on,  American  municipalities,  regardless  of  size,  in 
their  search  for  ways  and  means  of  furnishing  the  public  services 
which  their  citizens  demand  at  the  least  possible  cost  to  the  taxpayers, 
will  find  it  necessary  to  effect  maximum  economy  in  procuring  the 
supplies,  materials,  equipment,  and  contractual  services  necessary  to 
carry  on  the  various  municipal  activities.  Inasmuch  as  the  expendi- 
tures for  such  commodities  and  services  constitute  nearly  one-third  of 
the  expenditures  for  current  operations  of  the  average  municipality, 
they  demand  the  careful  and  constant  attention  of  municipal  officials 
throughout  the  country.  Thus  it  is  to  be  expected  that  more  and  more 
attention  will  be  ^iven  to  practices  and  procedures  which  promote 
economy  in  municipal  purchasing.  To  enable  municipal  officials  to 
evaluate  properly  the  efficiency  and  economy  with  which  the  purchas- 
ing in  their  respective  municipalities  is  now  being  handled,  and  to 
plan  improvements  in  the  present  systems,  it  is  necessary  that  they 
have  comprehensive  factual  information  as  to  those  purchasing  prac- 
tices and  procedures  which  have  proved  their  value  in  actual  opera- 
tion. It  is,  therefore,  hoped  that  many  future  detailed  studies  of 
actual  purchasing  methods  and  practices  will  follow. 


CHAPTER  VI 

INDEPENDENT  PURCHASING  AGENCIES  AND  TESTING 
LABORATORIES,  COMMODITY  TESTING  AND  RATING 
AGENCIES 

The  importance  of  correct  application  of  economic  and  engineering 
principles  to  purchasing  is  now  being  generally  recognized. 

The  modern  purchasing  agent  is  an  economist — and  probably  also  an  engineer — 
who  studies  his  materials  and  products,  their  sources,  methods,  and  costs  of 
production,  markets,  and  price  trends.^ 

In  addition  to  the  efforts  of  the  Federal  Government,  States,  coun- 
ties, and  cities  toward  the  adoption  of  scientific  methods  of  procure- 
ment, private  agencies  are  also  much  concerned  with  the  improve- 
ment of  their  purchasing  methods  and  procedures.  Purchasing  agents 
of  private  companies,  educational,  eleemosynary,  and  other  institu- 
tions, with  the  help  of  their  respective  professional  organizations,  en- 
deavor to  introduce  scientific  methods  in  their  purchasing.  The  de- 
scription of  the  activities  of  some  independent  purchasing  agencies 
will  serve  to  illustrate  the  progress  being  made  in  this  direction. 

Many  of  the  private  companies  or  institutions  do  not  have  their  own 
testing  laboratories  to  ascertain  that  the  materials  and  supplies  they 
buy  conform  to  their  purchase  specifications.  Therefore,  they  are 
using  for  this  purpose  th*^  facilities  of  private  commercial  laboratories. 
These  laboratories  afford  an  opportunity  to  the  small  manufacturer 
or  retailer  to  find  out  the  facts  about  the  products  he  deals  with  which 
otherwise  are  only  available  to  large  concerns  able  to  maintain  their 
own  testing  laboratories. 

The  large  department  stores  and  mail-order  houses  have  their  own 
testing  laboratories.  These  laboratories  help  the  store  buyer  in  his 
selection  of  merchandise  by  the  testing  of  samples  from  different 
sources  and  ascertain  that  the  quality  of  the  merchandise  delivered  to 
the  store  is  maintained. 

The  ultimate  consumer  can  subscribe  to  the  services  of  commodity 
and  rating  agencies,  which  provide  simple,  usable  information  about 
consumer  commodities,  covering  quality,  performance,  and  price. 

The  description  of  the  activities  of  some  testing  laboratories  and  of 
the  commodity  testing  and  rating  agencies  will  illustrate  the  facilities 
available  to  manufacturers,  retailers,  and  consumers  in  determining 
and  appraising  the  quality  of  consumer  goods. 


1  "Principles  of   Scientific   Purchasing,"   by   Norman   F.    Harrlman,   p.   vli,   McGraw-Hill 
Book  Co.,  Inc.,  New  York  City,  1»28. 

301 


INDEPENDENT  PURCHASING  AGENCIES 

National  Association  of  Purchasing  Agents. 

The  National  Association  of  Purchasing  Agents  has  approximately 
5,000  members,  including  representatives  of  manufacturers  of  indus- 
trial and  consumer  products  and  some  200  purchasing  officials  of 
States  and  municipalities. 

The  National  Association  of  Purchasing  Agents  does  no  basic 
research  on  materials  or  their  development.  All  of  its  present  acti- 
vities deal  with  policies  and  procedure  of  value  to  purchasing  agents. 

Six  or  seven  years  ago  the  association  had  committees  actively 
carrying  on  work  in  the  standardization  and  simplification  of  various 
lines  of  commodities  of  interest  to  members  of  the  purchasing  pro- 
fession such  as  classification  of  coal  for  steam  generators,  an  outline 
for  the  scope  of  specifications  to  be  used  in  ordering  shipping  con- 
tainers made  of  corrugated  fiberboard,  standard  nomenclature  for 
shipping  containers,  standard  methods  of  testing  cotton  goods,  and  a 
standard  code  for  marking  steel  in  bars. 

Recently  the  National  Association  of  Purchasing  Agents  decided 
to  eliminate  the  initiation  of  standardization  projects  from  its  ac- 
tivities, feeling  that  the  recognized  standardization  agencies,  such  as 
the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials,  the  American  Petroleum  Institute,  and  many  trade  associ- 
ations were  better  organized  to  handle  standardization  projects  and 
that  the  contribution  of  the  National  Association  of  Purchasing 
Agents  might  best  be  made  through  cooperation  with  these  agencies. 
When  the  association  has  a  project  requiring  consideration  by  one 
of  these  agencies  it  has  no  difficulty  in  securing  their  cooperation. 
This  is  true,  alike,  of  projects  dealing  with  standardization,  inspec- 
tion, grading,  certification,  and  labeling  of  products. 

The  National  Association  of  Purchasing  Agents  has  developed 
standard  contract  forms  in  cooperation  with  other  organizations. 
Frequently,  the  association's  assistance  is  requested  in  the  develop- 
ment of  a  satisfactory  contract  form  by  a  trade  ^roup;  such  assist- 
ance is  always  willingly  given  because  of  the  belief  that  buyer  and 
seller  usually  can  arrive  at  mutually  satisfactory  terms  through 
friendly  cooperation  and  that  well-drafted  contract  forms  contribute 
to  such  cooperation. 

In  the  development  of  a  procedure  for  centralized  purchasing  in 
governmental  agencies,  the  National  Association  of  Purchasing 
Agents  -was  probably  the  original  sponsor.  Nearly  all  States  and 
most  large  cities  now  have  centralized  governmental  purchasing  and, 
either  directly  or  indirectly,  were  assisted  by  the  association  through 
its  special  Committee  on  Governmental  Purchasing. 

Educational  Buyers  Association. 

The  Educational  Buyers  Association,  New  York  City,  is  composed 
of  procurement  officers  of  over  350  educational  institutions,  compris- 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  3Q3 

ing  colleges  and  universities,  including  municipal  and  State,  as  well 
as  some  private  secondary  schools  and  boards  of  education.  Edu- 
cational institutions  operating  under  State  and  municipal  regula- 
tions are  often  compelled  to  buy  completely  on  the  basis  of 
•competitive  bidding,  and  have  set  up  specifications  which  are  pat- 
terned after  the  Federal  Specifications. 

The  Product  Testing  Committee  of  the  Educational  Buyers  Asso- 
ciation prepares  periodic  reports  on  commodities  of  general  usage  in 
which  are  shown  the  valuable  and  detrimental  characteristics  of  these 
commodities  as  determined  by  laboratory  test.  Eight  of  these  reports 
were  sent  to  the  membership  during  the  past  year.  The  subjects  of 
these  reports  were  chosen  for  test  by  a  questionnaire  and  are  as  follows : 
Product  testing  aids,  linoleum  and  floor  brushes,  fire  extinguishers, 
adhesives  and  paste,  flags,  calking  lead,  red  writing  ink,  garden  hose, 
toilet  pajjer,  blotting  paper,  chalk,  antifreeze  solutions,  glue  for  wood- 
working, paper  towels,  and  typewriter  ribbons. 

The  facilities  of  the  educational  institution  at  which  a  member  of  the 
association  is  located  furnish  an  opportunity  for  individual  laboratory 
tests,  the  results  of  which  are  often  forwarded  to  the  executive  secre- 
tary of  the  Educational  Buyers  Association  for  transmittal  to  the 
•entire  membership  of  the  association.  This  type  of  activity  is  purely 
voluntary.  At  sectional  meetings,  planned  and  held  throughout  the 
year,  and  at  the  annual  convention,  much  of  these  individual  findings 
are  exchanged. 

The  "Homemade  Products"  column  in  the  association's  confidential 
''Bulletin"  is  of  most  practical  help  to  thp  mbership.  This  feature 
permits  alert  educational  buyers  to  cut  ...eir  costs  and  improve  the 
quality  of  the  products  used.  The  range  of  items  extends  from  insect- 
control  preparations  to  diving  boards  and  asphalt  pavements. 

The  application  of  the  prmciple  of  cooperation  is  not  exclusively 
intra-association.  The  Educational  Buyers  Association  joins  with 
other  reputable  consumer  groups  in  projects  for  establishing  standards. 
Most  recently  the  Educational  Buyers  Association  has  agreed  to  assist 
the  American  Hospital  Association  in  the  development  of  adequate 
consumer  standards  for  sheets,  pillowcases,  and  sheeting. 

One  of  the  services  of  the  association  to  its  members  is  the  help  pro- 
vided in  establishing  specifications  and  also  indicating  test  method 
procedures  to  ascertain  that  the  materials  delivered  conform  to  the 
specifications,  or  calling  the  members'  attention  to  standard  methods 
of  analysis  developed  by  such  standardizing  bodies  as  the  American 
Society  for  Testing  Materials. 

Because  many  privately  endowed  institutions  are  small,  it  would  be 
economically  unsound  to  set  up  elaborate  systems  of  specifications  and 
testing  for  their  own  use.  The  Educational  and  Institutional  Coopera- 
tive Service,  Inc.,  organized  by  the  Educational  Buyers  Association, 
and  known  as  the  E  and  I  Cooperative,  was  formed  for  the  purpose  or 
enabling  members  to  make  advantageous  purchases  of  nationally  dis- 
tributed products.  This  organization  sets  its  standards  before  it  makes 
its  contracts  with  distributors  and,  when  advisable,  uses  an  independent 
laboratory  to  test  merchandise  before  the  contract  is  consummated,  to 
see  that  the  standards  specified  are  maintained. 

The  E  and  I  Cooperative  has  entered  into  some  50  different  contracts 
for  commodities  in  general  use  in  educational  institutions.     A  contract 


304  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

is  entered  into  with  the  vendor  only  after  exhaustive  trial  of  the 
vendor's  product  has  occurred  at  several  member  institutions  which, 
are  set  up  to  determine  the  value  both  by  actual  use  and  laboratory  tests. 

Hospital  Bureau  of  Stamdards  and  Supplies. 

The  Hospital  Bureau  of  Standards  aiid  Supplies,  New  York  City, 
founded  30  years  ago  and  incorporated  January  13,  1934,  is  a  coopera- 
tive purchasing  association  of  some  207  voluntary  hospitals. 

The  Bureau  renders  a  fourfold  service  to  its  members : 

(a)  Quotation  or  inquiry  service. — It  furnishes  its  member  institutions  with 
the  most  economical  prices  available  from  a  Nation-wide  standpoint  on  medical, 
surgical,  household,  kitchen,  laundry,  engineering,  and  other  hospital  supplies,  and 
01}  some  foodstuffs. 

(&)  Buying  service. — It  works  out  buying  arrangements  whereby  these  goods 
can  be  purchased  on  the  basis  of  the  requirements  of  the  entire  group  instead  of 
on  those  of  the  individual  hospital. 

(c)  Technical  service. — Its  Research  Department  determines  the  relative  merits 
of  major  hospital  items  and  recommends  selections  on  both  a  quality  and  price 
basis.  It  studies  hospital  practices  in  the  use  of  materials  and  points  out  methods 
of  obtaining  greater  economies.  It  offers  a  technical  consultant  service  on 
special  problems. 

{d)  Special  information  service. — When  requested  it  secures  information  on 
sources  of  supply,  prices,  use-value,  etc.,  of  comparatively  unknown  or  highly- 
specialized  items.' 

Members  usually  purchase  less  than  one-half  of  their  required  needs 
through  the  bureau.  The  total  savings  to  members  are  estimated  at 
$350,000  per  year,  not  considering  savings  made  due  solely  to  distribu- 
tion of  purchasing  information  by  the  bureau. 

The  Hospital  Bureau  of  Standards  and  Supplies  recognizes  that  any 
intelligent  comparison  of  prices  must  take  into  consideration  the  ques- 
tion of  quality  and  that  all  too  often  comparisons  are  made  without 
the  standard  or  grade  being  known,  or  on  the  assumption  that  an  item 
is  of  a  given  standard  where  it  may  be  actually  either  above  or  below 
the  standard.  In  1939  a  standardization  program  was  inaugurated 
to  undertake  three  chief  lines  of  activities : 

1.  To  test  and  report  on  those  brands  and  types  of  products  used  in  large  quan- 
tities in  hospitals. 

2.  To  prepare  specifications  on  the  basis  of  such  tests  and  special  service 
requirements  as  determined  by  hospital  needs. 

3.  To  check  the  shipments  of  hospital  supplies  for  the  purpose  of  determining 
their  compliance  with  specifications.' 

The  program  embodies  the  use  of  recognized  standard  test  methods 
where  they  exist,  and  where  necessary  the  development  by  the  bureau 
of  its  own  test  methods ;  testing  of  products  purchased  in  large  quan- 
tities to  ascertain  compliance  with  specifications;  study  of  actual  wear 
or  use  requirements  for  particular  products;  and  upon  completion  of 
laboratory  tests  and  surveys  to  determine  the  use  req[uirements,  prepa- 
ration of  purchase  specifications.  Where  specifications  are  available 
from  Government  or  municipal  sources,  the  bureau  will  use  these  as  a 
basis  in  preparing  its  own  specifications. 

The  bureau  has  already  completed  performance  and  other  tests  on 
the  following  items :  Gauze,  bandage  rolls,  absorbent  cotton,  cellulose, 

•  "HosDltal  Bureau  of  Standards  and  Supplies,  Inc.,  What  It  Is  and  What  It  Offers,"  p.  1, 
New  York  aty.  1940. 

•"Research  Program  of  the  Hospital  Bureau,"  p.  1,  Hospital  Bureau  of  Standards  and 
Supplies,  New  York  City,  1940,  mimeographed. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  305 

sanitary  pads,  paint,  and  thermometers.  Preliminary  work  has  been 
completed  on  blankets,  sheets,  syringes,  paper  towels,  and  toilet  tissue. 

The  bureau  purchases  all  kinds  of  special,  surgical,  household, 
kitchen,  laundry,  engineering,  and  other  supplies  commonly  used  by 
an  institution  and  also  a  large  number  of  staple  groceries,  including 
canned  and  packaged  foodstuffs  (about  2,000  items  in  all).  It  does 
not  handle  any  fresh  foodstuffs. 

Standards,  specifications,  and.  test  methods  from  Federal,  municipal, 
and  nongovernmental  agencies  are  used  by  the  bureau,  as  well  as  re- 
ports of  products  by  brand  name,  prepared  by  testing  laboratories  and 
commodity  testing  and  rating  agencies. 


TESTING  LABORATORIES 

The  American  Goimcil  of  Commercial  Ldboratoroeis. 

The  American  Council  of  Commercial  Laboratories  is  an  associa- 
tion of  20  independent  commercial  laboratories  widely  distributed 
throughout  the  country.  Some  of  these  members  maintain  a  number 
of  branch  laboratories  in  different  cities. 

The  objects  of  the  council  are  the  promotion  of  scientific  analysis,  testing, 
inspection,  or  research  and  advancement  of  the  welfare  of  the  independent 
scientific  laboratories  which  associate  themselves  for  this  purpose.* 

The  council  disseminates  among  its  members  information  concerning 
the  economic,  promotional,  and  other  values  of  laboratory  services; 
seeks  to  maintain  the  services  of  members  on  a  high  plane  of  reli- 
ability and  encourages  cooperation  among  its  members  to  increase 
services  to  clients. 

Members  of  the  council  agree  to  maintain  certain  policies  desig- 
nated to  further  the  council's  objectives.  Listed  among  these  are 
policies  which  directly  affect  the  quality  or  standard  of  services  per- 
formed for  their  clients  and  others : 

To  assert  competency  only  in  work  for  which  they  are  adequately  equipped 
and  for  which  adequate  experience  is  available  or  adequate  preparation  has 
been  made. 

To  refrain  from  rendering  services  where  tbey  will  aid  enterprises  which 
may  be  fraudulent  or  contrary  to  the  public  welfare. 

To  endeavor  in  reports  to  makie  clear  the  significance  and  limitations  of  find- 
ings reported. 

To  safeguard  reports  as  far  as  is  possible  against  misinterpretation  or  mis- 
use, and  to  contend  against  such  misinterpretation  or  misuse. 

To  oppose  incompetent  and  fraudulent  analysis,  testing,  inspection,  or 
research. 

To  cooperate  so  far  as  reasonably  practicable  in  the  activities  of  professional 
and  scientific  societies  and  related  associations  and  to  make  to  them  contribu- 
tions of  personal  services  and  of  suitable  technical  information  insofar  as  this 
may  be  done  without  violating  the  rights  and  interests  of  clients. 

To  render  services  upon  request  one  for  another  where  equipment  or  experi- 
ence is  lacking,  or  where  economy  or  promptness  of  results  can  be  gained 
thereby." 

A  laboratory  may  be  dropped  from  membership  for  conduct  at 
variance  with  the  above  policies.  However,  the  member  laboratory 
is  first  given  an  opportunity  to  be  heard  before  an  arbitration  com- 
mittee; if  the  arbitration  committee  so  recommends  to  the  executive 
committee  the  membership  must  be  canceled. 

Services  of  coinmercial  laboratories. — Member  laboratories  of  the 
council  engage  in  research,  analysis,  inspection,  testing,  surveys,  and 
statistical  analysis.  They  investigate  and  report  upon  raw  materials, 
finished  products,  devices,  and  processes.     They  render  reports,  con- 

*  "By-Laws."  p.  1,  American  Council  of  Commercial  Laboratories,  New  York  City,  revised 
December  1938. 
■>  Ibid.,  p.  4. 

306 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  307 

suiting  services,  and  expert  testimony.  Their  services  are  intended 
to  result  in  quality  control,  economy,  good  contractual  relations,  and 
compliance  with  specifications. 

Fundamentally  services  of  commercial  laboratories  consist  m  the  utilization 
of  specialized  equipment  and  specialized  knowledge,  skill,  and  experience  la 
the  determination  of  properties  and  characteristics  of  materials,  or  of  perform- 
ance and  value  of  devices  and  products.® 

The  function  of  these  testing  laboratories  consists  in  testing  prod- 
ucts for  their-  clients  to  determine  that  the  products  are  made  in 
accordance  with  specifications.  They  also  assist  clients  in  the  cer- 
tification of  their  products  which  meet  certain  quality  or  perform- 
ance specifications.  It  is  understood  that  most  independent 
laboratories  prefer  to  ba\e  specifications  or  standards  formulated 
by  competent  representatives  of  all  having  a  proper  interest  in  the 
subject.  Where  suitable  specifications  are  not  available,  however, 
tentative  specifications  sometimes  are  prepared  by  these  lab  ries 

pending  the  establishment  of  standards  by  recogjiized  ^standardizing 
agencies.  For  example,  such  specifications  were  recently  prepared 
by  the  Electrical  Testing  Laboratories  for  electric  flat  irons  and 
vacuum  cleaners. 

Each  testing  laboratory  retains  its  own  name,  independent  man- 
agement, and  freedom  to  conduct -its  work  within  the  policies  of  the 
council.  The  services  of  the  compiefcial  testing  laboratories  tend 
to  obviate  most  of  the  disputes  as  to  quality  of  products  and  their 
compliance  with  specifications  which  may  arise  between  buyer  and 
producer.  Contributing  to  the  individuality  of  the  member  labora- 
tories is  the  number  of  different  pursuits  followed  by  laboratories. 
Some  laboratories  engage  in  consultation,  furnish  experts  for  court 
testimony,  and  render  services  in  the  way  of  plant  and  process  devel- 
opment. Others  confine  themselves  to  fact  finding  and  avoid  expres- 
sion of  opinion.  Furthermore,  one  laboratory  may  specialize  in 
electrical  equipment,  while  another  may  select  textiles  for  its  field 
work.  It  is  not  unusual  for  one  laboratory,  when  approached  by  a 
client  for  service  which  it  is  not  prepared  to  render  to  acquaint  the 
client  of  this  fact  and  to  use,  in  cooperation  with  its  own,  the  services 
of  an  associate  commercial  laboratory  that  has  equipment  and  scien- 
tific personnel  to  provide  the  service  desired. 

Clientele  of  commercial  laboratories. — The  services  of  these  lab- 
oratories afford  an  opportunity  to  the  small  manufacturer  or  retailer 
to  ascertain  facts  about  products  which  would  otherwise  only  be 
available  to  larger  organizations  able  to  maintain  their  own  labora- 
tories. Purchasers  find  in  independent  laboratories  a  means  of  insur- 
ing compliance  with  specifications  and  of  selecting  products  which 
best  serve  their  purposes.  Fulfillment  of  contractual  obligations  may 
be  assured  to  the  satisfaction  of  both  seller  and  buyer  through  such 
independent  services.  Bankers,  investment  houses,  insurance  com- 
panies, transportation  and  advertising  agencies,  are  also  among  the 
clients  of  these  testing  laboratories. 

C ooperation  with  other  agencies. — Most  of  the  member  laboratories 
participate  actively  in  the  research  work  of  technical  societies.  Mem- 
bers of  their  staffs  serve  on  committees  of  these  organizations  and 

«  "Independent  Laboratory  Seirices,"  by  the  American  Council  of  Commercial  Laboratories, 
p.  3,  New  York  City,  1938. 


3()g  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

derive  therefrom  much  that  enhances  the  technical  competence  of 
the  services  of  their  organizations. 

Uriderwriters^  Laboratories^  Incorporated.'' — Underwriters'  Labora- 
tories, Inc.,  sponsored  by  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters, 
is  a  nonprofit  organization  maintaining  and  operating  laboratories 
for  the  examination  and  testing  of  devices  and  materials. 

The  Underwriters'  Laboratories  "define  and  publish  standards, 
classifications,  and  specifications  for  materials,  devices,  construction, 
and  methods  aflfecting  life,  fire,  and  casualty  hazards." 

The  Underwriters'  Laboratories,  Inc.,  have  several  engineering 
councils:  Fire  Council,  Casualty  Council,  Electrical  Council,  and 
others.  Copies  of  standards  and  reports  submitted  to  the  above 
councils  are  filed  with  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards. 

The  majority  of  underwriters  in  the  United  States,  and  man;^  Fed- 
eral, State,  and  municipal  authorities,  and  architects,  building 
owners  and  users  either  accept  or  require  listing  by  Underwriters' 
Laboratores,  Inc.,  as  a  condition  of  their  recognition  of  devices  and 
materials  having  a  bearing  upon  life  and  fire  hazards,  and  upon 
accident  prevention. 

There  exist  permanent  arrangements  between  Underwriters'  Lab- 
oratories, Inc.,  and  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  whereby,  in 
the  event  of  a  fixed  difference  of  opinion  on  an  engineering  or  tech- 
nical matter  between  Underwriters'  Laboratories,  Inc.,  and  any  of  its 
clients,  the  question  at  issue  may  be  submitted  to  the  Bureau  for 
decision. 

The  standards  of  Underwriters'  Laboratories,  Inc.,  have  been 
drawn  up  to  provide  specifications  and  requirements  for  construction 
and  performance  under  test  and  in  actual  use  of  materials  and  ap- 
pliances submitted  to  the  laboratories.  Approximately  150  of  these 
standards  and  sets  of  requirements  have  been  issued. 

The  label  service  consists  of  inspections  of  devices  and  materials 
at  the  factories  by  inspectors  of  Underwriters'  Laboratories,  Inc., 
and  the  manifesting  of  goods  found  to  conform  to  Laboratories'  re- 
quirements by  labels  (which  may  be  in  any  form  or  of  any  material 
adapted  to  the  product  and  its  use) ,  whereby  they  may  be  identified 
at  all  times.  All  such  labels  (Manifests  of  Inspection)  include  the 
-words  "Underwriters'  Laboratories,  Inc.,  Inspected,"  and  are  obtain- 
able only  from  Underwriters'  Laboratories,  Inc.  Label  service  includes 
listing  in  the  published  records  of  Underwriters'  Laboratories,  Inc. 

The  J.  C.  Penney  Research  and  Testing  Laboratory. 

The  J.  C.  Penney  Research  and  Testing  Laboratory,  New  York 
City,  was  established  in  the  early  part  of  1930.  Its  purpose  was  to 
aid  in  sound  buying  of  merchandise  and  to  insure  the  greatest  pos- 
sible dollar  value. 

The  work  of  the  laboratory  covers  all  lines  of  commodities  handled 
by  the  J.  C.  Penney  Co.,  such  as  ready-to-wear,  yard  goods,  sheets, 
blankets,  shoes,  hosiery,  and  so  forth.  A  variety  of  tests  are  made 
on  all  these  items.  Judgment  as  to  the  worth  of  any  given  article 
is  not  based  on  one  test,  but  the  article  is  evaluated  by  compilation 
of  all  the  factors  possible  to  obtain  by  test  methods.    The  laboratory 

^  "Underwriters'  Laboratories,  Inc.,  Organization  Purposes  and  Methods,"  19  pp.,  Cliicago, 
til.,  1937,  ed. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  EC0N0^1IC  POWER  309 

is  equipped  to  do  both  physical  and  chemical  testing,  and  some  types 
of  biological  testing. 

The  laboratory  helps  the  buyer  in  his  selection  of  merchandise  by 
the  analysis  of  samples  from  different  sources.  After  this  selection 
is  made,  it  then  becomes  the  duty  of  the  laboratory  to  follow  sub- 
sequent shipments  to  ascertain  that  the  quality  of  the  product  is 
maintained  throughout  the  period  of  the  contract  and  is  in  accord- 
ance with  the  sample  submitted.  The  laboratory  also  examines  re- 
turned goods  to  find  out  if  the  article  has  been  mishandled  by  the 
customer  or  if  there  is  an  inherent  fault  in  the  article  which  has  not 
been  shown  up  through  previous  analyses.  If  such  a  fault  is  present, 
efforts  are  begun  immediately  to  correct  it. 

The  laboratory  is  continually  carrying  on  research  with  a  view  to 
improving  merchandise,  especially  textile  finishes. 

Members  of  the  staff  of  the  laboratory  spend  considerable  time  at 
the  various  mills  throughout  the  country  working  in  close  coopera- 
tion with  the  actual  manufacturers  for  continued  improvement  of 
merchandise. 

Naturally,  through  this  work  various  standards  have  been  devel- 
oped. Where  Government  standards  exist,  these  are  used  as  a  basis 
for  the  laboratory  work.  The  laboratory  has  worked  in  close  coop- 
eration with  the  National  Consumer-Ketailer  Council^  -the  Advisory 
Committee  on  Ultimate  Consumer  Goods  of  the  American  Standards 
Association,  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  Bureau  of  Home 
Economics  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  the  Na- 
tional Better  Business  Bureau,  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials,  and  other  organizations,  in  an  endeavor  to  produce  sound 
standards  and  standard  methods  of  tests. 

Macy's  Bureau-  of  Standanh. 

The  Macy's  Bureau  of  Standards  is  primarily  interested  in  the 
adaptability,  performance,  durability  and  care  of  merchandise  sold 
by  its  store  and  makes  investigations  of  these  factors  from  the  con- 
sumer's point  of  view.  The  bureau  develops  test  methods  simulating 
such  factors  as  the  "warmth"  of  blankets  and  garments,  or  wear  of 
fabrics.  Studies  are  made  of  composition  and  construction  of  fabrics 
and  their  effect  upon  the  factors  enumerated  above,-  such  as  the  effect 
of  yarn  count,  fabric  construction  and  napping  on  the  warmth  and 
durability  of  blankets.  Research  of  this  kind  frequently  requires  the 
development  of  special  test  equipment;  such  as  thermal  transmission 
apparatus,  abrasion  machines,  and  others. 

^lany  standards  have  been  developed  for  merchandise  sold  under 
Macy's  brand  names. 

The  establishment  of  these  standards  is  preceded  by  a  study  of 
the  deficiencies  of  merchandise  available  on  the  market,  the  means 
for  improving  the  quality  of  tlie  article,  and  an  evaluation  of  tlie 
different  types  of  the  article  available. 

]Manufacturer.s  are  frequently  asked  to  modify  the  quality  of  their 
merchandise  to  conform  to  the  results  of  these  preliminary  studies. 

In  many  instances  it  is  essential  to  visit  mills  aiul  other  manufac- 
turing establishments  for  the  purpose  of  inspecting  manufacturing 
in'ocesses  in  order  to  assist  manufacturers  in  the  improvements  and 
development  of  merchandise  such  si    improved  umbrella  cloth  of  spun 

L'-249C— 41— No.  24 21 


310         CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

silk,  pyroxylin  coated   material   for  house  slippers,  and  washable 
Eoman-striped  hose. 

Testing. — The  testing  of  commodities  serves  the  following  purposes : 

[a)  The  analysis  and  comparison  of  commodities  offered  by  man- 
ufacturers to  obtain  fact^  as  to  content  and  to  determine 
best  value. 

(6)  The  conducting  of  tests  "on  merchandise  to  ascertain  durabil- 
ity and  performance. 

(c)  The  gathering  and  classification  of  all  information  for  the 
purpose  of  developing  specifications  for  mercluindise. 

{d)  The  assurance  of  correct  description  of  merchandise  in  adver- 
tising copy. 

(e)  The  comparison  of  products  sold  in  other  stores  with  mer- 
chandise sold  by  Macy's. 

(/)  The  examination  of  returned  goods  so  as  to  adjudicate  com- 
plaints and  to  determine  weaknesses  and  flaws  in  the 
merchandise. 

The  commodities  tested  include:  Clothing,  home  furnishings,  acces- 
sories, foods,  drugs,  cosmetics,  jewelry,  insecticides,  and  antiseptics. 

Services  of  the  bureau. — The  bureau  makes  studies  and  recommenda- 
tions for  more  effective  garment  cleaning,  rug  cleaning,  fur  cleaning, 
waterproofing,  mothproofing,  etc. ;  prepai^es  informative  labels  to  be 
affixed  to  merchandise ;  assists  in  the  training  of  buying,  selling,  and 
management  personnel;  gives  lectures  for  student  groups  at  high 
schools  and  colleges,  for  consumer  groups  of  adults,  and  various  busi- 
ness groups;  arranges  visits  to  the  bureau  for  these  groups;  and  sup- 
■  plies  information  to  various  home  economic  groups  in  colleges  and 
universities  throughout  the  United  States. 

The  subject  of  terminology  is  being  given  speeial  intensive  study, 
with  the  object  in  view  of  developing  simplified  understandable  means 
for  conveying  information  to  the  consumer  so  as  to  enable  him  to 
evaluate  the  merchandise  he  is  buying  in  terms  of  adaptability,  per- 
formance, durability,  and  to  understand  how  to  care  for  it. 

The  bureau  cooperates  with  technical  associations  such  as  the  Amer- 
ican Society  for  Testing  Materials,  American  Association  of  Textile 
Chemists  and  Colorists,  American  Association  of  Textile  Technol- 
ogists, National  Consumer-Ketailer  Council,  Advisory  Committee  on 
Ultimate  Consumer  Goods  of  the  American  Standards  Association, 
and  Federal,  State,  and  municipal  agencies. 
Technical  Laboratories  of  Sears.,- Roebuck  <&  Co. 

The  Sears,  Roebuck  &  Co.  has  maintained  its  own  laboratories  and 
a  staff  of  technicians  since  1911.  The  company  is  not  engaged  in 
basic  research ;  however,  it  sets  up  minimum  standards  on  certain  fea- 
tivre  value  items  which  it  carries.  These  standards  are  arrixed  at 
through  agreement  among  the  general  merchandise  office,  tlie  buyers, 
tlic  mercliandise  comparison  office,  and  the  technical  laboratories.  It 
is  stated  by  the  company  officials  !hat  these  mininunn  standards  are 
not  below  standards  generally  accepted  by  the  respective  industry. 

The  Sears,  Roebuck  &  Co.  maintains  one  of  the  largest,  privately 
owned,  merchandise  testing  laboratories  in  the  country. 

The  primary  function  of  the  technical  laboratories  is  to  aid  buyers 
in  the  selection  of  merchandise.     It  augments  the  information  received 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  311 

from  the  manufacturers  and  also  recommends  needed  improvements 
and  developments.  In  addition,  a  merchandise  development  depart- 
ment not  only  follows  through  on  the  findings  of  the  technical  labora- 
tories in  many  cases  but  also  is  constantly  working  with  a  view  toward 
incorporating  improvements  in  the  merchandise  sold  by  the  company. 

The  technical  laboratories  are  supplemented  in  some  cases  by  out- 
side agencies  and  provide  technical  aid  on  an  the  merchandise  carried 
to  the  buyers  of  the  company;  the  technical  work  is  performed  by  the 
laboratories  only  on  their  request. 

The  Sears,  Roebuck  &  Co.  gives  special  attention  to  its  own  trade- 
marked  goods.  The  characteristics  of  the  products  receiving  atten- 
tion is  dependent  upon  the  use  to  which  they  will  be  subjected  by  the 
customers.  If  an  item  is  to  withstand  abrasion,  it  is  subjected  to 
various  kinds  of  abrasives*  if  it  is  to  resist  heat,  it  is  subjected  to 
heat;  if  it  is  to  resist  cold,  it  is  subjected  to  cold  or  is  frozen. 

Because  the  goods  are  bought  from  thoiisands  of  sources  and  are 
received  at  over  500  points  in  the  company,  it  is  possible  to  make  only 
a  perfunctory  inspection  of  merchandise  at  the  point  of  receipt.  In 
addition,  however,  the  merchandise  comparison  office  maintains  a  con- 
stant spot-check  inspection  on  all  commodities. 

The  Sears,  Roebuck  &  Co.  cooperates  with  the  following  organiza- 
tions in  the  development  of  standards :  The  National  Bureau  of  Stand- 
ards, the  American  Standards  Association,  the  American  Society  for 
Testing  Materials,  American  Society  of  Textile  Colorists  and  Chem- 
ists, National  Consumer-Retailer  Council;  also  with  the  American 
Home  Economics  Association,  Association  of  American  University 
Women,  General  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs,  and  with  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture  on  varicJus  projects. 


COMMODITY  TESTING  AND  RATING  AGENCIES 

Consimiers^  Research^  Inc. 

Consumers'  Research,  Inc.,  whose  offices  and  laboratory  are  located 
in  Washington,  N.  J,,  was  organized  as  Consumers'  Club  in  1927  and 
originally  incorporated  in  December  1929,  under  the  laws  of  the  State 
of  New  York,  as  a  membership  corporation  to  provide  unbiased  in- 
formation and  counsel  on  merchandise  bought  by  the  ultimate  con- 
sumer. 

Types  of  service. — After  experimenting  for  a  number  of  years  with 
different  methods  of  presenting  information  to  ultimate  consumers, 
two  types  of  service  were  decided  upon  beginning  October  1934,  as 
the  most  satisfactory  and  convenient  method  of  presenting  Consumers* 
Research  material  in  accordance  with  subscribers'  expressed  wishes 
and  criticisms. 

Consumers'  Research  Bulletins:  All  of  the  bulletins  list  products 
by  brand  name  as  "recommended,"  "intermediate,"  and  "not  recom- 
mended." Whenever  possible,  price  classifications  are  also  given, 
prices  being  rated  as  1,  2,  and  3;  1  being  low,  3  high.  The  quality 
judgments  are  completely  independent  of  price  classifications. 

This  service  is  available  only  to  individuals,  who  are  required  to 
sign  the  confidential  pledge  before  their  subscriptions  are  entered. 
Each  subscriber  to  the  bulletin  service  receives  the  current  Annual 
Cumulative  Bulletin  and  all  other  monthly  bulletins  issued  during  the 
year  for  which  his  subscription  is  in  effect.  Bulletins  are  mailed  to 
subscriber^  monthly,  between  the  10th  and  15th  of  the  month,  except 
during  July  and  August.  There  are  no  bulletins  issued  in  July  and 
August  because  these  2  months  are  spent  in  compiling  and  preparing 
data  for  the  240-page  Annual  Cumulative  Bulletin,  which  appears  in 
September  each  year.  This  issue  and  five  of  the*  monthly  bulletins 
are  confidien'tial  in  nature  and  are  marked,  "The  analyses  of  com- 
modities, products,  or  merchandise  appearing  in  this  issue  of  the  Con- 
sumers' Research  Bulletin  are  for  the  sole  information  of  subscribers.'* 
Four  of  the  monthly  bulletins  are  nonconfidential  and  may  also  be 
obtained  as  a  separate  service  called  the  General  Bulletin  service 
which  is  described  below. 

The  General  Bulletin  service :  The  General  Bulletin  is  issued  quar- 
terly, in  October,  January,  April,  and  June,  and  is  not  confidential. 

Subscriptions  are  open  to  libraries,  schools,  and  other  organizations, 
and  to  any  individual  who  does  not  wish  to  subscribe  to  the  regularly 
monthly  bulletin  service.  The  volume  year  runs  from  October  through 
June,  and  subscriptions  are  accepted  for  that  period  only.  Single 
copies  of  the  bulletins  of  this  service  are  also  available  to  nonmembers. 

Sources  of  information. — The  technical  judgments  and  recommenda- 
tions of  Consumers'  Research  are  based  upon  its  own  technical  tests  and 
investigations,  and  knowledge  of  its  technical  staff  or  experts;  upon 
data  published  by  the  Federal  and  State  Governments  pertaining  to 
312 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  313 

consumers'  goods ;  upon  data  issued  by  the  State  and  national  medical 
associations,  and  other  research  and  investigating  bureaus,  associations, 
corporations,  or  individual  experts ;  in  certain  cases,  upon  advice  from 
users  who  have  made  observations  of  their  experiences  with,  or  possess 
special  knowledge  of,  the  product  in  question,  and  whose  views,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  technical  experts  of  Consumers'  Research,  ar^  de- 
serving of  consideration  by  other  consumers;  upon  tests  or  investiga- 
tions which  are  made  available  for  the  use  of  Consumers'  Research 
by  various  qualified  noncommercial  experts,  technicians,  and  scientists. 
At  one  time  Consumers'  Research  published  the  monthly  magazine 
Consumers'  Digest.  This  presents  in  a  more  popular  form  information 
on  commodities,  general  buying  advice,  and  news  of  especial  interest  to 
consumers.  Consumers'  Digest  is  now  published  by  Consumers'  In- 
stitute of  America,  Inc.,  which  also  has  its  headquarters  in  Washington, 
N.  J.  Only  products  which  can  be  listed  as  recommended,  or  rated 
with  a  qualified  recommendation,  are  listed  in  Consumers'  Digest. 

Consumers'  Union  of  United  States. 

Consumers'  Union,  Inc.,  located  in  New  York  City,  was  formed  in 
February  1936  under  the  laws  of  New  York  State  as  a  nonprofit  mem- 
bership corporation  set  up  to  provide  consumers  with  simple,  usable 
information  about  consumers  goods  and  services,  covering  quality, 
price,  and  wherever  possible,  labor  conditions  in  the  factories  produc- 
ing 6U. :h  goods.  Quality  and  price  ratings  are  not  affected  by  the 
reports  on  labor  conditions,  according  to  the  policy  of  the  organiza- 
tion. 

Servwes. — Consumers'  Union,  an  organization  of  85,000  members, 
publishes  monthly  Consumers'  Union  Reports  in  full  and  abridged 
form.  The  full  reports  contain  ratings  and  discussions  of  higher- 
priced  commodities,  while  the  abridged  reports,  designed  primarily  for 
low-income  families,  omit  ratings  on  high-priced  products.  Con- 
sumers' Union  also  publishes  an  Annual  Buying  Guide,  which  is  a 
compact  booklet  rating  many  hundreds  of  products  and  designed  for 
quick  reference  in  shopping. 

The  information  published  in  the  monthly  reports  is  not  confiden- 
tial. Only  the  material  included  in  the  Annual  Buying  Guide  and 
certain  ;ther  special  reports  is  made  confidential.  This  is  done  pri- 
marily for  legal  reasons  since  there  is  no  explanation  in  the  Annual 
Buying  Guide  of  the  methods  of  test  employed  nor  space^  given  to 
the  qualifications  accompanying  the  recommendation  of  certain  prod- 
ucts as  in  the  monthly  reports.  All  confidential  material  is  for  the 
sole  use  of  members  and  their  immediate  families. 

Merchandise  is  rated  in  the  reports  and  Annual  Buying!  Guide  by 
brand  names  in  three  groups:  "Best  b^ys,"  "also  acoeptable,"  and 
"not  acceptable." 

Sources  of  information. — The  ratings  of  products  represent  the 
judgments  of  the  technicians  of  the  staff  of  Consumers'  Union  or  of 
consultants  whose  technical  competence  and  freedom  from  commercial 
bias  are  approved  by  Consumers'  Union.  Ratings  are  based  on  labora- 
tory tests,  on  controlled  tests  under  conditions  of  use,  on  the  opinion, 
of  qualified  authorities,  on  the  experience  of  a  larjge  number  of  per- 
sons with  the  products  being  studied,  or  on  a  combination  of  all  these 
factors. 


314         OONCBNTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Intermovmtami  Consumers'  Service^  Inc. 

Intermountain  Consumers'  Service,  Inc.,  435  Marion  Street,  Denver, 
Colo.,  is  a  nonprofit  research  and  information  agency  organized  in 
December  1932  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Colorado  for  the  purpose 
of  supplying  ultimate  consumers  with  reliable  comparative  data  as  to 
the  price  and  quality  of  consumers'  goods. 

Services. — Intermountaii  isumers'  Service  supplies  to  members, 
through  its  Consumers'  Buj.  g  Guide,  a  handbook  of  buying  issued 
in  installments  during  the  year,  scientific  and  technical  information 
and  counsel,  based  on  its  own  tests  or  the  findings  of  experts.  Goods 
are  listed  as  recommended,  not  recommended,  and  unclassified,  giving 
brands  and  names  of  manufacturers  in  full  and  using  the  rational 
grade  symbols  A  (first  quality),  B  (second  quality),  and  C  (third 
quality).  Reasonableness  of  the  price  of  a  commodity  is  indicated  by 
the  numbers  1  ( fair  price) ,  2  (high  price) ,  3  (excessive  price) .  Where 
standards  and  specifications  of  significance  to  ultimate  consumers  are 
available,  these  are  u;sed  as  gages  of  quality,  and  where  they  are 
lacking,  new  standards  and  specifications,  which  give  adequate  con- 
sideration to  the  factors  of  importance  to  consumers,  are  evolved. 

Sources  of  information. — The  recommendations  of  Intermountain 
Consumers'  Service  are  based  on  tests  conducted  by  it,  on  current  sci- 
entific literature,  on  the  counsel  of  consultants,  and  on  governmental 
and  other  approved  unbiased  sources  of  commodity  information. 


CHAPTER  VII 

CONSUMER    BUYING    AND    THE    EXTENT    AND    CHAR- 
ACTER OF  COMMODITY  INFORMATION  AVAILABLE 

The  consumer  who  purchases  commodities  on  the  retail  market  is 
in  a  very  different  position  from  that  of  the  purchasing  agent  who 
buys  for  the  Federal  Government,  a  State,  a.  county,  a  municipality, 
or  a  large  commercial  establishment.  The  consumer  has  to  depend 
upon  the  information  concerning  commodities  that  he  can  obtain 
for  himself  or  that  the  retailer  is  willing  and  prepared  to  give  him. 
The  individual  consumer  cannot  afford  to  have  commodities  tested 
to  determine  their  compliance  with  given  standards  or  specifications. 
Because  the  consumer  knows  so  little  regarding  different  commodi- 
ties, he  often  makes  uneconomical  and  otherwise  unsatisfactory  selec- 
tions, buys  erratically,  and  fails  to  develop  sound  buying  habits. 

Standards,  grades,  and  informative  labels  may  be  used  effectively 
in  providing  consumers  with  information  concerning  commodities. 
However,  standards  and  labels  are  employed  to  a  very  limited  extent 
in  retail  selling,  although  manufacturers,  retailers,  and  the  trade 
press,  as  well  as  consumers,  are  giving  more  consideration  to  the  use 
of  standards  and  labels  than  formerly. 

The  extent  and  character  of  commodity  information  available  to 
consumers  vary  from  store  to  store,  in  different  sections  of  the  coun- 
try, and  for  different  groups  of  cojnmodities. 

The  Individual  Consimier  as  a  Buyer. 

The  buying  practices  of  consumers  have  been  given  much  con- 
sideration as  the  number  and  variety  of  commodities  have  increased, 
and  as  the  price  range  has  enabled  consumers  to  select  from  a  greater 
number  of  commodities.  Those  responsible  for  the  sale  of  the 
products  of  mass  production  have  sought  new  ways  of  influencing 
the  consumers'  choices  of  commodities.  Meanwhile,  consumers  have 
gradually  become  more  conscious  of  their  inefficiency  as  buyers  and 
have  tried  to  discover  means  of  improving  their  buying  practices. 

The  individual  consumer  is  influenced  by  a  variety  of  motives  in 
making  choices  between  different  types  of  commodities  such  as  a 
stove,  a  rug,  a  davenport,  or  a  radio.  If  he  decides  to  buy  a  stove,  a 
selection  must  then  be  made  from  a  variety  of  available  stoves,  and 
he  must  consider  such  factors  as  price,  quality,  style,  and  his  own 
particular  needs.  Eacn  of  these  choices  may  be  either  largely  emo- 
tional or  largely  rational. 

Many  of  those  responsible  for  the  sale  of  specific  commodities 
have  recognized  that  consumers  are  susceptible  to  emotional  appeals 
aipid  have  ^-elied  almgst  entirely,  if  not  wholly,  on  such  appeals  in 
their  salQS  campaigpis.  At  the  same  time  consumers,  confronted  by 
an  array  of  relai^iVely  inexpensive  commodities,  have  long  sincp.  cast 

316 


316         OOXCBNTRATION  OP  ECONOMIC  POWER 

aside,  as  no  longeiLapplicable  under  present  conditions,  the  generally 
respected  buying  habits  and  guides  followed  by  past  generations, 
and  have  thereby  increased  their  susceptibility  to  various  kinds  of 
sales  promotion.  Consequently,  consumers  have  been  confused  and, 
more  or  less  futilely,  have  been  seeking  new  guides  to  aid  them  in 
trying  to  decide  whether  or  not  they  should  include  given  com- 
modities among  their  purchases,  how  much  they  should  pay  for  them, 
and  how  to  identify  the  ones  best  suited  to  their  needs. 

At  present  the  buying  habits,  if  such  they  may  be  called,  of  most 
consumers  are  influenced  in  a  variety  of  ways.  Often,  quite  uncon- 
sciously, consumers  are  swayed  in  their  choices  by  what  they  pre- 
viously purchased ;  familiarity  with  a  given  commodity  inclines  many 
to  select  one  that  is  similar,  and  this  familiarity  may  be  established 
either  through  use  of  a  commodity,  seeing  other  people  use  it,  or 
through  some  form  of  aggressive  advertising.  If,  however,  experi- 
ence with  a  commodity  has  been  distinctly  unsatisfactory,  this  may 
serve  to  stimulate  search  for  another  in  the  hope  that  it  may  prove 
more  acceptable. 

The  salesman's  recommendation  is  usually  given  considerable 
weight  by  the  consumer  who  wants  to  keep  his  purchases  in  line  witli 
what  other  people  are  buying.  Often,  such  a  person  is  influenced 
by  advertising  which  purports  to  represent  what  social  leaders  and 
other  prominent  people  have  selected.  The  consumer,  who  is  eager 
to  wear  only  "the  latest"  style,  selects  a  "high"  style  and  is  especially 
responsive  to  new  designs,  new  materials,  new  colors,  and  new  com- 
binations. 

There  is  a  tendency  to  point  out,  as  typical  of  all  consumers,  the 
characteristics  manifest  by  young  and  inexperienced  buyers.  The 
lack  of  information,  poor  judgment  and  ineptness  in  buying  of  the 
high  school  girl,  the  young  bride,  or  the  mother  with  her  first  baby 
are  repeatedly  cited  as  evidence  that  the  consumer  is  neither  vitally 
interested  in  selecting  and  purchasing  commodities  oi.  a  rational 
basis  nor  capable  of  developing  the  ability  to  do  so.  It  should  be 
recognized,  however,  that  many  mothers  of  large  families  on  low 
incomes  display  remarkable  astuteness  in  buying,  despite  their  diffi- 
culties in  obtaining  useful  information  concerning  commodities. 
Nevertheless  such  persons  are  almost  completely  ignored  in  portray- 
ing the  characteristics  of  consumer  buyers.  Nor  are  the  nomely, 
practical  rules,  which  these  women  have  evolved  out  of  their  own 
hard  experiences,  often  publicized  by  the  student  of  consumer  psy- 
chology, as  a  means  of  aiding  less  experienced  consumei*s  in  improv- 
ing their  buying  habits. 

One  of  the  very  serious  handicaps  of  the  consumers  who  select 
commodities  for  individual  and  household  use  is  that  they  are  un- 
skilled buyers.  Wesley  C.  Mitchell,  in  commenting  on  the  position 
of  the  household  buyers,  has  said : 

*  •  *  The  housewife,  who  does  a  large  fraction  of  the  world's  shopping, 
is  not  selected  for  her  efficiency  as  a  manager,  is  not  dismissed  for  inefficiency, 
and  has  small  chance  of  extending  her  sway  over  other  households  if  she 
proved  capable.  She  must  buy  so  many  different  kinds  of  goods  that  she  cannot 
become  a  good  judge  of  qualities  and  prices,  like  the  buyers  for  business  houses. 
She  is  usually  a  manual  laborer  in  several  crafts,  as  well  as  a  manager — a 
combination  of  functions  not  conducive  to  efficiency.' 


» "Business  Cycles ;  The  Problem  and  Its  Setting,"  by  Wesley  C.  Mitchell,  p.  165,  National 
Bureau  of  Economic  Research,  Inc.,  New  York  City,  1927. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  317 

Another  difficulty  is  that  consumers  who  buy  commodities  at  retail, 
for  individual  or  household  use,  in  addition  to  buying  many  dif- 
ferent kinds  of  commodities,  must  purchase  a  considerable  propor- 
tion of  them  in  very  small  amounts. 

In  addition  to  the  lack  of  specific  training  for  buying,  consumers' 
desires  for  new,  expensive,  and  nonessential  commodities,  far  more 
than  for  necessary  commodities,  have  been  stimulated  by  the  various 
devices  employed  in  high  pressure  selling.  Hence,  if  consumers  are 
to  choose  wisely  they  need  more  education  in  planning  expenditures, 
and  useful,  reliable,  and  easily  understood  information  concerning 
available  co^imodities  at  the  time  they  are  making  their  purchases. 

Business  psychologists  and  advertisers  who  have  considered  the 
buying  habits  of  consumers  are  not  alone  in  recognizing  the  importance 
of  problems  related  to  consumer  purchasing.  Thoughtful  consumers 
have  beert^eply  concerned  over  the  conditions  chiefly  responsible  for 
the  erratic  and  unpredictable  character  of  much  6f  consumer  buying. 

Reactions  of  Consumer  Groups  to  Buying  Problems. 

An  indefinite  number  of  examples  could  be  cited  of  groups  of  con- 
sumers who  have  tried  to  learn  more  about  commodities  and  to  im- 
prove their  buying  practices.  In  1929,  a  group  of  homemakers,  most 
of  whom  were  college  graduates,  attempted  to  aid  one  another  in  their 
buying  problems.  Information  on  a  variety  of  ho^isehold  commodities 
was  sought  from  such  sources  as  clerks  and  buyers  in  local  stores, 
manufacturers,  both  private  and  governmental  research  agencies,  and 
testing  institutes  sponsored  by  magazines.  The  outcome  of  this  study 
was  thus  summarized  by  a  member  of  this  group : 

The  result  ot  our  two  years'  efforts  are  mostly  negative.  Our  purchasing 
problems  are  not  solved.  We  were  not  even  able  to  establish  a  basis  upon  which 
we  could  judge  the  articles,  because  information  was  not  made  available,  to  us. 
Our  efforts,  however,  were  not  entirely  in  vain..  Through  our  discussions,  we 
learned  much  that  was  of  value  to  us  *  *  *  and  above  all,  we  have  come  to 
the  conclusion  that  to  insure  wise  buying  the  manufacturers  must  place  on  the 
goods  reliable  labels  to  indicate  essential  factors  of  quality  and  performance." 

Recently,  certain  members  of  this  same  group  of  homemakers  have 
stated  that  the  opportunity  for  a  customer  to  obtain  information  about 
commodities  sold  at  retail  has  not  materially  changed  during  the  10 
years  since  the  above  study  was  begun,  although  a  small  amount  of 
more  specific  information  does  appear  occasionally  on  labels. 

Manufacturers  and  retailers  encourage  the  belief  that  consumers 
are  not  interested  in  selecting  products  on  the  basis  of  durability  or 
performance  characteristics.  It  has  been  asserted  repeatedly  by  repre- 
sentatives of  manufacturers  and  retailers  that  women  do  not  want 
commodities,  in  which  style  is  a  factor,  to  be  durable.  This  point  of 
view  is  emphasized  in  the  statement  that — 

Imitations  follow  originals  in  such  rapid  succession  that  those  who  want  to 
distinguish  themselves  from  the  masses  are  hard  put  to  it  to  keep  ahead.  Hence, 
style  changes.  Hence,  the  decline  of  the  ideal  of  durability.  Even  those  who  can 
afford  to  buy  good  materials  are  content  with  whatever  will  hold  its  appearance 
as  long  as  the  style  lasts.  Distinction  is  to  be  found,  not  in  the  quality  of  one's 
purchases,  but  in  their  multiplicity  and  frequency.* 

'  "What  Homemakers  Learn  About  Purchasing  Household  Goods,"  by  Mariana  T.  Nelson, 
vol.  24  (6),  p.  520,  Journal  of  Home  Economics.  June  1932. 

» "Economic  Behavior,  An  Institutional  Approach,"  by  Willard  E.  Atkins  and  others, 
vol.  2,  pp.  18-19,  Houghton-Mifflin  Co.,  New  York  City,  1931. 


318  OONCBNTRIATIOX  OF  ECON'OMIC  POWER 

The  assertion  that  women  do  not  want  commodities  to  last  too  long 
has  been  made  so  many  times  that  many  consumers  are  inclined  to 
accept  it  as  true.  However,  to  test  the  validity  of  the  contention  of 
representatives  of  the  silk  trade  that  consumers  are  interested  only  in 
the  style  features  of  silk  fabrics,  a  study  was  made  to  determine  the 
reasons  which  caused  iOO  silk  dresses  to  be  discarded  by  their  wearers, 
who  were  women  on  various  economic  levels  residing  in  communities 
of  different  sizes. 

The  following  reasons  were  given  for  having  discarded  the  dresses:  66  were 
discarded  solely  because  the  fabric  was  no  longer  wearable  (55  because  of 
splitting,  the  remainder  because  of  fading  or  shrinking)  ;  25  were  discarded 
because  the  fabric  was  no  longer  wearable,  together  with  other  reasons ;  7  were 
discarded  solely  because  they  were  out  of  style;  and  2  were  discarded  solely 
because  the  garment  fitted  poorly. 

In  collecting  the  dresses  the  investigator  learned  that  most  of  the  women 
interviewed  were  displeased  if  the  silk  in  their  dresses  had  broken.  Many 
stated  that  they  would  like  to  be  able  to  recognize  a  good  piece  of  silk,  because 
they  would  prefer  to  make  over  out-of -style  dresses  for  children  or  to  give 
them  to  someone  who  could  derive  further  -good  from  them  rather  than  to 
have  them  go  to  pieces  after  but  a  short  period  of  wear.* 

There  is  abundant  evidence,  which  might  be  gathered  by  unpreju- 
diced investigations,  that  if  articles  of  clothing  in  which  style  is  an 
important  factor  have  been  wisely  selected  and  are  becoming  to  the 
wearer,  they  are  generally  discarded  with  regret,  and  only  after  they 
are  no  longer  wearable. 

Stomdards  and  Grades  for  Consutner  Commodities. 

The  types  of  standards  of  special  value  to  consumers  include 
standards  of  measure,  composition,  construction,  quality,  and  per- 
formance. Standard  methods  of  testing  commodities  and  standards 
terminology  by  which  various  characteristics  and  grades  of  com- 
modities may  be  designated  are  also  important. 

Standards  of  measure. — Standards  of  measure,  such  as  length, 
volume,  or  weight,  are  indispensable  to  the  consumer  in  identifying 
the  amount  of  a  given  commodity  which  is  being  purchased.  It  is 
often  not  enough  that  information  be  available  to  the  exact  measure 
by  length,  volume,  or  weight  of  the  contents  of  packaged  commodi- 
ties offered  for  sale  but  that  these  measures  be  such  as  to  facilitate 
comparison  of  the  amounts  and  prices  of  these  commodities. 

Innumerable  illustrations  might  be  cited  of  the  difficulties  con- 
sumers have  in  determining  comparative  prices  of  fabrics  of  different 
and  unusual  widths  when  sold  by  the  yard,  of  commodities  in  glass 
jars,  cardboard  boxes,  tin  cans,  or  other  commercial  containers  for 
which  no  dimensional  standards  have  been  established.  Confusion 
resulting  from  unnecessarily  large  numbers  of  different  sizes  and 
shapes  of  containers  was  illustrated  by  a  display  at  the  hearings  be- 
fore the  Temporary  National  Economic  Committee  on  May  11,  1939. 
The  21  containers  of  tomato  juice,  purchased  in  1  market,  differed 
as  little  in  dimensions  as  one-sixteenth  of  an  inch  and  in  net  con- 
tents as  one-half  ounce,  and  represented  17  different  sizes  by  dimen- 
sions, 15  different  fluid  volumes,  and  13  different  prices.     In  no  2 

*  "Clothing  and  Household  Goods  for  the  Consumer,"  by  PauHne  Berry  Mack.  vol.  173, 
p.  39,  The  Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science,  May  1934. 


COiNCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  319 

containers  was  the  combination  of  size,  net  weight,  and  price 
identical.^ 

Standards  of  composition. — Standards  of  composition  are  also 
important  in  comparing  commodities.  These  standards  deal  with 
such  factors  as  the  fiber  or  fibers  present  in  fabrics,  the  kind  of  metal 
or  wood  in  a  given  piece  of  furniture  or  equipment,  and  the  kinds 
and  proportions  of  constituents  in  drugs  or  cosmetics.  Although 
water  is  a  natural  and  desirable  constituent  of  many  commodities, 
the  relative  proportion  of  water  in  a  commodity  is  significant  to  the 
consumer.  If  an  excessive  proportion  of  water  is  added  in  such, 
diverse  commodities  as  cleaning  fluids,  foods,  medicines,  alcohol,  or 
paints,  the  serviceability  of  a  given  volume  of  these  different  products 
will  be  greatly  reduced. 

Unless  standards  of  composition  are  established  and  observed  in 
the  production  of  commodities  and  information  based  on  standards-is 
used  in  selling  them,  commodities  may  be  adulterated  by  the  admix- 
ture of  foreign,  inferior,  or  harmful  substances.  Adulteration  may 
occur  in  practically  any  kind  of  commodity  without  being  detected  by 
more  than  a  few  consumers.  The  control  of  adulteration  "depends 
first  upon  standards — that  is,  accepted  uniform  definitions  and  require- 
ments; and'  second,  upon  an  active  and  coordinated  system  of 
inspection,  examination,  and  tests  based  upon  these  standards."^ 

Standards]  of  con!Stniction.-—'&in\\^?iY^s  of  construction  relate  to 
how  a  commodity  is  made.  For  a  bed  blanket  the  standard  of  con- 
struction might  include  the  length  and  width  of  the  blanket,  the  weight 
in  ounces  per  square  yard  of  fabric,  and  number  of  yarns  per  inch  in 
the  warp  and  filling.  For  an  ice  refrigerator  a  standard  of  construc- 
tion might  include  outside  and  inside  dimensions  of  the  box,  the 
method  of  constructing  the  framework  of  the  box  and  of  anchoring 
the  insulating  material,  the  dimensions  of  the  ice  compartments  and 
storage  space,  space  between  shelves,  and  requirements  relative  to  the 
tightness  of  the  doors. 

Standards  of  quality. — Standards  of  quality  facilitate  the  compari- 
son of  a  combination  of  characteristics  of  commodities  of  different 
grades.  Such  standards  or  grades  should  be  defined  by  carefully 
phrased  specifications  which  take  into  consideration  a  composite  of 
significant  characteristics. 

Grades  are  especially  helpful  to  consumers  if  there  is  a  considerable 
range  in  the  quality  of  a  given  line  of  commodities,  and  if  the  com- 
modities are  complex  and  have  characteristics  which  the  consumer 
cannot  determine  readily  for  himself.  The  consumer  must  make 
selections  from  many  commodities  which  are  covered  by  opaque  wrap- 
pers, have  hidden  parts,  or  have  characteristics  which  cannot  be  judged 
by  siglit,  touch,  or  other  physical  senses.  Many  of  these  commodities 
may  resemble  one  another  so  closely  as  to  seem  identical  and  yet  be 
strikingly  different  in  quality  and  in  the  service  they  will  provide. 

It  is  important  to  bear  in  mind,  however,  that  it  would  be  a  dis- 
service to  consumers,  especially  those  in  the  lower  income  brackets, 
to  adopt  standards  for  only  high  quality,  expensive  commodities  and 
to  permit  these  high  priced  commodities  to  force  the  lower,  less 
expensive,  commodities  off  the  market. 

•"Problems  of  the  Consumer,"  hearings  before  the  Temporary  National  Pf^onomic  Commit- 
tee, pp.  .'1347-3348,  I'art  S,  "Hrh  (on?.,  1st  sess.,  Ma.v  10,  1 1,  12.  l!i:!'.i. 

•"Adulteration,"  by  P.  J.  Schlinlf,  Encyclopedia  of  Social  Scifuces,  vol.  1,  p.  467,  the 
Macniillian  Co.,  New  York  City,  1937. 


320  CONCENTR\TION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

S'fandards  of  perfomymce. — Standards  of  performance  are  excep- 
tionally useful  buying  guides  for  the  consumer  because  they  provide 
concrete  facts  about  the  service  a  material  or  appliance  may  be  ex- 
pected to  render  when  it  is  subjected  to  standard  conditions  of  use. 
In  commenting  on  the  use  of  performance  standards  or  specifications 
for  commodities,  Lyman  J,  Briggs  has  statedthat — 

So  far  as  numbers  are  concerned,  the  great  majority  of  specifications  which  deal 
with  quality  and  only  indirectly  with  dimensions  have  been  formulated  by  con- 
sumer organizations,  and  consist  largely  of  statements  of  what  the  buyer  requires 
of  the  seller.  Between  dimensional  standards  as  advocated  by  progressive  pro- 
ducer organizations  and  quality  specifications  as  advocated  by  consumer  organiza- 
tions an  effective  compromise  is  being  found  in  performance  specifications.  An 
increasing  tendency  to  base  .specification  requirements  upon  performance  in 
service  rather  than  upon  the  composition  of  materials  of  manufacture  is  a 
noteworthy  development  of  the  present  time.' 

"Where  standards  of  performance  are  not  available  the  consumer  can 
often  gain  some  insight  into  probable  performance  of  a  commodity 
and  hov^  to  use  and  take  care  of  it,  by  learning  as  much  as  seems  jjerti- 
nent  relative  to  its  dimension,  composition,  construction,  and  quality. 
Standards  of  construction  are  of  special  value  if  commodities  are  com- 
plex, have  many  component  parts,  are  made  of  a  variety  of  materials, 
and  if  imperfections  are  concealed  by  finishing  processes.  Adequate 
standards  of  performance  are  not  yet  available  for  such  commodities 
•  as  refrigerators,  stoves,  overstuffed  furniture,  and  many  others ;  there- 
fore, standards  of  construction  for  these  articles  are  of  particular 
significance. 

InfortnoMve  Labels  for  Consumer  Commodities. 

For  many  years,  leaders  who  have  given  thoughtful  consideration 
to  consumer  needs  for  reliable  information  concerning  commodities 
have  urged  that  essential  information  be  provided  on  labels  attached 
directly  to  commodities  or  to  their  containers  or  wrappers.  Repre- 
sentatives of  the  American  Association  of  University  Women,  the 
American  Home  Economics  Association,  and  the  General  Federation 
of  Women's  Clubs  on  the  National  Consumer-Retailer  Council  have 
recommended  to  their  respective  organizations  the  consideration  of  a 
"Platform  for  Consumer-Business  Relations"  which  includes  the  fol- 
lowing statement  relative  to  informative  labels  for  commodities : 

The  most  satisfactory  method  for  communication  of  information  from  manu- 
facturer, through  retailer,  to  consumer  is  a  label  attached  to  the  product.  Labels 
are  useful  only  insofar  as  they  state  sufficient  facts  about  the  construction,  grade, 
performance,  or  serviceability  of  the  product  to  enable  the  consumer  to  judge 
relative  values,  and  instruct  the  consumer  on  methods  of  care  which  prolong  the 
usefulness  of  the  product." 

P^or  many  commodities  the  ideal  label  should  indicate  the  quality  of 
the  product  by  grade  and  include  such  additional  information  as  will 
enable  the  consumer  to  select  the  commodity  best  suited  to  his  needs. 

In  1938,  the  Connnittee  on  Labeling,  of  the  National  Consumer- 
Retailer  Council,  composed  of  representatives  of  both  consumers  and 
retailers,  "souglit  tlirough  suitable  sampling,  oi)inions  of  consumers^ 

'"Undo  Sam  neli)s  the  Iloiisfwlfp."  by  Lvman  J.  Brisgs,  The  Retail  Executive,  vol.  12(21), 
p.  K;.  New  York  City.  -May  22.  1!)40. 

"'■Tentative  I'Intt'drm  for  Consuiner-Bii.siiio.ss  Uelation.*,"  Bulletin  of  tlie  American  Home 
Economics  Association,  vol.  23(3),  p.  14,  American  Home  Economics  Assoclatiou,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C,  February   1940. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  321 

retailers,  and  manufacturers  as  to  what  information  would  be  contained 
on  the  labels"  ®  for  blankets,  mattresses,  cotton  sheets,  terry  towels, 
kitchen  knives,  window  shades,  men's  hosiery,  men's  shirts,  woven 
piece  goods,  women's  hosiery,  slips  and  petticoats,  and  women's  dresses. 
Without  exception,  consumers  checked  the  largest  number  of  items  on 
which  they  considered  it  desirable  that  information  be  provided  on 
the  labels  of  these  commodities.  While  the  number  of  items  checked 
by  retailers  was  somewhat  less,  manufacturers  checked  fewer  items 
than  eitlier  the  consumers  or  retailers. 

A  large  proportion  of  the  labels  now  found  on  commodities  supply 
only  fragmentary  information  which  is  quite  insufficient  for  the  con- 
sumer's needs.  For  most  part,  even  the  guaranties  or  certification  on 
labels  apply  to  only  one  or  two  characteristics  of  a  commodity,  such  as 
color  permanence  or  shrinkage  in  fabrxcs,  the  finish  on  a  piece  of 
furniture,  or  the  stainless  property  of  the  steel  in  a  knife. 

Information  Available  to  Consumers  in  Retail  Markets. 

The  situation  in  the  retail  market  merits  careful  consideration  from 
the  point  of  view  of  the  degree  to  which  consumers  are  able  to  make 
selections  from  available  commodities  on  the  basis  of  useful,  reliable 
information. 

It  is  generally  recognized  that  information  provided  for  commodities 
may  vary  in  character  and  amount  in  establishments  of  different  types, 
such  as  retail  stores,  specialty  shops,  small  and  large  department  stores, 
large  stores  with  branches  in  the  same  or  adjacent  towns  or  villages, 
chain  stores,  consumer  cooperatives,  and  mail  order  houses.  It  also 
varies  between  stores  of  the  same  type  in  different  sections  of  the  sam . 
town  and,  from  time  to  time,  in  the  same  store. 

During  May  and  June  1939  a  committee  of  the  American  Home 
Economics  Association  conducted  an  exploratory  survey  through  local 
committees  in  a  dozen  widely  scattered  States  to  check  on  the  amount 
of  information  available  for  a  few  selected  articles  in  retail  stores  on 
labels  or  counter  cards,  or  from  clerks.^°  The  national  committee  sug- 
gested men's  shirts,  women's  hosiery,  electric  irons,  and  canned  foods 
as  the  commodities  on  which  data  were  to  be  gathered,  and  a  brief  check 
list  was  prepared  for  each  of  these  commodities.  Data  were  gathered 
by  almost  1,000  persons  in  the  State  of  Washington,  by  150  in  Arizona, 
while  15  to  40  persons  participated  in  the  survey  in  10  other  States. 
These  data  were  summarized  by  State  committees.  The  returns  give 
some  indication  of  the  information  to  be  found  in  retail  stores.  How- 
ever, there  was  much  variation  in  the  amount  of  information  available 
in  different  States. 

Connmodity  information  provided  on  labels  and  counter  cards. — 
Men's  sl)irts :  Neck  size  was  given  in  80  to  100  percent  of  cases ;  sleeve 
length  in  over  50  percent  of  cases;  residual  shrinkage,  50  percent  of 
cases  in  Arizona,  35  percent  in  Washington,  and  a  much  lower  per- 
centage in  other  States. 


»  "A  study  of  Informative  Labeling,  Based  on  a  Survey  Made  by  the  National  Consumer- 
Retailer  Council,"  by  S.  P.  Kaidanovsky,  and  G.  W.  Hervey.  170  pp.,  Consumer  Standards 
Project,  Consumers'  Counsel  Division,  Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration,  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture,  and  Works  Progress  Administration,  Washington,  D  C. 
June  1939. 

"  "Informatior  About  Merchandise  Available  to  Customers  in  Retail  Stores,"  by  Alice  L. 
Edwards,  Journal  of  Home  Economics,  vol.  31  (10),  pp.  7€l-2,  December  19.S9. 


322  OONCBNTRIATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Women's  hose :  Size  of  foot  indicated  by  number  was  given  in  most 
cases;  full-fashioned  or  circular  knit  in  over  50  percent;  ringless  in 
almost  50  percent ;  number  of  threads  in  35  to  40  percent. 

Electric  irons :  Model  number,  wattage,  voltage,  and  name  of  manu- 
facturer were  given  in  approximately  90  percent  of  cases;  weight, 
guaranty  of  performance,  and  Underwriters'  Laboratory  label  in  over 
50  percent  of  cases. 

Canned  f oodg :  Name  of  food,  net  contents  in  practically  all  cases, 
and  style  of  pack  in  65  percent  of  cases. 

Commodity  information  supplied  hy  store  clerks. — Clerks  in  the 
store,  according  to  the  reports  from  each  of  the  12  States,  gave  more 
information  concerning  men's  shirts  and  women's  hosiery  than  for. 
electric  irons  or  canned  foods.  The  factors  about^  which  information 
was  most  frequently  given  for  men's  shirts  and  hosiery  were  the  kind 
of  fiber;  and  color  permanence  to  light,  perspiration,  and  washing. 
For  hosiery,  information  was  also  provided  concerning  the  length  of 
the  leg  and  whether  the  hose  were  firsts  or  seconds.  Little  information 
beyond  that  available  on  labels  was  given  for  electric  irons  and  canned 
goods.  However,  comments  from  some  of  those  who  collected  data 
indicated  clerks  had  often  supplied  inaccurate  information. 

Commodity  information  not  provided. — Items  for  which  little  infor- 
mation was  available  from  either  label,  counter  card,  or  clerk  included 
the  strength  of  the  fabric  in  men's  shirts,  the  color  permanence,  to 
washing  and  perspiration  of  women's  hosiery,  performance  tests  for 
electric  irons,  and  the  quality  grades  of  canned  foods. 

Growing  Interest  in  Conswmer  Prohlems, 

The  trade  press  is  giving  more  consideration  than  formerly  to 
informative  labeling  and  advertising  and  the  problems  which  need  to 
be  solved  in  connection  with  their  use.  Beginning  in  the  spring  of 
1937,  one  issue  of  The  Retail  Executive  has  annually  contained  a 
section  called  "The  Consumer  Wants  To  Know."  This  section  has 
presented  the  point  of  view  and  activities  of  consumers,  retailers, 
manufacturers,  and  technical  groups  with  respect  to  the  use  of  stand- 
ards, grades,  and  informative  labeling  for  retail  commodities. 

An  increasing  number  of  manufacturers  are  developing  more  in- 
formative labels  for  their  products.  And  such  manufacturers  are 
found  in  almost  every  industry — textile,  clothing,  household  equip- 
ment, furnishings,  utensils,  food,  cosmetic,  and  many  others. 

According  to  investigations  made  by  this  publication  [The  Retail  Executive) 
in  the  textile-apparel  fields,  it  appears  that  the  relatively  slow  growth  of  label- 
ing among  manufacturers  has  been  due  in  part  to  the  fact  that  stores  have  not 
demanded  this  kind  of  labeling.  In  addition,  some  manufacturers,  'while  pro-- 
fessing  a  sympathy  with  the  consumer's  demand  for  more  facts  indicate  per- 
plexity as  to  just  what  should  be  put  on  the  labels.  They  make  the  point  that 
such  data  would  necessarily  be  technical  and  therefore  likely  to  confuse  the 
average  consumer  rather  than  inform  [him]." 

Nevertheless,  reference  in  this  same  article  is  made  to  eight  prom- 
inent manufacturers  in  the  textile  and  clothing  field,  who  have 
adopted  the  policy  of  using  informative  labels  on  their  products.  For 
example,  the  label  used  on  fabrics  manufactured  by  one  firm: 

«"More  Producers  Turn  to  Informative  Labeling,"  The  Retail  Executive,  voL  12  (21), 
p.  8,  sec.  2,  New  York  City,  May  22,  1940. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  323 

*  ♦  *  bears  on  it  complete  information  regarding  fiber  content ;  special 
characterfstics,  and  color-fastness,  both  as  to  washing  and  to  light.  Per- 
formance of  the  material  is  interpreted  in  terms  of  use,  and  all  standard  tests." 

The  manufacturer  of  a  popular  priced  line  of  men's  ♦clothing  places 
labels  on  suits  which  state  that: 

*  *  *  the  suit  has  been  laboratory-tested  for  its  ability  to  maintain  a  crease 
over  a  long  period  of  time  without  constant  pressing;  ability  to  withstand 
ordinary  dry  cleanings  without  puckering,  cockling,  or  loss  of  color ;  ability  not 
to  shrink  out  o^  fit  when  caught  in  a  rainstorm ;  for  resistance  to  perspiration 
of  both  fabric  and  lining ;  ability  to  recover  its  shape  on  hanging  after  it  has 
been  confined  to  packing. 

The  label  further  gives  complete  fiber  content  and  other  factual  information 
about  the  cloth,  interlining,  sleeve  head,  hair  cloth,  shoulder  pads,  canvas, 
pocketing,  piping,  tape,  buttons,  thread,  body  lining,  sleeve  lining,  and  under- 
collar  cloth.'^ 

A  few  large  retailers  have  developed  extensive  programs  of  in- 
formative labeling.  Among  them  are  Gimbels.  of  Philadelphia ; 
Macy's,  of  New  York;  Marshall  Field,  of  Chicago:  Lit  Bro,s.,  of  Phila- 
delphia ;  and  Kaufmann,  of  Pittsburgh.  Various  mail  order  com- 
panies are  furnishing  more  specific  facts  in  their  catalogs  and  on 
labels  for  s])ecilic  commodities  than  formerly'.  The  informative  label- 
ing program  of  Sears,  Roebuck  &  Co.  of  Chicago  has  been  character- 
ized  as  the  largest  in  "point  of  the  quantity  of  goods  labeled."  ^^ 

The  merchandising  division  of  the  National  Retail  Dry  Goods  Asso- 
ciation has  made  a  recent  survey  of  the  attitude  of  retailers  and  the 
practices  of  retail  stores  relative  to  the  uS&  of  labels  on  garments.^^ 
In  answer  to  the  question,  'Ts  the  demand  for  merchandise  labeling 
in  your  community  strong,  ipoderate.  or  negligible?"  approximately 
7  i^ercent  of  the  retailers  reported  the  demand  was  strong;  42  percent 
that  it  was  moderate ;  and  51  percent  that  the  consumers'  demand  for 
labels  on  merchandise  was  negligible. 

The  retailers  were  also  asked  wliether  they  removed  the  fiber  iden- 
tification tags  placed  on  rayon  dresses  by  manufacturers.  Approxi- 
mately 4  percent  of  the  retailers  reported  they  removed  these  tags, 
53.5  percent  reported  they  usually  removed  the  tags;  2  percent  that 
they  usually  removed  the  tags  on  low  priced  dresses;  2.5  percent  that 
they  removed  the  tags  from  about  half  of  the  dresses;  37.5  percent 
that  they  seldom  removed  the  tags;  and  only  0.5  percent  reported  they 
never  removed  the  maiuifacturers'  fiber  identification  tags  from  rayon 
dresses. 
Information  Available  to  Consumers  on  Selected  Commodities. 

No  exhaustive  studies,  from  the  consumers'  point  of  view,  have  been 
made  of  the  character  and  extent  of  commodity  information  available 
to  consumers.  The  following  presentation  of  nnormation  provided 
for  selected  commodities  in  a  few  commodity  grouf^s  is  an  attempt  to 
illustrate  the  type  of  guidance  consumeis  may  obtain  in  their 
purchasing. 

Food. — The  information  on  foods  available  to  consumers  tends  to 
be  a  fr-agmentary  and  inadequate  guide  for  wise  selection.     This  is 

i^'-More  Producers  Turn  to  Informative  Labeling,"  The  Retail  Executive,  vol.  12  (21), 
p.  8,  sec.  2,  New  York  City,  May  22,  1940. 

"  Ideyi. 

1*  "Sears.  Roebuck  &  Co.  Promotes  Informative  Labels,"  Tiae  of  AdvortisinR  and  Mar- 
keting, vol.  14  (14),  p.  3.  New  York  City,  July  15.  1940. 

10  "A  Survey  Of  Fiber  Identification  in  Dresses,"  by  Merchandising  Division,  National  Re- 
tall  Dry  Goods  Association.  New  York  City,  18  pp..  August  1940.     Mimeographed. 


324  cx)ncentrl\tion  of  economic  power 

true  though  more  standards,  grades,  and  labeling  requirements  have 
been  established  for  foods  than  for  any  other  group  of  commodities. 

In  most  retail  markets,  the  handling  and  sale  of  food  is  subject  to 
at  least  some  regulation  to  insure  that  it  is  safe  for  human  consump- 
tion. Therefore,  from  experience,  consumers  expect  the  foods  they 
buy  to  be  free  from  harmful  substances  and  safe  to  use,  providing  the 
foods  are  properly  cared  for  after  removal  from  the  market. 

An  individual  responsible  for  household  purchasing  has  a  better 
opportunity  to  develop  skill  in  buying  foods  than  in  making  most 
other  purchases  because  most  foods  are  bought  at  frequent  intervals, 
are  used  promptly,  and  products  similar  to  those  which  have  proved 
satisfactory  may  still  be  availab  e  when  new  ones  must  be  selected. 

Sanitary  conditions  in  food  markets,  the  quality  of  the  foods,  and 
the  amount  of  information  available  are  influenced,  to  a  considerable 
extent,  by  the  way  in  which  the  food  laws  and  local  regulations  are 
enforced.  However,  even  in  the  better  markets,  the  consumer  is  left 
to  rely  largely  on  his  own  judgment  and  experience  when  it  comes  to 
selecting  many  of  these  commodities.  Little,  if  any,  of  the  informa- 
tion he  is  able  to  obtain  will  enable  him  to  distinguish  between  the 
different  grades  of  packaged  commodities. 

Some  markets  have  food  products  graded,  packed,  and  labeled  in 
accordance  with  standards  developed  by  the  New  England  Council, 
and  adopted  by  each  of  the  six  New  England  States.  The  grade 
names,  requirements,  descriptive  terms,  and  standards  used  on  the 
labels  of  these  foods  are  similar  to  those  approved  by  the  Agricultural 
Marketing  Service  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Occasionally  the  consumer  may  find  butter,  cheese,  eggs,  fresh  fruits 
and  vegetables,  dried  fruits,  or  a  few  other  products  which  have  been 
graded  and  labeled  in  accordance  with  United  States  Standards  or 
United  States  Tentative  Standards.  For  the  most  part,  however, 
these  standards  and  grades  are  used  in  transactions  between  producer, 
M'holesaler,  and  retailer,  and  this  information  is  not  passed  on  to  the 
customer  in  the  retail  market. 

In  practically  every  market  only  a  very  minor  proportion  of  canned 
fruits  and  vegetables  are  grade  labeled,  although  there  are  striking 
differences  in  the  firmness  of  the  pack,  flavor,  and  general  quality 
characteristics  of  these  canned  foods  which  could  be  indicated  by 
grades  already  established.  No  information  is  provided  as  to  the  rela- 
tive flavor  ^nd  strength  of  such  commodities  as  spices  or  flavoring  ex- 
tracts, or  the  grades  of  coffee,  tea,  or  dozens  of  other  commodities 
which  are  sold  largely  by  brand. 

In  general,  the^attractiveness  and  palatability  of  many  commercially 
prepared  foods  have  improved  greatly  during  recent  years.  Never- 
tlieless,  most  housewives  cannot  tell  how  the  food  values  of  these  man- 
ufactured products,  which  are  displayed  on  the  retail  counter,  com- 
pare with  corresponding  foods  prepared  from  ingi-edients  commuaJy 
used  in  the  household  kitchen.  This  is  true  of  many  canned  and 
packaged  foods  for  which  standards  of  identity  have  not  been  estab- 
lished, such  as  baked  beans,  sandwich  filling,  bakery  products,  and 
frozen  desserts. 

The  Committee  on  Definitions  and  Standards  of  the  International 
Association  of  Ice  Cream  Manufacturers,  at  the  invitation  of  the 
United  States  Food  and  Drug  Administration,  has  prepared  a  set  of 
"Suggested  Federal  Definitions  and  Standards  of  Identity  for  Frozen 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER         325 

Desserts"  ^^  for  use  in  developing  the  definitions  and  standards  to  be 
used  in  interstate  commerce. 

As  a  result  of  regulations,  authorized  by  the  Food,  Drug,  and  Cos- 
metic Act,  the  manufacturers  of  commercially  prepared  foods,  enter- 
ing interstate  commerce,  for  which  no  standards  of  identity  have  been 
established,  must  list  the  ingredients  on  the  label  of  each  of  these 
products. 

The  consumer  may  find  in  the  local  market  meat  shipped  from  with- 
out the  State,  inspected  by  Federal  inspectors  for  wholesomeness  and 
bearing  the  circular  official  purple  stamp  "U.  S.  Insp'd  &  P's'd." 
(United  States  Inspected  and  Passed).  In  Seattle,  Wash.,  beef,  mut- 
ton, and  lamb,  sold  on  the  local  market  must  be  graded  for  quality 
and  stamped,  with  the  United  States  grade  stamp,  by  Federal  meat 
graders.  In  a  few  markets  of  a  number  of  large  cities,  meat  graded 
by  United  States  graders  is  available.  The  consumer  frequently  fails 
to  recognize  the  difference  between  the  Federal  inspection  stamp  and 
the  United  States  grade  stamp.  In  some  markets  certain  kinds  of 
fresh  meats  are  stamped  with  grades  established  by  individual  meat 
packing  companies  for  use  in  marketing  their  own  products.  The 
basis  of  these  company  grades  is  not  passed  on  to  the  public,  so  the 
consumer  does  not  know  the  factors  considered  in  grading  such  meat. 
Company  grade  stamps  are  sometimes  confused  by  the  consumer  with 
the  United  States  grade  stamps. 

Although  many  consumers  are  unaware  of  the  fact,  all  food  which 
has  entered  into  interstate  commerce  is  subject  to  the  regulations  of  the 
various  Federal  laws  related  to  foods,  including  the  Food,  Drug,  and 
Cosmetic  Act.  As  this  act  was  only  passed  in  1938  and  all  of  its  pro- 
visions were  not  effective  until  July  1,  1940,  the  regulations  authocized 
by  the  act  are  as  yet  not  in  full  force.  Therefore,  eveii  well  informed 
consumers  are  still  uncertain  as  to  information  and  safeguards  for 
food,  which  this  act  is  designed  to  provide.  A  wall  chart  presenting 
the  provisions  of  the  Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act  in  a  form 
which  facilitates  quick  reference  to  the  law  and  permits  ready  com- 
parison of  the  provisions  applicable  to  foods,  drugs,  devices,  and  cos- 
metics, respectively,  has  been  prepared  b}'  the  Consumer  Standards 
Project,  Consumers'  Counsel  Division,  Agricultural  Adjustment 
Administration.^^ 

The  regulations  established  under  the  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act 
require  that  labels  on  packaged  foods  provide  the  following : 

Tlie  name  and  address  of  the  manufacturer,  packer,  or  shipper. 

An  accurate  statement  of  the  quantity  of  contents. 

If  composed  of  two  or  more  ingredients,  and  it  is  not  a  standardized  food,  the 
common  or  u.>-uial  name  of  each  ingredient  must  he  listed. 

The  hibeling  of  special  dietary  foods  must  bear  information  considered  neces- 
sary to  fully  inform  purchasers. 

Artificial  flavoring,  artificial  coloring  or  chemical  preservative  in  foods  must  be 
listed  in  the  labeling. 

All  the  information  required  by  the  act  must  be  shown  in  the  labeling  in  a 
form  easily  noticed  and  readily  understood." 


i«  "Suggested  Federal  Definitions  and  Standards  of  Identity  for  Frozen  Desserts,"  by  the 
Committe  on  Definitions  and  Standards,  2  pp.,  International  Association  of  Ice  Cream 
Maunfactuiers,  Washinaton,  D.  C.  November  10.  1030. 

""riiart  Analysis  of  Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act,"  1  p..  Consumer  Standards 
Project.  Con.-umers'  Counsel  Division,  Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration,  U.  S.  De- 
partment of  Agriculture,  and  Work  Projects  Administration.  Washinijton.  D.  C.  1940. 

IS  '-Consvinier  Protection  bv  tlie  U.  S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration,"  p.  1,  U.  S.  Food  and 
Drug  Administration,  April  1940.  multigraphed. 

272496 — 11— No.  24 22 


326  ooncbntrl\tion  of  economic  power 

In  addition  to  the  above,  certain  practices  which  might  deceive  the 
consumer  are  also  prohibited : 

Food  labels  must  not  be  false  or  misleading  in  any  particular. 

Damage  or  inferiority  in  a  food  must  not  be  concealed  in  any  manner. 

No  substance  may  be  added  to  a  food  to  increase  its  bulk  or  weight  or  make  it 
appear  of  greater  value  than  it  is. 

A  food  must  not  be  sold  under  the  name  of  another  food. 

Imitations  and  food  substandard  in  quality  must  be  so  labeled.  A  substance 
which  is  recognized  as  being  a  valuable  part  of  a  food  must  not  be  omitted. 

Food  containers  must  not  be  so  made,  formed,  or  filled  as  to  be  deceiving.^* 

There  is  a  wide  variation  between  the  laws  which  the  different  States 
have  enacted  regulating  commerce  in  foods  within  the  respective 
States'.  Since  the  enactment  of  the  Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic 
Act,  nine  States — California,  Connecticut,  Florida,  Indiana,  Nevada^ 
New  Jersey,  New  York,  North  Carolina,  and  Virginia — have  passed 
practically  uniform  laws  regulating  foods  which  are  patterned  closely 
after  tlie  Federal  Act.  Previously  Louisiana  enacted  a  very  similar 
law.  The  law  passed  in  North  Dakota,  the  first  one  passed,  is  similar 
to  the  uniform  law  enacted  by  the  nine  States  listed  above,  but  it  is  not 
as  broad  in  scope. 

Drugs  and  cosmetics. — The  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act  of  1938  is 
bringing  about  some  significant  changes  in  the  merchandising  of  drugs 
and  cosmetics  and  requires  that  those  entering  into  interstate  commerce 
or  sold  in  the  District  of  Columbia  must  comply  with  certain  regula- 
tions which  previously  were  nonexistent.  These  regulations  are  for 
the  most  part  related  to  the  health  and  safety  of  the  user.  The  regula- 
tions established  under  the  authorization  of  the  new  act  require  that 
the  labels  on  drugs  must  provide  the  following  information : 

The  name  and  address  of  the  manufacturer,  ijacker,  or  distributor. 

An  accurate  statement  of  the  quantity  of  contents. 

A  statement  of  the  quantity  or  proportion  of  certain  habit-forming  drugs 
together  with  the  statement  "Warning — May  be  habit  forming." 

The  common  or  usual  name  of  the  drug  when  the  drug  is  composed  of  two 
or  more  ingredients,  the  common  name  of  each  active  ingredient,  and  the 
amounts  of  certain  ingredients  listed  in  the  act. 

Adequate  directions  for  use. 

Warnings  against  unsafe  use  by  children. 

Warnings  against  use  in  diseased  conditions  wl.^re  cautions  are  neceessary 
to  insure  against  danger. 

Warnings  against  use  in  an  amount  or  for  a  length  of  time  or  by  a  method 
of  administration  which  may  make  it  dangerous  to  health. 

All  the  information  required  by  the  act  must  be  shown  in  the  labeling  in 
a  form  easily  noticed  and  readily  understood." 

There  are  further  regulations  designed  to  protect  the  consumer 
from  deceptive  practices.     These  provide  that — 

Drug  labeling  must  not  contain  false  or  misleading  statements. 
A  drug  must  not  be  an  imitation  or  offered  under  the  name  of  another  drug. 
Containers  for  drugs  must  be  so  made,  formed,  or  filled  as  to  prevent  decep- 
tion." 

The  labels  on  containers  of  drugs  listed  in  the  United  States 
Pharmacopeia,  the  National  Formulary,  or  supplements  thereto,  in- 
clude the  designations  U.  S.  P.  and  N.  F.,  respectively. 

"  "Consumer  Protection  by  the  U.  S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration,"  p.  1,  U.  S.  Food 
and  DruK  Administration,  April  1940,  multigraphed. 
2"  Ibid.,  p.  2. 
"  Il>id.,  p.  3. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  327 

There  is  also  more  rigid  control,  than  formerly,  over  the  sale  of 
certain  dangerous  habit-forming  drugs  in  that  they  may  now  be 
dispensed  only  on  the  written  prescription  of  a  physician. 

Other  than  the  assurance  of  their  safety,  which  presumably  is  now 
provided  by  the  law,  the  consumer  is  given  little  information  about 
the  composition  of  toilet  goods,  the  products  of  an  industry  seicond 
only  to  foods  in  the  amount  it  spends  on  advertising.  However, 
efforts  are  being  made  by  the  Toilet  Goods  Association  to  aid 
its  members  in  maintaining  the  purity  of  materials  used  in  toilet 
preparations. 

Proposed  stauaards  for  three  important  raw  materials  used  in  cosmetics — 
mineral  oil,  petrolatum,  and  paraffin — have  been  adopted  by  the  scientific 
advisory  committee  of  technical  men  working  with  S.  L.  Mayham,  director  of 
the  board  of  standards  of  the  Toilet  Goods  Association.  These  proposed  stand- 
ards *  *  *  are  now  being  submitted  to  all  known  suppliers  of  these  mate- 
rials for  criticism  and  suggestions.  It  is  expected  that  the  suggestions  of  the 
suppliers  will  enable  the  committee  to  establish  the  final  "T.  G.  A.  Standards," 
for  these  materials  early  in  the  fa  11.^^ 

Under  regulations  authorized  by  the  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic 
Act,  the  name  and  addresses  of  the  manufacr'""^r.  packer,  or  dis- 
tributor and  an  accurate  statement  of  the  quana.  .  oi  contents  must 
be  stated  on  the  label  of  a  cosmetic.  Furthermore,  all  the  informa- 
tion required  by  the  act  must  be  shown  in  a  form  easily  noticed  and 
readily  understood.  The  labels  on  cosmetics  need  not  include  a  list 
of  the  ingredients,  but  they  must  not  be  false  or  misleading  in  any 
particular,  neither  may  the  containers  of  cosmetics  be  misleading  as 
to  the  amount  of  their  contents.-^ 

Although,  as  a  result  of  the  new  act,  changes  are  taking  place  in  the 
practices  of  selling  drugs  and  cosmetics,  it  is  too  early  to  determine 
fully  what  all  of  these  may  be,  how  adequately  they  will  meet  consumer 
needs  for  information  about  individual  products,  or  what  additional 
standards  for  these  products  may  eventually  prove  desirable  or  neces- 
sary. Only  minor  consideration  is  given  to  economic  protection,  al- 
though the  listing  of  ingredients  and  prohibition  of  the  use  of  deceptive 
containers  contribute  to  this. 

The  health,  sanitary,  labeling,  and  packaging  requirements  for  drugs 
and  cosmetics  manufactured  within  a  State  will,  as  in  the  case  of  locally 
produced  foods,  be  determined  by  the  laws  of  that  State.  Since  the 
enactment  of  the  Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act,  8  States- 
California,  Connecticut,  Florida,  Indiana,  Nevada,  New  Jersey,  New- 
York,  and  North  Carolina — have  enacted  laws  regulating  drugs  which 
closely  resemble  the  Federal  act.  Previously  Louisiana,  North  Dakota, 
and  Virginia  had  passed  laws  regulating  drugs  which  conform  closely 
to  the  Federal  act,  although  the  North  Dakota  law,  the  first  one  enacted, 
is  less  broad  than  the  others.  Laws  regulating  cosmetics  have  been 
passed  by  Wyoming  and  all  of  the  above  11  States  except  California. 

Textiles  and  garments. — Very  few  grades  or  standards  for  textiles 
or  clothing  are  in  use  today,  and  no  legislation  comparable  to  that 
regulating  food,  drugs,  and  cosmetics  has  been  enacted.  TTie  labels  on 
both  textiles  and  clothing  are  inadequate  buying  guides,  although,  as 
the  result  of  trade  practice  rules  promulgated  by  the  Federal  Trade 

"  "Material  Standards  on  Cosmetics  Chosen,"  New  York  Times,  August  14,  1940. 
23  "Consumer  Protection  by  tlie  U.  S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration,"  p.  3,  U    S.  Food 
and  Drug  Administration,  Washington,  D.  C,  April  1940,  multigraphed. 


328  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Commission,  more  labels  are  now  providing  information  as  to  fiber 
content  and  shrinkage  of  fabrics. 

Less  than  a  hundred  years  ago  spinning  and  weaving  were  a  regular 
part  of  the  activities  of  most  efficient  households.  Many  housewives 
were  experienced  in  selecting  and  preparing  -the  fiber,  in  spinning  the 
yarn,  and  in  weaving  cotton,  linen,  or  woolen  fabrics.  Since  then 
mdustry  has  taken  over  the  manufacture  of  practically  all  fabrics. 
This  transfer  has  been  accompanied  by  rapid  changes  in  every  aspect 
of  textile  production.  However,  the  textile  industry  has  given  little 
consideration  to  the  development  and  use  of  standards  and  grades  for 
fibers  based  on  their  performance  value  in  textiles  used  by  consumers. 
Advances  in  textile  chemistry,  in  dyes  and  dyeing,  new  finishes,  new 
control  over  shrinkage,  and  the  production  of  new  synthetic  fibers  are 
among  the  more  striking  recent  developments  in  the  industry. 

Staple  fabrics :  Methods  and  machinery  employed  in  the  production 
of  the  more  staple  fabrics,  such  as  cotton  sheeting,  are  subject  to  less 
change  than  in  the  production  of  fabrics  in  which  style  and  fashion 
play  a  more  important  part.  The  characteristics  and  performance 
values  of  staple  fabrics  may  be,  and  often  are,  known  by  the  manu- 
facturer. 

Textile  experts  consider  that  classification  and  grading  of  sheets 
and  sheeting  are  now  possible  and  feasible.  Nevertheless,  the  consumer 
who  seeks  to  buy  sheets  at  retail  finds  no  clear  classification  and 
grades  as  a  guide  in  selection.  The  size  of  sheets  is  usually  stated 
on  the  labels.  Labels  may  also  indicate  whether  the  sheets  are  cotton, 
linen,  or  rayon ;  muslin  or  percale :  light,  medium,  or  heavy  weight ; 
the  thread  count;  or,  very  infrequently,  the  breaking  strength  of  the 
warp  and  filling  of  the  fabric.  Similar  information,  but  for  fewer 
factors,  may  be  stated  on  labels  of  pillowcases,  blankets,  towels,  table 
linen,  and  other  more  or  less  staple  articles  in  which  style  is  not  a 
major  factor. 

Some  household  articles,  such  as  sheets,  table  linen,  and  chinaware,  show  two 
different  lines  of  development.  Those  purchased  by  hospitals,  restaurants,  and 
hotels  are  becoming  more  standardized.  Those  sold  to  families  or  individuals 
are  being  constantly  varied,  if  not  in  size,  then  in  pattern,  color,  and  quality.** 

Relatively  efficient  methods  of  controlling  shrinkage  of  fabrics  and 
reasonably  permanent  dyes  have  been  developed.  Standards  for 
shrinkage  and  color  permanence  might  easily  be  established  and  ap- 
proved if  substantially  interested  groups  were  willing  to  agree  on  the 
provisions  of  the  respective  standards.  An  increasing  amount  of  in- 
formation relative  to  shrinkage  or  "stretchage"  (which  is  particularly 
significant  for  certain  types  of  fabrics)  and  color  permanence  is  being 
supplied  to  customers,  as  well  as  information  as  to  the  fiber  content. 
Although  such  information  may  be  provided  on  labels,  it  is  frequently 
suppliexl  only  by  the  salesperson,  in  which  case,  it  may  prove  to  be 
inaccurate. 

Style  fabrics:  The  customer  who  purchases  at  retail  is  able  to 
gain  only  meager  facts  concerning  "style  fabrics"  or  garments  made 
from  them.  Incessant  striving,  by  textile  manufacturers,  to  capture 
a  market  by  some  new  design  or  novelty  weave  has  often  interfered 
with  the  perfecting  of  a  given  weave  before  its  production  is  dis- 

»*  "Economic  Behavior,  an- Institutional  Approach."  by  Willard  E.  Atkins,  and  others, 
vol.  2,  p.  15,  Houghton,  MifBin  Co.,  New  York  City.  1931. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  329 

continued.  Many  times  a  manuf actUi^er,  before  determining  whether 
the  proper  relationship  exists  between  the  breaking  strength  of  the 
warp  and  filling  of  a  novelty  weave  and  for  what  uses  it  may  be  best 
suited,  discontinues  its  production  ana  begins  the  manufacture  of  a 
new  fabric.  The  manufacturer  hesitates  to  modify  his  looms  to 
adapt  them  to  the  production  of  a  new  weave.  He  cannot  afford  to 
do  so  if  the  new  fabric  is  to  be  produced  only  for  a  season  or  less. 
Hence  a  novelty  fabric  is  usually  woven  on  what  might  be  called 
a  "general  purpose"  loom  and  not  one  especially  adapted  to  the  pro- 
duction of  the  particular  fabric 

Color:  Color  is  receiving  great  emphasis  as  a  style  factor  in  tex- 
tiles, clothing,  and  clothing  accessories. 

The  Textile  Color  Card  Association  of  the  United  States  was 
organized  in  1915  to  promote  the  standardization  of  colors  to  be  used 
seasonally  in  style  goods,  such  as  clothing  and  clothing  accessories. 
The  association  issues  a  Textile  Color  Card  of  America  to  its  mem- 
bers late  in  the  winter  and  early  each  spring  which  displays  the  colors 
selected  for  use  in  the  fall,  and  another  issued  in  the  late  summer  or 
early  fall  includes  the  colors  recommended  for  the  coming  spring. 

Following  this  initial  selection  of  colors,  the  various  textile  manu- 
facturers make  up  fabrics  in  the  colors  each  decides  to  offer.  From 
these  fabrics  the  Color  Coordinating  Committee  of  the  National  Retail 
Dry  Goods  Association,  composed  of  buyers  and  stylists  from  differ- 
ent stores  and  shops,  selects  fabrics  of  various  colors  which  in  the 
judgment  of  the  committee  will  be  most  generally  used  during  a 
particular  season.  The  fabrics  are  arranged  on  these  cards  in  series 
for  dress  coats,  dress  costumes,  casual  and  sports  suits  and  coats,  silk 
and  rayon  dresses,  wool  dresses,  shoes,  handbags,  and  gloves. 

The  advantages  or  disadvantages  to  consumers  of  the  standardiza- 
tion of  colors  used  in  fabrics  for  clothing  and  clothing  accessories 
depend  in  part  upon  good  judgment  and  proper  recognition  of  con- 
sumer needs  in  the  selection  of  colors.  The  consumer  may  benefit  but 
not  necessarily  so,  because  of  greater  ease  in  selecting  harmonizing 
color  and,  incidentally,  through  improvement  of  taste  in  colors.  A 
few  years  ago,  the  colors  in  green,  selected  for  wear  that  particular 
spring,  clashed  with  the  green  colors  of  the  previous  spring.  Fabrics 
or  accessories  harmonizing  with  the  greens  of  the  previous  spring- 
were  not  available  on  the  market.  As  a  result,  women  who  had  cos- 
tumes left  over  from  the  former  season,  but  with  certain  accessories 
worn  out  or  too  shabby  to  wear,  found  it  impossible  to  replace  these 
accessories  in  harmonizing  colors.  Instead  of  buying  a  whole  new 
ensemble,  as  manufacturers  had  hoped,  many  women  either  replaced 
missing  items  in  black  or  a  neutral  shade,  or  did  without.  The  failure 
to  provide  some  fabrics  and  accessories  in  what  might  be  called  transi- 
tional colors  proved  detrimental  to  both  manufacturers  and  consumers 
alike. 

Garments :  Garment  making  is  an  even  more  recent  emigrant  from 
the  home  than  weaving.  Every  kind  of  garment  worn  commonly  by 
men,  women,  or  children  is  now  produced  commercially.  In  general, 
the  quality  of  these  commercially  produced  garments  has  greatly 
improved  in  recent  years.  At  present,  only  a  very  limited  number 
of  garments  are  custom  made. 

The  size  and  fit  of  a  garment,  the  material,  workmanship,  and  style 
are  all  important  factors  for  the  customer  to  consider  in  determining 


330  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

the  suitability  of  a  particular  garment  for  his  needs.  Naturally,  style 
is  of  most  importance  in  garments  for  outer  wear. 

Although  proper  sizes  and  fit  of  all  garments  are  essential  to  ease 
and  comfort,  manufacturers  of  different  types  of  garments  have  failed 
to  develop  a  system  of  sizes  and  nomenclature  applicable  to  the  vari- 
ous kinds  of  garments  so  that  an  individual  may  select  readily  those 
that  fit  him.  Confusion  in  the  designation  of  the  sizes  of  different 
children's  garments  has  been  exceptionally  inconvenient  to  those  who 
choose  children's  clothes. 

By  careful  observation,  the  consumer  can  discover  the  methods  used 
in  constructing  most  garments.  It  is  not  so  easy  to  predict  how  the 
garment  will  wear,  for  although  labels  may  indicate  the  kind  of  fiber 
in  the  fabric,  insufficient  information  is  available  as  to  serviceability, 
particularl}'  in  garments  made  from  novelty  or  style  fabrics.  How- 
ever, it  is  to  be  expected  that  information  as  to  serviceability  will  not 
be  made  available  for  garments  until  more  standards  are  established 
for  the  fabrics  themselves. 

At  least  in  a  few  instances,  more  specific  information  has  been  avail- 
able for  the  women's  dresses  sold  in  basements  of  department  stores 
than  for  those  sold  in  exclusive  departments  in  the  same  store. 

Information  relating  to  fiber  content  of  knit  underwear  is  usually 
available.  In  contrast,  information  as  to  the  fiber  content  of  women's 
and  girls'  fancy  knit  blouses  and  sweaters  is  less  frequently  provided. 
It  appears  that  the  manufacturer  of  such  garments  buys  yarns  to  pro- 
duce a  novel  or  stylish  effect  with  little  concern  for  wear,  color  per- 
manence, or  fiber  content. 

Household  utensils^  equipTnent.,  mid  furniture. — The  customer  who 
purchases  household  utensils,  equipment,  and  furniture  at  retail  has 
to  depend  to  a  great  extent  on  his  own  judgment  and  experience. 
Very  little  specific  information  is  made  available  to  him  by  either 
the  manufacturer  or  retailer. 

Practically  every  standardizing  agency,  dealing  with  industrial 
materials  and  products,  contributes  to  the  development  of  standards 
which  are  or  may  be  used  in  connection  with  the  production  of  some 
kind  of  household  utensils,  equipment,  or  furniture.  These  standards 
may  be  used  in  manufacturing  the  commodity,  may  be  dimensional 
standards,  may  set  some  performance  or  safety  requirements,  or  may 
provide  methods  of  finishing  or  testing  the  article. 

Utensils :  The  consumer  is  supplied  with  few,  if  any,  standards  and 
grades  to  indicate  the  relative  performance  value  of  different  qualities 
of  such  materials  as  glass,  earthenware,  steel,  and  aluminum  used  in 
making  the  tableware  and  utensils  displayed  on  retail  counters. 
Nevertheless,  many  significant  physical  characteristics  of  these  various 
kinds  of  materials  are  known  to  members  of  the  particular  industry. 
The  customer  is  often  unable  to  determine  the  relative  merits  of  dif- 
ferent utensils  and  distinguish  between  those  made  from  a  dependable 
material  and  others  made  of  cheaper  material  or  of  an  imitation  of  a 
better  one. 

Due  to  improvements  in  the  manufacturing  processes  of  glass  its 
heat  resistance  has  increased.  If  measured  on  a  scale  of  10,  the  degree 
of  heat  resistance  of  ordinary  table  glassware  measures  about  2,  while 
Pyrex  glass  is  6.  A  new  glass  to  be  on  the  market  by  1942  or  earlier 
will  reach  9 — a  degree  of  heat  resistance  to  make  this  new  glass  suitable 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER         331 

for  use  in  utensils  subjected  to  more  strain  than  can  be  withstood  by 
glassware  now  in  use.^^  At  present  the  customer  is  usually  given  only 
a  general  statement  and  not  specific  information  as  to  the  heat  resist- 
ance of  glassware. 

Another  illustration  is  found  in  the  kitchen  utensils  made  of  alumi- 
num. The  Aluminum  Co.  of  America  has  determined  the  important 
physical  and  chemical  properties  of  all  of  the  more  common  aluminum 
alloj^s  the  company  produces.-*'  This  information  is  available  to  manu- 
facturers who  wish  to  select  aluminum  alloys  for  use  in  producing 
kitchen  utensils.  However,  no  system  is  available  by  which  the  cus- 
tomer at  the  retail  counter  is  provided  with  reliable  information  con- 
cerning the  distinctive  properties  of  the  alloy  from  which  different 
utensils  have  been  made.  Neither  is  it  usual  to  make  easily  available 
information  as  to  the  gage  or  relative  thickness  of  the  metal  in  the 
various  utensils. 

Gas  and  electric  equipment:  Much  of  the  household  gas-burning 
and  electrical  equipment  is  guaranteed  for  safety,  but  it  is  often 
difficult  or  even  impossible  to  determine  the  relative  cost  of  operation 
before  making  a  purchase.  Exterior  appearance  and  gadgets  are 
featured  extensively  in  selling  such  important  and  expensive  equip- 
ment as  gas  and  electric  stoves  and  refrigerators.  Price  tends  to  be 
stressed  for  these  and  lesser  items  of  household  ecpipment,  such  as 
electric  irons  and  fans,  as  the  measure  of  quality.  In  contrast, 
I.  E.  S.  electric  reading  lamps  are  manufactured  to  meet  construction 
and  performance  standards  and  are  labeled  so  that  consumers  can 
identify  these  lamps  on  the  market. 

Furniture :  Articles  of  furniture  are  purchased  infrequently,  hence 
the  buyer  for  a  household  has  less  experience  in  selecting  furniture 
than  most  othe.-  articles.  It  is  generally  recognized  that  the  products 
ot  uiJereiit  manufacturers  vary  greatly  in  quality.  An  amateur 
in  buying  furniture  usually  experiences  exceptional  difficulty  in  ob- 
taining the  information  that  is  essential  in  making  satisfactory 
selection. 

Standards  or  grades  have  been  established  for  some  of  the  materials 
used  in  the  production  of  furniture,  such  as  the  diffei'ent  kinds  of 
lumber,  glue,  mirrors,  mohair  fabrics,  and  grades  of  cotton  used  in 
upholstered  furniture. 

At  various  times,  over  a  period  of  years,  consideration  has  been  given  to  the 
establishment  of  furniture  grades.  Because  of  the  vride  range  in  types  of  con- 
struction and  materials  used,  it  has  been  the  consensus  of  opinion  in  the 
industry    that    it    is    not   practical    to   set   up    grades    for    furniture.     *     ♦     * 

Some  manufacturers  attach  tags  or  labels  to  their  furniture,  indicating  that 
it  is  made  of  vpalnut,  mahogany,  or  other  wood.  This  appears  to  be  done  largely 
at  the  instigation  of  the  groups  manufacturing  walnut  and  mahogany  which  are 
interested  in  publicizing  their  respective  products. 

Some  use  is  made  of  tags  showing  that  the  leather  used  in  leather-covered 
articles  is  "top-grain,"  etc.  Such  tags  are  used  largely  at  the  instigation  of  the 
leather  producers. 

*  *  *  It  is  the  general  practice  of  frrniture  manufacturers  to  advise 
dealers  as  to  the  kind  of  wood  used  in  furniture  that  they  purchase,  also  with 
respect  to  upholstery  covers  and  quality  of  mirrors." 


^  Based  on  a  statement  of  a  member  of  the  staff  of  the  American  Glassware  Association, 
New  York  City,  November  11,  1039. 

» 'Alcoa  Aluminum  and  Its  Alloys,"  113  pp..  Aluminum  Co.  of  America,  Pittsburgh,  Pa., 
1938. 

"  Letter  by  J.  O.  McCarthy,  assistant  secretary,  National  Association  of  Furniture 
Manufacturers,  December  4,  1939. 


332  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Years  ago  consumers  often  experienced  considerable  diffionltv  m 
t^Z^.^'^^T''''  «^«PT^.^  "'  ^"^^^ble  sizes  to  iS  with  3 
bedsteads.  As  a  result  of  the  standardization  of  sizes  of  thS  com- 
modities previous  confusion  and  inconveniences  have  been  el  mtna^ 
Floor  coyermgs:  The  carpet  industry  which  has  tended  toZcS' 
along  tradi  lonal  and  individualistic  lines,  neverthekS    has  aTw 

t^TettuH^^^l^^J^^"^^  ^^  Hr  -.  ^he  pile  tWds  rtog^ni^J 
lor  centuries      Competition   of  other  floor  coverino-  materials  has 

TZ!'}  """""i^y  ^«  f«^^s  the  attention  of  manufacturers  of  woven  pile 

InsSt  L'"of  CailT  a/  ^'T^f^'^-  ^^  ^  '"'^'''^  ^^^  membe?s  of  ^the 
eEctive  Tnlv  iq?Q    1  ff"^"^^^  of  America  adopted  standards, 

fn r  f  -T  '  .^efi^in^    ^^'ool    and  the  use  of  this  term  bv  the 

industry,  and  requiring  the  di^losure  of  the  fact  on  a  label  i?the  p  le 
of  the  carpet  is  all  wool,  or,  if  a  mixture,  the  declaration  of  the  kinds 
of  fiber  and  approximate  percentage  of  each.  The  standards  also 
include  provisions  relative  to  statements  to  be  specified  on  a  label 

cafe  S^ch  fob  J'  ''  ™^^  ^"^  P^?P^^  ^^^h«^^  «f  maintenance  and 
care,     feuch  labels  may  serve  as  a  buying  guide,  but  are  not  as  adp 

tree'd^etf '''  F'^r'  ^  ^7- 14'  ^^«  ^^  ^^  manTifalrerlo" 
In^  -^^  ^I'''^^^  ?^  ''"^^  ^hich  he  produced.     These  labels  pro- 

r"?s  rablini^'thr ''''"  '"  ^'T'''^''^  ^"  ^^^^^fi--^  facts  abt/the 
bXeen'he  gfacles    "'"™"   *'   '"^^^"^^  '''^^'^^   ''''   ^^^^ ^ 

the^Gnvprn^"'f'"^%'^"'''''  ^^^V"^^^"^^^  battleship  linoleum  for 
the  (government  conforming  to  Federal  Specifications.  Indirectly 
the  existence  and  use  of  these  specifications^  has  been  advaXaeous 
to  consumers  because  manufacturers  have  also  improved  l^qiTality 
of  the  linoleums  produced  for  the  retail  trade.  Manufacturers  havl 
also  developed  other  desirable  competing  products.  For  ?he  most 
part  only  isolated  facts,  in  contrast  to  standards,  grades    or  oTher 

hofsX1d''!f « w'"''^''''''''^"-"^^''*^™^*^^  *«  ^  reasonable  standard  of 
household  maintenance  necessitates  expenditures  for  occasional  re- 

fZT^tT  ^""^  *^'  ?^^^'"^  ''^''^^y  '""'^  «f  the  house  and  its  furnish- 
ings and  equipment  However,  there  are  few  standards,  grades  or 
informative  labels  for  the  materials  and  equipment  reqiiS  hi're- 
decorating  a  house,  or  apartment,  or  in  its  routine  cai-e.^ 

.^?i?  paper:  There  is  a  wide  variation  in  the  performance  value 
of  different  wall  papers.  The  durability  of  the  pape^'t self  the 
permanence  of  the  colors,  the  cleanability,  and  waslfabimv  am  'some 
of  the  more  significant^characteristics  concerning  which  the  consumer 
needs  information.  Such  terms  as  "color  fait,"  "cleantble  '' Tid 
"washable"  are  frequently  used  in  describing  specific  wall  papers 

he  panel  ^.1^7.  "^""^  n'^  ^^'  color  permanence  and  weight  of 
Standard  rsT^Jo!'^'  ^^".P^P^^  conforming  to  the  Commercial 
PanPr  aIo?  f  '^'  "f '^  ^-^^  stamped  with  the  label  of  tlie  Wall 

^aper  Association  guaranteeing  its  compliance  with  the  Commercia 
Standard.    The  members  of  the  Wall  Paper  Institute,  or^nked  to 

ake  the  place  of  the  Wall  Paper  Association,  in  1938  'adiS?ed  trace 

CSlt2rwkh"S  ''■  the  Commercial^slanto? 

C&lb  2y  with  slight  modification  of  provisions  relative  to  the  weicrht 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER         333 

of  paper.  The  institute  proposes  to  revise  the  Commercial  Standard 
and  to  add  standards  for  washability  of  wall  paper.  However,  at  the 
present  time,  consumers  cannot  obtain  sufficient  information  concern- 
ing wall  paper. 

Paint :  The  Federal  Specifications  for  paint  are  used  not  alone  in 
Federal  Government  purchasing.  At  least  one  mail  order  house  lists 
in  its  catalog  paints  which  meet  Federal  Specifications.  This  firm, 
as  well  as  a  few  others,  lists  the  ingredients  on  the  labels  of  some  of 
its  paints. 

The  National  Paint,  Varnish  and  Lacquer  Association  has  opposed 
the  setting-up  of  minimum  standards  and  grades  for  paint  sold  at 
retail.  Howe^  er,  the  association  is  engaged  in  valuable  research  on 
materials  used  in  paints  and  related  products,  and  makes  tests  on 
their  performance.  Tests  on  toxicity  of  the  various  products  are 
conducted  anxl  results  are  released  promptly  to  members  of  the  asso- 
ciation. Use  of  new  materials  has  resulted  in  the  development  of 
quick  drying  products  which  has  greatly  reduced  the  co^t  of  produc- 
tion in  automobile  and  other  factories. 

It  is  estimated  that  at  least  90  percent  of  the  materials  used  in 
making  paints  are  purchased  by  manufacturers  on  A.  S.  T.  M.  gpeci- 
fications.  However,  the  consumer  has  no  equally  reliable  specifica- 
tions or  grades  to  guide  him  in  selecting  paints  on  the  retail  market. 

Cleaning  equipment  and  supplies :  Most  items  represent  a  small 
outlay,  but  when  considered  on  an  annual  basis  the  total  cost  may 
amount  to  a  considerable  sum.  Brooms,  brushes,  mops,  carpet  sweep- 
ers, and  dusters,  are  some  of  the  more  usual  items  of  equipment 
(excluding  vacuum  cleaners  which  are  relatively  expeiisive).  The 
selection  of  these  different  items  of  equipment  represents  a  real  prob- 
lem for  the  inexperienced  consumer.  More  specific  information  about 
each  item  than  is  usually  provided  is  required  to  make  economical 
and  practical  selections. 

Most  cleaning  supplies,  such  as  soap,  alkalies,  abrasives,  metal  polish, 
and  furniture  and  floor  polishes,  are  sold  under  brand  names.  Al- 
though they  differ  widely  in  ingredients,  suitability  for  various  uses, 
and  relative  economy,  the  chemical  composition  is  seldom  provided 
on  labels.  Furthermore,  some  of  these  products  are  offered  for  sale 
in  containers  of  such  sizes  as  to  make  it  difficult  for  the  customer  to 
compute  readily  the  relative  cost  of  the  contents  of  the  different 
containers.^^ 


28  "Household  Cleaning  Management  and  Methods,"  by  Carol  Willis  Moffett,  22  pp., 
Farmers  Bulletin  Xo.  1834.  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  U.  S.  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  January  1940,  5  cents. 


i 


CHAPTER  VIII 

S^ALUE  OF  STANDARDS,  GRADES,  AND  INFORMATIVE 
LABELS  TO  CONSUMERS  AND  THEIR  EFFECT  ON 
MERCHANDISING 

The  commodities  consumers  buy  and  the  general  pattern  of  their 
expenditures  is  determined  largely  by  their  income  level  and  skill 
in  spending. 

The  standard  of  living  in  this  country  has  been  raised  as  the 
result  of  mass  production  of  many  commodities.  Nevertheless,  con- 
sumers have  failed  to  profit  as  much  as  they  might  from  industrial 
progress  because  of  inefficient  buying.  The  use  of  standards,  grades, 
informative  labels  for  commodities  sold  at  retail  is  of  value  to  con- 
sumers because  they  are  an  aid  in  identifying  desirable  commodities,, 
in  economical  buying,  in  reducing  the  time  and  energy  required  in 
shopping,  in  bringing  about  more  satisfactory  performance  in 
"style"  commodities,  and  by  providing  a  better  basis  for  consumer 
education. 

Various  retailing  and  manufacturing  activities  and  practices,  many 
of  which  are  of  significance  to  consumers,  are  affected  by  the  use  of 
commodity  standards  and  informative  labeling  in  the  retail  market. 
These  activities  and  practices  relate  tp  advertising,  misrepresenta- 
tion and  adulteration  of  commodities,  volume  of  returned  goods, 
"marked-down"  sales,  demand  for  commodities,  store  purchasing, 
and  size  of  inventories.  The  use  of  standards  and  labels  also  affects 
the  relationship  between  prices  and  quality,  various  aspects  of  selling 
by  brand,  and  competition  between  commodities  and  between  differ- 
ent types  of  firms. 

Hindrances  to  the  development  and  wider  use  of  standards  and 
informative  labels  are  the  lack  of  available  information  concerning 
commodities,  consumer  failure  to  state  concisely  the  type  of  informa- 
tion desired,  lack  of  common  agreement  as  to  the  character  and  form 
of  information  to  be  supplied,  lack  of  recognized  and  adequate  means 
of  guaranteeing  compliance  with  approved  standards  and  grades,, 
the  inadequacy  of  many  existing  standards  and  labels,  confusion 
in  the  terminology  used  in  designating  standards  and  grades,  and 
the  resistance  of  manufacturers  and  retailers  to  informative  selling. 

Factors  contributing  to  the  development  of  desirable  standards, 
grades,  labels,  and  their  use  merit  thoughtful  consideration  and  sup- 
port. 
iTttCome  Level  and  the  Choice  of  Com/modities. 

Family  incomes  in  this  country  have  failed  to  keep  pace  with  the 
actual  and  potential  flow  of  commodities  from  fields  and  factories. 
It  has  been  estimated  that  in  1935-36,  there  were  approximately  2^ 
million  families  and  10  million  single  individuals  in  the  United 
States.  In  a  study  of  consumer  incomes  for  that  year  (see  table  21) 
it  was  estimated  that  over  40  percent  of  the  families  and  60  percent 

336 


336  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

of  the  single  individuals  received  incomes  ot  less  than  $1,000  a  year 
and  that  almost  65  percent  of  families' and  80  percent- of  single  indi- 
viduals received  incomes  of  less  than  $1,500.^ 

With  the  uneven  distribution  of  income  as  represented  in  this 
table,  it  is  readily  apparent  that  the  proportion  spent,  by  families 
and  individuals  on  the  different  levels,  for  the  various  types  of  com- 
modities and  services,  and  the  character  of  the  commodities  and  serv- 
ices purchased  will  of  necessity  be  very  dissimilar.  This  is  borne 
out  by  data  obtained  in  the  companion  study  of  rural  and  urban 
expenditures  in  1935-36.     (See  table  22.) 

Family  expenditures  for  food  represented  almost  43  percent  of  the 
total  where  the  average  annual  expenditure  is  $817,  and  only  23 
percent  for  families  with  average  expenditures  <  of  $4,454.  but  the 
former  only  spend  $347  as  compared  with  $1,038  spent  by  the  latter 


Table  21. 


-Distribution  of  families  and  single  individuals,   by  income  levels, 
19S5-36  * 


Under  $500 

$500  to  $1,000... 
$1,000  to  $1,500-. 
$1,500  to  $2,000- 
$2,000  to  $3,000- 
$3,000  to  $4,000. 
$4,000  to  $5,000- 
$5,000  to  $10,000 
$10,000  or  over - 

All  levels-. 


NiimhPr      Percent  at   Cumulative 
Number      ^^^^  j^^^j  |     percent 


4, 178, 

8,  076, 

6,  747, 

4,  240, 

3,  779, 

1, 181, 

402, 

510, 

283, 


29, 400, 


14.21 
27.47 
22.95 
14.42 
12.85 
4.02 
1.37 
1.74 
.97 


100.00 


14.21 
41.  68 
64.63 
79.05 
91.90 
95.92 
97.29 
99.03 
100.00 


Single  individuals 


2,  532,  627 

3,  571,  775 
1,  986,  507 

945,  531 
655, 026 
172,091 


Percent  at 
each  level 


25.18 
35.53 
19.75 
9.40 
6.51 
1.71 


Cumulative 
percent 


25.18 
60.71 
m46 


•  Compiled  from  data  in  table  3  on  p.  18  and  table  15  on  p.  SOof  "Consumer  Incomes  in  the  United  States,' 
by  the  National  Resources  Committee,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  August 
1938,  30  cents. 

Table  22. — Average  expenditures  for  main  categories  of  consumption  for  the 
year  19S5^6 ' 


By  families 

By  single  individuals 

Items  of  expenditure 

$500 

to 

$1,000 

$1,500 

to 
$2,000 

$3,000 

to 
$4,000 

$b,000 

to 
$10,000 

$500 

to 

$1,000 

$1,500 

to 
$2,000 

$3,000 

to 
$4,000 

$5,000 

to 
$10,000 

All  items 

$817 
347 
144 
96 
67 
36 
34 
14 
22 
16 
17 
7 
7 
4 
5 

$1,589 
541 
283 
175 
155 
136 
74 
45 
61 
33 
31 
17 
15 
13 
9 

$2,729 
770 
485 
319 
316 
289 
132 
105 
102 
54 
48 

|i 

37 
14 

$4,  454 
1,038 
784 
584 
557 
522 
248 
200 
158 
89 
62 
48 
41 
83 
34 

$700 
262 
172 
37 
86 
12 
18 
22 
2 
18 
15 
35 
14 
4 
4 

$1,  409 
452 
304 

176 
80 
52 
77 
5 
29 
39 
59 
24 
10 
15 

$2,  354 
636 
514 
142 
302 
195 
121 
156 
U 
42 
58 
92 
35 
U 
39 

$3  863 

Food 

846 

Housing- 

Household  operation 

947 
211 

Clothing.- 

518 

Automobile 

Medical  care 

382 
253 

Recreation 

Furnishings     

Personal  care 

270 
24 
60 

66 

Transportation  (not  auto) 

153 

Reading 

44 

S 

81 

1  "Consumer  Expenditures  in  the  United  States,"  by  the  National  Resources  Committee,  United  States 
Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  1939,  50  cents. 

Average  expenditures  for  the  two  lower  income  groups  for  families  were  computed  from  data  iU'tablM  24A 
and  24B  on  page  86  and  for  individuals  from  data  in  tables  28A  and  29A  on  page  88.  Average  expenditures 
loT  the  two  higher  income  groups  for  families  were  taken  from  table  2  on  page  23,  and  for  individuals  from 
table  4  on  page  34. 


» "Consumer  Incomeg  In  the  United  States,"  by  the  National  Resources  Committee,  pp. 
18,  30,  United  States  Government  i'llnting  Office.  Wasiiinarton.  D.  C,  Au'inst  1938,  30  cents. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  337 

group.  The  corresponding  expenditures  for  housing  are  $144  in 
contrast  to  $784  and  for  clothing  are  $67  in  contrast  to  $557.^ 

A  more  detailed  comparison  of  expenditures  for  food  o£  families  at 
different  income  levels  shows  that  in  1935-36 — 

*  *  *  the  14  percent  of  our  families  with  the  lowest  incomes,  that  is,  families 
receiving  $312  on  the  average,  are  spending  only  slightly  more  than  $1  per  person 
per  week  for  food.  ♦  *  *  With  an  increased  income  to  an  average  of  $758,  the 
weekly  per  capita  expenditure  for  food  rose  to  about  $1.62.  With  an  average 
income  of  $1,224,  people  spent  about  $2.18  per  person  per  week  for  food.  ♦  *  * 
People  with  incomes  of  under  $500  a  year  have  about  5  cents  per  person  per  meal 
to  spend  for  food.  Families  getting  an  income  of  $fOO  a  month  have  around  10 
cents  per  person  per  meal  for  food.^ 

These  data  furnish  incontrovertible  evidence  that  the  incomes  of  a 
large  number  of  families  and  individuals  in  this  country  are  too  low  to 
meet  the  demands  of  a  comfortable  standard  of  living..  Hence  the  pur- 
chases of  these  low  income  families  can  only  partially  satisfy  desires 
of  these  consumers.  Expenditures  for  unessential  goods  and  for  those 
which  are  worthless  or  deceptively  poor  in  quality  only  serve  to 
reduce,  by  that  much,  the  sum  left  for  essential  needs  if  health  and 
self-respect  are  to  be  maintained. 

In  many  cases  the  buying  of  the  hi^np^  income  group  influences  the 
buying  of  those  in  the  lower  income  groups.  This  cc^-mes  about,  in  part, 
according  to  Robert  S.  Lynd,*  through  the  effect  the  choice  of  the 
wealthy  has  on  the  productive  activities  of  industry,  in  all  but  the  pro- 
duction of  staple  goods.  Because  of  tiie  "-high  visibility  which  movies, 
radio,  periodicals,  greater  travel,  and  leisure,  and  similar  developments 
have  given  to  the  consumption  habits  of  the  wealthy,"  individuals  in 
low  income  groups  try  to  obtain  commodities  resembling  those  used  by 
the  high  income  group.  To  meet  this  demand  mamifacturers  of  high 
quality  luxury  goods  have  produced  commodities  similar  in  appearance 
but  sufficiently  adulterated  and  cheapened  in  quality  to  sell  at  a  price 
within  the  range  of  lower  income  groupa. 

The  high-income  groups  appear  to  exert  most  influence  in  luxury 
goods  such  as  automobiles,  expensive  clothing,  and  housing.  In  con- 
trast, John  H.  Cover  ^  concluded  from  a  study  of  packaged  foods  that 
the  middle  income  group  seems  to  respond  more  rapidly  to  the  promo- 
tion of  such  commodities  and  that  the  use  of  these  foods  tends  to  extend 
upvv-ard  and  downward  from  the  middle  income  group.  This  trend 
apparently  applies  to  necessities  and  staple  goods  such  as  cereals,  soap 
flakes,  and  crackers  which  are  put  out  i"  ne^v  forms  at  prices  to  secure 
volume  acceptance. 

The  disproportionate  use  of  various  knids  of  high  pressure  promo- 
tion to  influence  coiisuiiiers  in  buying  new  and  nonessential  commodi- 
ties, compared  with  the  scant  advertising  to  stim\ilate  the  purchase  of 
most  staple  commodities,  has  served  to  lessen  the  selection  of  goods  on 
a  rational,  reflective  basis. 

Standardization  amd  Cost  of  Commodities. 

Consumers  benefit  from  the  use  of  standards  by  industry  primarily 
because  of  the  resulting,  mass  production  at  lower  cost  of  needed  ai  d 

•"Consumer  Expenditures  in  the  United  States."  by  the  National  Resources  Committee, 
pp.  2:5,  24.      T'nited -States  Government  Printinsr  Oflace,  Washington,  D.  C,  1939,  50  cents. 

»"The  Challenge  of  Underconsumption,"  based  on  a  statement  by  Milo  R.  Perkins,  p.  6, 
Federal  Surplus  Commodity  Corporation,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  O. 

*  "Recent  Social  Trends  in  the  United  States,"  report  of  the  President's  Research  Com- 
mittee on  Social  Trends,  vol.  II.  p    «60,  McGraw-Hill,  New  York  City,  1933. 

B  Iden.. 


338  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

often  greatly  improved  commodities  and  the  production  of  man^  new 
commodities. 

The  equipment  and  furnishings  in  most  American  households  of 
today  are  far  more  adequate  than  those  found  in  a  corresponding  pro- 
portion  of  the  households  of  a  few  generations  ago,  as  the  result  of  a 
more  varied  supply  of  commodities  at  different  price  ranges. 

"More  Goods  for  More  People,"  a  booklet  published  in  1938  by  the 
National  Machine  Tool  Builders'  Association  included  illustrations 
to  show  how  prices  of  commodities  have  been  reduced  by  modern 
machine  production. 

Stoves,  refrigerators,  and  washing  machines  would  cost  anywhere  from  6  to 
10  times  what  they  do  today  if  the  plants  manufacturing  them  were  not  tooled 
with  modern  equipment. 

Precision  looms  of  a  type  that  were  not  available  a  few  years  ago  reduce  weav- 
ing costs  from  15  to  30  percent.  Without  this  improvement  in  looms,  the  selling 
prices  of  fabrics  for  men's  and  women's  clothing  would  be  higher  than  they 
now  are.' 

This  list  might  be  extended  almost  indefinitely  to  include  examples 
from  practically  all  types  of  household  utensils,  equipment,  and  fur- 
niture, as  well  as  different  kinds  of  garments  and  clothing  accessories 
for  children  and  adults.  Furthermore,  services  of  the  various  public 
utilities,  such  as  railroads,  telephone,  telegraph,  water,  electricity,  and 
gas,  are  made  available  to  a  larger  proportion  of  the  consuming  public 
because  standardization,  and  certain  regulations  by  government, 
coupled  with  increased  consumption,  have  made  in  some  instances 
relatively  low'  rates  possible  to  the  individual  consumer. 

The  Value  of  Stand-ards^  Grades^  and  Informative]  Labels  to  Comiumers. 

Mass  production,  largely  a  development  of  the  last  half  century, 
and  the  many  changes  it  has  brought  about  have  made  various  ad- 
justments in  the  merchandising  of  commodities  both  desirable  and 
necessary.  Nevertheless,  industrial  leaders  have  been  preoccupied 
with  problems  related  to  increasing  the  production  of  goods  and  have 
given  much  less  consideration  to  the  modernization  of  certain  mer- 
chandising methods  to  aid  consumers  in  the  intelligent  selection  of 
commodities. 

Fifty  or  sixty  years  ago,  most  consumers  and  many  manufacturers 
and  retailers  were  better  informed  about  the  relative  value  of  available 
commodities  than  they  are  today.  At  that  time,  only  a  few  processes 
and  methods  were  employed  in  producing  consumer  commodities,  so 
that  both  sellers  and  buyers  of  these  commodities  could  judge  their 
relative  values  more  accurately  than  is  now  possible.  Furtliermore, 
changes  in  commodities  in  pre-mass-productioh  years  took  place  more 
slowly,  thus  affording  a  better  opportunity  to  evaluate  their  effect  on 
the  commodity.  As  a  result,  when  replacing  a  wornout  connnodity 
the  consumer  could  rely  on  his  own  and  his  neighbors'  experiences  as 
well  as  on  the  judgment  of  the  retailer  with  whom  he  often  had  years 
of  business  acquaintance. 

Nowadays,  the  complexity  of  most  commodities  and  frequent 
changes  in  their  manufacture,  prevent  consumers  from  making  satis- 
factory selections.  However,  the  intelligent  use  of  standards,  quality 
grades,  and  informative  labels  could  be.  of  inestimable  value  to  ipur- 
chasers  for  individual  and  household  use. 


•  "How  Mass  Production,   Standardization,  Lower  Costs,  Raise  Living  Standards  "     In- 
dustrial Standardization  and  Commercinl  Standards  Moatbly,  vol.  9  (5),  p.  123.  May  1938. 


COXCENTR'ATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER         339 

Aid  in  identifying  desirable  commodities. — A  consumer,  using  a 
commodity  of  known  composition,  quality,  and  performance,  and  de- 
siring to  select  a  new  one,  will  be  helped  when  comparable  information 
's  made  available  concerning  those  commodities  from  'which  he  is  to 
choose.  This  is  advantageous  also  to  the  retailer,  for  such  information 
tends  to  expedite  sales  and  to  reduce  the  consumer's  dissatisfaction 
with  the  commodity  he  selects. 

If  commodity  information  is  sufficiently  accurate  and  complete, 
the  consumer  -is  able  to  compare  different  commodities  and  deter- 
mine wherein  they  are  similar  and  in  wiiat  respects  they  are  different. 
Thus,  he  is  aided  in  selecting  the  commodity  which  meets  his  require- 
ments. 

It  would  seem  that  previous  experience  with  a  given  commodity 
should  aid  a  consumer  in  future  purchasing.  If,  however,  the  con- 
sumer does  not  know  the  kind  of  metal  in  a  knife  that  does  not  hold 
an  edge,  nor  the  ingredient  in  a  cosmetic  that  causes  a  rash  on  the 
skin,  he  is  unprepared  to  select  a  more  satisfactory  commodity  the 
next  time  he  makes  a  purchase.  The  value  of  experience  is  also 
influenced  in  many  cases  by  the  nature  of  the  commodity; 

♦  •  *  frequency  of  purchases  aids  in  selecting  fresh  fruits  and  vegetables, 
but  is  of  much  less  assistance  in  selecting  silk  hose.  In  the  latter  commodity, 
important  qualities  are  not  readily  recognized.  Experience  as  a  means  of 
discovering  what  is  best  may  be  very  expensive.  This  is  especially  true  when 
the  purchase  price  is  large.  If  durable  goods  are  purchased  in  the  hope  of 
learning  from  experience,  extended  periods  of  dissatisfaction  may  result.' 

Help  in-  economical  i>uichasing. — With  reliable  information  about 
the  quality,  performance,  and  other  significant  characteristics  of 
commodities  made  available  to  the  consumer,  it  is  possible  for  him 
to  form  a  judgment  as  to  their  relative  economic  value.  For  ex- 
ample, it  is  possible  to  determine  which  of  two  automobile  tires 
represents  the  best  value  if  information  is  provided,  based  on  reliable 
tests,  indicating  the  miles  of  service  each  may  be  exj^ected  to  give. 
The  consumer  is  then  in  a  position  to  make  a  reasonable  choice,  in 
the  light  of  his  needs  and  his  financial  status,  as  \v  v^iiieh  tire  repre- 
sents the  best  one  for  him  to  choose.  Furthermore,  he  is  spared 
the  unfortunate  experience  of  unknowingly  selecting  one  of  poor 
quality  when  a  better  one  is  available  at  the  same  or  a  lower  price. 

*  *  *  The  ideal  situation  is  one  in  wliich  selection  is  made  after  all  impor- 
tant facts  lire  known  and  their  significance  verified.  *  *  ♦  it  may  be  that 
there  is  one  quality  which  is  best  for  the  pui"pose  in  mind.  But  price  differ- 
ences among  the  qualities  available  might  make  it  desirable  to  substitute  a 
different  quality.  To  achieve  maximum  economy  the  relative  merits  of  tlie 
various  qualities  for  .1  jriven  use  should  be  considered.  Care  in  thinking  out 
clearly  and  precisely  what  is  wanted  brings  ^satisfactory  results  only  if  the 
market  provides  means  of  recognizing  quality  and  of  weigliing  relr.t'^e  ir.ei'it.* 

Reduction  of  time  and  energy  required  in  shopping. — Despite  as- 
sertions to  the  contrary,  many  women  find  shopping  an  unnecessarily 
heavy  tax  on  time  and  energy,  especially  in  cases  of  low  income  when 
it  ig  important  to  select  inexpensive  commodities.  Connnodity  in- 
formation concerning  reliable  standards  of  quality,  size,  performance, 
and  other  pertinent  factors  made  available  in  adveitising  and  at  the 


7  "Coi>«uniers  and  the  Market."  by  Margaret  G.  Reid.  p.  356,  Crofts  &  Co..  New  York  City, 
« ibid.,  pp.  354-355. 


340  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

retail  counter  increases  the  ease  of  shopping  and  inspires  confidence. 
With  pertinent  facts  at  hand  which  reduce  guessing,  a  choice  can 
usually  be  made  in  less  time  than  is  required  if  the  consumer  is 
inhibited  by  doubt  of  his  own  judgment,  or  by  uncertainty  as  to  the 
quality  of  the  commodity. 

More  purchases  could  be  made  satisfactorily  by  telephone  or  by 
mail  if  it  were  possible  for  consumers  to  specify  by  recognized  stand- 
ards or  grades  the  quality  of  the  commodity  desired.  This  would 
save  time,  energy,  and  expense  for  the  consumer  and  take  less  of  the 
clerk's  time.  Furthermore,  such  orders  could  be  placed  outside  of 
rush  hours  in  the  store,  thus  spreading  work  more  evenly  through 
the  day  for  the  store  employees. 

Increase  of  'performance  in  style  commodities. — The  adoption  of 
the  practice  of  furnishing  at  least  some  information  about  the  quality 
and  performance  of  commodities  in  which  style  is  an  important  fac- 
tor seems  a  reasonable  concession  to  grant  to  consumers.  This  might 
tend  to  check  rapid  changes  in  style  commodities  if  manufacturers  of 
the  fabrics  and  garments  recognized  the  necessity  of  giving  more 
consideration  to  the  characteristics  of  the  materials  they  use. 

The  manufacture  of  cheap,  shoddy  fabrics,  usually  a  liability  and 
source  of  annoyance  and  loss  to  consumers,  garment  manufacturers, 
and  retailers,  might  be  greatly  reduced  if  sufficient  emphasis  were 
placed  on  supplying  at  least  some  information  as  to  the  fiber  content, 
balance  in  weave,  shrinkage,  color  permanence,  and  breaking  strength 
of  style  fabrics. 

There  is  common  agreement  that  standardization  which  eliminates 
style  changes  in  clothing  is  not  desired.  However,  the  consumer  is 
usually  interested  in  other  qualities  in  addition  to  beauty  and  style. 

*  *  *  She  wants  style,  it  is  true,  in  her  winter  coat  but  she  is  likely  to 
be  interested  also  in  the  genuineness  and  durabiliy  of  the  fur  used  for  trimming 
and  in  the  warmth  and  durability  of  the  main  fabric.  Color  and  design 
offer  her  choice  of  draperies  but  the  "sun-fastness"  and  lauuderability  are  also 
important.    Most  goods  are  bundles  of  utilities.' 

A  similar  point  of  view  was  expressed  by  Daniel  C.  Roper,  while 
Secretary  of  Commerce. 

*  *  *  I  wish  to  say  that  I  do  not  advocate  the  introduction  of  any  pro- 
cedure that  would  restrict  the  choice  of  our  people,  either  men  or  women, 
in  any  items  contributing  to  what  is  usually  referred  to  as  "style."  What 
I  do  visualize,  however,  is  a  standardization  movement  so  directed  as  to  permit 
even  those  placing  major  emphasis  on  "style"  to  obtain  appropriate,  definitely 
identifiable  quality  at  reasonable  prices  in  commodities  selected,  proportioned, 
and  decorated  with  the  fullest  possible  freedom.    *    *    *  " 

Information  supplied  to  consumers  about  the  delicate  or  fragile 
characteristics  of  a  commodity  need  not  prevent  its  sale,  but  may 
reduce  markedly  the  number  of  consumer  complaints.  This  was  the 
case,  some  years  ago,  when  retail  stores  displayed  "transparent  vel- 
vet" fabrics  and  dresses  together  with  conspicuous  signs  stating  that 
the  fabric  was  fragile  and  not  guaranteed  by  the  store  to  give  long 
or  hard  service.  Because  consumers  were  apprised  of  the  delicate 
nature  of  the  fabric  they  handled  it  with  care  and  were  generally 
satisfied  with  the  service  received. 


•  "Economic  Problems  of  the  Family."  by  Hazel  Kyrk,  pp.  482-483.  Harper  &  Bros.,  New 
York,  193.3. 

">  "Constructive  Standardization — An  Aid  to  Better  Living."  by  Daniel  C.  Roper,  p.  5, 
address  before  the  General  Federation  of  Womens  Clubs.  U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce 
Building,, January  16,  1935,  mimeographed. 


CONCENTR'ATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  341 

Aid  in  education  for  buying. — One  of  the  significant  advantages  to 
be  gained  from  the  use  of  commodity  standards,  grades,  and  informa- 
tive labels  is  the  opportunity  afforded  to  consumers  to  improve  their 
buying  habits  through  experience  with  commodities  of  *known  quality. 
Another  advantage  of  standards  and  labels  is  that  the  consumers  can 
follow  general  buying  guides  more  intelligently  and  use  specific  factual 
information  in  th^ir  purchasing. 

Education  for  buying  is  clearly  one  of  the  major  divisions  of  the  education  of  the 
consumer.  Such'education  would  give  him  the  information  that  is  necessary  if  he 
is  to  recognize  and  compare  values.  It  would  include  information  as  to  what  is 
available  on  the  market  and  what  makes  an  article  good  for  its  purpose.  •  *  ♦ 
To  the  extent  that  there  is  informative  labeling  and  grade  marking,  it  would 
include  information  concerning  terminology  and  symbols  used  for  these  pur- 
poses. *  *  *  Education  for  buying  is  designated  primarily  to  reduce  economic 
waste,  to  make  buying  less  of  a  guess-work  process.  The  objective  of  this  educa- 
tion is  to  enable  consumers  to  gratify  their  wants  more  economically,  whatever 
these  wants  may  be." 

Commodity  standards,  grades,  and  informative  labels  would  also  aid 
in  the  education  of  salespersons  in  the  store.  According  to  a  check 
made  by  the  Retail  Executive  the  leading  directors  in  charge  of  training 
store  personnel  in  representative  stores  throughout  the  country  are 
practically  unanimous  in  their  desire  for  more  informative  labeling 
and  supplementary  factual  data  concerning  commodities.^^  These 
directors  agree  that  this  type  of  information  would  prepare  sales- 
persons to  answer  correctly  more  of  the  questions  consumers  ask 
about  merchandise  and  thereby  aid  consumers  in  more  intelligent 
buying. 

Manufacturers,  advertisers,  and  retailers  who  employ  approved 
standards  and  grades  in  selling  their  commodities  contribute  construc- 
tively to  educating  consumers  in  buying.  Unless  and  until  selling  is 
placed  on  this  new  basis,  consumer  purchasing  may  be  expected  to  con- 
tinue, in  large  measure,  to  be  irrational  and  unpredictable. 

However,  the  development  and  use  of  standards,  grades,  and  inform- 
ative labels  for  commodities  has  many  other  aspects:  "With  every 
purchase  they  [consumers]  are  contributing  not  only  to  the  support  of 
the  store  in  which  they  buy,  but  also  to  the  kind  of  manufacturing 
represented  by  the  integrity,  or  its  lack,  which  characterizes  the  article 
chosen."  ^^ 
Effect  of  Standards.,  Grades.,  and  Labels  on  Merchandising. 

As  is  generally  recognized,  standards  and  specifications  for  com- 
modities are  used  extensively  by  manufacturers  in  selling  to  whole- 
salers and  retailers,  but  they  are  used  only  to  a  slight  extent  in  reselling 
commodities  to  individual  and  household  buyers.  However,  there  has 
been  enough  experience  in  using  standards,  grades,  and  informative 
labels  in  the  retail  market  to  demonstrate  that  their  use  brings  about 
definite  changes  in  certain  retailing  activities.  Some  of  these  changes 
are  of  significance  to  consumers  as  well  as  to  various  manufacturing 
and  retailing  groups  and  may  affect  their  relations  with  one  another. 

Advertisitig  and  Commodity  Information. — Many  manufacturers 
and  retailers  have  expressed  deep  concern  over  the  insistence  by  con- 

" 'iWho  Shall  Educate  the  Consumer?"  by  Hazel  Kyrk.  The  Annals  of  the  American 
Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science,  vol.  182.  p.  42.  Philadelphia.  Pa..  November  1935. 

12  "More  Factual  Data  Is  Asked  for  by  Training  Directors.  '  Retail  Executive,  vol.  12 
(21).  p.  21.  sec.  2.  May  22.  1940. 

"  "Scientific  Consumer  Purchasing."  edite<l  by  Alice  L.  Edwards,  p.  5.  .American  Associa- 
tion of  University  Women.  Washington,  D.  C.  1939. 

272496— 41— No.  24 23 


342  CONCfENTRATIOTs'  OF  EICOXOMIC  POWER 

sumers  that  advertising  furnish  more  specific  information  about  com- 
modities. However,  the  mchision  of  information  concerning  standards 
is  a  means  of  making  advertising  more  valuable  to  consumers,  as  well 
as  to  manufacturers  and  retailers,  and  tends  to  increase  consumer  con- 
fidence in  both  the  commodity  advertised  and  in  the  firm  selling  it. 

Through  the  use  of  standards  the  informative  matter  in  advertising  may  be 
increased  since  specific  facts  concerning  characteristics  of  goods  can  be  stated. 
As  advertising  becomes  more  informative,  the  amount  of  non-informative  material 
will  be  decreased  by  the  elimination  of  that  which  is  irrelevant,  spurious,  and 
false." 

Before  standards  and  grades  can  be  used  advantageously  in  adver- 
tising, it  is  essential  that  the  commodity  be  tested  by  an  approved 
method  to  obtain  information  concerning  its  properties  and  perform- 
ance, and  to  determine  whether  or  not  the  commodity  conforms  to 
established  standards.  If  the  commodity  is  found  to  be  inferior  in 
some  important  particuLar,  it  may  be  withdrawn  from  the  market 
until  the  defect  has  been  eliminated  and  thereby  economic  loss  result- 
ing from  unfavorable  consumer  reaction  may  be  avoided. 

Advertisers  have  often  expressed  the  fear  that  the  amount  of  ad- 
vertising copy  would  be  decreased  if  standards  and  grades  of  com- 
modities were  included  in  informative  labels  and  advertising.  How- 
ever, it  has  been  sfated  that — 

The  space  taken  by  canning  advertisers  in  Canadian  publications  is  no  less  under 
grade  regulations  than  before.  Advertising  by  brand  name  is  the  rule ;  and  such 
brand  advertising  assures  the  canner  a  cash  premium  for  his  goods  over  those 
rivals  who  do  not  thus  pay  to  stimulate  consumer  interest." 

The  information  available  to  consumers  concerning  commodities 
tends  to  be  more  accurate  if  labels  and  advertising  indicate  the  stand- 
ards or  grades  with  which  the  respective  commodities  comply.  De- 
pendence can  usually  be  placed  on  the  truthfulness  of  information  on 
such  labels,  as  both  manufacturers  and  retailers  hesitate  to  assume  the 
risk  involved  in  handling  conmiodities  which  fail  to  meet  the  standards 
or  grades  specified. 

If  labels  specifying  standards  and  grades  appear  in  a  considerable 
proportion  of  a  line  of  commodities  there  may  be  less  misrepresentation 
of  the  nongraded  commodities  in  this  line. 

Actual  misrepresentation  of  commodities,  or  the  failure  to  reveal  the 
true  character  of  an  adulterated  commodity,  or  an  imitation  of  another 
commodity,  usually  results  in  competition  of  the  falsified  commodities 
with  the  genuine  commodities.^*'  In  cases  of  such  competition,  the 
genuine  commodity  may  be  driven  off  the  market;  this  was  the  result 
when  genuine  sole  leather  and  sole  leather  impregnated  with  cheap 
salts  or  other  inexpensive  materials  were  both  sold  by  weight.  In 
some  cases  genuine  and  falsified  commodities  may  remain  side  by  side 
in  the  market;  this  is  illustrated  by  genuine  and  imitation  diamonds, 
and  the  copies  of  famous  paintings.  In  other  cases  the  falsified  com- 
modity, being  of  such  poor  quality  as  to  serve  no  useful  purpose,  may 
disappear  entirely  from  the  market;  sometimes,  as  the  result  of  the 
competition  of  such  an  unsatisfactory  commodity  there  ceases  to  be  a 
demand  for  the  genuine  commodity  as  well  as  for  the  imitation. 


"  "Standardization  of  Consumers'  Goods,"  by  Jessie  V.  Coles,  p.  188,  Ronald  Press.  New 
York  City,  1932. 

i»  "Grade  Labeling  of  Canned  Foods  in  Canada,"  a  report  n.ade  by  the  Consumers  Advisory 
Board  to  Division  Administrator  Armin  W.  Riley,  p.  4.  National  Recovery  Administration, 
Washington.  D.  C.  December  21.  1034,  mimeoRraphed.      (Out  of  print.) 

"  "Economic  Aspects  of  Adulteration  and  Imitation,"  by  Carl  L.  Alsberg,  'he  Quarterly 
Journal  of  Economics,  vol.  XLVI,  pp.  1-33,  November  1931. 


OOXCENTRl\TIOX  of  ECOXOMrC  POWER  343 

Sometimes  the  demand  for  the  substitute  as  well  as  the  genuine 
commodity  may  increase ;  this  was  the  case  of  chicory  and  coffee.  Since 
neither  has  nutritive  value,  selection  is  determined  largely  by  taste, 
local  custom,  and  price.  However,  due  to  the  lower  price  of  chicory, 
the  use  of  this  commodity,  has  to  a  considerable  extent,  contributed  to 
a  "coffee-drinking"  habit  and  resulted  in  an  increased  consumption  of 
both  chicory  and  coffee. 

Volume  of  returned  goods.— Axv  analysis  oi  tne  reasons  for  i-e- 
turned  goods  reveals  that  in  many  instances  commodities  have  failed 
to  comply  with  reasonable  standards  of  quality,  composition,  per- 
formance, or  size.  One  of  the  advantages  the  retailer  should  gain  by 
using  standards,  grades,  and  informative  labels  in  purchasing  and 
selling  is  a  reduction  in  rhe  number  of  adjustments,  because  fewer 
commodities  would  prove  defective  or  unsatisfactory.  If,  for  ex- 
ample, the  buyers  of  dresses  in  stores  having  a  large  volume  of  returns 
would  place  less  emphasis  on  price,  and  be  more  critical  of  how  dresses 
are  made  and  of  their  adherence  to  recognized  standards  of  quality, 
size,  and  performance,  there  is  reason  to  believe  that  the  number  of 
justifiable  returns  would  be  measurably  reduced. 

Confusion  in  the  present  system  and  nomenclature  of  sizes  for 
children's  garments  results  in  a  high  percentage  of  returned  goods, 

*  *  *  the  lack  of  uniformity  in  marking  garments  is  illustrated  by  a  suit 
marked  as  an  eight-year-old  size  which  is  inches  larger  than  a  suit  marked 
as  a  -ten-year-old  size.  The  inherent  inadequacy  of  age  as  an  index  is  illustrated 
by  the  fact  that  children  ranging  in  age  from  four  to  thirteen  years  may  fall 
into  the  same  height  group,  the  average  age  for  the  group  being  eight  years." 

In  discussing  the  problem  of  returned  goods,  a  leading  retailer  has 
said : 

Figures  for  the  year  1939,  just  published,  show  that  9  percent  or  all  the  goods 
sold  by  department  stores  were  recorded  as  returns.  This  figure  must  be 
increased  to  allow  for  \uirecorded  returns,  of  which  we  have  many — 15  to 
16  percent  returns  would  be  a  more  accurate  reflection  of  the  facts.  In  other 
words,  one-sixth  of  all  goods  we  sell  come  back  for  credit  or  exchange.  *  *  * 
And  they  are  costly.  It  has  been  estimated  that  a  medium  sized  department 
store  will  handle  SO.OOO  returns  per  year  at  a  cost  of  some  $80,000,  or  an 
even  dollar  apiece.  To  such  a  store  this  $80,000  would  often  represent  more 
than  its  total  annual  net  profit." 

It  is  often  contended  b}-  those  opposed  to  informative  labeling, 
that  the  cost  of  providing  the^  is  unwarranted. 

A  case  history  study  of  adjustments  just  made  by  the  Metropolitan  Retail 
Store  Adjustors  Association  throws  much  light  on  this  subject.  It  re'ijorted  that 
only  13  percent  of  the  adjustments  made  in  13  merchandise  classifications  in- 
volved goods  which'  carried  informative  labels.  Here,  tlien,  is  evidence  that 
informative  labels  have  lessened  the  returned  goods  "evil" — at  least  in  the  cases 
studied.  It  would  seem  from  this  that  they  help  business  as  well  as  consumers, 
and  the  cost  of  providing  informative  labels  is  justified." 

'''■Mark-down^''  sales. — Some  significant  changes  in  the  practice  of 
mark-down  sales  would  doubtless  occur  if  retailers  were  required  to 
furnish  reliable  information  about  the  quality  of  commodities  of 
their  regular  stock  and  of  those  placed  on  sale,  Retailersi  would  often 
find  it  much  more  difficult  to  convince  customers  of  the  value  of  "bar- 
gains" being  offered. 

1''  "Toward  Better  Sizes  for  Children's  Garments,"  by  W.  H.  Waters,  Industrial  Stand* 
ardization  and  Commercial  Standards  Monthly,  vol.  10   (6),  pp.  159-160.  June  1939. 

1*  "How  Consumers  and  Retailers  Are  Cooperating  to  Spread  the  Family  Dollar,"  address 
by  Max  Gertz,  p.  5,  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Home  Economics  Association, 
Cleveland.  Ohio,  June  27,  1940,  mimeographed. 

"  "Do  Labels  Help  Sellers?"  Sales  Management,  vol.  46  (11),  pp.  44-46,  May  15,  1940. 


344  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Usually,  at  a  genuine  mark-down  sale  only  a  limited  amount  of 
merchandise,  consisting  of  incomplete  lines  or  broken  sizes,  is  offered. 
But  if  the  volume  of  goods  on  sale  is  large,  it  is  usually  the  result 
of  a  wrong  estimate  on  the  part  of  the  store  buyer  of  tne  quantity 
which  the  store  can  sell,  or  of  an  unsatisfactory  selection  of  quality 
or  style.  Since  consumer  selection  is  sometimes  a  result  of  overem- 
phasis on  style  or  novelty  features,  consumer  preference  may  be  di- 
rected to  some  unusual  styles  and  leave  the  regular  staple  lines  unsold. 
As  a  result  of  this,  the  staple  goods  are  marked-down  ^or  sale.  This 
may  also  happen  in  case  of  a  large  purchase  of  style  goods  when  this 
particular  style  does  not  meet  consumer  demand.  However,  if  con- 
sumer could  buy  on  the  basis  of  standards,  grades,  and  other  pertinent 
facts  concerning  commodities,  as  well  as  style,  and  manufacturers  and 
retailers  were  accustomed  to  giving  this  information,  it  is  probable 
that  fewer  mark-down  sales  would  be  required  to  dispose  of  com- 
modities. 

Demand  for  graded  commodities. — Commodity  grades  and  stand- 
ards are  used  extensively  in  the  marketing  of  agricultural  products. 
Expereince  has  demonstrated  that  these  grades  and  standards  provide 
a  basis  of  negotiation  in  selling  and  thus  reduce  controversies  over 
quality.  If  products  are  graded  before  shipment  those  of  poor  quality 
can  be  discarded  at  that  time,  thus  reducing  the  cost  of  handling, 
shipping,  and  storage.  In  addition,  grade  standardization  facilitates 
shipment  to  a  particular  market  of  the  grades  preferred  in  that  area. 
Furthermore,  standardization  of  grades  of  agricultural  products  has 
brought  about  the  standardization  of  containers  in  sizes  convenient 
for  marketing  and  also  in  dimensions  which  permit  maximum 
efficiency  in  loading  trucks  and  freight  cars. 

Banks  make  annually  extensive  loans  to  producers  on  the  basis 
of  products  graded  by  Federal  graders  and  stored  in  warehouses. 
This  facilitates  the  gradual  shipment  of  products  as  they  are  required 
in  retail  trade. 

Even  though,  in  many  cases,  information  concerning  the  grades  of 
agricultural  products  is  not  made  available  to  the  consumer,  he  is 
benefited  indirectly  when  he  buys  these  commodities  because  they  tend 
to  be  relatively  uniform  and  of  better  quality  than  those  which  are 
ungraded.  The  upward  trend  in  the  volume  of  Government  graded 
agricultural  products,  as  shown  in  the*following  tables,  is  an  mdica- 
tion  of  the  consumer's  preference  for  these  commodities. 


Table  23. — Contract  deliveries  of  meats  graded  ty  Federal  graders'^ 
[In  pounds] 


Calendar 
year— 

Fresh  and  frozen 

Cured 

Manufac- 

Beef 

Veal  and 
calf 

Lamb  and 
mutton 

Pork 

1,816,067 
1.628,597 
2,365,257 
8,  054, 168 

Beef 

Pork 

sage  and 
ground 
meats 

1930 

68,  749,  576 
237,  593. 692 
450, 127, 284 
512, 010,  902 

1,  442,  573 
1,864.686 
3,617,265 
5,684,117 

2, 469,  591 
8,  012,  880 
19,021,457 
24,  213,  777 

790,  514 

489,907 

1.326.979 

2, 279, 048 

2,  871, 936 

3.  706,  378 
14,  244.  522 
36,  965,  666 

553  481 

1933 

918,  355 

1936.... 

34.  371, 188 

1939 

42,  737, 079 

'  Based  on  data  furnished  by  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Washington,  D.  C. 


concentrl^tion  of  economic  power  345 

Table  24. — Dairy  products  graded  by  Federal  and  Federal-State  graders  * 


Calendar  year— 

Butter  in 
pounds 

Eggs  in  30 
dozen  cases 

Dressed 
poultry 
in  pounds 

Dressed 
Turkeys  in 
pounds » 

Cheese  in 
pounds 

1927 

72, 744,  659 
163,  350, 365 
269.  310, 674 
2.50,  269,  731 
271,  339, 115 

616,060 

397, 635 

556, 081 

1,026,640 

1, 333, 009 

68,299 

601,121 

3, 916,  %0 

7, 849, 683 

9,  998,  727 

<298,  932 

1930 

7, 492. 968 
6,288,843 
12,650,672 
18.  792, 426 

■395,  529 

1933 

1,  568, 158 

1936 

3,919,945 

1939 

5,  514,  528 

•  Based  on  data  furnished  by  the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Washington,  D.  C. 
'  By  fiscal  year  beginning  on  July  1  of  the  given  calendar  year. 

One  of  the  leading  food  chain-stores  has  been  using  Government 
grade  labels  on  certain  lines  of  its  canned  fruits  and  vegetables  ^* 
for  several  years.  On  April  30,  1940,  this  company  reported  that 
since  the  fall  of  1934,  when  the  use  of  grade  labels  was  initiated,  a 
total  of  over  928,400,000  of  these  labels  have  been  used  on  approxi- 
mately 381/4  million  cases  of  canned  foods  packed  24  to  the  case.  Of 
these  labels,  approximately  347,250,000  were  for  grade  A  canned 
foods,  10,330,000  were  for  grade  B,  and  570,820,000  were  for  grade  C. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  over  60  percent  of  these  labels  were 
grade  C  products,  which  should  dispell  the  belief  advanced  by  many 
producers  that  consumers  would  not  knowingly  purchase  a  grade  C 
product. 

During  this  same  period,  the  company  reports  that  approximately 
180,000,000  cans  of  fruits  were  sold  using  the  words  "Fancy"  and 
"Choice"  to  designate  the  grades.^^ 

SeUction  and  purchasing  of  commodities. — Commodities  for  which 
there  are  satisfactory  standards  or  grades  can  be  selected  more  readily 
by  manufacturers  and  retailers,  as  well  as  by  the  consumer,  than  com- 
modities for  which  such  information  is  lacking.  If  commodities  are 
standardized,  they  may  be  selected  by  sample  or  ordered  by  ^ade 
with  reasonable  assurance  of  the  characteristics  of  the  commodity  to 
be  received  by  the  purchaser.  Therefore,  the  retailers'  expense  in 
selecting  commodities  for  which  reliable  standards  and  grades  are 
available  may  be  measurably  reduced.  The  retailers'  savings,  alone, 
may  be  sufficient  to  justify  the  expense  incurred  in  grading  commodi- 
ties. 

The  use  of  standards  and  grades  in  describing  commodities  is  a 
safeguard  to  b©th  buyer  and  seller. 

Commercial  contracts  transferring  the  ownership  of  commodities  must  be  based 
on  dimensional  standards  and  quality  specifications  that  are  mutually  satisfactory 
to  the  buyer  and  seller.  National  recognitions  of  such  standards  will  remove 
misunderstandings  and  expedite  commercial  transactions.  Especially  is  this  im- 
portant in  interstate  and  international  trade  when  the  buyer  is  unable  to 
inspect  personally  and  select  the  commodities  offered  by  the  seller.*" 

Nvmiher  of  different  commodities  in  stock. — Every  unnecessary  item 
added  to  the  stock  of  commodities  carried  by  manufacturers  and  re- 


=»  Letter  by  C.  W.  Parr,  the  Great  Atlantic  &  Pacific  Tea  Co.,  New  York  City,  April  30/ 

21  Letter  by  C.  W.  Parr,  the  Great  Atlantic  &  Pacific  Tea  Co.,  New  York  City,  May  7,  1940. 
"  "Trade  Associations  in  Law  and  Business,"  by  Benjamin  S.  Kirch  and  Harol<l  Roland, 
p.  154,  Central  Book  Co.,  New  York  City,  1938. 


346  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

tailers  tends  to  reduce  the  profits  of  a  company.  Therefore,  it  is 
desirable  for  a  companj^  to  adopt  a  well  developed  plan  by  which  all 
unnecessary  sizes,  varieties,  and  types  of  the  different  line  of  commodi- 
ties can  be  eliminated.  Such  simplification  reduces  the  volume  of 
goods  on  the  merchants'  shelves,  increases  the  rate  of  turn-over  of 
commodities,  and  reduces  operating  costs.  The  interests  of  the  con- 
sumer may  be  served  through  reduced  prices  and  the  availability  of 
standard  commodities. 

It  has  been  found  that  reductions  in  inventories  may  be  facilitated 
by  a  company's  adoption  of  a  policy  to  provide  consumers  with  in- 
formation concerning  the  standards  and  grades  of  the  commodities 
it  offers  for  sale. 

For  example,  in  trying  to  give  informative  copy  which  shows  the  difference 
between  15-cent,  19-cent,  and  25-cent  items  within  a  given  line  it  sometimes 
reveals  that  there  is  no  real  need  for  all  three  items  in  the  assortment.  Many 
lines  are  being  reduced  in  this  manner  making  for  a  better  merchandising 
structure,  greater  concentration  on  less  number,  more  specification  buying  with 
its  consequent  savings  in  cost.^ 

Price  aixci  Quality. 

Where  the  qualities  of  commodities  are  clearly  recognized  by  both 
seller  and  buyer,  prices  of  commodities  are  determined,  largely,  by 
their  qualities  and  consumer  preferences.  An  illustration  of  this  is 
given  in  a  report  by  the  Consumer  Advisory  Board  of  the  National 
Recovery  Administration :  "In  general,  the  Canadian  consumer  may 
buy  by  price  and  still  be  assured  that  her  purchases  fall  within  the 
grade  uniformly  marketed  within  that  price  range."  The  fear,  ex- 
pressed by  certain  members  of  the  canning  industry  in  the  United 
States,  that  all  commodities  placed  in  a  given  grade  would  have 
identical  prices,  was  not  borne  out  by  the  situation  in  Canada.  "The 
prices  of  like  products  in  the  same  grade  are  not  frozen  to  one'  level. 
The  spread  is  often  small  yet  evidence  appears  that  a  product,  either 
through  advertising  or  superior  merit,  or  both,  can  command  a 
premium  over  rival  brands  of  the  same  grade."  ^* 

When  a  consumer  is  not  provided  with  information  as  to  the 
quality  of  a  commodity,  he  tends  to  place  considerable  dependence  on 
price  as  a  quality  guide.  The  consumer  hesitates  to  select  the  less 
expensive  of  a  group  of  commodities  for  fear  it  may  be  distinctly 
inferior  in  quality.  While  there  is  considerable  basis  for  this  atti- 
tude, retail  prices  are  often  less  closely  related  to  quality  than  are 
wholesale  prices. 

The  wholesale  price  classification  is  not  carried  through  automatically  to  the 
consumer  with  a  uniform  mark-up.  The  value  to  the  store  of  the  executive 
in  charge  of  the  "women's  ready  to  wear"  is  in  his  ability  to  pick  some  dresses 
from  the  $2.75  wholesale  group  and  regrade  them  into  the  $5.95  retail  group 
rather  than  into  the  $3.95  group  where  most  of  their  sister  dre.'jses  may  go. 
That  is,  the  retail  price  grades  do  not  in  any  sense  parallel  the  wholesale 
price  grades,  so  that  while  wholesale  prices  paid  by  experienced  professional 
buyers  may  be  considered  as  bearing  some  relation  to  inherent  quality,  as  repre- 
sented by  material  and  workmanship,  retail  prices  of  dresses  tend  away  from 
such  a  relation.    But  the  consumer's  willingness  to  associate  quality  with  price 


»"How  Should  We  Label  What?  BYom  the  Merchandising  Point  of  View,"  by  Fred  C. 
Hecht,  p.  3,  address  before  the  National  Retail  Dry  Goods  Association.  Chicago,  111.,  June  18, 
1940,  mimeographed. 

"  "Grade  Labeling  of  Canned  Foods  in  Canada,"  a  report  made  by  the  Consumers  Advisory 
Board  to  Division  Administrator  Arniin  W.  Riley,  pp.  2-3,  National  Recovery  Administration, 
Washington,  D.  C.,  December"  21,  1934,  mimeographed. 


CONCENTR(ATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  347 

frequently  leads  her  into  paying  several  hundred  percent  profit  to  the  store  that 
has  reclassified  cheap  merchandise  into  a  higher  grade.^ 

Furthermore,  present  day  advertising  has  contributed  to  establish- 
ing prices  of  commodities  more  in  line  with  the  extent  and  cleverness 
of  the  advertising  than  in  relation  to  the  specific  qualities  of  the 
commodity. 

♦  *  *  we  have  persistent  price  differences  between  brands  and  grades  not 
warranted  by  differences  in  quality.  Not  only  may  goods  of  the  same  grade 
sell  at  different  prices  but  goods  of  superior  quality  may  sell  at  a-  lower  price 
than  the  inferior  because  the  buyer  has  no  test  of  quality  except  price,  or  has 
been  so  repeatedly  told  to  buy  a  particular  brand  and  accept  no  substitutes 
that  she  does, it  without  knowing  why.^ 

It  has  been  found  by  those  who  have  studied  farmers'  experiences 
in  marketing  agricultural  products  "that  where  no  standards  are 
recognized  the  tendency  of  the  trade  is  to  pay  a  flat  price  based  on 
average  value."  Such  a  practice  does  not  encourage  the  producer  to 
sacrifice  the  volume  of  product  marketed  in  order  to  maintain  a 
given  standard,  while  "trading  on  a  quality  basis  is  the  greatest 
stimulus  to  better  methods  of  production."  " 

Commodity  Standards  and  Brands. 

The  brand  name  in  many  cases  is  the  consumers'  only  available 
guide  to  quality  although  legally  a  brand  name,  as  such,  is  not  sup- 
posed to  indicate  the  quality  of  a  commodity.  Section  5  of  the  Trade- 
Mark  Act  of  February  21,  1905,  as  amended  January  3,  1913,  specifi- 
cally forbids  the  registration  of  trade-marks  consisting  of  words  or 
devices  which  describe  the  commodity  or  its  qualities. 

Within  the  last  30  years  there  has  been  a  marked  reduction  in  the 
proportion  of  commodities  sold  in  bulk  and  an  increase  in  packaged 
commodities  identified  by  brand  names. 

It  is  the  purpose  of  the  brand  device  to  attract  consumer  purchases  to  the 
goods  handled  by  a  single  firm.  The  brand  name  does  not  identify  the  goods 
themselves,  since  their  composition  may  be  altered  from  time  to  time  without 
notice  and  without  any  corresponding  alteration  in  the  brand.  Nor  does  the 
brand  name  identify  the  maker'of  the  goods;  for  the  brand  may  be  owned  by 
the  fabricator,  the  wholesaler,  or  the  retailer.     *     *     *  ^ 

There  is  a  wide  variety  of  different  brands  of  many  commodities. 
This  is  true  especially  of  various  canned  and  packaged  foods.  Al- 
thoit^h  all  of  the  avai^lable  brands  are  not  sold  in  any  one  store  or  in 
any  one  city,  a  survey  of  brand  preferences  conducted  by  the  Mil- 
waukee Journal  in  1939  revealed  that  consumers  in  that  city  could 
choose  between  225  brands  of  canned  peas,  184  brands  of  canned  corn, 
127  brands  of  packaged  coffee,  107  brands  of  peanut  butter,  102  brands 
of.  tomato  juice,  and  40  brands  of  canned  milk."*  It  has  been  found 
that— 

*  *  *  manufacturers  sometimes  sell  the  same  goods  under  several  brands ; 
that  "seconds"  under  a  dilferent  name  may  compete  with  the  first  quality  goods 


^  "A  Survey  of  the  Terms  Used  in  Designating  Qualities  of  (ioods,"  by  Consumers  Ad- 
visory Board,  p.  43,  National  Recovery  Administration,  Washington,  D.  C,  September  1934, 
mimeographed. 

»  "Food  Buying  and  Our  Marlcets,"  by  Day  Monroe,  Hazel  Kyrls,  and  Ursula  Batchelder 
Stone,  p.  134,  M.  Barrows  &  Co.,  New  York  City,  1938. 

2^  "National  Standards  for  Farm  Products,"  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Economics,  p.  7.  cir- 
cular No.  8,  revised,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  OflSce, 
Washington,  D.  C,  September  1935,  5  cents. 

«  "Brand  Names,  Quality,  and  Price,"  by  Clair  Wilcox,  the  Annals  of  the  Academy  of 
Political  and  Social  Science,  vol.  173,  p.  80,  May  1934. 

29  "Consumer  Analysis  :  Greater  ^lilwaukee  Market,"  95  pp.,  sixteenth  annual  edition, 
comniled  by  the  Milwaukee  Journal,  Milwaukee,  Wis..  1939. 


348  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

of  the  same  producer ;  and  that  the  same  product  is  sometimes  sold  under  the 
manufacturer's  brand,  the  converter's  brand,  and  the  retailer's  private  brand. 
Also  the  same  quality  under  different  names  is  sold  as  regular  stock  and  for 
special  "bargain"  sales.  The  fact  is  generally  known  that  identical  products 
of  a  single  canning  plant  may  be  labeled  with  several  different  brands.'® 

It  has  been  found  that  the  excellent  quality  of  a  branded  or  trade- 
marked  commodity  may  be  maintained  only  until  it  has  won  con- 
sumer acceptance.  Thereafter,  the  manufacturer  sometimes  lowers 
the  quality  especially  if  the  demand  for  the  commodity  exceeds  the 
readily  available  supply  of  high  grade  products  required  in  its  manu- 
facture. An  awareness  of  this  practice  no  doubt  accounts  for  the 
consumers'  preference  for  branded  commodities  labeled  with  Govern- 
ment grades  as  indicated  in  a  survey  to  determine  the  probable  effect 
of  Government  grading  of  goods  on  public  buying.^^  The  survey 
was  based  on  replies  from  1,000  consumers  in  30  Eastern  States,  and 
revealed  that  70  percent  of  these  consumers  would  be  inclined  to  be 
guided  by  Government  grades  stamped  on  commodities  and  that  52 
percent  selected  advertised  brands  in-  preference  to  little  known 
brands  when  both  were  grade-marked,  even  though  the  advertised 
brand  was  more  expensive. 

Brands  and  trade-marks  are  essential  if  advertising  is  to  promote 
wide  consumption  of  a  specific  commodity.  The  economic  value  to 
the  manufacturer  of  a  successfully  promoted  brand  is  indicated  in 
the  following  statement  by  Kobert  S.  Lynd : 

The  value  of  a  brand  name  has  mounted  steadily ;  five  times  annual  earnings 
was  but  a  few  years  ago  an  established  sale  price  for  a  business  involving  the 
good  will  from  a  brand  name;  this  has  recently  jumped  to  ten  and  in  excep- 
tional cases  sixteen  times  annual  earnings.  The  Maxwell  House  Coffee  habit 
of  the  American  people  was  bought  in  1928  for  $42,000,000  and  the  Jell-0  habit 
in  1925  for  $35,000,000.'=" 

Many  large  retail  stores  have  their  own  brands  or  place  their  names 
on  certain  lines  of  commodities  which  are  purchased  from  manufac- 
turers whose  names  remain  unknown  to  individual  consumers.  Some 
of  these  commodities  are  manufactured  in  factories  owned  by  the 
stores.  The  independent  manufacturer  sometimes  meets  competition 
of  the  large  retail  store  by  establishing  his  own  brand  of  commodi- 
ties for  which  he  seeks  to  build  widespread  demand.  By  this  means 
he  more  or  less  dominates  the  activities  of  the  small  retail  stores.  It 
is  said  that  "the  business  of  the  small  shop  keeper  has  been  turned 
topsy-turvy  by  the  distribution  of  branded  goods  on  a  wide  scale." 
Since  these  goods  can  be  sold  so  easily  the  shopkeeper  is  often  little 
more  than  a  commission  agent  and  the  "consequences  for  the  commu- 
nity at  large  almost  entirely  depend  upon  the  standards  of  good  faith 
and  honest  service  which  the  makers  of  branded  goods  set  for  them- 
selves."^^ 

The  real  objective  of  the  manufacturer  of  a  brand-marked  com- 
modity is  to  lift  it  out  of  competition  with  other  similar  commodi- 
ties. He  wishes  to  avoid  an  accurate  comparison  of  the  character- 
istics of  the  brand-marked  commodity  with  the  characteristics  of 
nonbranded  commodities. 


•■»«  "Standardization  of  Consumers'  Goods,"  by  Jessie  V.  Coles,  p.  41,  Ronald  Press,  New 
York  City,  1932. 

^1  "How  One  Thousand  Consumers  Would  Use  Goyernment  Grades,"  bv  Pauline  Arnold. 
Advertisine  and  Selling,  vol.  22  (9),  pp.  22.  23.  48.  March  1.  1934. 

^  "Recent  Social  Trends  In  the  TTnlted  States,"  report  of  the  President's  Research  Com- 
mittee on  Social  Trends,  p.  876.  McGraw-Hill,  New  York  City.  1933. 

M  "Branded  Goods,"  editorial,  the  Economist,  pp.  156-157,  London,  England,  Oct.  22.  1938. 


CONCENTEiATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  349 

While  national  brands  unquestionably  make  for  greater  uniformity  of  quality, 
an  important  aspect  of  the  consumer's  use  of  branded  goods  is  the  increasing 
technical  complexity  of  fabricated  commodities  such  as  foods,  textiles,  mechan- 
ical equipment  and  toilet  goods.  This  tends  to  remove  further  the  character- 
istics, blanketed  by  a  brand  name  from  the  sorts  of  empirical  comparisons  that 
were  more  often  possible  a  generation  ago  when  there  were  fewer  brands  and 
more  commodities  were  produced  in  the  home.  Again,  there  is  a  tendency  in 
the  ceaseless  quest  for  what  advertising  men  call  "million  dollar  merchandising 
ideas"  to  disguise  commodities  still  further  by  identifying  them  with  cryptic 
characteristics.  Along  with  this  goes  the  tendency  to  drive  goods  under  their 
real  names  off  the  retail  market." 

There  may  be  considerable  variation  in  the  quality  and  other  char- 
acteristics of  commodities  sold  under  a  given  brand.  The  develop- 
ment and  use  of  standards,  grades,  and  informative  labels  for  such 
commodities  would  tend  to  bring  about  more  uniformity  in  the 
product. 

Commodity  Standards  and  Competition. 

The  widespread  use  of  standards  and  grades  is  of  benefit  to  the 
manufacturers  and  distributors  who  try  to  avoid  deception  in  the 
manufacture  and  sale  of  commodities.  As  long  as  standards  are  not 
developed  and  followed  in  manufacturing  and  selling  and  consumers 
cannot  distinguish  between  different  qualities,  the  manufacturer  will 
be  tempted  to  lower  the  quality  of  the  commodities  when  competi- 
tion is  keen.  On  the  other  hand,  if  grade  labels  are  placed  on  com- 
modities "there  is  a  decreased  tendency  for  good  quality  to  be  driven 
off  the  market  merely  because  consumers  through  ignorance  were 
willing  to  accept  an  inferior  product."  ^^  Consumers  usually  prefer 
commodities  of  high  quality  to  those  of  low  quality,  and  are  willing 
to  pay  more  for  the  high  quality  if  they  can  afford  the  extra  cost. 
Therefore,  the  use  of  standards  and  other  pertinent  commodity  in- 
formation usually  bring  about  a  reasonably  direct  relationship  be- 
tween price,  quality,  and  consumer  preference. 

If  commodity  standards  and  informative  labels  are  used  in  retail- 
ing there  is  a  tendency  to. reduce  the  varieties  in  each  line.  This 
may,  and  often  does,  stimulate  competition. 

*  *  *  Standardization  and  the  competitive  spirit  cannot  live  amiably  to- 
gether ;  one  always  tends  to  destroy  the  other.  Thus  if  standardization  be 
attempted  under  competitive  conditions  and  if  a  number  of  rival  firms  under- 
take to  manufacture  the  same  standardized  article,  competition  is  entirely  on 
the  basis  of  price  and  the  concern  which  can  produce  at  the  lowest  cost  and 
consequently  sell  at  the  lowest  price  will  undersell  its  rivals  and  drive  them 
from  the  field." 

In  certain  cases,  the  number  of  conj^anies  manufacturing  a  com- 
modity may  be  so  reduced  through  price  competition  that  the  control 
of  the  manufacturing  and  selling  of  the  commodity  is  concentrated  in 
only  one  or  a  few  companies.  In  this  way,  standardization  may  con- 
tribute to  the  development  of  monopoly.    One  point  of  view  is  that — 

*  *  *  if  standardization  is  retained,  the  progress  towards  monopoly  proceeds 
at  an  accelerated  rate  of  speed  because  every  inroad  which  the  largest  concern 
makes  upon  the  market  of  its  rivals  may  increase  its  output  and  lower  its 
overhead  cost  per  unit  of  product,   and  correspondingly  decrease   the  output 


*♦  "Recent  Social  Trends  In  the  United  States."  report  of  the  President's  Research  Com- 
mittee on  Social  Trends,  pp.  876-877,  McGraw-Hill.  New  York  City,  1933. 

»  "Consumers  and  the  Market,"  by  Margaret  G.  Reid,  p.  373,  Crofts  &  Co.,  New  York 
City,  1938. 

*>  "Standardization  and  Its  Relation  to  Industrial  Concentration,"  by  Homer  Hoyt,  the 
Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science,  vol.  82,  p.  271,  March 
1919. 


350  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

and  raise  the  overhearl  cost  per  unit  of  product  of  the  smaller  firm.  In  those 
industries  where  unit  costs  decrease  with  volume,  the  largest  concern  can  use 
the  very  trade  gained  by  price  cutting  as  a  basis  of  covering  prices  still  more, 
while  the  smaller  concern  with  every  loss  of  sales  is  either  forced  to  raise 
prices  or  to  increase  its  deficit  at  a  progressive  rate.  Wherever  standardization 
thus  makes  mass  production  under  conditions  of  heavy  fixed  capital  the  most 
economical,  competition  will  die  of  its  own  excesses  and  a  combination  of 
firms." 

Rival  manufacturers  or  retailers  often  seek  to  escape  excessive  price 
competition  by  promoting  trade-marks  or  brands  for  their  respective 
commodities.  Since  specific  information  as  to  the  quality  of  branded 
commodities. is  not  furnished  to  consumers,  vigorous  promotion  may 
build  up  such  a  strong  demand  for  these  commodities  that  the  manu- 
facturer sometimes  maintains  what  has  been  termed  a  quasi-monop- 
oly.  The  manufacturer  is  then  enabled  to  sell  his  commodity  at  a 
price  far  in  excess  of  that  which  consumers  would  pay  if  the  com- 
modity were  sold  on  the  basis  of  known  merit. 

Thus  it  becomes  evident  that  an  intimate  but  intricate  relationship 
exists  between  price,  quality,  competition,  and  monopoly.  In  many 
instances  consumer  and  public  interests  can  be  safeguarded  only  by  a 
certain  degree  of  carefully  adjusted  regulation  or  control. 

Hindrances  to  the  Development  and  Use  of  Standards^  Grades^  and 
Infonnative  LaheJing. 

There  are  many  obstacles  to  the  development  and  wide  use  of  com- 
modity standards,  grades,  and  informative  labels  in  retail  selling. 
Some  of  the  more  significant  of  these  obstacles  are  the  lack  of  available 
commodity  information ;  the  consumers'  failure  to  state  clearly  the  type 
of  commodity  information  desired ;  lack  of  agreement  on  the  character 
and  form  of  information  to  be  supplied;  lack  of  recognized  and  ade- 
quate means  of  guaranteeing  compliance  of  commodities  with  approved 
standards  and  grades;  inadequacy  of  many  standards,  grades,  and 
labels;  confusion  in  terminology  used  in  designating  standards  and 
grades;  and  the  resistance  of  many  manufacturers  and  retailers  to 
informative  selling. 

Lack  of  OAiailahle  commodity  information. — The  difficulty  consumers 
have  in  obtaining  the  information  required  for  intelligent  selection  of 
commodities  places  in  the  hands  of  the  manufacturer  and  retailer  much 
of  the  responsibility  for  providing  reliable  commodity  information. 

At  first  thought  it  would  seem  a  simple  matter  for  the  manufacturer 
to  supply  all  the  information  about  his  products  which  consumers  might 
want  or  need.  But  in  some  instances  this  is  not  as  easy  as  it  seems. 
Changes  in  the  materials  employed  and  technical  advances  in  produc- 
tion cause  manufacturers  to  make  frequent  modifications  of  commodi- 
ties. Where  a  new  process  is  used  in  making  a  commodity  it  is  often 
necessary  to  make  more  or  less  extensive  tests  to  determine  what  changes 
may  have  taken  place  in  the  commodity,  and  how  satisfactory  from  a 
variety  of  angles  the  new  commodity  will  prove  to  be.  Some  modifica- 
tions are  not  manifest  until  after  a  commodity  has  been  in  use  for  weeks 
or  months.  This  is  particularly  important  in  case  of  such  commodities 
as  drugs,  cosmetics,  and  other  substances  that  may  either  favorably  or 
adversely  affect  health.  All  of  this  emphasizes  the  need  for  careful 
performance  testing  of  new  commodities  both  before  and  after  they  are 
placed  on  the  market. 

"  "Standardization  and  Its  Relation  to  Industrial  Conoenti-ation,"  bv  Homer  Hoyt.  the 
Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science,  vol.  82,  p.  271,  March 


concentrl\tion  of  economic  power  351 

In  case  the  commodity  is  a  processed  or  manufactured  food,  such 
questions  as  these  arise :  Of  what  ingredients  is  the  new  food  composed  ? 
Has  the  character  of  the  carbohydrate,  fat,  or  protein  been  changed  in 
any  significant  way;  and -if  so,  what  effect  does  this  have  on  nutritive 
value?  Have  the  vitamins  been  either  partially  or  wholly  destroyed? 
If  vitamin  values  have  been  impaired,  to  what  extent  ?  Have  mineral 
values  been  reduced?  If  the  commodity  is  to  be  used  in  preparing 
foods  in  the  home,  have  its  physical  properties  been  so  changed  as  to 
require  modifications  in  recipes  in  which  it  is  to  be  used  ?  Has  the  flavor 
of  the  food  been  retained  or  changed  in  any  way ;  and  if  so,  how  ? 

Similar  questions  tend  to  rise  concerning  almost  every  commodity. 
Therefore,  many  manufacturers  and  some  industries  as  a  whole  have 
established  research  laboratories,  not  alone  to  develop  new  com- 
modities, but  to  study  the  commodities  already  developed,  to  improve 
them  as  weaknesses  are  revealed,  and  to  learn  what  their  perform- 
ance values  are,  as  well  as  to  discover  desirable  ways  of  using  and 
taking  care  of  them.  AVlien  this  research  is  sufficiently  thorough  in 
character,  the  manufacturer  can  supply  the  consumer  with  useful 
information,  although  it  is  Often  incomplete  when  the  commodity 
is  first  placed  on  the  market. 

A  new  commodity  is  usually  subjected  to  successive  modifications. 
These  changes  may  be  a  seasonal,  a  monthly^  or  a  weekly  occurrence 
before  all  improvements  have  been  made.  Therefore,  it  is  to  be 
expected  that  the  manufacturers'  information  pertaining  to  the  latest 
form  of  a  commodity  can  be  complete  only  after  the  method  of  pro- 
duction has  been  stabilized  and  tests  have  been  made  on  the  com- 
modity in  its  final  form. 

Consumer  failure  to  state  types  of  information  desired. — The  fail- 
ure of  consumers  to  state  clearly  and  concisely  the  type  of  informa- 
tion they  need  for  each  of  the  commodities  they  purchase,  has  been 
given  repeatedly  by  various  manufacturers  and  distributors  as  the 
reason  for  their  failure  to  supply  consumers  with  adequate  informa- 
tion about  commodities. 

On  the  other  hand,  consumei-s  are  unfamiliar  with  many  important 
technical  facts  concerning  commodities  and  with  most  manufacturing 
processes.  Therefore,  they  need  the  cooperation  of  the  manufac- 
turer and  retailer  in  determining  the  information  essential  for  the 
correct  evaluation  of  the  commodity  and  the  form  in  which  this 
information  can  best  be  provided. 

The  consumers'  lack  of  information  and  technical  training,  coupled 
with  the  facts  that  there  are  so  many  commodities  in  which  they 
,  are  interested,  usually  results  in  consumers  giving  insufficient  support 
to  the  formulation  of  standards  and  informative  labels  for  specific 
commodities  to  convince  manufacturers  and  retailers  that  these  stand- 
ards and  labels  should  be  formulated  and  used  in  selling  the 
commodities. 

Meanwhile,  manufacturers  and  distributors  express  bewilderment 
as  to  the  specific  kind  of  information  consumers  want  and  thus  seek 
to  place  on  consumers  the  responsibility  for  the  failure  to  supply 
adequate  commodity  information. 

La/;k  of  agreement  on  the  character  and  form  of  information  to  he 
supplied. — The  manufacturer  or  retailer  who  is  inclined  to  provide 
information  to  consumers  concerning  new  or  changed  commodities 


352  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

is  faced  with  many  questions.  Wliat  information  and  how  much 
shall  be  given  ?  What  claims  for  the  commodity  are  justified  ?  Wliat 
information  can  be  provided  without  risk  of  complications  with 
competitors,  or  unfavorable  consumer  reaction?  If  the  commodity 
is  labeled  grade  C,  will  consumers  buy  it? 

If  practical  answers  to  these  questions  are  to  be  found,  it  is  necessary 
to  consider  the  point  of  view  of  representatives  of  manufacturers, 
retailers,  and  consumers,  as  each  has  a  contribution  to  make  in  answer- 
ing the  questions  relative  to  the  kind  and  form  of  commodity  informa- 
tion to  be  provided. 

Ldch  of  recognized  and  adequate  means  of  guaranteeing  compliance 
of  commodities  with  approved  standards  and  grades. — Proposals  for 
the  development  of  standards,  grades,  and  infofmative  labeling  of 
commodities  are  repeatedly  questioned  by  representatives  of  business 
groups  who  believe  that  adequate  plans  are  lacking  for  the  enforce- 
ment of  adopted  standards  and  grades.  Unless  commodities  do  com- 
ply with  advertised  standards  and  grades,  consumers  lose  confidence 
in  this  type  of  advertising  and  the  advantage  to  the  manufacturer  of 
using  standards  and  grades  in  sales  promotion  is  seriously  lessened 
or  may  actually  be  destroyed. 

Some  form  of  inspection  or  policing  is  often  coupled  with  certifica- 
tion or  guaranteeing  of  commodities,  as  indicated  in  chapter  III  to 
insure  compliance  with  established  standards.  These  plans  may  be 
carefully  formulated  and  administered  so  that  the  commodities  do 
comply  with  the  specified  standards.  However,  there  have  been  nu- 
merous instances  in  which  the  public  has  been  deceived  and  commodi- 
ties or  services  have  been  grossly  misrepresented. 

Inxidequacy  of  many  standards^  grades.,  and  labels. — Frequently 
manufacturers  and  distributors  have  considered  that  consumers  are 
not  interested  in  commodity  standards  and  grades  because  of  apparent 
consumer  indifference  to  certified  or  guaranteed  commodities.  How- 
ever, this  seeming  indifference  can  be  explained ;  too  often  the  stand- 
ards or  grades  of  a  commodity  take  into  account  only  the  characteristic 
or  characteristics  which,  for  a  tim«,  may  have  special  promotional 
value.  Therefore,  as  the  standard  fails  to  cover  other  equally  impor- 
tant characteristics  the  commodity  may  give  very  poor  service.  For 
example,  a  house  paint  may  adhere  firmly  to  the  wall  but  prove  un- 
satisfactory because  the  pigment  fades  rapidly  in  the  sunlight;  or  tl^s 
guaranteed  finish  of  the  top  of  a  dining  room  table  may  not  be  spotted 
by  moisture  but  may  be  marred  by  warm  or  hot  dishes. 

Extending  commodity  standards  or  grades  to  cover  all  significant 
construction  as  well  as  performance  characteristics,  as  in  the  case  of 
the  I.  E.  S.  reading  lamp,  would  increase  consumers'  confidences  in 
standards. 

Confusion  in  terminology  used  in,  designating  standards  and 
grades. — The  lack  of  standardization  of  terms  used  in  designating  the 
grades  of  different  commodities  has  prevented  consumers,  as  well  as 
manufacturers  and  retailers,  from  gaming  a  clear  concept  of  how  the 
use  of  generally  recognized  commodity  grades  would  affect  the  distri- 
bution of  commodities,  and  of  the  value  of  adequate  grade  labeling  to 
consumers. 

At  present,  the  same  term  is  sometimes  used  to  designate  quite  dis- 
similar grades  of  different  commodities.    Also,  the  terms  selected  for 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER         353 

different  grades  are  often  deceptive  and  suggest  a  higher  quality  than 
the  grades  to  which  they  apply,  as  illustrated  in  the  appendix. 

Resistance  of  manufacturers  and  retailers  to  infonnative  selling. — 
Even  though  a  manufacturer  or  retailer  is  in  sympathy  with  the 
program  of  informative  selling,  he  cannot  ignore  the  practical  ques- 
tion :  "Which  method  of  merchandising  will  sell  the  larger  volume 
of  goods,  specific  information  concerning  the  commodities,  or  strong 
promotion  of  a  brand  name?"  Such  questions  are  not  always  easy  to 
answer  and  because  of  uncertainty  of  the  results  in  adopting  informa- 
tive labeling,  and  fear  of  financial  loss,  many  manufacturers  and 
retailers  follow  the  familiar  plan  of  building  up  a  market  by  a 
widely  publicized  trade  name,  with  the  result  that  insufficient  infor- 
mation is  given  to  the  consumer  concerning  the  composition,  con- 
struction, quality,  or  performance  of  a  commodity. 

The  manufacturer  can  readily  provide  specific  commodity  infor- 
mation, through  informative  advertising  and  labeling  of  his  products. 
However,  it  is  the  practice  of  some  retailers  to  remove  from  com- 
modities the  informative  labels  provided  by  manufacturers.  The 
retailers  who  pass  on  to  consumers  the  information  from' manufac- 
turers, may,  through  interpretation  of  customers'  needs,  encourage 
manufacturers  to  increase  the  amount  and  value  of  the  information 
provided. 

For  years,  scientists  have  purchased  equipment  on  the  basis  of  very 
specific  information.  Microscopes,  surveying  instruments,  and  scores 
of  other  types  of  scientific  equipment  have  been  purchased  by  pro- 
fessional workers  from  catalog  descrip|tions  with  confidence  in  the 
reliability  of  the  instruments  to  be  furnished.  Manufacturers  of 
these  instruments  furnish  definite  and  highly  accurate  information 
about  the  materials  used  in  the  instruments  and  the  degree  of  refine- 
ment of  performance  to  be  expected.  A  similar  situation  exists  in 
supplying  information  for  most  of  the  commodities  purchased  by 
industry.  However,  substantial  resistance  to  providing  concrete  in- 
formation for  a  considerable  proportion  of  consumer  commodities  is 
encountered  only  in  the  field  of  retail  merchandising. 


CHAPTER  IX 

RECOMMENDATIONS  AND  POLICIES  OF  VARIOUS  OR- 
GANIZATIONS RELATING  TO  CONSUMER  STANDARDS, 
GRADING,  AND  LABELING 

Industry,  a  long  time  ago,  recognized  the  value  of  standardization 
in  engineering  and.  manufacturing.  Nearly  every  item  of  materials 
is  bought  by  industry  on  the  basis  of  purchase  specifications  formu- 
lated by  its  engineering  and  purchasing  departments.  Tlie  movement 
toward  standardization  of  consumer  goods  represents  an  attempt  to 
bring  to  the  ultimate  consumer  the  advantages  of  scientific  purchas- 
ing long  enjoyed  by  industry. 

During  the  last  few  years  we  have  witne9sed  a  continuous  parade 
of  various  organizations  carrying  banners  in  behalf  of  the  consumer. 
Retailers  joined  the  parade  and  at  their  meetings  the  problems  of 
consumer  standards,  fiber  identification,  serviceability  of  products, 
and  other  matters  affecting  the  consumer  have  been  discussed  at 
length.  Manufacturers  and  advertisers  are  becoming  more  and  more 
concerned  with  these  problems.  Standardizing  bodies,  primarily  con- 
cerned with  industrial  standardization,  have  found  it  advisable  to 
make  provision  for  consumer  standards  in  their  program. 

Nearly  every  day  we  come  across  articles  dealing  with  labeling, 
quality  standards,  and  certification  plans,  not  only  in  the  technical 
press  but  in  newspapers,  magazines,  and  periodicals. 

As  a  result  of  the  increasing  interest  in  consumer  standards,  grades, 
and  labels,  consumer  organizations,  retailers,  and  manufacturers  have 
from  time  to  time  expressed  officially  their  opinion  on  the  subject  in 
the  form  of  recommendations  and  written  policies.  It  has  seemed 
suitable  to  present  a  few  statements  to  indicate  the  viewpoint  of 
different  groups  on  this  subject. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  "that  as  early  as  1931  in  a  Report  of  the 
Subcommittee  on  Purchasing  Procedures  of  the  Committee  on  House- 
hold Management  of  the  President's  Conference  on  Home  Building 
and  Home  Ownership,  in  analyzing  the  consumers'  facilities  for  judg- 
ing merchandise,  Ruth  O'Brien  and  Olive  Hartley  made  the  follow- 
ing recommendati(ms : 

The  present  lack  of  facilities  by  which  the  household  purchaser  can  make 
an  intelligent  selection  of  commodities  on  the  retail  market  constitutes  a 
serious  deterrent  to  that  practice  of  wise  spending  and  saving  necessary  in 
the  average  family  if  adequate  housing  is  to  be  achieved.  The  situation  is 
made  more  serious  by  the  sales  pressure  which  the  rapidly-growing  production 
in  this  country  has  brought  upon  the  consumer  in  an  effort  to  create  larger 
markets. 

On  account  of  the  fundamental  importance  of  this  problem  to  home  ownership, 
this  committee  recommends  the  following: 

1.  That  the  Conference  bring  to  the  attention  of  the  manufacturing  and 
distributing   groups    the    importance   of    improving    the    means    for    intelligent 

355 


356  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

retail  purchasing  as  a  direct  aid  to  home  ownership  and  better  housing  in 
this  country. 

2.  That  wherever  practicable,  quality  specifications  be  set  up  for  consumers' 
goods,  based  on  a  study  of  the  situation  as  it  now  exists  and  the  actual  needs 
of  the  consumer;  that  these  specifications  be  established  and  regulated  by  the 
industries  concerned  under  some  such  procedure  as  that  now  used  for  Com- 
mercial Standards ;  and  that  the  essential  facts  covered  by  the  specifications 
be  given  on  commodity  labels. 

3.  That,  wheh  the  nature  of  the  article  is  such  that  quality  specifications 
cannot  be  designated  on  it,  a  grading  system  be  used  and  grade  designations 
be  given  on  the  labels,  the  basis  for  which  will  be  readily  ascertainable  by  the 
purchaser. 

4.  That  steps  be  taken  to  set  up  a  pimple  standardized  nomenclature  for 
grading  systems,  the  terms  of  which  will  be  self  explanatory  and  applicable 
to  grades  now  in  use  and  those  developed  in  the  future. 

5.  That  advertising  of  consumers'  goods  be  patterned  more  closely  after 
present-day  advertising  of  industrial  goods  with  emphasis  given  to  the  dis- 
semination of  facts  regarding  the  constituent  materials,  construction,  and  per- 
formance of  the  commodity  advertised. 

6.  That  the  Conference  urge  retail  stores  to  recognize  their  responsibilities  as 
buyers  for  the  community  and  base  their  purchases  on  specifications  and  the 
results  of  testing  laboratories ;  that  this  information  be  made  available  for 
the  use  of  their  clerks  and  customers. 

7.  That  consumer  education  be  directed  toward  teaching  the  technical  infor- 
mation necessary  for  an  adequate  understanding  of  the  performance  of  ma- 
terials and  constructions  and  their  utilitarian  and  economic  value  for  various 
household  uses ;  that  consumers  be  encouraged  to  form  organizations  in  order 
to  initiate  and  finance  Impartial  laboratory  testing  of  commodities  when  no 
other  means  of  obtaining  comparative  data  is  available.^ 

Kepresentatives  of  the  American  Association  of  University  Women, 
American  Home  Economics  Association,  and  General  Federation  of 
Women's  Clubs,  serving  on  the  National  Consumer-Retailer  Council, 
drafted  in  1939  a  tentative  platform  for  consumer  relations  with  busi- 
ness. The  organizations  making  up  the  council,  in  addition  to  the 
above  consumer  organizations,  are :  American  Retail  Federation,  Na- 
tional Association  of  Food  Chains,  National  Better  Business  Bureau, 
Inc.,  National  Retail  Dry  Goods  Association,  and  National  Shoe 
Retailers  Association. 

In  this  platform  an  attempt  was  made  to  define  the  point  of  view  of 
consumer  organizations  and  the  basis  on  which  consumers  can  legiti- 
mately work  with  manufacturers,  retailers,  and  other  related  groups 
in  efforts  to  bring  about  improved  marketing  practices.  This  platform 
is  as  follows : 

A.  Point  of  view. — We  believe  that — 

3.  American  democracy  is  based  upon  a  recognition  of  the  dignity  and  worth  of 
the  individual,  and  upon  the  willingness  of  the  individual  to  accept  a  limitation 
of  personal  liberty  in  order  to  make  possible  a  maximum  of  freedom  and  equality 
for  all.  We  recognize  that  the  self-interests  of  individuals  as  well  as  economic 
groups  are  frequently  in  conflict  and  that  the  maintenance  of  our  democracy 
depends  upon  establishing  and  maintaining  a  balance  in  our  economic  life  which 
insures  an  equal  recognition  to  the  interests  of  each  group. 

?..  Consumers  have  t^^o  major  interests:  to  secure  enough  income  to  buy  goods 
and  services  which  will  satisfy  their  needs  and  provide  them  with  the  greatest 
possible  satisfaction;  to  be  able  to  Identify  those  products  and  services  which  are 
best  suited  to  their  special  needs  at  prices  they  can  afford  to  pay. 

3.  In  order  to  protect  the.se  interests  consumers  need :  to  understand  the  basic 
economic  principles  which  affect  our  standards  of  living;  to  take  an  intelligent 


1  "Selpction  :  An  Analysis  of  ConsumPrs'  Farilltios  for  .Tudcing  Merchandise,"  by  Ruth 
O'Brien  and  (Jlive  Hnrtley,  Excerpts  from  the  Report  of  the  Subcommittee  on  Purchasing 
Procf'dnre.s  of  the  Committee  on  Hoii.sehoid  MannBoment  of  the  President's  Conference  on 
Home  Buildincr  and  flonie  Ownership,  pp.  22-23.  Mimeographed  bv  the  American  AssociatioD 
of  University  Women,  Washington,  D.  C.,  December  1931. 


OONCBNTRIATION  OF  EJCONOMIC  POWER  357 

part  in  the  formulation  of  policies  and  legislation  that  promote  or  hamper  the 
general  welfare ;  to  promote  the  development  and  general  use  of  simple  methods 
of  identifying  quality  and  performance  in  consumer  goods  that  make  intelligent 
buying  possible. 

4.  Consumers  must  have  the  opportunity  to  make  those  free  and  intelligent 
choices  among  the  goods  and  services  available  which  are  possible  only  when, 
consumers  are  given  adequate  and  accurate  statements  of  fact  about  the  relative 
quality  and  performance  of  the  goods  and  service  offered  to  satisfy  their  needs. 

5.  Lack  of  opportunity  to  exercise  real  freedom  of  choice  based  upon  their  own 
judgment  and  experience  often  creates  a  sense  of  helplessness  and  frustration 
in  consumers  which  may  lead  to  an  unfortunate  attitude  toward  business.^ 

6.  It  is  possible  for  consumers  and  business  to  work  together  in  good  faith  to 
their  mutual  advantage  and  without  jeopardizing  the  legitimate  self-interest  of 
either  group. 

7.  Constructive  work  of  this  kind  will  contribute  more  to  the  welfare  of  con- 
sumers, distributors,  and  producers  than  restrictive  legislation  and  punitive 
measures. 

8.  The  goal  of  co-operative  work  between  consumers  and  business  should  be  r 
an  intelligent  and  sympathetic  understanding  of  the  problems  of  business  by 
consumers,  and  the  problems  of  consumers  by  business;  active  work  on  the 
development  of  useful  and  accurate  definitions,  standards,  and  performance 
specifications  for  consumer  goods  and  services  which  will  make  ihtelUgent  buying 
and  selling  possible ;  active  promotion  of  the  use  of  sound,  factual  information  now 
available  in  the  distribution,  pr  amotion,  and  sale  of  consumer  goods. 

B.  Definitions  of  goods  and  services. — We  believe  that — 

1.  The  most  useful  kind  of  definitions  are  those  commonly  called  standards  and 
specifications.  These  may  be  based  on  such  measurement  and  descriptions  of  the 
content,  construction,  and  performance  of  goods  as  will  accurately  indicate  their 
relative  value  or  performance  in  use.  We  believe  that  these  may  be  developed 
either  by  agreement  among  makers,  sellers,  and  buyers  or  by  mandatory  decree 
of  governmental  agencies. 

2.  Without  such  definitions  selling  price  has  no  meaning  as  an  indicator  of  the 
relative  value  of  any  product  or  service  to  the  individual  consumer. 

3.  An  earnest  effort  on  the  part  of  manufacturers,  retailers,  and  consumers  to 
formulate  such  definitions  as  rapidly  as  possible,  if  entered  into  with  zeal  and 
good  faith,  will  bring  about  a  readjustment  of  manufacturing,  retailing,  and 
consuming  practices  which  will  greatly  benefit  all  three  groups. 

4.  The  structure  and  policies  of  the  American  Standards  Association  provide 
a  satisfactory  machinery  by  means  of  which  the  points  of  view  of  the  manu- 
facturer, retailer,  and  consumer  may  be  fairly  presented,  polled,  and  used  as  the 
basis  for  voluntary  agreements  on  standard  definitions  and  for  their  continuous 
revision  which  is  necessary  because  of  our  rapidly  changing  technology. 

,  5.  Definitions  should  be  stated  in  the  simplest  possible  terms,  such  as  the 
A,  B,  C  designations  now  in  use  for  canned  fruits  and  vegetables.  Where  this 
is  not  possible  in  our  present  state  of  knowledge,  specifications  and  terms 
should  be  agreed  upon  so  that  like  merchandise  will  be  described  in  the  same 
way  by  all  manufacturers,  retailers,  and  con.sumers,  thereby  establishing  a 
language  of  the  market  place  which  means  the  same  thing  to  sellers  and  buyers. 

6.  The  use  of  such  definitions  by  buyers  for  retail  stores  of  all  kinds  will 
promote  the  use  of  the  same  terms  throughout  the  distribution  system  and 
reduce  the  possibilities  for  misrepresentation  of  merchandise  to  the  consumer. 

7.  Certification,  approval,  and  rating  statements  are  of  no  value  to  consumers 
unless  they  are  accompanied  by  information  telling  precisely  what  character- 
istics of  tiie  goods  or  services  have  been  tested,  by  what  methods  they  have 
been  tested,  and  for  what  they  are  certified,  approved,  or  rated. 

C.  Methods  of  informing  consumers. — We  believe  that — 

1.  The  most  satisfactory  method  for  communication  of  information  from 
manufacturer,  through  retailer,  to  consumer  is  a  label  attached  to  the  product. 
Labels  are  useful  only  insofar  as  they  state  suflBcient  facts  about  the  construc- 
tion, grade,  performance,  or  serviceability  of  the  product  to  enable  the  con- 
sumer to  judge  relative  values,  and  instruct  the  consumer  on  methods  of  care 
which  prolong  the  usefulness  of  the  product. 

2.  Advertisements  are  a  useful  means  of  communication  only  insofar  as  they 
inform  consumers  of  the  variety  of  products  offered  for  choice  and  include  the 


»This  paragraph  is  presented  as  revised  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Home 
Economics  Association  in  June  1940. 
272496— 41— No.  24 24 


358  CONOENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

same  kind  of  factual  information  as  is  needed  on  labels.  We  believe  that  tlie 
voluntary  efforts  to  establish  "truth  in  advertising"  which  has  continued 
actively  since  1911,  and  to  promote  fair  trade  practices  which  reached  a  climax 
in  the  NRA  codes,  have  failed  to  achieve  their  aims  largely  because  no  detini- 
tions  have  been  agreed  upon  between  sellers  and  buyers,  and  they  have  different 
ideas  about  "truth."  Frequently  when  voluntary  agreements  on  definitions 
have  been  developed,  the  fact  that  they  have  not  been  widely  used  on  labels 
and  in  advertising  has  discouraged  consumers  and  may  lead  them  to  turn  to 
legislation  as  the  only  effective  remedy." 

3.  The  National  Consumer-Retailer  Council,  which  has  proved  itself  of  value 
as  a  forum  through  which  business  and  consumers  may  meet  to  discuss  their 
mutual  problems  and  agree  upon  steps  toward  solution,  is  a  valuable  means  for 
the  dissemination  of  agreements  on  terms.  Its  committee  on  labeling  affords  a 
mechanism  through  which  manufacturers,  retailers,  and  consumers  can  agree 
on  the  desirable  content  of  labels  for  specific  goods,  and  pass  this  information 
along  to  all  parties  at  interest.  The  committee  on  customer  abuses  deals  with 
returns,  consumer  complaints,  charge  accounts,  deliveries,  etc.,  and  seeks  to 
eliminate  losses  resulting  from  these  things.  The  committees  on  local  groups 
and  store  program  extend  the  cooperative  relationship  between  national  leaders 
to  consumers  and  retailers  in  the  local  communities.  We  urge  both  retailers 
and  consumers  to  continue  their  support  of  this  co-operative  effort. 

D.  Consumer  education. — We  believe  that — 

1.  Up  to  this  time  most  of  our  efforts  toward  consumer  education  have  stressed 
buying  information  based  on  the  construction  and  content  of  commodities. 
Since  this  was  done  before  it  was  possible  to  obtain  much  information  In 
relation  to  specific  articles  in  many  retail  stores,  it  has  tended  to  increase 
the  consumer's  sense  of  frustration  and  resentment  against  business.  However, 
since  consumers  do  want  and  must  have  this  kind  of  information  for  each 
-commodity  to  be  able  to  select  wisely  for  their  individual  needs,  and  since  some 
manufacturers  and  retailers  have  shown  that  it  can  be  given,  we  reiterate  that 
such  information  must  be  made  generally  available. 

2.  The  education  of  the  consumer,  like  all  other  education,  must  be  kept 
comprehensive,  objective,  and  without  bias.  To  this  end  special  care  must  be 
taken  to  safeguard  the  consumer  point  of  view:  (a)  in  the  use  of  speakers  or 
materials  from  commercial  sources;  (b)  in  organizations  formed  to  protect  or 
further  consumer  interest,  or  when  cooperating  with  other  groups  promoting  a 
common  interest. 

3.  Whenever  consumers  participate  in  cooperative  activities  they  must  name 
their  own  representative.s. 

4.  No  funds;  should  be  accepted  for  the  promotion  of  consumer  interests  or 
activities  without  full  publicity  as  to  their  source  and  full  control  over  their  use. 

5.  No  other  group  should  be  delegated  to  speak  for  them. 

6.  No  co-operative  program  should  be  undertaken  in  which  business  interests 
are  in  a  position  to  dominate  or  outvote  the  consumer  interest.* 

Consumer  organizations,  such  as  the  American  Association  of  Uni- 
versity Women,  the  American  Home  Economics  Association,  and  the 
General  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs,  have  consistently  supported  the 
work  of  various  governmental  agencies  and  legislation  dealing  with 
consumer  problems.  These  organizations  have  specifically  gone  on 
record  for  legislation  designed  to  promote  the  establishment  of  quality 
and  performance  standards  for  consumer  goods  and  increase  use  of 
informative  and  grade  labels. 

The  National  Retail  Dry  Goods  Association's  platform  of  June  8, 
1937,  outlining  its  relationship  with  government,  consumers,  employees, 
and  vendors,  was  reviewed  and  unanimously  endorsed  by  the  Execu- 
tive Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  National  Retail  Dry 
Goods  Association  and  approved  by  the  board  of  directors.  The  part 
of  the  platform  dealing  with  consumer  relations,  covering  si:>ecifically 


'This  paragraph  is  pre.sented  as  revised  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Home 
Economics  Association  in  June  1940. 

'  "Tentative  Platform  for  Consumer-Business  Relations."  Bulletin  of  the  American  Home 
Economics  Association,  pp.  9-12,  Series  22  (3),  Washington.  D.  C.  Februnr.v  1940. 


CO^•CENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  359 

merchandise  standards,  standard  definitions  of  terms,  labeling,  factual 
merchandise  publicity,  valid  certification,  and  advertising  standards, 
follows : 

I.  CONSUME31  Relations 

■    A.  Merchandise  standards  : 

1.  The  further  development  of  an  extensive  long  term  program  for  the  creation 
of  merchandise  standards  in  staple  and  semistaple  goods  for  the  purpose  of  pro- 
tecting and  assisting  the  consumer  and  eliminating  waste  in  industry — such 
standards  to  cover  grades,  construction,  performance,  size,  durability,  etc. ;  meth- 
ods of  testing  to  insure  the  foregoing ;  and  machinery  for  revising  these  standards 
from  time  to  time  so  that  they  may  be  kept  up  to  date. 

2.  The  solicitation  of  the  cooperation  of  national  associations  of  manufacturers 
to  assist  in  the  initiation  and  development  of  ihis  program  of  merchandise  stand- 
ards. We  recognize  that  in  order  to  promote  universal  use  of  any  standards  so 
developed  that  it  is  Important  to  have  as  collaborators  in  the  work  of  establishing 
such  standards  various  commercial  and  store  laboratories,  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards,  the  Bureau  of  Home  Economics,  the  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Economics, 
the  Food  and  Drug  Administration,  various  national  consumer  organizations,  and 
the  Consumer-Retailer  Relations  Council. 

As  such  merchandise  standards  are  established  and  revised,  we^  recommend  that 
the  endorsement  of  the  American  Standards  Association  be  secured  through  the 
Advisory  Committee  on  Ultimate  Consumer  Goods  as  to  designate  such  approved 
standards  as  American  Standards ;  and  that  when  advisable  the  Federal  Trade 
Commission  be  requested  to  recognize  such  approved  standards. 

3.  Standard  definition  of  terms :  The  development,  with  the  cooperation  of  the 
aforementioned  groups,  of  a  universal  dictionary  of  terms  to  be  used  in  retailing 
to  describe  various  types  of  merchandise,  their  characteristics,  performance, 
grades,  finish,  construction,  etc.,  so  that  consumers  will  find  like  merchandise  in 
ail  stores  described  basically  in  the  same  way  and  be  able  better  to  judge  values, 
uses,  and  limitations. 

This  dictionary  should  serve  as  a  guide  to  be  followed  in  specifying  merchan- 
dise to  be  bought  and  in  describing  merchandise  to  be  sold.  It  should  be  used  by 
copywriters  as  a  basis  for  advertising  copy  ;  by  store  personnel  groups  for  instruc- 
tion of  salespeople  in  merchandise  information  :  by  testing  laboratories  in  reporting 
on  merchandise  examined,  and  by  manufacturers  in  describing  merchandise  for 
sale.  A  special  edition  expressed  in  simple,  non-technical  language  should  be 
issued  for  the  use  of  consumers. 

4.  Labeling:  The  further  development,  with  the  cooperation  of  the  aforemen- 
tioned groups,  of  an  extensive  practical  program  of  informative  labeling  of  mer- 
chandise to  serve  as  buying  guides  to  consumers,  including  grade  labeling  in  the 
case  of  staple  merchandise. 

5.  Factual  merchandise  publicity :  The  further  development  of  a  constructive 
program  which  will  go  far  toward  eliminating  representations  in  regard  to  mer- 
chandise which  are  exaggerated,  misleading,  inaccurate,  or  inadequate,  substi- 
tuting therefor  a  constructive  program  of  adequate  factual  presentation  of  mer- 
chandise through  all  types  of  advertising,  labels,  signs,  and  statements  of  sales 
clerks.  This  program  should  provide  for  clear  and  concise  statements  of  content, 
construction,  durability,  and  serviceability,  where  such  information  is  of  impor- 
tance to  consumers  in  enabling  them  to  judge  better  intrinsic  value  and  usability. 
It  should  include,  but  not  be  limited  to — 

(a)  Fiber  identification  of  piece  goods,  apparel,  and  other  merchandise  made 
of  cotton,  wool,  silk,  linen,  or  synthetic  materials,  or  combinations  of  these  fibers. 

(6)  Definite  statements  concerning  the  degree  of  washability,  including  color 
permanence,  percent  of  shrinkage,  tensile  strength,  sizing,  weighing,  etc.,  together 
with  information  for  reconditioning  and  for  proper  handling  to  give  longer  wear 
and  greater  satisfaction. 

(c)  Identification  of  material  used  in  other  lines  of  merchandise,  .such  as  woods 
used  in  furniture,  together  with  fair  estimates  of  performance  and  durability  of 
household  appliances  and  furnishings,  etc. 

6.  Valid  certification:  The  establishment  of  a  basis  for  sound  technical  inves- 
tigation and  a  standard  procedure  to  be  followed  by  retailer,  manufacturer,  and 
advertiser  when  certifying  commodities  to  the  public,  which  .shall  include  pub- 
licity of  the  methods  of  testing  and  rating  used  as  a  basis  for  such  certification. 

B.  Advertising  standards : 


360         CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

1.  The  establishment  of  the  following  guiding  principles  for  the  proper  conduct 
of  advertising : 

(a)  Truthfulness  in  advertising,  both  in  statement  and  implication. 

(&)  The  inclusion  in  advertising  of  all  essential  information. 

(o)  The  elimination  of  statements  and  practices  unfair  to  competitors. 

2.  The  achievement  of  this  objective  by  cooperation  between  retailers  and 
representatives  of  various  forms  of  advertising  so  as  to  promote  consumer 
confidence  in  advertising  generally. 

3.  The  appointment  of  a  committee  representing  the  National  Retail  Dry 
Goods  Association  to  confer  with  represntatives  of  the  American  Newspaper 
Publishers'  Association  and  representatives  of  other  forms  of  advertising  to 
re-(le(ine  good  and  bad  practices  in  advertising;  and  to  recommend  ways  and 
means  of  eliminating  practices  defined  as  bad. 

4.  The  leadership  by  National  Retail  Dry  Goods  Association  members  in 
various  localities,  in  organizing  local  groups  to  enforce  such  accepted  standards 
in  cooperation  with  other  organizations  desiring  to  accomplish  the  same  end, 
and  with  representatives  of  various  forms  of  advertising.* 

Thp  platform  of  the  National  Retail  Dry  Goods  Association  has 
been  presented  in  its  entirety  because  it  is  the  most  exhaustive  state- 
ment on  the  subject  approved  by  any  retail  organization  concerned 
with  general  merchandise. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  there  is  no  agreement  on  policies  re- 
lating to  labeling  of  foods  between  such  organizations  as  the  National 
Association  of  Retail  Grocers  and  the  National  Association  of  Food 
Chains. 

The  National  Association  of  Retail  Grocers  at  its  forty-second  an- 
nual convention  in  Kansas  City,  June  19  to  22,  1939,  expressed  the 
belief  "that  the  consumer  is  entitled  to  know  more  about  commodities 
she  buys  in  food  stores,"  but  urges — 

*  *  *  all  packers,  canners,  and  manufacturers  to  give  attention  to  "descrip- 
tive" labeling  which  shows  the  consumer  a  picture  of  the  product,  tells  her  how 
it  is  packed,  the  number  of  units  in  the  package,  number  of  portions  it  will  serve, 
and  similar  facts  with  reference  to  the  product  in  the  can  or  package  and  ♦  ♦  • 
*  *  *  that  the  National  Association  of  Retail  Grocers  expresses  its  opposition 
to  "grade"  labeling  because  of  its  misleading  and  unfair  implicationsi,  and  be- 
cause of  the  impossibility  of  successfully  and  fairly  issuing  such  grades. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  National  Association  of  Food  Chains,  at 
its  seventh  annual  meeting,  October  15,  1940,  unanimously  adopted 
the  report  of  its  Consumer  Committee  including  the  following  : 

During  recent  months,  your  Consumer  Committee  and  staff  members  have 
been  working  with  the  special  Labeling  Committee  of  the  National  Consumer- 
Retailer  Council  in  the  development  of  "informative  and  grade  labels."  Your 
committefe  recommends  that  this  activity  be  continued  with  a  view  to  discover- 
ing the  type  of  food  labels  consumers  really  need  and  want  and  what  type  of 
labels  they  would  support  with  their  patronage.  It  is  recommended  that  a 
standing  Consumer  Committee  of  your  association  and  its  staflf  members  be 
directed  to  develop,  if  possible,  a  seriesi  of  standards  covering  labeling  of  canned 
foods  and  such  other  products  as  it  appears  feasible  and  that  such  standards  be 
submitted  to  the  entire  membership. 

The  National  Paint,  Varnish  and  Lacquer  Association  favors  vol- 
untary formula  labeling  but  opposes  any  form  of  performance  or 
grade  labeling. 

Recognizing  the  organized  consumer  demand  for  adequate  information  con- 
cerning products  placed  on  the  market,  the  executive  committee  of  the  National 
Paint,  Varnish  and  Lacquer  Association  has  recommended  to  its  membership 
the  adoption  of  formula  labeling.  The  traditional  stand  of  the  group  has 
been   against  State  legislation  requiring  such   labels,   but   at  the   recent  con- 

»  "Platform  of  the  National  Retail  Dry  Goods  Association,"  Bulletin  of  the  National  Retail 
Dry  Goods  Association,  vol.  XIX,  p.  9,  June  1937. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER         3Q1 

vention  of  the  association,  held  in  the  Ambassador  Hotel,  Atlantic  City,  the 
voluntary  plan  was  presented  as  an  alternative  to  enforced  standardization 
and  certification.  To  simplify  the  work  of  producing  the  new  labels,  the  scien- 
tific section  of  the  association  has  prepared  a  uniform  simplified  nomenclature 
appropriate  for  the  purjiose.' 

The  position  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  of  the  United  States 
with  reference  to  standards  and  grades  for  commodities  is  that — 

In  the  case  of  c-ertain  classes  of  consumers'  goods  much  benefit  would  result 
to  consumers,  distributors  and  manufacturers  from  the  establishment  of  stand- 
ards of  quality.  Complete  standardization  and  grading  of  all  classes  of  such 
products  is  impractical  and  impossible.     *     ♦     * 

Government  should  not  attempt,  however,  to  impose  systems  of  standards 
on  industry.  Industry  itself,  with  proper  consideration  for  the  interests  of 
the  public,  should  carry  forward  this  work  in  cases  where  the  establishment 
of  standards  is  practicable  and  clearly  for  the  benefit  of  the  public.^ 

Analogous  to  the  position  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  of  the 
United  States  is  that  held  by  the  National  Association  of  Manu- 
facturers, At  its  meeting  on  May  21,  1940,  the  Subcommittee  on 
Standardization. of  the  National  Association  of  Manufacturers  made 
the  following  recommendation : 

After  careful  consideration  of  many  of  the  factors  involved,  it  was  the  opin- 
ion of  your  Subcommitte  that  this  problem  of  standardization  divides  itself 
definitely  into  two  fields,  namely,  the  general  standardization  of  products 
whereby  it  is  sought  to  define  and  reduce  to  writing,  standards  for  the  prod- 
ucts of  industry,  to  avoid  wasteful  and  costly  multiplicity  of  items  that  serve 
no  important  purpose ;  and  secondly,  standardization  as  it  relates  to  the  con- 
sumer for  the  safeguard  of  the  buying  public,  minimum  specifications  agreed 
on  by  Industry  as  respects  quality  of  goods  to  be  sold,  accompanied  by  adequate 
labeling  wherever  pTacticable." 

A  motion  was  made,  seconded  and  carried  recommending  that  the  National 
Association  of  Manufacturers  in  cooperation  with  the  American  Standards 
Association  stimulate  standardization  work  in  order  to  forestall  further  gov- 
ernmental intervention  in  this  field. 

Although  your  committee  recognizes  that  the  Government  has  already  inter- 
vened in  this  field,  it  is  suggested  that  the  standards  set  up  by  the  Government 
should  be  strictly  confined  to  the  formulation  of  standards,  to  protect  the  puMic 
health  and  safety,  traffic  codes  and  building  standards  with  respect  to  safety 
and  health.' 


« "Paint  Group  Endorses  Formula  Labels."  World  Convention  Dates.  December  1938. 

■'  "Standardization  of  Consumers'  Goods."  pp.  13-14.  Cliamber  of  Commerce  of  the  United 
States.  Washington.  D.  C.  1934. 

•  "Minutes  of  Meeting  of  the  Subcommittee  on  Standardization,"  National  Association  of 
Manufacturers.  Hotel  Biltmore.  New  York  City,  May  21.  1940. 


CHAPTER  X 
CONCLUSION 

Most  desirable  standards,  grades,  and  informative  labels  have  been 
developed  through  a  certain  amount  of  cooperation  by  interested 
groups.  Experience  tends  to  demonstrate  that  there  are  a  few  sig- 
nificant factors  which  need  to  be  observed  in  such  activities  if  stand- 
ards, grades,  and  informative  labels  are  to  be  well  adapted  for  the 
purposes  they  are  designed  to  serve :  There  should  be  a  fair  repre- 
sentation of  all  substantially  interested  groups;  full  and  objective 
consideration  should  be  given  to  all  pertinent  data  and  situations; 
provisions  should  be  made  to  safeguard  the  soundness  of  standards 
before  they  are  approved;  participants  should  be  willing  to  first 
consider  the  simple  or  less  controversial  factors  in  developing  a 
standard;  an  adequate  educational  program  should  be  planned  to 
promote  the  development  of  a  suitable  standard  and  its  use  when 
adopted;  and  finally,  provision  needs  to  be  made  for  revision  of  a 
standard  when  experience  and  technological  developments  indicate 
the  need  for  such  a  revision. 

Due  to  the  generally  recognized  importance  of  standards  in  the 
defense  preparedness  program,  it  seems  appropriate  to  recall  the 
experiences  of  the  Conservation  Division  of  the  War  Industries 
Board  so  well  summarized  by  Bernard  M.  Baruch,  Chairman  of  the 
War  Industries  Board : 

The  experience  of  the  Conservation  Division  has  clearly  demonstrated  that 
there  are  many  practices  in  American  industry  which  cost  the  ultimate  con- 
sumers in  the  aggregate  enormous  sums  without  enriching  the  producers. 
These  are  often  due  to  competitive  demands,  real  or  assumed.  ^lany  salesmen, 
in  order  to  please  the  whinas  of  particular  customers,  Avill  insist  upon  the 
manufacture  of  new  styles  or  new  shapes  of  articles,  requiring  increased 
expense  to  the  manufacturers  and  increased  expense  to  both  wholesalers  and 
retailers  in  carrying  more  lines  of  stock ;  these  in  turn  causing  increased 
expense  in  maintaining  salesmen  and  providing  them  with  samples  as  well 
as  in  advertising.  The  consumer,  the  general  public,  is  no  better  served  by  the 
satisfaction  of  these  unreasonable  demands,  but  the  public  ultimately  pays 
the  bill.  We  may  well  draw  from  this  war  experience  a  lesson  to  be  applied 
to  peace,  by  providing  some  simple  machinery  for  eliminating  wasteful  trade 
practices  which  increase  prices  without  in  the  remotest  degree  contributing 
to  the  well-being  of  the  people.  There  is  enough  natural  wealth  in  this 
country,  and  there  is  enough  labor  and  technical  skill  for  converting  that 
wealth  into  objects  of  human  satisfaction  to  provide  abundantly  for  the 
elemental  comforts  of  every  person  in  the  land.  The  problem  before  our 
Nation  today  is  to  bring  about  such  adjustments  of  the  industrial  processes 
as  lead  toward  that  long-sought  condition  of  W^  ^ 


1  "American  Industry  in  the  War,  a  Report  of  the  War  Industries  Board,"  by  Bernard 
Baruch,  Chairman,  p.  69,  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.  1921. 

363 


APPENDIX 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  STANDARDS 

Although  this  study  deals  primarily  with  consumer  standards,  it 
was  thought  advisable,  in  addition  to  the  definitions  of  basic  terms 
given  in  Chapter  I,  to  present  in  the  following  pages  some  of  the 
most  important  terms  used  in  discussing  problems  of  standardization 
of  commodities  and  services.  While  no  attempt  is  made  to  present  a 
standard  classification  system,  the  following  categories  may  serve  as 
an  indication  of  the  major  groups  in  the  field  of  commodity  and 
service  standards : 

I.  Producer  Goods  Standards 
II.  Distributor  and  Marketing  Standards 

III.  Consumer  Goods  Standards 

IV.  Standard  Codes,  Rules,  and  Regulations 

In  the  establishment  of  standards  applicable  to  the  above  groups, 
the  following  factors  ^  may  be  considered : 


Scope  : 
Local 
National 
International 
Establishing  Agency: 
Company 
Association :  . 
Trade 
Technical 
Professional 
Government : 
Municipal 
State 
Federal 
Enforcement: 
Voluntary 
Mandatory 
Adoption: 
Tentative 
Officially  Adopted 
Status: 

Prospective 
Active 
Obsolescent 
Obsolete 
Range: 

Minimum 
Maximum 


Coverage : 

Natural  Products 

Raw  Materials 

Intermediate  Materials 

Semifinished  Materials 

Finished  Products 

Finished  Equipment 
Typos: 

Building 

Composition 

Construction 

Processes 

Safety 

Services 

Utilities 
Requirements : 

Durability 

Efficiency 

Measurement 

Performance 

Quality 

Standard  Constants 

Testing 

Tolerances 
Methods  of  Stating  Requirements: 

Definition 

Pescription 

Identity 

Specification 

Terms 


>  Defintti^Ds  are  given  In  alphabetical  order,  since  some  of  these  terms  may  apply  to 
different  groups.  „„, 

6*30 


GLOSSARY 

Active  Standards:  See  Status  of  Standards. 

Adoption  of  Standards:  See  Tentative  Standards;  Officially  Adopted 
Standards. 

Association.  Stamdards:  "These  may  be  standard  practices  that  have 
grown  in  the  trade;  or  they  may  be  formally  ^issued  by  organized 
groups,  such  as  trade  association.  .  .  .,"  ^  technical  and  professional 
societies. 

"In  a  great  number  of  cases  a  standard  may  be  of  .  .  ."  im- 
portance ".  .  .  only  to  a  particular  consumer  interest  and  to  the 
producer  of  the  product  covered.  In  such  cases  the  standard  is 
likely  to  remain  in  the  group  or  association  stage.  .  .  .''  ^ 

Building  Standards:  See  Construction  Standards;  Practice,  Stand- 
ards of. 

Codes^  Standard:  See  Practice,  Standards  of. 

Company  Standards:  "These  may  be  purchase  specifications  for  the 
products  the  company  buys,  or  company  standards  for  the  prod- 
ucts it  sells.  These  latter  may  take  the  form  of  trade  brands. 
(The  degree  of  uniformity  of  a  product  sold  under  a  trade  brand 
means  there  is  a  standard  of  some  kind.  This  is  true  even  though 
this  standard  be  changed  arbitrarily  from  time  to  time,  thus 
changing  the  quality  of  goods  sold  under  the  brand  name.)  They 
are  usually  called  private  brands  if  they  are  established  by  retail- 
ers; national  brands,  if  they  are  established  by  manufacturers."* 

Composition  Standards:  Standards  designating  the  elements  of 
which  a  material  or  a  product  is  composed,  and  the  proportions  in 
V.  hich  these  elements  are  combined,  such  as,  fiber  content  of  tex- 
tiles, chemical  content  of  drugs,  carbon  content  of  steel,  and  so 
forth. 

Construction  Standards:  Tell  how  the  product  is  made  and  include 
requirements  for  shape,  style,  strength,  finish,  method  of  manu- 
facture, workmanship;  also  "Size,  weight,  number  of  yarns  per 
inch,  weave,  number  of  stitches  per  inch,  finish,  ply,  cut,  hand  or 
machine  made,  pressed,  molded,  stamped,  inlaid,  etc."  ^ 

Definitions^  Standard:  See  also  Identity,  Standards  of. 

"A  definition  and  standard  of  identity  strictly  defines  the  com- 
position of  a  product,  as  well  as  its  name."  ^ 

"Standard  Definitions — Standards  for  identification  serve  as  the 
basis  for  describing  particular  characteristics  in  such  a  way  that 


2  "Functional  Steps  in  the  Development,  Promulgation  and  Use  of  Standards  for  Con- 
sumer Goods."  by  P.  G.  Agnew,  p.  1,  American  Standards  Association,  New  York  City, 
December  28,  1939,  mimeographed. 

3  "National  Standardization  in/America,"  by  P.  G.  Agnew,  Industrial  Standardization 
and  Commercial  Standards  Monthly,  vol.  4   (7),  p.  112.  July  19.S3. 

•'"Functional  Steps  in  the  Development,  Promulgation  and  Use  of  Standards  for  Con- 
sumer Goods,"  by  P.  G.  Agnew,  p.  1,  American  Standards  Association,  Neu  York  City, 
December  28,  1939,  mimeographed. 

^  "Informative  Labeling."  by  Committee  on  Informative  Labeling,  p.  4,  Consumer- 
Retailer  Relations  Council,  N^w  York  City,  1938. 

« "Labels  for  Canned  Foods,"  p.  13,  National  Canners  Association,  Washington,  D.  C, 
August  6,  1940. 

366 


CONCENTRATION  0¥   ECONOMIC  POWER  357 

others  may  be  identified  or  proved  to  be  the  same  as  that  described. 
Therefore,  they  usually  are  in  the  form  of  definitions.  These  defi- 
nitions may  be  for  the  purpose  of  setting  up  exact  meanings  for 
old  terms  which  have  long  been  in  use  but  which  in  practice  have 
come  to  be  interpreted  in  various  ways.  They  may  also  be  for  the 
purpose  of  setting  accurate  meanings  for  new  terms  used  for  de- 
scribing new  products  or  describing  characteristics  which  have 
attained  new  significance.'"  ^ 

description,  /Sfmidards  of:  See  Definitions,  Standard;  Identity, 
Standards  of ;  Terms. 

Distributor  Standafds :  (1)  Standards  on  which  purchase  of  merchan- 
dise for  retail  distribution  is  based. 

(2)  Standards  for  advertising  and  marketing  ".  .  .  may  take  the 
form  either  of  indicating  that  the  advertised  or  displayed  goods  are 
manufactured  in  accordance  with  certain  definite,  generally  known 
and  widely  approved  standards,  such  as  those  of  the  American-Stand- 
ards Association  or  the  Federal  Specifications  Board  [now  Federal 
Specifications  Executive  Committee] ;  or  of  stating  in  the  adver- 
tising copy  or  the  sales  talk  the  relevant  constituent  materials, 
method  of  construction,  etc.,  pertaining  to  the  product,  and  what 
or  whose  standards,  if  any,  are  met.  In  either  case  the  manufac- 
turer or  seller  is  certifying  to  the  buyer  that  the  qualities  or  the 
properties  meet  some  definite  and  recognizable  specification."  ^ 

Durahility  Standards:  "  'Durability'  .  .  .  may  be  defined  as  the  abil- 
ity to  resist  wear  arising  from  actual  use  .  .  ."  ^ 

Efficiency  Standards :  See  Performance  Standards. 

Establishing  Agency  of  Standards:  Agency  responsible  for  the  formu- 
lation and  establishment  of  standards. 

Goveriiment  Standards:  Government  standards  are  those  used  by  a 
municipality,  a  county,  a  State,  or  the  Federal  Government  in  the 
procurement  of  goods,  services,  and  so  forth. 

Identity^  Standards  of:  See  also  Definitions,  Standard. 

"Standards  for  identification  do  not  involve  quantitative  consid- 
eration of  the  characteristics  but  they  are  confined  rather  to  the  pur- 
pose of  establishing  their  identity.  For  example,  when  the  standard 
for  'silk'  is  set  as  'the  product  of  the  cocoon  of  the  silkworm,'  all 
things  which  conform  to  this  standard  possess  the  same  character- 
istics, the  same  chemical  and  physical  properties.  No  other  product 
has  been  found  which  possesses  exactly  these  same  characteristics; 
therefore,  this  standard  serves  to  ditferentiate  it  from  all  other 
products  and  provides  a  means  for  identifying  its  peculiar  character- 
istics. The  product  known  as  'rayon,'  although  similar  in  appear- 
ance, does  not  conform  to  this  standard  since  it  is  made  artificially 
from  cellulose.  Therefore,  we  know  that  it  does  not  possess  the  same 
characteristics  as  silk."  ^° 


^  "The  Consumer-Buyer  and  the  Market,"  by  Jessie  V.  Coles,  p.  446,  John  Wiley  & 
Sons.  Inc.,  New  York  City,  1038. 

»  "Industrial  Standardization,"  p.  207,  National  Industrial  Conference  Board,  Inc..  New 
York  City,  1928. 

» "Standardization  of  Consumers'  Goods  :  An  Aid  to  Consumer-Buying,"  by  Jessie  V. 
Coles,  pp.  98,  99,  The  Ronald  Press  Company,  New  York  City,  1932. 

10  Ibid.,  p.  103. 


368         CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

International  Standards:  "'International'  standards  may  be  broadly- 
defined  as  those  which  represent  the  cooperative  effort  of  most  of 
the  principal  producing  or  consuming  nations,  having^  a  major  inter- 
est in  the  standard."  " 

"International  standardization  is,  in  a  sense,  more  of  a  necessity 
in  import  and  export  trade  than  in  our  domestic  trade.  It  pri- 
marily concerns  those  standards  which,  by  coopertive  effort  have 
been  adopted  by  authoritative  groups  representative  of  two  or  more 
nations. 

"In  the  matter  of  weights  and  measures,  such  cooperative  effort 
in  the  establishment  of  standards  has  been  in  evidence  for  many- 
decades.  Likewise,  in  the  matter  of  illumination  and  in  other  fields 
more  or  less  concerned  with  scientific  or  technical  matters,,  we  find 
that  considerable  progress  has  been  made  in  international  stand- 
ardization." ^2 

Local  Standards:  Standards  established  by  a  city,  a  manicipality,.  a 
county,  or  other  agency  of  local  scope. 

Mandatory  Stamdards:  ".  .  .  official  standard,  the  use  of  which 
is  compulsory  in  the  conditions  specified  by  the  law  under  which 
that  standard  is  promulgated."  " 

Marketing  Standards:  Standards  which  are  used  in  connection  with 
the  marketing  of  commodities,  especially  agricultural  products. 
These  stanc  ards  provide  a  common  language  for  trading  and  a 
basis  for  market  quotations;  eliminate  the  necessity  of  personal 
inspection  before  purchase;  provide  a  basis  for  price  adjustment; 
afford  a  quality  basis  for  payment;  afford  a  check  on  the  quality  of 
production ;  promote  a  fair  and  honest  basis  for  loans  on  products 
in  storage,  and  for  regulating  or  controlling  shipments  under  mar- 
keting agreements. 

Maxirrmm  Standanrds :  See  Range  of  Standards. 

Measurement  Standards:  "Reference,  and  working  standards  for 
measurements  of  all  kinds,  including  fundamental  and  derived 
standards  of  measurement  for  expressing  the  quantitative  as|>ect£ 
of  space,  time,  matter,  energy,  and  motion,  and  of  their  inter- 
relations. 

"By  definition,  specification,  or  material  standard,  covering, 
for  example,  length,  area,  and  volume ;  mass,  weight,  density,  and 
pressure;  heat,  light,  electricity,  and  radioactivity,  including  for 
each  the- quantity,  flux,  intensity,  density,  etc."  ^* 

In  the  standardization  of  component  parts  measurement  stand- 
ards provide  "Uniformity  in  dimensions  necessary  to  secure  inter- 
changeability  of  parts  and  supplies,  and  the  interworking  of 
apparatus."  ^° 


"  "Industrial  Standardization,"  p.  149,  National  Industrial  Conference  Board,  Inc.,  New 

"  "Product  standardization,"  by  Robert  B.  Harper,  p.  19.  Lecture  at  the  Seventeenth 
Annual  Meeting  of  the  National  Institute  of  Commercial  and  Trade  Organization  Execu- 
tives, Northwestern  University,  Evanston,  Illinois,  August  15,  1939,  mimeographed. 

"  "Check  List  of  Standards  for  Farm  Products  Formulated  by  the  Bureau  of  Agricul- 
tural Economics,"  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Economics,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 
Washington,  D.  C,  March  1030,  mimeographed.  ^    ,^    ^ 

"  "Bureau  of  Standards  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce.  Washington,  D.  C,  Func- 
tions," Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  1931. 

""Worit  of  the  American  Engineering  Standards  Committee,"  by  P.  G.  Agnew,  The 
Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science,  Vol.  CTXXXVII  (..-26), 
p.  13,  May  1928. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER         369 

Minhnum  Standards:  See  Range  of  Standards. 

National  Standards:  '"A  national  standard  implies  a  consensus  of 

those    substantially    concerned    with    its    scope    and    provisions. 

.     .     .    The  basic  test  to  be  applied  in  all  cases  is  the  fact  of  the 

assent,  affirmatively  expressed,  of  all  groups  having  substantial 

interest  in  the  standard.'  "  ^^ 
Nomenclature^  Standard:   See  also  Definition,  Standard;  Identity, 

Standards  of;  Terms. 

"Definitions  of  technical  terms  used  in  specifications  and  in 
contracts,  and  in  technical  literature;  abbreviations;  letter  sym- 
bols for  quantities  used  in  equations  and  formulas ;  graphical  sym- 
bols (ideographs  or  pictographs)  used  on  drawings,  schematic 
diagrams,  and  the  like."  ^"^ 

"Tlie  careful  and  accurate  formulation  of  standards  established 
by  the  authority  or  general  agreement  gives  rise  to  precise  and 
definite  language  or  exact  nomenclature. 

Language  as  a  vehicle  for  the  communication  of  ideas  is  for 
the  most  part  developed  through  custom  or  long  usage.  It  is  con- 
stantly growing  and  undergoing  change.  Therefore  meanings  are 
often  variable  and  subject  to  individual  interpretation.  When 
standards  are  established  scientifically,  specific  meanings  are  at- 
tached to  each  term,  phrase,  symbol,  and  the  like."'® 

Obsolescent  Standards:  See  Status  of  Standards. 

Obsolete  Standards:  See  Status  of  Standards. 

Officially  Adopted  Stamdards:  Those  standards  which  have  been 
formally  approved  and  adopted  as  official  by  the  establishing 
agency. 

"...  comprise  those  specifications  and  methods  of  test  that 
have  been  formally  adopted  by  the  Society.^* 

Performance  Stamlards:  "The  term  'performance'  is  used  in  connec- 
tion with  commodities  to  refer  to  the  manner  in  which  they  act 
or  behave  in  carrying  out  certain  functions  arising  with  their  use. 
The  term  is  most  frequently  used  in  connection  with  machines  and 
mechanical  devices.  For  instance,  one  writer  describes  perform- 
ance as  'operating  characteristics  of  machines  and  devices :  output, 
rating,  speed,  efficiency,  durability,  etc.';  but  no  reason  is  apparent 
why  the  term  might  not  be  applied,  to  nonmechanical  goods."  ^° 

"Specification  of  operative  efficiency  or  action  for  machines  and 
devices,  known  as  standards  of  performance,  specifying  the  fac- 
tors involved  in  terms  susceptible  of  measurement. 

"Numerical  statement  of  speed,  uniformity,  output,  economy, 
durability,  and  other  factors  which  together  define  the  net  effi- 
ciency of  an  appliance  or  machine."  -^ 

"The  items  of  acceptable  performance  are  most  varied — speed, 
economy,  accuracy,  efficiency,  durability,  and  many  others.     The 

i«  "National  Standardization  in  America,"  by  P.  G.  Agnew,  Industrial  Standardization 
and  ComniPifial  Standards  Monthly,  vol.  4  (7),  p.  Ill,  July  1933. 

»'  Ibid.,  p.  107.  .       „  ^      ,      .     „ 

""Standardization  of  Consumers'  Goods:  An  Aid  to  Consumer-Buying,'  by  Jessie  V. 
Coles,  pp.  81,  82,  The  Ronald  Press  Company,  New  York  City,  1932.  ^      ^    x- 

»  "A.  S.  T.  M.  Standards,  19.39  :  Part  I.  Metals,"  p.  iii,  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials,  Philadelphia.  Pennsylvania,  1939.  .       „   ^      ,      ... 

20  "Standardization  of  Consumers'  Goods:  An  Aid  to  Consumer-Buying,"  by  Jessie  V. 
Coles,  pp.  97,  98,  The  Ronald  Press  Company,  New  York  City,  1932.  ^    ^    x^ 

"  "Bureau  of  Standards  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce,  Washington,  D.  C,  Func- 
tions," Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  1931. 


370  CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

breakage  and  wear  of  hacksaw,  for  example,  depend  on  the  steel 
and  on  the  design  of  teeth  and  frame.  To  specify  its  useful  life 
and  cutting  rate  is  to  set  a  standard  of  performance,  or  work 
value,  or  utility  factor.  A  performance  may  involve  speed;  for 
example,  the  photography  of  a  bullet  in  flight  in  one-millionth  of 
a  second,  or  an  effective  profile  of  a  propeller  or  airplane  wing. 
The  performance  standard  may  involve:  (a)  continuity,  as  in  the 
non-stop  run  of  a  motor;  (b)  uniformity  of  rate,  as  in  a  time- 
piece; (c)  efficiency,  as  in  the  gasoline  motor;  (d)  economy,  ag 
tl^.e  luminous  efficiency  of  the  electric  lamp;  (e)  accuracy,  as  in 
a  thermostat;  and  so  on.  If  fixed  in  units  or  measurable  terms, 
these  are  standards  of  performance.  Their  use  and  application 
require  judgment  based  on  experience  and  experiment,  a  knowledge 
of  physical  and  chemical  constants  of  materials  and  energy,  and 
a  correct  use  of  the  principles  of  science."  ^^  Examples :  "Degree 
of  color  permanence;  shrinkage  or  stretchage;  breaking  strength; 
seam  slippage;  resistance  to  water,  perspiration,  wind,  wear;  light, 
heat,  and  power  tests;  power  consumption;  cost  upkeep;  etc."^^ 

Peivnissive  Standards:    See  Voluntary  Standards. 

Practice^  Standards  of :  "Codes  and  regulations  impartially  analyzed 
and  formulated  after  study  and  experiment  into  standards  of 
practice  for  technical  regulation  of  construction,  installation,  and 
operation,  and  based  upon  standards  of  measurement,  quality,  and 
performance. 

"Collection  of  standard  data,  numerical  magnitudes,  and  ranges 
of  the  pertinent  factors  defining  quality,  safety,  economy,  con- 
venience, and  efficiency."  ^^ 

Processes^  Standard:  "The  standardization  of  operations  and  proc- 
esses of  production  rests,  in  the  first  instance,  upon  the  stand- 
ardization of  equipment.  .  .  .  Standardized  machines  with 
interchangeable  parts,  and  standard  tools  are  of  fundamental 
importance  in  the  shop  and  factory  likewise. 

"If  standard  tools  and  equipment  are  combined  with  the  proper 
plant  layout,  a  continuous  flow  of  production  from  stage  to  stage 
and  process  to  process  may  be  made  possible.  This  is  one  of  the 
most  important  aspects  of  the  application  of  standardization  tech- 
nique to  production.  As  maximum  efficiency  in  the  machine  is 
dependent  upon  a  given  uniform  speed  and  method  of  operation, 
with  each  part  intermemberod  with  every  other  part  with  the 
smallest  possible  coefficient  of  variation  and  the  minimum  of  fric- 
tion, so  the  efficient  operation  of  an  entire  plant  requires  a  contin- 
uous input  of  standard  goods,  a  continuous  flow  from  process  to 
process,  and  continuous  and  relatively  invariable  output.     .  .  ."  " 

Producer  Goods  Standards:  Standards  for  "commodities  used  in 
the  manufacture  of  other  commodities,  as  machinery  or  raw  ma- 
terials." ^6 

Product  Standards:  "Product  standardization  is  the  deliberate  mak- 
ing of  a  product  to,  or  regulation  thereof  by  a  definite  type,  model, 

**  "Standards  and  Standardization,"  by  Norman  F.  Harrlman,  pp.  62,  fiS,  McGraw-Hill 
Book  Company,  New  York  City.  1928. 

2»  "Informative  Labeling,"  by  Committee  on  Informative  Labeling,  p.  4,  Consumer- 
Retailer  Relations  Council,  New  York  City,  lO.SS. 

^*  "Bureau  of  Standards  of  the  V.  S.  Department  of  Commerce,  Washington,  D.  C,  Func- 
tions," Government  Printing  Office,  Washington.  D.  C,  19.^1. 

"  "Industrial  Standardization,"  p.  40,  National  Industrial  Conference  Board,  Inc.,  New 
York  City,  1929. 

»  "The  Winston  Simplified  Dictionary,  College  Edition,"  The  John  C.  Winston  Company, 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania,  1939. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER  37X 

set  of  requirements  or  specifications  or  example,  as  to  dimensions, 
size,  bulk,  degree,  range,  shape,  mass,  weight,  volume,  number, 
worth,  utility,  efficiency,  price,  composition,  ctolor,  property,  quality 
or  characteristic,  or  two  or  more  thereof."  ^^ 

Professional  Association  Standards:  See  also  Association  Standards. 
Standards  established  by  the  various  professional  societies  and 
associations  for  products  and  equipment,  test  methods,  and  so  forth, 
of  primary  interest  to,  and  use  in  each  ])rofession. 

Prosi^ective  Standards :  See  Status  of  Standards. 

QuaJity  Standards :  "Specifications  for  material  (by  description, 
sample,  or  both),  known  as  standards  of  quality,  fixing  in  measur- 
able terms  a  property  or  grou]5  of  properties  which  determine  the 
quality. 

''The  numerical  magnitude  of  each  constituent  property  pertinent 
to  the  quality  involved,  and  specific  magnitude  in  units  of  measure 
of  sucli  significant  factors  as  uniformity,  composition,  form,  struc- 
ture, and  others.'-  ^* 

"Standards  of  Quality:  Specifications  setting  up  standards  of 
purity,  strength,  elasticity,  durability,  color,  Avorkmanship  and 
other  nondimensional  characteristics  which  determine  the  industrial 
or  engineering  usefulness  or  appearance  of  raw  or  intermediate 
materials,  semifinished  products,  or  of  structures,  equipment  or 
machines."  "^ 

Quantity  Standards:  See  Measurement  Standards. 

Range  of  Standards:  Minimum  and  Maximum  Standards — "When  a 
single  standard  is  established,  goods  are  divided  into  two  groups: 
(1)  those  designated  as  'equal  to  and  above  the  standard'  and  (2) 
those  'below  the  standard.'  For  the  first  there  are  no  upper  limits 
on  qualities  and  for  the  second  no  lower  limits.  Sometimes  such  a 
standard  is  established  for  the  purpose  of  separating  the  desirable- 
or  acceptable  from  undesirable  or  unacceptable  goods,  in  which 
case  the  standard  is  called  a  'minimum'  standard.  Such  standards 
are  used  by  the  United  States  Food  and  Drug  Administration.  The 
goods  falling  below  the  minimum  standards  are  considered  so  unde- 
sirable that  they  are  kept  off  the  market.  Sometimes  this  minimum 
standard  is  stated  as  the  minimum  of  the  desirable  quality  which  is 
acceptable  and  in  some  cases  as  the  maximum  of  the  undesirable 
quality  which  is  acceptable."  ^° 

"In  some  cases  the  standard  is  described  in  terms  of  the  minimum 
of  the  desirable  characteristics  permitted.  In  other  cases,  it  is  set 
by  fixing  the  maximum  limits  of  the  undesirable  characteristics,  or 
both  a  maximum  and  a  minimimi  may  be  used."  ^^ 

Rating^  Standard:  "Ratings  of  machinery  and  apparatus  which  estab- 
lish test  limits  uncler  specified  conditions  as  a  basis  of  purchase 

''  "Product  Standardization,"  by  Robert  B.  Harper,  p.  2.  Lecture  at  Seventeenth  Annual 
Meeting  of  the  National  Institute  of  Commercial  and.  Trade  Organization  Executives, 
Northwestern  I'niversity.  Evanston,  Illinois,  August  15,  1939,  mimeographed. 

^  "Bureau  of  Standards  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce,  Washington,  D.  C,  Func- 
tions," Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C,  19ol. 

2<>  "Classification  of  Engineering  atid  Industrial  Standards,"  by  F.  J.  Schlink,  Mechanical 
Engineering,  p.  120,  February  1925. 

,10  "The  Consumer-Buyer  and  the  Market,"  by  Jessie  V.  Coles,  pp.  447,  448,  John  Wiley  & 
Sons,  Inc,  New  York  City,  19:;8. 

31  "Standardization  of  Consumers'  Goods,"  by  Jess-ie  V,  Coles,  p,  108,  The  Ronald  Press- 
Company,  New  York  City,  1932. 


372         CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

specification,  or  which  establish  requirements  as  to  performance, 
durability,  safety,  etc.,  under  operation."  ^^ 
Regulations^  Standard.:  See  Practice,  Standards  of. 
Bules,  Standard:  See  Practice,  Standards  of. 

■Safety  Standards:  "Instructions  for  safe  use  of  equipment  such  as 
hoists  and  derricks,  hand  tools,  boilers,  scaffolding,  and  trucks, 
as  well  as  recommendations  for  safe  methods  in  demolition,  han- 
dling and  storage  of  material,  loading  and  handling  vehicles,  and 
equipment  upkeep."  ^^ 

Household  safety  standards  are  methods  of  care  and  caution  to 
protect  life  and  property  from  hazards  occurring  in  or  about  the 
home,  such  as  mechanical,  fire,  gas,  electrical,  lightning,  and  other 
hazards.-' 
■Standard  Co^astants:  "Natural  standards  of  the  measured  numerical 
data  as  to  materials  and  energy,  known  as  physical  or  standard 
constants — the  fixed  points  or  quantitiies  which  underlie  scientific 
research  and  industrial  processes  when  scientifically  organized. 

"Mechanical  equivalent  of  heat,  light,  electricity,  and  gravita- 
tion; specific  densities;  viscosities;  melting  and  boiling  points; 
heat  capacity;  heats  of  combustion;  velocity  of  propagation  of 
light;  conductivities  of  materials  to  heat  and  light;  electrochem- 
ical and  atomic  weights ;  and  many  similar  magnitudes  determined 
experimentally  with  maximum  precision  and  referred  to  funda- 
mental standards  of  measure."  ^* 
■Stattcs  of  Standards:  Prospective,  Active,  Obsolescent,  Ol^solete — 

"Standards  may  be  classified  on  tjie  basis  ni  their  degree  of  ac- 
ceptance, those  in  regular  customary  use  being  known  as  tentative 
or  provisional  standards.  In  ordinary  course,  it  is  assumed  that 
such  standards  will  advance  to  the  status  of  regular  standards- 

"A  further  classification  of  standards  is  possible  with  respect  to 
the  time  and  trend  of  their  utilization,  thus,  obsolete,  obsolescent, 
standard,  prospective  standard,  and  interim  standard,  the  latter 
being  intended  to  bridge  an  interval  between  an  obsolescent  and  a 
•current  standard,  or  between  a  standard  and  a  prospective  standard. 

"In  an  actively  growing  and  developiiig  industry,  all  of  these 
'Classes  of  standards  are  often  involved.  Some  may- be  designated 
as  definitely  obsolete,  and  others  are  to  become  obsolete  after  the 
lapse  of  a  certain  interval  pr  upon  exhaustion  of  existing  stock. 
The  third  class,  or  active  standards,  is  that  for  which  no  change  of 
application  is  yet  foreseen,  while  future  or  prospective  standards 
may  be  established  for  utilization  after  a  certain  period  of  time 
or  upon  the  completion  of  certain  preparatory  stages,  or  of  related 
standardization  work  in  other  fields."  ^^ 
Technical  Association  Standards:  See  also  Association  Standards. 

Standards  established  by  associations  ".  .  .  composed  essentially 
of  persons  engaged  in  scientific,  engineering,  and  technical  work 
(as  employees  of  industrial  or  manufacturing  concerns)  independent 


«  "Industrial  Standardization,"  p.  23,  National  Industrial  Conference  Board,  Inc.,  New 
■York  City,  1029.  ,       „ 

^  "ASA  Approval  Shows  National  Consensus  on  Manual  for  Safety  in  Construction, 
Industrial  Standardization  and  Commercial  Standards  Monthly,  Vol.  10  (10),  pp.  246,  247, 
"October  1939.  „    „ 

"  "Bureau  of  Standards  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce,  Washington,  D.  C,  Func- 
tions," Government  Printing  Office.  Washington,  D.  C,  1931. 

*»  "Standards  and  Standardization,"  by  Norman  F.  Harriman,  p.  95,  McGraw-Hill  Book 
Company,  Inc.,  New  York  City,  1928. 


CONCENTRATION  OF  EOONOMIO  POWER         373 

consulting  engineers  and  professional  men  .  .  .  concerned  with  raw 
materials,  manufacture,  processes,  construction,  equipment,  and  tools 
and  products,  naturally  have  engaged  in  product  standardiza- 
tion."/'^ ^  • 

Tentative  Standards:  "Standards  in  process  of  development  ...  'a 
standard  that  is  still  subject  to  investigation  .  .  .  that  is  offered  for 
use  under  commercial  conditions  to  test  its  practicability  or  as  a 
basis  for  discussion.'  "  " 

"Tentative  standards  represent  the  latest  thoughts  and  practices 
and  are  published  as  'tentative'  by  the  Society  on  the  recommenda- 
tion of  the  committee  concerned,  prior  to  adoption  as  'standard.'  "  '^ 

Terms, Standard :  See  also  Definitions,  Standard;  Identity,  Standards 
of. 

"In  setting  up  practically  every  series  of  standards  for  grading 
products,  meanings  of  terms  are  set  up  definitely  for  the  purpose  of 
describing  accurately  certain  products  or  certain  characteristics. 
For  example,  in  the  standards  for  grading  apples,  such  terms  as 
'mature,'  'clean,'  'russeting,'  'well  formed'  are  carefully  defined  in 
order  that  these  particular  characteristics  may  always  be  identified 
and  may  be  interpreted  uniformly."  ^® 

Testing  Stamlards:  "Although  tests  of  an  experimental  nature  are 
necessary  in  the  research  incident  to  the  development  of  standards, 
the  term  'methods  of  test'  as  generally  used  refers  only  to  the 
practical  procedure  for  identifying  and  measuring  qualities  and 
perfoi-mance  of  goods.  They  are  primarily  for  the  purpose  of 
securing  data  by  means  of  which  goods  may  be  described.  Identi- 
fication and  measurement  by  means  of  tests  are  necessary  to  group 
goods  according  to  grades,  to  determine  their  ratings,  and  to  dis- 
cover the  magnitudes  which  are  to  be  expressed  in  terms  of  standard 
units  of  measurement.  Tests  may  be  used  to  detennine  the  quan- 
titative or  nonquantitative  information  used  on  labels,  in  advertis- 
ing, or  in  otherwise  describing  goods. 

"The  methods  of  making  tests  arid  the  conditions  under  which 
they  are  to  be  carried  out  must  be  uniform  and  agreed  upon  as 
'standard.'  The  procedure  for  these  tests  must  be  worked  out  in 
such  a  way  that  the  tests  made  in  one  laboratory  may  be  compared 
with  those  made  in  another  with  some  degree  of  accuracy."  *^ 
Tolerances  for  Stnndards :  "Whenever  the  chemical  or  physical  prop- 
erties of  the  materials  desired  are  of  significance,  specifications  list 
the  minimum,  and  sometimes  the  maximum,  qualities — tensile 
strength,  degrees  of  hardness,  chemical  purity,  coloration,  etc. — 
that  the  commodity  delivered  must  possess.  These  quality  specifi- 
cations are  sometimes  supplemented  by  what  are  called  tolerances, 
but  the  term  tolerances  when  used  in  this  connection  includes  quality 
as  well  as  dimensional  variations."  *^ 


» "Product  Standardization,"  by  Robert  B.  Harper,  p.  15,  Lecture  at  the  Seventeenth 
Annual  Meeting  01"  the  National  Institute  of  Commercial  and  Trade  Organization  Execu- 
tives, Northwestern  University.  Evanston.  Illinois,  August  15,  1039.  mimeographed. 

"  "Standardization  of  Consumers"  Goods  :  An  Aid  to  Consumer-Buying,"  by  Jessie  V. 
Coles,  p.  84,  The  Ronald  I'ress  Company,  New  York  City.  1932. 

=«  "A.  S.  T.  M.  Standards,  1989  :  Tart  I.  Metals,"  p.  iii,  American  Society  for  Testing 
M&teHal.s,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania,  1939. 

**  "Stundardization  of  Consumers'  Goods:  An  Aid  to  Consumer-Buying,"  bv  Jessie  V. 
Coles,  pp.  103,  104,  The  Ronald  Press  Company.  New  York  Citv,  1932. 

♦"Ibid.,  p.  132. 

"  "Industrial  Standardization,"  pi>.  25,  26,  National  Industrial  Conference  Board,  Inc., 
New  York  City,  1929. 

272496 — 41 — No.  24 25 


374         CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

Trade  Association  Standards:  See  also  Association  Standards. 

"The  types  of  standardization  involved  in  the  work  of  the  trade 
associations  are,  taking  them  as  a  whole,  quite  broad.  Simplifica- 
tion, standardization  of  terms,  definitions  and  technical  nomencla- 
ture, quality  and  dimensional  standards,  codes  of  good  practice,  etc., 
are  worked  out  either  within  the  separate  associations  themselves; 
cooperatively  with  other  trade  associations,  the  technical  societies 
and  the  Federal  Government;  or  through  sponsorship  for  sectional 
committees  working  under  the  procedure  of  the  American  Society  for 
Testing  Materials  and  the  American  Standards  Association."  *- 

Voluntary  Standards:  "Voluntary  standards,  supported  by  a  consensus 
of  the  various  groups  concerned."  *^ 

"Voluntary  Use  of  Standards  by  Producers — In  the  absence  of 
laws  requiring  the  use  and  preventing  the  misuse  of  particular  stan- 
dards, their  adoption  depends  upon  the  industry  concerned.  While 
trade  associations  may  establish  standards,  they  do  not  possess  the 
power  of  demanding  their  use.  The  use  of  such  standards  then 
depends  upon  their  voluntary  adoption  by  individual  members  of  the 
association.  Although  cooperation  of  the  majority  may  be  ex- 
pected when  standards  are  set  up  by  agreement,  some  usually  wish 
to  avoid  the  terms  of  the  agreement."  ** 


<2  "Industrial  Standardization,"  p.  79,  National  Industrial  Conference  Board,  Inc.,  New 
York  City,  1929. 

*8  "Functional  Steps  in  the  Development,  Promulgation  and  Use  of  Standards  for  Con- 
sumer Goods,"  by  P.  G.  Agnew,  p.  1,  American  Standards  Association,  New  York  City, 
December  28,  1939,  mlmeog.raphed. 

**  "Standardization  of  Consumers'  Goods  :  An  Aid  to  Consumer-Buying,"  by  Jessie  V. 
Coles,  p.  181,  The  Ronald  Press  Company,  New  York  City,  1932. 


GRADE  TERMINOLOGY  OF  FOOD  PRODUCTS 

The  United  States  standards  now  in  effect  for  agricultural  prod- 
ucts fall  into  two  distinct  categories.  There  are  those  wMch  are 
made  mandatory  by  national  legislation,  as  in  the  case  of  grain  and 
cotton,  and  those  which  may  or  may  not  be  employed  according  to 
the  choice  of  the  individuals  concerned.  In  this  latter  category  are 
all  of  the  standards  for  fruits  and  vegetables,  dairy  and  poultry 
products,  livestock,  meats,  wool,  hay,  dry  edible  beans,  and  processed 
foods. 

Grade  designations  referred  to  in  the  following  charts  fall  in  the 
second  category,  or  permissive  standards.  These  standards  were 
originally  developed  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  a  common  lan- 
guage which  could  be  used  by  the  producer  and  the  trade  to  facilitate 
trading  operations.  In  each  group  of  commodities,  therefore,  the 
terminology  used  to  describe .  the  grade  has  been  influenced  very 
largely  by  the  common  usage  in  the  trade.  For  example,  butter 
grades  follow  a  score  system  having  the  top  grade  "93  score"  and 
ranging  downward  to  "85  score."  Ther-e  are  four  grades  of  eggs, 
designated  as  U.  S.  Special,  U.  S.  Extra,  U.  S.  Standard,  and  U.  S. 
Trade.  Fresh  fruit  and  vegetable  grades  generally  follow  the  numer- 
ical rating  starting  with  U.  S.  No.  1  as  the  highest  and  ranging 
downward.  Processed  foods  follow  a  set  pattern  of  alphabetical 
designations  of  A,  B,  and  C,  with  tlie  permissive  use  of  trade  terms 
such  as  Fancy,  Choice,  Standard,  and  so  forth. 

Departures  from  the  general  plan  of  grade  designations  will  be 
noted  in  manj'  instances.  For  example,  a  top  "U.  S.  Fancy"  grade 
is  provided  for  some  fruits  and  vegetables,  and  "combination"  and 
"conmiercial"  grades  are  permitted  between  the  U.  S.  No.  1  and 
U.  S.  No.  2  grade  designations.  "U.  S.  Extra  No.  1,"  "Extra  Stand- 
ard," or  "Choice"  and  some  other  special  designations  will  be 
noted. 

Examination  of  the  charts  illustrates  the  confusion  that  exists  in 
the  grade  designations.  So  long  as  the  grades  are  used  largely  in 
wholesale  transactions  by  the  trade  which  is  more  or  less  specialized 
in  its  operation  the  variations  and  special  designations  do  not  create 
a  serious  problem.  This  is  true  because  in  all  such  cases  the  varia- 
tion has  been  brought  about  by  some  special  condition  that  has  arisen 
and  the  trade  itself  is  responsible  for  the  special  case.  Coordination 
and  simplification  of  the  grade  designations  is,  however,  needed  when 
the  products  reach  the  retail  or  consumer  stage. 

Progress  in  the  direction  of  simplified  terminology  for  consumers 
is  being  made,  notably  in  the  case  of  canned  goods,  butter,  and  eggs. 
A  considerable  quantity  of  canned  goods  is  now  being  marked  with 
the  A,  B,  or  C  designation  on  each  individual  can.  The  marking 
of  the  cans  with  U.  S.  Grade  A,  B,  or  C  is  also  being  developed  on 
an  experimental  basis  by  a  few  canning  plants  that  are  under  con- 

375 


376         CONCENTRATION  OF  ECONOMIC  POWER 

tinuous  supervision  of  Federal  inspectoi-s.  A  lar^e  quantity  of 
butter  is  being  marketed  in  retail  channels  under  a  "certificate  of 
quality"  that  informs  the  consumer  of  the  quality  of  the  butter  con- 
tained in  the  package.  Simplified  grade  designations  are  also  being 
carried  through  to  the  consumer  in  the  marketing  of  eggs  that  are 
graded  and  packed  in  retail  cartons  under  the  supervision  of  a 
Federal  inspector. 

Objections  to  the  use  of  uniform  grade  terminology  in  terms  read- 
ily understood  by  the  consumer  has  usually  been  leased,  first,  upon 
the  assumption  that  consumers  would  discriminate  unduly  against 
any  commodity  carrying  a  designation  that  indicated  it  was  of  second 
or  third  grade  and,  secondly,  upon  the  fear  of  distributors  that  much 
of  the  value  of  brand  advertising  would  be  lost.  There  is,  for  ex- 
ample, a  feeling  among  tlie  trade  that  the  consumer  would  be  more 
likely  to  buy  "Choice"  beef  than  "Grade  B"  beef  even  though  both 
terms  refer  to  the  same  quality.  There  is  also  a  feeling  among  dis- 
tributors that  if  all  products  were  uniformly-  labeled  under  standard 
quality  grades  the  advantages  to  be  gained  through  advertising  and 
other  means  to  build  up  preferences  for  private  brands  would  be 
impaired. 

In  the  absence  of  legislation  similar  to  that  in  effect  for  grain  and 
cotton  under  which  only  official  standards  may  be  used,  there  is 
likely  to  be  considerable  lack  of  uniformity  in  grade  specifications 
and  the  designations  by  which  they  are  described.  So  long  as  grades 
and  grade  terminology  are  on  a  permissive  basis,  simplification  and' 
standardizatiMi  of  terms  may  be  expected  to  progress  only  as  rapidly 
as  the  demand  for  this  type  of  information  is  made  by  consumers. 


i  prepared  by  Katherine  R.  Chesbro  and  Winidred  E.  Davis,  membera  < 


Food  products — Grade  designations  as  promulgated  by  Federal  agencies 
be  staff,  Consumer  Standards  Project,  Consumers*  Counsel  Division,  Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration,  T7. 


.  Department  of  Agriculture,  and  Work  Projects  Administration] 


Product 

Grades 

1 

2 

3 

4 

6 

6 

.  7 

8 

9 

10 

" 

12 

13 

Dalrjp^rodncts: 

93  score 

92  score 

90  score -..- 

89  score 

88  score 

87  score 

86  score. 

85  score 

Official  United  States  Standards  lor 
^SLd°e?'bTre5"l?S^h^icSl?h 

Bntt^Ofc 

Cheese.  American  whole-mllk... 

'^Taw'™'; 

U.S.  Extra  Fancy. 

U.  S.  Fancy 

U.S.No.l 

ff.S.No.2 

U.S.  No.  3 

Handbook  (or  Use  in  the  Inspection 
of    Whole-Milk    American- Cheese 
Under  the  Food  Products  Inspection 

^"'liaw 

u.s.Extra":;;;:;: 

standard 

U.S.  Special 

Fancy..       

U.  S.  Standard.... 
SakfS-------- 

"■runs ,, - 

standards    (or     Eggs,    June     1935. 

Trade   Practice  Rules  for  the  Tuna 
Industry  as  Promulgated  March  22. 
1940,  Proceedings  to  Amend  Trade 
Practice   Rules  for  Tuna  Industry 

8,  1940,  Fe'deral  Trade  Commission! 

*°™'%ittcd  sulphured 

U.S.  No.  I 

U.S.No.l 

^■c^ine^p-ittid^^- 
U.S.  A  (Fancy)... 

U.S.  A  (Fancy)... 

U.8,A(Fancy).., 

U.  S.  A  (Fancy)... 

U.S.  A  (Fancy)... 

U.S.  A  (Fancy)... 

U.S.  A  (Fancy)... 

U.S.  A  (Fancy)... 

U.S.  A  (Fancy)... 

U.S.  A  (Fancy)... 

U.S.  A  (Fancy)... 

U.S.  A  (Fancy).. 

U.S.  No.  2 

U.  S.  No.  2  Ma- 
chine pitted. 

U.  S.  C  (Stand- 
ard). 

U.  S.  C  (Stand- 

U.  8.  B  (Choice).. 

'.B  (Choice).. 

U.  S.  C  (Stand- 
ard). 

U.S.  B  (Choice).. 
U.S.  B  (Choice).. 
U.  8.  C  (Stand- 
U.  8.  B  (Choice).. 
U.S.B  (Choice).. 
U.S.B  (Choice).. 

U.S.B  (Choice).. 

Unpitted  Sulphimd  Cherries,  May 

(United  State's  Standards  (or  Grades  of 
1.    Pitted  Sulphured  Cherries,  May  17, 

United  States  Standards  for  Grades  of 

Machine  pitted. 

Canned: 

Apples 

Off-grade     (Sub- 
standard). 

OS-grade      (Sub- 
standard). 

U.  S.  C  (Stand- 
ard). 

U.  S.  C  (Stand- 
ard). 

OS-grade  < 

Applesauce 

Canned    Apples,    February    1938, 
United'  States  Standards  for  Grades  of 

Apricots" 

U.  S.  D  (Seconds). 

Below  U.  S.  St 
U.S.  D  (.Seconds). 

U.  S.  E  (Water 
Pack), 
andard— Good  food, 
U.S.E  (Water  or 
Pie  pack). 

U  8  F  (Pie) 

Canned  Apple  Sauce,  Jan.  26,  1934. 
Te^'tat'lv^' United  States  Standards  for 

not  high  grade 
Oa-grade      (S..b 
standard). 

Grades  of  Canned  Apricots,  October 
Tentative  United  States  Standards  for 

Cherries: 

Red  sour  pitted 

United  States  Standards  for  Grades  of 

U.  S.  C  (Stand- 
ard). 

U.S.  Broken 

"fta^n^f^d).*^""- 

U.  S.  C  (Stand- 
ard). 

U.  S.  C  (Stand- 
ard). 

U.  8.  C  (Standard) 
U.S.C  (Standard) 

U.  8.  D  (Seconds). 

U.S.E  (Water or 
Pie). 

Un^tSltSslan^afd's  (or  Grades  of 

Qrapefraitiuice".. 

Tentative  United  States  Standards  for 

Peaches,  yellow  clingstone '. 

U.  8.  D  (Seconds). 

Below  U.  S.  S 
U.  S.  D  (Seconds). 

Below  U.  S.  St 
U.  S.  D  (Seconds). 

U.  S.  D  (Seconds) 

0.  8.  E   (Water 

ndS^^'aoodfood. 
U_^S.   E   (Water 

Ve?4r"" 

Grades  of  Canned  Grapefruit  Juice, 
Feb,  25,  1939,  B.  A.  E.. 
Tentative  United  States  Standards  for 

not  high  grade 
U.S.  F  (Pie) 

not  high  grade 
U.  S.  F  (Pie) 

Off- Grade    (Snb- 

^IrWarnid'^^^a^t^ura^: 

Baapberrles,  red  > 

i 
1 

Prunes-Canned  Fresh),  Not  Dated, 

;7r4<lK-     4 

No    -1 

May  3,  1940,  A.  M.  S,' 
(F.-,rrp.  STB)       Nol 

Food  products — Grade  demg nations  as  promulgated  by  Federal  agencies — Continued 


Dewberries  Bod  blackber- 


'Xfoo 

Bawdu5t  pack.. 


Limes,  Persian  Clabltl). 
Melnos,    boney   dew   a 


Winter 

FtaeWPPlra- 

Iicept  Puerto  RIcaD  > 


Raspberries... 
Bttaw  berries.. 
Watermelons., 


A  (Fancy). 
Fancy'.... 


n.S.No.l' 

U.S.  No.  2 

U.    S.    Commer- 


V.  S.  No. 
U.  S.  No. 


U.  S,  No.  1  Mixed 
Juice. 

U.  S.  No.  1  Saw- 
dust Paclt. 


U.    S.   ComWna- 


U.  S.  Extra  No.  1. 
U.   S.   Combina- 


U.  S.  No.  1,. 
U.  S.  No.  I.. 


U.S.  No.  2.. 
U.  8.  No.  2.. 


.  S.  No.  2.. 
.  S.  No.  2.. 
.  S.  No.  2.. 


S.  No.2    

8.   Combina- 


Ciders.. 
Culls... 


V.  S.  No.  3.. 
U.  8.  No.  3.. 


V.  S.  No.  1  Early. 


r.S.  No.  1  Golden. 


U.  S.  No.  2  Mixed 


U.  S.  No.  1  Russet 


United   States  Standards  for  Ap 


U.  S.  Standards 

10,  1937,  B.  A. 

U.   S.   Standard 


Cantaloupes,  May 

or  Sweet  Cherries 
).  rev.  June  a,  1927,  B.  A.  E.i 
Standards   tor  Citrus   Fruits, 


.  S.  Standards  for  American  (Eastern 
Typo)  Buncb  Qrapes  (1630),  July  14, 
1930,  B.  A.  E.i 


.  Standards/or  Juice  Qrapes,  July 


July  H,  1939, 


5  for  Lemons,  Dec.  27, 

U.  s!'standards  for  Persian  (Tahiti) 
Limes,  Apr.  25,  K19,  B.  A.  E.i 

U.  S.  Standards  for  Honey  Dew  and 
Boney  Ball  Type  Melons,  May  10, 

1937,  B.  A.  E.i 

U.S.  Standards  for  Nectarines,  July  21, 

1938,  B.  A.  E.i 

U.  S.  Standards  for  California  and  Ari 
zona  Oranges,  May  1, 1937,  B.  A.  E." 
U.  S.  Standards  lor  Peacbes  (1933), 


)r  Summer  «nd  Fall 

940,  A.  M.  S.> 

r  Winter  Pears,  Jane 


U.  S.  Standards  for  Puerto  RIcan  Pine- 
apples (1931),  Oct.  27,  1931,  B.  A.  E.i 

U.  S.  Standards  for  Plums  and  Prunes 
(Fresh),  May  28,  1937,  B.  A.  E.i 

U.  S.  Standards  for  Raspberries  (1931), 


n.  S.  Standards  for  Washed  and  Sorted 
Strawberries  for  Freeiing,  May  25, 
1935,  B.  A.  E.I 


Sw  footnotes  at  end  of  t 


Strawberries  for 
25,  1935,  B  A.  E 
(Pace  p.  376) 


Pood  products — Grade  designations  as  promulgated  by  Federal  agencies — Continued 


Grades                                                                                                                                                                                           1 

Source 

. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

« 

» 

10 

" 

12 

13 

■^'Txir^ted.. 

U.  S.  Fancy 

U.  8.  Fancy 

U.  8.  Fancy 
n.  S.  Fancy 

U.  S.  AA  (Fancy) 

U.  S.  AA  (Fancy) 

V.  8.  Fancy  (No 

U.  8.  Prime  (No. 
U^s'.'cholce  (No. 
U.  8.  Choice  (No. 

U.S.  Prime 

U.S.  Good 

n.  8.  Choice  (No. 
tJ.J.  Prime  (No. 

U.  8.  Prime  (No. 
AD. 

U.  8.  Prime  (No. 
Al). 

C.  8.  Prime  (No. 

U.^8.  Fancy  (NO. 
n^8.  Prime  (NO. 

U.S.  No.  I 

U.  8.  Chol» 

U.  8.  Special  (AA). 

'««;'•■ 

U.S.  Prime  (A). .. 

U.  8.  P  r  1  m  0 

(Young)  or  U.S. 

U.  8.  Prime  (A)... 

S:  1:132: 1-.;:::;; 
g:i:JSS:l-:::::; 

u.s.No:2.-.:::::: 

|5"S°SbhVneyr"- 

:::::;:::::;:::::: 

ards,  and  Packing  Requirements  (or 
Honey  (Circular  24),  rev.  Aug.  1933, 
Bureau  of  Entomology,  U.  S.  Dept. 
o^f  Agr|:..  Weshingtm;  D.  C,  and 

U.  8.  No.  1 

""■^FSrSC"" 

USB 

U.S.  A 

U.  8.  Choice  (No. 
1). 

U.  S.  Choice  (No. 

U.'  8.  Good  (No. 

U.  S.  Good  (No. 
2). 

S:i:SSerciv.: 

U.  S.  Good  (No. 

U.  8.  Choice  (No. 
1). 

U.  3.  Choice  (No. 
1). 

U.  S.  Choice  (No. 
1). 

U.  S.  Choice  (No. 

U.  8.  Choice  (No. 
U.'s.  Choice  (No. 

U.S.  No.  2 

U.S.  Good 

U.  S.  Prime  (A)... 
U.  S.  P  r  i  ra  e 

k°!S>id^:  "■  ^■ 

U.S.  Choice  (Bi  . 
U.  S.  P  r  1  m  e 

i°('a',d^'  "•  ^- 

U.  S.  Choice  (B) 

U.  S.  Good  (No.  2). 

U.  S.  Good  (No. 

U%.^Mediu.. 

U.    S.    Medium 
(No.  3). 

S:i:S?nily;;:::: 

U.    8.    Medium 
(No.  3). 

U.  S.  Good  (No. 
2). 

U.  S.  Good  (No. 
2). 

U.  S.  Good  (No. 
2). 

U.  S.  Good  (No. 

V.  8.  Good  (No. 

ui"s.  Good  (No. 
2). 

U.S.  No.  3 

U.S.  Medium.... 

U.S.  Choice  (B)  . 

U.   8.  Choice 
(Young)  or  U.S. 
B  (Young). 

use 

U.  S.  Standards  lor  Maple  Sirup  for 
Reprocessing,  Feb.  7,  1940.  A.  Jvt.  8." 

Market  Classes  and  Grades  of  Feeder 
and  Stocker  Cattle,  (Circular  605) 
Oct.  1038,  U.  8.  Dept.  Agrlc,  Wash- 
ington. D.  C. 

U.    S.    Medium 
(No.  3). 

U.    8.    Medium 

(No.  3). 
U.    8. .  Common 

(No.  4). 
V.    8.    Common 

(No.  4). 

U.  S.  Commercial 
U.S.  Cutter 

U.    S.    Common 
(No.  4). 

U.     S.     Medium 
(No.  3). 

U.     S.     Medium 
(No.  3). 

U.     S.    Medium 
(No.  3). 

U.^^S.^^Medium 

U.^S.^  Medium 

u.;;;?:;;Medium 

Vo:4)'r°°""™ 

V.    8.    Common 

(No.  4). 
U.  S.  Cutter  (No. 

U^S.  Cutter  (No. 
5). 

U.S.  Utility. 

U.S.  Interior  (No. 
5). 

U.  8.  Cutter  (No. 

U*S.  Low  Cutter 
(No.  6). 

U.  S.  Low  Cut- 
ter (No.  6). 

Official  United  States  Standards  for 

°°'"''"'' 

112),  Sept.  1928,  B.  A.  E.' 

Steer  and  heifer 

U.S.  Cutter. 

}u.  S.  Canner— . 

Amendment   No.   I    to   Service  and 

gar.;jit^5°srte^irda^d°s?o'; 

BulUndstae 

V.  S.  Cutter  (No. 
6). 

U.    S.    Common 
(No.  4). 

U.    S.    Common 
(No.  4). 

U.    8.    Common 
(No.  4). 

U.    S.    Common 
(No.  4). 

U.^^S.  ^Common 

U.    S.    Common 
(No.  4). 

U.  S.  I-ow  Cutter 
(No.  6). 

U.  S.  Cutter  (No. 

5). 

U.  S.  CuU  (No.  5) 
U  S   Cull  (No  6) 

Grades  of  Carcass  Beef.  July  1939. 

Grade."  of  Carcass  Bed  (8.  R.  A.  99), 
June  1928.  V.  8.  Dept.  Agrlc,  Wa'>h. 

^Sffir^S^r^.^Jc-^'o's-O^ 
U.   8.    Dept.   Agrlc,    Washington, 

n°i2S"= 

Agrlc.  Washington,  1).  C. 
Official   United   States  Standards  for 

L«nb^mutton: 

U.  S.  CuU  (No.  6). 

(No:.!).               \ 
U.  S.  Cull  (No.  5)1 

Grades   ol    Vealors   and    Slaughter 
Calves  (S.   R.  A.  113),  Sept.   1928, 
U.   8.    Dept.    Agrlc,    Washington, 

Official  United  States  Standards  for 

Feeders 

Grades  of  Lamb  Carcasses,  Yearling 

Agric,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Market  Cl»s.»s  and  Grades  n(  Lambs 
and  Sheep  (Circular  383).  Mar.  1938. 
1    U.  ^8.    Dept.   Agrlc.    Washington, 

Market  Classes  and  Grades  of  Pork 

Slaughter 

Pork: 

tag.  Stag. 
Slaughter:     Barrowe    and 

"^. 

Cull 

U.  S.  Commercial 

U.  8.'  C  h  0  i  c  e 
(Old)  or  U.  S. 
B  (Old). 





(Circular  288)  Oct.  1933.  U.  S.  Dept. 
Agrlc,  Washington.  1).  C. 
Tentative  U.  S.  Standards  for  Classes 
ani    Ornd"3  ol   Sliil?htrr    Borrows 
andaill3,July3I,  1931,  B.  A.  E.' 

Ducks 

U.  S.  Commercial 
or  U.  S.  C. 

Classiflcatlnn  and   Tentative   Speclfl- 
cat|.,ns    for    U.   S.    Standards    and 
Grades  liir  Dressed  Chicken.*;  Tenia- 

(CI. 
U.  8.  Choice 

U.  S.  Choice 

L°is\dr  ^-  '• 

U^8.^Commercia, 

and     Grades    (or    Dressed     Ducks, 

Squabs 

Mar.  1938,  B.  A.  E.' 

See  footnotes  at  end  of  table. 

"(C)." 

2T249(i— 41— No.  24 

(Face p.  370)     No.  3 

Food  products-Grade  designations  a,  promulgated  by  Federal  offenries-Continued 

Product 

Grades 

I 

' 

3 

i 

5 

6 

7 

8 

0 

10 

JJ 

Source 

Meats— Continued. 
Poullry-Conciniied. 
Uresse.l-Cunlinued. 

-    U.  S.  Special  (AA 

D.S.A 

,    U.S.  Prime 

n.  S.  No.  1 

U.  S.  No.  1 

U.    S.    Jumbo 
Hand  1  icked. 

D.  S.  No.  I 

U.  S  Extra  Large 
VirginiaSbelled. 

n.S.No.l 

U.  S.No.  1 

U.S.  No.  1  Halves 
U.S.  No.  1 ._ 

U.S.  No.  1  Halves, 
a.  8.  No.  1 

^tn?;,."='- 

U.S.  No.  r.-; 

U.  s.  Prime...;::: 

U.S.  A  (First).... 

U.  S.  A  (Fancy).. 

V.  S.  A  (Fancy).. 
U.S.  A  (Fancy)... 
U.S.  A  (Fancy).. 

.    U.  S.  Prime  (A).. 

U.  S.  B .... 

U.S.  Choice 

U.  S.  No.  2 

U.  S.  No.  2 

U.  S.  Choice  (B). 
U.S.C 

U.^S.C„mmercia, 

Live' 

^r''^?eSei-^Trki;t"T^?tS?^ 

U.  S.  Clas..!es  and  Sub-Classes  lot 
Dre^ssed^  Turkeys,    rev.   July   1938. 

Rabbits,  dressed  domestic'.... 

U.  S.  Commercial 
U.S.  No.  3 

Tentative  U.  S.  Standards  tor  Gredw 
g'-^L.v^ePoultry,  rev.  Apr.  1.  1837, 

Nuts: 

Peanuts: 
Kunner: 

Farmers'     stoclc     (un- 
shelled). 

Tentative  U.  S.  Standards  for  Classes 

Shelied 

TJ.  S.  Standards  for  Farmers'  Stock 
Runner  Peanuts  (1931),  Sent.  1, 1931, 

'^Qeaned°('unshelted)... 

U.    S.    Fancy 
Hand  Picked. 

U.S.  No.  2 

VirgliiaShllted" 

U.S.  No.  2 

U.S.  No.  2 

U.    S.    Extra 
Hand  Picked. 

0.  S.  No.  3 

U.  S.  Standards  tor  Shelled  RoniiBr 
Peanuts,  Aug.  15, 1936,  A.  M.  sT 

U.  S.  Standards  for  Cleaned  (unEhoU- 
ed^ljVlrginiaJype  Peanuts,  Oct.  10. 

Fanners,    stoc.     (un- 

Shelled.. 

U.  8.  No.  1  Vir- 
ginia Shelled. 

U.S.  No.  3 

TJ.  8.  No.  2  Vir- 
ginia Shelled. 

U      S      Virginia 

US..  Standards  «or  Fatmere'  Stock 
b"a°E  1           I'«™"<s,  Oct.  3,  1934. 

White  Spanish: 

Farmers'     stock     (un- 
shelled). 

Type^  Peanuts,  Sept.  21.  1939,  A. 

Shelled 

::::;;; 

U.  S.  Standards  for  Farmers'  Stock 
White^Span|sh^Peanuts  (1928),  oST 

Pecans: 

Shelled 

U.  S.  No.  1  Pieces. 
U.S.  No.  2 

U.  S.  No.  I  Extra 
Lisht  Halves. 

U.S.  No.  2 

U.S.No.2CFancy). 
U.  S.  Fancy.. 

U.S.  Good...:.... 
U.  E.  C  (Second).. 

U.S.C  (Standard) 

U.S.C  (Standard). 

V-    S.    B    (Extra 
Standard). 

U.    8.    B    (Extra 
Standard). 

U.S.  No.  3 

U.   S.  Standards  tor  Shelled  White 
Spanish    Peanuts,    Aug.    15,    1939. 

"■oft-.f,%rB^A'°'Ef^"=^^^' 

Walnuts: 

^"■■ISiled.. 

U.  S.  No.  1  Halves 
and  Pieces. 

U.S.  No.  3 

U.  S.  No.  1  Pieces. 

U.S.  No.  2 

V.  S.  standards  for  Shelled  English 

bushelled 

""MUled 

''TSiitS.^°r'?liadV- 

Rough  (except  foUlni)^- ■ 

Vegetabi^f"^"-"'^  ■'---■:■- 

"cliS^'^-''- 

B:i:SS°r.-- 
H:l;^Uui:::; 

Off-Grade    (Sub- 
standard). 

Oa-Orade     (Sub- 
standard). 

Ofl-Grado     (Sub- 
standard). 

U.S.C  (Standard). 
U.S.O  (Standard). 

U.    S.    No.    4 
(Choice). 

u:s.No:v.v.-:-:- 

U.  S.  Fair.... 

U.    S.    No.    « 
(Medium).        . 

'v.a.'No.'s'.:::"' 

V.  S.  Ordinary.... 

u:  s:  Lo°w.:::::::: 

U.  S.  standards  for  Unshelled  English 

Barreled:  Sauerkraut 

Canned: 

Asparagus'.. 

United  States  Standards  for  Grades  of 

^"Sr.. 

Oradg  of  (farmed  Asparagus   April 

Lima" 

Off-Orade    (Sub- 
standard). 

Grades  of  Canned  Dry  Beans.  Jali. 

Siiap(orstringless) 

for  Grades  of  Canned  Lima  Beans. 
September  1936,  B.  A.  E.i 

See  fn„tnnt,.s  at  end  of  table. 

■ 

272496—41 

—No.  24 

of    Canned    Snap    (or    Stringless) 
Beans  (3.  R.  A.  142),  April  1933, 

(Face  p.  376)      No.  4 

Fooi  products — Orade  desi-gnations  an  promulgated  by  Federal  agencies — Continued 


Grades 

Source 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

■• 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

^^^cl^'n'^i'c-S^^a. 

U.  S.  A  (Fancy). 
U.S.  A  (Fancy).. 

U.  S.  A (Fancy).. 
U.S.  A  (Fancy).. 

U.S,  A  (Fancy).. 
U.S.  A  (Fancy).. 
U.S.  A  (Fancy).. 

U.S.  A  (Fancy).. 

U.S.  A  (Fancy).. 

U.S.  A  (Fancy).. 

U.S  A(ra5cy)... 

U.  S.  A  (First) 

U.S.A(Fancy)... 

U.S.  A  "(Fancy). 
U.S.A(Fancy)... 
U.S.  A  (Fancy)... 
U.S.  A  (Fancy).... 

U.S.No.l 

U.S.No.l 

U.  S.  NO.  I 

U.   S.  C  (Stand- 

U.   S.   B    (Extra 
Standard    or 

U.°S°'"b'  (Extra 

S'h-oLl^^-'    " 

U.  8.  C  (Stand- 

U^'-C   (Stand. 

U.^S.'C  (Stand- 
ard). 

U.   S.   B    (Extra 

U.^S'^fpiel 
(Fancy). 

U.  S.  C  (Stand, 
ard). 

U^S.  C.  (Stand- 
U.S.C  (Second).. 
U^^S.  C  (Stand- 

U.  S.  C  (Stand- 
ard). 

U.  S.  C  (Stand- 
ard). 

U.S.  C  (Stand- 
ard). 

U.S.  No.  2 

U.S.  No.  2 

United  States  Standards  for  Grades  of 
Canned  Beets,  May  1935,  B.  A.  E.i 

oS|?a'dr'-(Sub- 

^''crea™  style 

standard). 

U.  S.  C  (Stand- 
ard). 

U.  S.  C  (Stand- 
ard). 

Ofl-grade      (Sub- 
standard). 

"Ifn^dtJd).'^"'^ 

W35?B.'^A.°E.?""''''  °°"°'''  •'™° 

United  States  Standards  for  Grades  of 
Canned  Corn.  Cream  Style  (S.  R.  A. 

uiai?a^^"l?in"dar^sf^r' Grade.  Of 

ST\.XFrb':lrB°,TA^'gt 

Whole-grain  style 

^^■"Xr^bnttoo 

1    June  1935,  B.  A.  E.i 
Tentative    United    States   Standards 
for  Grades  of  Canned  Okra.  Oct.  18, 

standard) . 
Ofl-grade      (Sub- 

U.J.  C  (Stand- 

U.  S.  C  (Stand- 
ard). 

"SKd).'^""- 

"liSdt^d).'^""- 

Off-grade    (Sub- 
standard). 

Off-grad6    (Sub- 
standard). 

U.  S.  C  (Stand- 
ard). 

Off-grade    (Sub- 
standard). 

'"sa^/d).^^"^- 

^^iifb's^taffiiit 

U.   S.    C    Pieocs 
(Standard). 

Ofl-grade      (Sub- 
standard). 

Canned  Peas  (S.  R.  A.  140),  Apr. 

8krmS'i:^Er  "'"°°'"' 

for  Grades  of  Canned  Sweet  Pota 

Sauerkraut- 

Grades  of  Canned  Pumpkin  (and 
Squash),  Feb.  8,  1933,  B.  A.  E.' 
Tentative  United  States  Standards  for 

Spinach  and  Other  greens'.. 

Tentative  United  States  Standards  tor 

Mustard    Greens),    Feb.    10,    1933, 

Tomato  catchup 

ot  Canned  Tomatoes,  Aug.  17,  1940, 

°BUe"drJan."2tl''9''3U'rEl   »' 

Tomato  Juice  (Canned  or  Bottled), 
U^i?ld=ltS's^an^dar^d;  for  Grades 

Dried: 

ot   Canned  Tomato  Pulp.  Jan.  25, 
1931,B.A,E.' 

Split  peas 

U  S  No  3 

revised  July  1937,  B.  A.  E.' 
Official  U.  S.  Standards  tor  Split  Peas, 

Fresh: 

Anise,  sweet. 

U  S  Standards  tor  Sweet  Anise  (1930), 

Artichokes,  globe 

U.S.No.l 

U.S.No.l 

U.S.No.l 

S:i.r!.^.°-.l-.: 

U.S.  No.  2 

Dec.  3,  1930,  B.  A.  E.I 
U.  S.  Standards  for  Globe  Artichokes 

Beans: 

U.S.  No.  2 

U.S.No.l 

Mar.  1933,  B,  A.  E.. 

^     Lima 

n.  S.  No.  2 

\    Standards  lor  Beans,  revised  Aug. 
'u.'1'.'Standards'tor  Fresh  Faba(Fsva) 

Lima      

U.S.No.l 

U.  S.  Fancy 

U.S.No.l 

U.S.  Combination. 

U.S.No.i: 

U.S.  No.  2 

U.  S.  Standar.is  for' Lima  B'eans,  Dec. 

Snap 

U.S.  Combination. 
U.  S.  No.  3 

Soyb«ans 

20,'l936,B.A.E... 

See  footnotes  at  end  of  table. 

272496— 41— No.  24     (Face  p.  376)     No.  5 

Food  products — Grade  designations  as  promulgated  by  Federal  agencies — Continued 


Vegetables— Continued. 
Fresh-Conttoued- 

Bunched 


Broccoli,  bu 
sprouting. 

Cabbage 


Topped 

Cauliflower.... 
Celery,  rough.. 
Com,  green.— 


Eggplant.. 
Endive  or 
Qafuc 


Mushrooms 

Mustard  greens.. 
Otra 


Creole — 

Northern  grown " 

Parsley 

Peas 

Peppers,  sweet » 


Sweet 

Radishes,  bunched 

Rhubarb,  field  grown.. 


Shallots,  bunched 

Spinach  (except  New  Zea- 
land). 

Tomatoes    (except    green- 
house). 
Qreenbouse 

!  fDotnotes  at  cud  of  taWe. 


U.  S.  NO.  1 

U.  S.  Commercia 


U.  S.No.  X 

U.  S.  Commercial. 


U.  S.  No.  : 
U.  S.  No.  : 


U.  S.  Extra  No. 
U.  S.  Extra  .Mo. : 


U.S.  No.  2 

U.  S.  Commercial. 


U.    S.    Combina- 


U.  S.  Commercial 


U.  S.  Commercial. 
U.S.  No.  2 


3    Standards  for  Bunched  Beets 
!2T).  Aug.  9,  1927,  B.  A.  E.l 
.  Standards  for  Topped  Beets  Apr. 
.-„.  1934,  B.A.  E.l 

U.  S.  Standards  for  Bunched  Italian 
Sprouting  Broccoli,  Sept.  18,  1940, 

r  Cabbage,  Dec.  18, 


1939,  A.  M.  S.i 


.  Standards  for  Bui 
ic.  3.  1937,  B.  A.  E.' 
.  Standards  for  Topped  Carrots, 


I  Carrots, 


.  S.  Standards  (or  Green  Co 
Jan.  20, 1927,  B.  A.  E.i 
.  S.  Standards  for  Greenb 
cumbers,  Sept.  14, 19.34,  B. 


U.  S.  Standards  for  Endive  oi 
)r  Chicory,  June  15,  1933, 
S.  Standards  for  Garlic, 


B.  A.'e." 
Aug.  20, 


U.  S.  Standards  for  Kale,  Apr.  20, 1934, 

B.  A.  E.l 
U.  S.  Standards  for  Lettuce,  Mar.  1, 


J.  S.  Standards  for  Mushrooms 
Oct.  I,  1928,  B.  A.  E.l 

Standards  for  Mustard 


272196— 41— No.  24 


18,  I92S,  B.  A.  E.l 


Standards  for  Onion  Sets,  Jan. 

25,  1940,  A.  M.  S." 
U.  S.  Standards  for  Parsley  (;930), 

July  30,  1930,  B.  A.  E.l 
U.  S.  Standards  for  Fresh  Peas,  Jan. 


U.    S. 

(S.  R.  A 

A.  M.  S.i 
U.  S.  Standards  for  Sweet  Potatoes, 

June  1,  1937,  B.  A.  E.l 
U.-  S.  Standards  for  Bunched  Radishes 

(1926),  Feb.  25,  1926,  B.  A.  E.i 
U.  S.  Standards  for  Rhubarb  (Field 

Grown),  Mar.  19c3,  B.  A.  E.i 
U.  S.  Standards  for  Romaine  (1928), 

Deo.  18,  192S,  B.  A.  E.l 
U.  S.  Standards  for  Bunched  Shallots, 

Oct.  17,  1934,  B.  A.  E.l 
U.  8.  Standards  for  Spinach  (1931), 

U.  S.  Standards  for'  Fresh  Tomatoes, 
Aug.  22,  1934,  B.  A.  E.l 

U.  S.  Standards  for  Greenhouse  Toma- 
toes, Sept.  14,  1934,  B.  A.  E.' 

(Facep.  3T6)      No.  G 


Food  products — Grade  designations  as  promulgated  by  Federal  agenck 


Grades 

Source 

2 

3 

. 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

,. 

11 

12 

13 

vtEClnblcs-Continued. 
Fresh-Continued. 
Turnips: 
Bunched 

U   .<! 

No  1 

U.  S.^Standards  for  Bmched  Turnips 

U.  S.'standSds'for ToppedTiinips or 

U.«g"Erdafdrfoi'-T'SSip«-Q^eei: 
(1928),  Dec.  18.  1928.  B.  A.  E.i 

Topped  or  rntabagas...- 
Oreens    (except   seven 

u 

'u 
u 

u 
u 

u 

n 

n 
u 

u 
u 

TI 

S 

s 

s 
p 
s 

s 
s 

R 

A  (Fancy)... 

No.  1 

No.l 

No.  1 

No.l 

No.l 

No.l 

No.l 

No.l 

No.  1  ... 

U.    S.    B    (Extra 
Standard). 

U.S.  No.  2 

U.S.  .N-o.  2 

Ofl-grade  Quality, 

For  canning: 



Grades  of  Frozen  Peas,  May  1939. 

U.  S   Standards  fw  Green  Asparagus 
for  Canning  or  Freezing,  Dec.  20, 

U.  S.'standariia  for  Snap  Beans  for 
■Canning^or  Fizzing,  Feb.  26,  1940, 

Development  of  a  Grading  and  Inspec- 
tion System  for  the  Purchase  of  Sweet 
Corn  for   Canning,   Feb.  21.   1935. 

U.  S.  'standards  tor  Fresh  Spinach 
tor   Canning   (1931),   Apr.   10,    1931, 

U.  S.  Standards  for  Cannine  Too'iloes 

Culls 

U.S.  No.  2 

Tomatoes 

Culls 

For  (reezine: 

(1938),  reissued  July  10, 1939,  A.  M.  s." 

U.  S.  Standards  for  Green  Asparagus 
tor  Canning  or  Freezing,  Dec.  20, 

U.S.  No.  2 

U.S.  No.  2 

U.S.  No.  2 

U.S.  No.  2 

Cull?.. 

For  manufacturer 

Cannins^or  Freezing,  Feb.  2S,  1940, 

kraut  Manufacture  (1933),  Feb.  19S3. 

mato  products. 
For  plcklini:'  Cucumbers 

U.S.  No.  3 

Manufacture   of   Strained    Tomato 
U.^'s°.''Sd^"drfor"?:'ucL,terf;„r 

Pickling,  Dec.  10,  1936,  B.  A.  E.' 

s  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Econoiaics,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Tbo  Bureau  of  ARricultura!  Economics  was  reorganized  in  the  fiscal  year  1939 
'the  Agricultural  Marketing  Service,  United  States 


Table  Mixed,"  "U. 
'  If  the  lemons  in  c 
nation:  if  they  fail  lo 
Color"  shall  follow  t 

grade  which  is  only 

container,  they  shall 

designations  .siiall  he 


of  grapes  consisting  of  more  than 
le."  "U.  S.  No.  1  Table."  or  "I 
I  Table  Mixed.' 


U.  S.  Fancy 
0.  1  Juice  Mixed."  respectively, 
tlor  "Green"  shall  be  added  to  the  grade  desig- 
e  grade  with  the  word  "Green"  added  "Mixed 

1  hooey:  United  States  Exhibition,  a  special 


e  requirements  o 


'  milling  quality)  and  shall  be  added  to,  and  made  a  part 


ide.  if  95  percent  of  the  drained  tomatoes  are  whole 

L  (Whole). 

atity  designation  shall,  in  addition  to  the  grade, 


"U.  S.  No.  :i  Mixed.' 


iforni  to  the  requirements  of  "U.  S.  Fancy, 
inifornily  red  or  turning  red  shall  be  designated 
1  peppers ''""'"    ' ^  ""  "  '^ "''" 


or  "U.  S.  Nc. 

icy  Red."  etc., 

designated  "U.  S.  Fancy  Mixed,"  "U.  S.  No.  1  Mixed." 


272496— 41— No.  24      ( l-'ac 


INDEX 

[This  index  was  prepared  by  Katherine  R.  Chesbio,  member  of  the  staff,  Consumer  Stand- 
ards Project,  Consumers'  Counsel  Division,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  and  Work 
Projects  Administration] 


ADULTERATION :  Page 

Consumer  deniaiul.  effect  ou 342 

Definition 104 

Mettiod,  difficulty  of  detection,  control 319 

Industry  regulations 23,-103, 110 

Standards  and  informative  labeling,  effect  on 335 

ADVERTISING : 

Aggressive,  influence  on  consumers'  choices. 316 

Brand  names,  value,  example 348 

Industrial  regulations,  trade  practice  rules 121-126 

Information  for  consumers 121,327,335,339,341,342 

Misrepresentation,  questioned  for 127 

Price,    influence    on 347 

Standards,    recommendation 359,  360 

Truthful,  quality  standards,  basis  of 78 

Advisory  Committee  on  Ultimate  Consumer  Goods  of  the  American  Stand- 
ards Association — See  American  Standards  Association 
A.  G.  A.  seal  of  approval ;  A.  G.  A.  Testing  Laboratories — See  American 
Gas  Association 

Agnew,   P.   G 225,366,368,369,374 

Agricultural  Chemists,  Association  of  Official — See  Association  of  Official 
Agricultural  Chemists 

Agricultural   economics,    research 25,32,64 

Agricultural  experiment  stations,  research 41,42,64 

AGRICULTURE : 

Engineering 25,  64 

Equipment  (See  also  Machinery:  Agricultural)  : 

Improvement 26 

Research 25,31 

Specifications,  standards,  classification,  description 45,46 

Income,  investigations,  relation  to  consumers'  interests . 126 

Materials,  uniform  analysis  methods 215 

Operations,  research,  improvement 25,  26 

Practices,  research,  education 29,44,45 

Production : 

Goods  used  in,  standards,  utilization  of,  recommended 45,  46 

Statistics,  collection  and  dissemination 13 

Products  (See  also  specific  products)  : 

Analysis  methods,  official  and  tentative 215,216 

Composition,  properties,  specification,  definition 26 

Distribution 13,25 

Distributors  of,  marketing  standards,  education  in 45 

Grade  and  size  limitation  in  marketing  agreements,  authority 71 

Graded,    quantity 20 

Grades : 

Availability    to    consumers 16 

Simplification,  problems,  progress,  examples 376 

And  standards,  utilization,  education  in , 21,  44, 344 

Grading : 

Containers,  standardization,  as  result 344 

And  inspection  by  State  governments 16 

Quality  improvement  demonstrations 45 

377 


378  INDEX 

AGRICULTURE— Continued. 

Products  (See  also  specific  products)— Continued.  Page 

Improvement  and  new  uses,  research 25 

Industrial,  research 28 

Indu.strial  utilization,  research , 25 

Inspection,  labeling I 14,  233 

Marketing,  service  and  regulation,  studies 12,14 

Marketing  agreement  programs,  control 8 

Marketing  agreements,  grades  and  size  standards,  use 70 

Naval  stores,  standards 23 

New,  and  new  markets,  research 33 

Price  stabilization  and  quality,  investigations 8 

Quality,   improvement,   identification 44 

Raw,  for  processing,  standards  of  quality,  need  for 20 

Standardization  and  inspection,  research 13 

Standards 14-16,  20-22,  32, 39,  40, 44, 45,  233, 344, 347 

Statutes,    administration 1 22 

Storage,  effects,  grading,  research 31 

Utility,  economy,  research,  use  in  standardization.^ ___^        40 

Utilization  in  the  home,  research 39 

Research  by  experiment  stations,  funds,  publication  of  results 63 

Agrotechny,  research 64 

A.  I.  E.  EJ.  Standards,  acceptance,  development,  approval  as  American 

Standards ,_      219 

Air   conditioning ^ , 221, 230 

Air  Conditioning  Association,  National  Warm  Air  Heating  and — See  Na- 
tional Warm  Air  Heating  and  Air  Conditioning  Association 

Aircraft,  construction  materials,  specifications  and  standardization 52,54,58 

Alaskan  Eskimo  and  Indian  arts  and  crafts,  trade-marks . 160 

Alcohol  Administration  Act,  Federal — See  Federal  Alcohol  Administration 

Act 
Alcoholic  beverages — See  Beverages:  Alcoholic 

Alsberg,  Carl  L 342 

Aluminum  Company  of  America 331 

American  Association  of  Textile  Chemists  and  Colorists 217,  218 

American  Association  of  University  Women  (See  also  Consumer  organi- 
zations)   88, 320 

American  Chemical  Society  (A.  C.  S.) 221,239 

American  College  of  Surgeons 222,223 

American  Council  of  Commercial  Laboratories 306,307 

American  Dental  Association  (A.  D.  A.) 222,224,233 

American  Electric  Railway  Association 87 

American  Gas  Association  (A.  G.  A.) 87,99,203-205,230 

American  Glassware  Association 229 

American  Home  Economics  Association  (A.  H.  E.  A.)     (See  also  Consumer 

organizations) 3,  45,  88,  216,  217,  320-322 

American  Hospital  Association 224,308 

American  Hot  Dip  Galvanizer  Association 229 

American  Institute  of  Architects 87,202,222 

American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers  (A.  I.  E.  E.) 219 

American  Institute  of  Homeopathy 223,  224 

American  Institute  of  Laundering 207 

American  Institute  of  Mining  and  Metallurgical  Engineers 222 

American  Institute  of  Steel  Construction 98,201-203 

American  Iron  and  Steel  Institute 203 

American  Leather  Chemists'  Association , 26 

American  Lighting  Equipipent  Association 129 

American  Lumber  (Congress 190 

American  Lumber  Standards 200,201,228 

American  Medical  Association  (A.  M.  A.) 222,223,233 

American  Municipal  Association,  municipal  procurement  methods,  survey-      290 

American  Newspajxjr  Publishers  Association 133 

American  Pharmaceutical  Association 208,209 

American  Petroleum  Institute  (A.  P.  I.) 230 

American  Public  Health  As.sociation 130 

American  Pulp  and  Paper  Mill  Superintendents  Association 134 

American  Railway  Association 87 


INDEX  379 

Page 

American  Railway  Engineering  Association 222 

American  Society  of  Heating  and  VentUatlug  Engineers 99,  221 

American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers 53,220 

American  Society  of  Sanitary  Engineers 221 

American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  (A.  S.  T.  M.) 2, 

30,  40,  52,  53,  55,  92,  98,  130,  203,  213,  214 

American  Standards 98,  204,  211,  212,  219 

American  Standards  Association ;         2, 

41,  45,  58-60,  92, 130,  211,  212,  225,  234,  235,  372 

American  Walnut  Manufacturers  Association 227 

American  Wood  Preservers'  Association ^  59,  61 

American  Zinc  Institute 229 

Analysis,    chemical    and    statistical,    testing    laboratories,    commercial, 

services 306 

Analysis  methods: 

Results,  uniform  statement  of;  publication 215;  216 

Standards 212,221 

Anderson,  A.  W 193 

Anthracite  industries,  equipment,  research,  testing,  improvement 199 

Antifreeze  solutions,  tests,  characteristics,  information.        303 

Antiseptics',  testing 310 

Antitoxins,  standards 112 

Apparatus,  calibration  in  terms  of  national  standax'ds,  testing 78 

Apples,  export,  regulations 15,22 

Appliances  (See  also  Electrical  appliances;  Gas-burning  appliances)  : 

Certification,  labeling,  survey 225 

Operative  efficiency  or  accuracy,  specifications 78 

Approvals   (See  also  CERTIFICATION;  Guaranties)  :  types,  variations, 

reliability  of  issuing  agencies,  recommended  procedures 234 

Architects : 

Landscape,  handbook , 76 

USHA  Suggested  Specifications,  utilization,  effect  on  standardization 131 

Architects,  American  Institute  of — See  American  Institute  of  Architects 

Arms,  sporting,  standardization  and  simplification 201 

Arnold,   Pauline 348 

A.  S.  M.  E.  Standards 220,221 

Asparagus,  frozen,  grading 27 

Associated  Cooperage  Industries  of  America 62 

Associated  General  Contractors  of  America 201 

Associated  Grocery  Manufacturers  of  America,  Inc 191,  193-195 

Association  of  Official  Agricultui'al  Chemists  (A.  O.  A.  C.) 214-216,  239,  240 

Association  of  Consulting  Chemists  and  Chemical  Engineers 234 

Association  of  Paint,  Varnish,  and  Lacquer  Manufacturers .' 29 

Associations   (See  also  Trade  associations)  :  for  export  trade,  authoriza- 
tion, standardization  and  quality  improvement  activities 126 

A.  S.  T.  M.  Standards ■.- 214 

Atkins,  Willard  E__- 317,  328 

Automobile  Engineers,  Society  of — See  Society  of  Automobile  Engineers 
Automotive  Engineers,  Society  of — See  Society  of  Automotive  Engineers 
Automobiles : 

Advertisements,  questioned  for  misrepresentation,  percent 127 

Price  data,  retail,  collection 162 

Automotive  equipment,  S.  A.  E.  Standards 218,  229 

Automotive  products,  standards 211 

Bacteria : 

Dairy  products,  research 35 

Eye-forming  culture  in  Swiss  cheese  making,  development 36 

Bacteriological  methods,  analysis,  publication 215 

Bakery  goods,  whey  solids,  uses  in,  investigations 37 

Baking  powders  and  baking  chemicals,  analysis  methods,  publication 215 

Bankhead-Jones  projects  at  agricultural  experiment  stations,  subject  classi- 
fication  : 64 

Barrel   Manufacturers   Council,    Steel — See    Steel   Barrel   Manufacturers 
Council 


380  ^NDEX 

Page 

Baruch,  Bernard  M -r 363 

Batteries,  specifications 178,  212 

Bausch  &  Lomb  Optical  Company 191-193 

Bauxite,  uses,  location,  characteristics,  industrial  possibilities 157 

Beans,  lima,  frozen,  grades,  development 20 

Beck,  Arthur  J 192 

Bedding  and  upholstery,  State  laws,  variation,  labeling  requirements..-       xii, 

11,  235,  243-254 

Bed  springs,  size  standardization 332 

Beds : 

Hospital 224 

Incubator,  tests,  utilization  in  standards,  development 166 

Beef : 

Grades  and  standards 9,  17,  18.  22 

Rib  roasts,  shrinkage,  factors  affecting,  studies 41 

Berger,  L.  B 149 

Better  Beef  Association 17 

Beverages : 

Advertisements,  questioned  for  misrepresentation,  percent 127 

Alcoholic 94-96,  215 

Cacao  bean  and  products 215 

Coffee 215,324 

Nonalcoholic  and  concentrates 215 

Tea  (See  also  Tea,  imported;  Tea  Act) 215,  324 

Bidding,  competitive,  utilization  in  governmental  procurement  methods 255, 

256, 297 

Biological  products  (See  also  DRUGS) 111,112 

Biological  Stains,  Commission  on  Standardization  of — See  Commission  on 
Stajulardization  of  Biological  Stains 

Biological  stains,  standards,  development 221 

Biological    Standardization,    Permanent    Conmiission   of — See   League    of 

Nations 
Blankets : 

Labeling 321.  328 

Performance  tests,  preliminary 305 

Quality   buying  guide 43 

Size  standardization,   survey 217 

Specifications,  consumer,  minimum,  proposed 40 

Standards 212,319 

Warmth,  test  methods 309 

Blaylock,  F.  R 136 

Body  measurements 41,64,  212 

Book  Cloth  and  Impregnated  Fabrics  Manufacturers,   Institute  of — See 
Institute  of  Book  Cloth  and  Impregnated  Fabrics  Manufacturers 

Bottlers  of  alcoholic  beverages,  industry  regulations 95 

Boyce,  D.  H 134 

Brake  linings 80, 178 

Brand  names: 

Advertising  value,  example 348 

As  basis  for  selling,  standards  and  informative  labeling,  effect 333,  335 

Labeling  of  alcoholic  beverages,  requirement 95 

As  market  guides,  retention 21 

As  quality  guides,  commodity  description,  forbidden 347 

Ratings^  availability  to  consumers 312-314 

Utilization,  and  quality  relationship,  effect  on 347-349 

Branding : 

Alcoholic  beverages,  labeling  regulations,  deceptive  acts  prohibited —        94 

Quality  standards,  effect 78 

Bread,  staling  tests 28 

Brlce,  B.  A 27 

Brick : 

Clay  for  manufacture,  studies 157 

Paving,  standardization,  research,  simplification 87,202 

Scrap,  use  in  construction  of  partition  walls 84 


INDEX  381 

Page 
Brick  Association,  National  Paving— See  National  Paving  Brick  Association 
Briggs,  Dr.  Lyman  J 1,320 

Broadcloth,  minimum  specifications,  consumer,  proposed 40 

Brushes  (See  also  Cleaning  equipment)  :  regulations 124 

Builders  Exchanges,  National  Association — See  National  Association  of 

Builders  Exchanges 
Building— See  CONSTRUCTION 

Building  stone 157, 158 

Building  tj'pes.  fire-resistance  classification,  standardization 74 

BUILDINGS  (See  also  HOUSING)  : 

Combustible  contents  by  representative  occupancies,  surveys 75 

Design  and  construction,  improvement  and  investigations 25,26 

Fire  prevention  codes,  research 31 

Maintenance,  standardization  and  specifications' 74-76,182 

Moisture  accumulation,  factors,  development  of  vapor  barriers 54,  55 

Public,  sanitation  problems.  Public  Health  Service  as  consultant  on__      115 
Rural ; 

Electrical  wiring  installations,  siiecifications,  coverage 67 

Farm,  improvement,  research 25,26,31 

Structural  units,  adaptability,  information 90 

Burchard,  Earnest  F 157 

Business  and  Professional  Women's  Clubs,  National  Federation  of — See 

National  Federation  of  Business  and  Professional  Women's  Clubs 
Business    groups,    consumer    goods    standards,    acceptance,    utilization, 

promotion 39 

Butter : 

Flavors  identified 18 

Graded,  certified,  quantity 20 

Grades 9, 18 

Information  for  consumers,  standards,  utilization 324 

Quality . 18, 19 

Renovated,  factories,  ins-pection 35 

United  States  Standai-ds,  use,  mandatory 15 

Buyers  Association,  Educational — See  Educational  Buyers  Association 

Buyers'  market,  variety,  increase,  effect  on  standardization 197 

Buying  guides— See  PURCHASING  :  Gufdes 

California  Redwood  Association 226 

Canned  products  (See  also  specific  products)  :  quality,  identification 44 

Canners  Association,  National— ♦See  National  Canners  Association 

Canners,  fruits  and  vegetables,  grading,  resistance  to 19 

Carbohydrates,  research  and  standardization 27 

Care,  consumer  goods,  tests,  studies 309,310 

Carlson,  T.  A 56 

Carpet  Manufacturers,  Institute  of — See  Institute  of  Carpet  Manufacturers 
Carpets : 

Standards 332 

Testing  and  testing  machine 78,  81 

Casein  fiber,  properties,  uses,  standards 36 

Cast  Iron  Pipe  Research  Association 229 

Cauliflower,  Colorado,  grades  and  size  standards,  utilization-- 70 

Caustic  Poison  Act,  jurisdiction,  labeling  requirements,  poisons 103, 106, 107 

Cease  and  desist  orders,  coverage,  procedure 11&--118 

Cedar,  Northern  white  and  Western  red,  specifications .^ 58 

Cement  Association,  Portland — See  Portland  Cement  Association 

Central  Committee  on  Lumber  Standards 200 

Centralized  purchasing— See  PURCHASING:  Centralized 

Ceramic  products,  whiteware,  consumer  items,  crazing,  cause , 78,79 

Ceramic  raw  materials — See  Clay ;  Feldspar 

Cereal  foods,  analysis  methods,  publication : 215 

Cereals — See  Grains 

CERTIFICATION  (See  also  LABELING;  Guaranties)  : 

Basis,  inspection  and  testing,  adequacy;  lack  of  information;  char- 
acteristics   certified 234 


382  INDEX 

CERTIFICATION— Continued.  Page 

Definitions  of  goods  and  services,  recommendation 357 

Genuineness 158 

Metliods  and  results,  survey 225 

And  producer  contacts,  activities  of  National  Bureau  of  Standards.-        90 

Procedures,  recommended  practice 234 

Of  products : 

Methods,  reliability,  range,  effect  of  consumer  demands 225 

Testing  laboratories,  services,  assistance 307 

Purity ^ 106 

.Quality 14, 18, 159,  228,  231,  233 

Recommendation,  conclusion 234 

Standards  and  specifications,  compliance  with 87, 

113, 189,  204,  220,  229, 231,  232, 352 
Technical  investigation  and  standard  procedure,  basic  tests  and  rating, 

establishment,   recommendation 359 

By  trade  associations 196 

Types,   variation 234 

Certification,  Committee  on  Valid — See  American  Standards  Association 

Certification  Plan  of  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards 89^91 

Certification  plans  for  consumer  goods,  development 355 

Chace,  E.  M 28 

Chain  stores— See  DISTRIBUTION  :  Retail 

Chamber  of  Commerce  of  the  United  States 361 

Cheese : 

Grades,  revision,  consumers'  viewpoint 9 

Information  for  consumers,  standards,  utilization 324 

Research 36-^ 

Chemical  analyses,  apparatus,  equipment,  and  reagents,  standards 221 

Chemical  products,  standards 209,211,221 

Chemical  studies,  foods,  drugs,  cosmetics 103 

Chemicals,  standards 221 

Chemistry,  research 25, 35,  221 

Chemists  and  Colorists,  American  Association  of  Textile — See  American 

Association  of  Textile  Chemists  and  Colorists 
Chemists  Association,  American  Leatlier — See  American  Leather  Cliemists' 

Association 
Chemists,  A.s.sociation  of  Official  Agricultural— See  Association  of  Official 
Agricultural  Chemists 

Chinaware,  standardization  and  simplification 224  828 

Cinder  block,  masonry  walls,  use  in  construction  of,  research 84 

Cities  (See  also  Municipalities)  :  procurement  methods,  standards  formula- 
tion, testing  laboratories 289,  290,  292,  296,  302 

City  Managers'  Association,  International — See  International  City  Managers' 

Association 
Civil  Engineers,  American  Society  of — See  American  Society  of  Civil  Engi- 
neers 

Classification  (See  also  GRADING  ;  STANDARDIZATION) 32, 

55,  79,  87,  90,  259,  260,  266,  268,  328 
Clay,  bleaching,  for  brick,  high-grade,  and  clay  products,  research ;  infor- 
mation fo)'  users 157,158 

Clayton  Act,  pt)\vers  granted  to  Federal  Trade  Commis.sion 116 

Cleaners,  Nationalj^  Association   of  Dyers   and — See   National  Association 
of  Dyers  and  Cleaners 

Cleaning  equipment,  materials,  and  supplies 81,124,178,333 

Clothing  (See  also  specific  types)  : 

Boys',  standards,  need  for 212 

Buying  habits  of  women,  study 216 

For  children : 
Sizes: 

Nomenclature,  nonuniform,  reason  for  returned  goods 343 

Research,  standardization 41,  64,  212,  330 

Textiles,  performance,  research 64 

Consumers : 

Education,  home  demonstrations  for  rural  women 45 

Purchases  by  income  levels,  statistics 337 

Industrial  production,  quality  improvement,  selection  factors R^>t» 


INDEX  383 

Clothing— Ck)ntinued.  Page 

Labels  and  labeling 321-323,327,330 

Performance 330 

Price  data,   retail,   collection 162 

Quality,  buying  guides-I 43 

Specifications 40 

Standards  and  grades,  lack  of 327 

Style : 

Seasonal  color  standardization 329 

As  selection  factor,  importance 330 

Testing  and  test  methods 309,  310 

Textiles : 

Industrial   regulation 121 

Performance,   research 64 

Specifications 40 

Coal   (See  also  Anthracite  industries)  : 

Analyses,  purposes,   test  methods 146 

Anthracite,  classification  by  rank,  basis 142 

Bituminous : 

Analysis,  classifications,  standards  and  standardization 139-146 

Price 140 

Classification  and  specifications,  tests,  and  test  methods 139-146, 156 

Liquefaction,    utilization 146 

Motor  fuel,  development,  research 146 

Subbituminous,   utilization,   research 146 

Coal-tar  colors — See  Colors 
Codes  (See  also  specific  codes)  : 

Activities  of  National  Bureau  of  Standards 

Grading  provisions   and   standardization 7 

Cod-liver  oil — See  Fishery  products 

Coke,  analyses,  grading,  standards,  test  methods,  testing  research 146,  147 

Coles,  Jessie  V 2,  3,  342,  348,  367  369,  371,  373,  374 

Colleges,   agricultural    (See  also   specific   colleges)  :   grading   demonstra- 
tions          45 

Collegiate  Athletic  Association,  National — See  National  Collegiate  Athletic 

Association 
Color — See  specific  conunodities 
Color  Card  Association  of  the  United  States,  Textile^See  Textile  Color 

Card  Association  of  the  United  States 
Color  permanence — See  FASTNESS:  Color 

Color  transmission,  I'osin,  grading  factor 24 

Color  fastness— See  FASTNESS :  Color 

Coloring  for  foods,  analysis  methods,  publication 215 

Colors,  coal-tar,  certification,  testing 104, 106 

Commerce : 

Domestic,   commodity   information 173, 174 

Interstate : 

Adulterations,  misbranding  of  foods,  drugs,  cosmetics,  and  devices 

prohibited,  benefit  to  consumers ^___      104 

Biological  products,  standards,  enforcement. 111 

Commodities : 

Misrepresentation  cases,  disposal  by  stipulation,  products  af- 
fected        119 

Standards 5 

(!'orporations,   business  conditions  and   practices,   investigations, 

exceptions , 126 

Desserts,  frozen,  definitions,  standards  of  identity,  preparation—      325 
Foods : 

Federal  regulations,  protection  for  consumers 325 

Prepared,  manufacturers  to  specify  ingredients 325 

Misbranded   products,   prevention 95 

Standards 14,345 

Turpentine,  standards 24 

Water  used  on  common  carriers,  standards,  enforcement 111-113 

International : 

Commodity  information 173, 174 

Standards,  use '. ^^_   14, 345 


384  INDEX 

Page 

COMMERCIAL    STANDARDS 61,  82,  85,  87-91,  93, 136 

Commission  on  Standardization  of  Biological  Stains 29 

Commodity  Exciiange  Act,  United  States  Standards,  use  required 15 

Commodity  specialists,  grades  of  United  States  Standards,  formulation, 

cooperation    in 15 

Common  carriers,  interstate — See  Interstate  carriers 

Companies   (See  also  specific  companies)  :  standardization  activities xii. 

189, 190 
Competition — See  Bidding;  Trade  practices:  Competition 
Competitive  factors,  foreign  and  domestic  commodities,  information  for 

comparisons 173 

COMPOSITION : 

Agricultural  products : 

And  price  stabilization,  investigations 8 

Specifications 26 

Consumer  goods,   relation   to  performance 320 

Food,  drugs,  and  cosmetics,   technicalities,   consumer  education 9 

Paper,    standard   test   methods 55 

Simplification    by    trade   associations 190 

Standards— See  STANDARDS:  Composition 

iTextiles,  effect  on  performance,  study 309 

Concrete 84,  85,  129,  157 

Concrete  mixers,  manufacturers — See  Mixer  Manufacturers  Bureau 

Condiments,  quality  labeling,   inadequacy 324 

Confectionery,  whey  solids,  use  in,  investigations 37 

Conifers,    standards 51 

CONSTRUCTION  (See  also  HOUSING:  Construction)  : 

Check  list 74 

Codes 59,  75,  85,  90,  92,  99,  196,  202,  211,  212,  222 

Farm    buildings,    investigations 25 

Fire-resistance  classifications,  development  and  standardization 74, 75 

Masonry  walls,  methods,  research 84 

Materials  (See  also  specific  materials)  : 

Development 130 

Research 42,  84,  85 

Selection,    information 90 

Simplified   Practice  Recommendations 87 

Specifications 182 

Standards 98,  99,  128,  130,  222 

Tests 84 

Methods,    approved 90 

Minimum  acceptable: 

Cost  standards,  fixed,  Index,  utilization 131 

Requirements,  utilization  in,  revision 59 

Performance,  relation  to 81,  82,  309,  320 

As  price  determining  factor  in  specifications 163, 165 

Specifications,  standards,  and  standardization 2,  69,  74,  90,  182,  222 

Structural  practices  of  Federal  agencies,  description,  studies 74 

Construction  League  of  the  United  States : 201 

Consumer  demand,  effect  on  misrepresentation,  adulteration,  and  imita- 
tion of  commodities,  examples 342,343 

CONSUMER  EDUCATION: 

Courses,  survey 12 

Home  demonstrations  and  materials 45 

Problems,  business,  consumer  standards 43 

Programs 43-45,  111 

Recommendations 350.  358 

Standards,  grades,  and  informative  labeling 110,111,217,341 

Consumer  goods: 

Information  for  Federal  Trade  Commission 42 

Standards  for  (See  also  STANDARDS)  :  definition 2,3 

Consumer  groups: 

Purchasing  problems,  research,  need  for  informative  labeling 317 

Sizes,  types,  dimensions,  simplification,  project  initiation ,      86 

Standards,  specific,  need  for,  education 9 


INDEX  385 

Coiisviniei-  <jrganiz;.ii<>iie ;  rage 

Commercial  St.uidard.^,  dcvuioymeiii,  represeii':i*;.)n  iu,  list 88 

Consuniev  problems,  activities  of  governmental  agencies,  support 358 

Consninev  relati<nis  witli  business,  viewpoint,  platform 356-358 

Grades,  interest  in,  increased 16 

Orading   and    standardization   demonstrations   and   educational   pro- 
grams          21 

Labeling,  informative,  and  grades,  establishment,  legislation,  support.       358 
Standards: 

And   grades   and   informative   labeling,   development,    recommen- 
dations        355 

Perf<>)*nianeo  and  quality,  establishment,  legislation,  support 358 

Consumer  Purchases  Study,  farm  bousing,  research 42 

Consumer  relalions.  Nationjil  Retail  Dry  Goods  Association,  platform 358  360 

(;»msumei-Kei  idler     Coimcil,     National — See     National     Consumer-Retail 

Council 
Consumer  standards   (See  also  specific  commodities;  SPECIFICATIONS; 
STANDARDS)  : 

Rased  on  specified  standards,  effect  on  other  commodities 342 

Boren  bill  hearings,  statement  and  definition,  examples,  need  for 3 

And  Consumers'  Advisory  Board  (N.  R.  A.) xi 

Definition  _., 2,  3 

Consumers : 

Abuses,  returned  goods 343 

Information   for xii. 

310,  312-316,  321-324,  340,  342,  343,  350-353 

Organization,    lack   of 9 

Preferences 9,42 

Problems : 

Activities  of  Bureau  of  Home  Economics 39,  40 

Advertising  and  labeling,  informative,  increased  interest 317,322 

Reseaivh xi,  11, 317 

I'rntection.  trade  practice  rules,  examples 1 121-126 

Puvehasing  efficiency,  factors  affecting 815-317 

Purchasing  power,  increased,  through  mass  production 338 

Purchasing  practices,  factors  affecting 337,  348 

Consumers'  Institute  of  America,  Inc 313 

Consumers'   Research,   Inc i . 312,313 

Consumers'  Uni<m.   Inc 3J3 

Consumers'  Union  of  United  States — See  Consumers'  Union,  Inc. 
Consumption : 

At  different  income  levels,  research,  effect  on  consumer  standards 40 

Mass,  price  reductions  through ^      338 

CONTAINERS : 

Agricultural  products,  graded,  standardization,  as  result 344 

For  alcoholic  beverages,  regulations,  compliance  required 94 

Bags,   fertilizer.! 33,  241 

Barrels,  steel 22!» 

Boxes : 
Fiber : 

Edges 56 

And  wood 60 

Nailing  schedule : 60 

Paper 57 

For  canned  foods 205,206 

Cartons  for  fresh  fruits  and  vegetables 20 

For  cleaning  supplies : 333 

Dimensional  variations,  confusion  to  consumers 1 318 

Drums  for  fresh  fruits  and  vegetables ^ 20 

For  fresh  fish 152 

For  fresh  fruits  and  vegetables 20 

Retail,  for  caustic  poisons 106 

Shipping,  testing  machine : 52,  53 

Simplified  Practice  Recommendations 87 

Size  and  fill,  alcoholic  beverages 94 

Standard  Container  Acts,  administration 22 


386  ^NDEx 

CONTAINERS— Continued.  Pase 

Standards 206 

Wooden,  nailing  schedule 61 

Contents,  disclosure,  industry  and  labeling  regulations _ 95,119,124 

Contractors  of  America,  Associated  General — See  Associated  General  Con- 
tractors of  America 

Coonley,   Howard 234 

Cooperage,  staves  and  heading  specifications ;  strength  and  serviceability, 

factors  affecting — i fi-' 

Cooperage  Industries  of  America,  Associated — See  Associated  Cooperage 
Industries  of  America 

Cooperative  agreements  of  Agricultural  Marketing  Service  with  States 13 

Cooperative  purchasing  practices — See  PURCHASING:  CooiKratives 
Cooperatives : 

For  export  trade — See  Associations :  for  export  trade 
Farmers' : 

Farm  Security  Administration  clients 40 

Rural  electrification 66, 67,  70 

Cord  measure,  standard — See  Timber 

Cordage,  cotton,  utilization,  studies 33 

Corn,  storage,  effects  on,  research 31 

Corporations,  interstate  commerce,  business  conditions  and  practices,  in- 
vestigations,  exceptions 126 

r  >smeticfe : 

Advertisements,  questioned  for  misrepresentation 127 

Chemical  studies  and  laboratory  tests 103 

Composition,  labeling,  advertising,  information ;  purity,  standards  and 

grades 319.327 

Consumer  education  ;  home  demonstrations  for  rural  women 4;" 

False  advertising,  regulations 116-118 

In  interstate  commerce,  regulations 326,  327 

Labels,  informative,  increased  development 322 

Manufacture  and  distribution,  consumer  education — 9 

Origin,  misrepresentation,  cease  and  desist  order 117 

Purity  and  labeling  truthfulness  required 103 

Safety,  legal  provision  for 327 

Selling  practices,  new  regulations,  effects 327 

Testing 310 

Cosmetic  Act ;  Food,  Drug  and — See  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act 

Corrosive  substances — See  Caustic  Poison  Act 

Cost  calculation,  standard— See  STANDARDS:  Cost 

Cost  of  living;  retail  prices  for  consumer  goods 162 

Cost  reduction,  building  materials,  factors  affecting 84,  85 

COTTON : 

Absorbent,  performance  tests 304 

Classification  and  classification  services 32 

And  competing  materials,  utilization,  studies ^ 3;^ 

Ginning  equipment,  research 14,  25, 31 

Grades  and  standards,  educational  program  for 44 

New  markets,-  economic  possibilities,  studies S3 

Prices,  studies 32 

Quality  classification  services,  effect;  studies 32 

Sheeting — See  Sheeting:  Cotton 

With  rayon,  informative  labeling,  research 41 

Specifications 33 

United  States  Standards . 14,15 

Cotton-fiber   tests,   research 13.14 

Cotton  Futui-es  Act : 

Administration 22 

Standardization,  grading,  and  inspection 14,  16 

Cotton  Gnido  and  Stai)lo  Statistics  Act.  administration 22 

Cotton  products,  iednstrial  classification,  industry  regulation 122,123 

Cotton  shirts — See  Shirts,  cotton 
Cotton  Sfandards  Act: 

Administration ^ ' '        22 

Standardization,  pmding,  and  '..ispection.  authorization 14 

Cotton  twine — See  Twine 


INDEX  387 

Page 

Counties,  procurement  methods 256,283-288 

County  governmental  agencies — See  Governmental  agencies :  Local 

County  governments,  legislation  and  regulation,  consumer  good^,  analysis-  11 

County  purchasing  agents — See  PURCHASING:  Agents 

CovFhide,  chrome-tanned — See  Leathers 

Cows,   grades,  history 17 

Crafts,  Indian,  standards,  trade-marks_ 169 

Cream,   imported — Sfee  Milk  :   Imported 
CROPS : 

Control  and  grades,  quality  and  standardization 8 

Field,  research  projects  at  agricultural  experiment  stations 64 

Insurance,    grain    standards,    use    of,    indemnities    and    premiums, 

methods  of  payment : 48 

Production  statistics,  collection  and  dissemination IS 

Storages— See  BUILDINGS:  Rural 
Crude  oil — See  Petroleum  and  products 

Crustaceans,  conservation  measures,  biological  studies 150 

Curing  processes,  salt,  research 28 

Currier,  L.  W 158 

Curtain  Manufacturers,  National  Association  of  Lace — See  National  Asso- 
ciation of  Lace  Curtain  Manufacturers 

Curtains,  lace,  quality  seal,  guaranty  labeling 232 

Dairy  cattle— See  LIVESTOCK :  Dairy  cattle 

Dairy  Exports  Act,  administration 12,  22 

Dairy  plants,  methods,  operation  and  equipment 35 

Dairy  producers,  Import  Milk-.\ct,  permit  requirements  of 109 

Dairy  product^  (See  also  specific  products)  : 

Analysis  methods,  uniform : 215 

Graded  by  Federal  and  Federal-State  graders 345 

Quality,  grades,  and  standards,  identitication,  consumer  education 44 

Research,  bacteria,  and  byproducts 35-38 

Standards  of  identity,  prospective,  hearings 105 

Dairying,  research  projects  at  agricultural  experiment  stations 64 

Dale,  T.  Nelson ^ 157 

Dealers— See  DISTRIBUTION 

Deceptive  acts,  labeling,  and  practices— See  MISREPRESENTATION 

Defense  materials — See  Military  equipment  and  supplies 

Defense    preparedness    program    and    standardization,    importance.    War 

Industries  cBoard  experience 363 

DEFINITIONS : 

Adulteration  and  mi.-ibranding 104 

Article 173 

Basic   terms 1 

Building  types  and  constructions  for  fire-resistance  classifications 75 

Commercial   Standards 87 

Consumer  goods 43 

Desserts,    frozen 325 

Dry  cleaning  services 207 

Fertilizers  and  liming  materials 215 

Foods 104 

Goods  and  services 387 

Grades  and  grading 2,  3.  22 

Housing  terms 75 

Illuminating   engineering 220 

Industrial  terms 211 

Milk,  forms 109 

Quality,  sardines  and  tuna  fish 153 

Simplification 2 

Standard 213 

Standardization 2 

Standards : 

For  consumer  goods ^ 2,  3,  357 

Measurement  and  quality ^ T' 

Performance 7& 

Turi>entine 23 


388  ^^^^ 

Page 

Demonstrations,  home,  farm  practices  and  products,  grading,  standardiza- 
tion, and  quality  improvement 13,21,44,45 

Dental  Association,  American— See  American  Dental  Association 

Dental  associations,  standardization  activities 222 

Dental  equipment  and  materials  : 

Clinical  and  educational,  standards ■-- 222 

Instruments,  standardization  of  materials  and  finishes 169 

Standardization,  research,  acceptance  system,  infoimation  utilization.  224 

Dental  products : 

Certification  and  labeling,  seal  of  acceptance 23;>.  234 

Research  under  Research  Associate  Plan  at  Xiiliunal  Bdreau  of  stand- 
ards   92 

Dental  supplies : 

Certification  and  labeling  survey 225 

Specifications  of  Veterans'  Administration 181 

Dentifrices,  list,  requests 224 

Description  (See  also  SPECIFICATIONS;  DEFINITIONS)  : 

Commodities,  foreign  and  domestic,  information  for  comparisons 173 

Optical  materials,  purchase  specifications 193 

Specification,  as  definition  of 2 

In  specifications  for  consumer  goods,  utilization,  need  for 163 

Vegetables,    varieties 43 

Design : 

Specifications— See   SPECIFICATIONS  :   Design 

Standards,  housing  and  housing  eqi  ipment  and  materials,  low  ieut__  130, 131 

Designations  (See  also  DEFINITIONS;  Description)  : 

Grade,  quality,  comparative  tabulation 12 

On  labels  of  alcoiiolic  beverages,  required 95 

Desirability  of  agricultural  products,  standardization,  research 13 

Desserts,  frozen : 

Definitions  and  standards  of  identity. 324,325 

Ordinance,  history,  revision,  i^reparation 113 

Detergents — See  Soaps 

Detroit  Edison   Company 191, 192 

Development  cost  control,  Index,  cost  standards  for  minimum  acceptable 

construction,  by  regions,  utilization 131 

Dietetic  standards— See  STANDARDS:  Dietetic 

Dimensions : 

Bnilding,   standards 222 

Of  consumer  goods,  relation  to  performance 320 

Materials  and  equipment  for  low-rent  housing,  standards 128 

Standardization  by  trade  associations 196 

Standards— See  STANDARDS:  Dimensional 

Stee'   for  construction,  manual 203 

DISTRIBUTION: 

Industry    regulations 121-125 

Losses,  reduction 25 

I'ersonnel,    training 310 

Practices,  consumer  education 9 

Retail : 

Consumer  abuses 343 

Consumer  goods,  information,  variation,  availability,  survey 321,  322 

Foods,  information,  standards,  utilization 324,  345 

Selling  practices  and  devices 127, 

198, 315,  316, 331,  335, 337, 343,  344, 359 

Utilization  of  grades 19 

Standardization  and  inspection  of  farm  and  food  products 13 

Standards : 

As  basis  for  transactions,  benefits,  need  for 345 

Turpentine 24 

Diving  boards 62,  303 

Doeskins  and  buckskins  for  felting,  comparison  of  usable  fur 155 

Door    Manufacturers    Association.    Inc..    National — See    National    Door 
Manufacturers  Association,  Inc. 


INDEX  389 

Page 
Douglas-fir  plywood,  Commercial  Standard 61.227 

Douglas  Fir  Plywood  Association 227 

Doyle  rule  for  scaling  timber 50 

Draft  hoods,  gas — See  Gas-burning  appliances:  Testing 

Drainage,  adequate,  standards,  minimum- 101 

Dress  fabrics — See  Textiles:  Dress 

Dresses : 

Rayon,  labels,  fiber  identification,  removal  by  retailers,  survey 323 

Ready-made,  quality  buying  guide 43 

Silk: 

Consumer  attitudes  on  performance,  style,  and  labeling,  survey.  317,  318 

Purchases,  practices  and  values  sought  by  consumers,  research .  0 1 

Types,  sales  statistics,  industry  regulation 122 

Women's  labels,  information  for  consumers,  survey 321 

Druggist  Association,  National  Wholesale — See  National  Wholesale  Drug- 
gist Association 

Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act;  JTood, — See  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act 

Drug  products,  harmful  potentialities,  failure  to  disclose,  regulation "  117 

DRUGS   (See  also  National  Formulary)  : 

Analysis  methods,  publication 215 

Certification  and  labeling,  survey 225 

Chemical  studies,  strength  and  purity,  evaluation  methods- 104 

Constituents,  kinds,  proportions,  composition  standards 319 

Formulas  for  preparation 209 

Industry  regulations : 

Distribution ___   103, 104, 116, 118,  325-327 

Misrepresentation 116-118, 127,326 

Manufacture  and  distribution,  consumer  education : 9 

Official,  standards;  requirements,  publication,  formulation  procedure-  106 

Prepared,    standards 2C9 

Price  data,  retail,  collection ^ 162 

Purity  and  labeling  requirements :. j^ 103 

Standards 103, 106, 112,  208, 209,  224 

Technological  -investigations J 25 

Testing ^ 310 

Dry  cleaning: 

Quality,  standards  of  practice^ : 208 

Services,  business  practice  code,  definition Ll 207 

Solvents,   testing-- ■ 81 

Dry  Goods  Association,  National  Retail — See  National  Retail  Dry  Goods 
Association 

DURABILITY   (See  also  PERFORMANCE)  : 

Of  construction,  standards,  minimum,  effect -  99' 

Consumer  goods,  tests 809 

Paint  and  varnish,  test  equipment,  specifications,  development 79 

Paper,   research,  -publications - 134 

Rubber    products 80, 126 

Silk  dtesses,  attitude  of  consumers 318 

Standards  for  household  equipment,  mechanical 99 

Of  style  goods,  consumer  attitudes,  survey 318 

Wallpaper,  information  for  consumers,  need  for 332 

Wallboards,  increased,  methods - 84 

Dusting  equipment,  purchase  specifications,  factors 46 

Dyefastness— See  PERFORMANCE 

Dyeing,  hosiery,  variations,  evaluation 82 

Dyers  and  Cleaners,  National  Association  of — See  National  Association  of 
Dyers  and  Cleaners 

Dyes,  standard,  development,  test  methods,  analysis,  description  revision 29 

Edison    Electric    Institute — See    National     Electric    Light    Association 
Education : 
Consumer— See  CONSUMER  EDUCATION. 

Grading  and  standardization  service 21 

Professional  persons,  improvement 222 

Educational  Buyers  Association 1 302-304 

272496— 41— No.  24      -26 


390  INDEX 

Page 

Educational  and  Institutional  Cooperative  Service,  Inc 303 

Educational   supplies,    specifications,    standard    test   methods,   standards, 

and  tests 303,  304 

Edwards,  Alice  L . 321,341 

Efficiency  (See  also  PERFORMANCE)  : 

Of  construction,  standards,  minimum,  effect  on 99 

Low-rent  housing,  Suggested  Unit  Plans,  utilization,  effect  on 131 

Eggs: 

And  egg  products,  analysis  methods,  publication 215 

Freshness,  maintenance,  investigations 28 

Grades 9,  10,  16 

Grading 18,  28 

Information  for  consumers,  standards,  utilization  in  markets 324 

Nutritive  value,  minimum  needs  in  dietetic  standards 47 

Oiling  of - 28 

Quality,  improvement,  regulation 34 

Standards  of  identity 105 

Electric  distribution  systems — See  Electrical  facilities 
Electric  Light  Association,  National — See  National  Electric  Light  Asso- 
ciation 
Electric  Power  Club — See  National  Electrical  Manufacturers  Association 
Electric  Railway  Association,  American — See  American  Electric  Railway 
Association 

Electric  utilities  industry,  investigation,  relation  to  consumers'  interests 126 

Electric  apparatus,  standards,  compliance  identification ^__       199 

Electrical   appliances 162, 178 

Electrical  Code,  National — See  National  Electrical  Code 

Electrical  Engineers,  American  Institute  of — See  American  Institute  of 

Electrical  Engineers 
ELECTRICAL  EQUIPMENT: 

Brooders,    standards 68 

Cold    storage  plants,    specifications 69 

Feed   grinders,   specifications 69 

Generating  plants 67 

Lamps : 

American-made  and  imported,   uniformity,   quality,   performance 

tests : 79 

I.  E.  S.  Standards,  conformance  labeling  requirements 229 

Portable  I.  E.  S 69,220 

Specifications 69,  220 

Tests,  standard  approval  plates 149 

Lighting : 

For  low-rent  houses,  fixtures  and  meters 129 

Performance  and  design,  minimum  standards 130 

Processing  plants  for  food,  specifications 69 

Standards,  develoftmenr,  and  compliance 65,  66,  199,  211 

Electrical  facilities,  rural-standards  for 65  66 

HILECTRICAL  INSTALLATIONS: 
Wirir.g : 

Certification  labeling,  survey _" 225 

Specifications  and   standards,  compliance  inspection 65-67 

Wiring  systems,  standards,  minimum,  basis.: 99 

Electrical   Manufacturers   Association,   National — See  National  Electrical  ' 

Manufacturers  Association 
Electrical  Safety  Code,  National- -See  National  Electrical  Safety  Code 

Elc<;trical    Testing    Laboratory 220 

Electricity— See  ELECTRICAL  EQUIPMENT,  Electrical  facilities 
Electrification,  rural — See  Rural  electrification 

Electro-technical    Commission,    International — See    International   Electro- 
technical  Commission 
Enanitel,  porcelain — See  Porcelain  enamel 
Enamel  Institute,  Porcelain — See  Porcelain  Enamel  institute 


INDEX  391 

ENGINEERING:                                                   .  p-_- 

Agricultural— See  Agricultural  engineering  «8 

Codes,  development  encouraged — ?? 

Design,    electrical    equipment,    speciftcations , w,  w 

Equipment,  specifications,  future  needs '^<^ 

Geologic  problems,  studies ^ 

Materials,    research ^J: 

Safety   standards,   preparation "y 

'   Standards,  development "— 7 -~.T ^— 

Engineering  Association,  American  Railway— See  American  Railway  En- 
gineering Association 

Engineering    Foundation 7 • — •— -^" 

Entoiuologv.   research   projects   at   agricultural   experiment   stations b4 

Enveloi>es.  quality,  test  methods,  research 1^ 

Ethv!  from  natural  gas,  research ^T" "TT""" 

Experiment  stations,  agricultural— See  Agricultural  experiment   stations 

Experiments  at  agricultural  experiment  stations,  records,  where  located—  64 
Exix>rt8  Act,  Dairy— See  Dairy  Exports  Act 
Export  Apple  and  Pear  Act: 

Administration ^  -^ 

Apples  and  pears,  inspection  before  export  required -—  lo 

Export  goods,  standardization,  quality  improvement,  packing  and  shipping 

regulations -— 7—  ^^^ 

Export  Trade  Act  (Webb-Pomerene  Act),  aaministration,  standardization 

and  quality  improvement  of  export  goods 126 

Extension  services.  State,  grading  and  standardization  demonstrations—  21 

Extia<-ts.  analysis  methods,  publication 215 

Fabrics— See  Textiles 

False   adveitising— See    MISREPRESENTATION 

Families  (See  also  Purchasers)  : 

Farm,  housing,  basic  data,  research,  standards • 42 

Low-income,  consumer  goods,  ratings ^- 313 

Farm    (See  also  AGRICULTURE): 
Buildings— See  BUILDINGS  :  Rural 
Fires — See  Fires,  agricultural 
Housing— See  HOUSING:  Farm  families 
Machinery — See  Machinery  :  Agricultural 

Programs '<.  8,  10 

Farmers'   cooperatives — See   Cooperatives 
FASTNESS : 

To  acids,  alkalies,  light,  perspiration,  and  washing 218 

Color 24, 64,  89, 122, 123,  328,  332 

Textiles,    standards 218 

Fats : 

Analysi.s.    standards   development 215,  221 

Nutritive  value,  improvement,  research 33 

Federal  Alcohol  Administration  Act  labeling  regulations ,_ 94 

Federal  Food  and  Drugs  Act  of  1906,  consumer  standards xi 

Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act 9,  94,  104-106,  325,  327 

Federal     Meat     Inspection     Act,     inspection     authorization,     compliance 

provisions 34 

Federal   Procurement   Division   Specifications: 

Definition 177 

Procedure,   number,   availability 179 

Federal    Seed  Act,    administration 12, 22 

FEDERAL   SPECIFICATIONS 29, 

55,  60,  61,  79.  91, 153, 170, 177-179, 200,  201, 257, 268,  286,  294,  299,  332,  333 

Federal  standards  and  gi*ades  for  agricultural  products,  introduction 16 

Federal  Standard  Stock  Catalog 257,259,260,267,268 

Feeds 12,  25, 29, 178 

Feldspar,    information 158 

Felting  of  furs,  proi^erties.  grading,  research 154, 155 


392  INDEX 

Page 

Ferrous  materials  and  metallurgy,  standards,  development 211 

Fertilizer  Association,  National — See  National  Fertilizer  Association 

Fertilizer   industry,   model   law 237 

Fertilizer  materials,   studies,    investigations,   information- 157 

Fertilizers : 

Analysis  methods 214,  215 

Bag  sizes,   standardization 241 

Chemical   evaluation 239 

Control  laws,   state,   uniformity 237 

Definitions  of  terms 215,  216 

G!-:iding    procedure 237,  238 

Labeling  and  nomenclature  of  guaranties,  uniformity 238 

Mixed,  ingredients,  quantitative  determination 237 

Nomenclature 23.S-240 

Plant-food   content 237, 240 

Research    projects 64 

Sales  and  use,  analysis 240 

Standardization , xii,  237,  239 

Standards 45,  46,  235,  239,  240 

State  control  laws,  differences,  causes 238 

Fiber  content  of  textiles 81,  322,  123,  319,  328 

FIBER  IDENTIFICATION: 

Carpets,  standards . —      332 

Dresses,  rayon,  labels,  removal  by  retailers,  survey 323 

Hosiery — See  Hosiery  :  Fiber  identification 

Textiles,  information  for  consumers,  trade  jiractice  rules- ^ 328 

Fiberboard,   corrugated  and  solid,  strength  and  stiffness,  standard  test 

method 56,57 

Filled  milk— See  Milk  :  Filled 

Fir,  Douglas,  in  wood  poles,  specifications 58 

Fire-fighting  equipment  and  supplies 178,  229,  303,  308 

Fire  resistance : 

Classifications  of  building  types  and  constructions,  basis 74.  7r> 

Wood,  standard  test  method 55 

Fire-resistant  floor  constructions,  study 85 

Fire  Underwriters,  National  Board  of — See  National  Board  of  Fire  Under- 
writers 
Fires,  agricultural,  prevention : 

Construction  codes 31 

Methods,  investigations _ 25 

First  General  Lumber  Conference 200 

FISH: 

Conservation  measures,  biological  studies,  benefit  to  consumers 150 

Consumption,  study,  analysis 152 

Curing  processes,  salt,  research 28 

Fresh,  Federal  Specifications . 153 

Game,  commercial  types,  production  and  release,  recreational  use 150 

And  marine  products,  analysis  methods,  publication 215 

Marketing  research,  species  nomenclature,  variability 151 

Sanitary  production  standards  and  grades 153 

Sardines,  definitions : 153, 206 

Species  nomenclature,  variability 151,  152 

Transportation  methods,  containers,  packing  procedures,  research 152 

Tuna,  quality  grades  and  definitions 153,206 

Fishery  industries: 

Marketing  research,  effect  on  consumer  standards 151 

Wholesale  price  data,  catch  statistics,  effect  on  market  stabilization...       152 
Fishery  products  (See  also  Sea  food;  specific  pro<lucts>  : 

Fish  oils,   medicinal  and  other,  preparation  methods,   improvement, 

research ^'^ 

Improvement  of  quality  judging;  development  of  preparation  methods, 

production   standardization;   technological   studies 152 

Nomenclature,  standards,  grades,  information  for  consumers 154 

Flavor,  quality,  measurement  basis 13 

Flax,  fiber,  processing  machinery,  investigations 25 


INDEX 


393 


Page 

Flooring,  standards,  quality  certification 227,228 

Floors • 

Coiiocruction,  fire-resistant,  study 85 

Coverings 78,  178,  332 

Price  data,  retail,  collection 162 

Food  Association,  Northwest  Frozen — See  Northwest  Frozen  Food  Asso-  , 

elation 
Food  Chains,  National  Association  of — See  National  Association  of  Food 

Chains 
Food  products  (See  also  FOODS:  Processed)  : 

Curing  processes,  salt,  research 28 

Grade    designations 375, 376 

Labeling 233,324 

Research,    inspection 33 

Standardization  and  inspection 13 

Standards,  revision  and  consumers'  viewpoint 9 

United  States  Standards 375 

Food    Products   Inspection   Act 14 

FOODS  (See  also  Food  products;  specific  products)  : 

Adulterated  or  raisbranded,  regulations 104 

Analysis  methods,  uniform 215 

Advertisements  questioned  for  misrepresentatiDn 127 

Canned : 

Brand  names,  variety 347 

Grades 206,  342,  346,  375,  376 

Information  for  consumers 206,  322 

Research,  processing  recommendations,  standardization,  container 

simplification 205 

Certification 225,  234 

Chemical  studies,  laboratory  tests 103 

Colors,  coal-tar,  certification . 104 

Consumers : 

Education,  home  demonstrations  for  rural  women 45 

Frequency  of  item  purchases,  enforcement  of  regulations,  effect 

on  purchasing  ability 324 

Purchases  by  income  levels,  statistics 337 

Definitions,  standards  of  identitj',  quality,  and  fill  of  container 104 

And  drugs: 

State  laws,  standards,  quality,  labeling,  variations 235 

Legislation,  Association  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists'  activi- 
ties, effect  on 214 

Electric  storage  and  processing  plants,  specifications 69 

False  advertising 116-118 

Frozen,  grades,  development,  need  for 20 

Information  for  consumers 323,  324 

In  interstate  commerce,  regulations 325,  326 

Labeling,  informative: 

Attitude  of  National  Association  of  Retail  Grocers - 360 

Increased 322 

Recommendations ^ 3(30 

Manufacture  and  distribution,  consumer  education 9 

Marketing  control,  types,  method 8 

Nutritive  values  and  commodity  standards,  correlation 47 

Packaged,  brand  names,  variety . 347 

Prepared : 

Food  value  information,  and  standards  of  identity,  lack  of 324 

In  interstate  commerce,  manufacturers  to  specify  ingredients 325 

Preserved,  quality  and  labeling  provisions,  definitions,  quality  grades.      206 

Prices xi,  162 

Processed,  accepted  products,  labeling  and  health  claims 222,  223,  233 

Purchases  by  families  by  income  levels,  percent 336 

Purity  and  labeling  truthfulness  required 103 

Quality,   tests   of 47 

Research 26 


394  INDEX 

FOODS— Continued.  Page 
Retail  distribution  regulations,  enforcement,  effect  on  consumer  in- 
formation   324 

Standards ^__^ 9, 103-105,  324 

Technological  investigations 25 

Testing 310 

Foreign  countries : 

Markets,  apples  for  export,  inspection  mandatory 15 

Standards,  consumer  goods,  survey 12 

Wood,  test  methods  by  Forest  Products  Laboratories,  adoption  as 

standard . 62 

Forests : 

National : 

Admini  .ration,  research 49 

Scaling  of  timber 50 

Products  (See  also  Wood;  Lumber;  Timber;  specific  products)  : 

Identity,  quality,  uses,   research 49,  51 

Standardization,  standards,  and  test  methods 51,63 

Practices,  naval  stores  production,  research 29 

Research  projects  at  agricultural  experiment  stations 64 

Seed  policy  developed 51 

Formulary,  National — See  National  Formulary 

Fowler,  H.  C 147 

Fox,  silver,  quality,  factors  affecting,  research ^_  154, 155 

"F.  P.  L."  numbers,  paper,  pulp,  and  pulpvs'ood,  standard  test  methods—  55,  56 

Fraudulent  businesses  or  practices,  cases,  disposal 119 

Frozen  Food  Association,  Northwest — See  Northwest  Frozen,  Food  Asso- 
ciation 
Frozen  Pack  Laboratory,  Seattle — See  Seattle  Frozen  Pack  Laboratory 
Fruit  and  Vegetable  Products  Laboratory,  Los  Angeles — See  Los  Anugeles 
Fruit  and  Vegetable  Products  Laboratory 

Fruit  products,  standards  of  identity,  prospective,  hearings 105 

Fruits  (See  also  specific  fruits)  : 
Canned : 

Grade  labeling 324, 345 

Grades . 16,  19,  375,  376 

Citrus : 

Grades 9.70 

Peel-oil  content,  estimating  method _ 28 

Fresh : 

Containers 20 

And  dried,  information  for  consumers,  standards,  use  in  markets.      324 

Grades 19,  375,  376 

Grading  problems 19 

Perishability,  grades 22 

Quality  identification  for  consumers 44 

And  fruit  products,  analysis  methods 215 

Graded,   quantity 21 

Grades 44,  70,  375,  376 

Marketing  control,  tyi)es,  method 8 

Quality,  regulation  in  marketing  agreements 71 

Perishable,  transportation  and  storage,  investigations 25 

Processed,  grade  nomenclature,   .simplification 22 

Processing  of,  and  handling  methods,  research 27 

Standardization 22 

Standards  : 11,  70,  71 

Effect  of  insect  control 39 

Quality,  fill-of-container,  lack  of  uniform  procedure 106 

United  States  Standards 14,375,376 

Varieties,  research,  bajsic  information 43 

Fuels : 

Gaseous 213 

For  heating  purposes,  research,  benefit  to  consumers 146 

Hi-octane  from  natural  gas,  research 149 

Liquid,  specifications 178 


INDEX 


395 


Fuels — Continued. 

Motor  (See  also  Petroleum  and  products)  :  Page 

From  coal,  development,  research 140 

Gasoline,  research 14S 

From  natural  gas,  research 149 

Research 92 

Oil — See  Petroleum  and  products 

Price  data,  retail,  collection 162 

Fungicides — See  Insecticides :  And  fungicides 
Furniture : 

(Consumer  education,  home  demonstrations  for  rural  women 45 

■'Design    registration    label" 231 

Metal  or  wood,  kind,  composition  standards 319 

Price  data,  retail,  collection 162 

Production  materials,  standards  or  grades  established  for     331 

Purchasing  inefliciency  of  consumers 331 

School,  color  standards,  compliance  labeling 231 

Standards^ 330,331 

Furniture  Manufacturers,  National  Association  of — See  National  Associa- 
tion of  Furniture  Manufacturers 
Furniture  woods — See  Wood  :  Furniture 

Furs 150,  154,  155 

Fur  industry,  fair  trade  practices,  rules 121, 122, 155 

Fur  resources,  fur-fiber,  tanneed  skins,  quality  factors,  research 154 

Futures  trading,  commodity  grades,  use  in,  formulation 44 

Galvanized  products,  specifications,  conformance  labeling 229 

Galvanizer  Association,  American  Hot  Dip — See  American  Hot  Dip  Gal- 

vanizer  Association 
Garments — See  Clothing 

Gas  Association,  American — See  American  Gas  Association 
Gas: 

Deposits  and  fields,  studies,  samples,  analyses,  reserves 156 

Manufactured,   research,   standardization  of  appliances,   accessories, 

and   installation 203 

Natural : 

Chemical  products,  research,  examples 149 

Helium-bearing,   deposits,  investigation,   available  helium  deter- 
mination, basic  data 157 

Research,  standardization  of  appliances,  accessories,  and  installa- 
tion  ____^ 203 

Technologic  work  of  Bifreau  of  Mines 147 

Gas  utilities  industry,  investigations,  relation  to  consumers'  interests 126 

Gas-burning  appliances : 
And  accessories: 

And    installations,    standardization    of    construction    and    per- 
formances  208,212 

Information,    inadequacy 331 

Testing,  certification 204 

Heaters,  natural-gas,  carbon-monoxide  production,  research 149 

Standards,   safety   and   performance,  compliance,   A.   G.   A.   seal   of 

approval 230 

Gauze*: 

Performance,  tests 304 

Surgical,  grade  simplification  through  standardization  and  research—      169 

General  Electric  Company 191 

General  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs 81,88,89,320 

General  Schedule  of  Supplies,  commodities  for  Federal  Government  pur- 
chase,   catalog— 179, 180,  261,  262 

Genuineness  standards — See  STANDARDS  :  Genuineness 

Gertz,   Max 343 

Gimbels 323 

Glassware,  heat  resistance 330,  331 

Gloves : 

Origin,    misrepresentation 117 

Testing 81 


396 


INDEX 


Glue :  Paee 

Animal - 61 

Bindery 132,135 

Casein,  for  lumber,  qualities,  test  method,  gluing  technique,  study 55 

For  furniture  production,  standards  and  grades 331 

For  woodworking,  tests,  characteristics,  information ^ 303 

Goatskin,  chrome-tanned — See  Leathers:  Chrome-tanned 

Governmental  agencies : 

Local,   grading   and   standardization   demonstrations,    United    States 

Standards 21 

Purchasing— See  PURCHASING  :  Agencies 

Specifications  and  test  methods  for  standardization  of  consumer  goods, 

summarization 11 

Standards,  jiromulgation,  facts,  presentation,  consumer  responsibility.  9 

Terms,  grade  and  quality,  comparative  tabulation 12 

GRADES  (See  also  STANDARDS;  specific  commodities)  : 

Definition 2,  3 

Development,   activities,   consideration,   diflSculties 335.350,355 

Economic  bases,  studies 32 

Enforcement,  criticisms,  methods 352 

Establishment,  attitude  of  Chamber  of  Commerce  of  United  States___  361 

Establishment   procedure,   recommendations 363 

Factors  affecting,  research 42 

Identification : 

For  consumers 44 

Methods 13 

Information  for  consumers 10 

Inventory,   unnecessary   items,    reduction  of,   basis 346 

On   labels,   preferences  for 348 

Legislation    and    regulation,    analysis 11 

Limitations  in  marketing  agreements,  authorization 71 

Limited  retail  use 315 

Nomenclature 17-19, 22, 352. 375,  876 

Parity  payments  to  producers,  basis 7 

Promulgated  by  Department  of  Agriculture 8 

Quality 12,  13,  15,  16,  22,  319,  338,  375.  376 

Recognized,  as  basis  for  certification 234 

Recommendations   by   consumers,    retailers,    trade   associations,    and 

professional  societies xii,  358-361 

Research,   basis 41 

By  retail  and  consumer  organizations,  interest  increased 16 

Revision,  and  consumers'  viewpoint 9 

Simplification  by  trade  associations 196 

Standardized,  definition 2 

Tested  commercially  and  promulgated 8 

Types,   importance 318 

United  States  Standards: 

Industry  and  exchange,  use 71 

Specifications : 

Avaihibility  to  consumers 21 

Establishment   procedure 15 

Terminology 375,  376 

Use,   mandatory 15 

Use  by  producers  and  distributors,  history 16 

Use  in  crop  insurance 48 

Utilization 8,  22,  71,  322,  341,  343,  344,  349 

Value  to  consumers  and  effect  on  merchandising xii 

GRADING  (See  also  STANDARDIZATION:  Classification;  specific  com- 
modities) : 

Activities  of  Agricultural  Marketing  Service,  authority 14 

Consumer  goods,  and  prices 314 

Definition 2,  3 

Expense,  retail  cost  reduction,  justification 345 


i 


INDEX  397 

GRADING— Continued.  Pag« 

By  Federal  agencies 5 

And  market  values,  relation  emphasized 9 

Marketing  agreements,  provisions  of,  analysis,  utilization  in xl 

Marking  of  commodities,  study,  recommendations 234 

NRA  Codes,  requirements ^ xi 

Research  and  demonstration 13 

Services  of  Agricultural  Marketing  Service,  and  consumer  standards.  13 

And  standardization  demonstrations  and  educational  programs 7,21 

By  State  government 16 

By  trade  associations 196 

United  States  Standards  and  State  standards,  demonstrations 44 

Value  to  consumers  and  producers 7 

Grains  (See  also  specific  grains)  :  grades,  grading,  standards,  i^erformance 

tests 14,  16,  44,  48,  49 

Grain  Standards  Act: 

Administration 22 

Standardization,  grading  and  inspection,  authorization 14 

Grain  standards  of  the  United  States,  oflSeial 48,  49 

Grape  wine,  still,  sparkling,  carbonated,  standards  of  identity 95 

Grapes,  Tqkay,  grades  and  size  standards,  use  in  marketing  agreements—  70 

Granite,  grading,  commercial,  composition  as  basis,  use  basis  proposed—  157,  158 

Gravel,  information  for  users 157 

Grease,  meats,  condemned,  use  for 34 

Groceries : 

Manufacturing  specifications,  testing,  inspection 194 

Packaging  specifications,  inspection  after  sale,  research,  commodity 

information 194,195 

Grocers,    National   Association   of  Retail — See    National    Association   of 
Retail  Grocers 

Groceiy  Manufacturers  of  America,  Associated — See  Associated  Grocery 
Manufacturers  of  America 

Groome,  G.  G 136 

Guaranties  (See  also  CERTIFICATION;  specific  commodities)  : 
Consumer  goods: 

Limitations 321 

Standards,  compliance  with,  enforcement 352 

Recommendation,  conclusion 234 

By  trade  associations 196 

Voluntary  on  manufactured  products 87 

Gum,  production  methods,  standardized,  development 29 

Gum  Tosin— See  ROSIN 

Gum  spirits — See  T\irpentine 

Gummed  Industries  Association 231 

Gypsum : 

For  fertilizer  and  plaster,  research,  effect  on  consumer  standards 149 

Plasters— See  Plaster :  Gypsum 

Hamilton,  Alexander,  centralized  purchasing,  early  study 255 

Hardwood — See  Lumber :  Hardwood 

Hardwood  Dimension  Manufacturers  Association 227 

Hardwood  Lumber  Association,  National — See  National  Hardwood  Lumber 
Association 

Hardwood  Manufacturers  Association.  Northern  Hemlock  and — See  North- 
ern Hemlock  and  Hardwood  Manufacturers  Association 

Hardwood  paneling — See  Lumber  :  Products 

Harper,  R.  B 203,368,371,373 

Hartley,  Olive 355,  356 

Harriman,  Norman  F 2,301,370,372 

Health : 

Codes,    industrial 211,  212 

Departments  of,  local,  standards  utilization 99 

Devices,  advertisements  questioned  for  misrepresentation 127 

Equipment  and  practices,  minimum  standards 114,  115 


398  INDEX 

Health — Continued. 

Hazards:  I'age 

Domestic 149 

Industrial,  control  standards 111 

Investigations,  standards,  revision,  correction,  recommendatious_       114 

Housing  equipment  and  materials,  minimum  standards i:{t> 

Laimdry  standards;  effect  on,  bulletin 207 

Laundry  standards:  effect  on,  bulletin 207 

Personnel,  local,  minimum  qualifications 115 

And  thermal  environment,  relationship 75 

Standards-See  STANDARDS:  Health 

Underwear'  fabrics,  constructions,  effect  on ■•_' 

Health    Association.    American     Public — See    American    Public    Healfli 

Association 
Heating : 

Equipment  (See  also  Gas-burning  appliances)  : 

Furnace  installations,  endorsement 230 

Installations,    certilication    labeling,    survey 225 

Natural-gas 14t> 

Oil-burning : 

Domestic  hot-water  supply  and  hot-water,  combination  for 

.small  houses,   research 1 85 

Standards,  seal  of  compliance 2:i(i 

Ranges,  USHA  Suggested  Specifications 129 

Standards 75,221 

Stoves,  kerosene,  performance,  research 64 

Tests,  cost  evaluation 85 

Farm  buildings,  investigations 25 

Methods,  standardization 74 

Problems,  thermal  environment  and  health  relationship 75 

Standards,  minimum,  basis 99 

Units,  minimum  standards  for  performance  and  design 130 

Value,  of  fuels 141-143.  147,  156 

Heating  and  Air  Conditioning  Association,  National  Warm  Air — See  Na- 
tional Warm  Air  Heating  and  Air  Conditioning  Association 
Heating  and  Ventilating  Engineers,  American  Society  of — See  American 
Society  of  Heating  and  Ventilating  Engineers 

Hecht,  Fred  C 340 

Helium  for  medical  and  industrial  purposes,  uses,  research,  sales 149 

Helium-bearing  natural-gas  deposits — See  Gas  :  Natural 
Hemlock  and  Hardwood  Manufacturers  Association,  Northern — See  North- 
ern Hemlock  and  Hardwood  Manufacturers  Association 

Hendricks,    Thomas   A 156 

Herring,  salt,  grades 153 

Herring  roe,  canned,  grades 153 

Hervey,  G.  W 12,321 

Hides,  curing  processes,  salt,  research 28 

Hill  method,  curd  tension  of  milk,  determination 38 

Hog-cholera,  control,  virus  and  serum,  marketing  agreement 33 

Hogs — See  Swine 

Home  demonstration.s — See  Demonstrations 

Home  economics: 

Educational  programs 45, 110,  111 

Research  by  experiment  stations,  funds,  projects 03,64 

Home  Economics  Association.  American — See  American  Home  Economics 

Association 
Homeopathic  Pharmacopoeia  of  the  United  States,  standard  xlrugs_  106,  223,  224 
Homeopathy,   American  Institute  of  —  See  American   Institute  of   Home- 
opathy 
Honey : 

Grading  .<<necifications,  research „         39 

United  States  Standards 14 

Horses,  specifications  as  buying  guides 46 

Horticulture : 

Research  projects  at  agricultural  experiment  stations 64 

Varietal  descriptions,  effect  on  standardization 43 

Hose,  garden,  tests,  characteristics,  information 303 


INDEX  399 

Hosiery :  ^"^^ 

Cottou,  utilization  iu,  studies 33 

Fiber  identification : 

Misrepresentation,  cease  and  desist  order 117 

Quality  labeling,  proix)sed  trade  practice  rules 207 

Inadequate  guides  to  performance — _ 82 

Measurements,  standard  and  standard  methods _ 82 

Men's,  labels,  information  for  consumers,  survey 321 

Performance,  testing  machines,  use  by  manufacturers 89,  90 

Quality,  testing  machine,  development,  factors  tested 81,  82 

Research,  standards,  test  methods,  definitions 206 

Silk: 

Commercial  Standard,  use,  promotion  difficulties,  coverage,  basis 

of  classification,  proposed 89,90 

Construction  standards,  certification  plan 89 

Performance,  testing  machines,  tests 89 

Women's : 206 

Specifications,  development  requested 89 

Survey,  as  basis  for  specification 82 

Standards 82,  90,  207,  212 

Test  methods 206 

Testing 81 

Women's : 

Information  for  consumers,  types  lacking,  survey,  summary__'_  321, 322 

Quality   buying   guide 43 

Wearing  qualities,  selection,  and  care,  research 64 

Hosiery  industry,  trade  practice  rules 207 

Hosiery  Manufacturers,  National  Association  of — See  National  Associa- 
tion of  Hosiery  Manufacturers 
Hospital  Association,  American — See  American  Hospital  Association 

Hospital  Bureau  of  Standards  and  Supplies 304,305 

Hospitals : 

Equipment,  standardization  and  simplification 224 

Furniture,  specifications  of  Veterans'  Administration 181 

Services  and  practices,  standards,  development,  coverage 223 

Supplies,  performance,  tests,  price  information,  standards,  test  meth- 
ods, specifications 304, 305. 

Household  appliances  (See  also  ELECTRICAL  EQUIPA^ENT;  Gas-burn- 
ing appliances:  Heating:  Equipment;  Household  equipment;  Refrig- 
erators) : 

Cooking  devices,  quality  and  performance  tests 47 

Electrical : 

And  gas-burning ;  safety  guaranties  and  inadequate  information-  331 

Irons,  information  for  consumers,  survey,  summary 322 

Gas-burning — See  Gas-burning  (appliances 
Household  equipment  (See  also  Furniture)  : 

Consumer   education,    home    demonstrations 45 

Cookers,  steam  pressure,  pressure  gages,  accuracy,  research 64 

Electrical— See  Household  appliances ;  ELECTRICAL  EQUIPMENT 

Farm  homes,   survey 42 

Gas-burning — See  Gas-burning  appliances 

Improvement ._ 338 

Information  for  consumers 217 

For  institutions,  standardization- ^_  328 

Labels,  informative,  increased  development - 322 

Mechanical,  standards  for  safety,  suitability,  durability 99 

Minimum  standards  for  performance  and  design I ..  130 

Pressure  gages  for  steam  pressure  cookers,  accuracy,  research 64 

Price : 

Data,   retail,  collection 162 

As  quality  measure 331 

Purchasing  problems 317 

Safety  guaranties ^  331 

Standardization,  lack  of  development 328 

Standards ,_ 42,  99,  129,  330,  332,  333 


400  INDEX 

Household  fabrics— See  Textiles :  Household  and  clothing 

Household  furnishings:  ^*^ 

Consumer  education,  home  demonstrations 45 

Labels,  informative,   increased  development 322 

Improvement , 338 

Testing .' 310 

Household  maintenance,  equipment  and   supplies,  standards,  grades,  or 

informative  labels,  inadequacy , 332,  333 

Household  supplies,   information, 217 

Household    utensils,    performance,    standards    and    grades,    information. 

inadequacy :!;^>0.  331 

Housewives  as  managers  and  purchasers 316 

HOUSING  (See  also  BUILDINGS)  : 

Adequate  cost  reduction  through  standardization  in  Federal  programs-  74 
Construction : 

Board  for  coverage,  minimum  quality,  description 62 

Current  developments,  care,  maintenance,  information  on 90 

Methods,  standards,  adaptability 98 

Moisture  accumulation,  factors,  effects;  vapor  barriers,  develop- 
ment, utilization '. 54,  55 

New,  inspection  for  standards  compliance 100 

Practice,  improved,  educational  program 101 

Standards  and  standardization 1 42,  74,  97 

Structural     properties,     standard     test    methods,     development, 

utilization 75 

Consumers,  expenditures  by  income  levels,  statistics 337 

Cost  reduction  through  standardization 74 

Current  needs,  interpretation 130 

Data,  results  of  studies • 73 

Deterioration  and  decay,  prevention  through  construction  standards —  97 
Eijuipment  and  materials,  standard  sizes.  Suggested  Unit  Plans :  basis, 

utilization,   advantages 131 

Farm: 

Research 42 

Screening  for  malaria  prevention,  specifications--^ 114 

Health,  minimum  standards  for  equipment  and  materials 130 

Low-cost : 

For  farm  families,  standards,  factors 47,48 

Lighting j - 43,114 

Materials 83,  84 

Low-rent,  standards 128-131 

New,  construction  standards,  purpose,  adaptability 97 

Program  of  United  States  Housing  Authority,  assistance  to  local  hous- 
ing authorities ' 128 

Projects,  specifications  for  mortars,  studies,  use,  effect  on  maintenance 

cost 84 

Ratproofing,  specifications 114 

Reconditioning,  specifications 101,  102 

Sanitary  conditions,  specifications 114 

Small,  heating  and  plumbing  equipment,  research 85 

Standardized  methods  and  practices  in  Federal  programs 74 

Standards— See  STANDARDS:  Construction;  CONSTRUCTION 

Terminology,  definitions,  glossary,  study—: 75 

Housing  Index-Digest;  Housing  Legal  Digest .-  74 

Housing  Oflacials,  National  Association  of — See  National  Association  of 
Housing  Officials 

Howe,  Harriet  R 3 

Hoyt,  Homer 349,  350 

Ice  cream  (See  also  Ice-cream  mix)  : 

Regulations 9 

Texture,  improvement 36 

Ice  Cream  Manufacturers,  International  Association  of — See  International 

Association  of  Ice  Cream  Manufacturers 

Ice-cream  mix,  milk  solids,  increase,  method,  development 86 

Ice-cream  products — See  Desserts,  frozen 

Ice  Industries,  National  Association  of — See  National  Association  of  Ice 

Industries 


INDEX  401 

Ice  Refrigerator  Manufacturers,   National  Association  of — See  National 

Association  of  Ice  Refrigerator  Manufacturers 
Ice  refrigerators — See  Refrigerators:  lee  Page 

Ice-using  appliances,    standards,   compliance   labeling 230 

Identification : 

Furniture    woods 54 

Furs,   trade  practice   rules 154,155 

Optical  materials,  specifications,  code 193 

Identity— See  DEFINITION  ;  Description  ;  Identification  ;  STANDARDS  : 

Identity 
I.  E.  S.  Standards  for  lamps  and  glass  reflectors,  conformance  labeling, 

requirements 229 

Illinois,  University  of,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  studies  on  beef__         17 
Illuminating  engineering — See  Lighting 

Illumin'ating  Engineering  Society   (I.  E.  S.) 69,  :>19 

Illuminating   Engineering    Society    Specifications   for   I.    E.    S.    Portable 

Lamps 220,  229 

Illumination,  storage  of  record  papers,  recommended  practice 80 

Incombustible  fillings  for  wall  boards,  methods,  development,  effect  on 

wooden    construction 84 

Income  levels: 

Consumption    by    families,    research,    effect   on    consumer   standards 

and    purchasing 40,  335-337 

Population  distribution  (1935-36) 336 

Incomes,  consumers,  study,  estimates;  effect  on  purchasing  lability  and 

habits , 335-837 

Incubator  beds — See  Beds:  Incubator 

Indian  arts  and  crafts,  standards,  trade-marks ;  information 159 

Industrial  concentration — See  Trade  practices:  Monopoly 

Industrial  conditions,  investigations,  relation  to  consumers'  interests 126 

Industrial  Conference  Board,  National — See  National  Industrial  Confer- 
ence Board 

Industrial  farm  products,  research 28 

Industrial   over-capacitv  and  over-diversification,  effect   on   standardiza- 
tion  I 197 

Industrial   Recovery    Act,    National — See    N'ational    Industrial    Recovery 

Act 
Industrial  standardization — See  specific  products;  STANDARDIZATION; 

Trade  associations 
Industry  : 

Procurement  methods,   si^cifications,  utilization  of 355 

Specifications,  development,  use 93 

Trade  practice  conferences,  attitude,  cooperation  in,  establishment  of 

standards,  formulation  of  rules 119. 120 

Informative  labeling — See  LABELING  :  Informative 
Informative  labels — See  LABELING:  Informative 

Ingredients,  inert,  labeling  requirements 23 

Inks: 

Federal   Specifications _—      178 

Manufacture , 132 

News,   research 133 

Printing,  research,  form.ulas 134 

Writing,  red,  tests,  characteristics,  information 303 

Insect  control 25,  39,  80,  303 

Insecticide  Act : 

Administration , 22,  23 

Standards  for  Paris  green  and  lead  arsenate — 23 

nsecticides : 

And  fungicides: 

Analysis  methods,  uniform '. 215 

Legislation.  Association  of  Ofiicial  Agricultural  Chemists  activi- 
ties,  effect  on 214 

Federal    Specifications 178 

Labeling   requirements 23 

Purity  and  labeling  truthfulness  required-.. 103 

Research,  basis  for  standards 39 

Sprays        -dies 114 


402  INDEX 

Insecticides — Continued.  I'age 

Stfindards 23,39 

Testing 310 

INSPECTION      (See     also     specific     commodities;     TESTING:     TEST 
METHODS)  : 
Activities  and  services : 

Agricultural  Marketing  Service,  authority 13,14,16 

And    facilities   of    Procurement    Division,    availability    to    otlier 

agencies 176,  260,  261 

01"  Federal  Government,  utilization  by  War  Department 188 

National  Bureau  of  Standards 7R-,sr. 

Navy  Department 171,  270 

Citit^s,  utilization,  commodity  types  tested 296 

Counties,  utilization,  types,  extension  recommended 286.287 

Effective,    centralized   purchasing   for    Federal    Government,    advau- 

tage  of 2.">8 

Equipment  and  techniques,  improvement . 14 

Industrial,  product  coverage 198 

Manufacturing  establishments 35,  112,  309 

"Manifest  of  Inspection" — See  Underwriters  Laboratories 

Municipalities,  utilization,  commodity  types  tested 296,297 

Navy  Department : 

For  commodities  purchased,  required 269 

Organization,  procedure,  service  to  other  departments 171 

For  specification  compliance: 

And  contract  compliance,  Federal  procurement  methods,  utiliza- 
tion  in 256 

Federal  purchases 180,  261, 262 

Navy  Department,  history,  coverage 167 

And  open  market  purchases 179 

Supplies  and  goods  used  by  Indian  Service 160 

War  Department  procedure 

Standards,   compliance,    enforcement 311,352 

Systems : 

Of  Agricultural  Marketing  Service 15 

Commodity  exchanges,  grades,  use  in 44 

Testing  laboratories— See  TESTING:  Laboratories 

By  trade  associations 196 

Institute  of  Book  Cloth  and  Impregnated  Fabrics  Manufacturers 226 

Institute  of  Cari)et   Manufacturers 332 

Institutions : 

Equipment,  specifications,  need  for 

Household  equipment,   standardization   development 328 

Purchases,  United  States  Standards,  use  in,  increased 21 

Specifications  for  soaps  and  cleaning  materials 81 

Instruments,  calibration  in  terms  of  national  standards 78 

Insulation : 

Farm   buildings,   investigations 25 

Materials   for,    research 34, 149 

Minimum  standards  for  performance  and  design,  development 130 

Studies l'>7 

Insulin,    standards 112 

Insurance,  associations,  safety  standards 90 

Intermountain  Consumers'  Service,  Inc 312 

Intermunicipal  purchasing  practices — See  PURCHASING  :  Methods :  Co- 
operative 

International  Association  of  Ice  Cream  Manufacturers 324,325 

International  City  Managers'  Association i 

International    Electro-technical    Commission S 

International    rule   for   scaling   timber 50 

International  Silk  Guild,  Inc 232 

International  Society  for  Testing  Materials 213 

Interstate    curriers,    water    supplies,    standards,    development,    history, 

utilization,   enforcement 112 

Interstate  conmierce — See  Commerce:  Interstate 

Janitor  supplies,  standards,  compliance  certification,  testing 231 

J.  C.  Penn«^y  Research  and  Testing  Laboratory 308,3"" 


INDEX  4.Q3 

Jewelry :  Page 

Industry  regulation,  selling  methods,  labeling^ 125 

Testing 310 

Jones,  G.  W 149 

Kaidanovsky,    S.    P 11,12,190,243,321 

Kansas  School  Purchasing  Association,  cooperative  purchasing 1 298 

Kantrowitz,  M.  S 134.136 

Karakul  sheep — See  Sheep:  Karakul 

Kaufmann 323 

Keane,  Brice — See  Brice-Keane 

Keane,  J.  O 27 

Kelly,  E.  J 1 209 

Kerosene  stoves — See  Heating  equipment 

Kinds,  as  price  determining  factor  in  specifications •  163, 165 

Kirch,   Benjamin    S 345 

Kitchen  utensils: 

Aluminum,  alloys,  properties;  metal  thickness;  information  for  con- 
sumers,   inadequacy 33l 

Labels,  informative,  increased  development '. 322 

Knit  goods: 

Outerwear,  infants'  ajid  children's,  industry  regulation 123 

Women's,  information  for  consumers,  inadequacy,  reasons 330 

Underwear    (See    also    Underwear    Institute)  :    fiber    identification, 

information 1 330 

Standard  sizes,  development,  utilization 82 

Testing 81 

Knives,  kitchen,  labels,  information,  survey 321 

Kraft  sealing  tape,  specification  compliance,   "Certified  products  label," 

testing : 231 

Kyrk,  Hazel 340, 341, 347 

LABELING : 

Commercial    Standards    and    Simplified    Practice    Recommendations, 

product  compliance  with,  industry  examples 1 . 225-227 

Commodities,  standards  and  grades,  utilization,  effect  on  nongraded 

commodities 342 

Deceptive— See  MISREPRESENTATION 

Grade : 342,  346 

Effect  on   competition 349 

Informative : 

Character,  form,  difficulties,  recommendations 352 

For  consumers : 10 

Development 39,  43,  335,  349,  350,  355 

Legislation  and  regulation,  aualj'sis 11 

Limited  retail  use 315 

"Mark-down"  sales,  effect 343 

Periodicals,  approvals ^ 233 

Preparation 310 

Recommendations . xii,  320,  355,  357-358 

Research ^'. 216 

Standards : 

Consumer  etlucatiou 217 

In  trade  practice  rulos 119 

Types  n»>eded,  oonsunicrs'  failure  to  specify 351 

Utilization 321-323. 335, 341. 343 

Variation,  availability,  survey,  sununary 1 321,322 

<.  onstuners'  purchases,  basis  for,  benefit 339 

Enforcement,   criticisms,   methods 352 

Establishment,  procedure,  recommendations 363 

And  grade,   develvipment,   recomiiunnh'.tions 358-360 

L.ick  of  progress,  industry  opposition .._,.       89.317 

Need    for 317 

Quality,  coiisiunt'rs  encouraged   .0  denuiiid 45 

Retailers,   programs,   (levelopnient,  ex.-impies 3:53 

Study _. 12 

Value  to  consumers  ;uid  effect  on  idenh.-Mniising xii 


1 


404  INDEX 

LABELING— Continued.  I'aee 

Methods,  results,  survey ^ 225 

NRA  code  I'equirements xi 

Requirements  of  State  laws,  types,  variations,  examples  of  range 235 

Standards : 

Of  trade  associations  and   technical   and  professional   societies, 

conformance,    approval 189 

Study,  recommendations 234 

Labeling  Plan  of  National  Bureau  of  Standards 91,93 

Labeling  plans,  types,  variation 234 

LABELS— See  LABELING;  specific  commodities 

Labor  conditions   in   manufacturing  establishments  for  consumer  goods. 

information     on 313 

Laboratories : 

Commercial,  private — See  TESTING:  Laboratories 

Research,  agricultural  products 13,  26,  35 

Testing— See  TESTING:  Laboratories 
Laboratories,   American   Council   of  Commercial — See  American   Council 

of  Commercial  Laboratories 
Lace  Curtain  Manufacturers,  National  Association  of^ — See  National  Asso- 
ciation of  Lace  Curtain  Manufacturers 
Lacquer  Association,  National  Paint,  Varnish  and — See  National  Paint, 

Varnish  and  Lacquer  Association 
Lacquer  Manufacturers,  Association  of  Paint,  Varnish  and — See  Associa- 
tion of  Paint,  Varnish,  and  Lacquer  Manufacturers 

Lacquers,  labeling 360 

Ladders,  construction  and  use,  safety  code 60 

Lamb  (See  also  Sheep)  : 

Fatness,  tenderness,  and  flavor,  research— 64 

Fur,    quality,    research 33 

Grades,    nomenclature 18 

Standards,    history 17 

Lamps : 

Electric— See  ELECTRICAL  EQUIPMENT 

Flame  safety,  tests,  standard  approval  plates 149 

Land  subdivision,  standards,  purpose,  coverage 100, 101 

Landscaping,  architects'  handbook,  check  list,  utilization 76 

Lard,  grades,  revision,  consumers'  viewpoint " 9 

Laundering,  American  Institute  of — See  American  Institute  of  Laundering 
Laundries : 

Equipment ITS,  181 

Practices,  standard  procedure,  research,  effect  on  health 207 

Laundering,  hosiery,  variations,  evaluation 82 

Lead  and  compounds,  toxicity,  studies 114 

Lead  arsenate  (paste),  standards  in  Insecticide  Act 23 

Leaflet  Specifications — See  United  States  Navy  Specifications 

League  of  Nations,  Permanent  Commission  of  Biological  Standardization, 

biological  products,  standardization 112 

Leather  Chemists'  Association,  American — See  American  Leather  Chemists 
Leather  shoes — See  Shoes. 
Leathers : 

Accelerated  aging  tests 28 

Analysis  methods,  publication 215 

For  binding  purposes,  development 28 

Chrome-tanned,  bindery  tests,  specifications 137 

Luggage,  kinds,  used  in,  labeling  agreement 233 

Research 28,  29, 64 

Resistance  to  water  penetration,  molding,  acid  rot,  folding  and  wear__        29 

Specifications : 28,178 

Tanning  materials,  analysis  methods,  publication 215 

Length,  standards — See  STANDARDS:  Measurement 

Lettering,   size,   labels,   bedding   and   upholstery,    requirements   of   State 

laws,  variations 254 

Lettuce,  Colorado,  grades  and  size  standards,  use  in  marketing  agree- 
ments          70 


I 


INDEX  405 

Page 
Life  hazards,  materials  and  devices  affecting,  construction  and  metiiods, 

standards,  definition,  publication 308 

Light: 

Fastness— See  FASTNESS :  To  light 

National  standard  maintained  by  National  Bureau  of  Standards 79 

Price  data,   retail,   collection 162 

Silk  textiles,  acid  and  alkaline  finishes,  effect  on,  study 82 

Lighting   (See  also  ELECTRICAL  EQUIPMENT;  Lamps;   Illuminating 
Engineering  Society;  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers)  : 
Applied  technique  in  architecture ;  equipment  testing  specifications ; 
home  conditions  improvement ;  illuminating  engineering  nomencla- 
ture;   motor   vehicle   code;    safety;    school   practices;    street   and 

highway 220 

Farm  buildings,  investigations ;  information 25, 43 

Low-cost  houses,  minimum  standards 114 

Lighting  Equipment  Association,  American — See  American  Lighting  Equip- 
ment Association 
Lighting  fixtures— See  ELECTRICAL  EQUIPMENT 

Lignite,  utilization,  research 146 

Limbs,  artificial,  price  data,  collection 166 

Lime: 

Federal  Specifications '. 178 

Information  for  users 157 

Limestone,  grading,  natural  features,  relation 158 

Liming  materials,  agricultural,  analysis  methods,  definitions  of  terms 215 

Linoleum — See  Floors:  Coverings 

Liquor,  alcoholic — See  Beverages:  Alcoholic 

Lit  Bros 323 

LIVESTOCK : 
Dairy  cattle: 

Prices,  schedule  of  differentials,  factors 47 

Research 35 

Specifications  as  buying  guides . 46 

Diseases,   control,   eradication,    research;    virus-serum-toxin    regula- 
tions          33 

-      Estimates,  administration  of  functions 12, 

Grades  and  standards,  rural  consumers,  educational  program 44' 

Inspection— 1 34 

And    quarantine 33 

Packers  and  Stockyards  Act,  administration 12 

Production : 

Research 64 

Statistics,  collection  and  dissemination 13 

Slaughter  tests  by  grades  and  weights 14 

Specifications 46 

Standards 22, 45, 46 

United  States  Standards 14 

Viruses,  production,  supervision 35 

Loans,  and  standards 5, 16,  65 

Logs  (See  also  Timber)  : 

Hardwood,  grades  and  grading  methods 60 

Softwood,    grades -_ 61 

Los  Angeles  Fruit  and  Vegetable  Products  Laboratory,  grades 27 

Loughlin,  G.   F .. 158 

Luggage,  leathers  used  in,  labeling  agreement 233 

Lumber  (See  also  specific  varieties;  Wood;  Timber)  : 

Boards    for    coverage    in    housing    constructix)n,    minimum    quality, 

description 62 

Certification  and  labeling,  survey. 225 

Certified     shipments,     licensing  *  requirements,     grade     and     tally 

guaranties 1 228 

Commercial    Standards,   product   compliance,   labeling   requirements, 
industry  examples 227 

272496 — 41— No.  24 27 


406  INDEX 

Lumber — Continued.  ^*^« 

Dimension,  low-grade,  grading  method,  development 68 

Douglas-fir,  moisture  content,  grading  rules — . . 59 

Federal    Specifications 178 

For  furniture  production,  standards,  grade|S,  jdentificatioa  for  con- 
sumers       331 

Grade-,  trade-,  and  species-marking,  conformance  to  American  Lumber 

Standards 228,229 

Grades  and  sizes,  standardization  and  simplification  program 199 

Grading  and  inspection,  approval  marking . 229 

Hardwood:. 

Grading  rules,  product  compliance,  inspection,  certification 227 

Southern,     machining     properties,     measurement,     comparison, 

metho<ls,  development 53 

Specifications,  development,  utilization 57 

Standardization,   benefits 201 

Industry : 

Moisture  meter,  use 1 54 

Small  mills,  inability  to  produce  quality  required  by  standards 198 

Logging  and  milling  studies ;  tree  cutting  Sizes,  standardization 53 

And    lumber    products,    gi-ades,    sizes,    and   quality    standardization,     , 

simplification,  history 260 

Products  ( See  also  National  Committee  on  Wood  Utilization.)  : 

Commercial  ^Standards  compliance,  certification  and  labeling-  —      227 

Manufacturing  and  distributing  processes,  waste  elimination 200 

Paneling,  hardwood,  qviality,  Commercial  Standard ^ 85 

Softwood  industry,  standardization-^ 200 

Springboards,  laminated  and  one-piece,  speciflcationa 62 

Seasoning,  kilns  for  drying  and  standard  kiln  schedules 54 

Sizes : 

Standardization 129,200 

Superfluous,  elimination,  recommendations , 85 

Softwood,  Federal  Specification,  coverage,  cooperating  trade  associa- 
tions ;  production : 200,  201 

Southern  pine,  moisture  content,  standard  specifications 59 

Species  classifications  for  nail-holding  ability L 61 

Standards  (See  also  American  Lumber  Standards) 39,  54,  57,  200,  228 

Toughness  testing  machine 52 

Yard  and  factory,  softwood,  specifications - —        57 

Lumber  Association,  National  Hardwood — See  National  Hardwood  Lum- 
ber Association 
Lumber  Conferences ;  First,  Second,  and  Third — See  First,  Second,  and 

Third  Lumber  Conferences,  respectively 
Lumber  Congress,  American — See  American  Lumber  Congress 
Luml>er    Manufacturers    Association,     National — See    "National    Lumber 

Manufacturers  Association 
Lumber  Standards,  Central  Committee  on — See  Second  General  Lumber 

Conference 
Lumber  Standards,  Consulting  Committee  on — See  Second  General  Lumber 

Conference 
Lumbermen's   Association,    West    Coast — See   West    Coast   Lumbermen's 
Association 

Macaroni  industry  regulations,  trade  practice  rules 124, 12b 

Macaroni   Manufacturers   Association,   National — See  National  Macaroni 

Manufacturers  Association 
Macaroni  products,  standards  and  specifications,  chemical  tests  and  anal- 
yses for  compliance , 233 

Machine    Tool    Builders'    Association,    National — See    National    Machine 
Tool  Builders'  Association 

Mack,  Pauline  Berry 318 

McNair,  J.  W 225 

Macy's 309,  310,  323 

Mahogany  Asso(!iation ' 227,228 

Mail  order  companies 328 

Malt  brewing  materials,  analysis  methods,  publication 215 


INDEX  407 

Manufactured   products    (See  also   specific   commodities):    sizes,   dimen-     Page 
sious,  simplification,  standards,  test  methods,  rating,  labeling 86,  87,  90 

Manufacturers,    National   Association    of — See    National    Association    of 
Manufacturers 

Maple  Flooring  Manufacturers  Association 228 

Maple  sirup,  grading  standards 27 

Marble — See  Granite 

Market  reporting  surveys 13, 14 

Marketing: 

Agreement  programs,  control,  types,  method 8 

Agreements,  codes,  analysis,  provisions  for  grading  and  standardiza- 
tion, utilization xi 

Channels  for  distribution,  as  price  determining  factor  in  specifica- 
tions for  wholesale  goods 165 

Quotations,   standards,   basis , —        16 

Research,   studies ■ 12, 14 

Standards — See  STANDARDS:  Marketing 

Markets,  retail— See  DISTRIBUTION:   Retail 

Marshall  Field 323 

Masonry  materials,  construction  methods,  low-cost,  research 84  . 

Master  Specifications  of  the  Home  Owners'  Loan  Corporation 76,101,102 

Material  standards— See  STANDARDS 

Martress  hair,  specifications 178 

Mattresses : 

Certification,  labeling,  survey —      225 

Hospital,  standards,  development 224 

Labels,  information  for  consumers,  survey _ 321 

Size  standardization 3^ 

Tests I . 168 

May^r,  J.  M 11,243 

Measurement  standards — See   STANDARDS:   Measurement 

Measures — See  Weights :  And  measures  . 

Measures,  National  Conference  on  Weights  and — See  National  Conference 
on   Weights  and  Measures 

Measuring  devices — See  Weighing:  Devices 

Meats  (See  also  si)ecific  meats)  : 

Curing  processes,  salt,  research 28 

Functions  affecting,  administration 12 

Grade  designations ■_  10,  16-18,  22 

Graded  by  Federal  graders,  quantity,  statistics 20, 344 

Graders,  where  located ■ 18 

Grading,  quality.  United  States  grades  required,  stamping  procedure 17,  325 

Inspection,   labeling 33-35 

Labeling  and  stamping 325 

And  meat  products : 

Analysis  methods,  publication 215 

Research,  inspection 33 

Nutritive  value,   improvement   methods,   minimum   needs   in   dietetic 

standards w_» 33,47 

Palatability,  factors  affecting,  study 41 

Prepared,  standards,  history ^ 17 

Qualities,   studies 14,  33 

Standards,  history 17 

United  States  Standards 14 

Mechanical  Engineers,  American  Society  of — See  American  Society  of  Me- 
chanical Engineers 

Mechanical  equipment  (See  also  specific  commodities)  : 

Appliances,  specifications ; 178 

Standards 220 

Metlical  Association,  American — See  American  Medical  Association 

Medical   associations ^ 222 

Medical  products : 
Analysis: 

And  acceptance  system  of  American  Medical  Association :_      222 

Methods,  uniform,  results,  publication 215 

Labeling,  seal  of  acceptance 23:5 


408  INDEX 

Medicines— See  DRUGS  ^"«« 

Merchandising— See  DISTRIBUTION 

Mermin,  S - 11.  243 

Metals  (See  also  specific  metals)  : 

Chemical   analysis 213 

In  foods,  analysis  methods,  publications — 215 

Type,  alloys,  research,  formulas,  standardization 135 

Metallurgical  Engineers,  American  Institute  of  Mining  and — See  American 
Institute  of  Mining  and  Metallurgical  EJngineers 

Mica  deposits,  characteristics,  relative  qualities  of  ores,  information 157 

Military  equipment  and  supplies,  character,  coaisumer  goods  used,  standardi- 
zation, procurement  procedure,  tests,  research 183-185,188 

MILK  (See  also  Dairy  products)  : 

Distribution  and  sale  conditions,  investigations , 126 

Filled,  definition,  purpose ^ 110 

Grading _ 42 

Imported : 

Labeling  and  inspection  reqttfr«i»nts 110 

Permit  requirements,  standards,  inspection,  tolerances 109 

Marketing  control,  method 8 

Nutritive  value,  minimum  needs  In  dietetic  standards —  47 

Pasteurized  and  raw,  grades,  sanitation  standards 113 

Quality,  determination,  maintenance . 38 

Research  and   inspection ^ 33,   35-38 

Sanitation  standards — ^ 111 

Milk  Act,  Filled— See  Filled  Milk  Act 

Milk  Act,  Import— See  Import  Milk  Act 

Milk  Ordinance  and  Code,  basis,  grading  requirements,  studies,  purposes —  113 

Milk  products  ( See  also  Cheese ;  Butter;  Dairy  products ;  Ice  Cream) : 

Research  and  inspection 33,  35-37 

Miller,  Henry 120 

Minerals,  metallic  and  nonmetallic,  deposits,  studies,  standards 156 

Minimum  standards— See  STANDARDS 

Mining  (See  also  Coal  mining) :  standards,  development.. 211 

Mining  and  Metallurgical  Engineers,  American  Institute  of — See  American 
Institute  of  Mining  and  Metallurgical  Engineers 

Mint  oil,  grades  and  standards,  research . 64 

Mirror  Manufacturers  Association 225, 226 

Mirrors : 

For  furniture  production,  standards  and  grades  established 331 

Grades,  labeling,  recommended,  certification 225,  226 

Industry  regulation,  labeling,  sales  statistics 125 

Misbranding— See  MISREPRESENTATION:  Misbranding 
MISREPRESENTATION : 

Approvals,  issuing  agencies,  evidences 234 

Avoidance  by  manufacturers  and  distributors,  standards  and  grades..  349 

Consumer  demand,  effect  on,  examples. : , 342 

Consumer  goods: 

Certified  or  guaranteed 352 

Grades,  nomenclature,  example __- 353 

Standards  and  Informative  labeling,  effect 335 

Industry  regulations : 

State  laws,  variations 254 

Trade  practice  rules,  violation  procedures 116-126 

Misbranding,  definition , * 104 

MitcheU,  Wesley  C — .. . . 316 

Mixer  Manufacturers  Bureau ^-, 199 

Models,  simplification  by  trade  associations '. 196 

Moffett,  Carol  Willis ^ 333 

Mohair : 

Characteristics,   research [^ 33 

Fabrics,  standards  and  grades 331 

Monroe,  Day. , 347 

Montgomery,  D.  E ;.., 10 

Mops — See  Cleaning  equipment 


INDEX  409 

THortgages,  insured :  ^*^ 

Houses,  new,  compliance  with  standards,  inspection 100 

Properties,  standards  and  requirements 97 

Mothproofing  materials,  research,  standard  mothproofing  procedure 39 

Motorcoach — See  Motor  vehicles  :  Motorcoaches 

Motor  fuels— See  BMels :  Motor ;  Petroleum  and  products 

Motor  vehicles : 

Lighting — See  Lighting 

Motorcoaches,  motortrucks,  and  passenger  cars— :_      218 

Motortruck  scales,  testing,  inspection,  quality  improvement 83 

Procurement  by  War  Department 187 

Trucks : 

Design,  for  transporting  fresh  fish,  improvement,  research 152 

Specifications 70 

Mules,  specifications  as  buying  guides 46 

Municipal  Association,  American — See  American  Municipal  Association 
Municipal  purchasing  agents — See  PURCHASING:  Agents 
Municipalities   (See  also  Cities)  : 

Building  and  plumbing  minimum  requirements^ 90 

Legislation  and  regulation  of  consumer  goods,  analysis 11 

Manufactured  products,  simplification,  benefit  to . 86 

Procurement  methods : 

Cooperative,  development,  utilization,  examples,  benefits 298 

Improvements,  need 299,  300 

And  procedures xii 

Survey 256,289 

Quantity  purchasing,  utilization,  example,  benefit 298 

Specifications : 

Standard,  of  Federal  Government  and  National  organizations, 

utilization 299 

Utilization,    types,    formulating    agencies,    qualifications    of 

data 290-294 

Testing : 

For  specification  compliance,  utilization 294,  295 

Facilities  of  other  agencies,  lack  of  utilization,  need  for 299,300 

Purchasi^g,  centralized,  improvemwits,  examples,  benefits 297 

Safety  standards,  application 90 

Specifications : 

Conunodities  applied  to,  list 293,294 

For  soap  and  cleaning  materials,  information,  source 81 

Testing  laboratories,  utilization,  ownership,  commodity  types  tested-  296, 297 

"Nafal  Label" — See  National  Association  of  Finishers  of  Textile  Fabrics 

National  Association  of  Builders  Exchanges 202 

National  Association  of  Dyers  and  Cleaners 207, 208 

National  Association  of  Finishers  of  Textile  Fabrics__ 232 

National  Association  of  Food  Chains . 360 

National  Association  of  Furniture  Manufacturers . 231 

National  Association  of  Ice  Industries- 
National  Association  of  Ice  Refrigerator- Manufacturers 

National  Association,  of  Hosiery  Manufacturers ^. 

National  Association  of  Housing  OflScials 

National  Association  of  Lace  Curtain  Manufacturers, 
National  Association  of  Manufacturers- 
National  Association  of  Master  Plmnbers- 

National  Association  of  Purchasing  Agents  (N.  A.  P.  A.) 87,287-289,302 

National  Association  of  Retail  Groc-ers 360 

National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters 67, 99 

National  Canners  Association ^ 205,206,366 

National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association 62 

National  Conference  on  Weights  and  Measures 12, 83 

National  Committee  on  Wood  Utilization 200 

National  Congress  of  Parents  and  Teachers 88 

National  Consumer-Retailer  Council 12,  40,  43, 320,  321,  356-358 

National  Council  of  Women 88 

National  Directory  of  Commodity  Specifications,  standards,  q^ecffieathms, 
.  references ,_^ , ^ 90 


410  INDEX 

Page 

National  Door  Manufacturers  Association,  Inc 59,61,231 

Nanonai  Electric  Light  Association  (See  also  Edison  Electric  Institute) 87 

National  Electrical  Code  of  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters 67,99 

National  Electrical  Manufacturers  Association  (N.  E.  M.  A.)    (See  also 

Electric  Power  Club) _• 199 

National  Electrical  Safety  Code 67 

National  Federation  of  Business  and  Professional  Women's  Clubs 88 

National  Fertilizer  Association,  chart-^ facing  238 

National  Fire  Prevention  Association _. 31 

National  forests — See  Forests:  National 

National  Formulary,  Committee  on  the^— See  American   Pharmaceutical 

Association 
National  Formulary,  The,  drugs,  standard,  and  with  established  names, 

compendium 106,208 

National  Hardwood  Lumber  Association 201,227 

National  Industrial  Conference  Board- 367,  368,  371, 372,  373,  374 

National  Industrial  Recovery  Act .  94 

National  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association 59,  200.  202 

National  Macaroni  Manufacturers  Association _I 233 

National  Machine  Tool  Builders'  Association 338 

National  Oak  Flooring  Manufacturers'  Association 227 

National   organizations,   specifications,   development,   use,   cooperation   of 

National  Bureau  of  Standards 93 

National  Paint,  Varnish,  and  Lacquer  Association 333,  360,  361 

National  Paving  Brick  Association ^ 202 

National  Poultry  Improvement  Plan,  purposes,  supervision,  voluntary  co- 
operation of  state  agencies 34 

National  Preservers  Association 206 

National  Retail  Dry  Goods  Association 87,  323,  329,  858,  360 

National  School  Supplies  and  Equipment  Association 231 

National  Venetian  Blind  Guild __' 282 

National  Warm  Air  Heating  and  Air  Conditioning  Association 230 

National  Wholesale  Druggist  Association. 87 

Natural -gas — See  Gas :  Natural 

NatUral-gas  heaters — See  Heating :  Equipment 

Naval  stores : 

Analysis  methods,  publication 215 

Production  methods  and  proi)erties,  research 29 

Standards  for  chipping,  utilization,  benefits 59 

Naval  Stores  Act : 

Administration : 22,  23.  29 

Rosin  and  turpentine  standards,  color,  development 30 

Naval  supplies  and  equipment : 

Standard  classes,  items,  list 266-268 

Tests,  chemical  analyses,  research,  effect  on  standardization 172 

Navy  Department  Specifications,  development 170 

Nelson,  Mariana  T 317 

New  England  Council 233,  324 

New  England  white  pine — See  Pine 
Newspapers : 

Advertising,  questioned  for  misrepresentation,  statistics 127 

Price  data,  collection 162 

Standards  for  farm  products,  information,  dissemination 21 

Nickel-silver,  use  in  rosin  grading, 24 

Nicholson,  Joseph  W 288 

Nitrates — See  Fertilizer  materials 

NOMENCLATURE     (See    also    Terminology;    Terms;    DEFINITIONS; 
Designations;  specific  commodities)  : 

Consumer  goods,  grades,  standardization,  lack  of,  result 352 

And  definitions 213 

Grade : 

ABC  system,  increased  acceptance  of . 22 

Quality ^ 12 

Simplification 22 

Standardization^ 352, 375,  376 

Uniformity,  lack  of 22 


INDEX  411 

NOMENCLATURE— Continued. 

Standardization :  I'as* 

In  Federal  Specifications 179 

By  trade  associations 196 

Standard,  classification,  factors ^ 258-260,  365-374 

Systems,  standard,  formulation 213 

Nongovernmental  groups,  recommendations  on  consumer  standards xii 

Northeastern  Lumber  Manufacturers  Association 201 

Northeastern  Timber  Salvage  Administration 1  60,  61 

Northern  Hemlock  and  Hardveood  Manufacturers  Association 228,229 

Northern  Spring  Wheat — See  Wheat 

Northwest  Frozen  Food  Association 27 

N-P-K  order,  fertilizers,  labeling  guaranties,  adoption 239 

Nursery  stock  (See  also  specific  kinds) _ 50,  51 

Nutritive  value,  meats,  fats,  oils,  improvement,  research 33 

Nut  products,  marketing  control,  types,  method 8 

O'Brien,  Ruth 355,  856 

Obsolesceace,  consumers'  choices,  infiuence  on 816 

Odor,  measurement,  basis .: 13 

Official  standards— See  STANDARDS:  Official 
Oils: 

Analysis  methods,  publication 215 

Commercial,  analysis  standards,  development 221 

Crude ;  fuel — See  Petroleum  and  products 

Deposits,  sample  analyses,  available  reserves 156 

Fish — See  Fishery  products 

Mint — See  Mint  oil 

Nutritive  value,  improvement,  research 33 

And  solvents 132 

Soybean,  in  paints,  durability  research ;  use  allowed 29 

Oil  Burner  Institute 230 

Oil-burning  heating  equipment — See  Heating:  Equipment 

Oleomargarine,  industry  regulation 125 

Oleoresin : 

Crude  gum,  quality,  research,  standardization,  grading 30, 31 

Distillation,  turpentine  recovery 24 

Onions : 

Colorado  and  Utah,  grades   and   size  standards:   use   in  marketing 

agreements 70 

Open  market  purchases,  Procurement  Division,  examples 262  ' 

Open  market  transactions , 262,  264,  265,  272,  273 

Operating  methods,  standard— See  STANDARDS :  Of  practice 
Operations,  agricultural — See  Agriculture:  Operations 
Optical  materials,  purchase  specifications;  standards  of  perfection,  toler- 
ances ;    labeling '. 193 

Orange  juice,  canned,  improved  deaerators,  development ;  quality  improve- 
ment, utilization 27 

Ordinances — See  specific  codes  and  regulations 
Ores  (See  also  specific  ores)  : 

Deposits : 

Information,   consumer  protection  from  fraudulent   promotional 

enterprises 157 

Investigation,   location,   classification,  description,   estimation   of 

reserves,  studies 157 

Standards,  utilization  in  description ;  information  on  uses ;  studies 156 

Origin  of  brushes,  misrepresentation,  industry  regulation 124 

Outerwear — See  Knit  goods:  Outerwear 

Overall^,  quality  and  performance  tests 47 

Oysters— See  Shellfish 

Packaging   (See  also  specific  commodities;  SPECIFICATIONS:  Packag- 
ing) :  standardizauon  by  trade  associations 196 

Packers,  grades,   quality,    of  United   States   Standards,  formulation,   co- 
operation  in 15 

Packers  and  Stockyards  Act,  administration 12,22 


412  INDEX 

Page 
Packing — See  speciflc^commodities 

Paint,  Varnish,  and  Lacquer  Manufiacturers,  Association  of — See  Associa- 
tion of  Paint,  Varnish,  and  Lacquer  Manufacturers 
PAINTS : 

Cement-water,  for  waterproofing,  formulas  for  mixing 85 

Durability,  test  equipment,  specifications,  development 79 

For  houses,  classification,  and  grading  system,  development,  utilization        55 

Labeling 333,360 

Materials : 

A.  S.  T.  M.  Specifications,  tests,  performance,  toxicity 333 

And  varnishes,  analysis  methods,  uniform 215 

Performance    tests 85, 305, 333 

Labels,  formula,  nomenclature 361 

Products : 

Labeling 360> 

Labels,  formula  nomenclature 361 

Quick-drying-^ 333^ 

For  retail  sale,  grades  and  standards,  minimum,  establishment  op- 
posed  333 

Soybean  oil,  durability  research;  use  allowed ^ 29 

Specifications 178, 333 

PAPER : ^ 213 

Blotting,  tests,  characteristics,  information 30S 

For  flberboard,  strength,  standard  test  method 5ft 

Newsprint,  research 133 

Products : ^ 87, 178,  213 

Certification,  labeling,  survey 1 225 

Quality  and  performance.— 133, 134 

For   record   purposes,   qualities,   studies,   classification,   basis;   effect 

of   storage '-^ 79, 80 

Schedule  of  Paper  (1940),  grades,  types,  classification 133 

Specifications,  grades 133, 178 

Standards,  testing,  research 55,  79, 132, 134 

Test   methods 55,  79, 133, 134 

Toilet,  tests — 303, 306 

Towels,    tests 303, 305 

Testing 132-134 

Paper  Industry,  Technical  Association  of  Pulp  and — See  Technical  Associ- 
ation of  Pulp  and  Paper  Industry 
Paper  Mill  Superintendents,  American  Pulp  and — See  American  Pulp  and 

Paper  Mill  Superintendents 
Paperboard — See  Fiberboard 

Parents  and  Teachers,  National  Congress  of — See  Natienal  Congrees  of 
Parents  and  Teachers 

Paris  green,  standards . 23 

Paste: 

Nonwarping,  for  book  covers,  formula  development 135 

Tests,  characteristics.  Information 303 

Pasteurization  of  milk  for  Cheddar  cheese  making,  effect 37 

Patents 218 

Patterns,  standardization  by  trade  associations 196 

Paving  Brick  Association,  National — See  National  Paving  Brick  Associ- 
ation 

Peaches,  grades  and  size  standards,  use  in  marketing  agreements 70 

Peanut  Statistics  Act,  administration ! 22 

Peanuts,  United  States  Standards 14 

Pears : 

Export  Apple  and  Pear  Act,  administration 

For  exjwrt,  inspection  mandatory 15 

Grades  and  size  standards,  use  in  marketing  agreements 70 


INDEX  413 

Peas : 

Frozen :  I'^ee 

Grades,   development 20 

Standards  and  grades,  basis,  research 27 

Grades  and  size  standards,  use  in  marketing  agreements 70 

Peaslee,  Horace  W ^ 76 

Penney,  J.  C,  Research  and  Testing  Laboratory — See  J.  C.  Penney  Re- 
search and  Testing  Laboratory 

Peonies,  Indiana,  grading,  standardizing,  and  marketing  research &i 

Pepsin,  curd  tension,  determination 38 

PERFORMANCE   (See  also  specific  commodities)  : 

Building  codes,  requirements  of,  promotion 85 

Commodities  for : 

Federal  Government  purchase,  tests_. 180 

Testing,    source . 47 

Standards— See  STANDARDS:  Perforpaance 

Tests— See  TESTING 

Periodicals  and  institutes,  testing  and  approval  of  consumer  goods 233 

Perishable  Agricultural  Commodities  Act,  administration 22 

Perishable  products,  regrading  and  repacking 22 

Perkins,  Milo  R 337 

Permanent   Commission   of   Biological    Standardization — See  League   of 

Nations 
Permissive  standards — See  STANDARDS:  Permissive 
Persian  lamb — See  Sheep:  Karaktil 

Personal  services,  price  data,  collection . 162 

Perspiration  fastness— See  FASTNESS 

Petroleum  Institute,  American— See  American  Petroleiun  Institute 

Petroleum  and  products 213 

Fuel  oil  specifications,  paraflBn  wax  manufacture,  dry  cleaning  solvents, 
crude  oils,  studies ;  effect  on  consumer  standards 149 

Price  data,  retail,  collection 162 

Research,  standardization 147 

Pharmacopoeial  Convention,  United  States — See  United  States  Pharmacop- 

eial  Convention 
Pharmacopoeia   of   the  United   States,   Homeopathic — See   Homeopathic 
Pharmacopoeia  of  the  United  States 

Photographic  enlargements,  description,  misrepresentatioo 117 

Physical  therapy,  standard  definitions  and  terms 222 

Pillowcases : 

Labeling,  information  for  consumers 328 

Standards,   development _' . 303 

Pillows,  certification  labeling,  survey 225 

Pine : 

New  England  white,  grades,  applicability  to  other  regions 61 

Pulpwood — See  Pulpwood 
Pine  Association,  Southern — See  Southern  Pine  Association 
Pine  Association,  Western — See  Western  Pine  Association 

Pipe,  cast  iron,  labeling 229 

Pipe  Research  Association,  Cast  Iron — See  Cast  Iron  Pipe  Research  Associa- 
tion 
Piping  systems,  plumbing  for  small  houses,  study,  effect  on  cost  reduction—        85 
Plant  'culture — See  Horticulture 

Plants,  analysis  methods,  publication 215 

Planting  equipment,  purchase  specifications,  factors 46 


Federal  Specifications 178 

Gypsum: 

And  other,  information  for  users 157 

Research,  effect  on  consiuner  standards 149 

Use  in  construction  of  partition  walls 84 

Plastlcizers  in  mortars,  unnecessary  use,  prevention— , 84 

Plastics 21S 


414  INDEX 

Pla     equipment — See  Recreational  equipment 

Plumbers,  National  Association  of  Master — See  National  Association  of 

Master  Plumbers 
PLUMBING :  ^"^^ 

Codes 74,  90,  92,  202 

Equipment : 

Simplified  piping  systems,  back  flow  protection  methods,  prefabri- 
cated equipment,  studies;  for  small  houses,  soil  staclis,  sizes, 

research 85 

Standards : 

Minimum  performance 130 

Promotion 221 

Fixtures : 

Federal  Specifications 178 

Simplified  Practice  Recommendations,  development — : 224 

Materials  and  installations,  specifications,  contract  procedure 67,  68 

Standardization  of.  Federal  Plumbing  Manual,  recommended  codes 74 

Standards,  minimum,  basis 99 

Plums,  California,  grades  and  size  standards,  use  in  marketing  agreements—        70 
Plywood : 

Douglas-fir,  Commercial  Standard,  coverage 61,85 

Glue  joints,  casein,  strength  and  water  resistance,  test  method 55 

Poison  Act,  Caustic — See  Caustic  Poison  Act 
Poisons,  caustic : 

Analysis  methods,  uniform 215 

Chemical  studies 104 

Labeling  requirements,   percentage  content  of  corrosive   substances, 

list 106,107 

Pomerene  Act,  Webb — See  Export  Trade  Act 

Population  statistics 335,  336 

Porcelain  Enamel  Institute 202 

Porcelain  enamel,  standards,  tests 202 

Pork,  standards,  history 17 

Portland  Cement  Association 202 

Post-war  industrial  over-capacity,  effect  on  standardization 107 

Potash — See  Fertilizer  materials ;  Fertilizers :  Analysis  methods 

Potato  chips,  from  potatoes  and  skim  milk 37 

Potato  crop,  commercial,  graded 20 

Potatoes : 

Cull,  use  in  potato  chips 37 

And  skim  milk,  product 37 

Standards,  effect  of  insect  control 39 

Storage,  effects,  grading,  research 31 

United  States  Standards,  use  mandatory 15 

Potency : 

Biological  products,  standard  tests 112 

Standards— See  STANDARDS  :  Potency 
Poultry  and  products  (See  also  specific  types)  : 
Dressed : 

Graded,    quantity 20 

Quality,  identification  for  consumers 44 

Grade  designations,  availability  to  consumers 16,  18 

Grades 9,  16, 18 

(irading  locations 18 

Improvement — See  National  Poultry  Improvement  Plan 

Nutritive  value,  minimum  needs  in  dietetic  standards 47 

Quality,  breeding,  improvement,  identification,  regulation 34 

Research,   inspection 33 

Specifications,  as  buying  guides 46 

Poultry  industry : 

Baby  chicks,  misrepresentation,  regulation 124 

Fish  oils,  preparation  methods,  improvement,  research,  benefit  to 153 

Practices — See  specific  commodities;   STANDARDS:  Of  practice 

Precious  stones,  identification,  quality  and  probable  utility 157 

Prefabricated  materials  for  low-cost  housing,  oise 48 

Preservatives : 

And  artificial  sweeteners,  analysis  methods,  publication 215 

Wood — See  Wood  :  Preservatives 


INDEX  415. 

Pager 
Preserves,  industry  regulation ;  minimum  standards  for  content ;  labeling.  124, 125 
Preservers  Association,  National — See  National  Preservers  Association 

Preserving,  curing  processes,  salt,  research 28 

Prestone  from  natural  gas,  research 149 

Prices  (See  also  specific  commodities)  : 

Adjustment,  standards,  basis  of 16 

And  brand  names  and  quality,  relationship 347 

Changes,  frequency,  magnitude,  as  price  determining  factor  in  specifi- 
cations   -. 165 

And  cotton  textiles,  investigation xi 

And  performance,  relationship 89 

And  quality: 

Ratings 312-314 

Relationship 335,  346,  347 

As  purchasing  factor,  consideration  by  consumers 315 

Standardization,  effect  on 130,349,350 

And  value,  relationship 3 

Variations   importance 8 

Printability,  paper,  test  methods,  development,  publications— 134 

Printers,  standardization  activities  of  Government  Printing  Office,  benefit 

to 138 

Printing  materials,  standardization,  testing,  research 132 

Private  agencies  ( See  also  Companies ;  specific  associations,  societies,  and 
agencies)  : 

Specifications  and  test  methods  for  standardization  of  consumer  goods, 

summarization 12 

Terms,  grade  and  quality,  comparative  tabulation 12 

Procedures,  standard— See  STANDARDS :  Of  procedure 

Processed  products — See  FOODS  :  Products :  Processed ;  specific  products 

Processes,  testing  laboratories,  investigations,  reports 306 

Processing  (See  also  specific  commodities)  : 

Amount  of,  as  price  determining  factor  in  specifications  for  wholesale 

goods 1G5 

Taxes — See  Taxes,  processing 

Procurement  (See  also  PURCHASING)  :  definition 258 

Produce  Agency  Act 22 

Produ('ers'  Associations    (See  also  Trade  associations);  standardization 

services  for  members ^^ 198 

Production  (See  also  specific  commodities)  : 
•    Concentration,  as  price  determining  factor  in  specifications  for  whole- 

,-    sale  goods ^: 165 

Xosts  of,  standardization,  effect  on '. 130 

Methods,  commodities,  foreign  and  domestic,  information  for  compari* 

sons 173 

Quality  of  standards,  check  on _^ 16 

Professional  societies..( See  also  specific  societies  and  associations)  :  stand- 
ardization   activities .  xii,  128, 189,  210,  216,  221 

Professional  Women's  Clubs,  National  Federation  of  Business  and — See 

National  Federation  of  Business  and  Professional  Women's  Clubs 
Property: 

Reconditioning  specifications,  inspection,  tests 101,  102 

Standards,  minimum :        97 

Prunes,  fresh,  Oregon,  grades  and  size  standards,  use  in  marketing  agree- 
ments         70 

Pseudo-medicine,   types,   information 223 

Public  Health  Association,  American — See  American  Public  Health  Asso- 
ciation 
Public  utility  materials,  classification,  standardization  researcll,  simplifi- 
cation, specifications,  standard  terminology 192 

Puerto  Rico,  aigricultural  experiment  stations,  research  activities G3 

Pulp: 

Properties,  chemical  and  physical,  standard  test  methods 56 

Technical  data,  influence  on  purchase  and  use  of  pulpwoods 61 

Pulp  and  Paper  Mill  Superintendents,  American — See  American  Pulp  and 
Paper  Mill  Superintendents 


416  INDEX 

Pulpwood :  P^ee 

Properties,  chemical  and  pliysical,  standard  test  methods 56 

Standardization,  measurement,  study;  production  cost  reduction 61,62 

Purchase  conditions,  as  price  determining  factor  in  specifications  for  whole- 
sale goods ^ 165 

Purchasers  (See  also  PURCHASING:  Agencies)  : 

Consumers  as 315 

Governmental,  Certification  Plan,  benefits  to 90 

Kinds,   as  price   determining  factor   in   specifications   for  wholesale 

goods  _. 165 

Purchases  (See  also  specific  commodities)  : 
By  consumers: 

Basis,  information  and  experience,  relative  value  of ^ 339 

By  commodity  types,  by  income  levels,  distribution  (1935-36)  table-      336 

Ineflficient,  effect  on  spendable  incomes 337 

Previous  and  by  others,  influence  on  choice 316 

Standards,  need  for ^         8 

Unsatisfactory,  factors  affecting 3l5, 316 

Counties,   authority 283 

Federal,  commodity  classes 78,261,262,266 

By  governmental  agencies.  United  States  Standards,  use  increased —        21 

Small  quantity,  sales  promotion,  need  for  useful  information 317 

Surplus  commodity,  standards,  ofBcial,  basis 21 

PURCHASING  : 

Agencies  (See  also  PURCHASING:  Centralized)  : 

Governmental,  specifications,   development,  use —        93 

Private 302,305 

Standardization  activities ■. xii 

State,  specifications,  standards,  and  testing  laboratories,  utiliza- 
tion  275,  276,  280,  282 

Agents   (See  also  PURCHASING:  Centralized): 

Joint,  provision  for,  lack  of  utilization,  probable  benefits 284 

And  consumers,  purchasing  methods,  difference 315 

Centralized : 

Definition 283 

Establishment  and  maintenance  by  small  counties,  impracticabil- 
ity;  administration . 284,  288 

Growth  in  cities 289,  290 

Improvements  in  municipalities,  examples,  benefits . 297 

Operation  costs,  percent  of  value  of  purchases—, 299 

Utilization : 274 

By  counties,  State  distribution 281,  284,  285 

By  Federal  Government,  reasons,  advantages 258 

Cooperatives : 

Hospital  supplies,  benefits 304 

Municipalities  through  State  leagues,  examples,  benefits 298 

Departments— See   PURCHASING:  Agencies;   PURCHASING:    Cen- 
tralized 
EflSciency  of  consumers,  frequency  of  item  purchases  and  enforcement 

of  regulatrons,    effect   on 324 

Experience  of  housewives,  lack  of  utilization  for  students 316 

Guides : 

Building  materials,  farm  housing,  basic  data 42 

Carpets,  labels,  value 332 

Foods,  adequate,  lack  of 324 

For  consumer  goods: 312,314 

New,  need  for 316 

Paints 333 

Sources 47 

Textiles  and  clothing 43,327 

Utilization  by  consumers,  facilitated  by  standards  and  labels 341 

Habits— See  PURCHASING  :  Practices 

Laws,  counties,  survey 287 


INDEX  417 

PURCHASING— Continued.  ^^^ 

Bidding,  competitive -, 263-265,  297,  298 

Cooperative . 2^ 

Economic  and  engineering  principles,  application 301 

Federal  Specifications,  utilization  and  modification  recommended—      286 

General  Schedule  of  Supplies,  term  contracts 261,262 

Improvement,  need  for;  recommendations 287,299,300,301 

Of  governmental  agencies : 

Citv     -     -     - 289,290 

Count'yV- xii,  283-288 

Federal xii,  255-273 

Municipal xii,  289-300 

State xii,  274-282 

Negotiated  contracts,  utilization 256 

Open  market  transactions:  definition,  procedure 262,264,265 

Purchasing,  centralized— See  PURCHASING  :  Centralized 

Quantity,  utilization,  example,  benefit 298 

Scientific,  benefit  to  consumers 355 

Standards : 

Need  for,  emphasized 8 

And  specifications,  utilization,  types  utilized 255, 

276,  277,  285,  286,  290,  291,  292,  294,  299 

Term  contracts,  procedure _ 263,  264 

Testing : 

Facilities  of  other   agencies,   lack   of  utilization ;   need   for 

cooperation 300 

For  specification  compliance,  utilization — 2&i 

Practices  of  consumers 42,  64,  216,  315,  316,  336,  337 

Procedures : 

Consumers,   commodity   appraisal   facilities,    recommendations.-     355, 

356,  357 
Grocery    manufacturers,    specifications,    utilization,    compliance 

testing 194 

By  Indian  Service,  history,  need  for  specifications— 160 

For  military  equipment  and  supplies 184 

Navy  Department 269,  270 

Power,  increased,  methods,  information 7 

On  quality  and  performance  basis 47 

Purchasing  Agents,  National  Association  of — See  National  Association  of 

Purchasing  Agents 
Purchasing  Association,  Kansas   School — See  Kansas  School  Purchasing 

Association 
Purity — See  specific  commodities ;  STANDARDS  :  Purity 

Purnell  Projects  at  agricultural  experiment  stations,  subject  classification—       64 
Putty,  industry  regulation,  trade  practice  rules 123,124 

QUALITY  (See  also  specific  commodities)  : 

Brand  names,  promotion,  prices,  relationship.—^ ^  348,350 

Certification , 234 

Commodities  for  testing,  source 47 

Comparison  through  retail  price  data 162 

Consumer  demand  at  various  Income  levels,  effect  on 337 

Control,  testing  laboratories,  services  of,  purpose 307 

As  factor  in  purchasing,  consideration  by  consumers 315 

Factors,  basis,  measurement 13 

Grades : 

Nomenclature,    standardization 13 

Terms,  comparative  tabulation 12 

Guaranteed,  Labeling  Plan,  benefit  to  consumers,  example 91 

Guides  (See  also  PURCHASING:  Guides)  :  brand  names,  commodity 

description,  forbidden : ^—  347 

Improvement : 

Of  export  goods,  agreements  by  associations 126 

Research,  examples 309 

NRA  code  requirements , ii 


418  INDEX 

QUAULHY  (See  also  specifie  eonmiodities) — Continnwd. 

IRrice :  P'age 

^asis  of,  effect  on  distribution  and  production  met&ods ;^7 

And  consumer  goods,  relationship,  example 163;.?!46 

-As  guide,  consumer  dependence  on,  uoreliabilLty,  example 34f* 

Ratings, .  source  of  information S12-ol4 

Relationship,  standards,  and  infdwmative  labeling,  effect  on 335^  347 

And  performance 320,  339 

Purchases  by  rural  consumers,  basis  ©f 47 

Simplification  and  standardization  by  trade  associatioos: 196 

Specifications — See  SPECIFICATION'S:  Quality 
Standards— See  STANDARDS:  Quality 

Uniformity,  effect  of  brand  names,  standards,  grades,  and  informa- 
tive labels . 349 

Variation,    importance 8 

Of  workmanship,  as  price  determining  factor  in  specifications 163,  165 

^Quality-guaranteeing  labeling  plan — See  Labeling  Plan 

Quality-improvement  programs,  for  farm  products,  development 44 

Quantity  (See  also  specific  commodities)  : 

As  price  determining  factor  in  si>ecifications 163,185 

Standards— See  STANDARDS  :  Quantity 
Quarantine : 

Livestock —        33 

Regulations,  interstate,  water  supplies,  standards 112 

Rabbit  skins,  fryer,  and  domestic  pelts,  grading,  use  studies ___  155,156 

Radios : 

Advertisements,  questioned  for  misrepresentation 127 

Equipment  and  accessories,  industry  regulation,  trade  practice  roles 123 

Rail  Steel  Bar  Association 230 

Railroad  Consolidated  Classification  Committee 22& 

Railway  Association,  American — See  American  Railway  Association 
Railway  Association,  American  Electric — See  American  Electric  Railway 

Association 
Railway  Engineering  Association,  American — See  American  Railway  Engi- 
neering Association 
Ranges,  heating — See  Gas-burning  appliances;  Heating:  Equipment 

Rating  agencies,  commodities xii,  301,  312-31-t 

RATINGS  (See  also  PURCHASING:  Guides)  . 

Commodities,  by  brand  name  and  price,  availability  to  consumers—  312-314 

Heating  and  ventilating  equipment,  performance  standards 75 

Manufactured  products.  Commercial  Standards 87 

Specifications,  as  basis  for 314 

Ratproofing  of  houses  and  vessel^-, 114 

Rayon : 

For  clothing,  performance,  research 04 

Dresses — See  Dresses 

For  hosiery,  standard  oil  content 206 

Production  statistics,  industry  regulation 121 

With  other   textiles,   informative  labeling,  research 41 

Recreational  equipment,  standards,  construction ^^^Q 

Red  Cedar  Shingle  Bureau '226 

Refrigeration,  farm  housing,  studies,  guides 42 

Refrigerator  Manufacturers,   National  Association  of  Ice — See   National 

Association  of  Ice  Refrigerator  Manufacturers 
Refrigerators- 

Advertisements,  questioned  for  misrepresentation^ , 127 

Gas — See  Gas-burning  appliances 

Housphold,  standards,  need  for 212 

Ice: 

Construction  standards,  factors 319 

Specifications  for  minimum  construction,  comi)liance  certification.      231 
Standards : 

Compliance  labeling,  requirement.^  , 230 

l<'or  testing I 212 

Specifications 17S 

USHA  Suggested  Specifications ^___      129 


INDEX  419 

Page 
Rehabilitation  projects  of  Farm  Security  Administration,  consumer  edu- 
cation  . 47 

Reid,  Margaret  G 339,  349 

Rents,  price  data,  collection . 162 

Research  Associate  Plan,  National  Bureau  of  Standards 91,  92 

Resinous  wood — See  Wood 

Restaurants,  sanitation  requirements 113, 114 

Retail  Dry  Goods  Association,  National — See  National  Retail  Dry  Goods 

Association 
Retail   Grocers,    National    Association   of — See   National   Association   of 

Retail  Grocers 
Retail  prices — See  Prices 
Retailers  (See  also  DISTRIBUTION)  : 

Grading  and   standardization   demonstrations   and   educational  pro- 
grams  _ 21 

Performance   standards,   benefit   to 78 

Recommendations  on  consiuner  standards,  grades,  and  labels xii 

Regrading  and  repacking  of  perishable  products 22 

Returned  goods ^ 309, 335, 343 

Ribbons : 

And  ribbon  products,  sales  statistics,  industry  regulation 123 

Typewriter,    tests,    characteristics,    information 303 

Rice, 'quality,  inspection,  analysis . 233 

Rice  Millers  Association 233 

Roland,    Harold 345 

Room  sizes  and  window  areas,  health  relationships !__       129 

Roofing  ternes,  sizes,  varieties,  superfluous,  elimination,  recommendations-         85 
Rope,   manila — See  Cordage 

Roper.  Daniel  C 340 

ROSIN   (See  also  Naval  stores;  Oleoresin :  Crude  gum)  :  grades,  defini- 
tion, research,  quality,  standards 22-25,  29-31 

Rubber  Manufacturers  Association ■ 201 

Rubber    products : ^ 213 

Accelerated  aging  tests .- 80 

Federal    Specifications 178 

Gloves — See  Gloves 

Performance,  testing  equipment,  studies 80 

Sheeting — See  Sheeting 

Standardized,  public  acceptance 201 

Tires — See  Tires 
Rubber  substitutes : 

From  natural  gas,  i-esearch 149 

Standardization ^ 169 

Rugs — See  Floors:  Coverings 

Rural  electrification,  research,  standards,  inspection,  testing 25, 

31,  42,  65-69 
Rural  water  supplies,  construction  specifications 114 

Safe  Manufacturers  National  Association 229,  230 

Safety  (See  also  specific  commodities)  : 

Co<les 60,  90,  92,  93,  196,  203,  211,  212 

Standards— See  STANDARDS:   Safety 
Safety  Code,  National  Electrical— See  National  Electrical  Safety  Code 
Salmon,    canned : 

Federal    Specifications 153 

.    Preserving   regulations 150 

Salt,  analysis  methods,  publication 215 

Sand,  information  for  users 57 

Sanitary   codes — See   Codes 

Sanitiiry  Engineers,  American  Society  of — See  American  Society  of  Sani- 
tary  Engineers 

csanitary  Institute  of  America ; 232 

Sanitation  (See  also  specific  commodities)  : 

Equipment   and   practices 111,114 

Problenis;  Public  Health  Service  as  consultant '115 

Promotion  through  construction  standards _2_         97 

Standards— See   STANDARDS :   Sanitation 


420 


INDEX 


Sardines— See  FISH 

Scales— See  Weighing :  Machines  ^*s« 

Schenke,  E.  Max 206 

Schlink,  F.  J 319,371 

School  Purchasing  Association,  Kansas— See  Kansas  School  Purchasing 
Association 

School    Supplies    and    Equipment    Association,    National — See    National 
School   Supplies  and   Equipment  Association 

See  food  (See  also  FISH)  : 

Conservation 150 

Nutritive  value,  establishment ;  Federal  Specifications 152, 153 

Sears,  Roebuck  &  Co 310,311,323 

Seattle  Frozen  Pack  Laboratory 21 

Seed  Act,  Federal — See  Federal  Seed  Act 

Seeds,  varieties,  standards,  labeling 22,43,45,46,51 

Serums,   standards 112 

Service  standards— See  STANDARDS:  Service 

Serviceability — See  PERFORMANCE;  specific  commodities 

Services : 

Maintenance  and  operations 182 

Standards— See  STANDARDS  :  Of  practice 

Shades,  window,  labeling 232,321 

Shapes,  simplification  by  trade  associations 196 

Shearer,  Howard  B w_ 206 

Sheathing,  fiber  insulating  boards,  uKBt  structural  tests 84 

Sheep  (See  also  Lamb) : 

Karakul,    quality,    production    fa»«iors,    research,    standard    sample 

skins 33, 154, 155 

Specifications  as  buying  guides 46 

Sheerness,  silk  hosiery,  classification  in  Commercial  Standard  proposed 90 

Sheeting : 

Cotton,  shrinkage,  standardization 169 

Grading  and  classification,  feasibility 328 

Rubber,    specifications 80.  224 

Specifications  and  standards 40,80,303 

Sheets,  bed,  grading,  standardization,  labeling,  testing,  buying  guides 43, 

91,  212,  216,  303.  305.  321,  328 

Shellac  Importers  Association,  United  States — See  United  States  Shellac 
Importers  Association 

Shellfish : 

Conservation  measures,  biological  studies,  benefit  to  consumers 150 

Oysters,  fresh,  Federal  Specifications ^ 153 

Shellfish  industry,  sanitary  control  standards 111 

Shingles,    types.   Commercial    Standards   compliance   labeling,    additional 
grades,   inspection 226 

Shipping  standardization  by  trade  associations 196 

Shirts,    men's    and    boys',    quality    buying    guide,    information    for    con- 
sumers    43,  321.  322 

Shoes,  performance,  testing  machine ;  retail  price  data ;  need  for  stand- 
ards    81, 162,  212 

Shrinkage : 

Clothing,  labeling,  advertising,  regulation 122, 123 

Meat  and  cooking  procedure,  relationship 41 

Textiles,  trade  practice  rules ;  standards  formulation,  efforts  ;  studies-         12, 

122,  212,  328 
Wood,  longitudinal,  standards,  tests___ 59 

Shrubery — See  Nursery  stock 

Silk  Guild,  Inc.,  International— See  International  Silk  Guild,  Inc. 

SILK : 

Accelerated  aging  test,  coverage,  weighting  analysis 82 

In  dresses: 

Specifications,   test  method 89 

And  yard  goods,  purchasing  practices  of  consumers,  research 64 

Industry   regulation 121 

Pure   dye ;   guaranty   labeling,   definition,    testing,   misrepresentation 
regulations 117,232 


I 


INDEX  421 

SILK— Continued.  p 

Raw,  for  hosiery,  color  standards,  development,  importance  20« 

With  rayon,  informative  labeling,  research V? 

Testing ^^ 

Wearing  qualities,  study___l" !"___!  __IiriI"      IZZ'l oift 

Simin^n?^R*^H^^^^^"^'  ^^^^^  Practice  rules,  method  o~f  ana~lysisr_rr_ "_  ~82,  117 

SIMPLIFICATION""(s7e'Vlso"s^ci¥c7omm(^i"t]es)~~  ^^ 

Definition.- . _'_ 

Of  grades— See  GRADES:   Simplification 
Inventory  reduction,  basis  of,  example 


And  standardization,  difference arCoo 

State  legislation,  effect  on -—---. Z"Z11~~Z 1""!"  ^^v 

Terminology  of  consumer  goods,  development__I___ri___"_'I  oVA 
By  trade  associations  (See  also  STANDARDIZATION)  :  extent," sur- 

War  Industries  Board" requirementsreffe'^t'onV'V  "JJ  "^^~J?? 

Simplified  Practice  Recommendations ~_  og  87~qq~9)94  wr 

Simplified  practices  of  National  Paving  Brick  Assodati^Jn""":  °'''°''^^' ^^>  f^ 

Single  standard"  system,  grading,  beef,  definition.      "_  -JT 

Sirups,  malt,  analysis  methods,  publication ~  ofi 

Size-See  specific  commodities;  SIMPLIFICATI0N7sTA"NDARDs""~s"i^ 

Skins,  curing  processes,  salt,  research.. ___  _  90 

Slaughter  tests  by  grades  and  weights I"    ___"_  fj 

Slaughtering  industry,  grade  designations  fo'r  meat." varlabifitv  17 

Smoothness,  underwear  fabrics,   relative,   study _     _  Zn. 

Snag  resistance,  hosiery,  silk,  testing  machines I  'I  I  ^ 

Soaps  (See  also  Cleaning  supplies)  :  ^ 

Composition  or  value,  misrepresentation.       iir 

Federal  Specifications '     I.~~"~'  lia 

And   other    detergents Z.__Z  ._       ."  ^     "  "-" 

Specifications,  compliance  test'ing,  infiuexioe  oirquaHty  ''«? 

Society  of  Automobile   Engineers.         ______  II"! oS 

Society  of  Automotive  Engineers  (s"ee  also  S.  ArErstandardsTs'T "e 

Recommended  Practices) '        oVo  oiq  ..oq 

S.  A.  E.  Handbook IH ^^^'o}t'o^ 

S.  A.  E.  Recommended  Practices "        ~  '01^ 

S.  A.   E.   Standards "  "  P^o  ooq 

Socks,  quality  and  performance,  tests ""     "  ^xy,  ^^y 

Soft  Fiber  Institute ' "IIIIII"" 9ni 

Softwood  lumber  and  lumber  products— See 'Lumber" 

Solvent's''^'''  P'"™^"^«  ^Quii.rner.t  fur  siiiaii  bouses,  sizes,  research 85 

Soups,  whey  solids.  use"hi,"'investi"ga"t"ions-""'~"_~""""_      "_"_"""_"  ^B 

SPECIFICATIONS    fSec   Plf^o   Federal   Specifications;   Federal   Prorure- 

Itfp'l.  ?r'T^^^T"o^^'^'^"''   -'25ter  Specifications;   specific  commod- 

^^f  fi^n'"*^''''"'''=  ^^^^  Suggested  Specincaticns;  Ulllted  St^tc<^  Army 

SMtes  wf^n^  Tentative   Specification.;  VmJ 

Accep^ance-_^  °'=  Veterans'  Administration  Specifications): 

Adaptability  to' changes -_V.V """."_"_"."_".""."""."_"  ^'  ^^'  J^ 

American  Standards  Association "     "I      ~__  ~_                                l?% 

Classifications  by  grade  and  by  rank 1_Z  I""  ~      Tl; 

Compliance  with :  ^*- 

Testtng^:::::::: ^^'  ^^^'  ^^3. 220. 229, 231, 232, 234 

Construction      ^^~^'^~^~^^^^^~^~2S3:2^~^S:'^-301.  Si 

countv r"  j_r"r"r ^'  ^^'  ■^-^'*'  ^^--  -^'^ 

Definition _'-__".'..".'.".".".'        V".'.~~~V — V"V "^.? 

As  definitions  of  goods  and  servlces_'__~_  _  or- 

Design ~  „«  ^•^* 

09,190 

272496— 41— No.  24 28 


422  INDEX 

SPECIFICATIONS— Continued.  Page 

Development,  formulation,  adoption ^ 2, 

15,  26,  28,  33,  50,  51,- 57,  58,  59,  68,  69,  71,  72,  76,  79,  81,  83,  89,  93, 
133,  137,  160,  161,  162,  163,  165,  168,  171,  176,  177,  181,  192,  211, 
213,  220,  257,  277,  292,  293,  303,  304,  307,  356. 

Grade 13, 15,  39,  51, 133, 147,  232 

Leaflet — See  United  States  Navy  Specifications 

Manufacturing 194 

Municipal 293,294 

Need   for 162 

Packaging 194 

Performance 82,212 

Prospective,  organizations  views  requested 88 

Purchasing 54,  80,  194,  .^56 

Quality 81,  168,  213 

References,  National  Directory  of  Commodity  Specifications 90 

()£  Rural  Electrification  Administration 65-69 

Sanitation 114 

Standard 2,  40,  01,  72,  137,  160,  161,  167,  169,  220,  232,  299 

For  standardization,   summarization 11 

State 278-282 

I  oired  States  Standards— See  United  States  Standards 

Utilization 5, 

51,  54.  57,  58,  76.  81,  84,  90,  92,  133,  136,  162,  163,  165,  167,  176, 
192,  IM,  255,  257,  276,  277,  278,  280,  282,  285,  286,  290-295, 
297,  299,  305,  314,  356. 
Specifications.  Federal— See  Federal  Specifications 

Spencer,  Ernest  W . 134,  137,  138 

Spic-e.s  and  condiments,  analysis  methods,  publication 215 

Sporting  Arms  and  Ammunition  Manufacturers  Institute 201 

Springs,  bed,  size  standardization,  benefit  to  consumers 332 

S-ability,  relative,  of  «ilk  textiles,  test  method 82 

Stains,  standard,  developmeni,  t?st  methods,  analysis 29 

Stains,  Commission  on  Standardization  of  Biological — See  Commission  on 
Standardization  of  Biological  Stains 

Stamping,  meat  grades,  procedure,  history 17 

Standard: 

Constants , 77 

Cost   calculatiim 190 

Definition 1 

Definitions— See  DEFINITIONS 

Gt.5d_s  for  planning,  design,  and  operation 131 

T(  St  methods— See  TEST  METHODS 
Tests— See  TEST  METHODS ;  TESTING 

Standard  Cont4iiner  Acts 20,22 

Standard  Stock  Catalog,  Federal — See  Federal  Standard  Stock  Catalog 
STANDARDIZATION  (See  also  GRADING;  Classification)  : 

Benefit  to  consumers 355 

By  Hiueau  of  Home  Economics,  determination  of  commodities  for__         40 

Competition,  effect  on 349 

Consumei-  goods  used  by  the  War  Department , 183 

Definition 2 

Demonstrations,  cooperative 44 

r>evelopmentr  attitude  of  National  Association  of  Manufacturers 361 

In  Federal  housing  construction,  benefit 74 

Grade  simplification,  effect  mi 168, 169 

Of  grades,  research 13 

And  grading,  demonstrations  and  educational  programs 21 

And  market  values,  relation  emphasized 9 

Monopoly,  effect  on Wa.^'iO 

Nomenclature,  types,  grades,  sizes,  in  Federal  Specifications 179 

"roblems,   research 11 

Airi  .simnlification,  difference  in  application 85,  86 


INDEX  423 

STANDARDS  (See  also  GRADES;  SPECIFICATIONS;  specific  commod- 
ities; TEST  METHODS)  : 
A.  I.  E.  E. — See  A.  I.  E.  E.  Standards 
American — See  American  Standards 
American   Petroleum    Institute — See   American    Petroleum    Institute 

Standards  ^^f' 

American    Standards   Association 212 

A.  S.  M.  E.— See  A.  S.  M.  E.  Standards 

AST.  M.— See  A.  S.  T.  M.  Standards ;  and  Tentative  Standards 

Color 24,  30,  206,  231.  232 

Color  i)ermanence 328 

Commercial— See  COMMERCIAL  STANDARDS 

Company 189.  190,  101 

Composition 23,  26,  119,  199,  206.  235,  318,  319,  327,  333 

Construction 89,  97,  99,  100,  130,  189,  199,  203,  204,  206,  211,  220,  230. 

231.  308,  318,  319,  320 

Consumer—  xi,  xli,  3,  9,  11,  12,  39,  43,  93,  110,  119,  217,  235.  310,  315,  318,  319, 

322,  335,  340,  341.  349,  350,  352,  355-359,  360.  361 

Cost 131 

Custody  of 77 

Defense  preparedness  program,  importance  in;  War  Industries  Board 

experiences : 363 

Deficiencies,  studies  of,  as  basis  for 309 

Definitions  of  terms 43,  359,  366,  374 

Descriptive 15 

Design  (See  also  Design:  Standards)  :  and  construction 130 

D'etetic 47 

Dimensional  (See  also  STANDARDS  :  Measurement)  :_  128,  206,  211,  212,  222 

Durability 199 

Economy . 166 

E*:tab]ishment : 

Arritude  of  National  Association  of  Manufacturers . 361 

Procedure,  recommendations 363 

Extension,  need  emphasized 8 

External 191 

Fastness  to  light  and  washing 232 

Federal,  municipal,  and  nongovernmental,  utilization 305 

Fill-of-container 95.  104.  105,  106 

Fineness,  resistance,  reflectance 202 

Fitness  for  consumption 108 

Foreign,  .'survey 12 

Genuineness 159 

Bv  gcvernniental  agencies,  facts,  presentation  of,  consumer  responsi- 
bility   9 

Grade 119,  343 

Health 111,  114,  149 

Idenrification 235 

Identity 15,  23.  67, 94,  95. 104. 105. 208,  324.  325 

Inadequate,  consumer  reaction,  effect,  recommendation 352 

For  interstate  commerce 5 

Of  living . ^ 338 

Mandatory 14.  15 

Marketing 7,  15,  35,  45,  49 

Measurement 41,  77,  82,  318 

Nomenclature.- 144,    240,    365-374 

In  N.  R.  A.  codes xi 

Official 14,  50 

Official    State 233 

Of  perfection .... 193 

Performance 11,  64,  68,  75,  77,  78,  89,  90,  110,  111, 

130,  166,  189,  199,  203,  204,  217,  220,  230,  308,  320,  328,  330,  339,  358 

Permissive 14,  15,  21 

Planning 130,  131 

Potency 111 


424 

STANDARDS— Continued.  Pae«^ 

Of   practice ^ 77,  78,  203,  208,  222,  223 

Of  procedure ^ 39,  60,  207,  359 

Of  production 16, 113, 152, 153 

Prospective,  consumer  organizations'  views  requested 88 

Purity 108,  109,  111,  208 

Quality 1 11, 

15,  16,  20,  24,  32,  44,  45,  58,  71,  77,  78,  104,  105,  106,  108,  110,  111. 
142,  144,  207,  208,  217,  223,  235,  318-320,  324,  338,  339,  355,  358 
Recognized,  as  basis  for : 

Certification 234 

Standardized  grades 2 

S.  A.  E.— See  S.  A.  E.  Standards 

Safety 60,  90,  99,  149,  166,  204,  230 

Sanitation 111,  113,  114 

Service 78,  207,  306 

Shape      (See     also     STANDARDS:     Dimensional;     STANDARDS: 

Measurement) . 223 

Shrinkage 169,328- 

Size 82, 141, 142, 223,  339 

Specific,  need  for,  emphasized ^ 

Specifications  and  test  methods,  summarization U 

Strength— See  STANDARDS  :  Performance 

Suitability -—         99 

Tentative 14,  27 

Terms 60,  359,  365-374 

Tested   commercially 8 

Toughness  (See  also  STANDARDS:  Performance) 52 

Trade  association 189 

In  trade  practice  rules 119 

Uniform  and  continuing,  consumer  need  for . 8 

United  States — See  United  States  Standards 

Utility 77,78 

Vahie  to  consumers  and  effect  on  merchandising xii 

Warehouse  Act 22 

Wool   Standards  Act 22 

Standards  Association,  American — See  American  Standards  Association 

Standards  and   Supplies,   Hospital   Bureau  of — See  Hospital   Bureau   of 
Standards  and  Supplies 

Starch,  grading,  method,  and  device 2i 

Steel   (See  also  Metals)  : 

Certification,  labeling,  survey 225 

And    iron 218 

Sheet  and  steel  sheets  in  small  buildings 203 

Steel  Bar  Association,  Rail — See  Rail  Steel  Bar  Association 

Ste<'l  Barrel   Manufacturers  Council 229 

Steel   Construction,   American    Institute    of — See   American    Institute   of 
Steel  Construction 

Sterilization  of  wiping  cloths,   specifications 232 

Stipulations: 

Definition 116 

As  methods  of  disposal  of  misrepresentation  cases 118, 119 

Stock,   warehouse,    standard   items,   types,   value,   procurement   methods, 
issue  procedure 262 

Stone   (See  also  si)ecific  kinds;  CONSTRUCTION:  Materials):  decorative 

and  monumejital,  information  for  users 157 

Storage  (See  also  specific  commodities)  :  Warehouse  Act 22 

Storage  plants— See  ELECTRICAL  EQUIPMENT 

Stoves — See  Heating:  Equipment ;  Gas-burning  appliances 

S<^rtength— See  specific  commodities  ;  PERFORMANCE 

Stretchage.  textiles,  information  for  consumers : 328 

Structural  Clav  Products  Institute 202 

Struc^ni-al    materials    (See   also   Lumber:    Pi-oducts ;    CONSTRUCTION: 
Materials;  specific  materials)  : 

Basic,  standards 200 

Naturiil,  standards,  grades  and  grading,  studies 156,  157 

Stone- 157,  158 


INDEX  425 

Page 

Structural   parts   for   low-rent   housing,   standards 128 

Structural  properties,  house  coustructious,  standard  test  methods 75 

-Structures— See  BUILDINGS;  HOUSING 
Style : 

Clothing,  selection  factor;  color  standardization 329,330 

Consumers'  choices,  influence  on 316 

Consumer  goods: 

Informative  labeling,  effect  on _ ;_  317 

As  purchasing  factor,  influence,  consumer  attitudes,  survey.  315,  317,  318 

As  price  determining  factor  in  specifications  for  consumer  goodsl 163 

Style  goods: 

Information  for  consumers,  benefits  to  consumers  and  to  retailers, 

example 340 

"Mark-down"  sales,  information  for  consumers,  as  basis  for  decrease.  344 

Textiles  information  for  consumers,  inadequacy,  reasons 328 

Sugar: 

Grading,  method  and  device 27 

And  sugar  products,  analysis  methods,  publication 215 

Suitings,  wool  with  rayon,  studies 41 

Supplies : 

Federal   Government,   cataloging;    uniformity    in   Federal   Standard 

Stock   Catalog 257 

Indian    Service,    standard    specifications,    establishment,    procedure, 

compliance  inspection,  tests 160 

School,  hospital,  and  sanatoria,  specifications,  establishment,  need 160 

Testing,  utilization 78 

Surgical  associations,  standardization  activities,  benefit  to  consumers 222 

Surgical  dressings: 

Classification,  approval,  basis;  items 223 

Simplified  Practice  Recommendation,  development 224 

Surgical  equipment,  clinical  "and  educational,  standards . 222 

Surgical  instruments : 

Standardization  of  materials  and  finishes,  toward  standard  specifi- 
cations  ^^__^ 169 

And  supplies.  Federal  Specifications 178 

Surplus  commodities: 

Grades,  size  standards,  quality  standards 71 

Purchases,  standards,  oflScial,  basis  of 21 

Swenson,  T.  M ^ 28 

Swine,  specifications  as  buying  guides 46 

Table  linen,  standardization  and  labeling 328 

Tableware : 

Federal  Specifications 178 

Semivitreous,  crazing,  cause 79 

Silver  plated,  standards,  need  for .> 212 

Tanners  Council  of  America 233 

"TAPPI"  numbers,  paper,  pulp,  and  pulpwood,  standard  test  methods 55,  56 

Tariff  changes,  commodity  surveys,  basis 175 

Tea,  imported,  standards,  inspection ^_^__  107-100 

Tea   Act,    standards,    labeling,    guaranty    and    approval,    rejection    pro- 
cedure      103, 107-109 

Teachers,  National  Congress  of  Parents  and — See  National  Congress  of 

Parents  and  Teachers 
Technical      associations,      specifications,      municipalities,      procurement 

methods,  utilization  in ^ 294 

Technical  Association  of  the  Pulp  and  Paper  Industry  (T.  A.  P.  P.  I.)_  55,56,134 
Technical  organizations : 

Building  and  plumbing,  minimum  requirements,  preparation 90 

National  Bureau  of  Standards,  cooperation,  representation 92 

Private,  terms,  grade  and  quality,  comparative  tabulation 12 

Technical  societies,  standardization  activities,  examples,  list xii,  210,  221 

Tentative  standards— See  STANDARDS:  Tentative;  A.  S.  T.  M.  Stand- 
ards and  Tentative  Standards 


4^6  ^^^^ 

Terminology   (See  also  NOMENCLATURE )  :  P^g^ 

Consumer  goods,  simplification  and  standardization  development—  310,  318 

Housing,  definitions,  glossary,  study 75 

Standard: 

For  consumer  goods,  Importance oi» 

For  public  utility  materials  and  equipment,  establishment,  utili- 
zation       1^2 

Standardization,  benefit  to  consumers _    74 

Terminology  of  standards 3,  365,  376 

Terms : 

Basic,    definition 1 

Descriptive,   standard,   wood   properties 60 

Grade,  quality  comparative  tabulation 12 

Test  equipment: 

Development,  examples 309 

Paint,  durability,  development 7^ 

TEST  METHODS  ( See  also  specific  commodities ;  Test  equipment ;  Test- 
ing machines;  INSPECTION)  : 

Accelerated  aging 80,  82,  84 

Certification  basis,  publicity,  recommendation — _ 359 

Commodities  for  Navy  Department  purchase 268 

For  commodity  acceptance,  assistance  in ^-        90 

Consumer  goods: 

Development: ^ 309 

For  stande^  dilation,  summarization 11, 12 

Development  by  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Engineering--        26 

Establishment  by  Federal  agencies 5 

Federal,  municipal  and  nongovernmental,  utilization 305 

For  high  product  utility,  established  by  quality  standards 77 

Of  materials,  characteristics,  and  properties,  development .      213 

Specifications,    development 211 

Standard  :__ 51,  57,  75,  77, 146,  306 

For  consumer  goods,   importance 318 

Development,  interest  to  consumers . 78 

Educational  supplies,  development,  information 303 

Standardization,  by  trade  associations 196,213 

Supplies,  improvement,  standardization,   studies 115 

TESTING  (See  also  specific  commodities ;  Inspection  ;  TEST  METHODS)  : 

And  abuse  analysis 309 

As  basis  for  purchasing,  utilization,  availability  to  consumers  recom- 
mended        356 

Certification,  basis  of.  adequacy 234 

Commercial  laboratories,  services 306 

By  commodity  rating  agencies 312-314 

Consumer    use    conditions,    aging,    cooking,    chemical    and    physical 

analysis  of  groceries 194 

For  consumers,  lacli  of  facilities '. 315 

Devices  and  procedures,  improvement 26 

Equipment,  machines  (See  also  TEST  METHODS) 52-54, 

56,  80-82,  S9,  90.  214,  216 

By   Federal  Government xii 

Laborjitories: 

Activities  and  services,  description,  availability,  examples 301 

Cities,  utilization,  ownership,  commodity  types  tested 296 

Commercial : 

And  college  research,  and  Governmental,  directories 90 

Services — 306,307 

Standardization  activities xii 

Counties,  utilization • _ 286,  287 

Of  Federal  Government: 261 

Utilization 188 

Municipalities 296.  297,  299,  300 

Of  private  agencies _ 301,  306-311 

States 280-282 

Underwriters  Laboratories,  tire  and  casualty  devices  and  mate- 
rials  229,308 


INDEX  427 

TESTING— Continued.  PaE« 

Municipalities,  utilization 290,  291,  294,  295 

For  specification  compliance : 

Commodities  for  Federal  Government  purchase—  78, 81, 161, 179, 180, 188 

By  Indian   Service 161 

War  Department  procedure , 188 

Specifications— See  SPECIFICATIONS 

Standards 66, 208,  230,  303, 342 

State  facilities,  variation,  examples 278,  280 

Testing  Laboratory,  J.  C.  Penney  Research  and — See  J.  C.  Penney  Re- 
search and  Testing  Laboratory 
Testing  Materials,  American  Society  for — See  American  Society  for  Test- 
ing Materials 
Testing  Materials,  International  Society  of — See  International  Society  of 

Testing  Materials 
Textile  Chemists  and  Colorists,  American  Association  of — See  American 
Association  of  Textile  Chemists  and  Colorists 

Textile  Color  Card  Association  of  the  United  States 329 

Textile  Color  Card  of  America 329 

Textile  Fabrics,  National  Association  of  Finishers  of — See  National  As- 
sociation, of  Finishers  of  Textile  Fabrics 

Textiles  (See  also  specific  textiles)  : 214 

Buying  habits  of  vpomen,  study 216 

Casein  fiber,  properties,  used 36 

Certification  and  labeling,  survey 225 

Cleaning  and  finishes,  study  and  recommendations 310 

Clothing  materials: 

Performance,  research 64 

Selection  factor 329 

Specifications  in  buying  guides 43 

Color  permanence,  standards: 232 

Feasibility,  information  for  consumers 328 

Need   for 212 

Composition  or  value,  misrepresentation,  industry  regulation 117 

Dress : 

Informative  labeling,  opposition  by  manufacturers 89 

Testing,  benefit  to  consumers____- 81 

In  dresses,  character,  labeling,  advertising,  regulation 122 

Dry  cleaning  standards 208 

Fastness,   research,    standards,    tests,   "Nafal   Label"   utilization   re- 
quirements  218,  232 

Fiber  content : 

Analysis  of  mixtures,  deterioration  from  light  exposure.^ —      218 

Composition,  standards 319 

Identification,  information  for  consumers,  trade  practice  rules 122, 

123, 328 
Fibers,  standards  of  perfonnance,  development  and  utilization,  lack 

of  consideration  by  industry 321,  328 

Furnishings,  price  data,  retail,  collection 162 

Household  and  clothing,  specifications  in  buying  guides 43 

Industrial   developments 328 

Iildustry  regulation 121-123 

Labeling,  informative , 41,  216,  232,  322,  323 

Labels  and  purchasing  guides,  inadequacy 327 

Maintenance,   stijdies 81 

Materials— 213 

Mixed,  informative  labels  for  consumers,  research '. 41 

Novelty    weaves,    production    equipment,    performance    testing,    in- 
adequacy  : 329 

Performance  in  laundering,  data,  utilization   in   standards  develoj)- 

ment 207,328 

Shrinkage,  control  methods,  standardization , 169,  328 

Specifications : 33,  81 

For  consumers,  research,  proposed 40 

Standardization    research    program    of   American    Home   Economics 
Association 217 


428  INDEX 

Textiles — Continued. 

Standards :  Page 

Developnient 211 

And  grades,  laclc  of 327 

Quality,  on  basis  of  dry  cleanability 208 

Utilization 81 

Staple   fabrics,    characteristics   and   performance   values,   known    to 

manufacturers 328 

Stretchage,  information  for  consumers . 328 

Studies,  coverage,  utilization,  interest  to  consumers 81 

Test  methods,   testing  and   testing  equipment,  development,   utiliza- 
tion    40, 81, 214, 309 

Underwear,  proi)erties,  effect  on  comfort  and  health,  study,  coverage-  82 

Warmth,  wear,  test  methods 309 

Waterproof  and  water  repellant,  standards,  need  for 212 

Waterproofed,  testing,  benefit  to  consumers 81 

Waterproofness,  shrinkage,  research 218 

Wiping  cloths,   specifications  for   sterilization   and   grading,   compli- 
ance labeling,  guaranty 232 

Wool  content,  misrepresentation,  cease  and  desist  order 117 

Woven : 

Labels,  information  for  consumers,  survey 321 

Standards  for  test  methods,  approved 212 

Yard  goods,  price  data,  retail,  collection 162 

Thermometers : 

Clinical,  Commercial  Standard  development 224 

Performance    tests 305 

Third  General  Lumber  Conference 200 

Thread  count,  cotton  products,  misrepresentation,  industry  regulation 122 

Thicknesses,  underwear  fabrics,  properties,  study 82 

Tile: 

Certification  labeling,  survey 225 

Grades,  labeling,  inspection 226 

Masonry  walls,  use  in  construction,  research 84 

Wall,  porous-bodied,  crazing,  cause 79 

Tile   Manufacturers   Association— '. 226 

Timber: 

Cord  measure,  standard,  use  promoted,  educational  program -50 

Scaling   standards 50 

Structural : 

Grading  rules,  working  stresses 57,  58 

Sizes,   test  methods 51,52 

Timber  Salvage  Administration.  Northeastern — See  Northeastern  Timber 
Salvage  Administration 

Tires: 

Durability,  testing  equipment SO 

Industry  regulation 126 

Price  data,  retail,  collection 162 

Tobacco : 

Functions  affecting,  administration 12 

Grades  and  standards 44 

Inspection,  mandatory 15 

United  States  Standards 14 

Tobacco  Inspection  Act 14,15,22 

Tobacco  Stocks  and  Standards  Act 14,22 

Toilet  goods — See  Cosmetics 

Toilet  Goods  Association 327 

Toiletries : 

Advertisements  questioned  for  misrepresentation 127 

Price  data,  retail,  collection 162 

Tolerajices  (See  also  specific  commodities)  :  methods  of  expressing 218 

Tomato  juice,  home-canned,  standardization,   research 64 

Tomatoes: 

Home-canned,  standardization,  research 64 

Mississippi,  grades  and  size  standards,  use  in  marketing  agreements —  70 

Tomato  products: 

Paste,  industry  regulation,  trade  practice  rules 124, 125 

Standards  of  identity 105 


INDEX  ^9 


l>age 

Tool  handles,  specifications,  information,  utilization 60 

Tools,  hand,  small,  standardization,  effect  on  quality,  serviceability  and 

cost 169 

Toweling,  specifications,  consumer,  minimum,  projwsed 40 

Towels : 

Bath,  quality  buying  guide '. 43 

Labeling,  information  for  consumers , . 328 

Terry,  labels,  information  for  consumers,  survey 321 

Toxicity,    paint    materials,    tests 333 

Toxin — See  Virus-serum-toxin  ;  Viruses  ;  Serum 

Trade  associations  (See  also  specific  associations) 345 

Consumer  standards,  grades,  labels,  recommendation xii 

Labeling  plan,  quality  guaranteeing  identification  on  labels 91 

Specifications,  municipalities,  utilization  by 294 

Standardization   and    simplification   activities    '(See    also    Industrial 

standardization) xii,  90,  128,  130,  131,  189,  196-199 

Standards ; 

Recommended  practices,   voluntary  utilization,  certification   and 

labeling  systems 189 

And  specifications,  references 90 

Suggested,  for  low-rent  housing  parts,  recommendations 128 

Trade  brands — See  Brand  names 

Trade  groups,  grade  nomenclature,  opposition 22 

Trade-marks  (See  also  Brand  names)  : 
Quality : 

Guaranties,  lumber 228 

Identification   for   consumers 44 

Trade  Practice  Act,  enforcement,  consumer  goods  information 42 

Ttade  practice  conferences  and  hearings 116,  119,  120 

Trade  practice  rules: 

Formulation  procedure,  definition  of  classes,  enforcement 120 

Industry  regulations 82,  119,  121,  126,  153,  155,  206,  207,  212 

Trade  practices : 
Competition : 

Fair,  uniform  basis ^ 87 

Monopoly,  price,  and  quality,  relationship 350 

Standardization,   effect  on 349 

Unfair  methods   in   interstate   and   foreign   commerce,   types   of 

deception,   prevention  methods 116 

Contract  bids 16 

Standard,   development! 302 

Standardization  by  trade  associations 196 

(Contracting — See  Procurement 
Contracts : 

Commercial,  standards  as  basis,  necessity  for 345 

Term,  of  Procurement  Division,  item  coverage  in  General  Schedule 

of  Supplies 261,262 

Deceptive  or  unfair,  in  interstate  or  foreign  commerce,  prevention 116 

Farm  products,  distribution,  administration 13 

Investigations,  relation  to  consumers'  interests 126 

Monopoly,  standardization,  effect  on 349,  350 

Ubfair 119,  126,  140 

Trade  press,  consumer  problems,  advertising,  standards,  and  informative 

labeling,  increased  consideration 315,  322 

Trade  rules,  standardization  by  trade  associations 196 

Transportation '. 218 

Perishable  products,  investigations _ 25 

Price  data,  collection 162 

Standards,   development 211 

Tubes,  price  data,  x-etail,  collection ■. 162 

Turkeys : 

Graded,  quantity 20 

Grading,  procedure 18 

Small  type,  characteristics,  development 33 

Turpentine  ( See  also  Naval  stores ;  Oleoresin  :  Crude  gum )  :  Naval  Stores 
Act ;   classes,    standards,    standard   specifications,   production   methods 

distribution,  regulations,  research . 22-25,  29,  30 

Twine,  cotton  and  jute,  tests,  utilization  studies 33 


430  ^^^^^ 

Ultimate  Consumer  Goods,  Advisory  Committee  on— See  American  Stand- 
ards Association 
Underweat— See  Knit  goods  ^»«« 

Underwear  Institute 82,  232,  233 

Underwriters'  Laboratories,  Inc 229,  308 

Unfair  trade  practices — See  Trade  practices 

United  States  Army  Specifications 54,  55,  185,  186,  187 

Index 186 

United  States  Government: 

Building  construction  check  list . 74 

Building  and  plumbing  minimum  requirements,  preparation 90 

Food  products  (See  also  specific  commodities)  :  grade  designations..  375,376 

Housing  construction,  standardization 74 

Inspection   facilities 261 

And  private  agencies,  procurement  methods,  difference 255 

Property  distribution  policies  and  methods,  determination 257 

As  purchaser  of  materials  and  equipment 5 

Purchases : 

Responsibility  of  Procurement  Division,  exceptions 255 

On  specification,  testing  for  compliance 78 

United  States  Standards,  use  increased 21 

Standardization  activities,  effect  on  industrial  standardization 197 

Structural    practices 74 

Supplies,  standard  nomenclature,  catalog,  purpose,  number  of  items —      258 

United  States  Navy  Specifications 54,  55, 169-171, 185. 187 

United  States  Pharmacopoeia 106,  209 

United  States  Pharmacopoeial  Convention 115,  209 

United  States  Shellac  Importers  Association 231 

United  States  Standards 13-15, 17-21,  44,  70,  324,  375,  376 

United  States  Warehouse  Act 14, 15,  22 

University  Women,  American  Association  of — See  American  Association  of 

University  Women 
Upholstery  and  bedding — See  Bedding 
Upholstery  fabrics — See  Textiles 

Use  characteristics,  manufactured  products.  Commercial  Standards 87 

USHA  Suggested  Specifications 128, 129-131 

Utensils : 

Kitchen — See  Kitchen  utensils 

Pouring,  research 64 

Utilities : 

Investigations,  relation  to  consumers'  interests 126 

Maintenance  and  operation : 182 

Public : 

Equipment  classification,  standardization  research,  simplification, 

specifications,  standard  terminolog^y 192 

Standards  of  practice 78 

Size,  adequate,  standards,  minimum 101 

Vaccines,  standards 112 

Value  and  price  relation 3 

Varnish  and  Lacquer  Association,  National  Paint — See  National  Paint, 

Varnish  and  Lacquer  Association 
Varnish  and  Lacquer  Manufacturers,  Association  of  Paint — See  Associa- 
tion of  Paint,  Varnish,  and  Lacquer  Manufacturers 
Varnishes  (See  also  PAINTS)  : 

Durability,  test  equipment,  specifications 79, 178 

Labeling 360 

Veal,  grades,  standards,  nomenclature,  history 17,18 

Vegetable  Products  Laboratory,  Los  Angeles  Fruit  and — See  Los  Angeles 

Fruit  and  Vegetable  Products  Laboratory 
Vegetables  (See  also  specific  vegetables)  : 
Canned : 

Grade  designations,  availability  to  consumers 16 

Grade  labeling,  inadequacy 324 

Grades,  quality 19 

Government  grade  labels,  utilization 345 

Standards  of  identity,  quality,  flll-of -container 105 

Curing  processes,  salt,  research 28 


J 


INDEX  431 

Vegetables— Continued.  Page 


Fresh 


19 


Grades  and  grading  problems .-7—r. — ". V~7~ZZr^ 

Information  for  consumers,  standards,  utilization  in  retail  mar- 

kets  and  in  wholesale  markets ^^ 

Perishability,    grades fr 

Quality,  identification  for  consumers Z3 

Standards 21 

Graded,  quantity 

Grades  and  size  standards:  „p 

Use  in  marketing  agreements V^ 

Rural  consumers,  educational  program ^ 

Marketing,  control,  types,  method—^—-—-—----- 

Nutritive  values,  minimum  needs  in  dietetic  standards ^l 

Perishable,  transportation  and  storage,  investigations g 

Processed,  grade  nomenclature,  simplification 

Processing,  handling,  methods,  research 

Standards,  quality,  fiU-of-container,  lack  of  uniform  procedure It^ 

United  States  Standards '    ^o 

Varieties,  research,  basic  information --.—"" oifi 

And  vegetable  products,  analysis  methods,  publication ^^o 

Vegetable  seeds,  standards,  minimum  requirements,  factors ^|o 

Venetian  blinds,  standards,  specifications,  compliance  ^^^'^f  "ty---r----,---  -^- 
Ventilating  Engineers,  American  Society  of  Heating  and— See  American 
Societv  of  Heating  and  Ventilating  Engineers 

Ventnating  equipment,  standards,  development,  performance,  testing- (5,221 

Ventilating  methods,  standardization ^^^  ^^ 

Vermuth,  standard  of  identity :~"""I"Vm^^  fU 

Veterinary,  research  projects  at  agricultural  experiment  stations ^ 

Virus,  hog-cholera,  marketing  agreement -—  ^ 

Virus-serum-toxin  regulations 05 

Virus-Serum-Toxin  Law,  administration  of- ,--—------- 

Vitamin  D,  sources,  effectiveness  in  prevention  of  rickets,  research ibb 

Vitamin  research,  standards,  development 215 

Vitamin  analysis  methods,  publication 

Wallpaper :  225 

Certification,  labeling,  survey 333 

Information  for  consumers,  washability 332 

Performance,  guaranty ZIIZIIII  H32 

Wall  Paper  Association ~_Ji  - 332 

Wall  Paper  Institute ^'"'xZ^ZJi^ln    Wnlmit 

Walnut    Manufacturers    Association,    American— See   American    Walnut 

Manufacturers  Association  „„„^^,v,or,«-c  70 

Walnuts   grades  and  size  standards,  use  in  marketing  agreements —         <" 

WaieSse  Act!  United  States  (1916)-See  United  States  Warehouse  Act 

(1916) 
^^'Fu'^nrtion^  of  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Economics,  transfer  to  Agri-        ^ 

cultural  Marketing  Service 257 

Policies  and  methods,  determination 

Water:  .  215 

Analysis  methods,  publication -      ^^^ 

Drinking  and  culinary 221 

Examination,  standards,  development—- : 29 

Penetration,  leathers,  resistance,  research  --_------------------- 

Resistance  to,  glue,  casein,  test  methods,  development,  utilization—-        55 
Supplies : 

For  interstate  carriers :  ,  tlS 

Sanitation,  inspection,  dispensaries 

Standards,  development,  histxtry ^ , 

Rural,  construction  specifications ^^^ 

Sanitation   problems -— ^ --.4 

Standards,  enforcement,  cooperation 

Supply:                                    .  25 

Farm  buildings,   investigations ^ 

Standards,  basis ~  7q 

Watermelons,  grades,  and  size  standards 


432  INDEX 

Waterproofed  fabrics— See  Textiles :  Waterproofed  Par.. 

Waters,  W.  H * 

Waxes,  analysis  methods"  publication.".  Z     ZI        Z  ot5 

Wearing  apparel— See  Clothing                        ~  ^^^ 
Webb-Pomerene  Act— See  Export  Trade  Act 

Wehmhoff,  B.  L 

Weight:  134,136 

Definite  unit  as  standard 

Standards— See  STANDARDS:  MeasuremVnt 
Weighing : 
Devices : 

Codes   tolerances,  recommendation,  publication co 

Specifications ~ °^ 

Standard  controls  of  manufacture-~___Z__Z  ~"  oo 

Equipment:  °^ 

Large-capacity  machines,  tests  and  testing  equipment _  sq 

Railway  track  scales,  tests  and  testing  equipment,  ut"ili~za"tion'""  83 

Machines,  sea  es,  wagon  and  motortruck,  testing,  inspection       ''"''''--  ^ 

Weighting  analysis— See  TEST  METHODS                     i^non 8.:5 

Weights : 

Inspection  and  control,  survey _     -<^ 

Livestock,    slaughter    tests I'.II.I nf 

And  measures:                                                            ~  ^^ 

Checking 

Honest,  provision  in  codes  and  agreementsZZ  "ZZZZ'ZZZZZZZZZ  7 

St  jj^'^^^*^^'"^®'  ^°^  descriptive  standards,  difference___Z_ZZ_ZZZZ__ZZZ  15- 

w  •  ^?^^'  i°fP^c"o°"'eff^ct "of  "me7su7e"ment'standard^^^  ?? 

"^^fweiS^s^rSu^r^r""^  ^'^'^^•^"^  ^"-^^^  Nationareonfere-nce" 

West  Coast  Lumberman's  Association ^o, 

Western  Pine  Association Z" Z__  ooo  ooq 

Westinghouse  Electric  and  Manufacturing  Compa"nyZZZZ"Z  1^5' T^i 

Whales,  statistics,  biological  investigations ZZZZZZZZZZZ_        150 

Classes  and  grades,  source,  use  in  crop  insurance  4C 

Performance  tests __     __     _       __  ^^ 

Storage,  effects,  research _'_    ~I_ ZZ-_  H 

Wheeler-Lea  Act "  "qTVift'TiT  iio 

Wholesale  commodities,  classifications  fo"r"  pr'ice'cofl^cti'on"  '        '  Tm  165 

St  AsLSatffn  ''"''"""'  ^^«"^"«1-See  National  Whofeiale  "Drug^' ''' 

Wilcox,  Clair 

Window  shades— See  Shades,  window  ^^"^ 

Window  Shade  Institute „„^ 

Windows:  -'*"' 

Quality 

Types,  sizes,  variety,  standardization,  simplifi'cation  "  vo 

Wines— See  Beverages  :  Alcoholic  -'" 

WMd'  '■"^^'■"'"'^"^^t^^'  purchase  specifications 80 

Building  code  requirements,  preparation...     ^o 

SfJ^rff'^"^^^  properties,  test  methods,  uniform  "procedu"r;ZZZ""Z"~  51  52 

Conversion  into  pai)er  pulp,  turpentine  recoverv  .  oT 

Defects,  effect  of  seasoning.. _       Z.._ZZZZZ ^1 

Dryness,  testing  machine,  development.  utifizZati'Jn  "  2 

FurniTure  '  '^•'"''^'•^'  ^^^"*  '»^"i^<^'  developuientZ'uHriz'atio'nZZZZZZ        55 

Identification,  standard~"me"th~odsZ"devel«ipm"e'n"r7  ^  51 

Machining  properties,  measurement,  comparisonZ "methods  5S 

Z!lZn:S:"''  ^""'*«^'^"^-  ^-^-^  ru?:s..__Z_.____'!ZZZZZZZZZZZZ  54.59 

sS'cJSair."!.^.!'.'^^'''^''^"^""'  ^^^^l^P'"^"* 55,  59,  61 

Standard  speci"fications,  associationZ~and"Fe"d'e"r'a"lZ'ZZ"Z"Z  "       "^fif 

standards,  minimum  compliance,  labeling "  oqi 

Toxicities  study,  agar  method g^ 


INDEX  433 

Wood— Continued.  Page 

And  products 51 

Fi-aming,  standardization,  simplification,  utilization 129 

Properties,   standard  terms 51,60 

Regulations 1" 58 

Seasoning,  moisture  content,  measurement,  standard  methods,  develop- 
ment  . 54 

Shrinkage,  growth  per  inch  of  radius,  standards,  tests 59 

Species,  identification,  standard  methods 53 

Standards,    development 211 

Terms 60 

Wood  Preservers'  Association,  American — See  American  Wood  Preservers' 
Association 

Wood  Utilization,  National  Committee  on — See  National  Committee  on 
Wood  Utilization 

Wool: 

For  carpets,  definition,  identification,  standards 332 

And  casein  fiber,  properties,  uses 36 

New  and  with  rayon,  labeling,  research 41 

Shrinkage,    studies . 14 

Standards  Act,  administration ^ 22 

In  underwear,  labeling 232,233 

United  States  Standards 14, 15 

X-ray : 

Equipment  and  supplies,  specifications 181 

Standardization 1 

Yant,  W.  P •  149 

Yeast,  compressed,  storage  temperature 28 

Young  Women's  Christian  Association 88 

Young  Men's  Christian  Association : 88 

Yarn   (See  also  Soft  Fiber  Institute)  : 

Cotton,  mercerized  for  hosiery 206 

Count,  textiles,  effect  on  warmth  and  wear,  studies 309 

Zinc: 

Galvanized  sheets,  labeling,  quality  seal,  licensed,  utilization 229 

Photoengraving,  research,  standard  specification 137 

Zinc  Institute,  American — See  American  Zinc  Institute 


o 


.s...^,|p. 


'S'^"06351  920  9